Гы s LO
Kar i + г i
4 TE. | du) CNWIXVW “VIVESIND 3NX50T55 7
i
f
,USTRATED
GARDENERS AND BOTAN ISTS.
MISSOt
BOTA}
“THOSE FIGURED IN THIS WORK.
T has been ees dy an eminent бо, that many readers would be en
to be informed where reliable Illustrations could be found of those Plants which |
То meet this want, references to the figures |
HS Standard. Authorities have been given, the titles of the Works ai to
^ ‚ for economy of space, abbreviated as follows :
are not. figured. in this Work.
TE
Andrews (H. C.. Botanists Repository. London, P Јона ot Шой Ше And Ali
aens (Н. су hoc he Engravings of Heaths. J H. Bus Conducted or ME, Robert Но ndon. a
(pee don, 1862.30. : cpm a to nd I d of the Horticultural Society. London, 1846.
Loudon (J. C.) Arboretum et fruticetum britan- K E E. Kotorby. Die Eiche Europas und des Orients.
nicum. . . . London, 1838. 8 vols. 8vo. CB. os 4 p
A. F. P. дшш ( (C.). Du pedemontana. Aug. Taur., 1785. Ё E rdg pec ER n Сиш ыш, P
vols. СЕСЕ. Ё tanica. . p
А.О Aublet (J. Б 6 6. F.). Hone me pan. iin be 1 ны ua "Collectanea bo : ыў.
Guiane rancaise. ondres, vo о. UEM.
A. H. Andrews (Н. СУ. The Heathery London, 1804-12. | x Manek G. d £ TC
vols р RUE
B. Mau uo v "The Botanist. . . London, 1839. | L.J.F... ., a
VOIS. ed Js. А
В. F. F Brandis(D.) Forest Flora of . . . India. London, L.R. v Ue i3
"ew 1876, 8vo. Atlas, 4to. | Ыш (ә, » =e Monographis,
B. Е. S me (Б. H.) Flora sylvatica. Madras L.-S: 0... — (У. мод Sertum Обмен $
[1869-73]. 2 vols. 4to. & Fol.
B. H. La Belgique Horticole. . . Ghent, 1850, &c.* > L. & P. F. G. 5
.M. Botanical Magazine. London, 1787, we ВО" E
B. M. PI Bentley {ко and Trimen (Н.). Medicinal Plants, | MAS ..
London, 1875-80. 8vo.
B. О. Bateman (James). p а of басо f : AD
London, 1874. ht
B. R. Botanical Register. 06 1815- 47. 55 vols. 8vo. 1 Genus by J. G r
B. Z. .. Botanische Zeitung. domm n vols. i.—xiii. (1845-55). Nuttall "tr. ў. North > oe Siva
* 8vo. ешеш, vol. es (1856).*
C: ustrations of Himalayan Plants. Lon-
gyclopeaia of Trees ond. Shrubs.
Ma, Do P Australian Orchids. Sydney,
816.
Flora Danica —usually quoted. as the title of the
work, Icones plantarum Daniæ et Nor- |
vegiæ. . Havniæ, 1761 to 1885. Fol. |
La Flore des Serres et des Jardins de l'Europe. |
1845-82. vols. 8vo.
Moggridge (J. T.) Contributions to the Flora of
Mentone . London, 1
Flora oder allgemeine botanische Zeitung. 1818.42.
А 25 vols, буо. [New Series] 1845, &c.
. .- Floral Magazine. London, 1861-71, 8vo. 1872-81, 4to.
.. Florist and Pomologist. London, 1868-84. 8vo.
The Gardeners’ Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette.
i . London, 1841-65. Fol. E
The MeV Chronicle. New Series, 1866, &с. |
\ ado. Genera flore Ameries. .
. Bosto
2 vols. 8vo. :
vac Conducted by Shirley -
on E
don, 18: с mid m.
Hooker (J. D.) Flora нь, 1860
2vols, 4to. This is Part 3 of “The Landon of
vo.
the Antarctic Voyage of H.M. е 8
Erebus and Torrente the years 1839. ui =
Hooker (W. J.). Garden Ferns.
Hooker (W. em Species Filicum. ^
or
CU cae on horticole. Gand,
{ Botany
Setter e 1965. 5 vols. Svo.
PM (J.). Magazine of Botany.
& a vols.
unders CA ^w. Refugium |
Londo 169.72, Вб, 0
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 265
Caragana— continued.
C. pygmza (pigmy). Л. yellow; pedicels solitary. April. Z. with
two pairs linear, glabrous leaflets, approximating at the top of
the very short petiole; stipules and petioles spinescent. Л. 1ft.
to 3ft. ‘Siberia, 1751. Shrub. (B. R. 1021.)
C. spinosa (spiny).* Л. yellow, solitary, almost sessile. April,
ET 1. with two to four pairs of cuneate-linear, glabrous leaflets ;
stipules small, spinose; adult petioles permanent, strong, and
spinose. h. 4ft. to 6ft. Siberia, 1775. Ап excellent shrub for
forming impenetrable hedges, on account of its long branches and
strong thorns. i :
CARAGUATA (its South American name) ORD.
Bromeliacem. Stove epiphytes, allied to Tillandsia. For
culture, see Billbergia.
. lingulata (tongue-shaped-leaved). fl. white ; flower-stalk erect.
ко deme sei M асла, brilliant scarlet bracts.
1. tufted, broad at the base, linearlanceolate and recurved. h.
14ft. Columbia, 1880.
C. Van Volxemii(Van Volxem’s).* Л. yellow, in close spikes, pro-
tected by crimson bracts. J. tufted. h. 2ft. to 3ft. Columbia,
1879. (1. Н. 326.)
Zahnii n’s).* Й. pale yellow, in dense oblong compressed
| o cles ; bracts E ge a 1. linear-ligulate, Ift. long, yellow,
- with crimson stripes, the upper part bright crimson ; semi-trans-
E parent. A.1ft. Chiriqui, 1870. (B. M. 6059.)
^ CARAIPI. See Moquilea utilis.
CARAJURA. Ared colouring matter, obtained from
Bignonia Chica.
CARALLIA (Karalli is the name of C. lucida in the
language of the Telingas). Syn. Barraldeia. ORD. Rhizo-
phoreew. Stove evergreen glabrous trees, from Madagascar,
Тғәріса1 Asia, and Australia. Peduncles axillary, trifid,
many-flowered. Leaves opposite, entire or serrated, stiffish,
shining on the upper surface. In common with all the
.. Rhizophorec, this genus is very difficult to grow.
. C.lancesfolia (lance-leaved). fl., petals m rather undulated.
| 1. oval or oblong, regularly serra A. 20ít. India, 1820.
f CARALLUMA (C. adscendens is called Car-allum
by the Telingas). ORD. Asclepiadacew. Stove evergreen
shrubs, with almost the habit of Stapelia. Peduncles
solitary, one-flowered, rising from the axils of the teeth.
Stems tetragonal, toothed along the angles. For culture,
see
a
С. adscendens (ascending) fi. variegated with purple and yellow,
usually drooping; segments of corolla reflexed at cer aa
acuminated, glabrous. Branches slender, ascen , each bearing
а solitary flower at top. Л. lft. to 2ft. Coro; 4 à
С. fimbriata (fümbriate) Л. axillary, solitary, sub-campanulate,
| drooping ; segments of corolla falcate at top, with replicate
| fringed edges; marked with many transverse ГЕ lines, pale
" yellow beneath, upper part purple. Branches e ongated, attenu-
* ated. А. біп. Burma, 1829. (L. B. C. 1863.)
CARAMBOLA-TREE. See Averrhoa Carambola.
A. The gum resin obtained from a species of
CARAN.
Y Icica. It is used in medicine for plasters.
CARAPA (Carapa is the name of C. gwianensis in
Guiana) ORD. Meliacee. А small genus of stove trees,
natives of the West Indies, Tropical America, and Guinea.
Calyx usually of four distinct sepals; corolla of four or
five oblong, egg-shaped, spreading petals. Fruit large, and
containing numerous seeds. These trees are of economical
utility, and probably the only one in cultivation is C.
guianensis. They succeed well in a mixture of loam and
. sand. Ripe cuttings will root in sand, under a hand glass,
| jna moist heat.
ensis (Guiana) November.
guianensi М . the size of an apple.
l, leaflets eight or ten pairs, alternate or o ite, elliptical,
oblong, acuminated, coriaceous, shining, h. eU. Guiana, 1824.
(A. G. 387.)
The other species quoted as having been introduced to this
country are: C. guineensis and C. moluccensis.
CARAWAY. See Carum Carvi.
LR (from Kardamine, a diminutive of
Kardumon, Cress, used by Dioscorides). Lady’s Smock. In-
cluding Pieroneurwm. Окъ. Crucifere. A genus of hardy,
usually smooth herbs. Racemes terminal, bractless. Leaves
esi ee entire, lobed, or pinnately cut, usually very differ-
im the same plant. Only the perennial species are worth
growing, and these mostly thrive in a damp, shady situa-
i
Cardamine—continued.
tion, in any kind of soil. They are easily propagated by
divisions, after flowering.
C. asarifolia (Asarum-leaved).* /. white, in close racemes. May,
June. l. smooth, stalked, cordate-orbicular, somewhat sinuately-
toothed. h. lft. to lift. Mountains of Southern France and
Northern Italy, 1710. (B. M. 1735.)
C. bellidifolia (Daisy-leaved). fl. white. April. Z. smooth,
thickish ; radical ones stalked, ovate, entire; cauline ones few,
entire, or somewhat three-lobed, not eared at the base. Л. in.
Northern hemisphere. (F. D. 1, 20.)
C. chelidonia (Celandine-like). /., petals purple, oval March.
1. pinnate, rather smooth; segments stalked, ovate, toothed;
lower segments pinnate into three or four small segments. л. lft.
South and East Europe, 1739.
C. glauca (glaucous). fl. white, in dense racemes. Мау. l
stalked, smooth, glaucous, rather fleshy, pinnate; segments five
or nine, oblong, terminal one three-lobed. Stem diffuse, much
branched. л. біп. Southern and Eastern Europe, 1824.
C. latifolia (broad-leaved). Л. purplish, a little larger than those
of C. pratensis, June. l. large, pinnate, smooth; segments
three or seven, rather orbicular, angularly-toothed. h. 1ft. to 2ft.
Pyrenees, 1710.
с.
those of
= ——
FiG. 365. CARDAMINE PRATENSIS.
C. pratensis (meadow).* Cuckoo Flower. /7. usually pale purple, -
but sometimes white, Early spring. l pinnate; segments of
the radical ones roundish, of the stem ones linear or lanceolate,
entire. А. 1%. to 13%. Northern —— ) See
Fig. 365. There are numerous varieties 0! this species, includ-
ing a very desirable double-flowered one, frequently met with —— E
in à wild state. i :
C. rhomboidea (rhomboid).* jl. white, large. Spring. l., root
ones round and rather heart-shaped ; lower stem-leaves ovate or
rhomboid-oblong, somewhat petioled, the upper almost lanceolate,
all somewhat angled or sparingly toothed. Stems upright, from a
tuberiferous base, simple. United States of America. ue
(purple).* А very pretty variety, with rounder-
C. r. purpurea i
leaves, and the rose-purple flowers appearing earlier than thoseof — —
the type. E :
. rotundifolia d-leaved white, rather small Spring. —
pe nearly оа и dcin angled, often cordate at
266
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cardamine-— continued.
the base, petioled, the lowest frequently three-lobed, or of three-
leaflets. Stems branching, weak or decumbent. Pennsylvania.
С. trifolia (three-leaved).* fl., petals white, with a broad cune-
ated claw, and a broad, spreading, obovate limb; scape naked.
March to May. J. smoothish, ternate; segments sessile, rhom-
boidal-roundish, toothed. Lower branches root-like, creeping.
h. біп. Southern Europe, 1629. (B. M. 452.)
CARDIANDRA (from kardia, a heart, and aner,
andros, aman, anther). ORD. Sazifragee. А half-hardy
evergreen shrub. Flowers corymbose; those at the margin
of the corymb barren and radiant. For cultivation, see
Hydrangea.
C. alternifolia (alternate-leaved). Л. white, lilac. July. Z. alter-
nate, stalked, oblong-acute, serrated, and without stipules. A. 3ft
Japan, 1865. (S. Z. F. J. 65, 66.)
‘CARDINAL FLOWER. See Lobelia cardinalis.
CARDOON (Cynara Cardunculus). This vegetable,
is much esteemed on the Continent, but is not cultivated
to any large extent in English gardens. A few are, how-
ever, generally grown, being especially in demand where
French cooks are employed. The ribs or stalks of the
leaves, if well blanched and properly cooked, form an
excellent dish in winter.
Cultivation. The preparation of the trenches and
ground is somewhat similar to that adopted for celery ;
А : Fic. 366. CARDOON. =
а space of about 2ft. between them, and 6ft.
"diste 4 = ae sow a few seeds in the rows at this
established. A much better plan is to sow the re-
ired number, in small pots, at the end of April, and
them in a cold frame, where the seed will soon
D Mice are very fond of the seed, consequently
Thistle), &c.
| have their margins minutely serrated, which cause
plants grow much larger (see Fig. ~~ and гейш», ORD. Cyperacem. A very large genus of perennial
, thinning them out to one plant when
beauty whatever, and are only suitable for natura
$
Cardoon—continued.
the frame must be kept close enough to prevent their
entry, or the whole will be destroyed. Select the
strongest plant in each pot, as they grow, and destroy
the others. Plant out before they become pot-bound, ш
previously prepared trenches that have been well manured, ©
and water plentifully when necessary. Occasional forking
or hoeing between the plants, to encourage growth and
destroy weeds, will be all that is required, besides water-
ing, until September or October, when the plants will be
ready for earthing up. Before any soil is applied, the
stalks must be arranged upright, and closely bound up |
with haybands to within a foot of the tops. Тһе soil —
must then be earthed up nearly as high as the haybands _
reach, and be beaten hard with the spade. It is very im-
portant that this operation should be performed on a dry
day, when the hearts are free from water, or they will |
probably decay. The plants will be fit for use in about a
month, and may be taken up as required. Should Cardoons
be in great demand, an earlier or little later sowing ша,
be made for successional crops. If the plants have to b
kept for any length of time during winter, rain and fi
must be excluded by means of a covering of litter
other protecting material; or they may be dug up ап
stored away in a cool, dry place, the haybands bi
allowed to remain on. ae
Sorts. The Spanish Cardoon with large solid ribs and
spineless leaves, is the one most cultivated; it is liable to
run to seed, but not as much as the common sort- :
Tours Cardoon is much cultivated in France; but р
саге is necessary in working amongst them, as the Іеахт
have very long sharp spines. There are one or two othe
varieties, but the Spanish is most preferable, and
generally grown. 9
CARDUNCELLUS (the diminutive of Cardunculus,
the Cardoon, and that from cardwus) ORD. Composite.
Pretty hardy herbaceous perennials, related to Carthamu
Flowers all tubular; pappus setaceous; involucral bra
many-seriate, imbricate; receptacle flat, densely setos
paleaceous. They succeed well in ordinary garden soil
are readily increased by divisions of the roots. Cs
cellus is rarely grown outside botanic collections.
May,
as long as the
cauline ones linear,
d Spain, 1
series, united by a ring at
all tubular, and
some may be desirable. Hence, we mention
of a few of the more conspicuous species:
Candollei, chrysacanthus, nutans, pycnocephalus. (Blesse
ре. Two Composite frequently met with
gardens, viz., Silybum Marianum and Cnicus benedictu
are often mentioned in books and catalogues under the
generic name of Carduus.
CAREX (from keiro, to cut; the leaves of many specie
to cut the hand if drawn rapidly along them). Бесе
like herbaceous plants, of which upwards of sixty аг
natives of this country. Inflorescence paniculate, i
larly clustered, spicate or racemose. Stems usually
They are of the easiest possible culture in ordinary
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
Carex— continued.
near lakes, &c. Some are grown in pots for table deco-
ration, and make beautiful plants for that purpose.
Fic. 367. CAREX BACCANS,
C. bac (berried). Inflorescence paniculate. ia
-. varying from coral red to lustrous purple. л. 2ft. to 4ft. А noble
species, from Tropical and Sub-tropical Himalaya. See Fig. 367.
Grayi(Gray's. jl, fertile spikes two, or rarely one, consisting
of fifteen to y flowers, oin globose heads, the ripe peri-
gynia projecting in all directions, . h. 3ft. North America,
C. intumescens (swollen. /L, spikes usually five to eight-
— -flowered ; ripe perigynia projecting outwards and upwards. June.
h. 14ft. North America.
C. paludosa (marsh) ft., fertile spikes cylindrical, obtuse. May.
1. very broad, keeled, rough; bracts very long, foliaceous. Л.
2%. Britain. (Sy. En. B. 1668.)
C. pe (pendulous). /., fertile spikes very long, pendulous,
z drical. Is e à Y equal to
he flower-stalks. А. 3ft. to 5ft. Britain. (Sy. En. B. 1660.)
Ripe perigyn
м...
"
3 C. riparia (river-bank) jl., fertile spikes scarcely pedunculated,
Carex—continued.
C. sylvatica (wood). fl., fertile spikes filiform, rather slender,
slightly drooping ; sheaths half as long as the flower-stalks. Мау
and June. l. narrow. Л. 1%. to 2ft. Britain. (Sy. En. B. 1665.)
CAREYA. (named after the Rev. William Carey, of
Serampore, a distinguished botanist and linguist). ORD.
Мутіасет. Very handsome stove trees, or small shrubs.
Flowers large, with white petals and red or yellow stamens.
Leaves alternate, feather-nerved, dotless, glabrous. А
mixture of one part sandy loam and two parts fibry peat
suits them best. Ripened cuttings root freely, if planted in
sand, with a hand glass over them, and placed in a moist
bottom heat. Careyas may also be propagated by dividing
the roots.
C. arborea (tree-like).* Slow-match Tree. fl. sessile; petals
white; stamens reddish; spikes terminal, few-flowered. i on
short petioles, obovate or oblong, crenate-denticulate, about 1ft.
long. Л. 30ft. to 60ft. India, 1823. Tree. (В. Е. S. 205.)
C. herbacea (herbaceous). ji. pedunculate; petals greenish-
purple; stamens гей; racemes short. July. J. on short petioles,
cuneate-obovate or obovate, serrulate, din. to 8in. long. h. біп.
to lft. Bengal, 1808. Perennial herb, with a woody rootstock.
CARICA (erroneously supposed to be a native of Caria).
Papaw-tree. Including Papaya. TRIBE Рарауасев. ORD.
Passiflorem. A genusof stove evergreen fruit-trees, without
branches, yielding an acrid milky juice. Leaves alternate,
palmately lobed, standing on long terete petioles. They
grow well in a rich, loamy soil. Cuttings of ripe shoots,
if not deprived of their leaves, will root readily in a sandy
soil, under a bell glass, and in a gentle bottom heat. They
are grown in this country more as curiosities than for
either ornament or utility. ; с.
ee (Candamarcan). Synonymous with C. cun-
C. cauliflora (stem-flowerin ) Л. yellowish; male
usually five-flowered, rising ras tubercles on the trun
mately five-lobed ; intermediate lobe uated
late, acuminated. А. 10ft.. o 20ft. South
; segments lanceo- __ |
. to 204. South America, 1806. :
(Cundinamarcan) jl, green. fr. yellow, _
h. 6ft. Ecuador, 1874. SYN. C. ird mel УВ. M.
C. Papaya.* Common Papaw. Л. greenish; male ones corymbose. _
July. 4j. palmately seven ТОД segments deeply lobed, en :
с.
edible.
6198.) .
acute. Л. 10%. to 20%. South America, 1690. (B. M 2898. .—
CARICATURE PLANT. See Graptophyllum
hortense. : Mc
CARINA. A keel, like that of a boat; also applied to
the lower petals of a pea-flower. ee
CARINATE. Keel-shaped.
CARINATELY-CONCAVE. Hollowed in
manner as to resemble a keel externally. " a
CARINATELY-WINGED. Having a wing r
sembling a keel. ee О И
CARIOPSIS. А one-celled one-seeded superior fruit, —
whose pericarp is membranous and united to the seed, as іп
wheat, maize, and other kinds of corn. . :
CARISSA (probably a native Indian name, in Mahratta, ——
Korinda). ORD. Apocynacee. A genus of stove shrubs -
and trees. Flowers white; peduncles axillary and terminal,
many-flowered, everywhere 1 ning sterile and spines-
cent. Leaves opposite, furnished with intrapetiolar bristles.
They are best grown in a compost of peat and loam.
Cuttings of ripe wood will strike if placed in sand, under
a glass, in bottom heat. They are of economical value in
their native countries. T
C. Carandas (Carandas). /l. milky-white, Jasmine-like ; corymbs
terminal and axillary, few-flowered. July. 4. ovate, mucronat
or elliptic, obtuse, glabrous ; spines often two-forked. Sub-ar-
boreous. A. 15ft, to 20ft. India, 1790. = E J 663.) i
C. grandiflora e-flowered).* jl. white, fragran’ ver-
shaped, 2in. across Му, 1. deep green ; spines axillary, forked. _
Natal, 1862. (B. M. 6307.) ; ыыы EN i
C. spinarum (spiny). white ; pe ceolate; peduncles
terminal four а a eco. August to December. l. sm:
ovate, acute, veiny, shining. Branches gishotomona; DNE ј
аё each ramification opposite, the one above the E
at top, and shining. A. 20ft
other below it, red India, |
Bey ae
db 4
*
268 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Carissa—continued.
C. Xylopicron (bitter-wooded). Л. white; petals acute; peduncles
lateral, spiny, one to two-flowered. July. J. ovate, acuminated,
glabrous, three to five-nerved. Branches forming a pyramidal
суше. A. 20ft. Bourbon, 1820.
CARLINA (rom Carolus, pertaining to Charles,
commemorative of the famous Charlemagne, whose army
was said to have been cured of the plague by it). ORD.
Composite. Hardy or half-hardy annuals, biennials,
or perennials. Pappus feathery; receptacle chaffy ; invo-
lucre imbricated, tumid, the outer scales with numerous
spines, the inner coloured, spreading, resembling a ray.
They are of very easy culture in ordinary garden soil. A
few only are worth growing, and are readily increased
by seed, sown in spring.
Fig, 368. CARLINA ACAULIS.
C. acanthifolia (Acanthus-leaved).* f.-heads whit
innatifid, downy beneath; aedes ot grea or e У
lant stemless. A. 2ft. Southern E —
nial. (A. Е. P. iii, 5L) wope, 1818. Hardy peren
C. acaulis (stemless) JL-heads white. June. L pinnatifid,
naked; segments cut-toothed, spiny. Stem simple, one-flowered
A. 9in. Europe, 1640. Hard i 1 is.
See Fig SM NE. С. 1890, xii 170) ON C асай
C. Biebersteiniana (Bieberstein' -head. ugusi
h. 2ft. Caucasus, т: Manten EP p
С. subacaulis, A synonym of C. acaulis.
: CARLUDOVICA (named after Charles IV. of Spain,
and Louisa, his queen). SYws. Ludovia, Salmia (of Wil-
denow). ORD. Cyclanthacem. A genus of low-growing,
palm-like, stove plants. Flowers of separate sexes, in
Squares arranged very close together in a spiral manner,
and forming cylindrical spikes. Leaves stiff, plaited,
deeply cut into from two to five divisions. Plants unarmed.
‘The species are very ornamental, and several are eminently ·
_ adapted for sub-tropical gardening, for which purpose
they are largely employed in Parisian gardens, They are
easily grown with the usual routine of stove management
thriving in а compost of two parts peat and one of sandy
loam ; a liberal supply of water is needed,
. ©, atrovirens (darkgreen)* l. and petioles green,
X h, deeply bilo! A very fine ornamental teavad past. '
. C. Drudei (годен) . ivory white, borne on an erect-stalk.
terete f cylindrical f. l ri green.
"|ы. in Lrammverse diamo tated: ay оор,
Med ragaleris incoed af the mg a И беру
| arly incise e :
(G. C. n. s. 8, 715.) Ы зуна аң ir чке. nen
C. ensiformis (ensiform). /l. white, in clos tite
casio. М alt. Costa Rica, 1875." (B. M. GR) 5 Мранне,
„ humilis (dwarf).* Z rich а een; 12in. to 18in, Sin.
lin. m the widest pert, оро, deeply bifid at th Ды i
New Grenada. A very handsome but rare species. (R. H. 1869, 71.)
с, pamata ata (palmate).* 1, rich dark n, 2ft. T kirom
at apex, and divided quite гуай the Zn
шщ : it of attach-
_ ment into four lobes, each of which is divided narrow seg-
ments; petioles 4ft. to height, 1818.
Boe Fig 359. (RH 1861" ay eight, round, smooth. Peru, 1818.
(purplish). 1, deep green, 2ft., or more, long, and
bad" bid at the apex, taperi: UR E
410. high, smooth, reddish-purple. Tropical
*
Carludovica—continued.
C. rotundifolia (round-leaved).* 1. flabelliform, divided in two
places quite down to the point of attachment, thus presenting a
trilobed appearance ; lobes divided into segments, which are very
gracefully pendent. Costa Rica. : А
C. Wallisii (Wallis’s).* fl. white, very sweetly scented, dispo:
in roundish oblong heads. l. ovate, two-lobed, and plica
each division is about 1%. long, and біп. or 8in. broad; petiole
erect, semi-terete. Columbia, 1879. (R. G. 992.)
CARMICHZELIA (named after Captain Dugald Car-
michael, F.L.S., an acute Scotch botanist, author of the
“ Flora of the Island of Tristan da Acunha,” inserted in the
twelfth volume of the Linnean Society’s Transactions).
ORD. Leguminose. Very ornamental greenhouse evergreen
shrubs, flowering for a considerable length of time. Théy_
thrive in a compost of sandy peat, to which may be added
a very little fibry loam and leaf soil. Cuttings of half-
ripened side shoots root in sand, under a glass, in а 000
house, in April or May.
i Ета. 369. CARLUDOVICA PALMATA,
AN -ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 269
Carmichzlia- continued.
©. a (southern).* jl. lilac; racemes simple, rising from
the denticulations of the branches. May, September. č with
three to seven obcordate leaflets. Branches compressed, A.
2ft. to dft. New Zealand, 1825. (В.В. 912.)
CARNATION (Dianthus Caryophyllus). These charm-
ing flowers were, at one time, universal favourites, and
the varieties were far more numerous than now. In the
early days of gardening, they were often called Gilliflowers
as well as Carnations. For some unaccountable reason,
after 1850, they were seriously neglected, and many of
the old varieties were entirely lost to cultivation; they
are now, however, regaining popular favour, and are
ot only cultivated by specialists, but scarcely any garden
can afford to be without some. ‘There are no hardy
flowers more deserving general cultivation than Carna-
tions, as they present charming diversity and brilliancy
of colouring, with a delicious perfume. Their stateliness
of gr , and value in a cut state, are also charac-
teristics greatly in their favour.
PROPAGATION may be effected by layers, pipings, or
by seed.
Layers. This method is far more generally adopted than
any other, whether the plants are grown in pots, borders,
or beds. The end of July, or the beginning of August, is
the best time for layering. Before commencing, а compost
of leaf soil, loam, and sharp sand, in nearly equal propor-
tions;-should be prepared. Some pegs can be made of
bracken stéms, or other material of a like nature, which
will decay in the soil. A layer of the compost, about 2in.
in thickness, should be placed around each plant, as in this
the young plants will root. The shoots selected should be
denuded of a few of their leaves at the base of the young
wood, and a slit must be made from this point upwards,
extending through a joint of the bare stem, so that a
tongue is formed. The layers should next be carefully
pegged down in their place, keeping the incision open.
About lin, of soil must then be placed over the layered
to tle beyond the peg, and the whole well watered.
If dry weather ensue, it will be necessary to give occa-
sional waterings; but care must be taken that the shoots
are not denuded of soil. Plants layered in pots should be
placed in the open till they are rooted, which usually takes
a month or five weeks. See also Layering.
Pipings. Where shoots are too short or too numerous for
Carnation—continued.
a piece of glass should be laid on the top of the pan, till the
seeds germinate; after which, the covering should be re-
moved, and the pans placed in an airy position near the
glass. As soon as the seedlings can be handled, they should
be pricked out in beds, previously prepared by mixing in
some fresh loam and rotten manure with the ordinary soil,
and watered when necessary, to assist them in their growth.
By the end of September, the plants will be sufficiently
large to transfer to their permanent position in beds or
borders, where they will bloom the following season.
GENERAL CULTIVATION. Winter Treatment. In favoured
positions, many kinds will withstand the winter, i
if the soil is light and well drained. Generally, however,
it is necessary to provide accommodation, for a portion of
the stock at least, in cold frames; and when a choice col-
lection is grown, it would be useless to attempt to keep it
intact withont winter protection. About September, when
the layers or pipings are well rooted, they should be potted
singly or in pairs, the former in Sin., and the latter in 4in.
pots, according to the size of the plants. The potting com-
post should consist of loam two parts, leaf soil one part, and
sand one part, with a fair amount of drainage. After pot-
ting, a good watering should be given, and the frame kept
close for a week or two, until root-action is resumed, when
air may be freely admitted. All through the winter, full
advantage should be taken of fine weather to give all the
air possible, by tilting, or entirely removing, the lights. If
bleak winds prevail, it will be best to tilt the lights in an
opposite direction to the wind. Until the beginning of
\
February, when, as a rule, the plants begin to grow, great - 3
attention must be paid to watering. They must be kept
somewhat dry rather than excessively wet, as the greatest
enemy in winter is damp. If kept too wet, a disease
known as “Spot” is likely to appear in the foliage, which — »
may prove very prejudicial. Watering those that are dry,
with a small-spouted can, so as to avoid unduly wetting
the foliage, is preferable to using a rose. After February,
they may have more water; in fact, it will then be very —— D
unwise to allow them to get at all dry.
Cultivation in Pots. The end of February, or the be-
ginning of March, is, as a rule, the best time for potting; |
but, to some extent, this must be regulated by the season
and condition of the plants. Pots 10in. іп diameter are
large enough to accommodate a pair of good strong plants, ^
while weaker growing ones may be placed in 9in., or even =
Sin. pots. These should be well drained, and alayerofleaf ——
soil or rotten manure placed over the crocks. The follow- —
ing is an excellent potting compost: Two parts good fibrous —
пене, у broken too finely, one part leaf mould, and
n роми one rotte ich may be -
firm base, and they must either be taken with a heel, or added a Pa sprinkling ii E RA gere Деус че cu cc
cut off at a joint, and firmly inserted in the soil. Aftera | if it can be procured; well mix the whole together, but do
good watering, the light should be placed upon the frame, | not pass through a riddle. Pot the plants moderately firm,
and the pipings must be kept close, and shaded. The soil | and sufficiently deep to allow of the layers being got to tho —
must be maintained moderately moist till the roots are | surface without fear of breaking off. After potting, place
formed, but damp must be guarded against. —— back in the frame again, and keep well ventilated, until the
. Seed. Propagation of Carnations by seed is a very | plants show signs of fresh growth, when they may be stood
interesting operation. By this means, new and excellent | ontside in an airy position. Watering must be very care-
varieties are raised. Both single and double-flowered | fully performed for some time after potting, and staking / ——
the leading growths must not be delayed, or they will be~
broken with the wind. If large flowers are required, ће —
buds should be thinned in their early stages, and means
taken to prevent the splitting of the calyx. Should there —
be signs of this, make two or three incisions in the opposite ——
side, and fasten a piece of matting round it, which will
materially assist to keep the petals together. In order to
layering, or where they become broken by accident, it is
desirable to propagate by pipings; such shoots may be
_removed before the time for layering. Бог this mode of
2 ropagation, it is necessary to have a slight hotbed, and on
it to put 4in. or 5in. of fine light soil, covered with silver
sand. The pipings must be long enough to have a tolerably
plants are produced from a packet of seed; the latter can
be selected, and the best perpetuated by layering. The
. principal nurserymen supply seed of good quality, or anyone
а good strain may save his own. Hybridising
most suitable time for sowing is in April or May, and the
_ best place a slight hotbed, or in a greenhouse. The pans
should be properly drained, then filled with fresh sandy
loam and leaf soil to within an inch or so of the top, makin
it tolerably firm, and the surface afterwards levelled, rand
vl M This should be scattered evenly overthe
: then slightly covered with a little of the potting
mixture, finely sifted. To keep the whole uniformly moist,
produce fine blooms for exhibition or other purposes, it will
be necessary to thin the buds severely, leaving only the
primary or finest ones to develop. he
plants are best removed to a cool greenhouse, where
abundance of air сап be afforded; this protection will |
greatly lengthen the period of blooming, and materially
For flowering, the .
| an
'
270
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Carnation—continued.
is поб practicable, a few lights, or some tiffany, should be
temporarily arranged over them, when the same end will be
gained; and after the plants are layered, the covering can
be removed.
Cultivation in Beds or Borders. With the choicer varie-
ties grown in pots, a magnificent collection may be culti-
vated in specially prepared beds or positions in an ordi-
nary border. There are a large number of beautiful
Selfs, and fancy border varieties, as a rule richly scented,
which are far better treated in the open ground; and,
presuming a special bed is allotted them, which is a much
preferable method, even if duplicates are planted in the
mixed border, it is necessary to ridge up the bed in the
autumn for exposure to the sweetening effects of wintry
weather, and the extermination of insects. At the same
time, a dressing of soot and lime, mixed, may, with advan-
tage, be well incorporated with the soil, for the destruction
of these pests, especially the wireworm, which is a very
troublesome insect in Carnation culture. An addition of
leaf soil and sharp sand should also be made if the soil is
stiff or clayey. The plants should be put out in March,
about 1%. apart each way; more space between the lines
may be allowed if desired, according to the size or shape of
the bed. Keep the beds clean, and, when dry, thoroughly
watered. As the buds expand, occasional doses of liquid
manure will be found beneficial. It will also be necessary
to thin the buds if large blooms are required, as re-
commended for those grown in pots. When grown in odd
spaces in the border, equally as much attention is needed
аз when grown in beds. The blossom-stalks require
staking in order to display the flowers, and to keep them
from being soiled. Very neat stakes should be used, and
they should be neither longer nor shorter than really
Fig. 370. METHOD OF STAKING CARNATIONS,
Fig. 370, with which tying is unnecessary. im сея
some after, it will again be necessary to fumigate, but
; aA Wireworms are
very destructive at the roots. The soil should be carefully
looked over before being used for potting, as any wire-
worms left in it would eat the roots as fast as they are
killing the plant. Should established
Scarlet
some carrots placed in the soil will !
as the wireworms eat into them, and |
Carnation—continued.
the flower is not liable to burst it, as is the case when it
short. The flower should be quite circular, and rising
gradually towards the centre, so as to form half a ball
The outer, or guard petals, should be large, and few i
number, rising slightly above the calyx, then sprea
horizontally; and the other petals should be regu
disposed on them, nearly flat, and diminish in size tow
the centre. The texture of the petals should be thick
wax-like, and the markings distinct and clear; the grour
а pure white, any flushing or running of the colour b
a decided disqualification.
Fic. 371. FLOWERS OF BIZARRE CARNATION,
CrnAssES. There are three distinct classes, viz.: Biz
(see Fig. 371), Flakes, and Selfs. The Bizarres have ac
ground, variously marked and flaked with two or
colours; of these there are Crimson, Scarlet, and T
Purple varieties, each characterised by the disti
colours predominating. Flakes have a pure тош Fe:
with one colour, of which there are Scarlet, Purple, an
varieties. Selfs should be one-coloured, in any tollo
the more defined, the more effective they are. The he :
ing is a selection of the best varieties in each ¢
present grown, to which additions are constantly
made: ue
A. D. SOUTHGATE (обме
MOND (Haines), ECCENTRIC JACK (Fletcher), E. 8. 3
- (Hewitt), Isaac WILKINSON (Turner), J. D. TALL
JENNY Linn (Puxley), доза.
Pink and Purple Bizarres. FALCONBRIDGE (Ма,
TAYLOR (Gibbons), LORD CLIFTON (Puxley), ;
Dodwell), Mns. BARLOW (Dodwell), OLIVE (Fletcher),
клган (Beardsley), SARAH PAYNE (№. том FOSTER 4
well), T. S. WARE (Dodwell) . J ieu
ADMIRAL CURZON (Easom), ALFRED
SON (Dodwell), ARTHUR MEDHURST (Dodwell), BEN
(Dodwell), CARACTACUS (Dodwell), CHARLES TURNER (Dod
ANDY (Dodwell), DUKE OF GRAFTON (Hooper), e
(Wardt ) FANNY GARDINER, FRED (Dodwell), A
ard) JIM WHITAKER (Dodwell), JOHN HINES (
RD bim (Taylor), Mars (Hextall), MASTER ме (Dod
welD, MR. FAwcETT (Fletcher), RAYNER JOHNSON ы
SIR JOSEPH PAXTON (Ely) TOM BROWN (Dod well), ),
(Dodwell) WILFRID SYMES (Dodwell), WM. SPOOR (Adams) d
ATTRACTION (Fletcher) BEAUTY OF ^j,
DR. EON Unete DR. WHITRON
AMFORD (Elliott) С. Е.
Р?
P ai E m id ^ сй? at
i A Ely) Rape Wisaa (Dodwell) b
AN ENCYCLOPJEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
271
Carnation-— continued.
etcher), MR. BUCKLEY (Fletcher) MRS. BARRETT (Fletcher),
bg аа (Dodwell), RACHAEL (Fletcher), RoB Rov
(Gorton), ROSE OF STAPLEFORD (Holmes).
carlet Flakes. ANNIHILATOR (Jackson) CLIPPER (Fletcher),
cy GODFREY (Holmes) FRIAR TUCK (Dodwell), HENRY MAT-
THEWS (Dodwell), ILLUMINATOR (Puxley) JAMES. CHEETHAM
(Chadwick) JOHN BALL (Dodwell), RICHARD GORTON (Dod-
well), RISING SUN (Kirtland), SCARLET KEET (Dodwell), SPORTS-
MAN (Fletcher), WILLIAM LanG (Dodwell), WILLIAM MELLOR
(Dodwell). j
elfs. ALBERT (Turner), purple ; ARETHUSA (Dodwell), magenta ;
MNT Ware), Lb enta, very fine; BRIDE (Overs),
pure white, very fine ; CONSTANCE (Dodwell), rich rose; CORONER
(Ware) bright scarlet; CRIMSON, old double Clove; CYNTHIA
(Dodwell), bright rose, very pretty ; GERTRUDE TEIGNER (Ware),
rich pink, very fine ; GLOIRE DE NANCY (Lemoine) pure white,
very vigorous and free; Сос (Dodwell), carmine-purple; KING
OF THE YELLOWS (Abercrombie) rich sulphur-yellow; LADY
ROSEBERY (Turner) the best yellow Self; MARY MORRIS
(Smythe), rich salmon-rose, immense; MRS. MATTHEWS (Mat-
thews), pure white, freely fringed ; SPARKLER (Ware), crimson-
scarlet; VIVID (Dodwell) very brilliant scarlet; W. P. MILNER
(Fisher), pure white, of grand substance, one of the best.
TREE OR PERPETUAL. These are, without doubt, some
of the most useful plants grown for cut bloom, and their
culture is of the easiest. Some growers strike the cuttings
from July till the end of August, in gentle heat, or layer
the old plants in a frame, in August, and, when well rooted,
pot them off into 3in. pots, or the stronger ones into 4in.
pots, in which the plants are wintered the first season, in
an airy position near the glass. The second season, the
plants are grown on, and not allowed to bloom through the
summer, about two shifts being given until they are in
10in. pots. : Meanwhile, the shoots are trained as required,
and the general shape of the plant arranged. "When the
. pots are filled with roots, liquid manure should be supplied,
and, about the middle of September, they may be taken in-
doors, giving plenty of air for some days. By maintaining
a temperature of from 45deg. to 50deg., and applying liquid:
manure, plenty of bloom may be obtained through the win-
ter and early spring months. For potting soil, use good
. fibrous yellow sandy loam three parts, and one part rotten
manure, with enough sand to keep the whole sufficiently
porous to admit of the free passage of water. Another
excellent method of cultivation is to put the cuttings in,
selecting the small side shoots, about the middle of
January, in bottom heat, of about 70deg. to 75deg., with
. an atmospheric temperature of 60deg. to 65deg.; or they
тау be struck in a half-spent hotbed, when it will not
be advisable to put them in till February. As soon as
rooted, they should be potted off, and gradually hardened,
—80 that they will bear removal to the greenhouse, where
“they should remain till April. They may then be shifted
on, and grown liberally in pots, or be planted out. In June,
go over the plants, and take off the tops; and, about once a
fortnight, remove the tops of any of the side shoots which
may appear likely to bloom. About the end of September,
the plants should, if placed out, be carefully potted up,
and shaded for a week or ten days, keeping them well sup-
plied with moisture; and, after root action is resumed,
removed to the greenhouse, and an unlimited supply of
air given until frost sets in. Only sufficient fire heat
should be applied in winter to maintain a temperature
of 50deg. to 55deg., and a free circulation of air should
be admitted on all favourable occasions during the day.
Fumigate if fly should put in an appearance; and for
mildew, flowers of sulphur should be thoronghly dusted
over the plants, washing it off after three days, taking
~ Care to remove all dirt from the plants.
Varieties. These are numerous, and their number con-
stantly being added to. Тһе following are among the best:
A. ALEGATIERE, bright scarlet; AMAZON, buff, edged scarlet ;
Coven rose; BOULE DE FEU, scarlet ; BRIDE, pure white :
soalna GARDEN, scarlet; DRAGON, scarlet; FIREFLY, bright
Goud ; PUORENCE, clear buff-yellow ; GARIBALDI, rosy-scarlet ;
BART URDAULT, scarlet, erimson-flaked ; HENSHAW'S, scarlet; JEAN
M t scarlet ; JEAN SISLEY, yellow, red-edged ; La BELLE,
кеке » very fine; LEES, scarlet; MADAME ALEGATIER:
carmine-rose; MAIDENS BLUSH, blush-white; Miss JOLLIFFR,
Carnation—continued.
blush-pink ; Mrs. G. HAWTRY, bright yellow; OSCAR, yellow;
PRINCE OF ORANGE, yellow, edged with crimson ; PURITY, white;
REMBRANDT, large crimson; SOUVENIR DE MALMAISON, blush-
white; VALIANT, rosy-scarlet; VAN Dyck, white, striped rose
VULCAN, mottled-red.
CARNAUBA PALM. See Copernicia cerifera.
CARNOSE. Fleshy; of thick substance.
CAROB-TREE. See Ceratonia Siliqua.
CAROLINA ALLSPICE. See Calycanthus
floridus.
CAROLINEA. See Pachira.
CARPEL. A division of the ovary; one of the modified
leaves forming the pistil.
CARPENTERIA (named after the late Professor
Carpenter, of Louisiana). Овр. Вахіўтадет. Ап orna-
mental tall-growing shrub, which will thrive in any good
loamy soil and will probably prove hardy in this country.
It is too recent an introduction for us to be able to speak
more definitely respecting it.
C. californica (Californian)* f. white. l
entire, 2in. to in. long, ани Berry fme with
a minute and close pubescence. Sierra Nevada, California, 1880.
(Latin name used by Pliny) Horn-
beam. ORD. Cupulifere. i “
medium-sized. Male flow
drieal; braets imbricate.
Hardy deciduous trees, mostly
, catkins later, sessile, cylin-
Female flowers in lax terminal
FIG. 372. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CaRPINUS BETULUS.
catkins; outer bracts entire; inner bracts in pairs, three-
lobed. Leaves simple, alternate, exstipulate, deciduous. -
C. Betulus is the one most generally grown. It forms a _
good hedge plant, and bears pruning well, while the leaves -
remain on after they are dead, thus affording good shelter.
It is not much grown in this country, but its timber is
valuable; it is also very useful as an agricultural tree, to _
shelter exposed fields, as it endures rough and windy ~
situations, and thrives well in common soil. The seeds. -
which are formed in a small nut, are ripe at the end of -
autumn, but they vegetate irregularly, some coming the -
272 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Carpinus—continued.
first year, some the second. If they grow thickly, they
should be transplanted when a year old, but if thinly, they
may be allowed to stand for two years, and then trans-
planted, cutting off the extremities of the roots. After
two years in nursery lines, they are fit for hedges. If
not then removed, and a greater space allowed them to
grow in, they will run up tall, and be unfit for hedge
plants.
C. americana (American).*
doubly serrate, soon nearly smooth; à
halbert-shaped, sparingly cut-toothed on one side.
North America, 1812.
C. Betulus (Birch-like).* Common Hornbeam. /. yellowish. May.
Jr., bracts flat, oblong, serrated, with two lateral lobes ; nuts brown,
ripe in October or November. h. 508. to 70ft. Britain. See
Fig. 572. There are several varieties, including aurea-variegata
. (golden-variegated-leaved), incisa (cut-leaved), quercifolia (Oak-
leaved), and variegata (variegated).
CARPOCAPSA POMONANA.
Codlin Grub.
CARPODINUS (from karpos, a fruit, and dineo, to
turn round; application disputed). Orp. Apocynacee.
Stove evergreen climbing shrubs, thriving in a mixture of
open loam and sandy peat. Easily propagated from cut-
tings of half-ripened shoots. The best known species is:
C. dulcis (sweet). Л. green, almost sessile, twin, axillary, June.
1. ovate-lanceolate, glabrous. A. 8ft. Sierra Leone, 1822. A
fruiting shrub.
CARPODONTOS. See Eucryphia.
CARPOLYSA (from karpos, a fruit, and lyssa, таре;
in reference to the peculiar method of opening). ORD.
Amaryllidee. А very pretty little bulb, from the Cape
of Good Hope. For culture, see Ixia.
С. spiralis (spiral).* Л. white, reddish outside ; scapes filiform,
4in. to 6in. ne h, ouis twisted from the base vi жнь,
thence straight; perianth tube short, widening upwards ; umbels
two to four-flowered; spathe two-leaved April and May. J.
spiral, filiform. 1791. SYN. Strumaria spiralis. (B. M. 1383)
l. ovate-oblong, pointed, sharply
bractlets three-lobed,
h. 10ft. to 50%,
See Apple or
Fic. 375. 8новт CARROT.
CARROT (Daucus Carota). Н biennial: ч
wild Carrot is a native of Tod dE piga :
sort grown 1 є
alittle discretion and care are required. The seeds being
the hands, to separate them, otherwise the plants will come
| up in thick clusters or bunches. is
_ eover the seeds with fine soil, and again rake over the
| to destroy weeds, or they will grow much faster than ti
Carrot—continued. 4
very important crop, or rather series of crops, as, in order -
to keep up a good supply fit for table, it is necessary to
sow often, so as to have a succession of young tender roots,
free from the hard core which is invariably present
many of the large varieties. :
Soil. Carrots require soil that is of a good depth and, й.
possible, rather light. It should not be specially manured —
for them, or they will produce forked roots, instead of.
growing straight down. Ground that has been manured |
for a previous crop will suit better. It should also be free
from wireworms, or other injurious grubs. Мапу gardens
do not contain soil suitable for good Carrot culture; in.
А
‚ such cases, it would be advisable to grow the short varieties |
(see Fig. 373), and prepare a sufficient depth of soil for k
them. :
Cultivation. Having selected the site, deeply dig the |
ground for the Short varieties, or trench to a depth of .
Fic. 374. LonG CARROT,
from 18in. to 2ft. for the Long kinds (see Fig. 374). This
should be done as early in autumn as possible, th
ground left in ridges for the winter, forking it over
spring. Before sowing, rake the ground level, and draw
shallow drills, from 8іп. to 12in. apart, according to the
. In these drills thinly sow the seeds ; and here
very liable to stick together, it is advisable that they
should be mixed with sharp sand, and well rubbed between
After sowing, lightly-
whole of the ground, to remove stones and make the soil
fine. As soon as the rows can be seen, flat hoe the
. Carrots, and make it a difficult matter to clear t
"When the plants are large enough, thin them out to T
` Ain. apart, again removing some when large enough ©
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
273.
Carrot— continued.
cook. The main crops will be ripe and ready to lift
during October, or early in November, according to the
season. Carefully lift in dry weather, cutting off the
leaves close to the crowns, and store the roots in moist
sand or soil, in a cool place. For table use, the Horn
varieties are, perhaps, the best. To secure а succes-
sion, sow small quantities on a warm border, under a
wall, in February, in March, and again in April. The
main crop should be sown about the end of March, and
additional sowings made each month until August. The
smaller kinds will only require a space of about Sin. be-
tween, and 6in. in the rows; on this account, they are
most useful for small gardens.
ing. Early Carrots are generally in great demand,
.
and to them it is necessary to sow on a hotbed in |
early spring. A great heat is not necessary, but it should
be constant. Stable litter, with plenty of leaves well
mixed with it, should be prepared and put into a frame
with a depth of 3ft. or 4ft. Tread it firmly and evenly, and
allow it to remain for a few days before sowing. About
біп. of light soil will be sufficient, and the seeds may be
sown thinly, either broadcast or in shallow drills, after-
wards watering in. The first sowing should be made early
in February, and succession beds kept up until the end of
April according to the quantity required. Give air on
every favourable opportunity so soon as the plants are np,
or they will quickly get drawn. They should only be
moderately thinned at first, allowing them to grow large
enough for usé, and then removing the largest each time
for this purpose. Early French Forcing is one of the best
varieties for forcing purposes.
Fic. 375. UMBEL OF CARROT.
"n umbel of Carrot, intact, is shown at Fig. 375. It is
. necessary to thoroughly separate the seeds before sowing.
-. Fic. 376. Carrot, JAMES'S INTERMEDIATE.
Sorts. 3 There are varieties of Carrots in cultiva-
but Some are not fit for table use, on account of their
Carrot— continued.
pale colour or the hardness of the core. The following may
be relied on as some of the best for any purpose. Forcing
and early crops: Common Early Horn, Early French
Forcing, Early Nantes, and Early Short Horn (see Fig.
373). Main crops: Altrincham, James’s Intermediate (see
Fig. 376), Long Horn (see Fig. 374), and Long Red Surrey.
CARROT BLOSSOM MOTH (Depressaria dau-
cella). The caterpillars of this moth inflict considerable
damage on the Carrot seed-crop, in summer, by eating
away the flower-heads, which they envelop with their webs, -
According to Miss Ormerod, the caterpillar is of a greenish-
grey or yellowish colour, with black, hairy warts, and some
faint streaks along the back; and the head, as well as the
upper side of the first segment behind it, is brown or
black. It is only about din. long when full grown. Some-
times the caterpillar changes to the chrysalis in the flower-
head; sometimes it bores for this purpose into the stem.
The moth is little more than jin. in the spread of the
upper wings; the head and body between the wings are P
reddish-brown, freckled with black. The upper wings are
of the same colour, freckled with white, and having black -
streaks, and the under sides dark; the hind wings are _
light grey. on
The only effectnal way of destroying this pest is to shake
the infested plants, when the caterpillars will descend by — -
means of a thread, and may be killed by burning or -
otherwise. A dusting of powdered Hellebore would pro-
bably be of some service; but, being a deadly poison, it
should be used with great caution. С
CARROT FLY. See Carrot Grubs. "An
CARROT GRUBS (Psila rose). The grub of t
Carrot Fly, which plays such havoc among Carrots, is cylin-
drical, and of a pale yellow colour; the body tapers slig йу
‘towards the mouth, while the other end is rounded; its
skin is smooth and shining; the tail has two little black
tubercles. When the larva is full grown, it quits the
Carrot, and, burrowing into the earth, becomes a pup
light brown in colour, and oval. The perfect fly is sh
black, slightly tinged with a greenish lustre. | TE
yellowish legs, white “ balancers,” and hyaline transparent
wings; the head is reddish-yellow, and the antennæ-
palpi tipped with black. `= más dg 50 Кт
These grubs are probably the most destructive insects
that attack Carrots. They bore into the roots, causing the
tops to turn brown and eventually to die. The crop is
almost entirely lost in some gardens in conse Е
soon as any plants are observed to be sickl
be pulled up, and either burned or destroyed by son т
means. Dressing the ground with lime the previous
autumn, or the drills with lime and soot when sowing, is
sometimes a good preventative. It is also important not
to use the same ground for Carrots two successive years,
especially if these insects ог any wireworms are present і
the soil. M UU |
Hebrew garthami ; referring to the flowers yielding a fine —
colour) Safflower. Овр. Composite. Pretty hardy annuals.
Pappus paleaceous, hairy, or none; receptacle paleaceous,
setose; involucre ovate, imbricated; scales ovate, leafy at
end. They thrive in any ordinary soil, Seeds should be
sown in a gentle hotbed, in spring; and, when the seedlings
are large enough to handle, they should be transplanted
а situation where they are intended to flower. These pla
should only be grown in large gardens, =
O. мамиле (жой). кым. South Europe, 1596,
annual (В. М. 2142) ET
C. ох) -heads yellow. y. h 2ft
9 о entir me P D d. he ott, . Egypt,
1551. (B. R. 110) Bub.
. Gristly, tongh,
E
274
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
CARUM (from Karos, the Greek name used by Diosco-
rides). Caraway (originally found at Caria, in Asia Minor).
Including Ptychotis. ORD. Umbellifere. Glabrous herbs.
Flowers white. Leaves pinnate; segments or leaflets
multifid. Roots tuberous. Caraway is a naturalised
biennial, and will do well in most garden soils if tolerably
dry in winter. The seeds are best sown in autumn, or
in March, in drills 1ft. apart, and the plants, when strong
enough, thinned out to about Sin. in the rows. Тһе
ground will require an occasional hoeing. Seeds will
be produced in the following summer, ripening about
August. 'lhese are much used, after being dried, in con-
fectionery, and sometimes for flavouring and perfumery.
For culture of C. Petroselinum, see Parsley.
C. Carvi (Caraway). jl. white; involucre and involucels wanting.
May. 1. bipinnate ; leaflets decussate, multifid. Stems furrowe
h. 14ft. Europe. (Sy. En. B. 582.)
C. Petroselinum (Petroselinum). Parsley. /., involucre of few,
partial one of many, leaflets. June and July. 2. decompound,
shining ; lower leaflets ovate-cuneate, trifid, toothed ; upper ones
lanceolate, nearly entire. Europe (naturalised in Britain) SYN.
Petroselinum sativum. ^
` CARUMBIUM. A synonym of Sapium.
CARYA (from karya, a Walnut-tree, from karyon, a
nut). Hickory. Syn. Scorias. ORD. Juglandacem. Very
handsome hardy deciduous trees, far too rarely seen in
this country. This genus differs from Juglans in having
the male catkins clustered, with from three to ten stamens
in each flower, and the firm (at length) dry exocarp splitting
into four regular valves, and falling away from the smooth,
bony endocarp or shell. Leaves alternate, exstipulate, of
five to fifteen leaflets, serrate; the lateral ones in opposite,
or nearly opposite, pairs, and' all spreading in one plane.
Propagation is effected by nuts, planted where the trees
ате intended to remain, as most of the species have very
long tap roots, which, with the exception of C. amara, are
nearly destitute of fibres. The species here described
are all North American.
С. alba (white).* Shell-bark Hickory. fl., catkins glabrous. May.
fr. globular or depressed ; nut white, compressed, barely mucro-
DEO Cm DECEDERE
не min = r 3
the руасо Жү очар A А. 5066, to TOft. "o DD. BL [ra
С. amara (bitter)* Bitter Nut, or i tar
"m D id April. fr. globular ышто и eld
globular, s uk vs nted. 4, leaflets seven to eleven, lanceolate
or oblong-lanceolate, pubescent when young, afterwards almost
glabrous. A.50ft. to 60ft. 1800. (T. S. M. 226)
C. olivzformis (Olive-formed). Pecan Nut. fr., nut olive-
x . L, leaflets thirteen to fifteen, oblong-lanceolate, tapering
а, to a slender point, falcate, serrate. A. 306, 1766.
‚ porcina (pig). Pig Nut, or Broom Hickory. fr., nut
"oval, with a thick Dony shell. Z., leaflets tive e Miren, Mar
te, and taper-pointed, serrate, plot:
ly во. A. 708. to 80%. (T. S. M. 224.) pouce
. tomentosa (tomentose.* Mocker Nut; White- :
J^, catkins short, and lower surface of leaves t heart Hickory.
у, of a
сео-
н. de ай or by suckers; the first named аге frequently pro-
T duced in this country. ES
е Cumingii (Cuming’s).* l large, dark green, spreading, bi-
ope 4ft. to 6ft. in length, a. Sft. in width ; niinulos Siu. £f
CARYOPHYLLEZ. An extensive order of herbs,
. With stems swollen at the joints. Flowers terminal, solitary,
or disposed in racemes, panioles, or corymbs. Leaves entire,
opposite. Well-known genera are: Arenaria, Cerastiwm,
Dianthus, Lychnis, Saponaria, and Silene.
CARYOPHYLLUS (from karuophyllon, Clove-tree ;
literally nut leaf, from karuon, a nut, and phyllon, a leaf).
Clove-tree. The Arabs, who have been acquainted from all
antiquity with the Clove, called it Qarumfel, which the
Greeks altered to Caryophyllon. ORD. Myrtacew. А.
stove evergreen tree, now generally referred to genus
Eugenia. Cymes terminal, or sub-corymbose, in the forks
of the branches. Leaves opposite, coriaceous, dotted. It
grows best in a mixture of loam and peat. Cuttings of firm
shoots, with the leaves left on, will root if planted in a
pot of sand, with a hand glass over them, and placed in a
moist heat. It is difficult to preserve this tree through
the winter.
C. aromaticus (fragrant).* Jl., petals pale purple; calyx dark
2 le; cymes many-flowered. l ovate-oblong, acuminated at
th ends. h. 20ft. to 40ft. Moluccas, 1796. The flowers of this
tree are the cloves of commerce.
CARYOPTERIS (from karuon, a nut, and pteron, a
wing; fruit winged). Овр. Verbenacee. Ornamental,
hardy, herbaceous or sub-shrubby perennials, with a bushy
habit. They thrive in ordinary garden soil. Propagated
by seeds, by divisions, or by cuttings.
C. Mastacanthus (moustache)* Л. rich violet; peduncles —
axillary, fastigiate. Autumn. 1. ovate-oblong, petiolate, obtuse, ~
coarsely serrated, downy. A. 2ft. China, 1844. A Hafidsome
greenhouse or half-hardy herbaceous plant, growing freely in any
garden soil. It requires plenty of water during the summer -
months. SYN. Mastacanthus sinensis. (B. R. 1846, 2.) :
C. mongolica (Mongolian). Л. violet-blue, numerous, in small |
long-stalked axillary corymbs, forming loose spikes nearly 2%.
long. l. opposite, lanceolate-elliptic, greyish-green, hoary be-
neath. A. 3ft. Chinese Mongolia, 1869. (R. Н. 1872, 451.)
CARYOTA (old Greek name karuotis, used by Dio-
scorides; the Greeks first applied this name to their cul:
tivated Date) ORD. Palmee. A genus of about a d
species of very noble stove palms, with bipinnate leaves;
the ultimate divisions of which have the shape of the fins
and tail of a fish—features which distinguish the present
from all other genera of the order. They attain th
size before commencing to flower; the зе
developed first at the top, and last foot
Oin. long, sub-falcate, obliquely wedge-shaped below, and
toothed upwards. The spadices hang in dreoplug tassel-like tufts
from the axils of the leaves, and the flowers are succeeded h
ои — je rede an additional charm to this beauti
stove plant. Trunk or stem slender, . high.
Philippine Islands, 1841. (B. M. 5762.) m "es -
maxima (largest). 1. bipinnate ; pinnze coriaceous, rigid, elon-
gated, dimidio-lanceolate, acuminate. Stem tall. Java, 1849.
C. mitis (mild) Z. reclining; pinn cuneiform, obli præ
morse, A, 20ft, China, 1820. p oH +
C. propinqua (neighbouring) l. bipinnate; pinne coriaceous,
sessile, оороо obtuse or acuminate, morse.-
Stem tall. Java, 1850. xt ;
©. purpurabes (purple. 1. bipinnate; pinnæ uncaual, BR
in size and shapa; petioles clothed vith um me Ш
h. Wft Java. This species resembles C, urens, bt
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 275
Caryota—continued.
more compact, the petioles are not so long, and the leaves more
numerous.
с. Rumphiana (Rumph’s).* l bipinnate, spreading, Sft. to 8ft.
long ; pinnules sessile, c , obliquely cuneate an Mone,
4in. to біп. in length, and the same in breadth at the widest part,
lying very flat and even, and deep n in colour. Indian Archi-
pelago. Very handsome and
sobolifera (sucker-bearing). innate ; pinnze bright light
oe. еи a A with a short black "ly
tomentum. Malacca, elegant, slender-stemmed, some-
what dwarf species, not very unlike C. wrens in the form’ of the
leaves. Suckers are rx "— produced by this species than by
any other. See Fig. 377.
lb. i.
Fu. 377. CARYOTA SOBOLIFERA.
ore, length op t E ag, 0n. te Ил. n:
more, in lengt X obliq Кою, s sub-coriaceous,
caudate, біп. to in length, and 4in. in кели, Gack’ кем,
Stem stout. A. 50ft. India, 1788 Pro bably the largest-growing
species.
CASCADE, or WATERFALL. This, says Loudon,
is an obvious improvement where a running stream passes
a demesne, and is to be formed by first construct-
ing а bank of masonry, presenting an inclined plane to the
current, and rendering it impervious to water by the use
of cement; and next by varying the ridge of the bank, and
of the river below it, with fragments of rock, so
chosen and placed as not to present а character foreign to
what Nature may be supposed to have produced there.
The ground frequently requires to be raised at’
such scenes, but may be harmonised by plantations. Where
Cascade, or Waterfall— continued,
running water is conducted in the forms belonging to the
geometric style of gardening, Cascades are constructed
in the form of crescents, flights of steps, or wavy slopes,
all of which produce excellent effects when appropriately
introduced.
CASCARILLA BARK. ‘ce Croton Eluteria.
CASEARIA (named after J. Casearius, who assisted
Rheede in the * Hortus Malabarieus"). Orn. Samydacec.
A genus of stove evergreen trees, with astringent and
medicinal properties, but of no ornamental value. There
are numerous species.
CASHEW NUT. See Anacardium occidentale.
CASIMIROA (named after Cardinal Casimiro Gomez).
ORD. Rutacee. A genus, allied to Skimmia, containing
a couple of species, the one hitherto introduced being an
evergreen greenhouse tree, succeeding well in rich friable
loam with perfect drainage. It is very likely that this
fine fruiting tree will be extensively grown when better
known, as it would probably succeed in the open air in
the Chanel Islands, in the south and south-west of Eng-
land, and in Ireland. We have hitherto failed in striking.
cuttings, as also in finding a stock on which it will graft.
It may, however, be readily raised from seeds. :
C. edulis (edible).* s
the size of a St. dien. X үсә erae fia md we
of a greenish-yellow colour when and having a delicious —
ripe,
melting flavour, like that of a peach. 1. digitate. Mexico. e
(G. C. n. s., viii. 465.) - З
wee SPECIOSA. See Bauhinia pétio-
CASSANDRA (name of mythological origin).
ORD.
Етсасет. A small genus of hardy shrubs, sometimes
included under Andromeda. С. calyculata, ‘distributed
throughout the Northern Hemisphere, is the only species
known, C. angustifolia being merely a form of it. They
thrive best in peat or sandy loam. Propagated by drei
or by seeds, which latter, being very small, require ii ar :
covered lightly with earth.
с. lia 2! d).*
y ep npe cr з
in the manner of recurved racemes at the yd the
ranches. April Z ers lanceolate, acute, sub-undulated —
edges, rusty beneath. h. lft. to 2ft. "Qurolina, 1048. SYN. C.
soniy ta (small-calyxed).* -whi condit бы
— RE ay on m ic ү = БС с recurved, lez
CASSAREEP. The ema id
roots, rendered harmless by boiling.
CASSEBEERA (derivation ES Овр. ‘Filices.
Stove ferns, from Brazil. Sori terminal on veins, sub-
globose or oblong, not reaching beyond branches of
а single vein. Involucre inserted netly within the
margin, and separate from it, of the same shape as the -
rinde and pressed down upon it' For culture, &c., see
(pinnate).* sti. біп. to 12in. long, stout, erect. fronds
ir err =g h ‚ pinnate ; nate, linear-obl = I
gins of the sepas p much ортаа in | the mature жы:
close rows along the margins. ae
C. triphylla (three-l sti. 2in. to 3in. long, slender, `
TD ser s ğin. ey way; segments three to five, nem
equal, linear oblong. sori in ose rows along t e жаң
segments. 1824.
CASSIA фе Greek kasia of Dioscorides, from Hebrew ab
A very emi genus of |
Lois n ои те leaflets opposite ; ed peri
glandular. C. corymbosa is about the only species grown,
and. even - is жа бер met with. ге
276
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cassia—continued.
all of very easy culture and propagation. The stove and
greenhouse species thrive well in a compost of maiden
loam, sand, and a little peat. С. corymbosa may be placed
out of doors, in a sheltered warm spot in June; but, so
soon as the frost touches the foliage, the plant should be
potted up, and, after cutting it back nearly to the old wood,
wintered in a cool, frost-proof greenhouse or vinery. The
annuals and biennials are increased by seeds, which must
be sown in March or April, in a gentle heat; and the
shrubby species, by cuttings of half-ripened shoots, which
will root in heat, at about the same time of the year.
Stove evergreen shrubs, except where otherwise specified.
C. alata (winged-leaved).* fi. yellow, large, bracteolate. 7. with
eight to twelve pairs of obovate-oblong glabrous leaflets, outer
ones the largest, lower ones approximating to the axils. h. 6ft.
West Indies, 1751. Shrub.
C. auriculata (small-eared). Л. yellow; bracts oval-oblong; га- -
cemes axillary. June, July. i. with eight to twelve pairs of
oval, obtuse, rather mucronate leaflets, which are puberulous
when young; petioles glandular. A. 4ft. to 6ft. India, 1777.
Shrub.
(rod) Л. yellow; racemes axillary, pedunculate.
1. with two pairs of ovate, obtuse, oblique leaflets,
h. 12ft. to
June, July.
with a gland on the petiole between the lower pair.
14ft. South America, West Indies, &c., 1782. Tree.
C. Barclayana (Barclay's) А synonym of C. Sophora.
C. biflora (two-flowered). /l.yellow; peduncles two to four-flowered,
much shorter than the leaves. April, December. J. with six to
eight pairs of oval-oblong or obovate, rather glabrous leaflets,
with a subulate gland on the ver: between the lower pair. А.
4ft. to 6ft. South America, 1766. Greenhouse. (B. M. 810.)
C. corymbosa (corymbose).* fl. yellow, sed in numerous
corymbs. Summer. J. with three pairs of oblong-lanceolate,
rather falcate leaflets, which are glabrous as well as the branches,
es between the lower pair. h.
Halt-hardy.
with an oblong gland on the
6ft. to 10ft. Buenos Ayres, 1796.
|у
FLOWERING BRANCH OF CASSIA MARYLANDICA.
3. emarginata (notched-leaved). fl. yellow; race Пагу
crowded. Мау, June. J. with four pairs of от obtener x
bescence E
ла iate leaflets, clothed with hairy рт
м well as the rar i y:
i э h and glandless petioles. A. 15ft. Wes :
vie p Yeti а
rous le:
er pair.
di - many-
ree to five pairs of oblong.
leaflets, with an oblong gland on the ЫЕ
in us Pew R 1818. Noe annual, |
d
Cassia—continued.
C. glauca (milky-green). Л. sulphur-coloured ; racemes axillary,
erect, shorter than the leaves. June. J, with five to six pairs of
oval-oblong leaflets, which are glaucous beneath, puberulous when
young; petioles glandular, one gland between each of the three :
or four lower pairs of leaflets. India, 1800. A tall tree. :
C. Herbertiana (Herberts) Synonymous with C. levigata,
C. humilis (dwarf) А synonym of C. Tora. 3
C. levigata (smooth). Л, yellow. July. J. with three to five -
pairs of ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, glabrous leaflets, with an ^.
oblong acutish gland between each of the pairs on the petiole, —
h. Sit. New Spain. Syn. C. Herbertiana. (B. R. 1422.) i
. landica (Maryland).* fl. yellow ; racemes axillary, many- -
floweréd, shorter than the leaves. August, October. J. with .
eight to nine pairs of ovate-oblong, equal, mueronate leaflets,
with an ovate gland at the base of the petiole. л. 2ft. to 3ft.
North America, 1725. This is the only hardy perennial species,
and should be grown in a sheltered situation. It thrives in any
common garden soil; and may be increased by seeds, or by |
dividing at the root, in spring. See Fig. 578. 3
С. nictitans (twinkling), Л. yellow; pedicels supra-axillary, very _
short. July. 2. with eight to twelve pairs of oblong-linear,
obtuse, mucronate leaflets ; petioles villous, bearing a somew.
pedicellate ри beneath the lower pair of leaflets. A. lft.
Tropical and sub-tropical America, 1800. Greenhouse annual.
C. occidentalis (western) /. yellow; peduncles short, two to
four-flowered, lower ones axillary, the rest disposed in a ter
raceme. May, August. i. with four to six pairs of ovate-lanceo-
late leaflets, with pubescent margins, and with a thick gland а
the base of the petiole. л. lft. to 2ft. South America, 1759.
(B. R. 83.) 7
C. Sophora (Sophora). fi., peduncles axillary and terminal,
shorter than the leaves, many-flowered. June. J. with six to
eight pairs of linear-lanceolate, acute, glabrous leaflets, with à
fascicle of glands between each of the pairs of pinne, and a large
depressed one at the base of the petiole. л. 8ft. tol0ft. Austras
&c., 1824. Greenhouse. бүх. C. Barclayana. (S. Е. А. 52
C. tomentosa (tomentose).* fl. yellow. July, September. l. with
six to eight pairs of oval-oblong, obtuse leaflets, which are :
glabrous above, but clothed with hoary tomentum beneath ; pe-
tiole furnished with glands, usually with one between each pair
of leaflets. А. 5ft. to 7ft. Tropical Asia, &c., 1822.
C. Tora (Tora). Л. yellow. August. J. with three pairs of ob-
‘ovate, obtuse leaflets, with an oblong gland between each of the
two lower pairs on the petiole, which ends in a bristle. h, 20.
to 5ft. Tropics, 1693. Stove annual. SYN. C. humilis.
CASSIDA. A synonym of Scutellaria (which s
CASSINE (the native name given by the Americal
Indians of Florida). OR». Celastrinee. This genus as
understood is restricted to the species mentioned b
A greenhouse evergreen shrub, with opp:
coriaceous leaves, and axillary peduncles,
flowers.
and ripened cuttings will readi
a pot of sand, with a hand glass
C. concava (concave). І
ү:
E
1690.
CASSINIA (named after M. Henri Cassini, an e
nent French botanist). ORD. Composite. А handsc
genus of,for the most part, greenhouse shrubs or b
ceous perennials. Flower-heads very numerous, 8
disposed in terminal corymbs or panicles; florets tubui
receptacle furnished with linear scales. Leaves alter
entire, revolute. The species are of easy culture ina
- and peat compost. The annual is increased by seeds
which must be sown оп a warm border during April. £
herbaceous and shrubby kinds are propagated in A
dividing at the roots, or by cuttings of half-ripened sh
placed in sand.
y h. lft. New
R. 764.) ;
C. aurea (golden). J/L-heads yellow.
Wales, 1 Greenhouse shrub. (B. "
C. denticulata -toothed).* Л.-Леайз yellow. Summer. ^
2 8ft. New South Wales, 1625. не evergreen shrub.
. Spectabilis (showy). /.-heads very pale yellow. July.
. lower ones oblong, shortly acuminate, B. imei dye ед ;, Ain.
: long, woolly. ' oft ; ustralia, 1818. Hardy annual. (В. Е.
__ CASSIOPE (of classical derivation). ORD. Er
* A genus of small, hardy, Heath-like shrubs, sometimes
rroneoi included under Andromeda. Flowers 80
ЗӢ
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 277
. Cassiope—continued.
pedunculate, lateral or terminal Leaves small, imbricated.
All the species are delicate little plants, and require great
care in their culture. They are best planted in sandy peat,
and partially shaded. Propagated by layers.
white or pale red; cam-
ulate, м, ла А. uced at the top of the little
branch May. l. imbricated in four rows, with revolute
membranous
forming one of the best and most interesting of alpine plants, and
It delights in gritty, pm 4
TW ÍLA ИТА fj ;
л Е "o а ^
he SS Are SS Im
А e =, NT А E Se
XY
Ax
Fic. 379. CASSIOPE TETRAGONA.
— €. tetragona (four-angled * f white ; сайа сынына ө
gon mre edm, m А solitary, and ue
duced. March. J. imbricated in four rows, obtuse, rnc
Mte ишни энчи, h. біп. to 8in. d,
t li evergreen, requiring
ое solh and а пон SP a ich yw lout So
à ve 1
. 37 e b ML 5181.) In gardens, this is usually called Andro-
1810.
stipulate, deciduous, serrated.
red, or baked
_ is a consideration; but the trees will grow freely, and form
. good speci ‚ їп almost апу position. The young trees
must have all side shoots removed, until they form stems
. . Propagation is effected by seed, grafting, or budding,
but chiefly by seed.
ipe: or еу may be kept till February or March. By
. the plants 2ft. asunder.
—
Castanea—continued,
adopting the latter course, the risk of destruction by
rodents, &c., is greatly lessened. Some stratify the
nuts in damp sand, during winter, and plant them out in
spring, at the same time removing the points of the radicles
or growing roots, with a view to making the trees more
dwarf and sooner fertile. The simplest way, however, is
to sow either in November or February, in drills, 1ft. apart,
and Зіп. deep, placing the nuts Зіп. or 4in. apart in the
rows. If the plants make rapid growth, they can be re-
planted the following November, in drills 3ft. apart, and
On good soil, and with proper
attention, they will be fit for finally placing out in from
three to four years from the time of sowing.
Grafting is resorted to for iticreasing any good variety
for fruiting. All may be perpetuated in this way; but |
a few are so distinct that a large percentage of similarly
good sorts may be expected from their seeds. |
Budding may be performed in July, or any time after the
buds are sufficiently plump. Good large fruiting varieties -
are rather scarce, and anyone contemplating growing these,
should make sure of getting the best, either from a first- -
class English nursery, or from the Continent. : z
PLANTING. The Chestnut looks well planted singly or-
in groups. In the latter case, from 20ft. to 30ft. apart will
be suitable distances, and from three to fifteen trees in a -
group will give a noble effect. For coppices or un d,
the trees should be planted about 5%. apart, the coppice
being cut every twelve or fifteen years. ue
FIG. 580. CaTKIN AND FRUIT OF SPANISH CHESTNUT
селата © |
Же dee chem map a
1 mucronately
278 DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Fic. 581. FRUITING BRANCH OF SWEET CHESTNUT (CASTANEA SATIVA).
CASTANOSPERMUM (from kastanon, a chestnut,
and sperma, a seed; in reference to the seeds, which taste
like chestnuts). Moreton Bay Chestnut. ORD. Leguminose.
_ This genus is limited to a single species, which is a large
_ greenhouse evergreen tree, endemic in Australia. For
_ culture, see Ceratonia.
С. australe (southern) Л. saffron-coloured ; calyx coloured ;
a crm cond gm dft. to coke. et -
CASTILLEJA (named in honour of D. Castillejo, a
botanist of Cadiz) ORD. Scrophularineæ. Herbaceous,
rarely suffruticose plants. Flowers axillary, solitary or
terminal, and spicate ; corolla tubular, compressed, bi-
labiate. Leaves alternate, entire, trifid or multifid; bracts
large and coloured. These are very ornamental plants,
With one or two exceptions, are rarely seen in cul-
tivation. All are probably more or less parasitic in habit,
and this accounts for the difficulty generally experienced
in preventing the plants from being altogether lost, All
‘succeed in a peat soil, with a little leaf mould and sand,
but some do better in good loam. Hardy and half hardy
pecies may be increased by seeds.
"inea (scarlet).* Л. yellow; bracts scarlet. July, L, as well
thec d bracts, divaricately trifid. h. 1ft. Nort ica.
1787. Hardy pen oed ры: (В. R. 1136.) icr ees
©. indivisa (undivided).* Л. greenish-yellow; bracts wholly
|. ean стей. 1. sessile, ascending, oblong ; upper ones ii
h. біп. to lft. Texas, 1878. Perennial. y in
5 best raised from seed annually. (B. M. 6316.)
Г Athospermum-like). Л. . August,
. Mexico 1848. Half-hardy. (F. dos, desi). “п
ata (vermilion).* fl. yellow, with vermilio bracts,
us Коч, Фе к мю California. 1874.
ons
"fly spike simple, with pale, nearly white or
ыл ., radical ones linear, ыле
Р1ап
North-Wes
petennial. m
| species except longissima and microphylla, which are stove |
| species of easy culture, and are propagated by cuttings _
DA (pr ably eommemorative of Castillejo). |
ni two or three species) belonging to | |
Castilloa—continued. :
the order Urticacew, and having male and female -
flowers, alternating one with the other, on the .
same branch. С. elastica coritains a milky juice,
yielding Caoutchouc.
CASTOR-OIL PLANT.
communis.
CASUARINA. (supposed to be derived from
the resemblance of the long, weeping, leafless
branches to the drooping feathers of the Casso-
wary, Casuarius, which is a native of the same
country as the majority of the Casuarinas),
Beefwood. ORD. Casuarinee. Very interesting
and remarkable greenhouse evergreen trees.
Male flowers in cylindrical spikes; perianth of
one or two concave or hood-shaped segments.
See Ricinus
Female flowers in globose or ovoid spikes or
cones; perianth none. They thrive well in a
compost of loam and peat, with a portion of
sand. The stronger growing species do well in
loam. Propagated by cuttings, made of half-
ripened shoots, in April, and placed in sand,
under a bell glass; or by seeds.
C. distyla (two-styled). jl. dicecious; scales of cones :
unarmed, ciliated. Branchlets ovate, round. А. 15. —
Australia, 1862, (Н. Е. T. i., 348.) a
C. equisetifolia (Equisetum-leaved). fl., scales of .
cones unarmed, ciliated. Branchlets flaccid, round. _
h, loft. Australia. E.
C. quadrivalvis (four-valved). Synonymous with 5
C. stricta.
C. stricta (upright) fl., scales of cones villous; male |
sheaths sub-multifid, ciliated, Young branches some- -
whatflacceid. h.18ft. Australia, 1812. SYN. C. quadri- |
valvis. (Н. Е. Т, i., 347.) :
CASUARINEZE. An order of jointed leaf. ~
less trees or shrubs, with striated internodes. Flowers
unisexual, the males in distinct whorls, forming a cylin- -
drical spike; the females in dense axillary heads, with
out any perianth. Nuts winged, collected in a сопе hidd
under the thickened bracts. The only genus is Casuarina
CATALPA (the Indian name of the first species). ORD.
Bignoniacem. Trees with simple leaves, opposite, or
posed three in a whorl. Flowers terminal, panicled; corolla
campanulate, with a ventricose tube, and an unequal fo
lobed limb. As a single specimen upon the lawn, or occu
ing the edge or skirting of any “cbse roi.
shrubbery, very few things are superior to a well-grow
plant of О. Ьун М, Mane et Аш: ay au
Propagated by seed sown in spring, by layers, or by-
cuttings of the ripened shoots, made in autumn. Tho
same cultural remarks are generally applicable to all the -
made of the ripened shoots, placed in heat, under a glass.
bignonioides (Bignonia-like).* fl., corollas white, Је
o ри purple and ye low; panicles large, branchy, terminal, дас uly:
l. cordate, flat, three in a whorl, large, deciduous. л. 20ft.
40ft. N. America, 1726. Syn. C. syringefolia, (В. M. 1094,
See Fig. 382. The form with bright yellow-tinted leaves
very ornamental. if
Bungei (Bunge's) Л. greenish-yellow, with red spots, la
ml K simple 7-9 ог racemes. Г. ovate, acumi
entire, or lobed, glabrous. A. 8ft. to 10ft. North China.
microphylla (smallleaved). jf. white, large ; limb und lat
inal three-flowered. opposite,
) | st Domingo, 1820, SN
white, large, disposed in rather.
corolla lo than the lower,
States, 1879. This comes €
35 5
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 279
Catalpa-—continued.
Ес. 382. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CATALPA BIGNONIOIDES.
C. bignonioides, but may be distinguished from that species chiefly
by its softly downy, slender, acuminate and inodorous leaves,
marked with similar glands in the axils of the principal veins
on the under side; by its much less crowded racemes, and by
its much larger flower, fruit, and seed.
C. syringzefolia (Syringa-leaved). A synonym of C. bignonioides,
CATANANCHE (from katanangke, a strong incentive ;
referring to an ancient custom among the Greek women of
using it in love potions). Овр. Composite, Very pretty and
free-growing annuals or perennials. Pappus scaly pointed; |
involuere scarious; florets all ligulate; heads solitary, on
long stalks. They thrive in ordinary border soil In-
—erensed by seeds, which should be sown in March or April,
and the young plants, when large enough, potted off or
pricked out in the position they are intended to occupy.
The flowers are very useful for cutting.
C. ezerulea (blue) fl.-heads blue, or blue and white. August,
i. hoary, narrow, lanceolate, with one or two little teeth on
each side. л. 3ft. South Europe, 1596. Hardy perennial The
form producing blue and white flowers is known in gardens as
C. bicolor. See Fig. 383. (B. M. 293.)
С: lutea (yellow). jL-heads yellow. June. А. 1%. J. similar to
those of C. c@rulea. South Europe, 1640. Hardy annual.
(S. F. G. 821.)
CATASETUM (from kata, downward, and seta, а
bristle; referring to the position of the two horns of the
column). ORD. Orchidee. А large genus of strong, rapid-
growing stove epiphytes, more curious than beautiful.
Flowers generally green, in erect or drooping racemes
from the base of the stem; sepals and petals of a firm,
leathery texture. Leaves plaited, membranous. It is
probable that if better known, this genus, as well as its
allies, Cycnoches and Mormodes, would be more generally
cultivated, as the singular structure of their flowers always
commands a considerable amount of interest; while the
manner in which the pollen masses of the Catasetums are
ejected, is in itself a great curiosity. Another charac-
teristic of the Catasetums and Cycnoches is the occasional
production of two or three kinds of flowers on the same
plant, sometimes on the same flower-spike. So dissimilar
are these flowers, that, when first observed, they were con-
sidered to belong to distinct genera, and named respectively
C. maculatum (spotted).* lea tip ciated. with pun
Catasetum, Monachanthus, and Myanthus, the first name
Catasetum—continued.
being assigned to the large fleshy flowers furnished with
horns or feelers, and which are now generally considered to
be the seed-bearing flowers; the second to the hornless,
sterile flowers; and the last to those which, together with
other structural differences, bear the horns at the base,
instead of the apex, of the column. When growing, too
much water can scarcely be given them, provided they be
well drained; but, when resting, they should be dried as
thoroughly as a deciduous Dendrobe; the resting period to
continue from the time the new growths are fully completed
until they again begin to:grow, no matter how long it may
be, unless flower-spikes appear, in which case water should
be given until the flowers are decayed.
Catasetums may be grown with consider-
able success in pots, but baskets are much
more satisfactory.
C. barbatum (bearded). fl., sepals and petals
narrow, green, and blotched with purple; lip
green and pink, outer edge fringed, delicate
fibres of a dull white, like a beard. May.
Demerara, 1836, (B. R. 1778.)
C. callosum (hardened).* Л. brownish-yellow ;
petals linear-lanceolate, same form as dorsal
sepal; lip ovate-oblong, obtuse, saccate
towards the base, crenated and furnished
above the sac with a large orange-coloured
callosity; column acuminate. June. А. lft.
e La Guayra, 1840. (B. M. 4219.)
cristatum (crested). greenish; perianth spreading;
E RY saccate, Cree h. 2ft. deti
FiG. 383. CATANANCHE CJERULEA.
; ms b
Mexico. (B. Te 2, 62) -
280 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Catasetum—continued.
C. Naso (nose-like-lipped). Л. white, purple; sepals oblorg-lanceo-
late, complicate, equal to the ascending lanceolate petals; lip
hemispherical, drawn out into an abrupt ovate fleshy blunt ap-
pendage at the apex, lacerated at the base; spikes short, erect.
August. Л. 2ft. Mexico, 1843.
C. ochraceum (reddish-yellow). fl. yellow; sepals and petals
ovate, secund; lip cucullate, entire, smooth, contracted into a
short, broad, blunt, fleshy beak at the apex. Brazil, 1844
C. Russellianum (Russell’s).* Л. greenish; lip membranous,
. inflated in front, contracted at the mouth, the inner margin
drawn out, undulated and fringe-crested in the disk. July.
l. broad, lanceolate. Л. 3it. Guatemala, 1838.
С. saccatum (pouched).* Л. very large and extraordinary ; sepals
and petals spotted with rich purple; lip bright yellow, thickly
covered with crimson spots; it is bored, as it were, in the middle,
by a narrow opening, which leads into a deep chamber or sac,
which is not observed till the back of the lip is turned up.
: March. Demerara, 1840. (L. S. О. 41.) x
С. scurra (dandy). fl. pale straw-colour or waxy white, fragrant.
l. lively green, about біп, long; bulbs about 1żin. long. Demerara,
е, у curious, and with а compact habit. (G. С. n. s. vii.,
p. 304. А
C. tabulare (table-formed-lip) /. pale green. Guatemala, 1843.
C. tridentatum (three-toothed). Л. yellowish-brown; two inner
TO spotted ; lip galeate, three-toothed. April Trinidad,
CATCHFLY. See Silene.
CATECHU. See Areca Catechu.
CATERPILLARS, WEB-FORMING. See Haw-
thorn Caterpillars
CATESBJZEA (founded by Linnæus, in honour of his
с ; Mark Catesby, author of * Natural History
of Carolina") Lily Thorn. ORD. Rubiacee. Stove ever-
green glabrous shrubs, bearing supra-axillary, simple
spines. Flowers axillary, solitary; corolla funnel-shaped,
with a very long tube, gradually widening and dilated to
the throat, and a four-parted limb. Leaves small, oval,
usually in fascicles. These are very ornamental plants
while in bloom. They grow best in a mixture of light
turfy loam and peat. Cuttings will root in April, if
planted in sand, and plunged in heat, with a bell glass
| Йе» them. Insects often infest these plants and
. Considerably impair their beauty; theref
^4 аниа shonid be SUMMERS U^ m eed
... C. latifolia ki * ian: bu]
Siong, obconical at ihe apex ; bees оше уеге Jem теу
shining, convex, orter than the s 1 s
Sft. "West Indies, 1823, (B. R 858) аа “he spines. A. Aft. to
^ «7p (small-flowered). fl. erect ; |
: E be, оаа je Biel a amo ани Е
a ote; M with revolute margins, mucronate, h. 4ft. to 5ft.
. C.spinosa (spiny). 7 pendulous; corolla pale yellow, Zin, to біп
long. Мау. L ovate, acutish at both rather к *
. hespines. А. 108.0 14ft. Bahama Islands Du longer than
RATHA. (a name of Arabian origin).
. А monotypic genus. Flowers small; cymes sh il-
lary, dichotomously branched. Lea: орны fe
. late, lanceolate, leathery, serrated. For culture
_ lastrus. | | чайбы
_ €. edulis (edible). Сайа or Khát. i
B y Gary ate oe E
_ Greenhouse or cool conservatory. SYN. Celastrus edulis. —
CATHCAR ‚ (in honour of J. Е. Cathcart,
3.C.8., Judge of Tirhoots). ORD. Papaveracea. ye
pretty herbaceous biennial, thriving well in any light rich
soil, if the situation is she and sunny. Increased by
€. villosa (hairy). 7. rich yellow, with numerous brown
about Zin. across. June. 1, vine-shaped, ашыш, 9
ы А Mi. Sikkim-Himaiaye, 16560. (B. М.а, densely
ATKIN. A deciduous spike isting of uni
Ru emm аншы шир.
M ease of those plants grown in pots, it has been frequ!
CATOBLASTUS (from kato, beneath, and blastos,
growth, in allusion to the aérial roots). ORD. Palmee. A
small genus of two or three stove palms, closely allied to
Iriartea, but differing from that genus in the male and
female flowers being borne on separate spikes, the males
having a small rudimentary ovary in addition to the nine
to fifteen stamens; whilst the females have scarcely any.
rudimentary stamens. Trees having, in their native habi-
tats, trunks from 30ft. to 50ft. high, distinctly marked
with circular scars, supported, a short distance above the
level of the ground, upon a tuft of aérial roots, and bearing:
& crown of pinnate leaves. The undermentioned is the
only species in cultivation. For culture, see Iriartea.
C. przemorsus (bitten off).* J. impari-pinnate ; leaflets simple. -
Venezuela, 1850. SYN. Iriartea preemorsa. |
CA'TOPSIS (from kato, beneath, and opsis, appearance).
ORD. Bromeliacem. A small genus of stove herbaceous
plants, formerly included under Tillandsia (which see for
culture). |
C. nitida (shining) Л. white, remotely disposed in rather long,
slender spikes; corolla deeply three-parted ; scape cylindrical.
1. few, lingulate, convolute, forming below a hollow tube, which.
is swollen or ventricose at the base; very shining dark green.
TET Бу SYNs. Tillandsia nitida and T'ussacia nitida,
~
CAT'S TAIL. See Typha. ]
CAT’S-TAIL GRASS. See Phleum. 4
CAT THYME. See Teucrium Marum.
CATTLEYA (named in honour of William Cattley..
Esq., of Barnet, Herts, a famous patron of botany, and one
of the most ardent collectors of rare plants of his day).
ORD. Orchidee. A magnificent evergreen genus, which
occupies the first rank in the estimation of orchid growers,
both on account of the great size of the flowers—often "in.
or 8in. across—and also from their rich and varied colours.
In addition to these qualifications, they are, with one or
two exceptions, extremely easy to manage. This genus has
much in common with Lelia, from which it is technically
distinguished by possessing four pollinia or pollen masses `
instead of eight. The flower-scape, which is enclosed in
sheath, rises from the top of the pseudo-bulb, a single spike
sometimes containing nine perfect flowers, and oocasiona
many more, which last a considerable time in
They vary considerably in size; for, whilst some ie
make pseudo-bulbs only some 2in. or 3in. long, others rea
as many feet in height, forming, in a natural state,
masses several yards in diameter. They all form pse
bulbs, which are more or less stout in the different spe
and usually bear a single, dark green, coriaceous leaf
the apex. One division of the genus produces two lea*
upon the summit of the pseudo-bulbs, and sometimes,
more rarely, three are developed. Generally speaking,
ever, the largest-flowered species are to be found ал
those with single leaves. We have now many var
which have been produced by hybridising, and these,
for size of flower and the marvellous beauty of their n
ings, may vie with the choicest of the introduced kin
Many of these plants thrive best when attached to а blo
of wood—with a little sphagnum— suspended from the ro
pot culture, however, for those which attain any consid
able size, will be best, as they will not only if grown in &
manner produce the finest blossoms, but will require
сате and attention at the hands of the cultivator. For р
ting material, use good fibrous peat from which all the gri
part has been well beaten; add to this some chopped living.
sit
sphagnum, and some clean, sharp silver sand. Th
drainage is most essential; and, in potting, let the plant
upon the top of the soil, which should be elevated Э
above the rim of the pot, in order to carry the water э!
quickly. Cattleyas like a genial, moist atmosphere, and
abundant supply of water during the growing season, W
should be administered from the watering can; for, in
remarked that, where regularly syringed, they neither
C. amethystoglossa (amethyst-tongued).*
нап. Sepals and petals ros
wi
*
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
281
Cattleya—continued.
nor flowered so well. When grown suspended from the roof
upon blocks of wood, there is nothing to fear from the
syringe, because the water is not so likely to lodge in the
large sheathing scales which envelop the young growth.
This, however, may easily occur to those in pots, and is very
detrimental to the miniature pseudo-bulbs. The syringe
should not be depended upon entirely as a supply to those
plants grown upon blocks; but, during summer, they should
be carefully taken down, two or three times a week, and
immersed in a tub or pan of water, which should be at least
of the same temperature as the house they are growing in.
After the pseudo-bulbs are formed, water must be withheld,
and the plants allowed a season of rest; but care should be
taken to prevent them becoming exhausted during this
period, as much injury may arise if the withholding of
water be carried to excess. A long season of rest will
cause the plants to flower more freely, and to grow more
vigorously afterwards. In our enumeration of the best
species and varieties, we have derived considerable in-
formation from the works of Lindley, Warner and Williams,
&c. New and distinct hybrids are constantly produced.
C. Aclandis (Acland’s).* Л. twin; sepals and petals usually .
chocolate-brown, barred with irregular transverse bands and
streaks of yellow ; lip large, spreading, varying from rich rose to
almost deep purple ; base of hp too narrow and too reading to
cover the column. July. J. ovate, coriaceous, ark d
Pseudo-bulbs slender, бір. to біп. high. Brazil, 1839. m M,
. about біп. in
i ais сову e a rh deep purple or
blotch purple; wholy of а rich deep p
amethyst mri. s erect, many-flowered. March to May.
1. dark green, leathery, borne upon the apex of the pseudo-bulbs.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. Brazil, 1862. (В. M. 5683.) The variety sulphurea
is very pretty, with the ground colour of the flower pure yellow,
and spotted, as in the ; lip broad, of a rich cream-colour.
1866. (©. С. 1866, 315.) : :
Fie. 384. FLOWER OF CATTLEYA BICOLOR,
C. bice (two-coloured).* fi., sepals and petals of a peculiar
b narrow, of à rosy-purple colour,
TO green hue; lip long, ^
which becomes paler towards the margin; spikes eight to ten-
Cattleya—continued.
flowered. September. A.13ft. to 2ft. Brazil, 1 In the best
varieties, it is rich magenta, with an interrup on Заң
margin ; the blossoms have the fragrance of the garden Pink,
Fig. 384. (B. M. 4909.)
C. chocoensis (Choco)* Л. large, not fully expanded like the
gend of this genus, somewhat campanulate PY. sepals
and petals pure white, broad, more or less fringed at the edges ;
lip yellow, stained in front with rich purple. Pseudo-bulbs bear-
ing a single oblong, stout leaf. Choco, New Grenada, 1873.
(I. H. n. s. 120.)
C. citrina (citron-flowered).* /l. of a bright uniform lemon-yellow
colour, most deliciously perfumed, solitary, from the latest de-
veloped pseudo-bulbs, of-a stout and waxy consistence. Ма
to August. J. from біп. to 10in. long, and about lin. ind
pale glaucous. Pseudo-bulbs small, oval, covered with a silvery
membrane when young; two or three-leaved. Mexico, 1838.
This beautiful species is generally grown upon a block of w
with just a small portion of sphagnum; but we have seen it
grown in pans, just like any other Cattleya; the atmosphere
CX WT ош and the temperature very cool See Fig. 385.
(curled).* Jl, 4in. to bin. across; sepals and petals white,
or white suffused with lilac; lip crimson velvet, with a narrow
white crisp margin ; spikes strong, frequently four or five-flowered.
pier August. Pseudo-bulbs clavate, from 12іп. to ldin. high,
one-leav:
x . Brazil, 1826. (В. M. 3910.) The variety superba is a
magnificent one, with a rich crimson and beautifully-fringed lip.
C. Devoniana (Devon)* fl. upwards of bin. in diameter; sepals
and petals white, tinged with рі
wards the points ; lip deep
6in. ог8їп. long. A beautiful
С. Dowiana (Dow’s).* Л. v e; sepals and
petals of a bright nankeen co AN lip моем"
reading, beautifully frilled on the margin, and wholly -
of an intense rich purple, shaded with violet rose, and _
beautifully streaked with lines of gold; s five or |
six-flowered. Autumn. 16 produces 16 }
bulbs, and leaves about lft. high. Costa Rica, 1866. _
This species is best grown in baskets, as near thelight ———
as possible; it also requires more heat than is usually __
allowed to Cattleyas. (B. M.5618.) S i
. eldorado (El Dorado).* Л. large; sepals and petals —
pale pink; lip of same colour ou! jish-c: pue
towards the front, and stained with orange
throat, serrated at the edges. August, Septem
This rare and beautiful species has pseudo - bulbs,
which support a single, large, deep green leaf. Cen-
на Amoria, МЫ The variety і :
superior; sepals clear rose,
broader and serrated at the АН Box
rich deep orange, succeeded by a
which is again followed by rich violet-pt
to the front and round the ^ і
Negro, ]
exoniensis (Exeter)* f., |
гоѕу-Шае ; lip very large, of an intense
urple, with a white i
finely serrated,
suffused rich golden
did hybrid between C. Mossie an
(Е. М. 269.) : ылмы. ;
C. gigas t).* =e e and pe Р
rose; lip ый, тіс) deep purple or crimson-
violet in front, = E^ two орсо па уой
yellow blotches а! ; Scape f
flowered, April and May. Tropical America, 1
(G. C. n. s. 17, p. 45.) TUE Toe
Sanderiana (Sanders) A very handsome
Es remarkable for the large spread
rich amethyst, grained with white. 18835.
$
C. granulosa (granulated-lipped).* Л. olive-coloured,
rich brown spots, large; lips whitish, spotted
with crimson. August, September. Guatemala, 1841.
(B. R. 28, 1.) - i
заро н Lx ha few crimson lines. Guatemala, a
5 and orange,
eel Distinct and pretty
comas
282 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cattleya—continued.
erect, five to ten-flowered,
d darker flowers. 1828.
(Harrison's)* fi. of a beautiful rose
With. yellow. "July to Octo
Sra мири at Г:
Several y of
hich are the following :
е; sepals and ‘petals of
Fig. 385. CATTLEYA CITRINA.
spotted)* fl., sepals and 1
ow and dotted with crimson; lip white, stained with
e and broad;
and May. e ieg
Ben us
M. Selbornensis |
flowers ; hl de y coloured ; p and sepals of a be
urp
e
g n, borne
ies may be said to rank among the most m
ds in cultivation. The varieties are extremely m
and, in many instances, very distinct. Mr. Williams desc!
nearly thirty; but the major number of these are very rare
perhaps not a few unique. The following selection comprises
principal ones : . i ds
urantiaea (orange)* А very handsome variety, те
? кене deep orange hue of the centre of the lab
enezue. га i ;
C. M. aurea (golden). Л. small; sepals and petals blush,
spreadi teas aa ам other forms ; Hip small, strongly mar
with buff. at the base, extending: orward at the front
and ha: ова
colour, with a little
е; йр of the same Colon, botched
most
y to July, A.1ft. Brazil
tinged with blush pen extreme edge.
a.
* Л. iatge, біп. or Tin. in diameter, three flowered),* large; 5
i bes 0 a adi few bro
а deep rose colonr, the
Cattleya—continued.
C. 1. pallida (pale) JL, sepals and petals light pink ; lip
crimson, beautifully fringed. August, J, upright, of a
lighter green than the type. Brazil. 1
C. 1. Pescatorei (Pescatore's)* fl., sepals and petals
light rose-colour; lip rich crimson, A very beautiful
T with light green foliage and free-blooming:
abit. j
C. 1, picta (painted)* Л. large, e handsome when
well expanded, and often measuring "in. across ; sepals
and pos pure white; р of the richest crimson,
and beautifully fringed. une, July. A. 1ft. The-
Pte are but sparingly produced, and are often de-
ormed.
C. Lemoniana (Lemon's. Л. pale pink, with yellow.
in the centre of the lip. ‘Summer. Z light ееп, |
A. E Brazil, 1842. Very close to C. Mossie. (B. В.
,
C. lobata (lobed). Л. deep rich rose. Мау, June,
Brazil, 1847.. A charming species, much like C. crispa
in growth, but shorter, both in bulb and leaf. It is
rarely seen, on account of its very shy-flowering pro-
pensities. (С. C. 1848, 403.)
C. Loddigesii egre amd Л. three or four on a spi
sepals and petals pale rose colour, tinged with
lip light rose, marked with yellow. August, September,
Һ. ift. Brazil, 1815. (L. B. С. 37.)
С. marginata (margined)* Л, large, delicately per-
fumed, usually solitary ; жй and petals rosy-crim-
son; lip deep rose, margined with white. Septe
and October. Pseudo-bulbs slender, seltom—e
біп. in height, and bearing upon the apex a sing
oblong light green leaf. razil, 1843, А rather
and slow-growing species, of which there are m
beautiful varieties. It grows best when suspe
from the roof of the house, on a block of
Pa a little sphagnum. (Р. M. B.
C. maxima (large).* (fl. rose-col
throughout, of à pale hue when they
expand, which gradually becomes de
lip very large, almost white, beaut
ornamented with dark purplish-crim
veins, and streaked in the centre
orange colour; "spikes many -fio
Winter. Its main peculiarities co:
its long-channelled Lee md o
very convex, waxy petals.
‘Columbia, 1844, M. 4902.) There
several varieties of this species.
C. MeMorlandii (McMorland's) Л. a
6in. in diameter; sepals and petals
tiful ns rose; lip yellow and f
June, July. l. dark green. л. lft.
C. Mendelli (Mendell’s).* JL, se
pe varying from white to а light
of а rich magenta colour, 4
America. А very fine species, of
в (Selborne’s). А plendid variety, with
violet-rose lines in the centre, s е
а which is almost white inwards,
4
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
Cattleya continued.
of violet-Crose, very much stained with orange at the base, and
towards the upper part of the margin.
C. M. grandiflora (large-flowered).* jf. large; sepals and petals
blush, the latter less frilled than in some forms ; [j^ of a deep rich
purple-rose, slightly stained at the base with orange, and having
a narrow even edge of pale blush.
C. M. grandis (grand).* The largest of all the forms in respect to
the t of its lip ; sepals and petals palo blush ; lip mottled violet-
rose, with ап irregular blush-coloured edge ; the base stained with
buff-orange. A splendid plant.
C. M. Laurenciana кше gt Л. large ; sepals and petals
blush, the latter very broad, and considerably frilled ; lip large,
rich deep violet-rose, slightly stained with orange in the interior,
veined and mottled in front, with а narrowish and nearly even
frill of blush.
с. М. majestion majestic)* Л. very fine; sepals
and ре broad, the latter measuring upwards
of 9in. from tip to tip, and of a dark rose colour ;
E large and edis, having the edge beauti-
fringed, ground colour dark rose, stained at
is Jas with soft orange, and variously blotched
and streaked in front with violet-purple. Pseudo-
Wn Sin. high, bearing а broad single leaf about
n. long.
С. M. Marian (Marian's).* f small, but very
distinct and chaste ; sepals and petals white ; lip
with a bright yellow stain at the base, кчы?
mottled with violet-rosein the centre, and broadly
and evenly margined with white. А very rare
and beautiful form.
C. M. splendens (splendid). Л. large; sepals and
petals blush; lip rich full purple-rose, th
orange base, the margins blush, and very müch
frilled.
C. M. superba (superb)* ji, sepals and petals
dark blush, the bus narrow and very sligh ly
frilled ; lip large, prominently stained with "-
orange at the base, the front part brighter, an
the centre veined and somewhat mottled with
violet-rose, leaving a broadish, irregular, pale mar-
gin.
C. M. Williamsii (Williams’s). /l. large ; sepals
and petals blush white; lip finely mottled with
rose, stained with orange at the base, and having
a broad pale margin.
C. nobilior (nobler). /l. біп, across, of a lovel
deep rose-pink colour ; lip conspicuously blotch
with creamy-white om the front lobe. Z twin,
ovate, thick, leathery. Pseudo-bulbs 4in. to біп.
long, cylindrical. Brazil, 1883. A species allied to
C. dolosa and C. Walkeriana. (G. C. n. s., xix. 728.)
(dwarf).
crimson lip, often edge a
АҺ. 6in. Brazil. A very pretty species.
3656.)
. rose coloured, with a
with white. September.
(B. M.
. quadricolor (ífour-coloured) fl., sepals and
petals light rose ; lip of same colour, yellow on
the upper part. May. New Grenada, 1065. Very
rare and pretty. (B. M. .)
C. quinquecolor (five-coloured). fl., sepals and
— light olive-green, spotted viti brown and
rk chocolate; lip white, with a yellow blotch,
veined with rose. A very pretty hybrid. ;
C. Regnellii (Regnell’s).* 7. large, дїп. to 4in. in
diameter; sepals and petals td э) green, tinged
with erg and more or less mms ae rosy-
рир ; vir: spreading; ground colour ame-
yst, tinged with rosy-purple, this is set off by a
neat m al border of white, whilst the throat
th yellow ; scape erect, three to five-
flowered. July, and again in September. 1, twin,
sometimes tern, thick, fleshy, dark green. Pseudo-
bulbs usually about 4in. or біп, Brazil.
(W. S. О. ser. ii., 22.) :
C. Schilleriana (Schiller's. A charming species, very like
C. Aclandiw, but with darker and rounder foliage; the flowers
аге also darker. Brazil, 1857. (Е. d. S. 2286.)
C. (Seden’s).* jl. large; sepals and petals light rose,
shaded with green; lip with a white fimbriated margin, centre
purple, with darker veins. A very handsome hybrid.
C. Skinneri (Skinner’s).* /. rosy-purple, very slightly tinged with
Purple ; Base of lip will the ec ME = os than "^ e Ад
ies. Apriland May. l. twin, fleshy, light green. Pseudo-
bulbs 12in. to 18in, high. Guatemala, 1836, An old, but still
eminently useful, species. (B. M. 4270.)
C. speciosissima (showiest).* А large, often 8їп, in diameter ;
рын and, petals broad, soft flesh-colour, the latter broadest,
erose os te lip forms a circle, through closing over the
column, the portion being of an intense amethyst colour,
varied with white and yellow markings towards the centre, where
Cattleya—continued.
are also several lines of bright amethyst; spike rather short,
three or four-flowered. J. ovate, shining. Pseudo-bulbs oblong,
deeply channelled. Venezuela, 1868.
C. superba (superb), /. deep rose, with a rich crimson lip ; spikes
three or four-flowered. June, A. 10іп. Guiana, 1838. A very
handsome but slow-growing species. The variety splendens has
much larger flowers, and the lip is white at the base, rosy-violet
aa and with several lines of golden yellow towards the
middle.
C. Trianz (Triana’s).* fl. several inches in diameter ; sepals and
petals MUN blush; lip blush, or pale rose outside; throat orange
or yellow, front rich Pee more or less intense; scape many-
flowered. Winter. Cordilleras of Quindiu, 1856. This is an
extremely Meg: species, and consequently varieties are nu-
ig. T
merous. See
if
Mf
Fic. 386. CATTLEYA TRIANÆ.
C. T, Atalanta white, shaded with rose;
S eme A than the sepals; lip about
etals broader an i
Sin. long, pale rose, with a broad band of orange in the
iroat. т aS
C. T. Colemanii (Coleman's)* Л. Bin. across; sepals and
tipped with rose s throat elegantly striped with various ot ren
yellow ; lip deep rose, well fimbriated. 1875.
C. T. Dodgsonii (Dodgson's) Л. white, Ain. to 9in. in diameter;
lip deep crimson ; throat orange-yellow.
C. T. Hili (Hil's)* Л. pure white, large, very distinct; lip rich —
magenta ; throat yellowish, Lus "c
large those о variety i; sepals .
ux к= tals finely Ei zw at the mar-
purple, shaded with violet; an
“and marginal band of rosy purple; edges finely
284
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Р)
Cattleya—continued.
C. T. Russelliana (Russell’s), ., sepals 3}in. long, more than
lin. broad ; petals white, tinged with rose, upwards of 2in. broad,
waved at the edges, and recurved ; lip 3in. long, basal rose,
but rich deep rosy-purple in front, shaded with violet; the centre
of the lip and throat bright orange, and the edge finely curled.
C. T. velutina (velvety).* fl. very fragrant; serals and petals pale
orange, spotted and streaked with purple ; lip orange at the base,
white, with violet veins in front, where the surface is velvety.
Brazil, 1870. This pretty form resembles C. bicolor in growth.
C. tricolor (three-coloured). fl., sepals and petals creamy-white ;
lip same colour, with a yellow throat and a band of carmine near
the margin. 1885. A very distinct species, having flowers about
the size of C. Skinneri.
C. tuberosa (tuberose) Synonymous with C. Walkeriana.
C. Wageneri (Wageneri’s).* /í. snow-white, excepting a stain of
rich yellow in the centre of the lip, the margin of which, as of
the petals, is beautifully divided. June. Caraccas, 1851. In
habit, this species is like a rather slender form of QC. Mossic.
(В. X. O. 514)
С. Walkeriana (Walker’s).* fl. rose-coloured, біп. across, very
sweet-scented ; lip richer rose, with a slight tinge of yellow;
scape usually two-flowered. A. 4in. Brazil, 1844. An elegant
dwarf ies, best grown on a block of wood suspended from
the roof, allowing it еч of light, but not too much sun.
Syn. C. tuberosa. (P. F. G. 3.) -
C. Warneri (Warner's)* fl. about біп. across ; sepals and petals
broad, deep rose colour; lip large, with its middle lobe much
expanded, of deep rich crimson, ornamented in front with an
elegant marginal е; scape many-flowered. Brazil, 1862. A
robust and fine species, much resembling C. labiata in habit.
(W. 8. 0. 8.) :
C. W. delicata (delicate) 7. white, біп. across; lip lar e, with a
mio pev centre КЫР tinge of rose, white 4 the outside,
C. W. d. superba
superb)* is a splendid form, wit
and finely expande аш = with very large
lip, and broad pure white sepals and petals.
C. W. sudburyensis (Sudbury). A splendid variety, with an
unusually large lip of rich ameti st-purple, edged wit a frilli
of white, and also white in the гое "аз ро т
С. Warscewiczii (Warscewiez's)* fi, large; sepals and
- ish-white; lip rich crimson. Wi 7 gree
ew Grenada, С жа О. 1, 51.) Кан €
CAUDATE. Tailed; having a process like a tail.
CAUDEX. Тһе axisof the plant. Generall i
to the trank or stem of palms lis ferns. T poe
» CAUDICLE. The cartilaci Strap which
cett deo тШ
| M CAULESCENT. Acquiri stem; havi i
MAUI m. oA m; having a kind
. CAULIFLOWER. A garden variety of Brassica
d oleracea, in which the inflorescence, while young, is con-
En into a depressed, fleshy, edible head. This differs
from Broccoli in being mate tender, of finer flavour, and in
Use more as a summer and autumn vegetable. When at its
best, а Cauliflower should have a close head (see Fig. 387),
and be free from caterpillars. To attain these points, rich
and frequent hand-picking—should caterpillars put in
tals
16.
‘ultivation. . Cauliflowers
: Springtown and 4
Spring and early summer, when they are sure to б
. It is no
autumn supplies,
3
light, and remove the latter on all favourable
/ CAULINE. Of, or belonging to, the stem. -
Cauliflower—continued.
will require a distance of 2ft. each way, and they shou
be kept watered, if possible, in dry weather. The earli
batches should be planted where there is shelter, such as
single lines between Asparagus beds, or between rows of
early Peas, if the latter are wide enough apart toa
plenty of light. 3
To obtain plants to stand the winter, sow in August,
early in September, and, as soon as they are large enougl
Fic. 387, CAULIFLOWER.
prick out about 4in. apart, in cold frames, keeping
about 6in. from the glass. Allow the plants all
possible, but not too much rain, or they will become si
and not able to stand the cold of winter. At the app!
of frost, put on the sashes, and, in severe weather, а
coverings of dry litter, fern, or some other non-cono
material. Hand lights, protected in а sil
may also be used to preserve the plants throug
winter.. Give plenty of air at all times when
is no frost; and on mild, dry days, throw off the
altogether, the object being to make the plants as h
possible. In March or April, transplant to a warm
border, taking the state of the weather into conside
It will still be necessary to protect with hand
if possible, or by some other means. А good plan
place at distances four plants within the area of
Keep the soil stirred around the plants, and, as.
advances, plenty of water and an occasional dose of
manure will be of great advantage. Should the crop
in too rapidly, cut the heads so soon as they are
and place them on the floor of a cool shed or cellar, w.
they will keep for several days. Cauliflowers should b
before the white heads are exposed to the sun and -
they will quickly open and become partially green, t
juring the quality. Bs
m этэч ы sorts are somewhat limited, but
monyms are numerous. The best for autumn во
Barly Erfurt, Early London, and Walcheren. These
also be sown in spring; other good varieties for 4
at this season are Large Asiatic, Lenormand's, —
Mammouth, and Veitch's Autumn Giant. :
Poe
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 285
Caulophyllum—continued.
in any ordinary light sandy soil. Propagated by divisions
of the roots, made in early spring, or after flowering.
C. thalictroides (Thalictrum-like) Л. yellow, disposed in a
loose raceme. A i ks -— leaf exi petiole divided to the
base into three parts, rb bearing three ovate or obovate,
deeply-cut, acuminated ap рањ 9. Dey deep mne globose,
contracted below into a е Р base. А. North
America, 1755.
CAVENDISHIA. See Proclesia.
CEANOTHUS (from keanothus, a name employed by
Theophrastus to designate a spiny plant, derived from keo,
to cleave; however, the modern genus has nothing to do
with the plant of Theophrastus), ORD. Rhamnew. Hardy
or half-hardy, smooth or pubescent shrubs. Flowers
.. blue or white, very slender, disposed in terminal panicles
К” ог іп thyrscid cymes. Leaves alternate, serrated, three-
nerved. Branches erect. They thrive in almost any soil,
but prefer a light one, and a well-drained situation. The
majority of the species are very elegant, and are particu-
larly suited for covering walls with almost all aspects.
They are mostly of free and neat growth. Propagation is
effected either by cuttings, which should be inserted in
sandy soil, in a cold frame, in autumn, or by layers, which
is the readiest way of obtaining strong plants. A great
number of species have been introduced, from time to
time, but only a comparative few are generally grown,
although all are well worth cultivating.
C. americanus (American).* New Jersey Tea. fl. white, small ;
ated, ашу, with a pubescent rachis. June, July.
1. ovate, acumina errated, and pubescent beneath. North
America, 1713. Body (B. M. 1479.)
- С. azureus (azure-blue).* Л. pale blue ; 1% rs smooth ; иен
Мау.
ril and
elongated, axillary, with a down;
val “4 E. hid. al eee, hoary
[^ ovate-oblong, D" ссн? serrated,
and downy beneath. A.10ft. Mexico, 1818. Hardy places.
Syns. C. d С. coeruleus (L. B. C. 110). (B. R DI hee
is а very v deer P this species, GLOIRE DE VERSAILLES,
hich ie. is most :
C. bicolor (two-coloured). A synonym of C. azureus.
__С. eceruleus (blue) A synonym of C. azureus.
. €. micro
. ©. papillosus (pimpled).
€.
clusters. 1,
C. collinus (hill). /. white, numerous. June, July. l ovate
or elliptic, somewhat clammy. A. h. 1ft. North America, 1827.
Hardy.
C. cuneatus (wedge-shaped).* Л. pale blue, sometimes white,
disposed in corymbose terminal h . 1. cuneate-obovate,
^or oblong, usually entire. h. aft. pper California. SYN.
i verrucosus. Half-hardy. (B. M. 4660.) :
dentatus (toothed).* blue, in small roundish clusters, on
naked peduncles.about T long. May and June.’ i. fascicled,
obovate or oblong-elliptic, acute, the margins strongly undulate
or revolute, A. 4ft. to Oft. California, 1848. An erect, and usually
. mearly glabrous shrub. Hardy. SYN. С. Lobbianus. (B. M. 48103
С. divaricatus ( ) Л. nearly white, or very pale blue,
usually in nearly simple elongated racemes. June, July. l. oblong,
ог gee > ovate, rounded at the base, obtuse or acute at the apex,
sides smooth. Branches ge and straggling. h. 3ft. to
4ft. California and Oregon, 1848. Hardy.
1. small,
€. e p e s (man miel in ором Er co" brilliant mazarine
peg" serrulate, кь shining. California. Hardy.
(B. M. 4806)"
с. барыай)" usually white, arranged in
large n panicles, t gr cem s ars branches, or axillary
upon shorter exa 1. ovate, or ovate-oblong,
entire or te. Branches slender,
quite glabrous. A. to 6ft. California, 1846. Half-hardy.
C. Lobbianus (Lobb's) A synonym of C. dentatus.
phyllus (small-leaved), white; corymbs stalked,
loose, terminal. May, June. Z. ob! ong, obtuse, entire, minute,
sub-fascicled, smooth. Branches arag t, somewhat decumbent.
À. 2ft. North America, 1806.
. blue, in dense cl clusters, on short
. racemes, terminating slen er, naked peduncles. June. J. nar-
a. oblong, blunt at both — glandular-serrulate, and the
surface is also glandular. Л. 2ft. to 3ft. California, 1848.
f-hardy. (B. M. 4815.)
©, rigidus id). * rich purple-blue, in long terminal spikes
broadly Jat, Parc often gen m B B. M DAS toothed.
Bi to 6ft. California, 1848. Half-ha
(Veitch’s).* x na. ie, disposed in dense
small, oblong-obovate, or oval, glandular-ser-
rulate. California. Hardy. (B. M. 5127)
c. verrucosus (warted). Synonymous with C. cuneatus,
жы.
CECROPIA (a classical name commemorating Cecraps,
the first founder of Athens, which was primarily known as
Cecropia). Snake Wood. Овр. Urticacee. Ornamental
stove evergreen, soft-wooded, milky trees. They require a
mixture of peat and loam, in a rough state, with the
addition of a little sand. Propagated by cuttings, made of
ripened shoots, in April, and inserted in sandy peat, with
a bell glass over them, in a moist bottom heat.
C. peltata (peltate-leaved) jl, male: receptacles numerous,
shortly stipitate, in cylindrical spikes ; calyx a turbinate, four-
cornered scale. Female : receptacles less numerous and thinner
than the male ones, sessile. l. large, peltate, seven to nine-lobed,
hispid and rough above, white and downy beneath ; lobes oblong,
bluntish. А. 30ft. Jamaica, 1778. The ruits—four, five, or more
—rise from the very top of a common peduncle, and shoot into so
many rena: cylindrical berries, composed of a row of little acini,
something like the Raspberry, which they also resemble in flavour.
CEDAR, BARBADOS OR BERMUDAS. A
common name for Juniperus bermudiana (which
see).
CEDAR OF LEBANON. See Cedrus Libani.
CEDRELA (a diminutive from Cedrus, the Cedar; the
wood having an aromatic scent like that of the Cedar-tree).
Bastard Cedar. ORD. Meliacem. A genus of about a dozen -
species of large stove or greenhouse trees. Flowers whitish,
small, in axillary and terminal panicles. Leaves abruptly
pinnate, many-paired. They thrive well in rich loam.
Large ripened cuttings will strike root in sand, under me
hand gláss, in heat. - ;
C. odorata pom i aig Л. whitish, flesh-coloured, resem-
Wee l, leaflets ovate- lanceolate,
‹ as ‘Size of a punai
1 . Stove. The bark, v
Е of some'of the kinds smell like Assa-foetida, ae resh
C Hard : i
Kx ас ee hina. y. SYN; Ailantus flavescens.
C. Toona (Toona). white small, ;
һопеу. К е Muy а x рака smelling nar fresh
te,
nu» pale glaucous beneath, dite eie dud, MR
C. velutina (velvety). Л. whitish. Z, leaflets оте И, ;
entire, smootl :
down. A. 50ft.' Indias 1738" mee" чир ro — 5E
CEDRELEZ. Formerly regarded as a distinct order
now included as a tribe of the natural order Meliacez..
Flowers in panicles; petals four or five. Fruit a сг E e
opening by valves, which separate | from а thick axis. goes
Leaves alternate, pinnate, exstipu е. са E
known is Cedrela ; others are Chloroxylor
CEDRONELLA (probably a diminutive of kedros,
the Cedar; from the sweet odour of C. triphylla). ORD. х,
Labiatec. "Half-hardy or hardy herbaceous Whorls
approximate into terminal spikes or racemes.
bract-formed ; bracts small, setaceous; corolla
serted tube, naked inside, a dilated throat,
limb. They thrive in a compost of sandy loa
and a little peat. The herbaceous species
by division of the root, or Бу. fece of
triphylla by cuttings.
C. cana (hoary). ЛД. sho urpl
ен же July. vate- +
h. 2ft. to 3ft. New Мело, 1591. A vety moat eril, hardy,
evergreen species. (В. M. 4618.) _ PR ae
C. cordata (heart-shaped) Л. light pu le, 3 braceatespikes; —
corolla twice as long as the may Gentile; o б
1. ovate, cordate at the base, ren amm
trailing. А. 4in. to 6in. Northern United States, 1880. Hardy.
um cordatum. _
Syn. Dra
A corolla purplish, three times as long ^
C. mexicana (Mexican).
approximating into a teret
as the calyx; whorls many-flowered, рр fate
interrupted spike or raceme. l. ovate- Y att
base, toothed, A. 2ft. to sft. мН Ламу. Mexico, 1852, SYN.
Gardoquia betonicoides. (В. M. 3860.) е
* Balm of Gilead. | whit or pale :
с. супа (three-leaved).
urple, about Ku. long as the GS who
into terete ob! “J - July. ddr ries
а coniferous ti treo с the time of Homer)
286
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cedrus—continued.
Conifere. Majestic evergreen trees, with large spreading
branches, rigid, scattered and clustered leaves and erect
oblong or oval cones rounded at the top; scales of the
cones broad, thin, coriaceous, entire, closely appressed,
at length deciduous. It is commonly supposed that a rich
soil is needed for the Cedar, but this is only correct
in a certain degree; a rich loam or sandy clay being,
perhaps, the best. Ап open sub-soil is the most indis-
pensable condition, as will be proved from their healthy
state in natural mountainous regions. The Cedar does not
like pruning, either in root or branch, and if the top is
removed, the tree assumes the form of an enormous bush, of
picturesque and grand proportions. Growing in its natural
state, it takes a broad, conical form, till it reaches its full
height, when the lateral branches begin to extend outwards
and the top then assumes a broad, flat surface. Cones
seldom make their appearance on the Cedar of Lebanon
before it attains forty years of age, and
it has been known not to produce them
before the tree was 100: years old.
The catkins appear in di. and
-" cones require two years to arrive
- The seeds are difficult
io extraet from the cones, which do
not drop from the tree, but will hang
for many years; nor does the influence
of the sun cause them to shed the
seeds. The cones have, therefore, to
be gathered by April, and the seed
immediately sown in pans. The seed-
i lings must be planted out in the open
[^
e out а great distance, if not transplanted, |
FIG. 388. CEDAR OF LEBANON AND OTHER TREES FOR DRY SITUATIONS.
2 žá
Fic. 389. BRANCHLET, SHOWING LEAVES AND CONE OF CEDRUS LIBANI.
Cedrus—continued.
n
and thus lose the advantage which is derived from a bushy
root. It is of somewhat slow growth, but is often slower
than is necessary, from defective management and an unsuit-
able situation. Several authorities are agreed in regarding
the three species as mere varieties of one. In any сазе,
from a garden standpoint, they possess quite sufficient
characteristics to justify separate specific descriptions, 7
C. atlantica (Atlantic)* Very closely allied to C. Libani, bub
mainly differing in the foliage, which, in the present species, is
shorter, usually less than lin. long, and of a glaucous green oF
silvery hue. It is also of more erect pyramidal habit than the
сы of Lebanon. л. 80ft. to 120ft. Atlas Mountains of Algeria,
C. Deodara.* Deodar or Indian Cedar. 1. fascicled, acute, tri:
quetrous, rigid, larger than those of С, Líbani, and of a bluish
but dark green, covered with a light glaucous bloom. Onè
of the most beautiful members of Conifers, and having a
elongated pyramidal or conical outline. Leading shoot ane
branchlets pendulous. 4A. 150ft. to 200ft. Western Himalaya
1822. The best-known varieties are the following: C. D. ro
(sturdy) has coarser and larger leaves and thicker branches
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
287
Cedrus—continued. .
C. D. viridis (green) or tenuifolia (thin-leaved) is of slender habit,
with bright green foliage. Other forms mentioned in nursery.
—€— catalogues are: argentea, albo-spica, erecta, and verticillata
glauca.
C. Libani.* Cedar of Lebanon. J. tufted, short, rigid, dark
een. Cones oblong, oval, pedunculate, purplish, but ultimately
brown, Sin. to 4in. long; scales with a somewhat membranous
margin. Branches horizontal, rigid, tubuliform, disposed in
distinct whorls; branchlets fiat, fan-like, very numerous and
thickly set. A. 60%. to 80ft. Lebanon and Taurus in рүнө, 1683.
This magni riarch of
the Tribe."
C. L. brevifolia (short-leaved). The Cypress Cedar. This dis-
tinct variety на (в principally from the type in its much shorter
leaves.
| CELANDINE. See Chelidonium.
CELASTRINEZE. An order of shrubs or small trees.
Flowers in axillary cymes, small, green, white, or purple;
sepals and petals four to five, imbricate. Fruit two to five-
celled, capsular or drupaceous. Leaves alternate, rarely
opposite, simple, stipulate. Well-known genera are:
Celastrus, Eleodendron, and Euonymus.
CELASTRUS (from Kelastros, the old Greek name
given by Theophrastus to the Privet). Staff-tree. ORD.
Celastrinem. Ornamental, hardy, greenhouse or stove,
mostly evergreen shrubs. Flowers green or white, small,
disposed in terminal racemes or panicles. Leaves alternate,
entire, or serrated with minute prickles. The stove and
Greenhouse species thrive well in a mixture of loam, peat,
and sand; and ripened cuttings will root freely in the same
sort-of compost if a hand glass is placed over them; those
requiring stove temperature, should be placed in heat. The
hardy species are well adapted for small shrubberies ;
they thrive in any common soil, and are easily increased
by layering the young shoots in autumn. C. scandens is an
excellent plant for covering bowers or trellis-work.
C. cassinoides (Cassine-like), Л. white; pedicels two or three
together, axillary, very short. August. l. ovate, acute at both
ends, serrated, anent. Plant erect, smooth. л. 4ft. Canary
Islands, 1779. Greenhouse.
C. edulis (edible). Synonymous with Catha edulis.
C. lucidus (shining).* Л. white; pedicels axillary, crowded, very
short. April to September. jr. three-valved, naked. J. oval or
roundish, shining, marginated. h. lft. to 3ft. Cape of Good
. Hope, 1722. Plant erect, smooth, evergreen. Greenhouse. SYN.
Cassine concava.
C. scandens (climbing).* fl: pale yellow; racemes terminal.
May, June. l. oval, acuminated, serrated, 3in. long, 2in. broad.
Berries orange-coloured, three-cornered, three-seeded. North
America, 1736. Plant hardy, deciduous, smooth, climbing.
CELERIAC, or TURNIP-ROOTED CELERY
(Apiwm graveolens rapacewm). Biennial. A Turnip-rooted
variety of the garden Celery. It is very useful for soups
and similar purposes, is easy of cultivation, and tolerably
certain as to producing a crop. The seed may be sown in
the same way, and at the same time, as the ordinary Celery.
Cultivation. As soon as the seedlings are large enough,
prick them off, about 3in. apart, in boxes or on a spent
hotbed, and keep them there until they are of a good size,
when they should be planted out about 1ft. apart in the open
ground, They should have air to prevent them “drawing,”
and be gradually hardened off before planting. The soil
can scarcely be too rich, and must be given plenty of water
during. the summer. Unlike the ordinary Celery, this
variety (see Fig. 390) does not require trenches, as the
tops are seldom used. All lateral shoots and side roots
should be removed from the tubers during the summer,
if good large specimens are desired. Occasional hoeings
and plenty of water will be the most that is necessary in
after cultivation. The roots will be ready for use in
autumn, and may be stored in a shed, or lifted from the
ground when required for use. A little protection will
be necessary if the latter plan is adopted. This crop
materially helps the ordinary Celery, both for flavouring
purposes and for separate dishes.
Fic. 390. CELERIAC, or TURNIP-ROOTED CELERY.
CELERY (Apium graveolens). Hardy biennial, а
native of Britain.” Found in a wild state growing in
wet ditches and marshy situations. This important
Fig, 391. CELERY.
and pular vegetable (see Fig. 391) requires,
and wel pose e special attention in its cultivation.
One of the most-open and best positions in the garden
should be selected for this crop, and the best farmyard
manure that can be obtained should be dug into the
288 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Celery—continued.
trenches before planting. Another condition absolutely
necessary is a plentiful supply of water throughout the
growing period, withholding it as soon as the earthing
up is completed. If this is neglected, the plants are
more liable to “ bolt,” or prematurely run to seed.
Medium-sized heads are generally much more solid than
very large ones; consequently, they should be preferred,
the latter being often hollow-stalked and useless for any
purpose. Celery, when sent to table, should be quite solid
and crisp, well blanched, and of a sweet, nutty flavour. A
great deal depends on the earthing up and cultivation as
well as the variety grown. The soil is best to be rather
light, and, if possible, free from large lumps, as it can then
- be worked much easier round the stems without displacing
them, and will at the same time exclude light better, and
80 hasten the blanching. .
Cultivation. At the beginning of March, sow a small
quantity of seed for an early supply, and at the end of
April, make the main sowings, placing the seed thinly in
boxes of light soil. Water carefully, and place the boxes
on a mild hotbed, or in a vinery or other warm glass house.
The seeds take a rather long time to germinate. A little
air must be admitted so soon as the seedlings are up, to
keep them dwarf, and water must be carefully applied. So
soon as the planta are large enough to handle, prick out,
about 4in. apart, in other boxes, or into a frame where there
is a little dung heat. Keep well watered, and gradually |
harden off before planting ont. The early batch should b.
I ур end of May, and the main erop in June, сае
ing all їп prepared trenches, si i
yb а. рз E e supposing this system
There are various ways of growing Cel i
vario Ё growi ery, some planting
in trenches, in single or double lines, and others growing
it in beds. The single líne in tren allows the plants
plenty of light, and it i sier and ,
еч foo Брз easier and better to earth
the soil in the intervening spaces, which may be utilised
for some other vegetable that does not require
&e. The crop from these would be cl off before the
the trenches, place a thick layer of tt the bottom of
lightly dig it in Apply a heavy drenchi ing
a day or two afterwards put in the ii bowel.
‘asunder, along the centres of the trenches again we
^ D
With a trowel.
The
. eartiont crops, which will have
: c Remove all lateral shoots from the base, and earth
_ the middle 1
watering in. Be careful that each plant has , good. bal
of earth adhering to the roots when taken up, A Vani
а couple of 9in. | ash
, to keep out |
Celery—continued.
frozen parts will often be quite useless.
For the Turnip-rooted Celery, see Celeriac.
part of the leaves, and burn them, or dk
they are detected,
maintained. As goon as
they should have plenty of light,
and more air
CELERY LEAF-MINER. Ses Celery Fly.
quite
be
to about 70deg.
stagnant, atmosphere
the seeds germinate
care must be taken that the soil IM e) M
Water must —
3
admitted.
rain and snow water. Should Celery be taken up when
frozen, a condition that should be avoided if possible, it
must be submerged in very cold water, to thaw it; but the -
Sorts. These are somewhat numerous, but many are
coarse and deficient in flavour. Sandringham White is
one of the best varieties for early work, but the red
Celeries are generally considered superior, so soon as they —
сап be obtained. Major Clarke’s Solid Red and Williams’ `
Matchless Red are two of the best for main crop, and to |
stand the winter. Other good varieties are Manchester
Red, a strong growing and good variety to stand the
winter; Sulham Prize Pink, and Leicester Red. The best
white varieties, in addition to Sandringham, are Veitch’s
Solid White, Williams’ Matchless White, and Grove White.
CELERY FLY (Tephritis onopordinis). Celery Leaf-
miner, Of late years, the larve of this destructive insect
have proved a great drawback to the culture of Celery.
They sometimes appear when the plants are quite small, and
eat out all the inner portion of the leaves as fast as they
are produced, thereby preventing the plants from growing,
and causing them to turn brown and often eventually to die
away. Syringing the plants with tobacco water, followed
by clean water, is said to destroy them; but the best and
only certain remedy is to carefully look over every plant so
soon as the small larve are detected, pinch off the affected
“the imsécts
between the finger and thumb. If this method be followed
from the first, at the same time keeping the ‘plants grow:
ing as much as possible by applying plenty of water, the
insects will not be able to cause so much injury. They
attack the Celery for three or four months in some seasons,
and their destruction should be taken in hand immediately
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
289
Celosia—coniinued.
large heads are required, another shift may be given before
they are too large, and Тїп. pots should be used for this
final potting. When these are filled with roots, liquid
manure may be given about twice weekly. Moderately
frm potting is necessary. The best soil to grow Celosias
in is half.rich sandy loam, and half-rotten cow and stable
manure mixed, with a good dash of silver sand. There are
several excellent sorts, among which may be named Tom
Thumb and Sutton's Prize Dwarf.
The other species differ from C. cristata in having large
plumes of inflorescence, which form pyramidal masses of
colour. Many sorts have a graceful pendent habit, which
renders them objeets of great beauty, when well grown.
This is easily accomplished if treated in the same way
as recommended for the Cockscombs. Frequent syring-
“ings are needed to keep down thrips and red spider.
Fig, 392, CELOSIA ARGENTEA, showing Entire Plant and Detached
‘ orescence.
C. argentea (silvery).* Ji. white; inflorescence dense, spicate.
1. — very shortly stalked or sessile. Tropical Asia. See
Fig. 3
C. a. linearis (linear) only differs from the typical C. argentea in
its narrower linear leaves. India, &c.
C. cernua (drooping). A synonym of C. cristata comosa.
Fig. 393. FLOWER OF CELOSIA CRISTATA.
Celosia— continued.
C. cristata (crested).* Common Cockscomb.
oblong, compressed ; common peduncle striate
nate; stipules faleate. Asia, 1570. See Fig. 393.
C. c, coccinea (scarlet) differs from the common Cockscomb in
the crowded pyramidal arrangement of the inflorescence, narrower
leaves, and short stamens, It will grow well in a lower tempera-
ture than required for the type. (B. R. 1834.)
C. с. comosa (hairy) Л. scarlet or purplish; spikes arranged in
а pyramidal drooping panicle. 1. stalked, ovate. h. ift. to 2ft
India, &е., 1810. Syn. С. cernua. (A. B. R. 10, 635.)
Z dark тей; spike
. l ovate, acumi-
FiG 394, CELOSIA CRISTATA VARIEGATA,
C. с. variegata (variegated) differs from C. cristata (the wild
type, from which the Garden Cockscomb has been developed) only
in its variegated leaves, See Fig. 394,
Fig. 395. CELOSIA HUTTONII,
(Hutton's)* Л. red, in ovate spikes. l
C. Huttonii crimson or
claret-coloured. №. 1ft. to 2ft. Java, 1871. A pee
stove plant, of bushy, pyramidal habit. See Fig.
C. pyramidalis (pyramidal)* Л., colours various ; and instead of —
P Ta
290
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Celosia—continued.
forming a crested mass, as in C. cristata, they assume a more
normal form in elegant plants. A. lift. India, 1820. There are
a great number of varieties of this species, all of which are
very ornamental, and, in a small state, are suitable for table
decoration.
CELSIA (named after Olaus Celsius, 1670-1756,
professor in the university of Орға], author of “ Hiero-
botanicon,” a work on biblical botany). ORD. Scrophu-
larineew. Hardy or half-hardy herbs. Flowers disposed
in loose, terminal racemes or spikes. Leaves crenate,
sinuate, dentate, or pinnatifid. 'This genus differs from
Verbascum merely in having four didynamous stamens.
The seed may be sown in the open borders, in June, and
thinned out for flowering, or raised in nursery beds and
transplanted. C. Arcturus should be increased by cuttings,
young wood striking freely in a cool house or frame.
C. Arcturus (Arcturus).* ellow, ~ i
purple rid July to dE ари with
ones oblong. h, 4ft. Candia, 1780. Half-hardy shrubby species,
This is a pretty plant for pot culture in a cool house. (B. M. 1962.)
С, ъеѓопісгеѓоНа (Betony-leaved). jl. yellow, the two superior
segments marked eac
h by a purple July. l.
wrinkled, crenated. Plant bay. E att, erin 160 Half:
hardy biennial. (B. M.
Л. yellowish, with curious brown
- qo ope
markin, à ovate, crenate. h. -
ман е nai Su! lft. South-east Europe,
y. SYN. lanthe bugulifi
C. cretica (Cretan)* /L yellow, marked with
spots at the bottom on the upper side ; іп. innere. mmis
sessile. June, l. hairy, lyrate-oblong ; upper ones oblong. h.
4ft. to 6ft. Crete, 1752. Hardy biennial. (ре М. 964.)
orientalis (oriental). Л. yellow, shorter than the bracts.
June, July. 1. lower ones jagged ; cauline ones bipinnate ; seg-
ments narrow. À.2ft. Levant, 1713. Hardyannual. (S. F. G 605.)
CELTIS (name used by Pliny for the Lotus). Nettle-
3 ) м
tree. Овр. Urticacem. А genus of rather large, hardy,
deciduous trees or shrubs, with greenish fascicled or
racemose flowers, small one-seeded drupaceous fruit, and
strongly-nerved, simple, alternate leaves. They thrive in
ordinary soil, and are very suitable for the back of a shrub-
bery. Increased by seeds, which should be sown as soon
as ripe; by layers; and by cuttings of ripened shoots, in
autumn. The stove species are not worth growing.
australis (Southern . green
lanceolate, oblong. И or aciminae, argue бея
е a^ the base; upper surface ; under one down
h. 306. to 40ft. South Europe, 1796, wp. B. 105.) d
C. cordata (cordate). Synonymous with 0.
C. crassifolia (thick-leaved).* American Hackberry. green.
ish; peduncle sl x May. fo
leathery, opra auricled, and egaal at the base, 6in. long,
‚ Serrated, го! both surfaces. h. 20ft. to
North America, 1812. SYM. Ce cordata. z ы,
C. Davidiana (Rev. Father David' L elliptie, narro
мА ends, ртов ану er thick, EL glabrous deep
glaucous-green above, een beneath. China,
much-branched tree, with pen ulous twigs. -—
С. occidentalis (Western)* North American Ni
greenish, small May. n reticulated, ovate taal “
equal at the base, serrate, rough on the п surface, hairy on
a under опе. A. 30ft. to 50ft. Canada, od (W. D. B. 147.)
о. (dwarf) А dwarf form, seldom i
height, with nore membranous (at length) С елы. m Д m"
| (Tournefort's) fl. greenish. l, when ad It,
сед Е var een - I roughish on the
_ Дасо: E te
a E^ ita. Pappus short and bristly, rarely none ; involucre
i oblong; bracts imbricated, scarious, frin
tms or spinous ; receptacle bristly ; florets all tale’
oy реч ones sometimes large and neuter. Of this genus,
nials) have been deseribed ;: compar.
1 sequent]
four in a patch, where they are tj
Centaurea— continued.
remain and bloom. Тһе biennials may be sown in March,
in a slight heat, and planted out in May. The herbaceous
perennials require merely ordinary care and attention, and
common garden soil, wherein to thrive well. С. ragu-
sina and C. Cineraria are very extensively cultivated,
and as failures are occasionally experienced in their
propagation, the following plan, practised by a successful
grower, is recommended: First, make the cuttings, about
; the beginning of September, take
off the bottom leaves, and allow
only about lin. of wood to remain.
Insert them in 60-sized pots, in а
compost of loam, leaf mould, and
Sharp sand, in equal proportions;
plunge in a cold frame, and keep |
them close for about four weeks, E
by which time they will be rooted.
Great care must be taken in wa-
tering. When they become pot-
bound, shift into 48-sized pots, in
which they may remain until bed-
ding-out time. Seeds may also be
easily procured and raised. They
should be sown in August, in
slight heat; and when the seed-
lings are large enough to handle,
they should be potted off singly |.
into small thimble pots, in which F
they may be-—kept throngh “the
winter, in a cold frame or cool
house, a shift being given in the
spring. Much stronger plants are
thus obtained than if the seed is
sown in the early part of the year. -
C. al alpine)* fl.. ;
ы melee aa MEN TUN
C. am
ericana (American
€ pup ss of involucre three
‘ mes as s their
Fig. 396. FLOWERING * ides
BRANCH ОЕ CEN-
TAUREA AMERICANA.
C.atropurpurea (dark purple).* f-heads dark purpl P inre
eat ате serraje, tel JaneW Аздыр. È BE
во, Hardy perennial - t. Eastern Europe, &c.
С. aurea |
Р Диа врт ; florets equal,
L hairy; lower ones pinnatifid. A. 2it.
Hardy perennial. (B. M. 421.) :
den)* f.-heads golden-yellow; involucre simpl
fi July to September.
к South Europe, 1758. |
babylonica (Babylonian). /L.Aeads small, numerously |
produced close to, and ноа ети a |
сото stalked, with a fina pia ones narrower, |
which renders this speci Targo, е ны те ов |
n
gen xd ue 6ft. to 106, Levant, 1710.
^X Cineraria e cilia
(Cineraria). Jl. purple; invol i ad
and August, 1. do white, all compound ; lowest f
natifid ; upper ones рало naio anisini a id ly, de. x
e-
erbaceous perennial SYN. C. pee y
Blue-bottle, or Cornflow.
heads, florets of the disk purple, e eer тау, hit blue,
Т me ы eee wili
ss e; the lower ones often
Sft. Britain. is one of the —
It varies in all _
C. dealbata (whitened)* l.-hea oloured,
smooth above and тей ee cared, neve pne
ones stalked
olate lobes.
ё us. See Fig. 399.
depressa (depressed) fl.-heads blue, with b: -red centre.
Summer, Orient, 1818. ek This speciosus EE а.
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. - 291
Centaurea—continued.
but is a dwarfer grower, and has brighter-coloured flowers.
Hardy herbaceous. (B. M. 3662.) C. stricta comes very near this,
if indeed, anything more than a dwarf variety.
Fig. 397. CENTAUREA BABYLONICA.
С. Fenzlii (Fenzls)* Ј..Леайз canary-yellow, large, terminal;
flower-stems erect, branching from the base. /. large, handsome,
cordate-ovate, glaucous E radical A. 4ft. Armenia, 1868.
Hardy biennial. (B. M. 6592.)
macrocephala (large-headed).* pem my yellow, larger than
most others ; scales of involucre jagged. July. i. oblong-lanceolate,
shortly decurrent, undivided, rough, somewhat serrated, ending
ina short sharp point. Stem simple, hollow, and thickened under
the flower. №. 3ft. Caucasus, 1805. Hardy perennial See
Fig. 400. (В. M. 1248.)
montana (mountain).* /l.-heads blue, large, handsome ; florets
deeply cut into four or five segments. Early summer, 1, lanceo-
ie, entire, decurrent, cottony. Stem usually simple, sometimes
Fie. 399. CENTAUREA DEALBATA. |
Centaurea—continued.
sparingly branched. h. 2%. Europe, 1596. Hardy perennial.
(B. M. 77.) There are also white-flowered (alba) and rose-coloured
(rosea) varieties, both of which are well worth growing.
FIG. 398. FLOWER AND BUD oF CENTAUREA CYANUS.
C. moschata (musky). Sweet Sultan JL -heads le ; involu
roundish, smooth ; scales egg-sha "d. July. D Inaiedocth vi
^. 2ft. Persia, 1629. Faray uM. :
, FtG. 400. CENTAUREA MACROCEPHALA.
292 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Centaurea—continued.
C. pulchra (beautiful). /..heads bright purple, globose; outer
scales of involucre drawn Es into an ovate, pectinately ciliated,
scabrous appendage; middle bristle longer, stiffer and shining.
August. l. sessile, glabrous, pinnate ; lobes linear, acute, entire
or a little toothed. Stem branched, furrowed. h. lft. Cashmere,
1838. Half-hardy. (В. R. 26, 28.) -
ragusina (Ragusan).* /.-heads yellow; involucre ciliated,
June, July. 1 downy with silvery hairs, pinnatifid; segments
obtuse, egg-shaped, quite entire, outer ones largest. д, 2ft.
Candia, 1710. Half-hardy perennial. (B. M. 494.)
C. ruthenica (Russian). /l.-heads pale yellow; involucre scales egg-
Shaped, obtuse. July. f pinnate, smooth ; leaflets cartilaginous,
sharply serrate ; terminal one oblong, egg-shaped. h. 3ft. Orient,
1806. Hardy perennial.
C. suaveolens (sweet-scented).* Yellow Sultan. Л.-Һеайз yellow,
Sweet-scented ; involucre round, smooth. July. Z, lower ones
broad, somewhat o Gm ae toothed ; row ones lyrate at base.
^. lift. Levant, 1683. Hardy annual. (S. B. Е. G. i. 51.)
C, uniflora (one-flowered). Л.-һеайв purple, roundish terminal,
nearly sessile among the "p r leaves. Sae. 1, small, white
and downy; lower ones o ong lanceolate, toothed ; upper ones
теты УЫ entire. А. 9ín.tol5in. South Europe, 1824. Hardy
perennial,
CENTAURY. See Erythrea Centaurium.
CENTAURY, AMERICAN. А common name for
the species of the genus Sabbatia.
. CENTOTHECA (from kentein, to prick, and theke, a
receptacle ; in allusion to the retrorse hairs of the upper
florets). ORD. Graminem. А genus containing two or
three species, distributed over tropical Africa and Asia,
and the Pacific Islands. It is a somewhat near ally of
Melica. A compost of well-drained loam and leaf soil 18
best. Propagated by seeds, sown in spring.
©. (bur-like), Bur, Inflorescence paniculate: spi
pe : eei os erdt ge owered, green? pedicels hia f
dry Indis. cx a к, =. NUN long, about jin.
CENTRADENIA from
kentron, a spur, and T a
gland; referring to a spur-like
gland on the anthers), Syn.
Plagiophyllum; Orp. Melas-
tomacee. Stove evergreens,
Flowers pink or white ; Tacemes
few-flowered, axillary. Leaves
opposite, unequal, ovate or
lanceolate, entire, membranons,
three-nerved. They thrive in
4 compost of one part sandy
loam, and two parts Tough peat.
Cuttings of side shoots should
be inserted in February. 0.
I oe makes an elegan
ОЁ it last
Centranthus-— continued.
rockwork; and are readily increased by seeds, which,
for show annuals, should be sown in March.
C, angustifolius (narrow-leaved), Л. red, }in. long; spur one-
half shorter than the tube of the corolla. May to J uly. . linear- ,
lanceolate, quite entire. h. lft. to 2ft. South Europe, 1758.
Hardy perennial. SYN. Valeriana angustifolia. (S. F. G. 29.)
C. Calcitrapa (Caltrops-like). fl. white, tinged with red, rather
panicled. May to July. l, radical ones ovate, entire, or lyrate ;
upper ones pinnatifid. A. біп. to lft. South Europe, 1683. Hardy
annual. SYN. Valeriana Calcitrapa. (S. F. G. 30.)
macrosiphon (large-tubed).* fl. rosy-carmine, rather larger
than those of C. ruber. July. 1. glaucous. k. 26. Spain. An
annual, of compact habit. See Fig. 401, (P. F. G. 67.) Of this
there is a white-flowered variety.
Й
the tube; cymes dense, forming a handsome corymbose panicle.
Summer. J. ovate or lanceolate ; upper ones unequal at the base,
toothed a little. A. 2ft. to 3ft. urope (Britain) Perennial.
There are several forms, including a white-flowered variety, of
species.
CENTRONIA (from kentron, a spur, in allusion to the
spurred anthers), ORD. Melastomacem. A genus of highly
ornamental shrubs, from Mexico, New Granada, Guiana,
and Peru. There are nine species; in all probability, that
described below is the only one now in cultivation. А
compost of sandy peat and leaf mould suits them well.
Propagated by cuttings of half-ripened shoots, inserted in
peat and sand, under a bell glass,
tinged with violet to thoroughly agree with specific name; in
i
E
C. ruber (red)* Red Valerian. Л. red; spur one-half shorter than
C. hzemantha (blood-coloured) fl. deep Bixplish-red, too much А
wi
panicles, large. Z, shortly stalked, elliptic-obovate, five-nerved, /
Ocafia, 1852.
reddish-brown beneath, deep green above. h. 8%.
Greenhouse. SYN. Calyptraria hemantha.
CENTROPOGON (from kentron, a spur, and pogon,
a beard; in reference to the fringe which envelops the
stigma). ORD. Campanulacem. Ornamental greenhouse
or stove herbaceous perennials. The most popular member
of this genus is a hybrid between C. fastuosus and Sipho-
campylos betulæfolius, and known as C. Lucyanus. From
its flowering naturally during the dead of the winter, itis a
most desirable plant; and it is more particularly this to
which the cultural remarks refer. The ready way this
plant admits of increase is much in its favour, as amateurs
will find no difficulty in propagating it. Any young shoots,
about 3in. or 4in. long, form good cuttings, and, if taken
off with a heel, root with more certainty, although others
rarely fail if placed in sharp sandy soil, close around the -
edge of the pot, and then kept close under a bell ‘glass
amount of drainage, and to add sufficient sand when potting |
to keep the soil open and porous. During the early spring
months, a cool stove is the best situation for them, but with
the advent of summer a pit or frame is the most suitable.
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 293
Centropogon—continued. Centrosolenia—continued.
: : . $ i i- .* © fl. straw-colour, very freely produced. 1.
are the best, being a nice handy size. Owing to its semi C. папага — Л. s rape, of x beautifal dati olive-eréen
procumbent habit, it is not only good for pot culture, but RA UI. uv utadaakien anita :
а з ronzy shade above, and of а vinous red beneath. East of
likewise forms a capital basket plant for suspending, in Peru. SYN. Episcia tessellata. (I. Н. 607.)
which position it shows off its beauties to great advantage. €, glabra (smooth). Je corolla very broad, tubular, dain. long;
Wh 1 i it j 1 im їп, across; white, with a sulphur-coloure ube, une.
n аген К this way, it e best intl Lx оор l. opposite, unequal, the larger one oblique obovate-oblong, ser-
naturally over the sides; but in pots it requires support, rated, pilose on the ribs beneath, the smaller one lanceolate.
which may be afforded it by using any small neat sticks, h. 1ft. La Guayra, 1846. (B. M. 4552.)
touched over with pale green paint, so as to render them as C. picta (painted).* Jl., corolla nearly white, tubular, about 2in.
inconspicuous as possible. long, hairy. June. Ў — ^ gag! ay yt. Жм, velvety
C. cordifolius (heart-shaped-leaved). Л. cor i eese һ. 2%. Teas. Bde a ae nks of Amazon,
Guatemala, 1839. Stove species. (Е. d. S. 4,
CENTROSTEMMA. Se Cyrtoceras and Themis-
toclesia.
CEPHAELIS (from kephale, a head; in reference to
the arrangement of the flowers) ORD. Rubiacec. Stove
shrubs, rarely perennial herbs, mostly natives of tropical
America, a few African, and two or three from Asia and
Oceania. Heads of flowers terminal or axillary, sessile or
pedunculate, subtended by an involucre of from two to
eight bracts, which are disposed in a cruciately opposite
manner; corolla funnel-shaped. Leaves ovate, acute, pe-
tiolate ; stipules free or combined. They thrive in a com-
post of sandy, fibry peat, leaf soil, and lumpy loam, with -
thorough drainage. Cuttings of firm young shoots will root
in sandy soil, under a hand glass, in moist stove heat.
C. Ipecacuanha pecaeuanha)* f. white, downy outside; heads
ica an ee ko lag А
1 . l. oblong-o above,
with fine down beneath. Stems ascending at. first, but at le h
Stove hetbeceota Ano ee е арах. ана
ег us,
for medicinal purposes, (B. M. 4063) " ү
Чо * Л. brownish ; heads :
Lue 5. ^ wore sean wo broad, oui —
тв, petioles, peduncles, leaves, and involucre, .
4ft. Tropical America, 1882. Stove shrub. (B. M. A а
Many other ies п h i i
cultivation or отра н esa кетта — —
RA (from kephale, a head, and
anthera, an anther), ORD. Orchidec. Very interesting
and curious terrestrial orchids. Calyx of three ovate, aeute,
converging, permanent sepals; petals ovate, erect, as long
the calyx; lip Searcely spurred, saccate at the base, con-
tracted in the middle, undivided and recurvate at the end.
They thrive well in a chalky loam, and may be propagated
by divisions. The following are our three native species:
C. ensifolia (sword-leaved), Л, pure white: sepals мм
пагтотег and more Pointed than ih ni Bini, o a une.
, а,
late. Stems lft. to 2ft., sub-solitary, slender. . Closely
С. fastuosus (prickly).* Jl, rose. November. Z. broadly lanceolate, 103 to C. grandifora, but with мары айкан а leaves. ‘Gy. En. B.
crenately serrated. ` h. 2it. Greenhouse species. See Fig. 402. ©. grandiflora (larse-fi Ре x EN.
C. Lucyanus (M. Luey's)* Л. pretty rosy carmine, tubular, sepals and petals ovate ЫЫ. da NM
PN M ne em species. ‘This most desirable garden | бш quem, erect, yellow. May and June, b ovate
E? hybrid was raised by M. Desponds, of Marseilles, in 1856. (R. Н. England. (or i es narrower, Stems tufted, 1%.
n. B. 1485.) : ; |
©. Amensis (Surinam). И. rose. November. A 2 | © sume, (red) Л. rose-purple, few or many ; sepals and petals
Бапаш, 1795 Stove species, ФМ, 149.) and July. E Sen de. te DNA. EM, nemi
"NIA. (from kentron, a sharp point, and England. (Sy. En, B. 1483.) D ce
solen, a tube; referring to the form of the corolla) Овр. (from kephale, в head, and anthos,
ed as а mere section of | a flower; the flowers are disposed in globular heads)
i в perennials. Corolla | Button-wood, Овр. Rubiacem. An ornamental hardy
tubular, spurred behind at base; throat widened; limb | deciduous shrub, growing in common garden soil pe
short, five-lobed, spreading ; calyx five-parted, serrated ; preferring moist sandy peat. The most suitable place
peduncles solitary, axillary, sometimes bearing many | for it is the American garden. Propagated best by layers.
тетя таа раси petiolate. "They thrive in | in the early autumn, | f
* sol composed of equal parts _ peat, leaf mould, and C. occidentalis adn j ncles
sand. Good drainage is essential and scarcely any water longer ino the Аы d Yr mg ix E the
в ‹ 1 j 1 Í ea suall t » ab the tops of
к needed in winter, Cuttings will root in sand, in a warm branches. July. 1 opposite, OF three in a whorl, ovate or oral,
frame, with a bell glass covering. н acuminated. А. 76. North America, 1735. (T. S. M. 394.)
©. (bracteate) fl. a ; A ( Керһ ;
. aggregate, braeteate; corolla : i ym phale, a head; the flowers
ША amc ide tq Ыры rM: ера бермети mni мө Orb. ipsa A yo
; e corolla, red- i i т
та white below ; uncles short, axillary, шау ы-ы oe - hardy "aL or ре : cue чалды чишу je
nearly equal, large, ovate-acuminate, v fy end васи. Flower-heads terminal, globose; involucre sur- _
serrated, Бена ie. Hen scent ы әң. ЧИШУ rounding the heads of many imbricated leaves, shorter than
Grenada, 4675.) * ; the palem. Leaves toothed or pinnatifid, Most of the
294
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cephalaria—continued.
species are too coarse to admit of their being grown in the
ordinary borders, but they are very desirable for natural-
ising in the wild garden, or other similar places. For
culture, see Dipsacus. 2
С. tartarica (Tartarian). /L-heads yellow, large; palem deep
erat wii fee ite Summar, T pinnat ied de
rre val-lanceolate, serra: s stria
ER le villi at the base and on the petioles. h, 5ft. to 6ft.
Siberia, 1759. Perennial.
Several other names occur in nurserymen’s catalogues, but the
above-mentioned species is the best.
Y à
CEPHALOTUS FOLLICU :
(from kephale, а head, and Т,
general appearance "бең,
: — = : e ORD. Conifere.
À dia
with Yew-like fo vest
of these |
Cephalotaxus—continued.
C. coriacea (coriaceous). A synonym of C. drupacea.
C. dru (drupaceous).* 1. yellowish, glossy green above,
glaucous beneath, crowded, lin. to 2in. long, linear, arranged in .
two opposite rows. jr. purple, oval-oblong, about lin. in length.
h, 6ft. to 8ft. Japan, 1844. SYNS. C. coriacea, C. foeminea, Podo-
carpus coriacea.
C. filiformis (thread-like). A synonym of C. Fortunei.
C. foeminea (female) А synonym of C. drupacea.
С. Fortunei (Fortune's)* J. dark green above, lighter beneath,
Sin. or more long, gradually narrowing to a sharp point, arranged
in two rows. Branches long, slender, pendulous. л, 6%. to 8ft.
China, 1848. Probably the species best adapted to the —
climate. SYNs. C. filiformis, C. mascula, and C. pendula. (В. M.
) = Kae
с. ula (male). ^ A synonym of C. Fortunei.
C. pedunculata (peduncled).* Lord Harrington’s Yew. l. bright ;
pe above, marked with two broad glaucous lines beneath,
in. to Zin. long, arranged in two rows. fr. large, drupaceous, i
on long peduncles. A. 6ft. to 8ft. Japan, 1837. SYNS. Taxus ="
ie " т, T. sinensis. Ay Mar з., xxi. 115.) € n
astigiata (=Taxus japonica an odocarpus koraianus) is very
distinct and ornamental, having bunches as erect as the trunk,
and the leaves scattered or spirally а; ed around them. С. p.
spheralis — NON eey in the орах, berry-like fruits.
(G. C. n. s., xxi.
C. pendula (pendulous) А synonym of С. Fortunei.
CEPHALOTUS (from kephalotes, headed ; in reference
to the filaments of the stamens being capitate). ORD.
Sawifragee. A very curious cool greenhouse herbaceous
perennial, thriving well in a mixture of chopped living _
sphagnum and sandy, rough peat, well drained. It is very Ў.
important to ensure porous material for its growth, admit-)_
ting a free circulation of water. A humid atmosphere in
summer is essential; and to secure this, it is best to place à
bell glass over the pan in which the plant is grown. In
winter, less moisture, both at the roots and in the atmo-
sphere, is needed. Propagated by division, before new
growth commences; or by seeds.
C. follicularis (follicled).* New Holland Pitcher-plant. fl. white,
small on an erect scape. J. all radical and stalked ; some are
elliptical and flat, and others dilated into pitchers similar to the
ascidia of the genus Ne hes. "These pitchers vary from lin. to
Sin. in length, and are dark green, tinged. with purple; lid netted
with veins of reddish-pink. Plant almost stemless. л. 2in. to дї.
West Australia, 1822. See Fig. 403.
CERACEOUS. Wax-like.
CERANTHERA. A small genus of African shrubs
or trees, now united to Alsodeia. VEN m
CERASTIUM (from keras, a horn; many of the |
species have capsules exactly the form of an ox's horn).
Mouse-ear Chiekweed. ORD. Caryophyllee. | Decumbent |
hairy hardy annual or perennial herbaceous plants. Flowers
white, small. The two species most generally cultivated are _
Biebersteinii and tomentoswm. These are grown princi-
pally on account of their silvery foliage. All are of very
easy culture in ordinary garden soil, or on the rockery.
They are readily propagated by divisions; or by cuttings,
inserted in the open ground, and in a shady place, after
flowering. The species enumerated below are all peren
nials. |
C. alpinum (а1рїпе).* f. white; icles rather hairy, few. .
flowered. June, July. ‘J. ovate, elli tical, or oblong, covered _
with jong ЖЕМ hairs, or nearly smooth. A. 2in. to 4in, Britain. ^
(Sy. E y
white; stalks erect, dichoto- |
: £ . l woolly, ovate-lanceolate. Stems
branching. л. біп. Tauria, 1820. Evergreen. oh a 94
tomentosum, but with larger leaves and flowers. » v1
C. Boissieri (Boissiers).* jt. white, large ; regular, dicho-
tomous. Summer. hg silvery, usually ovate-lanccolate,
acute, entire. A.4in.tolft. Spain. ` ^
"Europe. A strong. decid
should only be cullieaved ohio taona
m (broad-leaved). fl. white, solita i cl
larger than most of the We ae ы жа
i" Nor Батор (Britan) Decanos rin ds ig
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 295
Cerastinm— continued. , Cerasus—continued.
С. tomentosum (downy)* Л. white; cymes forked, on erect than February, some sharp sand being added to the soil.
stalks. Early summer. oblong-spathulate, upper ones lanceo- | Tor oulturo &¢., of the edible-fruited kinds, see Cherry.
late, densely clothed with a greyish tomentum. h. біп. Southern pet ае - ка a .
and Eastern Europe, 1648, is evergreen species is largely C. Avium (birds). Wi herry, or Gean. fl. rising with the leaves;
employed in almost all gardens for edgings to summer flower- bud ета acute, destitute of leafy scales. April and May.
be -0
&c. (S. Е. G. 455.) Jr. roundish-ovate, depressed, black ; flesh adhering to the stone,
VERE „мыш ht f very succulent and sugary, the juice usually coloured. l oval-
CERASUS (sid to have been first brought from lanceolate, pointed, serrated, somewhat pendent, slightly pe
Cerasus, a town in Pontus, in Asia). Cherry. Овр. bescent on the under side, and furnished with two glands at the
Rosacew, Hardy deciduous or evergreen shrubs and trees. base. А. 20ft. to 40ft. England. Deciduous.
С. A. multiplex (double-flowered).* Л. smaller than the type,
ovate, bearing two or three glands at the base.
C. Caproniana.* Common Cherry. Л. rising with the leaves;
calyx large, campanulate ; peduncles usually thick, stiffish, not
long. Spring. jr. po depressed, with the suture hardly
depressed ; flesh soft, more or less acid and styptic. J. oval.
lanceolate, toothed, glabrous. h. 15ft. to 20ft. Europe. Small
tree, with spreading branches. Of this deciduous species, innu-
merable varieties have been raised. The most important of the
fruit-bearing sorts will be found described under erry. The
double-flowered variety (multiplex) is very showy, and useful for
forcing and for shrubberies (SYN. С. ranunculiflora). (Е. d. S. 1805.)
C. caroliniana (Carolina).* Л, rather lar e; racemes axillary,
dense, shorter than the leaves. May. "x nearly globose,
mucronate, l. evergreen, on Short petioles, oblong- late,
mucronate, smooth, rather coriaceo almost entire. North
America, 1759. E н. З е
C. Chamsecerasus. Ground Cherry. jl. umbellate; umbels
usually sessile ; peduncles х= od than the leaves when in fruit.
May. у». round, reddish- = very acid. l. obovate, shi А
crenated, bluntish, quite gl brous, rather coriaceous, y
landular. л. 2ft. to 4ft. Euro: » 1597. Deciduous. "There is
& creep = ct this species, pendula, and another with
C. depressa (dep ) Л. white; umbels few-fi sessile.
aggregate. May. fr. Ae 1. lanceol днд e al j^
serrated, glabrous, glaucous beneath.
depressed, prostrate. North America, 1805. uous.
С. duracina (hard)* j, white, rising with the leaves uncles
to
long, slender. April. Jr. heart-sha: ; su d pressed,
rarely almost obsolete; flesh hard ee brittle. TW ion" 20ft.
A large tree; branches ascending when о but i
state hardl ing. Deciduous. ` SYN? Prunes BR
spreading,
Bigarella, it is probable that this species, c i vium
has produced the Bigarreau and Heart Chicos’: oe
. C. ilicifolia (Holly-leaved). fl. white, small, in racemes jin. to
2in. long. M May. fr. large, jin. or mo; ick, usually
red, sometimes dark purple or nm California. T orna-
mental shrub, with shining dark evergreen fol e; t for
C. Juliana (St. Julian's). И, risine wi \ ovate,
depressed, eari-formed. ; flesh M ae "es poe
species—frequentl i rrectly, classed
forms of C, Ashman oer чү m - Heaumiers, m
FIG. 4054. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CERASUS ILICIFOLIA.
= . -Flowers white; pedicels one-flow. ising bef th
leaves in fascicled umbels from unr tau А occum d
rising after the evolution of the leaves in racemes from
the tops of the branches. Drupe globose or umbilicate
at the Баве, fleshy, quite glabrous, destitute of bloom,
ning & smooth, rather globose, compressed stone.
eaves, when young, conduplicate. By far the ] er Fr УР CERAS OCERA!
ME чн the species are deciduous, but two o^ с. Ner y nme de ш Ein es i
portant ones are evergreen, viz., the common Laurel than April d A ee |
(C. Lawrocerasus), with its numerous varieties, and the aem л Йер, aan tod, аа
ovate, acute.
agn - Ovate- , remotely- furnish.
Mehr i. Laurel (0. aono" The various species and four glan See = a” bit to ft.” Levant па
‚ °з аге propagated by seeds, cuttings, grafti Y 18. e following varieties are found in
budding. The seeds should be sown in eon a "A ds, pee and are all useful for extensive planting in shrubberies
or they may be k я 3 k ; eds, woodlands : angustifolia (narrow-leaved) ; camellixfolia (Ca- ———
bed нее „may be kept till spring. Cuttings should be mellia-leaved) ; caucasica ); colchica (Colchican) very —
3 in а semi-shady position, in autumn, or not later loved] rotundifolia (round-leaved), and variegata (variegated
296 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cerasus— continued. Cerasus—continued.
C. lusitanica (Lusitanian).* Portugal Laurel. fl. white ; racemes bracteosa (long-bracted), heterophylla (various-leaved), parviflora
erect, axillary, longer than the leaves, June, fa, ovate, red (small- flowered), and rubra (red).
T's P or. ушш. RO emer "Rie AMES. | 0. paeudo-corasus: Bastard Chery. Л, white, racemose, Apri
most elegant shrubs grown, There із а variety named myrtifolia Md. » еы. oe КЕ ith ‘eae үе on ca
(Myrtle-leaved) which produces smaller leaves, e is of compact Гое scuminated, dat, ones ted! Branches an Dye допов
Аа РСА Ар PN de Е
• , o Y!
leafy. April and May. jr. ovate-roundish, black, yielding а ym orcing bre н, тени aniculata. 6. )
bitter purple juice, the stain of which is not easily effaced. 1. с. бенаво (Ranunculus-flowered) Synonymous with
d, roundish-cordate, denticulated, glandular, folded together. C. Caproniana multiplex.
bu G. 405. FLOWERING BRANCH OF DOUBLE WHITE
South Еп м ol na, The wood is red, very hard, and
CHINESE CHERRY (CERASUS SERRULATA).
С. salicina (Willow-leaved). fl. white, small soli
shorter than th . April. about Pte
aa candies Сеет) Л. white ; Bors capone? lateral 1, ever. Myrobalan bim a pe s TES eer size ot that oft
th исе. = à an, "ae inated, Vila. ‘Sta ire, gla) on EX stipules subulate, glandular, length of the petiole.
Е n Padus, crm x acer evergreen tree, 4ft. to 6ft. China, 1822, f-hardy deciduous,
чш, elongated, MY, drooping. A AM x
C. semperfiorens бетабаа АП Saints 3 Чуве
tes, but, А ed in gin үгү Мау. м ер б E uid
Whiskey, it greatly fant ary, o de d
Butt greatly | " Small, round, wat ^3 but littl tary. Мау, fr. $
А Ч C үз these MAE l ovate калоо E MEM d. m to 20ft. КЕШ (W. DB 131. паа.
argentea (silver-blotched leased a including the folie lowing: ; y aurea, variegata (go рь very handsome,
aucubeafoli а
olia (Aucuba- ыш, Jr. purplis “black. "Ut енім pm Paid
2
-—
: placed over them.
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
297
Cerasus—continued.
serrated, with incurved, short, or callous teeth. Eastern United
T large deciduous tree, furnishing valuable timber.
(W. D. B. 48.) io
C. serrulata (saw-leaved).* Double Chinese Cherry. fi. pale
white or pal cole y double, disposed in fascicles. April. Z.
obovate, acuminated, setaceously serrulated, quite glabrous;
petioles glandular. h. 15ft. China, 1822. SYN. C. Sieboldii.
Deciduous. See Fig. 405, (Б. Н. 1866, 371.)
C. Sieboldii (Siebold’s). Synonymous with C. serrulata.
. Spheerocarpa (round-fruited). fl. white; racemes axillary,
Чаш small, e than the leaves. June and July. fr, rend d
globose, purple when ripe. Z. glandless, shining, about 2іп, long
апа liin. broad. A.10ft.tol2ft. Jamaica, 1820. Stove evergreen.
irginian) Choke-Cherry. fl. white; racemes
erect, elo; nr May and June. fr. globose, red. = oblong,
acuminated, doubly-toothed, smooth; petioles usually bearin
about four ds. Wood beautifully veined with black an
white. h. 20ft. to 80ft. Eastern United States, 1724. Deciduous.
CERATIOLA (from keration, a diminutive of keras, a
horn; in reference to the stigma radiating into four divi-
sions like little horns, as in the Carnation). ORD. Empe-
tracee. An upright, much-branched, evergreen, half-hardy
shrub, much resembling an Erica. When well grown, it is
a very handsome little plant. It thrives well in sandy
peat, to which may be added a little very fibry loam. It
will probably prove quite hardy in the West of England;
but if grown out of doors in other parts of the country,
it should have protection during winter. Propagated by
cuttings, which should be placed in sandy soil, under a bell
glass.
C. ericoides (Heath-like).* /l. brownish, sessile, in the axils of
< leaves, rarely solitary, sometimes verticillate. June.
1. simple, alternate, exstipulate, spreading, needle-shaped, obtuse,
glabrous and shining, about lin. long, sometimes crowded as if
(B MEE) ies globose, yellow. Florida, Carolina, 1826.
.
CERATODACTYLIS. See Llavea.
CERATOLOBUS (from keras, a horn, and lobos, a
pod; referring to the horned ‘pod-like spathe) ORD.
Раїтет. Slender-growing stove palms, of great beauty,
and requiring culture similar to Calamus (which see).
color (one-colo sub-stri ч
biben pego aeri T тен
C. glaucescens (milky-green-leaved).* 7. pinnate, 1ft. to 2ft. lon,
pinne somewhat cuneate, lengthened out into a tail-like point
edges erose, dark green on the upper surface, grey below ; petioles
sheathing, densely armed with slender spines. Java. This makes
an elegant table plant.
"CERATONIA (from keration, a horn or pod; in allu-
sion to the shape of the pods). Algaroba Bean, or Carob.
This plant is called by Theophrastus, Keronia; by Dios-
corides, Kerateia. ORD. Leguminose. An evergreen tree,
with a thick trunk, and abruptly-pinnate, coriaceous,
shining leaves. It thrives well in the South of England,
in any ordinary garden soil, if afforded the protection of
a wall, and slightly sheltered during winter. Вірепей
euttings will root if planted in sand, with а hand glass
C. Siliqua (podded). Bean-tree, Carob-tree, ог Locust-tree,
LN ane LM mber. l, leafiets oval, obbuss, adt
UN So à S ning, 1510 n еп. Plant unarmed. A. t. to
South of Europe е sake of pods. i
is eaten; these are 4in. or more gles Denm y^ 30 иы
the seeds, of a dusky ferruginous colour. (A. B. R. 567.)
CERATOPETALUM (from keras, a horn, and petalon,
a petal; the petals are Jagged so as to resemble a stag’s
horn). ORD. Savifragee. А genus containing a couple of
Species of greenhouse trees, limited to New South Wales.
Flowers small, in terminal trichotomous cymes or corymbose
panicles. They have opposite leaves, with one to three
digitate leaflets, articulate on the petiole; stipules very
small, caducous. For culture, see Callicoma.
` €. apetalum (without petals) Л. greenish-y
1 als). Jf. enish-yellow. Z, leafle
usually solitary Ону three on luxuriant shoots or Mir
оч h. 50%, to
gummiferum m-bearing). /. yellow, in terminal i
ue. T A E JL $ al panicles,
id сезин Parr “wiht Алооо, serrated, coriaceous,
CERATOPTERIS (from keras, a horn, and pteris, a
fern). Овр. Filices. A very curiousstove aquatic annual
monotypic genus. Sori placed on two or three veins, which
run down the frond longitudinally, and are nearly parallel
with both the edge and midrib. Capsules seattered on the
receptacles, sessile, globose, with a ring which is either
complete, ог more or less partial or obsolete. Inyolucre
formed of the reflexed margin of the frond, those of the
two sides meeting against the midrib. When nicely grown
in water, this is a very handsome plant, and not inaptly
called the Floating Stag’s-horn Fern. The spores must be
preserved and sown early in spring, in a pot of very moist
loam; they germinate rapidly if plunged in water, in
February. Young plants may also be obtained from the
proliferous buds, by pegging the sterile fronds on to a
surface of moist earth. It succeeds best when the pot
containing it is plunged to the rim in water.
C. thalictroides (Thalictrum-like).* sti. tufted, thick, inflated.
fronds succulent, the barren ones floatin ; Simple or slightly
divided when young, bi- or tripinnate, with narrow linear seg-
ments, when mature; fertile ones bi- or tripinnate ; ultimate
segments pod-like. ‘Tropics, in quiet waters. SYN. Parkeria
pteroides.
CERATOSTEMA (from keras, a horn, and stemon, a
stamen; in reference to the anthers being bluntly spurred
at the base). ORD. Vacciniacee. Very pretty greenhouse
evergreen shrubs. Flowers almost sessile, lateral and ter-
minal, pedunculate ; corollas large, scarlet. Leaves oblong,
on short petioles, almost veinless, coriaceous, rounded, and
sub-cordate at the base. They require a compost of sandy
loam and peat; and are readily increased by cuttings,
planted in sand, and placed under a glass.
C. lon orum (long-flowered crimso Peru
Peer уз 12,000ft. above I lovil, tere (B. M. AN “ i
C. speciosum (showy)* Jl. bri тей, about 13in. long;
spikes short, оту) аве та, M Mat
lanceolate, with a short twisted petiole. :
CERATOZAMIA (from keras, a horn, and Zamia, —
another genus of Cycadacee, which this much resembles ;
in reference to the horned scales of the cones). “Овюр. Cyca-
dacew. Stove plants, distinguished from Zamia in having
the thickened apices of the scales of the male and female
cones bicornute (i.e., two-horned), instead of hornless. Leaf-
lets articulated. Trunks short. They require a moist
atmosphere, and a compost of rich light loam and rotten
leaves. Propagated by seeds, and sometimes by suckers -
and divisions ; but imported plants give most satisfaction.
abit ; pinne deep green, біп. to Tin. 3
C. fusco-viridis (dusky. *
X of ` fine arching h Sis:
Sessile, lanceolate,
nished with is en
m FA ne
oung leaves of a rich bron: -choco
changing to olive-green and, finally, elu Mex
to à sharp point, coriaceous,
fur-
v. road, dark gre
3 : exican)* Male: 1. pinnate,
pinn coriaceous, sessile, a ol
pue 9in. to l2in. long. ы e а
т about half their le Mexico.
Female: i, pinnate, ath do "aft. .
bom dong, taperin St
naked portion of i
L Mexico, es
,.Miqueliana (Miquel's).* Z, pinnate, spreading; pinnæ coria.
Seous, oblong, abruptly EM ar a point, m io lZin. long, —
exico.
- broad, dark green. Stem slender.
ERA (so named from Cerberus, of mythlogieal
note, on account of its poisonous qualities). Овр. Apocy- ie
nacem. Stove evergreen shrubs or trees. Peduncles extra-
axillary at the tops of the branches ; corolla. funnel shaped,
tube pilose inside at top. Leaves scattered, quite entire. _
AT require a rich ыу loam, and cuttings of young, «|
ather ripe shoots will root in sand, if pl i Lk ^ €
con се ш ; if planted in April, iz fede
C. Man ;
urved, su
pen. July to
298
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
CERCIS (from kerkis, a shuttlecock; a name given by
Theophrastus to this tree). Judas-tree. ORD. Leguminose.
Ornamental, hardy, deciduous trees. For their singular
beauty, they deserve a place in every garden and shrubbery.
When the trees have arrived ata good size, the branches
are so thickly beset with flowers as scarcely to be seen;
Fig. 406. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CERCIS SILIQUASTRUM.
and the singular shape of the leaves—which appear after
Ета, 407, CEREUS GRANDIFLORUS,
Cercis—continued.
the end of March, on a bed of light soil, in a gentle heat.
The young plants will produce flowers in three or four
years; they may also be propagated by layers, but plants
raised from seeds thrive best.
С. canadensis (Canadian)* fl. red; pedicels one-flowered, risin
from the trunk and branches in fascicles. Мау. i cordate, acumi-
nate, villous in the axils of the veins beneath. A. 12ft. to 20ft.
Canada, 1730. к,
С. chinensis (Chinese).* This recently-introduced species closely
resembles C. canadensis in foliage; the pink fiowers are larger.
SYN. C. japonica,
C. japonica (Japanese). A synonym of C. chinensis.
C. Siliq * Common Judas-tree; Love-tree, fl. bright
purple; pedicels one-flowered, rising from the trunk and branches
in fascicles. May. Z. simple, cor te, very blunt, emarginate,
quite glabrous. A. 20%, to 50%, South Europe, 1596. In northern
parts of this country, this fine species d» actos to be planted
against a wall, in which situation it thrives a mirably. The wood
is very beautiful and veined with black, takes an excellent polish,
and may be utilised for many purposes, See Fig. 406. (B. M. 1138.)
There are varieties with flesh-coloured and white flowers,
ARPUS (from kerkis, a shuttle, and karpos,
a fruit; in reference to the shape of the fruit). ORD.
Rosacew. Greenhouse or half-hardy evergreen shrubs or
small trees. They thrive in a mixture of peat and loam.
Cuttings will root if planted in a pot of sand, with a hand
glass placed over them.
C. fothergilloides (Fothergilla-like).* in axillary umbellate
ap cen ух purple, with a c iindrical parama Bike May.
1. alternate, entire, nearly elliptic, coriaceous, glabrous, fur-
nished with two petiolar stipules. А, 12%. Mexico, 1828,
y a
" Ж
ERA - "air iod E iaa РЕЙ МЫ
FiG. 408. CEREUS NYCTICALUS,
CEREUS (from cereus, pliant; in reference to the
shoots of some species). Torch Thistle. ORD, Cactem.
Fleshy grotesque greenhou i
9f spines, regularly furrowed. Flowers large, rising from
ү ‹ se shrubs, with а woody axis,-
&nd medulliferous inside; angles vertical, bearing fascicles
j
4
f
NU а
C. fimbriatus (fringed).*
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
299
Cereus—continued.
the fascicles of spines, or indentures on the angles;
sepals very numerous, imbricated, adnate to the base of
the ovary, united into an elongated tube; outer sepals the
shortest, forming the calyx; middle ones longer and
coloured, innermost ones petaloid; stamens very numerous,
united with the tube; style filiform, multifid at the apex.
Berry areolate, tubercular or scaly, either from the remains
of the sepals, or from their cicatrices when they have fallen
off. For culture, see Cactus. 4, л Lad »
Of this large genus, the following species are the best,
and most easily obtained. Numerous others are offered
for sale, principally by continental growers.
ы : ,numerous. September.
int with Tong ош, NA M pem, triangular ; ribs com-
г pressed, repand ; prickles — from yellow tomentum, radiating
ones few, pilose, white, and four rather recurved, stiff, fulvous
сеп! ones in each fascicle. Brazil, 1828.
crenulate) Plant simple, erect, greyish-green;
C. erenulatus |
with eight blunt tubercular ribs, and narrow recesses ; areolæ,
while young, convex and velvety ; prickles fourteen in each
fascicle, white, setaceous, stiff, outer ten radiating, central four
diverging, and longer NA the others. Stem 6in. high, and 2in.
Mexico, s
in diameter,
E mE um
Fig. 409. CEREUS PLEIOGONUS.
; rose-coloured, сатрап! i
few potio, which are fringed ; tube short; stamens very En
Pu с, — "e x an se ety Sen prickly tubercles.
„erect, bluntly eight-angled ; prickles setac i
А. 18%. to 25%, ‘St. Domingo, 1828 > pee.
(whip-formed).* fl. red or ink, very han: ;
style gather, Shorter than the otals, March, tens an
, u n angles; ing
e. Peru, 16600" (епа HUN) ; tubercles crowded, bearing
©. "
Mod те, (glittering).* Ё orange-scarlet, having the inner petals
à metallic lustre, 6in. to Tin. across,
Маса
when fully e
July" Stems
Th y
Cereus— continued.
Tropical America, 1870. А very handsome tall-growi lant,
with three to four-angled stems, spiny at the nodes. (B. M. 5556.)
C. grandiflorus (large-flowered),* fl. very large. June to August.
Stems rooting, diffuse, climbing, five to six-angled ; bristles біп.
to 8in. each, fascicled, hardly longer than the down from which
they proceed. West Indian Islands, 1700. The flowers continue
about six hours in full bloom. They begin to open between seven
and eight o’clock in the evening, and are fully blown by eleven.
By three or four o’clock in the morning, they fade; but, during
their short existence, there is hardly any flower of greater beauty,
or that makes a more magnificent — The m of the
flower, when open, is nearly 1%. in diameter; the inside, being of a
splendid yellow colour, appears like the rays of a bright star; the
outside is of a dark brown. The petals, being of a pure white,
contribute to the lustre; the vast number of recurved stamens in
the centre of the flower make a fine appearance. Add to all this
ihe strong, sweet fragrance, and there is scarcely any plant
which so much deserves a place in the stove, as this,
as it may be trained against the wall, where it will not
y
e up
anyroom. See Fig. 407. (B. M. 3381.)
; stam
rge, usually with six strong ribs aere
rickles 40ft.
zed ; short, brown. h.
с: without any branches. South America, 1690, 2209 Ofk,
idus (livid). white, with a yellow- n tinge towards tt
putside, 10in. in Pi June, Plant erect, very sper
interme MN five to si c constri or jointed at
a de k, ight, round-edged ribs, lin. or
(Macdonald's).* Л. opening du the night.
12in. to 14in. diameter ; =: үз Pee апа
tems сунан, uresping prous; petala delicate е
» branched, slender.
is ia a maguificans specion (В. М. 4707.) " T
800
i xci
DU
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cereus—continued.
С, nycticalus (flowering at night). Л. white, opening at night,
en A ae ae in i" to, but larger than, those of C. grandi-
florus. Plant with sub-erect, long, jointed, climbing branches,
some cylindrical with four to five series of spines, others with
from four to six ribs. Spines small, very rigid, each cluster con-
taining about four, mixed with white, often deciduous sete.
Mexico. Suitable for planting against the wall of a warm green-
house. See Fig. 408.
С. pentagonus (five-angled).* fl. white, large. July. Plant
erect, jointed, slender, pale green, five-angled; ribs repand;
prickles naked at the base, nearly equal, slender, straw-coloured,
with five to six radiating ones in each fascicle, and one central
one. Stems varying, with three, four, or five angles. h. 5.
South America, 1769.
с. plelogonns (many-stamened) fl. ee Plant light
olive-green, erect, cylindrical, with about thirteen very small
ribs; the areole are M p swollen at the summit, then form
small tubercles more and more distinct until, at the base, the ribs
almost ee, disappear, Spines about thirteen, the exterior
ones radiating pretty regularly; the upper ones the shorter, and
the interior ones more or less erect. Native country unknown.
h.6in. See Fig. 409.
quadrangularis (four-angled).* fl. white, opening at night
beautiful and sweet-scented. Plant creeping ires to four-
angled; angles hardly channglled ; spines five {о seven in each
fascicle, hardly stellate. West Indies, 1809. [3
C. repandus (repand) fl., tube n, unarmed ; inner calycine
or corolline lobes white; outer lobes of calyx narrow and much
acuminated, нес ейт the inner ones in length. May.
Plant long, erect, with eight to nine blunt angles; angles rather
undulated Ln longer than the
wool from which th i
ч CE bea
t. Caribbee Islands, 1728. (В. Е.
C. se tinus (serpentine)* И. e, very h ; :
MD. outer ones greenish, aa e DL M Оре
es purplish, inner ones
white ; foral tubes very bristly at the e. pd creeping,
our к somewhat climbing, with eleven to twelve very blunt
les; bristles.in fascicles, much longer than the wool from
which they issue, but which at length falls off. h. 3ft. to 4ft.
South America,1817. See Fig. 410. (B. M. 3566.)
angled ; angles toothed ; subulate
vie E" А. Bf. to 6ft. Mexico isis
laris (three-angled) Л. greenish on the outside, and
я than that of most other species. Jul
Plant ; sh i
pc ST ro iu son
CERIFEROUS. Bearing or producing wax.
CERINTHE (from keros, wax, and ;
bees are supposed to obtain wax largely Pee зл
the flowers).
Honeywort. ORD. Boragies. Glabrous hardy
annuals or perennials, with terminal К s of
. tubularly campanulate, drooping, variegated fl H
. аге of easy culture iu common garden wu Rmo. A
be sown in spring, in sunny spots, C. maculata, being a
perennial, requires to be planted in a tered, dry situa
©. aspera (rough). fl., corolla yell ^ wnish.
tube, cylindrica, five- tothed, twice аз Var aes calyx. July.
=~ Li oblong, denticulately ciliated, rough beneath,
n e Europe, 1633, Annual. (S. Е. б. 10)... d
€ labrous ., corolla yello bottom violaceo:
. ht top, dre s = ionis i dr
_ 4, lft, European Alps, 1827. Annual.
and Eastern Europe, 1804. Perennial. |
* fl., corolla yellow at bottom
five toothed, July. Г. со
зри, glabrous ab
hy, stem-c! atic
rough benea БОА
corolla yellow, sometimes with
_ ith conniving segments gt
on - сф
ig at Middle and South піце
Eam
corolla with a yellow tube and a vig
cylindrical, with a i | ET à
»„ 1. stem-clasping, somewhat path
h а short mucrone, beset with y е
Mt. Greece, &c., 1828, Annual.
- Inelining a little from the
|
CEROPEGIA (from keros, wax, and pege, a fountain;
referring to the form and waxy appearance of the flowers).
ORD. Asclepiadacee. Usually twining, sometimes erect,
herbs, often with tuberous roots. Corolla funnel-shaped,
more or less ventricose from the base; segments of the limb
narrow, sometimes cohering at the apex. Leaves opposite.
The corona consists of a single whorl of five to ten leaves,
opposite the stamens, and alternating with the segments of
the corolla. Ceropegias are very curious and pretty stove
or greenhouse plants, thriving in a mixture of peat, sand,
and vegetable mould. Cuttings of small side shoots, made
in April, will root in sand, in heat, with or without a glass
covering. They should have little or no water, when in a
dormant state, particularly the bulbous-rooted kinds.
C. acuminata (taper-pointed) Л. large, erect, with a greenish
tube, and a purple limb ; segments united at apex; corolla ven-
tricose at base ; tube sub-clavate; peduncles many-flowered. June. ^ |
7. linear-lanceolate, 2in. to 4in. long, hardly 4in. broad, attenuated
atapex. Root tuberous. Coromandel, 1820. Stove.
C. Barklyi (Barkly’s).* fl. scarcely 2in. long, with a narrow,
curved, pinkish tube, dilated into a globose base, and expanded
above into a funnel-shaped limb, divided into five long tiliform
segments, coherent at the incurved tips. May. J. opposite,
lanceolate, white-veined. Root tuberous. South Africa, 1877.
Greenhouse, (B. M. 6515.)
C. Bowkeri (Bowkers) f. solitary, shortly-stalked ; sepals pale
gen, spotted with brown; corolla pale yellowish-green, 14in,
ong (including the reflexed limb). J. linear, sub-acute, sessile.
Root a tuber. л, 1ft. Caffraria, 1862. Greenhouse. (B. M. 5407.)
С. bulbosa (bulbous). f. large, erect, with a greenish tube and à
purple limb, having the segments united at the apex; tube of .
corolla sub-clavate; peduncles many-flowered, shorter than the r
leaves. April 1. from almost A ve te to lanceolate, acuminated,
Root tuberous. Coromandel, 1821. Stove.
)* fl. purple; corolla with a clavate tube, a
"and read te segments, which are
ciliated with long hairs; peduncles EC
„т almost invisible, cordate, cuspidate.
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 301
Ceropegia—continued.
one to six-flowered, shorter than the leaves. l. oblong, or oblong-
lanceolate, acuminated, fibrous, India, Ecc Stove.
See Fig. 411. (B. M. 3015.)
C, Gardnerii (Gardner’s).* f. creamy-white, Коа.
1. lanceolate, acuminate; glabrous. Ceylon, 1860. Ап elegant
greenhouse twiner. See Fig. 412. (В. M. 5306.)
C. juncea (rush-like) jl. greenish yellow, and elegantly varie-
ted with purple, ише ; corolla clavate, curved, ventricose at the
ase; peduncles few-flowered. /. small, sessile, Ianceolate, acute.
India, 1822. Stove. :
C. Sandersoni (Sanderson’s).* fl. pale green, mottled and veined
with darker green, with a peculiar, translucid appearance, beauti-
ful, large; the five petals uniting to form an umbrella-like cap,
which is ciliated along the margin, with flat white, capillary
rocesses ; peduncles axillary, three to four-flowered. Summer.
-4 ovate-cordate, thick, fleshy, shortly petiolate. Natal, 1868.
Greenhouse. (G, C. 1870, 17.)
stapeliszeformis (Stapelia-formed). fi. purple, sessile, rising
ea the axils of the leaves. fay opem minute, ternate,
Plant procumbent. Cape of
Good Hope, 1824. Greenhouse. S
C. Thwaitesii (Thwaites’).* / with a narrow funnel.shaped tube,
Es long, very narrow below, but much widened above, and
most globose towards the top ; tube yellow ; the upper part of
the corolla beautifully sprinkled with dark blood-red Spots; pro-
etr
BiG. 412, FLOWERING STEMS OF CEROPEGIA GARDNERI,
duced in axillary, three to five-flowered, umbellate racemes.
OM. d (В. M. 4758)
Wigbtii (Wight’s), green, purple; corolla spherically ven-
pen at the base ; sabe Slender; segments of the limb я,
1535. Pi, d ovato, acute, fleshy, Plant twining. A. 5%. India,
A very hand-
: gardening perhaps
unequalled, if placed in a sheltered situation, away from
©. andicola (Andes)* ji, sometimes perfect, at others unisexular ;
] , quite covering the
pinnate, 2ft. to 12ft. in length: petioles erect,
somewhat ferruginous at the base, slightly arching at the apex ;
Pinnee acuminate, 2ft, in length, 14іп. in breadth, patent; upper
Side full, еер Shining green; lower side silvery-white, A. 50ft.
New Grenada, 1815.
E MONNIA (named after
& priest of Santa Fé de Bogota). ORD. Ochnacem. А
Theophrasta-like stove tree. For cultivation, see Ochna.
pland’s).* fl, orange-yellow. 1. ve lai
obovate, with a inr in, and t кб
marked with transverse veins. Tropical ott hed —
Juan Maria Cespedes,
CESTREUM (from kestron, an ancient Greek name).
ORD. Solanacee. Including Habrothamnus. Ап extensive
genus of stove, greenhouse, or half-hardy shrubs. Flowers
eymose or fascicled; cymes corymbose or panicled; corolla
with an elongated tube, widening gradually to the top;
limb five-parted, sub-plicate, spreading or revolute, regular,
conduplicate in sstivation. Leaves alternate, entire. This
very ornamental genus of shrubs are useful subjects either
as pot plants or as climbers; but plenty of pot room is,
` under all circumstances, necessary. А free and moderately
rich soil is most suitable. Propagated by cuttings, in
August, the same being potted off as frequently as the
roots reach the sides of the pots. They should be pinched
back early in January, to cause a bushy growth; the
following season, they do better, as a rule, if potted and
grown on in frames or out of doors. Where Cestrum
are intended to be grown as wall-subjects, they should
be planted out in the greenhouse or conservatory borders,
and receive liberal treatment. They generally do well in
a house where a temperature of about 40deg. or 45deg.
is maintained during winter.
P
С. alaternoides (Alaternus.l e, disposed in
sessile racemes.” July to Ашур alternate orate diete.
qin. (E. M. uui) ^ Ue ТАО Ама —
aurantiacum (orange)* ji. orange, sessile, spicate, е, panicled.
August. Z oval, Кобы 709 А 4%. Gi ali An ex-
— cool-house evergreen shrub. (B. R. 1845, 22.)
corymbosum (corymbose red ; corymbs terminal, formin
4 тот т рах їй 1 May io team 1. ovate-lanceolate, entire.
co, handsome | evergreen shru
SYN. Habrothamnus corymbosus. (B. M. 4201.) as
elegans (elegant), Л. purplish-red, numerous]
— terminal es: d. Summer.
leaves, the surface of which is creamy white, faint! tinged with
ar blotches of light green.
E fascicled). ^ * lish-red. termi
capitate, involucated = poc urced h
ge i ed;
— (B. M, 4183 and 5659.)
ewell (Newell's).* bright cri , large,
dense — rei 290 TO smooth. “A. oft
Scribed as a very ornamental h
SYN. Habrothamnus Newelli.
302 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cestrum-—continued. ' Chenostoma—continued.
С. polyantha (many-flowered),* f. lilac, yellow; corolla funnel.
shaped; racemes loose. June. J. ovate, toothed, cuneated at
the base; upper ones oblong. Herbaceous, much branched at the
base. А. din. South Africa, 1844. (В. В. 33, 32.) :
CHZEROPHYLLUM (from chairo, to rejoice, and
phyllon, a leaf; in reference to the smell of the leaves).
ORD. Umbellifere. An extensive genus of hardy her-
baceous plants, of scarcely any horticultural interest.
Flowers white, sometimes rose; involucre none, or of few
leaves; involucels of many leaves. Leaves decompound ;
leaflets toothed or multifid. АП the species are of the
easiest possible culture in any soil Propagated by seeds,
sown in the open, during spring.
C. bulbosum (bulbous), Bulbous-rooted Chervil, Л. white. .
June. i. supra-decompound ; lower ones pilose at the petioles і
Superior ones glabrous; segments multi&d, linear, Stem bese F
with retrograde hairs at the bottom. h. 3ft. to 6ft. Europe,
&c., 1726. See also Chervil, Bulbous-rooted.
CHÆTANTHERA (from chaite, a bristle, and anther,
an anther; the anthers being furnished with tufts of bristly
hairs). ORD. Composite. Pretty half-hardy herbaceous
annuals or perennials, allied to Ainslea. Involucre many-
leaved, ciliated; florets of ray linear, three-toothed, with a
fine bifid spiral segment at the divisions; receptacle flat,
naked; pappus hairy. They thrive best in a compost of
peat and loam, Propagated by divisions of the root, in
March or April; or by seeds, sown in gentle heat, in
Spring.
C. ciliata (ciliated). /L-heads yellow. July. A. 2%. Chili,
Annual. pe
C. serrata (saw-leaved), /L-heads golden yellow, solitary, ter-
minal. 1. narrow, channelled, armed with short spiny teeth.
F10. 413. FLOWERING BRANCH oy CESTRUM PARQUI. Һ. біп. Chili, 1832. Perennial. (S. B. Е. ©. ser. ii., 214.)
Parqui : у CHJETOCALYX (from chaite, a bristle, and kalyz.
very OL Sieb. б.н. (Шоу, disposed in panicles, | a calyx; in reference to the calyx being covered with spiny
attenuated an Y. L lanceolate, Sin. to 5in. bristl О: 5 i В
long, ee at both ends, sub-undulated. A Tft. Chili, ristles). ORD. Leguminose. Stove evergreen twiners.
A И ergreen shrub will eed in the open air if For culture, see
| the protection of а wall, and sheltered. ii i
See Fig. 413. M. 1770.) , uring winte C. vincentinus (St. Vincent’s), fl. yellow; pedicels filiform,
C. roseum * Л. rose-coloured, sessi , g
; sessil ita ucrate : August. l. impari-pinnate, with t mucronate,
pisces se) Й and axillary, three jw МАО, July. о gage leaflets. Stipules lanceo! te-linear, spreading, de-
blun E i gm Indian Islands, 1823. SYN. Glycine vincentina.
CETONIA AURATA. See Zosechafer.
: 1 (from chaino, to d
E a mouth; in reference to the dle ied oc
@ corolla). ORD, Bcrophularineg. Very pretty
greenhouse herbs or under-shrubs. Flowers
ОГ racemose, on longish pedicels, Leaves
Opposite, toothed, rarely quite entire. They are of
$a _@азу culture іп ordinary garden soil. Seeds should
an own thinly in a hotbed, in March; and when
Seedlings are large enough to handle, they should
E = thinly, and transferred to the flower
.
“Ta быы tne eit nt уыш
ктө. 414. FLOWERING BRANCH ОР CHAMABATIA FOLIOLOSA,
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
808
CHZETOGASTRA (from chaite, a bristle, and gaster,
a belly; in allusion to the tube of the calyx being beset
with bristles or scales). Окъ. Melastomacee. The plants
formerly placed here are now generally distributed in the
genera Brachyotum and Pleroma. Greenhouse or stove
shrubs or herbs, for the most part clothed with strigose
hairs. Flowers terminal. Leaves three to five-nerved,
quite entire, or hardly serrnlated. They are of easy cul-
ture in peat and loam. Propagated by seeds, sown in
March; or by cuttings (of the perennials), in sandy peat.
C. gracilis (slender).* Л. red, lilac, axillary ; pedicels one-flowered ;
terminal ones three-flowered. 7, almost sessile, lanceolate-linear,
acute, quite entire, villous. Plant herbaceous, erect, nearly
sinple, naked at the apex. A. lit. Brazil, 1848. Stove perennial.
C. lanceolata (lance-shaped-leaved), fl. white; peduncles tri-
chotomous, axillary and terminal. ZEN. . petiolate, broadly
lanceolate, acuminated, serrulately ciliated, villous on both sur-
faces, Л. lft. Реги, 1820. Stove annual.
C. strigosa (short-bristled),* jt. rosy-purple; cymes terminal,
pedunculate, few-flowered. August. ¢. on short petioles, ovate,
acute, hardly three-nerved, quite entire, with a few thick,
scattered, adpressed bristles on the AE surface. Л. lft. West
Indies, 1848, Greenhouse evergreen shrub,
CHALAZA. That part of a seed where the nucleus
joins the integuments.
СНАМЖВАТТА (from chamai, on the ground, dwarf,
and batos, a bramble; referring to its low growth and
bramble-like flowers). ORD. Rosacee. А very pretty half-
hardy evergreen shrub, thriving in a cool frame or green-
house, in light loam, to which may be added a little peat.
Cuttings should be struck in sand, in a cool frame.
foiiolosa (leafleted).* 7. white, about 3in. in diameter; cymes
four to five-flowered, terminal. 1. broadly-ovate, about Qin. ong,
ny dissected. Young shoots clothed with a eRe ae
g
u nce, A, 2it. to 3ft. Sierra Nevada, 1859. See
(В. M. 8171)
CHAMZECISTUS. See Rhododendron Cham:ze-
CHAMJECYPARIS (from chamai, on the ground,
i.e, dwarf, and Kuparissos, Cypress; the Bastard or
Dwarf Cypress) White Cedars. Syn. Retinospora. ORD.
Conifere. Hardy evergreens. The present genus ranks
extremely close to Cupressus, the principal distinction
between the two being the more numerous ovules beneath
the fertile scales of the latter. They are very pretty,
and thrive best in a moist soil, in a rather protected
situation. Propagated freely by seeds; but mainly by
cuttings, put in during October. Select young side
shoots, with a heel; insert in well-drained pots of sandy
soil, and place in a close cold frame, keeping fairly moist
through the winter. In February, they will be calloused,
and should be placed in gentle heat; they will then root
freely. This genus, like most others of the same order,
is overloaded with synonyms, and mere varieties are often
elaborated into species—most of them known in gardens
the name of Retinospora, others as Cwpressus.
C. Boursierii (Boursier’s). А synonym of С. Lawsoniana.
С decussata (decussate). A synonym of C. ericoides.
es A well-known dwarf, compact, conical
bush, of garden origin is. C 7
, and Juniperoides. a, Retinospora decussata
"С. filicoides aurea (golden fern-
. gona aurea, rn-like), A synonym of C. tetra-
C. filifera (thread-bearing).* 1, Subulate, pointed, distant, in
alternate pairs, fulvous-green colour. Bra: ing ;
Secon ones’ alternate, long, distant, MR a AE
principally, with numerous thread-like pensile ranchlets of
various lengths ; terminal ones longer, filiform, Ја an, 1867,
A dwarf tree, with irregular outline. SYN. C. pisifera filifera,
e Keteleeri (Keteleer's) A synonym of C. obtusa.
(Lawson's)* JL, male catkins bright cri
P numerous, itd" when the trees аге in A young
dark glossy green, more or less tinged with a glaucous
A. -— Posee сеи or acute,
А ап obscure tubercle towards the
cones about = Size oi large peas, aud produced in great Dro.
es short, and spreading; branchlets crowded,
A
(Са
Chamrecyparis— continued.
pendulous, fern-like, and feathery. Trunk comparatively slender.
. 75ft. to 100ft. North California, 1853. А very splendid hardy
evergreen tree, usually known in ens under the name of
Cupressus. It is easily propagated: by seeds, but the numerous
beautiful varieties aré best increased
52
А
by grafting upon seedling
e M. А
stocks of the species, Sys, С, Boursierii pressus
> . | rsierit and Cu,
ү See Fig. 415. .The varieties of this species are ED
Veitch's ** Manual of Conlon as are RN vom
9b Albo-spica (white-speckled)* ‘Terminal growth and tips of
et
C. L.
C. L. argenteo-
CL a
ve res creamy-white. Growth rapid, but less dense than
Albo-variegata (white-variegated).* Branch]
ts and
very deep green, profusely spotted and bl = i
Of dwarf, compact! and pe habit. Tm =н
argentea (silvery).* Branches longer and than
those of the type ; foliage of almost silvery vhi pe
varie. (silvery-varie; ted)* Man
1 gata y branch.
feli € leaves creamy-white, interspersed ч among the deep green
varie, olden-variegated).*
ox in having many £ its branchlets > бү. differs from
C. L.
yellow,
‚ 1. erecta-viridis (erect-green),* Habit fastigiate
with foliage of a lighter brigh giate and taperi
very ornamental and distinct.” ter green than the type. It
ei MN hratd-fortned), Branches excessively elongated.
C. L. gracilis pendula acefull
gracefully pendulous. А d € amatus
wn plant, of vigorous growth.
m
ЧГ T
Ene
304 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
—continued.
С. L, intertexta (interwoven)* А variety more robust in all its
Е во that the ultimate branchlets ар more divaricate
han in the type. Foliage with a peculiar glaucous hue.
C. L. lutea (yellow).* Whole of popu growth light clear yellow.
Of medium growth and compact habit.
С. L. nana (dwarf).* A diminutive variety, of slow growth;
dense in habit, globose in outline, and deep green in colour.
C. 1. n. alba (white). АП the young growth yellowish-white ;
light green when mature.
C. L. n. glauca (отеу)? resembles nana, but differs in its highly
glaucous foliage.
C. leptoclada (slender-branchleted).* Z. of two forms ; primordial
ones linear awl-shaped, recurved, and hy oo glaucous green; later
ones scale-like, closely appressed to the branchlets, and deeper in
colour. Branches short, sub-erect, much divided ;
branchlets flattened, fern-like, clustered towards the extremities
of the branches and their many sub-divisions. Л. 8ft. to 1011.
Japan. Habit pyramidal. Syn. Retinospora leptoclada.
Ё
E
i 4 IG. 416. CONES AND LEAVES ОР CHAMAECYPARIS NUTKAENSIS,
0, й оока Sound).* L small, closely imbricated,
rich dark green, slightly glaucous
"E ptm y тк
аА Columbie НУ
of the у;
С, p. filifera (thread-bearing). A synonym of C. filifera.
Chamecyparis—continued.
С. о. compacta (compact) Stem much divided at the base.
Branches crowded and more dense than in the type.
C. o. filicoides (fern-like).* J. small, oval, curved, thick in texture,
and somewhat obtusely pointed, keeled on the back, thickly and
rather loosely imbricated in four rows, and of a deep glossy green
colour. Branches long, narrow, flat, regularly and thickly fur-
nished on both sides with short branchlets of a deep green
colour on the upper surface, and more or less glaucous beneath.
Japan, A free-growing, quite hardy tree. SYN. Retinospora
Jilicoides,
C. o. ilis aurea (slender golden)* А very netur form,
with spreading branches, which are elongated at their extremi-
ties into slender, rather pendulous stems, furnished with short
branchlets ; young foliage light, clear yellow, but ultimately light
green. Habit pyramid
C. o. pr coponioldes (Club-moss-like).* 7. variously shaped, and
thickly arranged all round the shoots; those on the upper parts |
of the principal branchlets being more or less terete-pointed, or j
bluntly awl-shaped ; those near the base of the principal shoots, =-
and on the lesser spray, are more or less scale-formed, adpressed
in opposite pairs, keeled on the back, oval-shaped, closely imbri-
cated, all of a deep glossy green colour. Branches spreading,
rather slender; branchlets numerous, short, linear. Japan, 1861.
A fine evergreen tree, SYN. Retinospora lycopodioides.
C. o. nana (dwarf)* A very sin variety, forming a dwarf,
КРЕС little bush, and seldom attaining a height of more
than 1ft. or , but spreading out horizontally all round to more
than double that distance. Japan. Quite hardy, and forms an
interesting object for rockwork or miniature gardens. SYN. Retino-
spora obtusa руста.
C. o. plumosa (feathery).* l. subulate or awl-shaped, sub-erect
or spreading, acute. Branches numerous, sub-erect, thickly fur-
nished with lateral shoots. A. 15ft. to 20%. Japan. A dense.
growing species, with a conical habit. Тһе varieties of this
sa beautiful dwarf shrubs, with flexible feathe
ranchlets. ie
C. o. p. albo-picta (white-spotted).* Many of the branchlets pure
white, imparting a speckled appearance to the plant.
C. o. p. argentea (silvery.* Nearly the whole of the young
growth creamy-white, becoming green when mature,
C. o. p. aurea (golden)* Young shoots and foliage of a light
golden-yellow, gradually baeotulng deep green - the season
advances. Very distinct and ornamental.
C. o. tetragona aurea (golden tetragonal).* Z. short, scale-like,
golden-yellow until the second year, when they assume a —
green colour. Branches horizontal, tufted at the extremities wit
short, undivided, tetragonal branchlets. Garden variety. SYN.
C. filicoides aurea.
C. o. variegata (variegated), _ This only differs from the ordinary
C. obtusa in the branchlets being more or less tinged with yellow.
The above list by no means completes the list of varieties of this
very variable species. A large number of different forms may be
selected from any seed bed, but the above-named are the best,
C. pisifera (Pea-bearing)* J. in four rows, decussate, all scale-
formed on the adult plants ; PER aie lower ones ovate-lanceo-
late, tapering to a hard point, оп the back, and smooth ;
lateral ones almost sickle-shaped, equally long, acute-pointed,
marked on the under side with two white glaucous bands.
Branches ee thickly covered with branchlets. Japan. —
oo more slender tree than C. obtusa. à
hole shoots pe pe with rr a у :
c. ud aurea (golden).* Terminal shoots of a golden hue. Japan, L E
C. sphzroidea (spherical). White Cedar. à te,
closely imbricated, furnished with a small 106-84, Tanat thi
centre, M green, soon falling from the older branches. cones
small globular bodies, about the size of peas. Branches spread-
slender tapering. my КЕЖИК? доа. s
s , pe од orth AM 1736, Sxw.
C. s. glauca (glaucous) A synonym of C. s, kewensis. | ў
C. s. kewensis (Kew).* This variety differs from the species in
reium of a silvery-glaucous colour, Very handsome. SYN. Ga 8.
C. s. variegata (variegated).* A handsome low or medium-si
sized
tree, on which more half the branchlets, with th i
are of a rich golden-yellow. It requires a damp, sch ain
en above and
$
y hed with
6ft. Japan. A larga эшпей with extended
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 305
CHAMZEDOREA. (from chamai, dwarf, and дота, a Chamedorea—continued.
gift; referring to the fruits of this palm being easily C. microphylla (small-leaved).* 1. pinnate, біп. to 10in. long,
reached). Syns. Nunnezia, Nunnezharia. ORD. Palmec. prettily arched ; pinnz ovate-cordate, about 4in. long and ljin.
: wide, ve dee een. Stem slender, dark green, mottled
A rather large genus of stove palms, very extensively with mand dota. “Tropical America, An elegant pigmy palm,
grown, and universally admired. Flowers diccious, ap- The branching flower-spikes are produced from below the crown
pearing below the crown of the leaves. Fruit a berry, of leaves when the stem is only about 2in. high. :
generally a little larger than a pea, with a fine polish, C. oblongata (oblong). l. pinnate, long, dark green; pinne
and of x bright colour. Leaves usually pinnatisect, but somewhat lunate, Stem moderately stout. Tropical America.
A А А An elegant species, well adapted for decorative oses, SYN.
in a few species entire. Trunk ringed, polished, scarcely DM. T алар FR
thieker than а man's finger. Plant unarmed. The species
are invariably found growing under the shade of tall
forest trees, and never in exposed situations. Essentials,
therefore, to their successful eulture in our stoves are
shade and moisture. They succeed best in a compost of
two parts spongy peat, one part loam, and one of sand;
the whole well mixed together.
Ge агень Arenberg’s).* Z. pinnate, 2ft. to 3ft. long;
pinne l2in. long ans 4in. broad, ранк, tapering to a tail-like
int, bright green. Stem slender. Guatemala. SYNS, C. læti-
Ao ind „ latifolia,
C. atrovirens (dark green) A synonym of C. Martiana.
C. brevifrons (short-fronded). 1. pinnate, arching, 12in. to 18in.
in length ; pinne sessile, lin. to 2in. broad, tapering to a point,
dark green. Stem slender. New Grenada. Very distinct.
C. desmoncoides (Desmoncus-like).* Z. pinnate, 2ft. to 3ft. long;
pinnæ 12in. long, lin. to 1iin. broad, pendent, dark green. Stem
slender and, as well as the petioles, glaucous. Mexico, 1846.
An elegant species, which assumes a climbing habit after reaching
a height of about 6ft. SYN. C. scandens.
C. eburnea (ivory). i. pinnate, broad, very bright green, which
contrasts well with the ivory-white midrib which runs through
the blade, and is apparent on both surfaces. Stems and petioles
perfectly smooth and somewhat glaucous. Columbia, 187
elatior (taller). 1. bright green, pinnate, with broad leaflets.
South Mexico. This is perhaps the tallest-growing of all the
Chamedoreas. It is suitable for growing up the pillars, and
training along under the roof, of a large stove.
road
tapering towards each end, bright dark m; petioles some-
what carinate, sheathing at the base. Stem ut. A. 46.
cw ) Syns. C. Helleriana and Kunthia Deppeana. (G. C.
1875,
C. Ernesti- Augusti (Ernest Augustus)* f. es bright
DII OE. E Co While Ser last: ot
c en, т y ee d at th
apex. New Grenada. SYN. Сартка. (B. M. 4831, 4887.)
C. formosa (beautiful).* 7. pinnate; pinne very numerous, alter-
nate, linear-lanceolate, 18in, long, abd. about Sin. wide, elongated
to a thread-like point; petiole smooth, with two channels on the
face. Tolíma, South America, 1876. (G. C. 1876, 724.)
c. дастала (fragrant). Л. spikes in long drooping panicles,
l bright green, pinnate, gracefully recurved ; Оне ‘siamese,
narrow, acuminate, Mexico, 1850. Syn. Morenia fragrans.
_ (B. M. 5492.)
geonomiformis (Geonoma-formed).* Z. entire, bifid at the
E 6in. to 12in. in length, 4in. to 5in. in breadth, dark green.
S slender. Л. 4ft. Guatemala, 1856. А very beautiful
dwart growing species, SYN. Nunnezharia geonomiformis. (B.
M. )
©, glaucifolia (glaucous-leaved).* 7. long, pinnate; pinne narrow,
DON C4 DE Е Тыз
EL us S hem: m се er-growing species, and опе
graminifolia (Grass-leaved).* І. pinnate, 2ft. to 4ft. long, rich
Ete pe. И Бере arched; pinnæ u wards ot lft.
a án. wd. Stem reed-like. Costa Rica. This is
БЫ probably the most graceful species of the genus,
e plant having the appearance of a plume of feathers.
C. Helleriana (Heller's). А synonym of C. elegans.
C. Tepejilote (Терејі ;name) 4 pinnate; pinne
.. C. latifolia (broad-leaved). A synonym of C. Arenbergiana. deep green, pendent. Sem alendem d. IO. Mexico, 1860. A
- C. latifrons (broad-fronded). A synonym of C. Arenbergiana, os graceful species, but somewhat rare in cultivation. (В. M.
© Jadenia una ries pending nna мр -| а "oc
; , faleate, long acuminate; primary ;,AFSCewiozii (Warscewiczs) l beautifully curved, Jong.
and secondary nerves eleven to thirteen. Mexico. pinnate; pinnz broad, sessile, tar to a point; terminal
e lunata (crescent-shaped). E synonym of C. oblongata. ач broad, bifid. Guatemala. 2
(large-spadix) Z. pinnate, upwards of 4ft. long, endlandi (Wendland's).* .L pinnate; pinnæ lft. long, up
^
macrospadix :
gracefully curved ; pinne 12in. to 18in. long by Zin. broad, da Wards of 2in. broad, sessile; apex shining green. -
green, Stem somewhat stout. Costa Rica. “A oe sc der. M lis is one of the best for decorative -
Plant, and one of the largest-growing species Се pin + - x5 sei з
E CHAMJELA! Æ. А tribe of Myrtacee.
,Martiana (Martius's) Z. pinnate, spreading; pinne pendent CETA туг т . ,
to 8in. long, hardly lin. broad, due green. Chipias. А | Menos = d , (rom chamaileuke, a dwarf
dich -— dwarf E EE тее, producing many little Ms Poplar, because 1 ealthy stems are miniatures of
& otomo: per cimi COMUNE at tree; this meaning is not very clear). ORD. Myrtacem.
À very ornamental little greenhouge evergreen shrub. _
306
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
у Chamslaucium—continued.
Flowers white, axillary, subtended by two concave bracte-
oles, which fall off in a calyptra from the young bud.
Leaves opposite, crowded, linear, triquetrous. For cul-
ture and propagation, see Calythrix.
С. ciliatum (hair-fringed). /L, tube of calyx striated, glabrous,
with the lobes roundish and ciliated. May. h. 2ft. West
Australia, 1825.
CHAMJELEDON PROCUMBENS. See Loise-
leuria.
CHAMJEPEUCE (from chamai, dwarf, and peuke, a
Pine; resemblance). Овр. Composite. This genus is now
usually included under Cnicus. Nearly hardy herbaceous
plants, differing from Cnicus proper in the covering of the
achenes being hardened, not membranaceous; and from
Carduus in the pappus being feathery, not simple. Flower-
heads from lin. to 2in. in diameter, generally arranged in
corymbs or long leafy racemes. Leaves usually lanceolate,
with very spiny margins. Of the entire genus, the only
two worth much attention are C. Casabone and C.
diacantha, Both these are effective for sub-tropical gar-
dening and carpet bedding, growing in compact rosette-like
patches, and not producing stems or flower-heads until the
second year. Propagated by seeds, sown in gentle heat, in
February, and also in September, in which latter case the
young seedlings should be potted up and kept indoors
throughout the winter months.
©. Casabons (Casabona’s). Fish-bone Thistle, /-heads pale
Аз; T . deep green, veined with white, spiny.
Sft. South Europe, 1714.
diacantha (two-spined) /L-heads purplish, in d i
like clusters. Summer. 4. “е аыл: marked with’ en
lines; spines ivory-white. A. 2ft. to dit. Syria, 1800.
С, stricta (upright) /.-heads мир. Summer. Z. veined with
white, A. 2ft. South Europe, A neat and dwarf- i
species, sometimes seen in gardens, кузы
CHAMJERANTHEMUM (from chamai, dwarf, and
anthos, a flower). ORD. Acanthacee. Stove plants, thriving
best in a well-drained peat and loam compost. Cuttings
of young shoots will root in spring, if planted in sand and
placed in heat.
c. variegatum (Beyri
4. rather large, mark i nargi
evs an along eats рү ты
c. ечи (fiery). jt yellow. 1. with red veins, Peru. (R. G.
C, piotum (painted).
orange ү
a well-drained ledge of the
Tm E
. Pales. А genus comprising two species of ornamos
mixture of sand, peat, and loam; and should |
PEN 3
Chamerops—continued.
one-seeded, and resemble Olives in appearance. 0.
humilis is frequently employed in sub-tropical gardening,
for which purpose it should have a situation sheltered from
strong winds. The species are of very easy culture in
a compost of rich strong loam, to which is added a small
portion of vegetable mould and sand; perfect drainage,
and copious supplies of water throughout the summer, are
most essential to success. Propagation may be effected
by suckers, which generally appear in considerable quan-
tities; or by seeds. See also Bhapidophyllum, Sabal,
and Trachycarpus.
C. humilis (dwarf).* l. glaucous on both surfaces, divided about
one-third their length into narrow, erect segments; petioles
glaucous, 3ft. to 4ft. in length, armed at the edges with stout _
spines. h. 20ft. (usually about 4ft. to 6ft. in English gardens). —
South Europe and North Africa, 1731. In its native home, |
this species is seen to most perfection. It is very fine, and well
worthy of greatly extended cultivation. К
C. macrocarpa (large-fruited).* А robust growing form, witha
stout stem and larger fruit than the foregoing species. It has
a hardy constitution, and is an excellent plant for decorative
purposes, Northern Africa.
A (commemorative of the naturalist, Louis
Charles Albert von Chamisso, born at Boncourt in Cham-
расте, in 1781; died at Berlin in 1838). ORD. Amarantacee. _
A genus containing some six or eight species, from tropical _
and sub-tropical South America. Some of the species now |
referred here were formerly placed under Achyranthes, a
genus of about a dozen species, of merely botanica
interest. Chamissoas thrive well in loam and leaf mo
They may be readily increased by seeds; or hy i
inserted in sand, in bottom heat. The only species
worth mentioning here is the following:
C. altissima (tallest). Л, whitish, in branched terminal and
axillary panicles, J. stalked, ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, hairy
beneath. А tall herbaceous greenhouse or stove perennial ——
CHAMOMILE, or CAMOMILE (Anthemis nobilis
A perennial herbaceous plant, at one time—and still to
considerable extent—in repute as a medicinal agent. —
has both tonic and febrifugal properties, and thrives on any
light rich soil, if fairly dry. The plants may be raised from.
seed, but the quickest way of propagation is by dividing
the roots in spring, and replanting in small patches, about
9in. apart. They must be watered when dry, until esta-
blished, and kept clear of weeds. 'The flowers, which alone
are used, should be picked as soon as fully expanded, it
fine, sunny weather, placed thinly in a shady place to dry,
and turned over occasionally. As the blooming season
lasts for some time, several pickings may be made. ТЇ
are two varieties—the Single and the Double-flowered.
The latter produces the greater bulk of flowers, and i
consequently, most cultivated. The flowers of the Single
variety are, however, of the best medicinal quality.
CHEEIISS
T
D
=
_ Pie. 418, THE CHAMPIGNON (MARASMIUS OREADES).
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 307
CHAMPIGNON (Marasmius oreades). This has long
been known as an esculent mushroom, and it is greatly
esteemed throughout France. It is sometimes described
in books as the Fairy-ring Mushroom, but several others
have an equal claim to that title. It may be readily
distinguished from the closely allied poisonous species,
M. urens, with which it sometimes grows, in having the
stem quite bare, and in its less crowded gills. See Fig. 418.
CHANDELIER-TREE. See Pandanus can-
delabrum.
CHANNELLED. Hollowed out, like a gutter.
CHANTARELLE (Cantharellus cibarius). This is
one of the most distinct, best-known, and most generally
appreciated of fungi. It is almost always a woodland
= Species, growing either singly or in patches, and appear-
ing from the latter end of August until the end of
October or the beginning of November. The stem, which
is short and thick, expands gradually into the pileus,
which is smooth and funnel-shaped. The gills are thick `
and branched, and, owing to the shape of the pileus, seem
to extend for some distance down the stem, having rather
the appearance of folds (see Fig. 419). The Chantarelle is
throughout of a deep rich yellow colour, and possesses a
found in large quantities in various parts of Kent, Surre
Buckinghamshire, Berkshire, Essex, and the санае
counties. In France, the Chantarelle enjoys a general
and well-deserved popularity. It is employed in fricassées,
or cooked with butter, lard, and oil; vinegar, salt and
onions being added at discretion. 1% is sometimes pre-
served in vinegar, with pepper, salt, and garlic; or simply
n in which case it is employed as a seasoning for
CHAPTALIA (named after M. Chaptal, a celebrated
French chemist, 1756-1831). Овр. Composite. А genus
comprising about eighteen species, confined to the New
World; perhaps the only one in cultivation being that
mentioned below. It is an ornamental hardy herbaceous
Chaptalia—continued.
perennial, easily grown in a light sandy soil. Propagated
by divisions of the roots, in early spring.
C. tomentosa (tomentose)* /.-heads white; pappus capillary ;
receptacle naked; ray-florets in a double row, deformed ; scape
naked, one-headed; head nodding. May. l ovate-oblong,
gary Silvery beneath. Л. 6in. North America, 1806. (B. M.
CHARCOAL is the main solidifying element of organic
nature, and is present in large quantities in all organised
structures. It isa pure form of Carbon. The powers of
Charcoal in absorbing effluvia and the greater number of
gases and vapours is well known, and as a filter Charcoal
Powder has long been used to deprive water of its numerous
organic impurities. As a manure, Charcoal is of especial
value. It may be mixed, either crushed or in lumps, with
the soil of pot plants, in the proportion of one part Charcoal
to sixteen parts of earth. Besides rendering the soil
porous and facilitating drainage, Charcoal is one of the
most indestructible substances known, and has the pro-
perty of absorbing carbonic acid and other gases, yielding
these up to plants as required for nourishment. It may
be applied to the most delicate subject without danger.
Pieces, the size of walnuts, should be put in Hyacinth
glasses, in order to keep the water pure during the growth
of the Hyacinth. It is often thought necessary
to add some to water in which grapes are placed
when cut, but water will keep good without it
so long as the Vine shoot is inserted. The roots
of orchids cling to Charcoal in many cases much
better than to anything else.
CHARIEIS (from charieis, elegant; allud-
ing to the beauty of the flowers). Овр. Com-
posite. An ornamental hardy annual, with a
very compact habit of growth, and free-bloom-
ing qualities. Involucre simple; leaflets keeled ;
receptacle naked, convex. Seeds may be sown
out of doors in ordinary soil, about the middle of
April; or, if an early display is desired, they
may be sown on a hotbed in March, and trans-
planted out when large enough to handle.
c. hetero vari - E -
florets rer eg apg yellows RE sub
eaded, glandular. June. l., lower ones o ite ;
upper alternate, oblong. lanceolate. h. lft. Раве
fi
Africa, 1819. SYN. Kaulfussia amelloides. (В. R. 490.) `
CHARLOCK. See Sinapis arvensis.
CHASCANUM (from chaino, or chaskaino,
to gape; in allusion to the form of the calyx).
ORD. Verbenaceæœ. All the plants formerly re-
ferred here are now included under genus
Bouchea. Bona
CHAVICA. See Piper. Y r
CHEESE RENNET. See Galium verum.
CHEILANTHES (from cheilos, a lip, and
anthos, a flower; in reference to the form of the
indusium). ORD. Filices. The following names,
formerly looked upon as representing distinct
genera, are now merely regarded as sectional ones of the
genus Cheilanthes—Adiantopsis, Aleuritopteris, апі Phy-
sapteris. А large genus of hardy, greenhouse, and stove
ferns. Sori terminal, or nearly 80, on the veins, at first
small, sub-globose, afterwards more ог léss confluent, In-
voluere formed from changed reflexed margin, roundish -
апа distinot, or more or less confluent, but not quite -
continuous, For general culture, see Ferns. ue
C. argentea (silvery).* sti. densely tufted, Zin. to біп, long, wiry.
fronds Zin. to an. boe 2in. broad, deltoid, bi- or tripinna: E
ower pinnæ much the largest, cut down nearly to the rachis:
lowest pinnules sometimes lin. long; lower surface thickly
covered with white ceraceous powder. sori numerous, very
Small, marginal. Siberia to India, &c. Greenhouse species.
M (Bradbury's). A synonym of C. tomentosa. ;
. са (Cape).* sti. t , Ain. to 6i A |
^in. toin. iot АЙ to ed она, uL. Ter
gu Ше largest; pinnules on the lower side larger than the
308
Cheilanthes— continued.
others, ovate, bluntish, cut down to the rachis into oblong, blunt,
nearly entire segments. sori small, placed all round the edge of
the segments. Саре of Good Hope. (Н. S. Е. ii., 77.) :
| Fig. 420. CHEILANTHES CLEVELANDI.
C, Clevelandi (Cleveland’s).* sti. tufted, erect, scaly. fronds din.
tri- or (rarely) quadripinnate ;
of pinne y round, sub-lenticular,
deep green above, covered with fine white sca es beneath. " North:
С. Eatoni(Eator's)* sti tufted, Sn. Бб denso
: scaly. 1 Sin. long, 1 uM ө езе Shute densely
п lower pinnules , alternate or d
5 linear-oblong, d; Sitios deni
EM with TO gn А tomentum, lower densely ma
3 tags segments incurved. Greenhouse. Western
C. elegans (elegant). А synonym of C. myriophy, elegans.
©. farinosa (mealy).* sti. dense! VB Ne. жа,
Sin. to Таш. lon , din. to Gin. broad, or delli, М.
pinna ; opposite, ] ones y
ires ulen loner Орын, ре
pinnatifd ; under surface densely cente оре, doep E
sori placed in a continuous line the edges.
Tropics of both hemispheres. Stovespecies. (B. M,
©. Fendlori (Fendlers)* sti. sca Эп.
-oblong, cut into small obl T
E 4 Rock Mee ; та densely
species. (B. 8. F. iL, 1079 : T MN
C. flexuosa (flexuose). sti. tufted, 2in. to 4in. lor ondi lin.
to i ; f |
A lon deltoid, innate; — = анн
_ blunt, sessile, one to one and a half lines broad. sori six to eight
largest T e
or tripinnatifid; pinne opposite,
nt rachis — into several ttm Mas Е
lobes sori small, copious. uro
dy. SYNE. С. odora and С. suaveolens, 7 acci
b (frigid), А synonym of C. lendigera,
(slender) А synonym of C. lanuginosa.
А (most slender).* sti. densely tufted, 2in, to
fronds Sin, to 4in. long, lin, broad, DARIN Н,
j te, lanceolate.
ТАН
; E 46$ .
с ( attered, 2in. to р
fronds Sin. to Ain. long, lin. broad, ovate-lanceotite a 1
i Eum ріпа» ош, about iin, ; pinnules |
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cheilanthes— continued.
C. lanuginosa (woolly).* sti. densely tufted, erect, wiry. fronds
4in. to gin. long, lin. to 14in. broad, ovate-lanceolate, bipinnatifid ;
pinne in opposite pairs, the lower ones deltoid; pinnules linear-
oblong, with numerous small roundish segments; lower surface
densely tomentose; margin of the segments much incurved.
North America. Hardy. SYN. C. gracilis.
C. lendigera (maggot-bearing).* sti. Sin. to 12in. long, strong,
erect, tomentose. fronds 4in. to lZin. long, Zin. to 4in. broa
lanceolate, tri- or quadripinnatifid ; pinne numerous, the lowest
opposite, lanceolate ; pinnules numerous, linear oblong, cut down
to the rachis into numerous distinct convex segments, half line or
less each way. sovisub-continuous. Mexico, &c. Stove species.
SYN. C.frigida. (Н. S. F. ii., 104.)
C. Lindheimeri (Lindheimer’s).* sti. scattered, 3in. to біп. long,
wiry. fronds Зір. to біп. long, 14in. to дїп. broad, ovate-lanceolate,
tripinnatifid ; pinnæ numerous, contiguous, the lowest about lin.
long, &in. broad; pinnules numerous, linear-oblong ; rachis densely
scaly above; upper surface woolly, lower densely scaly; margin of
the segments much incurved. sori xr marginal. Texas and
New Mexico. Greenhouse species. (H. S. F. ii., 107.)
C. microphylla (smallleaved).* sti. 2in. to біп. long, wiry.
ronds 3in, to 9in. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, ovate-lanceolate, bi- or
tripinnatifid ; pinnze in numerous nearly opposite pairs, the lowest
lin. to 2in. long; pinnules linear-oblong, entire or sub-deltoid,
and cut down to the rachis below. sori roundish or elongated.
Tropical America. Stove species. There are numerous varieties
and forms of this, one of which is C. micromera, with numerous
GU S P adii pinne ; pinnules ovate-oblong, entire or nearly 80.
. S. Е, ii., 99.
C. multifida (much-cut) sti. tufted, дїп. to 9in. long, strong,
erect. fronds дїп. to 12їп, long, 2in. to 8in. broad, ovate-lanceo-
late or deltoid, tri- or quadripinnatifid ; lower pinnules opposite,
. remote, deltoid, 2in. to біп. long; ultimate divisions linear-oblong
deeply lobed, and the margin in the fertile plant much recurv
sori terminal оп the lobes, small, roundish, slightly confiuex
Cape of Good Hope, &c. Greenhouse species. (И. G. F-39.)
c. myriophylla (myriad-leaved). sti. densely tufted, wiry, Mes
clothed wit Mme woolly tomentum. fronds 4in. to 6in. long, and |
liin. to 2in. broad, ovate-lanceolate in outline, tri- or quadri-
pinnatifid ; pinne lanceolate-deltoid, with linear-oblong pinnules |
on both sides ; ultimate segments very small, roundish, and bead- -
like, of a bright green colour above, densely matted beneath,
with a sub-coriaceous texture. Tropical and warm temperate,
arp eei от Lamar species. The variety X. gans
‚ C. elegans, obovate- orm segments, usually tapering
into a distinct stalk. Found Б the same localities, т
mysurensis (Mysuran)* sti. densely tufted, very short, wiry.
fronds Sin. to 12in. long, 14in. to Sin. broad, ovate-lanceolate, tri-
innatifid; pinnze numerous, the lowest opposite, about lin. long, -
ceolate-deltoi cut down to the rachis into numerous linear- -
po ийй. ыйла ың Ra t
„ „Tropi stove species. E.
C. fragilis is said to be very dóubtfully +
the foregoing species, but it is a larger plant. -
C. odora (sweet). A synonym of C. fragrans. _
due EUM. рова с. ршен. - c
fronds 12in, to 18in. lon "еіп. to Sin, broad, ды tripingate ;
ум ; BH а ; lower with several opposite pire 6:
С шша oblong, аур “= грат — _
e E CN Good Hope, . 1775. Greenhouse species.
radiata f * TM
; pinnae ake og di ddr. to 181. long, stro , erect,
с. ish)* sti
mA n. to Bi jii tufted, Tin, to Zin. long, d
. powder, sori dre round small.
EX Stores rege у LAM УУ
beri (Sieber's)* sti, dense tufted, i wiry
Wonde Sin. to Gia. long, Tid: te ы pulled, A er
uenit ; rere in pairs, Ih lowest often deli d,
site, o id pi
the rachis in the lower. fart шш, i зв Арон,
housespecies. SYN. C. Preissiana,
ing). A synonym of С. fragrans.
C. tenuifolia (slender- з
.. wiry, flex ooo =
tifid ; pinnz in numerous o posite 1 ,
9n the lower side the largest pairs, deltoid ; pinnules
pinnatifid west, the lowest lin.
ог su
Phere, Stove species. (Н. S. F, ii., 97.) -
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 309
Cheilanthes—continued.
C. tomentosa (tomentose).* sti. tufted, 4in. to 6in. long, strong,
erect, densely tomentose. fronds біп, to 12іп. long, Zin. to Jin.
broad, ovate-lanceolate, tripinnatifid ; lower pinnules distant,
opposite, lin. to 1jin. long, deltoid; pinnules linear-oblong, cut
into numerous small oblong segments; rachis densely woolly;
upper surface FF аа еч pubescent; lower densely matted.
А «шо. Greenhouse species. SYN. C. Bradburii. (Н. S. F.
bs ky .
C. vestita (clothed).* sti. tufted, 2in. to 4in. long, wiry, slightly
tomentose. 4in. to 8in. long, ljin. to 2in. broad, ovate-
lanceolate, tripinnatifid ; lower pinne distant, opposite, about
Jin. long, cut down to the rachis into several oblong pinnules on
each side. sori copious. North America, 1812, Nearly hardy.
C. viscosa (clammy).* sti. tufted, 4in. to біп. long, strong, erect,
pubescent. fronds țin. to біп. each way, deltoid, tri- ог quadri-
pinnatifid ; ріппг in pairs, the lowest much the largest ; pinnules
of the lower side rok agg than the others, lanceolate, with narrow
linear-oblong segments, which are again cut down to the rachis.
sort more or less confluent. New Mexico, &c., 1841.
or greenhouse species. (H. S. F. ii., 93.)
c. (Wright’s).* sti. 2in. to 4in. long, — wiry.
Jronds дїп. to Зіп. long, lin. to 13іп. broad, ovate-lanceolate, tri-
innatifid; pinnz in several opposite pairs, the lowest about
in. long ; oer cut about half-way down. sori copious, the
margin of the fertile fronds much incurved. Texas. Greenhouse
species. (Н. S. Е. ii., 90.)
CHEIMATOBIA BRUMATA. See Winter Moth.
Stove
OR ЕЕ.
Fic. 421. FLOWERING BRANCH oF CHEIRANTHUS CHEIRI.
CHEIRANTHUS (from cheiri or X the Arabi
name of a plant with very red ает flowers, са
anthos, a flower; or perhaps from cheir, the hand, and an-
thos, a flower—hand-flower). Wallflower. Овр. Cruciferae.
Biennial, perennial, or suffruticose herbs. Racemes elon-
gated ; pedicels bractless, filiform ; siliqua long and narrow
Leaves oblong or lanceolate, entire or toothed. The hardy
shrubby varieties of the common sort should be increased
by young cuttings, which will soon root outside, if covered
with a hand glass. The half-hardy kinds will thrive well
in а light rich soil; young cuttings will strike freely
under а hand glass, in a cold frame, and may be kept
, ог in a cool house, through the winter. The herba-
ceous perennials may also be inereased by young cuttings
Cheiranthus—continued.
or seeds. The biennial and annual kinds are propagated
by seeds, sown in the open border, from March to July.
All the species thrive well if planted on the rockwork,
and even the tenderer sorts, thus treated, will survive
mild winters. The common Wallflowers—varieties of C.
Cheiri—will thrive almost anywhere.
C. asper (rough). Л. yellow, rather large, in dense corymbs.
June. /, linear-lanceolate, more or less toothed or entire, tapering
much to the base, and are, as well as the stem, covered with
close-pressed, two-parted hairs. Stem branched. A. 1%. Cali-
fornia, &c., 1826. alf-hardy. SYN. C. capitatus.
C. capitatus (headed) А synonym of C. asper.
С. Cheiri (Cheiri)* Common Wallfüower. fl. greatly varying
in size and colour, but all fragrant. Early spring and summer.
1. lanceolate, quite entire, covered with two-parted pressed hairs,
or smooth. h. lft. to 2ft. Europe, 1575. See Fig. 421. Of this
universally grown and admired spring perennial there are a
rime number of varieties, both double and single. The Double
erman strains are particularly good; their habit is very dwarf
and compact. The following sorts are worth growing. Double
varieties: Yellow, light brown, dark brown. Single varieties:
M RED, HARBINGER, BELVOIR CASTLE, and GOLDEN TOM
FIG. 422. FLOWERING BRANCHES i CHEIRANTH. IEIRI
HEI
FLORE-PLENO. T
C. C. flore-pleno (double-flowered). jf,
colour, from clear yellow to y Lr! e Re m йы
г dark тей
a yield a large proportion of double flowers. See Fig, 422.
Marshalli (Marshall's).* jt. deep clear orange, nearly тео,
M wd ; ed Lie ped ‚рр. L, lower ones more or 288 spath-
Supposed hybrid. pper ones narrowly lanceolate, "inia to lift.
C. Menziesii (Menzies ht
saint cre d. ong, бра ence hater
à e. їп, : | Д
Mie » With a thick, bug. persistent branching fot ato e p
‚ muta chan * Л. at first cream-coloured, afterw.
DUO NONU sitat
Futescent, branched. = , two-parted hairs. Stem
. M. 195.) j
C. ochroleucus, See Erysimum
C. scoparius (broom). Л. white, then purple,
May. -
lanceolate, acuminated, entire, rather pubescent, with Pd
hairs,
essed
е Stems shrubby, bran
Teneriffe, 1812, Half-hardy. (В.Б 29у 100 А 2ft. to 3ft.
C. semperflorens (ever-floweri :
“ ng). Л. yellow or w * ;
one-half shorter than the calyx. January to Dex aber 3 C.
lanceolate, quite entire. roughish. Stem shrubb ched
1ft. to 2ft. Marocco, 1815. '"Balf-hardy. » ww *
(from cheir, the hand, stemon,
a stamen ; the stamens are five in ating c enr
аге united at the base, and are recurved at their top, which
gives them the appearance of a hand). Hand.plant. ORD. —
Malvacem. A fine cool-house tree, succeeding well а а
810 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cheirostemon—continued.
mixture of turfy loam and peat, or any light rich soil.
Cuttings of rather firm shoots will root in sandy peat, if
placed under a hand glass, in heat.
-lik so ‚ hoary-tomentose ;
giat absent: eax somewhat a н Бретт with three
es on the outside at the base. J. five and six-lobed,
palmate-nerved. A, 60ft. Mexico, 1820. (В. M. 5135.)
CHEIROSTYLIS (from cheir, the hand, and stylos,
a column; the projecting column is ridged on the back,
having somewhat the appearance of the fingers of a hand).
ORD. Orchidee. A genus of somewhat interesting, but
inconspicuous, stove orchids, in general aspect like a
small Goodyera, but differing from that genus in several
respects. They require damp heat, and a mixture of three
parts chopped sphagnum and one part well-decayed leaf
mould. Increased by the creeping stems.
C. marmorata (marble-leaved).* Л, white, with a reddish calyx;
raceme dark pee. long, downy. September. J. dee reddish
olive-green, with a velvety surface, traversed by fine golden veins,
which uo rtoa ти extent when the leaves become old.
^. Sin. India, 1849, (Ё. d. S. 4, 370.)
С. parvifolia (smallleaved) Л. white. September. №. 3in,
Ceylon, 1837.
CHELIDONIUM (from Chelidonion, the Greek name
used by Dioscorides, from chelidon, a swallow; it is said
that the plant flowers at the time of the arrival of swallows,
and dries up at their departure), Celandine; Swallow-wort.
ORD. Papaveracea. The only species is a perennial herb,
ding in an acrid saffron-coloured juice. It forms
an excellent subject for naturalising in shrubberies, and
in the wild garden. Its cultivation is very simple in any
common soil, but it grows most freely in damp shady
situations. Increased by seeds, or by divisions at the
roots. In a wild state, it is distributed over the tem-
perate parts of Europe and Asia.
c. с (large) Л. yellow, three to six together in a loose
umbel ; with a roundish bract at the base
Spring and summer. 7. te, thin ; i oarsely
he ft, to рь с thin ; е д roundish, с ly
many linear,
linear,
à double-flowered form.
“Fre. 423. Omno Leon: showing Habi:
+ Od Fra Wo ee Hg Side View q
Scrophularinew, Very handsome herbaceous
SRC mia (from chelone, a tortoise ; the back of the :
ere lip of tho soil i compared оа Co Ree |
Chelone—continued.
plants, allied to Pentstemon. Flowers imbricately spiked,
terminal; corolla ringent, ventricose ; lower lip internally
bearded; sterile stamens shorter than the others. Seeds
winged. Leaves opposite. They are of very easy culture
in almost any ordinary garden soil, although a rich, mode-
rately light loam is the most satisfactory. Propagation is
readily effected by dividing the plants, about August or
September, depending upon the flowering; if this operation
be performed in spring, the results are not always so satis-
factory. They may also be increased by means of seeds
and young cuttings, inserted in sandy soil, in a cold frame.
C. barbata. See Pentstemon barbatum.
C. glabra (smooth) A glabrous variety of C. obliqua.
C. Lyoni (Lyon’s).* f. purple; spikes terminal, with the flowers
clustered. July to September. l. petiolate, cordate-ovate, ser-
rated. Plant glabrous, branched. А. 3ft. to 4ft. North Caro-
lina, 1812. SYN. C. major. See Fig.423. (B. M. 1864.)
C. major (large). A synonym of C. Lyoni.
C. nemorosa (wood)* fl., corolla конт, ventricose; an-
thers woolly ; peduncles three-flowered, downy. July. J. ovate,
acuminated, serrated. Plant branched, glabrous. А. 16. North-
west America, 1827. This species is midway between Pentstemon
and Chelone. (B. R. 1211.)
C. obliqua (oblique).* ji. purple, in close terminal spikes. Sum-
mer. l. petiolate, oblique, lanceolate, unequally serrated, very
smooth. Л. 2ft. to 316. Less vigorous than C. Lyoni. North
America, 1752. SYN. C. purpurea. (B. R. 175.) The variety
alba produces white flowers, and is very showy.
C. purpurea (purple. А synonymof C. obliqua. .
CHENOPODIACEZE. An order of herbs ог su _
shrubs. Flowers small, inconspicuous; perianth
divided. Leaves alternate, sometimes opposite, exstipu-
late. This order includes Atriplex, Beta, Chenopodium,
and Spinacia.
CHENOPODIUM (from chen, a goose, and pous, в
foot; in allusion to the shape of the leaves) ORD. _
Chenopodiacem. An extensive genus of herbaceous or —
sub-shrubby plants, of little ornamental beauty. They are
more or less employed as pot herbs, particularly the species
commonly known as “Good King Henry" (C. Bonus-
Henricus). Calyx of three to five connate sepals, inferior,
persistent and unaltered, closing upon, and often wholly —
enveloping, the fruit; corolla none, Seeds solitary, len-
ticular.
The Mercury Goose-foot, or Good King Henry, has, in
some parts of England, especially in Lincolnshire, long
been esteemed as a substitute for Asparagus. The follow-
ing method of culture is recommended: The ground should ~~
be rich, dry, and deeply trenched. Plants should be put - 3
ш, about April, 9in. asunder each way; or seeds gown -
FIG. 424. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CHENOPODIUM. AMBROSIOIDES. _
in drills 9in. apart, afterwards hoeing out to 9in. from
Plant to plant. As soon as they have ripened off, a dress-
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 311
Chenopodiumc-— continued.
had. During the season of vigorous growth, the plants
are greatly improved by watering with liquid manure.
Besides the young shoots forming a substitute for As-
paragus, the leaves can be used when young instead of
Spinach. These are rather large, considering the size of
the plants. The latter must not, however, be too greatly
denuded of foliage, or they will soon become worthless.
A contemporary writer says that, from a south border,
cutting generally commences early in April, and continues
until the end of June. When properly grown, the young
shoots should be almost as thick as the little finger; and,
in gathering, it should be cut under the ground, some-
what similar to Asparagus.
C. ambrosioides (Ambrosia-like), Mexican Tea. Л. greenish.
L slightly petioled, oblong or ceolate, repand-toothed, or
nearly entire, the upper tapering to both ends ; spikes densely
flowered, leafy or almost leafless. A native of tropical America,
but now naturalised in nearly all temperate climates. Annual.
C. atriplicis (Atriplex-like) Л. bright reddish-purple, disposed
in clustered heads. 1. numerous, petiolate, nearly spathulate.
Stem angular, erect, slightly branched, reddish ; young shoots
and leaves covered with a fine rose-violet powder. A. 3ft. China.
A vigorous half-hardy annual, well adapted for planting on grass-
plats, or grouping with other plants in pleasure-grounds. SYN.
C. purpurascens, "
ANE
C. Bonus-Henricus.* 1а, Good King Henry. /., corolla
quite campanulate ; spikes compound, terminal, and axillary,
erect, leafless, August, (|.
entire, large, dark Pa Stems striated. h.
Perennial, (Sy. En. В, 1199.)
| (purplish), A synonym of C. atriplicis.
OYER. See Anona Cherimolia.
'€ (Cerasus). There are two species of Cerasus
found wild in Britain; others are natives of Southern
Europe. The Morello Duke, and Kentish varieties are
‘supposed to have been derived from the wild, or dwarf,
Cherry (Cerasus Caproniana), and the Geans, Hearts, and
Bigarreaus from the tall wild Gean (C. avium). They have
been in cultivation from an early period, and whether the
origin of all the varieties now cultivated is confined to
these species, or in part to others, is not definitely known.
The Cherry is the earliest to ripen of any hardy fruit
(at least, the early varieties are), and, being of a very
refreshing character, is much appreciated. Those unfit
for dessert on account of their acidity are employed for
. Various purposes in cooking, and the Morellos are much
used for preserving or bottling in brandy. Fig. 425 repre-
sents а corymb of Cherry, with fully expanded flowers.
; :
triangular, arrow-shaped, mostly
Britain.
TORES
Fie. 425. CORYMB or CHERRY,
Propagation, This is effected by budding or grafting
and, to obtain new varieties, by seeds, most
generally used for grafting is the wild Gean, obtained by
sowing seeds in nursery rows, planting them out at the
3
LT
Cherry—continued.
end of the second year, and growing on until large enough
for use. The Mahaleb stock (0. Mahaleb) is much used
in France, but it is not suited in some soils in England.
Being dwarf-growing, it is useful for dwarf trees, and for
Morello and other small-leaved sorts. The general plan is
to bud in the summer, when the bark runs freely, choosing
cloudy weather for the purpose, and carefully selecting
wood-buds. If the buds fail to unite, or do not afterwards
grow, the stocks may be grafted the following spring.
Selection of scions for grafting is an important matter. In
some varieties, the whole length of the shoot will contain
only blossom-buds, except the one at the point. In such
cases, the latter must not be cut off. Scions should be
eut off early in the year, and laid in the ground, until
the stocks have begun to grow, which will generally be
in March. If prepared in thia way, there is a much
greater chance of success.
Soil and Situation. The soil must not be too heavy;
neither will a very light one, with dry subsoil, be suitable.
A good deep loam, moderately rich and well drained, will
Rank manure should not be
districts, but in some counties large quantities are grown
the earliest should be planted against а south" wall;
the mid-season and main crop varieties will be best suited
trained trees on tall stocks, with alternate dwarf tr
trained in the same way, is probably the best method.
D training is also p acti
"ed 16. та allowed between the branches for the
igarreau and other strong- wing kinds, about 9i
for those of the May Duke ips — i EN
Protection. Tho Cherry is an early-floweting tree, and is
consequently, very mulled to destruction by sp rosts,
Trees on walls may be protected by light shading or double
nets in frosty weather, but coverings that exclude light
b Protection from birds, as soon as the fruit
egins to colour, is very necessary with all the varieties
work, carefully fitting it at the bottom. If any в
cs Open, the birds are sure to effect an bene "go
runing. Very little pruning is necessary with standard
Cherry-trees, beyond keeping the heads in shape and evenly
balanced. Most of the varieties fruit on spurs, and should
have the growths removed in summer to about 3in. lor
thereby admitting light to the fruit, and enabling the plant
to form its flower-buds for the following year. |
growths are properly shortened in ^
the stoning process is completed, and all є
removed, very little pruning will be
312
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cherry—continwed. —
The Morello Cherry requires quite different treatment, in
this respect, to any others, as the fruit is produced from
the wood of the previous year. The weakest shoots, and
some of the old wood, must be cut away, to prevent over-
crowding, the strongest only being retained; and nailed in
at a distance of about 3in. apart. The fruit may be allowed
to hang on the trees of the Morello, if protected, until very
late in the season. Thinning of the wood, and nailing in,
should be done in spring, before the buds swell, or many of
the latter will be broken off. Superfluous shoots should be
removed during the summer, to allow the others to ripen,
and to obviate the necessity of cutting the trees hard in
winter.
Cultivation under Glass. Cherries may be successfully
eultivated under glass, provided care be taken not to force
them too much in the early stages of growth. They may
be grown in pots, if extra attention is given to watering,
or be planted out. Cordon trees might with advantage be
introduced into the front or some other portion of Peach
houses where early forcing is not practised, some of the
early varieties being chosen for the purpose. It is im-
portant that the trees should not suffer for want of water,
or, on the other hand, be allowed to get soddened. A tem.
perature of 40deg. to 45deg. is sufficient to start with, air
being admitted on all favourable opportunities, especially
À Cold draughts must, how-
ever, be avoided. Ripe fruit may be obtained in April, if
; and very gently forced
{ The fruits are liable to
drop in large numbers before stoning, should the house be
over-heated, or the trees kept in too close an atmosphere,
consequently such conditions must be avoided. Large num-
bers often fall from outside trees, on account of frost or
pare the trees for the п xt year's crop.
some insects the trees are su
~ Sorts, Appended are lists of the princi i ;
Е, cultivation : pal kinds 74
_ Втблвввлсв. Of these, the follo. i
ls. us Owing are the most
чыз» Dess. а jet-black ; richly flavoured
- xn ane eae cua the common Black
fully ripe МА Medium size, yellow, becoming amber when
ree Sn elo od vit rud dola, aso,
most delicious,
ton, Skin ellow on the shaded side, п А
xt the sun бе! whitish, very rich. The tree ie ea, With red
variety is-considered by many the best that 65000 bearer, *
large, pale amber, mottled with red ; |
‚ Fruit ;
id sweet. This variety requires a wall with west ot frm,
arly. Of a deep red next the sun; juicy and ich,
One of the finest and most popular cherries, Heart,
reine ont protine eda and ofthe best gay, д
М fave White, marbled with red ; flesh yellow,
«^ large, rich, early red cherry, with a firm, highly.
. Osthoim,
M Art» а of the same qualit th
E admissbly МАА for forming anali кше common Morello,
aree Jack. Very large and late; valuable for ripening in
Cherry— continued.
Monstrous Heart. Skin yellowish, changing to red; flesh
purple, firm, and juicy ; very large.
Napoleon. One of the largest and best of heart-shaped cherries,
not unlike the Elton, but larger and earlier.
Tradescant's Black Heart. Dark red, changing to dark
purple or black ; flesh firm and sweet; very large and uneven.
Grans. This class comprises the following sorts:
Adams’s Crown. Pale red, mottled with yellow ; flesh almond-
white, full of juice, and richly flavoured.
Belle de Orleans. A roundish, heart-shaped variety, with a
yellowish skin ; flesh richly flavoured. 3
Blaek Eagle. A medium-sized delicious cherry, ripening in July.
Early Amber. Of good size, heart-shaped, with a pale amber
colour ; flesh yellow, sweet, juicy.
Early Purple Guigne. Fruit rather flattened on one side; 1
dark, rich, and tender ; very large and early. Р,
Early Rivers. А large black early cherry, а seedling from the Ё
Purple Guigne ; good and prolific.
Новев Red Gean. A beautiful red cherry, freckled with yellow;
flesh a pale orange ; juicy, tender, and sweet.
Late Amber Gean. Of medium size; skin very thin and semi-
transparent ; delicately and richly flavoured.
Late Purple Gean, Опе of the finest late sorts, ripening in the
end of July.
Eose de Lyons, or Early Lyons. Light yellow in colour,
and of a delicious flavour ; one of the earliest and best cherries
grown.
Waterloo. А noble-looking cherry, depressed at the end, and
flattened on one side; black, covered with small dots ; tender and
juicy. i
Werder's Early Black. Very large, with a deep suture on опе
side; deep purple colour, and a rich purple flesh, of delicious
flavour. - i "
Dukes, or May Юокиѕ. These, though not so sweet
as the two classes already named, are nevertheless fully as
popular, and equally useful. For all culinary purposes, this
class of Cherries, from their sharp sub-acid qualities, are
preferred to either the Bigarreau or Gean.
duke. Of excellent quality, almost jet-black when ripe;
flesh deep red, tender, and juicy; ripens in July. This is the
largest of the Dukes.
Belle Ма, ue, A very large, clear, bright red cherry, with —
yellow flesh, and a sharpish sub-acid flavour, :
Buttner’s October. Light red flesh, and a pleasant, sharpish
flavour. A very useful, late, and excellent culinary variety.
Carnation. Flesh tender, rather acid. A valuable reddish-yellow
cherry, hanging till the end of August or middle of September.
Duchesse de Palinan. Very large, brilliant red, becoming
darker as it ripens; flesh tender and juicy, richly coloured, and
briskly acid.
Imperatrice Eugenie. An early sort, with all the good
qualities of the Duke family; т rpa Foe ia June.
Late Duke. А valuable late variety, ripening in August.
May Duke. Flesh red, tender, juicy, and pleasantly sub-acid ;
re ago almost black, . Probably more extensively grown than
any other. een
Nouvelle Royale. A hybrid between the Dukes and the Kentish,
and retains many qualities of both ; larger and more uneven
any of the Dukes.
large, fine, semi-transparent, bright red,
yi? b-acid flavour, "e
Eeine Hortense, V
with yellow flesh, and brisk su
Duke. Flesh reddish and tender; very rich. A hand-
some red cherry, ripening in July.
"Transparent. A beautiful sort, revealing the delicate netted
nature of the flesh, which is dux and jen. 2
MORELLO and KENTISH CHERRIES. In these, we reach
a maximum of acidity, and yet this class is one of the most
useful of all Cherries.
or Flemish. These are so nearly alike that the may
be classed together, though some growers зы them аз distinct
є ў і to ask for Kentish Cherries,
Fruit red, medium-sized, round, having a rather acid
A medium-sized round cherry, becoming nearly black :
when fully ri Flesh deep reddish- le, d 2
fia la ripe ; US purp. px m €
Larger and less acid than the Morello,
A very graceful variety,
in the open air.
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 313
CHERRY, BARBADOS. See Malpighia glabra.
CHERRY, CORNELIAN. See Cornus mas.
CHERRY FLY. See Aphides and Black Fly.
CHERRY, HOTTENTOT. See Cassine Mauro-
cenia.
CHERRY LAUREL. Seo Prunus Lauro-cerasus.
CHERRY PLUM. See Prunus cerasifera.
CHERRY, WINTER. See Physalis Alkekengi.
"AM
бы» ee
A piii cu. d e)
Fic. 426. PLANT OF BULBOUS-ROOTED CHERVIL, IN FLOWER.
CHER
bulbosum). A hardy biennial, native of Southern Europe
(Cherophyllum
(see Fig. 426). This produces roots (see Fig. 427) about
Fig. 427. Roots or BULBOUS CHERVIL.
Chervil, Bulbous-rooted—continued.
the size of, and somewhat like, Early Horn Carrots. They
are yellowish-white, rather sweet, and have the same
flavour as the leaves of the Common Chervil. The seeds
retain their germinative properties a short time only;
consequently, they must either be sown as soon as ripe,
or be kept in sand through the winter, out of the reach
of frost. If sown late in autumn, the seeds will, in all
probability, perish. When stratified during winter, the
seeds may be sown in March, either broadcast, or in
drills 1ft. apart. Тһе leaves wither about July, when
the roots may be lifted and stored, like Potatoes, in a
dry shed. The beds must be kept clean in summer by
frequent hoeings. Bulbons-rooted Chervil is eaten, when
cooked, as a vegetable, but it is not extensively culti-
vated in this country.
CHER COMMON or GARDEN ]
(Anthris
следа А hardy annual, native of various pute ui
eulinary
or in shallow drills, The plants
ad xm: 3 м in hot weather,
sho e watered plentifully, or th i
de nu E pe € ey wil soon run
m
Ж rs > Ft the winter, as leaves may then be gathered
Curled Chervil is a variety of the Co: i
mmo: i-
fully curled leaves, which may be employed fon seal = hing
E addition to its ordinary use. The plants with the
est curled leaves should be selected, if some are kept
2s :
814
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Chervil, Common or Garden—continued.
for seed, as they soon deteriorate. A cool north border
is the best position for growing Chervil in summer, and
а south border is preferable for it in winter.
CHESTNUT, HORSE. This was introduced into
Britain about two centuries ago. In foliage, it exhibits a
character quite distinct from that of any other hardy tree,
and the pyramidal panicles of snowy-white flowers dashed
with yellow and pink (see Fig. 428), place it in the first
rank amongst deciduous subjects eminently adapted for
effective use by the landseape gardener. See ZEsculus.
CHESTNUT, MORETON BAY. See Castano-
spermum.
CHESTNUT, SWEET or SPANISH. See Cas-
tanea sativa.
CHEVALLIERA. See ZEchmea Veitchii.
CHICA. See Bignonia Chica.
CHICORY (Cichorium Intybus). Succory, or Wild
Endive. A hardy perennial, native of Britain. The plants
are cultivated much more in France than with us, chiefly
for the leaves, which are blanched and used as a salad.
A variety called the Coffee Chicory is grown, in some
parts of the Continent, for the roots, which are cut up
and prepared as a substitute for coffee. Another large-
growing variety, called the Witloof, is much cultivated in
Belgium; and since it was introduced to this country, it has
gained favour as a vegetable, cooked whole, or blanched,
and used as the other varieties. The culture is very easy,
and the leaves, if grown quickly and well blanched, are
wholesome and much esteemed. The plants may be
blanched outside in summer, but the salad is best when
forced in winter, forming what is called by the French
Fie. 429. CHICORY BARBE DE CAPUCIN.
Barbe de Capucin" (see Fig.
| ig. 429).
it like Carrots, and may be taken up i
М , up in autumn,
Commen the same way as Sea Kale.
y for winter forcing The seed should be 1 i
ance of біп. Occasional hoeings
ind the 1 ves
for use,
-ceolate, serrated, verticillate.
à fragrant,
^ shrub. Тары, ИВС Se Cal: ern, procoz.
Chicory— continued.
warm, dark position. A mushroom house, kept dark and
having а suitable temperature, is а very good place.
A succession must be kept up, but a second or more crops
may be obtained from the same roots, which, however,
will not be so strong as the first. The Common Chicory
is mostly grown, but the Witloof will succeed under the
same treatment. Empty pots or boxes, of the same sizes
as those used, should be inverted over the roots to exclude
light; or the darkness of a mushroom house may be suff-
cient in many cases.
CHILI. See Capsicum baccatum.
CHILOPSIS (from cheilos, a lip, and opsis, re-
semblance; on account of the calyx being furnished with
a distinct lip. ORD. Bignoniacee. A greenhouse ever-
green shrub, requiring a compost of peat and fibry loam.
Cuttings of half-ripened shoots will root in sand, under a
bell glass, in a gentle bottom heat.
(narrow-leaved). jl., corolla dark purple, with a tubular
base, and a dilated companulate throat; lobes oval-roundish, with
curled, crenated edges; racemes terminal, short, dense, tomen-
tose, May. l. alternate, linear, flat, elongated, 3in. to 5in. long,
glabrous, coriaceous, attenuated at both ends. А. 10ft.
North America, 1825. An erect branched shrub,
APHILA (from cheima, winter, and phileo, to
love; the plants are green in winter) ORD. Fricacee.
Ornamental evergreen suffrnticose plants, with creeping
roots. Flowers corymbose; scapes naked.
Western
For culture, see Pyrola. й
Л. greenish-white, tinged with
ndulous, at length somewhat erect. June.
l. cuneate-lanceolate, serrated, four to five in a whorl. A, din.
to 6in. Northern hemisphere, 1752. Syn. Pyrola umbellata.
(B. M. 778.)
C. maculata (spotted)* j. white, pendulous;
peduncles downy, bearing a two to three-flowered
corymb at the apex. June. i. lanceolate, acute,
with white bands on the upper surface along
the nerve and veins, under surface red ; opposite,
or four in a whorl. Stem procumbent at base
and ascending at apex. North America, 1752.
Syn. Pyrola maculata. (B. M. 897.)
CHIMNEY BELL-FLOWER. бее
Campanula pyramidalis.
CHIMONANTHOS (from cheimon, the
winter, and anthos, a flower; in reference —
to the time of flowering, December and
January). Овюр. Calycanthacew. A hardy
shrub, with thé flowers appearing before the
corymbosa (corymbose).*
red, corymbose,
preceding year. Flowers whitish or yellow, _
purplish inside, very sweet-scented. Bark -
scented flowers are in request during the
winter months, the delicious aromatic fra-
grance of the blossoms of this shrub makes
it a general favourite. It is suitable for
training against walls and buildings having
a south or western aspect. It thrives best in a deep rich
sandy soil, and should be kept neatly trained to the wall
against which it is planted. It also requires pruning
annually, so as to have the principal branches well clothed _
with young wood, as the blossoms are produced on the
previous season's growth. Therefore, when the plants have _
finished flowering, go over them, and ent in close to the
main branches all the young shoots that have flowered, — A
except the leading ones, which must only be shortened to
about half their length. The result of this treatment will
generally be a good crop of wood, suitable for blooming
the following season. Propagation is best effected by
means of layering, in the autumn.
l. lanceolate, x
A slender branc
(B. M. 466.)
grandiflorus is by far the best; are
bly larger and more spreading. (B. R. Б) —
CHINA ASTER. 5: Aster and Callistephus.
+
Leaves lan. .
foliage, in the axils of the leaves of the
and leaves without scent. Where sweet- _
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 315
CHINESE CHERRY, DOUBLE. See Cerasus
serrulata. |
CHINESE ROSE. See Hibiscus rosa-sinensis.
CHIOCOCCA (from chion, snow, and kokkos, a berry ;
the berries of C. racemosa are white, hence it is called
Snowberry) Snowberry. ORD. Rubiacee. : Stove ever-
green shrubs, generally with а climbing habit. Racemes
axillary, opposite, simple, or panicled. Leaves opposite,
ovate, or oblong, acute, glabrous. They thrive jn a mix-
ture of loam, peat, and sand. Cuttings strike root freely
in sand, under a hand glass, in heat.
C. anguifuga (snake-defeating). Л. white; racemes panicled.
June. 1, оо acuminated °ч stipules very short, broad, each
ending ina short point. A. 3ft. to 4%, Brazil, 1824.
С. racemosa (racemose).* fl., corollas at first white and scentless,
but at length becoming ‘yellowish and sweet-scented; racemes
many-flowe February. 1. ovate, lanceolate, smooth; stipules
mucronate. A. 4ft. to 6ft. West Indies, 1729, :
CHIONANTHUS (from chion, snow, and anthos, а.
flower; referring to the snow-white flowers). Fringe-tree.
ORD. Oleacee. Hardy low trees or shrubs, having the
branchlets compressed at the top. Flowers in gracefully
drooping panicles, from lateral buds. Leaves opposite,
simple, entire. This genus differs from Olea principally
in the segments of the corolla being barely united at the
base. C. virginica is a fine. large ornamental hardy
shrub; it requires to be grown in moist soil, either sandy
peat or sandy loam, in a sheltered situation. Propagation
may be effected by seeds or by layers.
proenrable from America, and raised in a cold frame; and,
as the plant does not root very readily, this is the best
way to increase it. By grafting or budding it on the
common Ash, it succeeds very well.
C. retusus (retuse-leaved). н, sweet-scented. May. l long-
) iry beneath. China, 1850. A low
to t. Nort
CHIONODOXA (from chion, snow, and doga, glory ;
in reference to the plants flowering among the melting
snows of their native habitats). Orn. Liliacem. А small
genus containing the three species here described— hardy
spring-flowering bulbs. 1% comes near Puschkinia, with
which, indeed, it is sometimes confounded. Perianth ro-
tate, campanulate, or funnel-shaped; the equal ligulate,
Fig. 430. CHIONODOXA LUCILLE, showing Flower-spike and Habit.
spreading segments in the expanded flower two or
th
times е. long as the tube. б. Lucilio may be олш
enr. and forces well if allowed first to make good roots
big treated like the Hyacinth. It should be kept
Seeds are easily |
Chionodoxa — continued.
very near the glass. -Although it does remarkably well
out of doors, perfection is best attained by growing it
in cold pits or under handlights. All the species succeed
admirably in a compost of equal parts peat, loam, and
sand, also in leaf mould and sand. Propagated by offsets;
or by seeds, which are produced freely, and should be
sown in drills outside as soon as ripe.. The young bulbs
should not be disturbed for three years.
C. cretica (Cretan). Л. white or pale blue; scape slender, біп. to
10in. high, rarely more than one or р рылып. f ; perianth some-
what larger than that of С, nana, which this species otherwise
resembles, Mountains of Crete.
С. Forbesii (Forbes’s). А synonym of C. Lucilic.
C. Luciliz (Lucilia’s).* /l. intense blue, shading to white in the
centre, nearly lin. across, on slender pedicels; spike usually
three to six-flowered, but sometimes nearly twenty flowers are
produced. Spring. J. few, narrow, erect. h. біп. Asia Minor
and Crete, 1877. This is, perhaps, one of the handsomest of
Spring flowers of recent introduction. Syn. C. Forbesii.
ig. 450. (B. M. 6435.) There is also a white-flowered form.
С, nana (dwarf)* fl. white, lilac, jin. across, in many-flowered
umbels. Spring. J. linear, shorter than the peduncle. А. 4in.
Crete, 1879. (B. M. 6453.)
CHIONOGRAPHIS (from chion, snow, and graphis,
a pencil ; the flower-spike being like a brush of snow).
ORD. Liliacee. A very remarkable and ornamental herba-
ceous perennial, requiring slight protection outside in
winter, It thrives in a compost of loam, peat, and sand.
i i ыи if necessary, by seeds, or by divisions of the
roots.
C. japonica (Ja anese)* jl. pure white, closely packed along a
space of 4in. to bin., spicate ; perianth ents variable, four to
A nr e Бо. Spring. cy Armes in tufts at the bottom of
» e 5 i 3
1880." (B. M: 6510.) y bra h. біп. to 1ft. Japan,
CHIRITA (from Cheryta, the Hindostanee name for
the Gentian plant) Овр. Gesneracee. Greenhouse or
stove evergreen herbaceous plants or shrubs. Corolla
tubular, bilabiate ; calyx five-cleft, valvate in sestivation.
For culture, see Gloxinia.
C. lilacina (lilac).* 7. v beauti i
abundance; corolla lo malo blue: taba da Ке»
base.
es pale blue; tube and throat white;
of tube ornamented with à large yellow blotch ab the
QNNM, 1870. This charming plant is very ornamental and effec-
C. Moonii (Moon's)* fl. pale purple; c n
duncles axillary, solitary or rie IS er sho ў petiolate;
three to four ina whorl, ovate-lanceolat utish, obsol
glandularly serrated. Branches blunt sy onal, р ас.
villous. А. 2ft. Ceylon, 1847. Stove; tp M408)
Fic. 431. CHIRITA SINENSIS.
316
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Chirita—continued.
ensis "yx ; corymbs many-flowe bibrac-
ne nt Os bane ni de н еми UBI:
petioles trigonal. Stemless, A. біп. China, 1843, Greenhouse
evergreen. See Fig. 431. (B. M. 4284.) TEN. xu
j 4 , red: er in the
Ten Os ка A edel ovate acute, be covered
with rather close-pressed silky-brownish hairs. A. 1%.
1840. Stove. (B. M. 4182.)
CHIRONIA (a classical name, after Chiron, a centaur,
son of Phillyra and Saturn; he was famous for his know-
ledge of musie, medicine, and shooting, and taught the use
of plants and medicinal herbs). ORD. Gentianem. Very
ornamental small soft-wooded greenhouse perennial herbs
or shrubs, all from Southern Africa. Flowers reddish-
pink or purple, terminal; corolla salver-shaped, with a
narrow tube and a spreading limb, which is longer than
the tube. Leaves sessile, opposite, decussate. Stems
simple or branched. They thrive in a roughish sandy
soil, composed of three-parts peat and one of loam, with
a considerable admixture of pure sand. Rather small
Ceylon,
pots and perfect drainage are matters of importance in
their culture. They are easily propagated by cuttings,
inserted in sandy soil, and placed in a gentle heat, in
spring. Great care must be taken not to over-water,
especially in the winter months.
(berry-bearing) И. reddish-pink, terminal, solitary.
June. 1. opposite, decussate, glabrous, linear-lanceolate, sessile,
. deeurrent, with reflexed edges, lon than the internodes.
. Branches sub-tetragonal. 1759. (B. M. 233)
©. floribunda (many-flowered).* Л. pink ; uncles solitary,
one ; petals obovate. June. 1. iE a oblongo
-— А Zit. 1845. Glabrous, much branched. (P.'M. B
xii.
с аса (glutinous), Л. reddish-pink ; corolla large, with
five-parted limb. Summer, 4 three to five-nerved.
о" h 2ft. 1843. : Y
(P- M. Bray 248) Plant dark green, smooth.
C. jasminoides (Jasminelike)* Я, red ish; panicles
ооа ое Bowes ÉL ary on & Aene
lft. to 2ft. WR. Pot ee (B. R. 197.) E^
C. linoides (Linum-like).* И, corolla i
obtuse segmentas а ad ie ee Ha dae Sane
fastigiate. À. lft. to ait. 1787. (B. M. Bil)" ranches. terete,
CHITONIA. See Miconia.
A CHIVES, or CIVES (Allium Schenoprasum iod
perennial, nétive of Britain. Chives do well in T eid
soil, and may be increased by division of :
spring or autumn. Their chief uses are in soups salade
being preferred for the latter, as they are Ma milder
than onions, and also more tender. If |
+. about 9in. apart,
Will soon form good - size When required
use, each clump may be cut in turn, close to the mey
these will soon grow again, and the produce be found
more tender each time. Beds should be replanted a"
st once in three or four years.
ORD. Amaryllidec. A small Bo н anthos,
гу ornamental, 5 І 1 x Tt : PE hys ds
ig after the flowers. They should be gr E
in a compost of peat, leaf soil, and loam. in =
some sand, in well-drained pots, until |
i стен to a cool part of th
T
ЕА
and allowed a
"idi
‘Ayres, &с.у 1820. (B. R 6
chloos, greenish-yellow,
af ins weak solution of Chloride of Lime
Chloanthes—continued.
Lantana. Flowers solitary, axillary, on short peduncles;
corolla tube with a woolly ring on its interior, above the
apex of the ovary. Leaves opposite or ternate. They
thrive in a compost of fibry loam, and turfy, sandy peat.
Cuttings of young shoots root freely in sandy soil, under a
hand glass.
С. coccinea (scarlet). fl. scarlet, nearly sessile and axillary, but
collected into short leafy spikes or heads at or near the summits
of the branches. /. opposite or in whorls of three, narrow and
nearly terete, owing to the revolute margins, obtuse, Jin. to lin.
long, bullate-rugose. Stems usually clothed with a white cottony
wool. Л, 16. to 2ft. Western Australia.
C. glandulosa (glandular). fl. yellowish, liin. long, axillary ;
eduncles Sin. to 4in. long. July. J. lanceolate or linear-lanceo-
te, bullate-rugose and decurrent, about 1;іп. to ain. long. h. 2ft.
New South Wales, 1824.
C. steechadis (Stvechas-like).* Л. greenish-yellow.
August. Stem erect, h. 2ft. New South Wales, 1822.
CHLORA (from chloros, pale; alluding to the pale
yellow-coloured flowers). Yellow-wort. ORD. Geniianem.
Very pretty little hardy (mostly) annuals. Flowers yellow,
terminal, stalked, aggregate or solitary ; corolla salver-
shaped; tube shorter than the calyx. Leaves opposite,
sessile, or perfoliate, entire. They are very easily cul-
tivated, sueceeding in pots or borders, in ordinary garden
soil; and may be readily propagated from seeds, which
should be sown in pots, in a cold frame, in spring.
C. grandiflora (large-flowered).* f. golden- ellow, much larger |
than those of the kinds described ORO; h. bin. to lft. Corsica
June to
and Sardinia. Hardy biennial. (R. С. 469.) Ж
C. imperfoliata (not-perfoliate). Л. terminal; corollà deep
yellow, six-cleft. June. Z. sessilé, somewhat stem-clasping,
ovate, acute. Stems simple, tetragonal. h. lft. South-western
Europe, 1823.
liata (perfoliate).*
perfo Л. golden yellow, in a corymb of two
forks, with a
dicellate flower in each fork. July. l, root
ones ‘oval, sessile, rosulate, the lower stem ones ота ae
the rest perfoliate. Stem dichotomous, cylindrical h. lft.
Europe, in chalky MM or banks, and limestone and clay
soils. (Sy. En. B. 913.)
C. serotina (late-flowering).
Europe, 1832.
CHLORANTHACEJZE. An order of tropical trees,
shrubs, or rarely herbs. Flowers minute, in simple or
branched terminal spikes, often articulate.
drupe. Leaves opposite, stipulate. Of the few genera, the
Л. yellow. November. №. lft.
one best known in this country is Chloranthus ; the minute
flowers of C. inconspicuus are said to be used by the -
Chinese in scenting tea.
CHLORIDE OF LIME is composed of chlorine and-
lime. When exposed air, it parts with a portion of
its major constituent, ine, and is thus changed to
Muriate of Lime, a salt which rapidly absorbs moisture
from the air. It has been used with modera success for
quickening the growth of Turnip seed, in the proportion
of llb. to six gallons of water, soaked for thirty-six hours.
Great care should be taken in using it, as it
destroy the germinating powers of many seeds,
of Lime is also very valuable as a disinfectan )
ilb.to two gallons of water. It is one of the nost effe:
applications for fixing niacal fumes. In
bleach skeleton leaves and fruits, the green cellular por-
tions of which have been got rid off by maceration in
water for a longer or shorter period, according to the
texture and general character of the specimens, immersion
that is necessary. _ n.
B
OF HORTICULTURE. 317
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
Chloris—continued.
lumes bearded, ciliated; male valves ventricose, bearded.
en 1. flat, with loose sheaths. h. 1ft. India, 1777. 1
C. ele elegant). ., spikes numerous, fascicled ; glumes
Беса е д Ба on the back. J. linear, flat, striated,
glabrous on the outer, scabrid on the inner surface. h. lft.
Mexico.
C. radiata (radiate ., spikes many-fascicled, nearly erect ;
florets ps aag moy Sar 1. narrow. А. біп. West
Indies, 1739.
CHLOROGALUM (from chloros, green, and gala,
milk; referring to their green juice). Soap-plant. Овр.
Liliacem. А genus of eurious and distinct hardy bulbs,
containing three species, all from California. For culture,
see Ornithogalum. The only one in cultivation is
C. pomeridianum.
.C. Leichtlini. See Camassia esculenta Leichtlini.
C. pomeridianum (afternoon).* fi. white, purplish-veined ; stems
panicled, M. June. з fil laucous, with the edges
and nerves rough. л. 2ft. California, 1819. SYNS. Anthericum
sow tanum (В. R. 564), Ornithogalum divaricatum (В. R. 1842,
) and Phalangium pomeridianum. The bulbs are frequently
used in California as a substitute for soap.
open after mid-day, hence the specific name.
CHLOROPHYLL. The green, resinous, granular
colouring matter of plants.
CHLOROPHYTUM (from chloros, green, and phyton,
а plant). ORD. Liliacee. Greenhouse or stove evergreen
perennials, allied to Anthericum. They are of easy culture
іп a rich sandy loam. Propagated by seeds or suckers, or
by divisions of the plant in spring. All the species are
white-fowored, and are of no special horticultural value.
Out of the forty species known to science, the following
have been, or are, in cultivation: affine, Bowkerii, elatum,
and falcatum.
CHLOROSPATHA (from chloros, green, and spathe,
а spathe; green spathe). ORD. Aroidec. Allied, and
requiring similar culture, to Kanthosoma (which see).
C. Kolbii (Kolb's). i i spotted-stalked,
pedate Tead FM frin Mn sur giri apis ae
drical, convolute spathes. Chiefly of botanical interest. New
Grenada, 1878. (R. С. 933.)
CHLOROXYLON (from chloros, green, and zylon,
wood; in allusion to the colour of the wood). Овр. Me-
liacem. A fine stove timber tree, having terminal panicles
of small, whitish flowers, and abruptly pinnate leaves. 1%
succeeds well in a compost of loam and peat. Ripe cut-
tings, with their leaves intact, will root in sand, under a
hand glass, in a moist heat.
C. Swietenia (Van Swieten's. Satin-wood Tree. Z, leaflets
Many pairs, unequal, ovate, somewhat rhomboid, obtuse. A. 50ft.
X. o c ho Mod. of m eV E rania yellow colour,
Chlorozyion. (B. F.S 1L) У
The flowers only
SYN. Swietenia
CHOISYA (named after M. Choisy, a . Genevese
botanist, author of several monographs in De Candolle’s
“ Prodromus"). "ORD. Rutaceæ. A very beautiful shrub,
quite hardy in the southern and many other parts of
Britain, with the protection of a wall. It thrives in a
southern or western aspect, and requires a compost of loam
freely in sand, under a hand glass, in
gentle bottom heat, during B D ve
C. ternata (ternate). Л. hite,
Б E са М of the branches si ‚ог
e divisions under the pedicels, which are channelled beneath.
July. (. opposite, tern te, stalked, b i
dots. A, E Mexico, 1825. R H 195. Eu fes
CHOKE-CHERRY. See Cerasus virginiana,
CHOMELIA (named after J. B. Chomel, physician to
Louis Xv. ;'author of “Abrégé de L'Histoire des Plantes
usuelles," 12mo, Paris, 1712). ORD. Rubiacee.
D: еы For culture, see Ixora,
resent genus differs in habit and inflorescence, but more
гу in the fruit containing a hard nut.
(fascicled). Л. white; pedicels two or three
; , he 2. sit^ powered. L ovate, acute, glabrous, on
Stove ever.
from which the
.
Chomelia — continued.
C. spinosa (spiny).* f. white, lin. long, fragrant at night ; pe-
duneles axillary, usually three-flowered. l ovate, acuminate,
almost sessile, glabrous. A. 8ft. to 12ft. Carthagena, 1793.
CHONDRORHYNCHA (from chondros, cartilage,
and rhynchos, a beak; in reference to the beak-like
rostellum). ORD. Orchidee. Stove epiphytal orchids,
allied to, and requiring the same cultivation as, Lycaste
(which see). :
C. Chestertoni (Chesterton's)* fl yellow ; lateral sepals develop-
ing into avery long, sharp point; petals with a much-developed
fringe; lip also with very long fringes. Columbia, 1879. A very
curious species.
C. fimbriata (fimbriated). fl. very pale sulphur-coloured, with
brown spots at the base of the column, solitary ; sepals ligulate,
acuminate, sometimes undulated at the margin; petals oblong-
apiculate, with finely-toothed margins; lip cuneate at the base,
abellato-oblong, three-lobed, or hastate oblong - triangular,
bilobed, fimbriate and undulate on the whole of the margin;
column clavate. /. cuneate-oblong or cuneate-lanceolate, acute.
Roots very numerous, thick, forming a sort of nest. Plant
bulbless, New Grenada. (Ref. B. 107.)
Hymenocallis
CHORETIS GLAUCA.
glauca.
CHORISPORA (from choris, separate, and spora, a
seed; in allusion to each seed being inclosed separately
in the pod). Овр. Crucifere. A genus of about seven
species of annual or biennial, branched, slender, smooth
or pilose herbs, allied to Cakile. Racemes opposite the
leaves, erect, elongated. Leaves either pinnatifid or entire.
They are all of easy culture in common garden soil.
Increased by seeds, sown in spring, outside.
C. Greigii (Greig’s), Л. reddish-violet, about Zin. in diameter.
L long, narrow, pinnatifid, formin Ў
Turkestan, 1879. Biennial (В. б. 8 4) rosette. Л. lft. to lift.
C. tenella (delicate) й. purple. July. J. smooth; upper ones
lanceolate, toot ed; lov i i i
Southern ae 1780. pa So ay ee балее
CHORIZEMA (from choros, a dance, and кета, a
drink; this genus was, says Don, originally discovered by
Labillardiére, upon the south-west coast of New land.
at the foot of the mountains, near a spot where, after being
tantalised with finding many salt springs, his party had just
met with an ample Supply of fresh water; this welcome
refreshment, of which he speaks feelingly in his book,
seems to have suggested the name) Овр. Leguminose.
Greenhouse evergreen sub-shrubs, with alternate, simple,
sinuately toothed, or entire leaves, They are mostly trained
on globe and other trellises, with excellent effect, the whole
trellis being lighted up with the brilliant beauty of their
flowers, slightly toned down by the pleasing forms and
refreshing variation of the leaves.
adapted for clothing dwarf columns or
They also form fine
to Ро freely, and produce a num! ў phos
ones anging over and partly hiding the pots. They all
grow freely Ш а mixture of peat snd E fibry, but not toc
rough, with a large proportion of sharp silver sand. The
nage should also be liberal and the pots scrupulously
clean. In potting, the soil should be pressed firm, as for
Heaths, Azaleas, and other hard-wooded plants. Loose
potting kills thousands of choice plants every year. A
certain degree of solidity is needful in the potting of hard-
wooded plants, to enable the roots to grip the fresh soil.
If they miss doing so, the new soil sours, the roots remain
where they are, or the extremities—their most vital parts—
rot off, and the plants languish and die. If the soil is used
m а Proper condition as regards dryness, it is hardly pos-
sible to overdo the compression with the fingers and hands.
е best time to pot these plants is just as the shoots begin
to break afresh. They may finish their growth in a common
greenhouse, or have a little more heat during their growing
Period. At the end of summer and during the early
autumnal months, they may be placed out of doors, ina _
sheltered place, care being taken to stand the pots on a
Worm-proof bottom. Early in the autumn, the plants
should be taken under glass, before being soaked ог sod-
dened with heavy rains. T s E sag hog
See
918
AN EÉNCYCLOPZEDIA OF
HORTICULTURE.
Chorizema— continued.
Chorizemas bear pruning well, and the best time to per-
form this operation is as soon as they have finished flower-
ing—say, with early plants, towards the end of May. But,
if room can be found for them, they need not be cut in
much, and they will then soon form large plants, cover-
ing the trellises a yard through, and 4ft. or more high.
They seldom, however, look better than when placed in
8in. or 10їп. pots, clothing a globular trellis. They re-
quire plenty of water during the flowering and growing
seasons, and if used as basket plants this must be borne
in mind. If planted out, an excess of moisture must be
avoided, as this brings on mildew, almost the only enemy
to whieh this elass of plants is subject; dustings of dry
sulphur on the leaves is the surest remedy.
These plants do not root freely from cuttings, but a few
seeds might be left to ripen. Vigorous young specimens of
all the leading sorts may be bought cheaply of nurserymen.
All the species described below are Australian.
angustifolium (narrow-leaved).* jf. orange-red; racemes
axillary and terminal, many-flowered. April. 7. lanceolate-
linear, entire, with revolute edges. А. lift. 1830. SYN. Dillwynia
glycinifolia. (B. R. 1514.)
cordatum (cordate)* ji. red or yellow, racemose, drooping.
April. Z. sessile, cordate, obtuse, spiny-toothed. A. 1%.
C. Dicksoni (Dickson's) fl. scarlet-yellow, axillary, solitary
or in pairs, on long peduncles; vexillum large. May to Sep-
tember. l. sessile, ovate-lanceolate, mucronulate. h. àft. 1836.
(P. M. B. viii. 173.)
diversifolium (diverse-leaved),* fl. orange-red ; racemes many-
flowered, axillary and terminal May to July, J. scattered,
a аео, obovate, or cuneate, entire, mucronate. A. 2ft.
1840. SYN. C. spectabile, (В. Б. 1841, 45.)
(Henchmann's)* 7. scarlet, axillary. April to
June. Z. acicular. А. 2ft. 1824. Plant hoary. (B. R. 985.)
C. ilicifolium (Holly-leaved). f. yellow. March to October.
1. pinnatifid-toothed, spiny, oblong-lanceolate, with an entire
point longer than the teeth. А. 3ft. 1803.
C. 1. nana (dwarf). 1. sinuate-toothed, spi ;
bracts below the end of stalk. A. Sin’ 1303" (B М” 1082) ^ i
C. rhombeum (diamond-leaved). f. yellow. April and Ma
1. entire, flat, mucronate ; lower ones rhomboid iral; A
elliptical-lanceolate. А. 2{t. 1805. "rca
C. spectabile (showy). A synonym of C. diversifolium,
C. varium (variable),* yellow, red; racemes ere
( е : t, many-
flowered, a little longer than the leaves. June. 1. nearly эши,
roundish-cordate, spiny-toothed and entire, do h. Aft
188. (QM B. 1900, (9) A form of this, in garduns named
Chandleri, is also desirable. orm of this, in gardens named
CHRISTMAS PRIDE. See Ruellia paniculata,
CHRISTMAS ROSE. 5% Helleborus niger.
CHRIST'S HAIR. See Scolopendrium vulgare.
CHRIST'S THORN. See Paliurus aculeatus.
. _ CHRYSALIDOCARPUS (from chrysos, gold, and
karpos, fruit). ` Ово. Patma. фаршы Жо
Areca.
vie is a stove palm. For culture, see
» lutescens (yellowish).* Л. spadix shortly triangular, 1%.
more in length ; cles compressedly two-e dexuoun,
£ very long, pinnate, ar : 100, hardly opposite,
arched ; pinne
nearly 2in. in rich green on both
"y
| flowered forms. See Figs. 434 and 435. Of the former,
l and King of Anemones; of the latter, or small-flowered,
Chrysanthemum —continued.
Fig. 432. INCURVED-FLOWERED CHRYSANTHEMUM.
Examples: Alfred Salter, Lady Slade, Mr. George Glenny,
Mrs. G. Rundle, Queen of England, White Venus, &c.
RECURVED, or REFLEX-FLOWERED: Florets strap-
shaped, eurving outwards from the centre. Examples:
Alma, Dr. Sharpe (see Fig. 433), Emperor of China, King
of Crimsons, &e, AA
Z^
Fic. 455. RECURVED CHRYSANTHEMUM DR. SHARPE. Bn
ANEMONE, or QUILLED ASTER-FLOWERED: Ray-florets
strap-shaped; disk-florets tubular, densely arranged,
cushion-like. Of this section, there are large and small-
the best examples are: Emperor, Fleur de Marie, Glück,
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
319
Chrysanthemum—continued. oe
Calliope, Jean Hachette, Madame Montels, Marie Stuart,
and Miss Nightingale. i £5
Ета. 434. LARGE ANEMONE-FLOWERED CHRYSANTHEMUM.
PowmroNE SMALL REFLEXED, ог CHusaN Dartsy-
FLOWERED: Flowers small, numerously produced; florets
—fer the most part reflexed, as in Bob, General Canrobert,
Fig. 455. SMALL ANEMONE-FLOWERED POMPONE CHRYSANTHEMUM. |
dab M or fringed or toothed at their tips, as in
n Innocence, and Marabout (see Fig. 436, for
which, and for Fig. 437, we are indebted to Messrs. Cannell
|
Chrysanthemum continued.
and Sons) А fully-expanded bloom of а reflexed Pompone
is shown at Fig. 437. The varieties of this description
are the most numerous of the Pompone section. Another
form of Pompone is also in cultivation, in which all the
florets àre quilled, as in Model of Perfection (see Fig.
438).
FiG. 456. FIMBRIATED POMPONE CHRYSANTHEMUM MARABOUT.
QUILLED, or PIN-FEATHERED JAPANESE: Flowers 6in.
to 9in. in diameter; florets involute and tubular, or quilled,
with toothed tips. The habit of the plants is tall and
somewhat straggling. Examples : Meg Merrilees, Red
Dragon (see Fig. 439), and Sultan. ;
=
Fig. 457, POMPONE CHRYSANTHEMUM.
LARGE - PLOWERED JAPANESE : Flowers large, loose ;
florets long, strap-shaped. In some instances, the florets —
are revolute, twisted, and thread-like. There are very
+
320
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Chrysanthemum —continued.
numerous varieties in this section. Examples: Chinaman
(see Fig. 440), Fair Maid of Guernsey, James Salter, and
Peter the Grert.
* In the select list of varieties, representatives of all the
various forms of flowers in the Japanese section are
ineluded under the one heading.
Fig. 438. QUILLED POMPONE CHRYSANTHEMUM MODEL ОЕ
PERFECTION.
LI
PROPAGATION. This may be effected by seeds, cuttings,
suckers, or root divisions. The annual varieties are
increased by seeds only, which should be sown in ‘pots,
in February or. h, or outside. New varieties are
sometimes ob by sowing the seeds of the finer
FiG. 439. JAPANESE CHRYSANTHEMUM RED DRAGON,
sorts. When any distinct di отга form “ sports »
ge the original stock; it may be readily perpetuated ir
Seed should be sown in February or March, preferably
| à eb: > pref
the former. If slightly covered over, and placed in'a Sud
m
. however, root readily.
Chrysanthemum —continued.
temperature, they will readily germinate. If the seedlings
are pricked t once and placed near the glass, good
plants will omi. obtained. By the middle of May, they
may either planted out of doors, to prove their worth,
ór in pots till they flower, which will be the first year.
As the cultivated varieties are now so very numerous,
propagation from seed is seldom resorted to, except with
the annual section.
Cuttings may be inserted st any time from October to
May. The best are made of the young shoots that start
from the base of the plant. Any of the tips of these will,
A gentle bottom heat facilitates
rooting; but a close pit or frame will answer without
bottom heat. Cuttings should be inserted either singly
in small pots, or several in a large one, in sandy soil ~
As soon as rooted, they should be shifted into single pots.
When the plants are established in their first pots, the
points should be nipped out, in order to induce a bushy
and compact growth.
Suckers. These differ from the foregoing in being already
rooted, or nearly so. Thev should be potted singly, in
Fic. 440. JAPANESE CHRYSANTHEMUM CHINAMAN.
sandy soil, and kept rather close, till new roots are formed.
Suckers are preferred by many for standard plants, as they |
are generally stronger than cuttings, and more fitted to
form a good stem. They may also be pinched, to form
bush plants.
Divisions of Root or Stool. This is a quick and ready —
method of increasing the stock for outside culture, for |
which purpose it is very commonly adopted. February і
and March are the best time for the operation. The extent
to which the plants should be divided depends on t
purpose for which they are required. For outside culture, -
stools may be cut up into three, five, or more pieces. __
GENERAL CULTIVATION. Nearly every grower has -
his own particular time for the insertion of cuttings. —
The season ranges from October to March, but Novem-
ber and December are the two most popular months.
As soon as the cuttings are rooted, they should be pott C
“off, and receive no check from the commencement un
they have flowered. This may be said to be the very basis -
of the highest success in the culture of Chrysanthemums.
To prevent any check, some growers insert the cuttings
tely in pots, which is a very good plan, as each, -
under favourable conditions, is almost sure to root, and the —
^
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 821
Chrysanthemum—continued.
practice involves no waste of either time or space. Which-
ever plan is adopted, the plants should be placed near the
glass, and shifted on successively as they require, when the
roots reach the side of the ball. The final shift should be
given not later than the middle of July; for although it is
most important to keep the roots in full vigour during the
early stages of growth, it is equally or more so that they
should fill the pots with roots before the flowering season
arrives. In hot, dry places, an eastern or western aspect
suits Chrysanthemums better than a southern one for
summer quarters; but in colder neighbourhoods, a position
facing south would be more suitable. Partial shade from
the mid-day sun is desirable. The pots should be plunged to
the rim, taking care to provide free egress for the water
under them. Chrysanthemums require enormous quantities
of water, though few plants sooner show the injurious
effects of sour or waterlogged soil. The surface of the
pots should also be mulched over, as a protection to the
roots against excessive heat and drought, and also as a
means of increasing the supply of nutriment. During bright
weather, the plants may need watering three or four times
a day, and must on no account be allowed to flag for want
of it. In good soil, they seldom need much manure water
until September, and then that made from cow or sheep
dung is the best.
Soil. This can scarcely be too rich when the plants are
strong and placed in the flowering pots. Good loam, heavy
rather than light, should be used in about equal portions
with rotten manure, including some cow dung. A little
soot intermixed with this tends to give the leaves a dark
green colour, and materially assists them. Crushed bones
are sometimes used for drainage, with a large crock over
the hole. These last a long time, and afford some nourish-
ment to the plants as well; but where not obtainable, a
few more crocks should be added instead. Pots of 9in. in
diameter are of sufficient size to grow large plants, if the
latter are well watered, and fed with liquid manure after
the flowers are set. It is much preferable to adopt this
plan than to use larger pots without feeding the plants,
as the soil becomes exhausted in large pots before the time
when the greatest nourishment is required. Useful deco-
rative subjects may be obtained in 48-sized pots if cuttings
are put in about the beginning of August, five or six in
each, and are not afterwards pinched. The soil should be
"used as rough as possible, without sifting, and the plants
potted firmly by means of hand rammers. Less manure
should be given when the plants are young and are being
grown on in small pots. i
Training will greatly depend on the size or descrip-
tion of plant required. Standard specimens should be
grown to the desired height before being stopped; while
those intended for bush specimens should be pinched
evenly, occasionally removing the points of all shoots as
they grow. This must not be practised after the middle of
July. The flowers also need thinning; and persons who
grow for exhibition sometimes thin off all buds, except the
terminal one on the shoot. By thus concentrating most
or all the force of the plant into its terminal flowers,
these may be grown to a very large size. Chrysanthe-
mums readily conform to any style of training. They
develop naturally into a dense bush; or may readily be
grown into standards, from 3ft. to 9ft. high. For exhibi-
tion, they are sometimes severely trained, by the aid of
в, stakes, and ties, into flat or hemispherical speci-
mens, with the flowers laid flat on a level surface of
foliage. The shoots, being fairly flexible, can be trained,
when young, in any form desired. The Pompones yield
most readily to flat or level training; while the Japanese
are most untractable. All staking and training should be
completed some weeks before the flowers appear, so that
the latter may have time to readjust themselves before
. Opening, and look more natural
Housing and Flowering. All Chrysanthemums intended
Chrysanthemum—continued.
for flowering indoors should be under glass, in the autumn,
before the appearance of frost. During mild weather,
afterwards, they cannot be kept too open or cool; nor can
the transition from the outside to the house be made too
gradual and easy. Any sudden change of temperature or
condition causes the leaves to become yellow; and this not
only disfigures, but weakens the plants and flowers. While
Chrysanthemums must never be stinted for water, less
will be needed when in flower than when in full growth.
They will do well in a cool greenhouse, conservatory, or
window garden. Some cultivators arrange them against
walls, where they are simply placed according to their
height, with a temporary glass case over them; and this
mode shows off the flowers remarkably well. When placed
so that the merits and form of each plant may be seen,
Chrysanthemums are most effective. After flowering, the
plants may be cut down to within біп. of the ground, and
wintered in а cold frame, or other frost-proof quarters.
Some growers, however, merely take cuttings off, and
throw the old plants away; others keep the younger
plants, and grow them into larger specimens the next
year; while many plant them out in the open borders,
or against walls, to take their chance of flowering, should
season or locality prove favourable.
Outdoor Culture. As an autumnal flowering plant,
success would be much more general were Chrysanthe-
mums specially cultivated for this purpose. When they
are as carefully grown in the open as in pots, they often
flower almost equally well. Good results are frequently
obtained by keeping them in a very open place throughout
the summer, at distances of 2ft. or 3ft. apart, freely exposed
to the sun and air all round; and then, towards the end
of September, lifting carefully and potting them, keeping
close, and shaded for a time afterwards.
C. argenteum (silver-leaved).* /l.-heads white. July. l. bipinnate
hoary; leaflets acute, entire. Stem one-head i à lft
Levant, 1731. Hardy herbaceous perennial. не
Fic. 441. CHRYSANTHEMUM CARINATUM.
322
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Chrysanthemum—continued.
(keeled),* f,-heade
August. pic er
Ше rockery. (B. M. dry
P oai
; tm (garland)* heads yellow. | July to September,
луг 1629.’ Hardy annual. See Fig. 444. (S. F. Q ЫТ)
em)!
Chrysanthemum —continued.
FiG. 445. CHRYSANTHEMUM PONAM (MARGUERITE OR PARIS
АТ А
SIES).
C. frutescens лу, Under
Daisies, the flowers o
iption, are very y used for
also form very useful for flowerin
ы the und in summer. The variety
of a
which we ae indebted to Messrs.
Pyrethrum frutescens,
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
Chrysanthemum—continued.
C. Leucanthemum (white-flowered). Wr Daisy. Ji.-heads
white. June and July. J. amplexicaul, oblong, obtusely cut,
innatifid at base; radical ones obovate priina e. Stem erect,
ranched. h.2ft. Britain. Perennial. (S. E. B. iii. 714.)
C. segetum (corn).* /L.-heads yellow. June to August. J. am-
plexicaul, glaucous, еме ern above, toothed at the base.
lift. Britain. Annual. (Sy. En. B. iii. 715.)
Fic. 446. CHRYSANTHEMUM SEGETUM GRANDIFLORUM.
С. в, guaditorum flow * i
are indebted to Mast бте el go DEUS eh we
$i
FiG. 447. CHRYSANTHEMUM SINENSE, INCURVED VARIETY,
Chrysanthemum—continued.
Fig. 448. CHRYSANTHEMUM SINENSE, POMPONE VARIETY.
С. sinense (Chinese).* f.-heads various: florets 1
Autumn. 1, coriaceous, stalked, sinuate Ти bit ies Е
glaucous. China, 1764. See Pis M pe E E.
С. tricolor (three-coloured) А synonym of C. carinatum.
ALFRED SALTER, delicate pink, very fine ; ANGELINA,
C.
olden-yellow ,
orange-
BAINBRIDGE, orange- х
rich yéllow, very yellow, golden centre ; GOLDEN LEY,
UEEN OF ENGLAND, rich canary
и: 008
yellow, very fine;
rose-pink }, eee
Мк. GEORGE GLENNY e yell agni p
ZU rich yellow, SE rod TM Gi MORD
"LC DEC HEALE, pure white; МЕЗ. W. DON:
ALFRED, rosa bode arses d Y EN Аа-а very
RED, S ; QUEEN ОР ENG
fine; WHITE VENUS, pure wale very fine.
DERBY, dark purple; MR. BRUNLEEs, Indian-red, tipped
ety
H
n
CHINA, silvery-whi i ben a : -—
very showy d be tipped salmon; GARIBALDI,
NE, lilac,
Large: EMPEROR, blush, sulphur centre:
EMPRESS, lilac; FLEUR DE MARIE, white; GLUCK, rich yellow.
m KING OF ANEMONES, crimson-purple, very fine; LADY
RGARET, white, very fine; MADAME GODEREAUX, cream-w
; M. CHATÉ, rich , White centre; MRS. PETHERS, rose. -
7 ; PRINCESS LOUISE, delicate rose-lilac ; SUNFLOWER, hur.
yellow, Small : ANTONIUS, canary-yellow; ASTR) Ine
HALLIOPE, rich ruby-red; FIREFLY, bright scarlet; JEAN
Poni white, yellow centre; MADAME MONTELS, white,
yellow centre, very fine; MARIE STUART, lilac-blush, sulphur
sudo; Mus NIGHTINGALE, oen, white centre; MR, ASTIE,
‹ low; PERLE MARGUERIT i rose ; х
à Е : E, rich ; REGULUS, |
отропез, Re/lezed: ADONIS, тозе апа purple; AU )REALE,
orange - brown ; Божа сако: DII 0,
ch Ba: oo bright —
824
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Chrysanthemum—continued.
CANROBERT, pure yellow; GOLDEN Сиро NULLI, canary-yellow ;
MDLLE. MARTHE, pure white, one of the best; MODEL OF PER-
FECTION, rich lilac, edged white (see Fig. 438); Mrs. HUTT,
orange-brown ; PRESIDENT, rose-carmine ; WHITE CEDO NULLI,
white, tipped brown. Fringed or Toothed: FIMBRIATUM, rose-
lilac, suffused yellow ; INNOCENCE, white ; MARABOUT (see Fig.
436) pure white; MONS. CAMILLE, amaranth, rose-shaded ; Mons.
HOSTE, deep flesh ; SIR RICHARD. WALLACE, rose, shaded white ;
SOUVENIR DE JERSEY, deep rose.
Japanese.
nankeen yel
BEAUMONT, gotten- уы rose-flaked at the back; BRONZE
D ow, fine; CERES, blush-pink ; CHANG, dark
D'ESPAGNE, pale poe immense; MEG MERRILEES, sulphur-
ICHARDS LARIOS, dark rose and violet ; UIT
D'HIVER, bronze, golden tips ; ORACLE, deep red-crimson ; PETER
THE GREAT, clear lemon, large; RED DRAGON, flery crimson,
pen tips (see Fig. 439); RED GAUNTLET, dark crimson; Rosa
NHEUR, rich violet, crimson-shaded ; КОВКА STRIATA, rich
yellow, flaked violet and crimson; THE SULTAN, rosy-purple.
ей; MADAME С. DESGRANGE, white, with ye
t Мар енй G » yellow
=й DAME PICOUL, т urple; NANUM, blush ; PREC
Fi ag Sow? SOUVENIR D'UN AMI, pure white, ve: fom tant
ig. 19, for w ch we are indebted to Messrs, Cannell and Sons,
YSANTHUS. Yellow-flowered.
yellow.
4 Fic. 449. EARLY-FLOWERING CHRYSANTHEMUM,
farieties, CHROMATELLa, olden-orange ;
CHE d red E
: E, reddish-mauve ; FRED. PELE
STRATIO; » shite, shaded ; JARDIN DES PLANTE: x
ATION, уу shad | TES, rich yell
48. й m PETITE MARIE, pure white: Le
CHRYSO. In Greek compounds, this signifies gold ks E
CHRYSOBACTRON (from chrysos, gold, and bactron,
a wand; alluding to the handsome racemes of C. Rossii),
ORD. Liliacem. All the species of this genus are now
referred to Bulbinella by Bentham and Hooker. "Very
ornamental, but comparatively rare, hardy bulbous peren-
nials. For culture, see Anthericum.
C. Hookeri (Hookers)* fl. bright yellow, bisexual, nearly iin.
across, freely produced іп erect racemes 3in. to bin. long. Early
summer. J. linear, sheathing at the base, 8in. to 12in. long, and
from Jin. to lin. broad. A. lift. to 3ft. New Zealand, 1850. This
only forms fine specimens in a deep moist soil. SYN. Anthericum
Hookeri.
C. Rossii (Ross's) f. yellow, unisexual. k. 2ft. to 3ft. New
— 1848. A similar, but much superior, species to the
above.
CHRYSOBALANHEZE. А tribe of Rosacec.
CHRYSOBALANUS (from chrysos, gold, and balanos,
an acorn; in reference to the yellow fruit of some of the
species). TRIBE Chrysobalanee of ORD. Rosacew. Stove
or greenhouse trees, with simple leaves, and racemes or
panicles of insignificant flowers. Fruit edible. Sandy
loam is the best soil for this genus. The best method of
propagation is by seeds, when they are procurable. Large
cuttings, however, taken off at a joint, without shortening
any of their leaves, will root readily if planted thinly in a
pot of sand, and placed in moist heat, with a bell glass
over them.
C. Ісасо. Cocoa Plum. Л. white; panicles axillary, dichoto-
mous, fr. about the size of a plum, ovate-roundish, varying much
in colour, but most commonly pu and usually covered
with a kind of bloom; the К Dod апа the pulp white,
adhering firmly to the stone; the taste is sweet, with some
austerity, but not unpleasant. Z. nearly orbicular, or obovate,
oak vw A. 3ft. 6ft. Florida, &c., 1752, Stove. (G. C.
| olius (oblong-leaved ; i inal.
Р ( "ps ) Л. white; panicles terminal
CHRYSOCOMA (from chrysos, gold, and
in reference to the yellow florots).
Goldy-loeks. ORD
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 325
Chrysocoma—continued. d.
Composite. Pappus simple; receptacle naked; p
hemispherical or broadly bell-shaped, imbrieate. A ^
species of this genus (about eight) are е. = -
growing, South African shrubs. The one кее : ow
(perhaps the only one in cultivation) succeeds д іп
sandy peat. Cuttings of half-ripened shoots root freely in
sand, under a glass.
Fic. 450. CHRYSOCOMA COMA-AUREA, showing Habit and
Flower-head.
C. Coma-aurea (golden hair).* 7.-hzads yellow. June. J. linear,
straight, smooth, decurrent at back. A.2it. Саре of Good Hope,
1731. A greenhouse evergreen. See Fig. 450. (B. M. 1972.)
C. Linosyris (Linosyris). /L-heads yellow, in terminal, dense,
hemispheric. corymbs. A. lft, to 2ft. Northern hemisphere
(Britain). Hardy perennial.
CHRYSODIUM. See Acrostichum.
CHRYSOGONUM (from chrysos, gold, and gonu, a
knee or joint; the flowers are generally produced at the
joints of the stem). Orp. Composite. There are some
half-dozen plants referred to this genus; two are Indian,
three Australian. The typical species (probably the only
one in cultivation) is described below. It is a very pretty,
hardy, herbaceous perennial, thriving best in a loamy
soil, with the addition of a little peat and leaf mould.
Propagated by dividing the roots, in spring.
E um (Virginian)* j.-heads yellow; involucre about
five-leaved ; receptacle paleaceous ; pappus а small, chaffy crown,
three-toothed. May. l somewhat ovate, bluntly serrated ;
petioles longer than the leaves. A. 6in. United States.
CHRYSOPHYLLUM (from chrysos, gold, and phyl-
lon, a leaf; referring to the colour of the under side of the
leaves). Star Apple. ORD. Sapolacegm. Stove evergreen
trees. Flowers disposed in axillary, umbellate fascicles ;
corolla campanulately rotate, with a five-parted, spreading
limb. Fruit globose, one to ten-celled. Leaves alternate,
entire. These plants are grown principally on account of
their ornamental foliage, as the fruit is not produced until
_ they have assumed a very considerable size. They require
potting in sandy loam and peat, in the proportion of two
parts of the former to one of the latter. An abundance of
heat and moisture is needed during the growing season, but
less during winter, though ey must then by no means be
allowed to suffer from want of water, or the result will be
the loss of many leaves, and consequent disfigurement.
Chrysophylinms may be increased by cuttings of small,
well-ripened shoots, plunged in strong moist heat, or by
seeds, when procurable. ы
argenteum (silvery-leaved) This species differs from C. Cainito
only in the silvery under surface of the leaves, West Indies, &c.
C. Cainito (Cainito) fl. whitish, small. May. jr. large, rather
depressed, rose-coloured, mixed with green and yellow: skin
smooth and glabrous; flesh soft, clammy,- sweet, and hispid.
L oblong, пы оре and apex, 341
rous above, but silky and rusty beneath. Branches clothed
Per silky rusty down. k. 30ft. to 50ft. West Indies, 1737,
macrophyllum (large-leaved).* 1, oblong-lanceolate, 6in. to
6 in length, and 2in. to 3in. in breadth, deep green above,
lensely clothed on the under side when young with rich golden,
Mes эш, "s nu. im to Sat сои. ^. 50%,
7 rare but magnificen . The foli
assumes its proportions when young. Е м»
їп, to 4in, long, quite .
Chrysophyllum —continued. d
C.monopyrenum (one-stoned) f. whitish, small. jr. shining,
Ды ПЕ i dp in form like a small date. T alternate, oval. 4in.
to 5in. long, 2in. broad. h. 30ft. West Indies, 1812. (B. M. 5505.)
CHRYSOPSIS (from chrysos, gold, and opsis, aspect ;
in allusion to the golden blossoms). Окъ. Composite.
Hardy, herbaceous perennials. Pappus of the ray and disk-
florets similar and double; the exterior short and sca е-
like; the inner of long, capillary bristles. Some of tne
species make excellent subjects for naturalising in a shrub-
bery or in the rougher parts of borders, They are easily
grown in common ‘oil. Propagated by division in spring.
C. falcata (sickle-shaped) /l.-heads yellow, small, corymbose.
August. Z. crowded, linear, rigid, entire, somewhat recurved or
scythe-shaped, sessile. л. 4in. to 10іп. New Jersey. i
C. mariana (Maryland). jl.-heads yellow, corymbose, on glandular
peduncles, reete to October. 1. oblong. h. 106. to 2%.
New York. Plant silky with long and weak hairs, or, when
old, smoothish.
C. trich lla (haíry-leaved).
narrow-oblong, sub-acute, hairy.
South United States, 1827.
C. villosa (villous). (fl.-heads yellow. July to September. J.
narrowly oblong, hoary with rough pubescence (as is also the
involucre), bristly-ciliate towards the base. Stem DE nities |
branched, the branches terminated by single, short-peduncl
heads. North America,
CHRYSOSPLENIUM (from chrysos, gold, and
splen, the spleen; in reference to the golden colour of
the flowers, and the supposed virtue of the plant in
diseases of the spleen). Golden Saxifrage. ORD. Kaxi-
frageew. Hardy, perennial herbs. Flowers yellow, some-
what corymbose. Leaves thickish, simple, petiolate, toothed.
The two native species, alternifolium and oppositifolium,
are not very showy plants, but constitute pretty ornaments
for damp, boggy places. They grow about біп, high and
ате very easily progagated by divisions.
CHEYSOSTEMMA TRIPTERIS. Sec
fl.-heads yellow. June. l
Stem slender, 1ft. to 5ft. high.
Ree Core-
opsis tripteris.
CHRYSOXYLON. A synonym of Pogonepus
(which see),
CHRYSURUS. Asynonym of Lamarckia (which see).
CHYMOCARPUS PENTAPHYLLUS. Sco Tro-
pæolum pentaphyllum.
Fig. 451. CHYSIS BRACTESCENS.
CHYSIS (from chysis, melting; in reference to tho
‘used appearance of the pollen masses). ORD. Orchidew.
A small but beautiful genus of stove, deciduous epiphytes.
Flowers very showy, colours bright, texture firm, and the
Surface even and waxy; lip beautifully marked. Pseudo- E |
526
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Chysis—continued.
bulbs thick, fleshy, brittle, about 1ft. long, producing
their flowers with the young growth. For culture, see
Vanda.
C. aurea (golden).*
duced а (piden) у i
a, disposed in a short
By radi 183. (eae оГ the year; lip marked wit anat
X Y $i £ *
О tek (Lemminghe’s).* А cha charming variety, with
А May or June, Gostemala (CE е ae
m ^. Zin. to Sin. across, disposed in a |
Chysis—continued.
short spike or raceme; si А онн and petals white ; lip three-lo
saddle-shaped, with a yellow blotch in the centre. April an
Ma ne lo long, acute. Guatemala, 1840. See Fig. 451. (B. АМ.
Fic, 452, CHysiS CHELSONI.
C. chelsoni (Chelsea) f., sepals an nankeen yellow,
with a large rosy blotch ‘ek th the apex; Үү bright ye yellow, th red
P pigra markings. А 482, for which we баеты
Veitch and P d me д ze indeb "T
* ret opal and йс Bp biote aches
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 327
Chysis—continued.
scarlet or crimson, and fringed round the margin. June.
Pseudo-bulbs loin. long. Guatemala. (I. Н. 1863, 555.)
CIBOTIUM, 5ге Dicksonia.
CICCA (named after Peter Cicea, a writer of the six-
teenth century) ORD. Ewphorbiacee. A small genus, now
usually referred to Phyllanthus. The best-known species
is C. disticha, which is a stove evergreen fruit-troe. It
thrives well in sandy loam; and cuttings of ripe shoots
will root in sand, if placed under a glass, and in bottom
heat.
C, disticha (two-ranked) fl. greenish; racemes lateral J. ob-
long. А. lOft. India, 1796.
CICHORIUM (an ancient Egyptian name). Chicory
or Succory. Овр. Composite. Hardy salad plants. In-
volucre surrounded with small stales or smaller leaflets;
receptacle naked or slightly hairy; pappus sessile, scaly,
shorter than the pericarp. For special culture, see
Chicory and Endive.
C. Endivia. Endive. .-heads pale blue, lin. to 1}in. across ;
рее axillary. |l. large, sinuate, smooth, toothed. July.
2ft. China, &c. Annual,
C. Intybus (Intybus). Chicory. /.-heads bright blue, axillary,
sessile, lin. to làin. across, Са two or three together on the
сее branches. July. 7. glandular-ciliated ; lower ones ob-
nceolate, runcinate-pinnatifid or dentate; upper stem ones
lanceolate, half stem-clasping, broadly toothed or entire. h. 2ft.
to 5ft. Europe (Britain). Perennial. (Sy. En. B. 786.)
- C. spinosum (spiny). /.-heads blue ; involucre ovate, imbricated ;
receptacle naked ; peduncles rigid, glabrous. Z. green, sub-succu-
lent, rous, runcinate-lyrate ; terminal lobe oblong, obtuse.
S divaricate; branches ending in a spine. Greece.
tem
Biennial (8. Е. б. 823.) `
p Included under Pelargonium (which
see).
CIENKOWSKIA (mamed in honour of Professor L.
Cienkowsky, a Russian botanist of the present century).
ORD. Scitaminee. A handsome stove herbaceous peren-
nial, now referred to genus EKempferia, which see for
cultivation.
C. Kirkii (Kirk's). Л. lovely pale rose-purple, about 3in. in dia-
le,
: pe slender, erect, 3in. to 4in. long.
ugust. 2, elliptic-lanceolate, біп. to Sin. 1 in.
wide. A. біп. Zanzibar, 1872. (B. М. 5994.) © ^Y ^m. to Shin.
CILIZ. Marginal hairs, forming a fringe.
CILIARIA. Included under Saxifraga (which
see).
CILIATE. Fringed with hairs.
CIMICIFUGA (from cimez, a bug, and fugo, to drive
away; indicating certain virtues which the plants—par-
ticularly О. elata—possess). Bugwort. Овр. Ranuncu-
lace&. Ornamental hardy herbaceous perennials, allied
to “Actea. They are of easy culture in ordinary garden
soil. A somewhat moist and shady situation is pre-
ferable. All are po shine by division of the roots,
i eii Or by seeds, sown in a cold frame as soon as
с. americana merican’ ).* i =
iq and mss Puoi M y
— Sweet-scen ; sca
nícled,
arolina,
C. cordifolia (heart-shaped-leaved), whitish ; racemes pani
m Ad Ами. = biternate “Tents four or five lobed,
oy = B e base. Л. 2ft. to 3ft. North America,
C. elata (tall. Л. whitish; racemes panicled. J
È ternate or biternate ; leaflets ovate-oblong, Geely’ “eh бөрү
hou. eastern Siberia, North America, &e, 1777.7 A ten
, used in Siberia for driving away bugs. SYN. C. Setida,
С: foetida (fetid), A synonym of C. elata.
C. japonica (Japanese)* 1, white, sessile:
e ; spikes very long.
i pne PS wiih five or seven-lobed cordate segments.
C. racemosa racemose),* w :
long. Ju cad Lt hite; racemes compound, very
August. riternate, with
. Sut leaflets, A. 3ft. to Sft, North te, vith serrated ог, poeta
racemes
h. 2ft. to 3ft.
Cimicifuga—continued.
resembles <Actwa spicata, but is much larger. SYN. Actea
racemosa and С, serpentaria. (В. С. 443.)
C. serpentaria (snake-like) A synonym of C. racemosa.
CINCHONA (named after Countess de Chinchon, wife
of a Governor of Peru, who was cured of a fever in 1638
by this remedy). Peruvian Bark. ORD. Rubiacem. South
American trees, from which various kinds of Peruvian
bark are obtained. Flowers white or reddish ; inflores-
cence panicled. ^ Leaves on stout petioles, with flat
margins; stipules ovate or oblong, foliaceous, free, deci-
duous. These greenhouse evergreens are of the utmost
importance, medicinally, and for this purpose their cul-
ture is of primary importance in India and many other
tropical countries. They are rarely grown in this
country, not being particularly ornamental. The best
compost is a mixture of turfy loam and fibry peat, with
a little sand and charcoal. Cuttings should be taken off
when ripe, and planted in a pot of sand, which should
be plunged, under a hand glass, in a moist heat.
C. Calisa а і . Я i" ,
acuminate. h. 30ft. D aU b dad of Peru. Paa
bipes hose (lanceolate). A synonym of C. oficinalis.
‚ Off (officinal), f. ve er olour, s on
sha ele Ur ЧУ е eS ae:
above; panicle bracteate, aueh branched. d" | ont
lanceolate, acute, naked on both surfaces, as well as the b neh
shining. A.30ft.to 40ft. Peru. SYN. C. lanceolata, ^"
Among other species of this 3 s a
microphylla, nitida, and sean, Бепиз are: condaminea, cordifolia,
CINCHONACEZE. Included under Rubiacee.
CINCINALIS. See Nothochlena,
Fic. 453. FLOWERING BRANCH OF SINGLE-FLOWERED
CINERARIA.
(from cinerea, ash-coloured ; alluding
to the grey down covering the surfaces of the leaves). ORD.
Composite. An extensive genus of mostly herbaceous
plants, Pappus pilose ; receptacle naked ; involucre cam-
panulate, of many equal sides. Several of the hardy —
Species are excellent plants for the herbaceous borders, -
928
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cineraria—continued.
and may be easily grown in any ordinary garden soil.
They may be propagated by divisions of the roots; or,
better, by seed, sown in a cold frame or cool house, in
spring. The florist’s varieties which have originated from
C. cruenta are among the most ornamental and useful
plants that can be grown for greenhouse or conservatory
decoration (see Fig. 453). As a packet of seed will produce
a great variety of colours, including all shades of blue,
and the plants are of tolerably easy culture, and do not
require much heat, they should be grown by every one
possessing a house where frost is excluded during winter.
Named sorts must be propagated by division of the roots:
but, as seedlings are more vigorous, and those of a good
strain equal to many named kinds, the general plan is
to sow in succession annually, and when the plants have
flowered, throw them away. They are best grown in pits
or frames, until frost sets in, and then removed to a light,
airy position in the greenhouse, for winter blooming.
AT] Me :
Aint, У a
Us
7
И
(2
Beed should be sown under glass, those i
Should be sown т intended f,
Sagen fowering in April and May, those for йа. =
and August. Some light leaf mould should be sifted
am equal quantity of fresh sifted loam and
rough siftin 88 Over the crocks, fill: п i
3 к ? , ` up
надр. tolerably — and afterwards finishi
+ ape On which to sow the seed. This
н сд 9 thinly and regularly over the -— a
Mc. wid covered with some more of the sifted mix-
, arda watering it carefully with a fine-rosed
за 1 Ве Pans шау be covered with sheets of glass, and
The glass should | in the greenhouse or cold frame,
gl tilted v en the young plants appear
and finally removed, to на requisite light and air.
4 exclude light.
Cineraria—continued.
When the seedlings are large enough to handle, they
should be placed separately in small pots, or pricked off
in other pans. They should be kept rather close for a
time after potting, to encourage root action, but must not
be exposed to much heat at any time. The best place for
them in summer is an ordinary garden frame, or cold pit,
facing north. They delight in plenty of atmospherie
moisture and a cool bottom, such as that afforded by а
layer of coal ashes.
After Cultivation. As the plants progress, they should
be shifted on in suitable sizes until placed in the flowering
pots, as anything like starvation in the younger stages of
growth is very detrimental to their well-being afterwards. ii
Small decorative plants may be flowered in 5in. pots; but j
for larger specimens, those of Тіп. or Sin. in diameter ате
required. The final shift must be determined at the out-
set, and the smaller-sized pots selected so as to give about _
an equal amount of soil each time. A much richer and _
rougher compost may now be employed, consisting of
about half loam, with an addition of equal parts of leaf soil
and tolerably dry cow manure. The plants must be again
placed on ashes in a cool frame, and plenty of air admitted _
in mild weather, at the same time avoiding draughts,
which are very injurious. Cinerarias like plenty of water
at the roots at all times, and frequent syringings in summer
and autumn. A thin shading will be required in bright
weather, as the plants will not bear exposure to sun;
should not, however, be permanent, or sufficiently thick
є The plants soon become weak and drawn
in a dry atmosphere, consequently only enough fire heat
should be applied, even in winter, to exclude frost. The _
spring-sown plants will flower in autumn and early winter}
but those sown in July or August, and grown on during
winter, to flower the following spring, are invariably of
the best quality. Named varieties that are to be per
petuated by cuttings, should be cut down after flowering, —
and be afterwards propagated by division.
EO C
Fig. 455. CINERARIA MARITIMA.
Insects, фс. Cinerarias are especially liable, in 8l.
stages of their growth, to the attacks of green fly. Tb?
frames should be fumigated frequently, but not strongly»
with tobacco paper, as, although the fly may not be
detected at first, the plants may be infested und
the young leaves. Fumigation is a certain cure, but is b
used as a preventative. Red spider is sometimes trou
some, but this is a sign of insufficient moisture, and [i
remedy is of course suggested. Mildew is often caused
by draughts, or a confined, close atmosphere. X
affected parts should be dusted with flowers of sulphut
Š
$5
LA
Ам ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
329
Cineraria—continued,
Double-flowered Cinerarias. These are similar in growth
to the single varieties, but have their flowers quite double,
like miniature rosettes. Seeds are not produced in any-
thing like the quantity obtained from single ones, and the
varieties cannot be depended upon to reproduce themselves
true from seed. Neither will any more than a proportion
of double-flowered plants be guaranteed. This entails the
necessity of perpetuating any variety by cuttings, which
is, with many of them, a very slow process. Although
: useful for buttonhole and other bouquets, and for cut-
f
| c
| ^ alpestris
| 2 pinnate; terminal pinnze large, cordate, cut-toothed; lateral —
| : E ol a the end. A, aft. South and Eastern —
Cineraria—continued.
flower purposes, this section will probably never supersede
the single-flowered one for beauty and general utility.
All Cinerarias are benefited by applications of manure
water, from the time the flower-heads are formed until
they open.
-
©
ч
|
un
<
z
[s
н
©
=
<
м
z
<
E
a
5
Q^
=
I
о
A
a
o
2
A
(B
E
3
Ча
Ы
(alpine). f.-heads yellow, corymbose, June.
ones cuneate, tooth
| Europe, 1683. Hardy herb P
| L, radical ones elliptic, repandly tooth
c.
May.
(orange-coloured).* /l.-ħeads orange, rymb se. ae:
È
330 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Cineraria—continued.
lanceolate, entire. Stem simple, rather woolly. South
and Eastern Europe, 1819. Hardy perennial (S. B. F. G.
iii. 256.)
cruenta (purple-leaved).* .-heads reddish-purple, cymose.
8 and summer, 1, ones co
em h; cauline ones sessile, ovate, auricled at base.
Canary Islands, 1777. Greenhouse perennial (B. M. 406.)
C. c. Webberiana (Webbers) This is а garden hybrid, with
bright blue flower-heads, raised in 1842. At the present time, it
would be regarded as very inferior. The ray-florets are too
narrow to allow it to be placed in a selection of florists' varieties,
. . judged by the now accepted standard. See Fig. 454.
.. ©. geifolia (Geum-leay -heads yellow ; peduncle branched.
à ea. d August. [. то, et bed. reniform, narrowed, somewhat
, downy; petioles auricled at end. A. 2ft. Cape of Good
Hope, 1710. Greenhouse evergreen shrub.
o — (lobed). ie yellow, sub-corymbose ; involucre
yculate, June. roundish, many-lobed, smooth; oles
auricled at base. A. 3ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1774. а
evergreen,
(long-leaved). -heads yellow, in corymbose
um July. 4 somewhat е radical ones Veri
cauline ones oblong-lanceolate. Stem simple. Л. South
and Eastern Europe, 1792. Hardy perennial.
C. maritima (sea).* /L-heads yellow, panicled ; involucre downy.
UMEN Nw qs
А T ui urope, d
Hardy evergreen. See Fig. 455. (S. Е. б. 871.) е
Varieties. The single varieties being so exclusively
grown from mixed seed, it is hardly desirable to give a
selection of named kinds. 'These are most important to
the seed raiser only, to constitute and fix his strain. А
list of the most desirable double-flowered kinds is ap-
pended :
ADA, deep blue, very full; KATE, pure white, tinted with pink, of
excellent form ; Mary, light magenta-rose; MR. THOMAS ДОЙ,
very
JUNO, LILACINA,
Y.
tipped E ps lake, very y vcr - floriferous
ine, very double; SOPHIA, rich
a Lig pom treo are : ECLIPSE,
: GAN
LE, and Bras or ex 8, ETTA, Rosy GEM,
On». Canellacec.
C. corticosum Л. red. A. 50%. W і
This is a stove tree, the bark of which is БР
. aromatic ulant ves and tonics. It requires cul. -
(B. M. 6105" for Canella, to which the
"
genus contains many species of great economic value; fe
1 ; few
them nj api for any beauty Which they may possess.
See Deparia. |
MEA. (derivation unexplained), ORD. Irideg.
all genus of ET S v E
в; perianth with a very short tube
limb; inner segments much ти
г through the winter, and to repot
by seed, which should be sown a.
а spring ; or by offsets, which are produced
ПЛ. white, оп a sho i
ay, Erden nd te mbit
- „где scape. Bulbs conico-globose. A, lft
| 646, under the name of Marica paludosa. E.
(mythological name, after Circe, the famous |
Nightshade. Овр. Onagrariee,
Circea—continued.
Pretty herbaceous plants. Flowers in terminal and lateral
racemes, covered with uncinate hairs. Leaves opposite,
stalked, toothed. Roots creeping. They are of the easiest
possible culture, and will grow under almost any conditions.
Propagated readily by the running roots.
C. alpina (alpine). Л. pale red. July. J. cordate, toothed,
shining, with winged petioles, membranous. Stems ascending,
smoothish. A. 4in. to 6in. Northern hemisphere (Britain).
(Sy. En. B. 512.) С. intermedia is a form of this species.
C. lutetiana (Parisian). Л. pale гей. June. l. ovate, acuminated,
toothed, opaque, and downy, Wo than the petioles. Stem
erect, pubescent. h. 1ft. to lift. Northern hemisphere (Britain).
(Sy. En. B. 511.) E
CIRCINATE. Curled round like a crook; like the -
young fronds of ferns.
CIRRHZA (the part of the flower called the rostellum
is prolonged in the form of a small tendril or cirrhus). ORD. .
Orchidee. An interesting genus of stove orchids (about
six species are known), not remarkable for any particular
beauty, and, consequently, rarely seen in cultivation. The
flowers of this genus are numerously produced on long ~
pendulous racemes, springing from the base of the pseudo- —
bulbs. When grown in pots, the spikes of these pretty, _
fragrant flowers hang down all round the sides, and present _
a very neat and effective appearance. For culture, see .
Cymbidium.
. i MEN у . , st
y cU rd m osa
without stripes; lip similarly coloured, but curiously fo’
May. Brazil, 1827. (В. R. 1538.) -— —— __
C. tristis (dull-coloured-fiowered). fl., sepals and petals datk-
coloured, almost purple, tinged with blood-colour and 3
yellow, very fragrant; lip purple. June, А. 9in. Mexico, 18%.
(B. В. 1889.) :
CIREHIFEROUS. Bearing tendrils or claspers.
CIRRHOPETALUM (from cirrhus, a tendril, and
petalon, a flower-leaf; in reference to the strap-shaped
petals). Syn. Ephippium. ORD. Orchidew. In this some-
what extensive genus (about thirty species are known
but few are in cultivation) we have both very beautiful
and equally curious species. They are closely allied to _
Bulbophyllum, from which genus, however, they may LES
distinguished by having their lateral sepals very much
lengthened out. It is this peculiar elongation w:
gives them their distinctive appearance and peculiar
charm. They are stove epiphytes, with roundish pseudo-
bulbs, from the top of which proceeds a single fleshy
leaf. Cirrhopetalums should be grown in baskets,
upon blocks of wood, suspended from the roof, in
& situation that they can receive а goodly share о!
air, and light. They enjoy a plentiful supply of
during the summer months, and, even during
anything like drying-off should be carefully a
although, as а matter of course, much less water
be required. In syringing, care must be taken to avoid
sprinkling the blooms. When the plants are in
they will need shading from the sun’s rays.
C. auratum (ош дады * A. straw-colour, stained and :
with erimson and gold; scape produced from the base of
eudo-bulb, very slender, ing a crown or circular umbel |
elicate blossoms. Spring. J. solitary, oblong, convex, cona-
ceous, deep амы above, but wholly purplish-red on the un
side. Psendo-bulbs small, oval. Hanila, 1840. Rare
elegant, (B. R. 29, 61.)
C. chinensis (Chinese) Л. T sepals and petals purple?
lateral Ai is nri Chi, ЧЫ , eden carious —
(B. R. 29, 49.) : oduced Ж
C. Cum " к келс =
ge peculiar,
lin. i ear l
a u
thee twa ae
H
:dusa's),*
, on an erect scape; two of the three S
;
LI
OF HORTICULTURE. 331
AN ENCYCLOPÆDIA
Cirrhopetalum—continued.
lengthened into thread-like points, din. or Sin. in length. Suin-
mer. J. solitary, oblong, emarginate, coriaceous, deep green.
arene ecb ove somewhat four-angled. Singapore, 1839.
C. Pahudii (Pahud's) f. reddish-brown, with bright red dots,
disposed in а ЖАНА: араай tals turned back. J. dark
gu Java, . А very curious interesting species, SYN.
. flagelliforme,
uars’s).* roduced in umbels on the apex of
Me € / рери ве are of а tawny
remainder of the flower is yellow,
orange colour, whilst the
dotted with red. Summer. l solitary, oblong, obtuse, dark
uced from a creep-
green, coriaceous. Pseudo-bulbs smooth, prod
ing rhizome or stem. Java, Manilla, &c. (B. M. 4237.)
dancing).* brown, purplish-white, disposed in
x M "^ ат суы biooum. Burmah, 1576. " This is
"i described ав a rather modest, but pretty, plant.
CIRRHOSE. Tendrilled; having tendrils or claspers,
as the Pea.
CIRSIUM. See Cnicus.
CISSAMPELOS (from Kissos, the Greek name of Ivy,
and Ampelos, a Vine; the plants resembling Ivy in their
rambling habit, and the Vine in having the fruit in racemes).
Pareira Brava Root. ORD. Menispermaceæ. Stove climb-
ing shrubs. Racemes axillary; male ones often trichoto-
mously branched, somewhat corymbose, solitary, twin or in
threes, bearing many flowers at the top of the pedicels;
female racemes simple, elongated, bearing broad alternate
bracts. Leaves simple, stalked, orbicular, ovate, heart-
shaped or peltate, mucronulate at the apex. These plants
grow freely in fibrous loam. Cuttings root readily, with
a hand glass placed over them, in heat. The majority of
the species require a great deal of room to spread, before
Thouarsii
the slender scape; the long
_ they arrive at a flowering stage.
С. mauritiana uritian).* ellow, green; male racemes
axillary, in xn mak. нн ans By pubescent-
villous; those of the male plants peltate. Branches hispid.
Mauritius, 1820.
C. Pareira (Pareira). Caapeba. ; female racemes
Ionger than the indt Ju s Ё somewhat cordate,
ovate-orbicular; under bescent. Branches
smooth. Martinico, Jamaica, &c., 1733. M. Pl. 15.)
There are about a score other species.
CISSUS (from Kissos, Ivy; in reference to the habit).
ORD. Ampelidem. This genus is now generally merged
into Vitis. Climbing plants, with cymes or corymbs of
small greenish, yellow, or purplish flowers, and simple,
trifoliate, or palmate leaves.
Аз a roof climber, or bracket or trellis plant, C. discolor
is universally admired. Two parts turfy peat, and one of
loam and leaf mould, with a fair proportion of gritty sand,
suits it well, either for basket or pot culture, or for
planting out. Of course, in the latter case, the soil used
will be coarser, and the drainage must be more ample. It
thrives well in large pots; but for a fine growth over lofty
. roof girders or arches, or up pillars, it is best planted ont.
It luxuriates in bottom heat, displaying an unusual size
and colour of leaf when growing freely in a surface tem-
perature of 70deg., and а bottom heat of 80deg. Still, it
also grows and colours well withont bottom heat, and in
the usual temperature of the plant stove. Propagation is
easily effected by cuttings; more so in the spring than at
any other season. "There are, then, two modes of rooting.
One consists in choosing the weakly shoots that are pruned
just before the plants break into new growth. The other
plan is even more successful: allow the young shoots to
grow to a length of about 2in.; then eut them off, with a
small piece of the base branch adhering to the young wood ;
ог the shoots may be cut off with one or several of these
young branchlets on them. Cut the old branch through at
the base of each young one, and insert the cuttings with
this heel of old wood entire. Very sandy soil or pure sand
should be used for them. The cuttings should be plunged
in a sharp bottom heat, in a close frame. They strike all
нобе т рттан with bell glasses. Pot off so soon
_ ав rooted, and push on in a temperature of 70deg. to 80deg.
_ When the plants are in full growth, and making long and
| warm, sheltered positions. The texture of the flowers
Cissus —conti nued,
strong shoots, they will be greatly benefited by the
application of a little manure water. Great care must,
however, be taken to use only a very weak solution; other-
wise, instead of assisting the plants, it will prove very
detrimental to them.
C. discolor (various-coloured),*
what quinquefid, shorter than
oblong, acuminated, the edg
upper surface of a bright
with white; under side of
Л. greenish-yellow; cymes some-
the leaves. y* t. L cordate-
es furnished with bristly serratures ;
velvety-green, spotted or mottled
а deep reddish-purple; both sur-
а ro E as the angular branches, smooth. Java, 1854.
Wen (purple-leaved). A synonym of Piper
CISTERNS. These may be made of galvanised iron or
slate, when required to be movable or only of a moderate
size. As permanent reservoirs for water, Cisterns are
generally constructed with stone or brick, and coated
inside with cement. The superior value of rain water _
over any other for plant cultivation and garden purposes
generally, is unfortunately often overlooked when building
glass houses, as it is frequently conducted to drains when
accommodation for its reception should be provided in the
shape of Cisterns. These can be placed above or below
ground, either inside
addition, should be
causing
Almost all sizes шћу be
I use, and are well adapted for placi
in houses where permanent ones are not ;
stand and become warmed before a
plants. Cold water is very injurious t
plants growing in a warm temperature; hence the neces-
sity for Cisterns of some sort, placed near or
water pipes if possible, and kept filled with waf
for use. Where hard water has, of necessity, to
for pot plants outside in summer, it may be ma
softened by being placed in large open Cisterns, a
posed for a time to the air. Cisterns may also be
suecessfully for eultivating, on а small scale, tropi
hardy water plants. In connection with a heating aj
tus, the cold-water Cistern should, in all cases, be p
at least a few feet above the highest point of the р
‘has to supply. The size of Cistern for this
immaterial, the important part being to keep it
with water.
herbaceons plants,
three, petals, which
only a day. Leaves
к о AE i
Elegant abs.
Flowers large, handsome, resembling a.
ephemeral in character ; peduncles axillary, one or many-
flowered. Leaves opposite, exstipulate, entire, or some-
what toothed. Without exception, this genus is a most -
charming one, and ought to be represented in every garden;
but, unfortunately, the species will only thrive happily Es
very delicate; their colours are distinct and rich, and -
they are borne with great profusion during summer, In
cold localities, they should be planted at the foot of а _
with a southern | . Propagation may be effected —
by seeds or euttings, hand glasses outside, or inside -
With a gentle bottom heat;
; but seedlings always make
the best plants. The seeds should be sown early in
in pans or boxes, in a frame, and lightly
sifted sandy mould. The seedlings will come
532
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cistus—continued.
artificial heat in about six weeks. When the plants are
somewhat advanced, they should be gradually hardened
off. Great care must, however, be taken to shade them
from too much sunshine, and to keep them regularly
watered. When they are about lin. high, they may be
transferred to small pots; this shift enables them to be
placed i in a frame to re-establish. A few plants should be
kept in the frame during the winter, and removed out
. ef doors in spring, when the weather becomes mild and
. genial In all савез, a slight protection from frost will
reduce the chances of their being destroyed by an extra
severe winter. Cuttings should be made from Зір. to 4in.
in length; they may be struck in spring or autumn, in
sandy peat, under glass, shade and water being given
until roots are formed. The plants should then be potted
off singly into a compost of rich loam and leaf mould, and
finally planted out; but it is always advisable to reserve
duplicates in pots for winter protection, so as to be able
to replace in the event of loss.
Many of the names here given simply represent varying
forms of a few species. As, however, they are distinct
for gardening purposes, they are mentioned under the
names by which they are known in horticultural works.
‘somewhat m
t pr Aeg a 1640. ^ ошен three-
punte.
whitest). Л. сна
shorter than the | e
clothed wi coer te pied
and shea! at base, wit pil
1817. SY. 7
uncles one-flowered. June.
tal US xu Ne
h. 2%.
Soe inn pu
E collected oy vii vant,
me petats 804 yellow at the ты imbri.
Cistus—continued.
‘adhering to the straps.
as a perfume in Turkey.
С. crispus (curled).* fl. almost sessile, three or four together,
somewhat umbellate ; petals red-purple. June. l. sessile, linear-
lanceolate, undulately- curled, o enira queis pubescent,
h. 2ft. South-western Europe, 1656. (S. С. 22.)
Cupanianus (Cupani's) fl, white, sis a spot of yellow at
the base of each petal ; peduncles pilose, two to three-flowered ;
petals imbricated ; sepals villous. June. J. stalked, cordate-
ovate, wrinkled, reticulately-veined ; upper surface Scabrous ;
under surface covered with E VES hairs ; ; margin fringed, Stem
erect. л. 26. Sicily. (S. С. 7
С. cyprius (Cyprus) fl., кеч white, with а dark spot at the
base, imbricated ; peduncles generally many-flowered. June. i.
stalked, oblong- lanceolate ; upper surface glabrous ; under surface
clothed with hoary tomentum. h. 4ft. Cyprus, 1800. (S. C. 39.)
C. formosus. See Helianthemum formosum.
C. heterophyllus (various-leaved).* jf, corolla red, yellow at .
the base, large; petals imbricate; peduncles hairy, leafy, one- —
flowered, one to three together. "June. l. ovate -lanceolate, on
short footstalks, which are ‘sheathing at the base; margins revo-
lute. А. 2ft. rip (S. C. 6.)
C. hirsutus (hairy).* fl., petals white, with a yellow mark at the
base of each, imbricate ; peduncles short, one-flowered, or cymose,
many-flowered. June. — oblong, blunt and hairy. h, 2ft.
South-west Europe, 1656. (S. C. 19.)
С, incanus (hoary). A syuongm of C. villosus.
C. ladaniferus (labdanum-bearing)* Gum Cistus. /. ke
large, terminal, solitary; petals imbricate. June. almost
sessile, connate at the base, linear-lanceolate, three-nerved ; u
КЗ ТЕЛШ under surface tomentose. h. 4ft. Spain,
(S. C. 84.) At one time, it was believed that this species fu
the labdanum of commerce.
C. 1. maculatus (spotted)* /., petals white, each marked
the base with a dark blood-coloured spot. See Tig. 457. (8. gå
C. latifolius (broad-leaved).* fl., Le paged white, with a yellow T]
at the base of each, imbricated ; Voui E di
bracteate, long, somewhat cymose, e se. May. E
broad, "etus more with ы ҮА. а ый,
. €. 15.)
margins. A. Barbary, 1656 :
Л. white, with a ie
e. i stalked,
At the present time, it is principally used
C. laurifolius (Laurel-leaved).
the base of each petal, lar; ^ umbellate. June.
ovate-lanceolate, three-nerve
с. р (loose).* fl. white, with thao к at the base of each |
petal ose; peduncles and calyx hairy. July. 4 on - ;
footstall 8, ovate- аа acuminated, with ж „ме
margins, smoo upper ones hairy. a P
Europe, 1656. (S. C. 12.) T
monapetionsis (Montpelier)? Л. white, middle-sized ; deri
E crenate ; ilose, mewhat secund.
1. linear- cond рост rte dere P go
-nerved, clammy:
oth surfaces, A. 4ft. South Europe, еб, (S. С. - й
олш florentinus (Florentine).* petala white, ow. ee
ens, imbricate ; peduncles aola generall ‘iro ow
June, | l Manor = = kled, oo mad i bet
almost sessile. A A ет
е Pm salvifolius. (S. С. 60.) hy
C. oblongifolius (oblong-leaved).* — yello é
аксы quete e ү со, we
ee Sabaot
Branches
l. on short footstalks, oblong-lanceolate,
waved at the margins ; «à surface veiny.
villous. А. 4%. Spain. (S. C. 67.)
C. obtusifolius (blunt-leaved).* fl., petals bite, with а
spot at the base of each, fbr peduncles
many-flow June. J. almost sessili sessile, taperin
ovate-oblong, th LS -— AE with starry
somew. e
E WT i h. lft. to
C. populifolins (Poplar- vede
culm p peduncles bracteate, bi
cordate, WIE Ws ae
t.
йм 1
pron eee Дз тре
western Europe, 1656. (S. C.
psilosepalus (s sepaled).*
duncles рое eerie sepals А
shining, ей,
ciliated
with a ye| ow mark Tu de
short рро h lat
dulated
AN ENCYCLOPJEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 333
Cistus —continued.
C. rotundifolius (round-leaved).* J., petals purple, with a yellow
mark at the base of each, imbricate; sepals cordate, pilose ;
peduncles very hairy, rather cymose. June to September. Z.
roundish-ovate, obtuse, flat, wrinkled, reticulately veined, clothed
on both sides with fascicled hairs ; Сеи furrowed, somewhat
sheathing at the base. h. 16. South Europe, 1640. (S. C. 75.)
C.salvifolius (Sage-leaved). Л. white, middle-sized ; peduncles
long, white from tomentum, one-flowered, articulated above,
solitary or tern. June to August. l. stalked, ovate, obtuse,
wrinkled ; under surface tomentose. h. 2ft. South Europe, 1548.
(S. C. 54.) There are many varieties of this species.
С.в. Corbariensis (Corbar).* /l., petals white, imbricate ; pedun-
cles long, one to five-flowered. May. 1. stalked, somewhat
cordate, ovate, acuminated, with fringed margins, wrinkled on
both surfaces, and very glutinous. Л. 2ft. South of France, 1656.
A hybrid between salvifolius and populifolius. (S. С. 8.)
„©. undulatus (waved). A synonym of C. villosus.
vaginatus (sheathed).* 7. rich rose; petals imbricate; pedun-
cles three-flowered, axillary or terminal, long, bracteate at the
base. April to June. 7. lanceolate, acute, t ree-nerved, hairy;
“under surface reticulated; footstalks furrowed, dilated, and
sheathing at the base, with pilose margins. А. 2%. Teneriffe,
1779. (S. C. 9.)
C. villosus (villose).* fl., petals large, reddish-purple, spreading,
imbricate at the base; peduncles one-flowered, one or three
together. June, 4. roundish-ovate, wrinkled, tomentose and
hairy, stalked ; footstalks furrowed, connate at the base. A. 3ft.
South Europe, 1596. SYNS. C. incanus and C. undulatus. (S. C. 35.)
Fic. 458. CITRULLUS VULGARIS, showing Habit of Plant, and
C. v. canescens (hoary).* fi., petals crenulated, of a darkish-
purple, ti with blue, and with a yellow spot at the base of
incl 4 d with starry pubescence; peduncles terminal,
one-flowered, orsomewhat cymose. May. 1. oblong-linear, bluntish,
. tomentose, hoary, waved, rather three-nerved, sessile, and some-
. What connate at the base. A. 2ft. South Europe. (S. C. 45.) -
CITHAREXYLUM (from kithara, a lyre, and aylon,
wood; in reference to the fitness of the wood for musical
instruments) Fiddle-wood. Окъ. Verbenacee. A genus
of about a score rather ornamental stove evergreen trees,
Probably very few are now grown. They have principally
white flowers, and in height range from 6ft. to 50ft. Some
of the species which have been introduced are: caudatum,
cyanocarpum, dentatum, quadrangulare, subserratum, and
villosum.
CITRON. See Citrus medica.
CITRULLUS (from Citrus, in allusion to the Orange-
like fruits). ORD. Cucurbitace. А small genus of stove
herbs, closely allied to Cucumis. Flowers unisexual, with
а persistent five-parted calyx and corolla. Fruita many-
seeded gourd. For culture, &., see Cu is.
C. Colocynthis (Colocynth, the classical name of the plant).
Bitter Apple; Bitter Cucumber. Л. li .
globose, rarely Sin. in diameter, 06
(В. М.
€ vulgaris (common).* Water Melon. Л. yellow. fr. often lin.
Citrullus—continued.
in diameter, sometimes much smaller, sweet or bitter. Z deeply
divided, or but moderately lobed, glabrous or somewhat hairy,
wu
MELON (CITRULLUS VULGARIS).
“Said to be annual, while €. Colocynthis
FIG. 459. WATER
hardly scabrid. India.
is perennial ; but the distincti t i
С rtis ase gd netion between the cultivated form of
divided-leaved forms of the Water Melon,
(а) Male and (b) Female Blossoms.
SYNS. Cucumis and Cucurbita Citrullus.
is very small.” :
Figs. 458 and 459 s
334 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
CITRUS (from the Greek name, Kitron). Orange-tree.
ORD. Rutacew. Greenhouse evergreen trees or shrubs,
having axillary spines and simple leaves, with their petioles
usually winged. Flowers white, exquisitely fra-
_ grant. Some plants of the Citrus family are found
in most gardens. The flowers are produced at all
seasons, and are much used for wedding bouquets.
The leaves are of a glossy green colour; and even
the non-flowering plants have a fine appearance.
The soil used when cultivating in pots or tubs
ee
liberal portion of decayed manure and sand has
been added. During the growing season, some
liquid manure should be regularly supplied; but,
as soon as growth declines, this should be gra-
kept up during the season of growth, as one approaching
drought causes the plants to have a starved and stunted
appearance. In potting, the soil should be rammed firmly,
or the wood will be too soft and sappy to ripen properly.
If grown in a greenhouse, the heat must not be less than
45deg. in winter; and in summer, of course, it will vary,
the ordinary temperature, with plenty of air at all times,
being suitable. Propagation may be effected by seed,
cuttings, layers, grafting and budding. The object of
raising plants from seed is to obtain stocks for graft-
plant separately into pots, after which they must Ё
replaced in the hotbed, and shaded for some. tin |
afterwards allowed plenty of air, in order io Mili
them. In August of the next year, they will be sufi-
ciently strong for budding; after the operation has been
performed, they should be placed under a hand glass.
In the course of a month, it will be observable whether
the buds have taken; they must then be untied, and
allowed io remain in the greenhouse all the winter. In
spring, eut off the heads of the stocks, 3in. above the
buds, again place them in а moderate hotbed, and by the
end of July they will have made shoots 2ft. long. Then
harden them off before the cold sets in, by gradual ex-
posure to the air. Of most of the following species there
are a great number of varieties, more or less distinct. У
For cultivation of Citrus аз a dessert fruit, see Orange.
Fic, 461. FRUITING BRANCH OF SHADDOCK (CITRUS DUO
эле A
Fic. 462. FRUITING BRANCH ОР KUMQUAT (CITRUS JAPONICA).
should be a moderately heavy loam, to which a`
dually stopped. A moist atmosphere should be
ing or budding. The seedlings should be raised on @
hotbed; in the course of six weeks, they will be fit to —
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
335
Citrus—continued.
C. Aurantium (golden).* Sweet Orange. fr. golden, globose,
with a thin md sees ulp. 4. ovate-oblong, acuminate ;
petioles almost naked. h. ort to 30ft. Asia, 1595. See Fig. 460.
(B. M. PI. 51.)
C. decumana (huge. Shaddock. jr. very large and round,
about the size o 2 апп ball, often 101b. to 141b. weight ; rind
water, at а tempera-
Р 100deg. and а v heric heat continued
into autumn, whilst in winter it should be kept cool and rather
dry, for it will then bear 10deg. and even lbdeg. of frost. It
succeeds well grafted on Citrus oliata. The Kumquat is a
well-known ingredient in Chinese sweetmeats. See Fig. 3
C. Limetta (Lime).* Sweet Lime, or Lemon Bergamotte. jr.
lobose, with a blunt, nipple-like protuberance at the apex, a
rind, and sweet pulp. 4. ovate-roundish, serrated ; petioles
subulate. h. 8ft. to l5ft. Asia, 1648. Adam's Apple is a name
sometimes given to the fruit of this species.
C. Limonum.* Lemon. fr. oblong, with a very thin yellow
rind, which adheres to the acid pulp. J. oval-oblong, crenu-
lated ; petioles somewhat winged. A. 8ft. to 10ft. Asia, 1648.
(B. M. PI. 54.)
худ, 463. FRUITING BRANCH OF CITRON, or CEDRAT
(CITRUS MEDICA).
C. medica (“the fruits of the Citron were called Mala medica, or
Mala persica, by the Romans, from the country of their origin ").*
Citron, or Cedrat. jr. often біп, long, ovate, with a protuberance
at the tip; usually nine-celled ; pulp white, and commonly acid ;
rind yellow, thick, hardish, odoriferous, irregular; esculent, both
raw and preserved. l. oblong, obtuse; petioles naked. Branches
spiny. А. 8ft. to 16ft. Asia, 1688. Sec Fig. 463.
C. m. acida (acid). The cultivated West Indian Lime. -This is
à variety of C. medica, with er globose fruit. It is the
Citrus—continued.
principal source whence citric acid is obtained, and is
X а ns West Indies, especially in Montserrat and Don.
(CITRUS NOBILIS).
С. nobilis(noble).* Mandarin Orange. fr. reddish, both without
and within, containing sweet juice, and having edible sweet rind;
e me m — to ip з i. somewhat ovate; petiol
rather linear, straight. Branches ascending, unarm B
China, 1805. See Fig. 464. (A. B. R. 608.) s кє ; m
С. trifoliata (three-leaved) jr. orange-yellow, sph about
ljin. in diameter. Z. trifolia: le x е PS
ша. н еа eer n чети ай, often more or les
М ring stiff spines. ‚ 4o Fi . Hardy :
Pseudegle sepiaria. (B. M. 6513.) hs M T
с. (common) Common Seville or Bi "е 2
Jr. globose, with a thin, scabrous, or smooth AE. ое.
acrid pulp. J. elliptical, acuminate, crenulated; petioles with a
raped wing. Stem erect; branches spiny. A. 20%. to 80%. :
CIVES. See Chives.
Fig. 464. FRUITING BRANCH OF MANDARIN ORANGE |
&
(Amoor)* Л.
long, dense, erect racemes. 1.
four pairs of ovate-oblong leaflets. A.
Very ornamental. Syn. Maackia amurensis.
C. tinctoria (dyers) Л. white, t
branches in ample panicled racemes. al
pinnate; leaflets from seven to eleven, oval or
America. SYN. Virgilia lutea. ° =
CLAMMY. Viscid, sticky. ——
CLARKIA (named after Captain Clarke, the com-
panion of Capt. Louie in his journey to the Rocky
Mountains of North America). ORD. Onagracew. Elegant
slender branching annuals. Flowers axillary, sessile, soli-
багу ; petals four, cruciate, usually three-lobed, convolute ==
in sestivation. Leaves alternate, lanceolate, or linear,
entire. These charming flowers are very largely grown in -
gardens, on account of their extreme showiness and easy
culture. Seeds may be.sown in spring or autumn, out of
doors. When the plants are in their flowering quarters,
a distance of 9in. to 12in. apart should be allowed. é
C. elegans (clegant).* Л. of a rich lake colour; petals entire,
without teeth or the a Summer. l lanceolate, dentate. Л.
2ft. California, 1832. (B. Б. 1575.) There are many forms of this
species, i white, rose, and double-flowered varieties,
*
336
- Olarkia—continued.
of which are very desirable, and may be easily procured at any
dealer’s.
C. guaroides (Guara-like). A synonym of С, rhomboidea.
LL
ow,
AN
ase n ъ Ж
TRADAT e
у
A
Fie. 465. FLOWERING BRANCH AND Sr WER
CLARKIA PULCHELLA. ОН de 2 T
C. pulohella (pretty). Jt. purple, large ; tals deeply tri
th a pair ин teeth on Ме" 0096,
E. А. е 2ft. North America, 1826, See
Coal A d геа "Ys many single and
x 1 3, ess i
ibed In i Ме а utiful, which are fully
C. rhomboidea (rhomboid) is a species with
flowers than im f the . he ыш
(SBF. G 38] 0 e preceding.
CLARY (Salvia Sclarea). The leaves of this
sometimes used in soups. The culture is very vedio
Seeds may be sown in early spring, in a warm sunny
border, and the plants ultimately thinned out to 18in.
apart. An annual sowing i д
after the seed Ирен. S 1$ necessary, as the plants die
smaller purplish
BIN. Mole.
ked,
young euttings,
joint, will root
vol 3:
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
ed im bottom heat, under a bell
Clavija—continued.
C. fulgens (brilliant).*
deep orange-red, very handsome;
racemes short, axillary.
f ‘obcuneately spathulate, lft. or more
long. Stem simple, bearing a crown of leaves. Peru, 1867;
(B. M. 5626.)
c. (large-fruited). Л. rather large; racemes from
macrocarpa О
Sin. to 12in. long, pendulous. 1, spathulate-oblong, acute, stiff,
S beneath; petioles hardly lin. long. A. 10ft. to 12ft. Peru,
C. macrophylia (large-leaved). A synonym of C. Reideliana.
C. ornata (adorned).* fl. orange-coloured ; racemes drooping, 3in.
to 4in. long. l. long-lanceolate, acute, spiny-toothed ; petioles
2411р. long. h. 10ft. to 12ft. Caraccas, 1828. SYN. Theophrasta
longifolia, (B. M. 4922.)
С. Reideliana (Reidel's).* f. orange-coloured ; racemes axillary,
from amongst and beneath the crown of leaves. July. l. sessile
obovate-lanceolate, spinosely-serrate; larger ones 12in. to 20in. _
long. Brazil Syn. Č. macrophylla., (B. M. 5829.) 4
Other two species are : Rodekiana and umbrosa.
CLAW. The unguis or stalk of a petal; the narrow
end,
CLAY-COLOURED VINE WEEVIL. See Vine
Weevils.
CLAYTONIA (named after John Clayton ; he collected
plants, mostly in Virginia, and sent them to Gronovius, |
who published them in his * Flora Virginica”). ORD. Por-
tulacew. A genus of delicate little glabrous, rather suceu-
lent,hardy annuals or perennials, Racemes terminal. Leaves
quite entire; radical ones petiolate, upper usually oppo:
and sessile, and sometimes connate. Claytonias are
easy culture, and suited for certain parts of the
or wild garden. The tuberous-rooted species. thrive ө
їп damp peat soil "They may be increased by seeds, which
sometimes ripen freely; or by offsets, which may be sepa- _
rated in spring or autumn. The fibrous-rooted species
being annuals, the seeds only require to be sown in the
open border in spring, in a rather moist situation.
C. caroliniana (Carolina) 1. spathulate-oblong or oval-lanceo-
late. North America. (S. B. F. G. 208.) А
C. grandiflora (large-flowered). Synonymous with C. virginica.
C. perfoliata (perfoliate). Л, white, small; lower pedicels of
raceme in bundles. May to August. Z, upper ones connate ог
perfoliate, forming a roundish disk; radical ones petiolate, oval-
rhomboid. Root fibrous. h. Zin. to біп. North-west America to
Mexico and Cuba, 1794. Annual. This is natu
many parts of Britain and other countries. - (B. M. 1336.)
Fic. 466. CLAYTONIA SIBIRICA, showing Habit and Single Flower.
. C. sibirica (Siberian)* fl. rose-coloured ; petals bifid ; raceme
secund. March. l. oval; al ones petiolate; cauline eni
Пе. fusiform, А. Sibe
буо, opposite, sessile. Sin. to 6in.
1768. Perennial. See Fig. 466. (В. М. 2243.) ,
Ө. virgtnlen CORAM Л. white; petals emargi ate; pedicels д
= elongated; raceme solitary, nodding. March. 4i. linear- ед
rm vibe radical ones very few. А. 3in. Roots tuberous
1768. Perennial. Syn. C. grandiflora. (Be
j |
t
3
"Divided, but
exactly to the base. -
ОЕ HORTICULTURE.
537
CLEISOSTOMA (from kleio, to close, and stoma, a
mouth ; in allusion to the mouth of the spur being closed
by a toothed process). ORD. Orchidew. Stove epiphytes.
Flowers small, fleshy, with a pouched lip, and distinguished
from those of Saccolabiwm in haying the orifice of the
pouch closed by a large projecting tooth. Leaves leathery,
narrow. Roots very long and tough. There are about
fifteen species belonging to this genus, but, with one or
two exceptions, they are not much grown. For culture,
see Aerides.
Dawsoniana (Dawson's).* 7, sulphur-coloured outside, darker
inside, with elegant transverse brown bars ; stellate, of a thickish
substance; lip quinquefid, orange-yellow, with some brown
blotches and streaks; disk covered with many golden hairs;
with two falcate penicillate ears. The inflorescence
has a sword rachis; the branches bicarinate, and bearing
< the flowers in an alternating way; bracts very dry, triangular,
carinate, shining brown. J. distichous, light green, about біп.
long. Moulmein, 1868. Avery gay and pretty species.
C. striatum (striate). jl. yellow, red. Darjeeling, 1879. SYN.
Echioglosswm striatum.
CLEMATIS (from klema, a Vine branch; most of the
species climb like the Vine). Virgin's Bower. ORD.
Ranunculacee. A genus of climbing deciduous shrubs or
herbaceous perennials. Calyx of from four to eight
coloured sepals; petals none. Carpels numerous, aggre-
gate, terminated by a long, mostly feathery, tail. Leaves
opposite, variously cut. For climbing up stumps of old
trees, training to trellises on walls, or planting to droop
over amongst rockwork, no plants are more suitable, or
will make a more gorgeous display, than many of the large-
flowered Clematises.- Their habit and character alone are
suggestive of the many ornamental purposes to which they
may be put, and there are few places which may not be
_ adorned by them in some way or other. Not only are they
= well adapted for running up all kinds of supports, but
many of the grand hybrid varieties are equally suitable
for trailing over the surface of the ground, and covering
beds, either alone or associated with a few distinct foliage
plants, such as Negundo frazinifolium variegatum, with
which they look well, and produce a charming effect.
General Cultivation. To get the Clematis to flower well
and continuously in dry weather, it must have a good depth
of rich loamy soil, and a fair share of manure, both above
and below the surface. Liquid manure is also a great
help to free flowering, and therefore good soakings of it
should be given from time to time, according to the state
of the weather. As Clematises are always kept in pots
for sale, the month of June is a favourable one to obtain
them and plant out; but before doing this, suitable pre-
parations should be made, by deeply trenching the ground,
which, if at all stiff, will be greatly improved by having
plenty of leaf soil, refuse peat, or other rich vegetable
matter, worked in, together with some road scrapings or
_ trimmings, which will keep the whole open and allow the
. roots to ramify freely. When required for borders, the
. best way of growing Clematis is to dig large holes, about
3ft. across and 2ft. deep, and either fill in with fresh turfy
loam and dung, or add a good proportion of the same to the
soil thrown out, before it is put back. Place one or more
plants in the centre of each hole, and also three tall stakes,
triangularly, for the plants to climb up, which they will do
with very little assistance after they have had a tie or two
and made a fair start. These stakes should be driven in
firmly, about 2ft. apart, and then brought together at the
tops, and secured by running a piece of wire round them,
so that the three, when fixed, form a graduated cone, the
shape and outline of which is always the most pleasing of
any kind of trellis or support that can be used. The
lanuginosa types are best adapted for planting to train
on verandahs or up trellises on dwellings, where, if well
fed, and otherwise left pretty much to themselves, they soon
cover a large space and produce an immense number of
flowers. Different growers of Clematises vary much in
their manner of treating them. Some, instead of thinning
or simply shortening back the shoots during the winter,
get heme e
fo
E
d
DE PRE I
| aid them in rooting, it is а good plan to slightly scrape the
Clematis—continued.
adopt the more severe proceeding of cutting away the
whole of the tops, so as to force the plants to break again
from the crowns. This method answers for Jackmanni,
and the strong-growing series of which it is the type.
It is, however, not to be recommended in the case of
those of the lanuginosa type, which generally die back
quite far enough, and only require that such dead portions
should be cut away, as to do anything further only weakens
them, by restricting their growth. Neither is this treatment
desirable with any of the others, except such as are con-
fined to beds and have only limited spaces to fill. Heading
back those used for covering old trunks of trees, gnarled
poles, or other similar supports, lays the latter bare for a
long time in spring and early summer, when they would
be covered with verdure. It also retards the period of
flowering.
Propagation is mainly effected by grafting any of the
varieties on portions of Clematis roots, early in the year.
Good healthy pieces of root, obtained from old plants out-
side, or those of. О. Flammula, answer the purpose well.
g^
2.
E
FIG. 467. FLOWERING BRANCH oF CLEMATIS
These should be split open, and the small scions inserted
and tied with matting; they should then be potted in
thimble pots, and placed in a propagating case, with a
warm, moist temperature, where they will readily unite.
They may afterwards be removed to cooler quarters, and
be ultimately plunged outside. =>
АП the different varieties of Clematis may also be readily — —
increased, either by cuttings, made of the young shoots,
which may be cut up to every eye, and placed in pots of — d
sandy soil, in gentle heat, in the propagating case; or by _
layers outside, pnt in at any time. Layers will, in the
course of a year, if kept watered, be found to emit roots — oH _
at the joint ыа, p. dire they may be severed and —
planted, just before growth commences, in the spring. To
bark before laying the branches in. 9 X
338
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Clematis—continued.
Clematises may be easily increased, if required, by seed.
The seed vessels should be gathered towards the autumn,
and stored in some dry, cool place till the following spring,
when the seed they contain may be sown in light sandy
soil, and stood in gentle heat till they germinate. If
then nursed on for a time under glass, and afterwards
planted in deep rich loam, the plants will soon flower.
The varieties being now so numerous, and brought to
such perfection by systematie crossing, it is hardly to
be expected that many improved forms are to be obtained
by ordinary cultivators, by merely raising them from seed.
For greenhouse or conservatory decoration, the tenderer
sorts are extremely useful A house having a tempera-
ture of 40deg. to 50deg. is the best; and, whether grown
in pots or trained on the roof or back wall, the plants prove
equally ornamental. With the general exception of a few
degrees of higher temperature, the culture of the green-
house species does not materially differ from that of the
hardy sorts.
C. sthusifolia (Ethusa-leaved) jl. white, between cylindric
and campanulate, jin. to jin. long. J. small, two to three pin-
natisect, with narrow linear lobes. Л. 4ft. to 6ft. Hardy.
C. æ, latisecta (broadly-cut) only differs from type in the larger
leaf segments, which are as broad as long, and irregularly toothed.
Amur-land and North China. A very graceful hardy climber.
(B. M. 6542.)
C. aristata (awned). f. greenish-yellow, dicecious, icled ;
Peng four. Мау to August. J. ternate; leaflets AH ponio.
what cordate, acute, coarsely toothed. Australia, 1812. Green-
house. (В. R. 238.)
to 6ft. Native count own. A ial.
Бүк. C. ¢ odorata. See Fig. 467. C Aitor dM
C. azurea grandiflora (large-flowered blue). A synonym of
balearica (Balearic). /l. pale, pubescent on th tsid d
marked on the inside with oblong zed spots, Mont 2ш. MON:
with an involu
ebruary, — ete : тые stalked, three-lobed, deeply
сз ly yes 1 Tear ове; hardy in South of Eng-
468. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CLEMATIS CHRULRA,
(sky-bIne).* Л. violet-coloured, with deep
rge; sepals six t 3 1 purple
June and J Ы prd haee
à MM ,
greenish flowers; patens, white
). A synonym of C. aromatica. _
synonym of C. balearica. is
unusual]
greenish band | through the centre J
Clematis—continueđ. `
C. campaniflora (bell-flowered). Л. of a purplish-white colour,
large, half open ; sepals half spreading, dilated at the apex, wavy ;
pre one-flowered, somewhat longer than the leaves." June.
. biternately decompound ; leaflets entire or three-lobed, about
twenty-four in number. Portugal, 1810. Hardy. (L. B. C. 987.)
C. caripensis (Caripan)* fl. white, sweet-scented, panicled,
divecious; pedicels and bracts pubescent. August. l. pinnate;
leaflets ovate, acuminated, five-nerved, quite entire, smooth.
Cumana, near Caripa, 1820. Stove.
C. chlorantha (green-flowered) А synonym of C. grandiftora.
Fic, 469. FLOWERS AND LEAVES OF CLEMATIS CIRRHOS&
C. cirrhosa (tendrilled).* fl. pale whitish or cream-coloured,
downy on the outside, but smooth inside; peduncles one-flowered,
with an involucre. March. l. ovate, somewhat cordate, {
in fascicles. South Europe, 1596. Hardy evergreen. See Fig. 468.
(B. M. 1070.)
? (curled).* fl. pale lilac or le, nodding ; sepals firm,
constricted above the middle А argon DR red and ў
ing at the apex ; peduncles one-flowered, shorter than the leaves
July to September. J. entire, three-lobed or ternate, very
North America, 1726. Hardy evergreen. SYNS. C. cylindrica and
C. Simsii. (В. M. 1892.)
C. cylindrica (cylindrical. А synonym of C. crispa.
C. erecta (erect) А synonym of C, recta.
C. Flammula (flame).* fl. рше w
simple or branched. July to баьд. te,
orbicular, oval, oblong or linear, entire or three-lobed
leaflets, South m 1596. A very vigorous climber,
and one -
of the oldest in'cultivation. There are several forms, which vary
slightly from the type.
C. florida (fiorid).* /. pale white, e,
eight, oval-lanceolate, edi М A
longer than the leaves. April
pound ; leaflets ovate, acute, quite entire, Japan, 1776.
(B. M. 834) The charming double-flowered form із
commoner in our gardens than the normal type.
AN ENCYCLOPJEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 339)
Clematis—continued.
^
C. Fortunei (Fortune’s).* fi. white, fragrant, about lin. across,
and consisting of about à hundred оок lanceolato stalked
floral leaves. l. coriaceous, usually trifoliate ; leaflets cordate,
rounded at the apex. Japan, 1863. A splendid hardy species, of
which there are two or three varieties. See Fig. 470. (G. C.
1863, 676.)
C. grandiflora e-flowered).* i. greenish-yellow, campanulate,
very large ; Miri one to three-flowered, shorter than the
leaves. February to May. l. pinnate, smooth; leaflets five,
ovate, cordate, acuminated, coarsely serrated. Sierra Leone, 1823,
Stove or warm greenhouse. Syn. C. chlorantha. (B. R. 1234.)
с. graveolens (strong-smelling),* pale yellow, medium-sized,
solitary. Summer. J. pinnately three to five-foliate ; leaflets
narrow, three-lobed. Chinese Tartary, 1844, A small, hardy,
climbing shrub. (B. M. 4495.)
C. вгетігећога (Grewia-flowered). fl. of a tawny-yellow colour.
. about Ціп. long, campanulate. Z. ovate, covered with rusty down,
IR ENE A distinct-looking cool greenhouse species.
(B. M. .)
C. indivisa (simple).* /, white, cream, panicled.
ternate ; leaflets ovate, quite entire, mucronate, coriaceous,
smooth, New Zealand, 1847. Half-hardy. С. i. lobata is a
form of this, with lobed leaflets, but is otherwise like the type.
(B. M. 4398.)
C. integrifolia (entire-leaved). Л. nodding; sepals blue, coria-
ceous, younger ones with villous edges, adult ones with wav
edges; peduncles terminal, one-flowered. June to August.
entire, ovate-lanceolate, smooth ; the two upper ones are concave
and connivent before flowering, hence they inclose the flower
as if it жеге іп а bladder. A, 2ft. Eastern Europe, 1596. (B.M.
65.) There are two or more varieties of this hardy species,
April l
Fic. 471. FLOWERS AND LEAVES OF CLEMATIS VIORNA.
C. lanu (woolly).* solitary, very large, 6in. to Тїп.
across, formed of six or eight spreading sepals. Early summer.
1. usually simple, broadly cordate, acute, glabrous above and
beneath. China,
h. Chi 1. Hardy. „а. S 85 8I) Thé
. variety pallida has flowers from Qin. to 10їп, across.
. C. montana ün)* i. white, large, resembling in size and
. form those of E ME codes usually one-flowered.
Early summer. l. ternate or d, smooth; leaflets oblong,
acuminated, rather toothed at the base, lateral ones almost
1872, p. 1424) oo гни е
C. ochroleuca (yellowish-white erect, little inclini
p A E © outside; peduncles опе
(L. B. C. 661.)
C. orientalis (Eastern) fl. greenish-yellow, witha of russet
on the upper part and outside, sweet-scented, panicl A t.
1. pinnate; leaflets smooth, ые eg x with three toothed
pointed lobes. л. 8ft. Orient, 1 Half-hardy.
C. paniculata (panicled).* jl. white, sweet-scented, resemblin
those of C. Flammula; cels panicled, many-flowered, Jus
Net 1. pinnate ; leaflets ovate-cordate, acute, entire. Japan,
1 Hardy. um
C. Pitcheri (Pitcher’s). 1. dull purplish, bell-shaped ; sepals with
narrow and slightly margined, recurved points ; s of the fruit
filiform and barely pubescent. July to Aw L, leaflets three
to nine, ovate or cordate, entire or three-lobed ; uppermost leaves
Progen simple. United States. A hardy climber.
recta (erect).* 1. white, sweet-scented ; sepals oval; corymbs
.. densely flowered. a to August, l pinnate ; leaflets ked,
ovate, acuminated, quite entire. Stem erect. А, 2ft. to jft.
Clematis— continued.
ганой на. East Europe, 1597. Herbaceous perennial, Syn.
C. Simsii (Sims’s). A synonym of C. crispa.
C. smilacifolia (Smilax-leaved.) fl., sepals four, linear-oblong,
clothed with rusty tomentum on the outside, but th and
purple on the inside; panicles axillary, few-flowered, rather
shorter than the leaves, l ovate-cordate, smooth, entire.
Nepaul, 1823, Greenhouse. (B. M. 4259.)
C. tubulosa (tubular)* ji, blue, with a long slender tube, of a
deeper colour than the spreading limb, in shape very much re-
sembling the flower of а common Hyacinth. Autumn, l broad,
with three broadly oval-rounded leaflets. Stem erect, almost
woody. h. 2ft. to 3ft. China, 1845. Hardy. (B. M. 4269.)
C. Davidiana (David's) a blue-flowered sort, from the same
country, whence it was introduced in 1863, is closely allied to this
(R. H. 1867, 90.)
species.
Ж Cr Me
ПР у>
Fig. 472. FLOWERS AND FRUIT OF CLEMATIS VITALBA.
C. verticillaris (verticillate). Synonymous with <Atragene
americana. & ae
C. Viorna (Viorna). Leather-flower. /. purple, yellow inside, lar,
drooping ; sepals connivent, thick, acumine тейехей uds
apex; peduncles one-flowered. June. i. mA innate ; leaf-
lets entire, three-lobed, or ternate, ovate, acute, floral ones entire.
h. 10%. to 12%. North America, 1730. Hardy. See Fig. 471. _
C. V. coccinea (scarlet).* Л, solitary, axillary, or at the extremities
of the branches on long си peduncles; s four, very thick
and fleshy, about liin. long, catapanulate at the base; segme
reflexed at the tip; interior yellow, exterior of an іп
vermilion. Texas, 1868. A slender but eleg
species, reaching about 5ft. or 6ft. а д ably har
In some books, this has been named C. Pitcheri, a widely difi
species. (B. M. 6594.) E Sache
Fig. 473. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CLEMATIS VITICELLA-
510
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Clematis—continued.
Virginian).* white, fragrant, small, panicled,
, diccious. "C Уз А : 5 ternate; leaflets cordate, acute,
ossly toothed or lobed. А. lbft. to-20ft. North America, 1767.
Ew. (W. D. B. 74.) ^
Vitalba (White Vine)* Old Man's Beard ; Traveller's Joy, &c.
v white, with a sweet pe a scent; peduncles forked, shorter
than the leaves. July to September. Seed or carpels furnished
with a feathery tail. l. pinnate; leaflets ovate-lanceolate, acu-
minated, cordate at the base, partly cut. Europe (Britain),
Western Asia. Hardy. See Fig. 472.
C. Viticella (Vine Bower).* fl. blue, purple, or rose-coloured,
large, drooping; sepals obovate, spreading; peduncles one-
flowered, longer than the leaves. June to September. /. entire
or ternately оша; lobes ог leaflets entire, South noe
and Western Asia, . Hardy. See Fig. 473. (B. M. 565.
eu several varieties of this species, one of which is
In *'The Clematis as à Garden Flower," by Thos. Moore,
F.L.S., and George Jackman, F.R.H.S., the following key
to the various classes is given:
CLIMBING PLANTS.
Flowering on the Year-old Ripened Wood.
Flowers medium-sized (winter and spring
bloomers) ........ HE montana type.
"reset t! ! mm
Flowers large—
Spring bloomers ...................... 82. patens type.
Summer bloomers .................... $ 3. florida type.
Flowering from the Young Growing Summer Wood.
Flowers small (late summer bloomers) .. $4. graveolens type.
Flowers large (summer and autumn
bloomers).. ....
Flowers successional, dispersed . еы di lanuginosa е.
Flowers successional, massed p H 6. Viticella o
Flowers profusely massed, continuous .. § 7. Jackmanni type.
NON-CLIMBING PLANTS,
With sub-shrubby stems ..... — ro Be cm
With herbaceous stems.................. 89. mises io т.
It will be seen from this key to the classes, that the
latter are numerous, and variable in habit and time of
flowering. This difference must be borne in mind with
each under eultivation, as it affects the manner of pruning
considerably. To prune or remove the ripened wood of
the three types first named, in winter, would, of course,
types make their growth and flower on it annuall -
сеа а ес thinning out of the weaker Moe ix
spring might prove of advantage by encouraging the
stronger ones. Many varieties of these type i
-shoots im winter by frost, у wert бозы
ule, than three first-named. The last two types are
3 distinct, being, as stated, non-climbing plants.
+ ante Of late years, this magnificent genus of plants
i n greatly improved by hybridisation. This very
ar 1862. Many other hybridisers, in this country
the Continent, have since been at work with th,
: obtained
Very large and varied collection we now
We select a list, which is being constantly aug-
the most approved varieties at the present time
and man E known 1; DEVONIENSIS, flowers the itest
: azure, » and well-forme bi
Ee bloomer ; DUCHESS OF Ranend. D double -
ver he large; DUKE ОР EDINBURGH, rich violet-
and distinct, exceedingly
‘RL OF BEACONSFIELD, royal р а magni
1 ENCHANTRESS, hite, very double the exterior
1 rose; КАП hite, i
in Seventy
Clematis—contipued.
petal; GEM, deep lavender-blue, very fine; GIPSY QUEEN, dark
velvety-purple, very floriferous ; GRAND DUCHESS, blush-white,
very larze and free; GUIDING STAR, purple, shaded crimson, а
maroon band down each petal; HELENE, white, straw-coloured
centre (May and June) ; HENRYI, large, of fine form, ereamy-white,
very free; HYBRIDA SPLENDIDA, rich violet, stems green (July to
October); JACKMANNI, flowers large, deep violet-purple, rugose and
veiny in centre, stamens green (July to October); JOHN GOULD
VEITCH, flowers large and double, light blue (summer blooming) ;
LADY BOVILL, flowers large, ОЕ greyish-blue, suffused with
mauve; LADY CAROLINE NEVILLE, bluish-white, with a broad bar
in the centre of each petal; Lapy LONDESBOROUGH, delicate
silvery-grey, white stripe down each petal, stamens stained
with pink (May and June); LILACINA FLORIBUNDA, pale lilae,
very free; LoRD LONDESBOROUGH, rich mauve, striped maroon,
very large; Louisa, mauve, shaded with pink (May and June);
Louis VAN HOUTTE, rich blue-purple, very large and distinct; _
LUCIE LEMOINE, the largest and best double white; MADAME _
GRANGE, purplish-violet, red bar; MADAME VAN HOUTTE, pure -
white, fine shape and substance ; MARIE LEFEBVRE, very fragrant ;
Miss BATEMAN, pure white, creamy band down each petal; MRs.
JAMES BaTEMAN, pale lavender, very handsome (May and June);
OTHELLO, dark velvety-purple, fine form; OTTO FROEBEL, white,
shaded with azure-blue, large; PRINCE OF WALES, deep violet-
urple, petals barred with red (July to October); REGINA, flowers
arge, rich deep mauve in colour; SENSATION, rich satiny-mauve,
large and very fragrant; SIEBOLDII, pale straw, centre puce,
shaded with green (July to October); SOPHIE, mauve petals, pale
Straw in the centre, stamens chocolate (May and June); SOPHIE
FLORE-PLENO, flowers double, mauve, outer petals pale rn
white (May and June); SrANDISHII, flowers large, violet-blue (May
and June); STAR OF INDIA, reddish-purple, with purple bands;
STELLA, flowers light violet or deep mauve, with a distinct bar
of deep reddish-brown or plum-colour in the centre of eae
sepal, delicately scented; SYLPH, white, shaded with
pinkish-mauve; SYMEIANA, pale mauve, flowers large;
MOORE, rich soft violet, stamens white; TUNBRIDGENSIS,
blue, shaded with purple; VENUS VICTRIX, delicate lav
an excellent form; VESTA, fine white, early flowering. ~
CLEMATITIS. See Aristolochia Clematitis.
H
CLEOME (name adopted by Linneus from Theod
sius) Spider Flower. Including Peritoma and Pola
ORD. Capparidee. A large genus, comprising ab
species, mostly annual herbs—a few are shr
white, yellow, or purple, showy, solitary or
simple, or digitately three to seven-
have grown a few inches, they should be shaken out,
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 341
Cleome—continued. Ф
They should be raised from seeds in spring, in а frame,
with slight warmth, potted off singly, and hardened sub-
sequently, so as to be planted out in May, when they
should be vigorous plants. Cleomes thrive best in light
rich soil, in a dry, warm situation, where they have plenty
of room to spread. The stove shrubby species also require
a light rich soil, and ripened cuttings root readily under
a hand glass, in moderate heat; but as they produce seed
freely, this will be unnecessary. The stove annuals are
of easy culture.
C. arborea (tree-like). f. white. June. l, Ieaflets seven, with
about twenty veins on each. A. 6ft. to 8ft. Caraccas, 1817. Stove
shrub, velvety-pubescent, somewhat clammy.
gigantea tic).* Л. whitish-green, with pinkish filaments
9 yellow Ее June. 4.seven-foliate, with thirty or forty
veins on each leaflet. Plant shrubby, velvety-pubescent, some-
what clammy. №. 6ft. to 12ft. South America, . This is
a beautiful stove shrub, but has a strong disagreeable smell,
and a caustic taste. (B. M. 3137.)
c. (pungent).* jl. white, flesh-coloured, or rose, with
purplish stamens and brownish anthers. July. l prickly,
covered with clammy hairs, with five to seven leaflets; bracts
simple, cordate, or ovate. h. lft. to 3ft. West Indies, &c., 1817.
Stove annual. SYN. C. spinosa. See Fig. 474. (B. M. 1640.)
C. rosea (rose).* £ beautiful rose-coloured. June. l., leaflets
quinate; lower and floral ones ternate; uppermost ones ovate,
sessile. Stem erect, branched. h. lift. Rio Janeiro, 1824. An
unarmed, smooth, stove biennial. (B. R. 960.)
C. speciosissima (showiest) Л. beautiful rose-coloured. nar
L, leaflets five to seven, lanceolate, acuminate, pilose. h. 14 №.
Mexico, 1829. An unarmed hardy annual. (B. R. 1312.)
C. spinosa (prickly). Synonymous with C. pungens.
CLERODENDREON (from Lkleros, chance, and den-
dron, & tree; said to be owing to the uncertainty of
the medicinal qualities). Syns. Ovieda, Siphonantha,
Volkameria, and Volkmannia. Овр. Verbenacem. A
genus containing about seventy species of mostly stove
or greenhouse ornamental plants, having terminal pani-
cles of brightly coloured pentamerous flowefs, with ex-
serted stamens and style; and simple leaves. These
are among the best of stove plants, and in habit of
growth present two one with a climbing habit,
and the other shrubby. A mixture of equal parts peat
and loam, with the addition of a little leaf mould or decom-
posed manure, and some charcoal or sand, suits the climb-
ing ones admirably. The shrubby sorts have more gross
foliage, and need something stronger to enable them to throw
up their large panicles of rich scarlet and other coloured
flowers. They should be cut close back soon after flower-
ing, and be kept somewhat dry during the winter, in a
temperature of about 55deg. Propagation is very easily
effected. Cuttings of the shrubby sorts, put in when the
plants are cut down, root readily. Pieces of the stem,
or side branches, from 3in. to 6in. or more in length, should
serted in sandy soil, watered, and then plunged in a
bottom heat of 70deg. Clerodendrons may also be pro-
pagated by seed, which, if sown when ripe, or in the spring,
and grown on in heat, may be converted into flowering
plants the second season. The climbing varieties do not
root quite so readily from igs as the other section;
but INN ^» ming 7 b when the — are
pruned after flowe ‚ should be in sandy soil, and
covered with a bell glass. si 7
Clerodendrons are subject to mealy bug, but not more
so than many other stove plants. The best cure for this
pest is constant attention by hand-pickings, and washing
with soft soap water or an insecticide. By such means, it
may be readily kept in check, though rarely absolutely
destroyed. Aphides sometimes attack the young and
tender shoots; these may be destroyed, as soon as detected,
by fumigating, two evenings in succession— not too
y, or injury may be caused.
As the plants shed their leaves, little or no water will
be needed during winter, but they should not be kept
in too low a temperature. In January or February, they
should -be started in a brisk heat. When those in pots
Clerodendron—continued.
and potted in fresh soil. If they can be plunged in bottom
heat fora time, they will thrive all the better and grow
faster. Of course, climbing Clerodendrons, planted out in
the stove, cannot be removed into a lower temperature
but the stove may be kept cooler in winter—say, a mini-
mum temperature of 60deg.—and, as the wood has grown
so near the glass, it will generally be sufficiently ripened -
to flower well the succeeding season. С. Thomsona
is one of the most distinct and useful of stove climbers,
and is aleo а good exhibition plant when well grown in
a large pot. О. fallax is one of the best shrubby species,
C. Bethrneanum (Capt. Bethune’s).* fl. crimson, with a white
spot on the upper, and a purple one on the two lateral lobes ;
panicles large, terminal, pyramidal ; bracts, pedicels and calyces
all coloured. 4. large, cordate-acuminate, smooth above. А, i0ft.
Borneo, 1847. Stove shrub. (B. M. 4485.)
C. Bungei(Bunges) А synonym of C. fætidum.
C. calamitosum (calamitous white. August. A. 4ft. In
1825. Stove. (B. M. 5294.) hr : eu
C. fallax (deceptive). Л. bright scarlet ; panicles terminal, erect,
many-flowered. cm and September. J. large, cordate-ovate,
oy lobed, dark green. Java. An erect-growing stove
C. foetidum (totid).* lilac-rose, in dense terminal corymbs.
August. і. large, pu nt, cordate-acuminate, toothed, on
e nent M п. T China, 1820. A handsome nhouse
? ; I A à
d M nM ru pure with short rigid prickles. SYN
C. fragrans (íragrant).* Л. white; сотиб terminal, hemi-
pubescent, with two К о Ресет бет, өш cordate, serrata;
а
Greenhouse. (B. M. 1834.) E ` ж 3
C. f. flore-pleno (double-flowered).* Л. white, suffused with pink,
very fragrant, d in com г bein 2 )
m or obovate, quite entire. A. 6ft. China, 1790. Greenhouse
C. hastatum (spear-leaved). Л. white, very eme produced
icle. June. `l. large, bert-
Stove Шар. (В. М, 3308) шы 3 к
infortunatum (unfortunate), vivid scarlet, large, disposed
in coloured panicles, J. roundis -cordate, glossy EU
ornamental when in bx
ы white, blue, disposed in fascicled
ong-lanceolate or obovate, toothed.
stove shrub. SYN. Cyclonema myri-
БТР"
fom Sele.
(B.
С. m
axil
h. EY 3043 32 Stove shrub, very
coides (Myrica-like).
ary cymes. Spring. l. ob
ical Africa. A dwarf
C. paniculatum
Pyramidal termi
cordate-hastate,
h. 6ft. Java, 1809. A
342
Clerodendron-— continued.
+ much-branched greenhouse or half-hardy shrub. (R. H. 1867,
1.
)
c. Viphonanthne (siphon-flowered). Tube Flower. jl. white.
A. 6ft. India, 1796. Stove. SYN. Siphonanthus indica.
c. osum (showy)* jl. rich deep rose ; calyx large, suffused
with red. /. pu pet glabrous. А very ornamental climbing
hybrid. (I. Н, 593.
C. splendens (splendid).* f. scarlet ; panicle terminal, corymbose.
June, July. lon , wavy, acuminated, rather cordate at base
Sierra Leone, 1839. д Climber. (В. R. 28, 7.)
OS (showiest).* fl, bright scarlet, disposed in
s Summer. l. somewhat oblong, of a deep shining green.
A very handsome form of the foregoing species, and one of the
best stove climbers grown.
c. squamatum (scaled).* fi. bright scarlet, produced in large
colo pes Summer. 1. roundish-cordate. A.
ern ym 1790. A very fine stove shrub. See Fig. 475. (В. К.
C. Thomsonz (М
e
rs. Thomson’s).* fl. bright crimson, disposed in
large panicles; calyces pure white. l. ovate, acuminate, smooth,
dark green, opposite. 12ft. Old Calabar, 1861. On account
of the brilliant colour of its flowers, and the freedom with which
they are produced, this is the most widely grown stove climber
of the genus. (B. M. 5313.)
C. trichotomum (three-forked). fl., calyx red, inflated; corolla
white ; cymes loose, terminal, long-stalked, trichotomously-
branched. September. l stalked, ovate, tapering at both ends,
А, t. Japan, 1800. А very handsome hardy shrub.
С. viscosum (clammy). f. white, with flesh-coloured centre ;
calyx large, five-cornered, viscid ; segments of corolla nearly equal,
the uppermost a little the largest, irregularly dis , looking
РО а Мо
ви, ew owny. A.6ft. India,
CLETHRA (from Klethra, the Greek name of the
Alder; in allusion to the resemblance in the leaves).
ORD. Ericacem. Very ornamental deciduous greenhouse
or hardy shrubs or trees. Flowers bracteate; corolla so
deeply five-parted as to appear made up of five free
petals. Racemes terminal, solitary, or paniculate. The
hardy species thrive best in loam and sandy peat,
without dung. From their dwarf and neat habit,
they are well adapted for growing in the front of
shrubberies, where the proper soil is present. They are
usually increased by layers, put down in autumn; but
cuttings root readily at the same season, in sandy soil,
under a hand glass. The greenhouse species are very
suitable for large conservatories, for which purpose few
agnus are more beantiful than C. arborea; they thrive
P e soil above recommended, and euttings taken from
7 мара wood will root freely in gentle heat. АП
nay raised from seed, which, in most of the species,
C. acuminata (ta -pointed),*
е cola? J. white, fragrant; racemes
tum. July to October. l oval, s a. blautisn oy ihe
Trate J
beneath. A d DIES mons шт; rather, glaucous
alnifolia (Alder-leaved).* jl. white; i
cteate, clothed with ше; spicate, simple,
tun d rage tomentum. July to Septem E
> b y e,
and of the same colour. h. 3ft. to
Hardy shrub. (G. W. P. A. 22.) to fe. U
(tree). fl. white; racemes spike - formed nicled
ke Lon Regia te October, 1, oblong.
ssi . reenhouse 1 :
Are two varieties of this species, one a emailed)
ata (panicled).* jl, white, fragrant ; panicle terminal
Pe 1 of racemes, and clothed d
October. 1. narrow, cuneate- лоб Ab
glabrous on both surfaces. А, 3ft. to
i erie rub.
| scabra (rough white; racemes spicate,
bracteated, finely tomentose.’ July to Sooke broad.
m Cuneate-obovate, acute, scabrous on th surfaces, coarse};
. Tated ; serratures hooked. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Georgia, 1806,
ser-
y
.. ©. tinifolia (Tinus. leaved), ue €
~ panicled at the tops of u^ рын); momes eA,
сез {айе entire, hoary beneath. А. 127. to làft.
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
from seeds, which should be sown singly, in
. Pots 5in.in diameter are none too large; and if the
Clethra— continued.
C. tomentosa (tomentose).* Л. white ; racemes spicate,
simple, bracteate, villously tomentose. July to October. of
cuneate-obovate, acute, finely serrated at top, clothed with white
h. 3ft, to 4ft. Virginia, 1751. Hardy shrub.
tomentum beneath.
(W. D. B. 39.)
CLEYERA (named after Andrew Cleyer, M.D., a
Dutch physician of the seventeenth century, once resi-
dent in Batavia). ORD. Ternstrimiacee. Greenhouse ever-
green shrubs, with the habit of Ternstrimia. Flowers
small, axillary, stalked, sometimes fragrant. Leaves alter-
nate, undivided, leathery, similar to those of a Camellia.
For culture, &c., see Ternstromia.
C. japonica (Japanese). fl. whitish-yellow, fragrant, axillary,
solitary. 4. oblong-lanceolate, veinless, serrulated at the apex.
h. 6%. Japan, 1820. (S. Z. Е. J. 81.)
C. j. tricolor (three-coloured) l. dark green, with longitudinal —
and oblique bands of greyish-green ; margin creamy-white, and
tinged with bright rose-colour, which is very conspicuous in
= тони foliage. А very handsome variegated greenhouse —
plant. }
C. theoides (Tea-like). Л. cream - white, drooping, jin. in dia-
meter, solitary, on axillary, one-flowered peduncles. September
l. alternate on short petioles, coriaceous, elliptic-lanceolate, acute, _
serrated. h. 4ft. to 5ft. Jamaica, 1850. SYN. Freziera theoides.
(B. M. 4546.) pc
CLIANTHUS (from kleios, glory, and anthos, a
flower; referring to the handsome flowers). Glory Pea;
Glory Vine; Parrot Beak. ORD. Leguminose. A gem
containing a couple of species, one of which is a
hardy evergreen, tall-growing, climbing shrub, and
other an herbaceous perennial. Flowers brilliantly colom
large, about 2in. long, in short pendulous axillary та-
cemes; petals acuminate; standard or vexillum reflexed.
Leaves impari-pinnate; leaflets small, numerous, oblong;
stipules foliaceous, adnate, permanent. These plants, with
truly gorgeously-coloured flowers, were, at one time, 0
tensively cultivated in the greenhouse; but, from their.
great liability to the attacks of red spider, and the diff- |
culty often found in cultivating one of the species
C. Dampieri—they have now become somewhat neglected.
Spider may be kept down considerably by syringing with.
clean water daily throughout the growing season. Seale
sometimes attacks the plants, but careful hand-picking,
and sponging with Fowler’s Insecticide, prevent
doing much injury. Loamy soil, with a little leaf soil ant
charcoal added, is most suitable for Clianthus. 16 £
not be sifted, but broken up by hand, and pressed fir
in the pots. After potting, the plants should be place
in a pit with other hard-wooded subjects, and kept cl
for a few weeks, being syringed daily. С. Dampt
a very fastidious subject in a young state, as injury
the roots invariably causes the death of the plants. W
allowing more root room, the plan is sometimes adop
of knocking the bottom out of the old pot, and pla
the ball with the remainder in the new soil. Tr
must be regularly attended to, in order to keep.
bases of the plants well furnished, as the wood, У
old, is very liable to break off. If it is desirable
keep the plants in pots, they can be either trained
on sticks or a trellis, or on pillars or walls, for
purpose they are well adapted. Thorough drainage n
be insured when planting out, and the compost may
the same as for potting, a depth of about 18in. 5
sufficient. Abundance of water must be given
roots, and the syringe freely used. When grown in.
the plants will require shifting annually during March
April, previous to which all the laterals should be рг
hard back, and the leading shoots also shortened.
same treatment as regards pruning applies to those р
out. Cuttings of C. puniceus strike easily in
bottom heat. When established, this species grows
ously, and forms a fine subject for a rafter in the 9
servatory, or for pot culture. О. Dampieri is best T3
*
When the necessity of first shifting will be
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
343
Clianthus—continued.
are sown in these, late in summer, the plants may remain
until the following spring, when they should be potted on,
without disturbing the roots in any way, into the full size
in which they are to flower. О. puniceus especially, and
sometimes C. Dampieri, will grow well out of doors in the
south-western counties, when trained against a wall; but
sufficient protection should always be given during the
winter.to prevent injury from frost. In Ireland, their
hardihood is substantially the same.
C. carneus (fiesh-coloured) See Streblorhiza carnea.
МЕК Fra. 476. CLtANTHUS DAMPIERI, showing Habit and Side View of
« er.
Single Flower.
C. Dampieri (Dampier's)* Glory Pea, Л. red, with a black or
dark purple blotch at the base of the standard, din. or bin. across
when expanded, five or six together ; racemes ing. March.
i. neatly — — villous. A. 2ft. North and South
Australia and New Sout ales, 1852.
When planting this outside, a hot, dry, and sunny P ass under
а mri à e Ped meee a x ж с тарач be kept
as dry as possible. See Fig. . D. margi
i tivation; in this
nata,
form, the ground is white, bordered with red, and the spot
black. 1866.
puni ddish)* Parrots Bill. scarlet, very free]
produced y Sy pese boat-shaped, with a — beak, Mar.
., leaflets alternate, oblong, retuse, coriaceous, Plant branched,
LA with appressed silky hairs. A. 3ft. New Zea-
land, 1 Half-hardy climber. This has not ar been discovered
‘in a truly wild state, but it is a favourite with the Maories, who
grow it near their habitations. (B. M. 5584.) C. magnificus is a
strong-growing variety of this species.
CLICK BEETLES (Agriotes lineatus, A. obscurus,
&е.). These Beetles are long, narrow, slaty-brown, black,
or reddish. They may frequently be observed on grass
land during summer. The common name is derived from
the fact that the Beetle, when laid on its back, recovers
its position by a spring, which is accompanied by a
peculiar “clicking” sound. The grubs—Wireworms—
of these Beetles are amongst the most destructive pests
to both farm and garden crops.
The following remedies may be recommended for the
extermination of the grubs. For fuller particulars, see
Wireworms.
Traps, such as carrots, or slices of potato or turnip,
placed about numerously in the ground, and carefully
looked over every day, will greatly help to effect a clear-
ance.
Nitrate of Soda, or Salt, may be applied to land intended
for farm erops. It will tend to destroy the Wireworms
where they exist in large quantities, and will also act as a
manure.
CLIDEMIA (named in honour of Cleidemus, an
ancient Greek botanist). Овр. Melastomacee. Hispid
or hairy shrubs, from tropical America. Flowers white,
Clidemia—continued.
rose-coloured, or purple, paniculate or in axillary clusters,
rarely terminal. Leaves usually crenated, three to seven-
nerved. The genus contains about forty species, few of
which are of any horticultural value.
CLIMATE. This term denotes the particular modi-
fication, constitution, or state of the atmosphere of any
region or country, relative to heat, wind, moisture—in
fact, all meteorological phenomena. The climatal in-
fluence exercised over plants is very marked. When
acclimatising any plant, it is, as a rule, desirable to
imitate, as closely as possible, those conditions of soil and
temperature under which it exists in Nature. This is
especially the case as regards the constitution of the soil
and drainage. Of course, in estimating the temperature
required for any plant, its natural habitat must be
correctly known, both as to latitude and altitude. These
are points which, if followed generally, would save much
disappointment and loss. The climatal conditions of the
locality should be one of the gardener's chief studies.
CLIMBERS are plants which attach themselves to
some support, by means of tendrils, petioles, roots, &c.,
and must be technically distinguished from i
which rise by twisting their stems round any support.
CLINTONIA (named in honour of De Witt Clinton,
at one time Governor of the State of New York). Ово.
Liliaceg, Lovely and interesting herbaceous perennials,
admirably adapted for borders, They should be included
in every collection of choice hardy plants. Clintonias
thrive in sandy peat, in a damp, shady situation. Pro-
pagated by division of the roots, in spring. (The genus
very commonly known as Clintonia (Douglas), belonging
to Lobeliacew, is more properly called Downingia, as the
MM of Rafinesque has priority over that of Douglas).
Downingia. 12 04
C. Andrewsiana (Andrews's)* fl, deep rose-coloured, bell.
вһа from jin. to lin. in length, disposed in umbels, suc-
ed by blue berries. Z b ceolate, acute
or acuminate. гарчи Californie? geaen E i
С. borealis (Northern) Л. yellowish-green, in а small terminal
umbel. May. i. adical, ellipti iliate, . Nor
America, 1778. SYN. Smilin е vr 05)" eom
"s penati See Downingia pulchella. Ete
umbellata belled x iti
umbel, on а 8 ms A TR. ne Sing, ond ie dep
green. h. біп. North Ameri . Smilacina
var. (B. M. 1155.) EXE ШИИ à
C. uniflora (one-flowered).* Л, usually solitary, rarely two,
nearly lin. oed siemens MN А ERR
ated below, much longer than the peduncle, Л, 6in.
America. SYN. Smilacina uniflora. (Н. Е. B. A. 2, 190.) :
CLITORIA tomical 1
resemblance to the object denoted
не to exist in the flower). i Ж
eguminose. Very handsome stove evergreen дыз
Flowers axillary, pedicellate, large, elegant. Leaves
Impari-pinnate, having two to numerous pairs of leaflets ;
but usually the leaves are pinnately- ifoliolate, and the
leaflets stipellate. They thrive in a compost of peat, loam,
and sand. Cuttings of stubby side shoots will Nos ix
sandy soil if placed in heat, and covered with a bell
glass; but the best method of increasing them is by seeds,
which occasionally ripen in this country.
C. brazili " , large; pedicels twin, one- |.
flowered; pipar n filan and hiding, E na x
E Rinnately trifoliate ; leaflets -oblong, glabrous. .
hyii leaved).* /, blue; pedicels solitary,
eme primes me eta Jaly. P'impari mat, i
with two to four pairs of roundish, ovate, or linear leaflets.
Tropics everywhere, 1812. (B. M. 2111.) : а
(Maryland). f. pale blue and flesh-coloured ; pedi-
cels soli to th wered; bracteoles lanceolate, smooth.
August. E pinnately trifoliate ; leaflets ovate-lanceolate. United -
States, &c., 1759. Rl. n ie i
C. ternatea threeleafleted)” Л. very curious and bem
being of АК P by а horseshoe-shaped ring.
white ; pedicels solitary, one-flowered ; bracteoles ‚1
344
Clitoria—continued.
July. Li i-pinnate, with two to four pairs of oval or ovate
eaflets. "India, 1729. "syn. Ternatea pe eni (B. M. 1542.)
There are varieties of this species with blue and white flowers,
and also variegated with those colours.
CLIVIA (named after а Duchess of Northumberland, a
member of the Clive family. ORD. Amaryllidee. SYN.
Imantophyllum (often erroneously written Imatophyllum).
Handsome greenhouse evergreen bulbs, requiring à high
temperature and plenty of moisture when growing.
During the season of rest, they need very little heat
or moisture, only just enough of the latter to keep the
soil from being dust-dry. Propagated by divisions, or by
seed, There are three species, all natives of South
. Africa, the best being the one here described.
c. See Imantophyllum Gardeni.
um miniatum,
c. Л. red, yellow, forty-eight to fifty in a
pendulous umbel; perianth Шы, вора | азаны outer
shorter than inner. y. l.distichous, coriaceous, strap-shaped,
sheathing at base, retuse and oblique at apex; margin rough,
^. 1. SYN. Imantophyllum Aitoni. (B. M. 2856.)
CLOCHES. See Bell Glasses.
CLOMENOCOMA MONTANA. See Dysodia.
CLOUDBERRY. See Rubus Chamemorus.
CLOUD GRASS. See Agrostis nebulosa.
vL рам or CLOVE PINE. See Dianthus Caryo-
CLOVER. See Trifolium.
CLOVE-TREE. See Caryophyllus.
CLOWESIA (named after the late Rev. J. Clowes, at
blishment the genus first flowered in this country).
t i stove epiphytal orchid,
gi to. pee and requiring the same treatment.
rosea (rosy). jl. delicate white, ti ed with pink;
radical, many-flowered, erect, shi rter a vgl Е
Pseud-bulb Heshy, eal. A in. Brazil аре атов. М 3.) 7
- m е formation of protuberances on
roots, particularly those of the Brassica tribe, proving
generally caused by some insect, See Cab à na
ы GALL WEEVIL. See Pa Gall
CLUB MOSS. See Lycopodium,
CLUB RUSH. See Scirpa and Typha.
Mee sip de. term is applied to groups of two or
or other plants, arranged to form an
owe ing, from i
XXE PERGIT er
erate or 2.
description, attention should be given to summe gos ау
9xereised as to its appearance
This especially applies to plant:
ЗІ. (named in honour of Charle
Artois, an acute botanist, er de RUM. >»
and many other works; us
sam-tree. ORD. Guttifere, Stove ,
nd often epiphytal, with 1.7
Opposite leaves, and Beer edis. dt %
a viscid juice. There are abont sixty speci s
of tropical parts е :
; j м of the Western М
^ wit loque 7 grow well in light sandy soil, ‘The 1-
"оом M be thoronghly drained. Cuttings of hae |
Wil strike in sand, if placed Under а ben
| freely, about April, in sand, under a bell glass.
| southern counties; but in more northern localities,
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Clusia—continued.
8g rosea (rose-coloured). fl. beautiful rose-coloured, large; calyx
the same colour, five to six-leaved ; tops of dense nectaries awl-
l. obovate, obtuse, veinless, sometimes emar-
shaped. July.
h. Tit. to 20ft. Carolina,
ginate, on short, striated petioles.
1692 (on rocks and trees).
CLUSTER CHERRY. An old name for the Bird
Cherry. See Cerasus Padus.
CLUSTER-FLOWERED YEW. See Cephalo-
CLUSTER PINE. See Pinus Pinaster.
CLUYTIA (named after Outgers Cluyt, 1590-1650,
a Dutchman, who was Professor of Botany at Leyden).
ORD. Euphorbiacee. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs, with
white flowers. They thrive in a compost of sandy loam
and fibry peat. Cuttings of small side shoots will root in
sand, over a layer of sandy peat, covered with a bell glass;
points of shoots, before they become hard, will serve as _
substitutes for cuttings, when the latter are not obtain-
able. This genus contains about thirty species, from .
tropical and Southern Africa; they are of little beauty
or interest, and those which have been introduced are _
rarely seen in cultivation out of botanical gardens.
CLYPEATE. Scutate; shaped like a Roman buekler. a
iN ls
in an open border, in d
wall The genus is
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 345
Cneorum—continued.
to the Mediterranean region and the Canary Islands. It
comprises but the two species here described.
C. pulverulentum (powdery).* fl. axillary; pedicels adnate to
the base of the bracts. April to September. l. linear, entire.
h. lft. to 3ft. Teneriffe, 1822. Plant covered with greyish
powder.
C. tricoccum (three-berried). Spurge Olive. ЛД. axillary ; pedi-
cels not adnate to the bracts. Л. lft. to 2ft. South Europe, 1793.
Plant smooth. See Fig. 477.
CNESTIS (from kneo, to scratch; in allusion to the
capsules being covered on the outside with stinging hairs).
ORD. Connuracew. Ornamental stove evergreen shrubs or
small trees, with axillary, racemose, rarely paniculate in-
florescence, and impari-pinnate leaves. All are natives
of tropical and Southern Africa, Madagascar, and the
islands of the Indian Archipelago. They require a com-
post of loam and peat, both of which should be fibry,
with the addition of a small quantity of sand. Cuttings
of ripe young shoots will root in sand, if placed in
bottom heat, and covered with a bell glass. About ten
species are known to science; perhaps not one is now
in cultivation in this country.
CNICUS (from chnizein, to injure; alluding to the
prickly armature of the plant). Thistle. Syn. Cirsium.
ORD. Composite. A genus containing about 200 species of
annual, biennial, and perennial herbs, of which but very
few are in cultivation, and still fewer are worth the trouble
of growing. Pappus deciduous, feathery; involucre swell-
ing, imbricated..with spinous scales; receptacle hairy.
They are all of the easiest culture in ordinary soil. Pro-
pagated by seeds, sown in spring. 7
С. acaulis (stemless).* /l.-heads purple ; involucre ovoid, glabrous.
ES. glabrous, radical, lanceolate, pinnatifid ;
lobes sub-trifid, spinous. A. 2ft. Europe (Britain) Perennial.
(Sy. Er. B. 692.)
(tallest)* fl.-heads le; involucre bracteate,
ul soie, scabrous, downy
5 ciliated ; radical ones pinnatifid. л. 3ft. to
10%. ior] States, 1726. Hardy herbaceous perennial. (G. C.
C. ambiguus (ambiguous) /.-Леайг purple. ed and August.
1. ciliate, eq ы downy beneath ; lower ones stalked, oblong, acu-
minate, sub-sinuate ; upper ones pinnatifid, auricled. №. 2%.
Tyrol, &c., 1820. Hardy perennial,
С. benedictus (blessed) Blessed Thistle. An ornamental
biennial, with large deep green leaves, which are blotched and
marbled with silvery-white. South Europe. This plant now
forms а genus by itself ; its proper name is Carbenia benedicta.
C. ciliatus (ciliated). /i.-heads purple; involucre ovate. August.
1. amplexicaul, hispid, pinnatifid ; segments two-lobed, sp ing,
spiny, downy beneath. Л. 3ft. Siberia, 1787. Hardy perennial.
C. conspicuus (conspicuous). -heads scarlet, large and very
handsome, termi AVAT ong, conical. l. alternate, ses-
sile ; lower ones 6in. to 8in. long, deeply ре or even
i ; margin waved and sinuated, and armed with short
brown or i ines. Stem 3ft. to 6ft. high, erect, much
branched, l y Mexico. Biennial. SYN. Ery-
throlena conspicua, (B. M. Ly
с. Jji.-heads pale purple, rarely white;
rir zlobose, with clan. zuy, August 1. sessile,
hairy, downy bene ; Segments two-lobed, spreading,
spiny. A. 2ft. к ч 1803. "Biennial.
C. Douglasii (Douglas's) A synonym of C. undulatus.
C. eriophorus (wool- i Л-Һеайв le; involucre woolly,
spherical. July. Г pinnatifid, every other кета
inting upwards, Ta , Scabrous. A. 2ft. Europe (Britain).
iennial. (Sy. En. B. 687.)
С. Grahami (Graham’s). /l.-heads rich crimson, е. 1. Іапсео-
late, sinuate, Lr nee snow-white beneath. Sft. to 5ft.
New Mexico, 1871. A handsome thistle, with slender-branched
snow-white stems. Biennial.
spinosissimus (most spiny).* fl.-heads pale yellow, terminal,
clustered. June to August. J. ww pinnatifid, toothed,
spiny, pubescent. Stem simple. А. 3ft. Europe, 1759. Hardy
perennial, . M. 1366.)
C. undulatus (undulated).* /l.-heads purple, corymbose, scarcely
rising above the leaves ; scales of the involucre smooth, purplish,
iny at the point. Summer. J. pinnatitid, the lateral lobes
ongated, often bifid, terminal lobe elongated; more or less
spiny. Л. 1%. California. Perennial. Syn. С. Douglasii.
COARCTATE. Pressed together.
COBZA (named after B. Cobo, a Spanish botanist),
ORD. Polemoniacem. Very ornamental rapid-growing green-
house or conservatory perennials. Flowers large, campanu-
late, solitary, and axillary; calyx foliaceous, persistent.
Leaves pinnate, with two or three pairs of leaflets, and a
terminal tendril. They are readily raised from seeds, in
spring, a gentle bottom heat alone being necessary if the
seeds are new; old seeds are not reliable. A free and mode-
rately rich soil is necessary. Cobmas do best if planted
out, but, at the same time, they thrive in large pots. In
autumn, the long shoots can be pruned back, and fresh
growth will be made in spring. The general gracefulness
and very floriferous habit of these plants render them
peculiarly well adapted for growing against bare walls,
arches, porches, &c. For outdoor culture, they are gene-
rally, and most effectively, treated as annuals. The
variegated form of C. scandens must be increased by cut-
tings, taken when young, in spring, and inserted in pots of
sandy soil, placed in gentle bottom heat.
C. penduliflora (drooping-flowered).* i ;
Э аас v green, 2 tre vy Teg hag Cs in =» peres
the edge into five strap-shaped, . endulous, wavy lobes, 3in. to
4in. long, which im to the flowers an unique а rance,
December. 1. formed of two pairs of small oblong acute leaflets,
Сатасся, 1868. А graceful, slender, cool stove climber. (B. M.
C. scandens climbing)
dark purple tube ; lobes of corolla rather sp:
p close to the stem, and egerint on one side at the base.
endrils branched. Mexico, 1792. . -
There is a very ornamental form, having variegated foliage.
C. macrostema, Gua: П, and C. stipularis, Mexico, are two
interesting RUM EA flowered species; but those described
&bove are the best for general cultivation. e
COB NUTS. See Corylus. e UNE
Р. aro
346
THE DICTIONARY
CF GARDENING,
" COBURGIA. This is now included in the genus
Stenomesson.
COCCOCYPSELUM (from kokkos, fruit, and kypsele,
a vase; in allusion to the form of the fruit). Sys. Bice-
lium, Tontanea. ORD. Rubiacew. A genus of creeping
soft-wooded stove plants. Peduncles axillary, solitary,
and in the alternate axils, each bearing a few-flowered
head, surrounded by a short involucre. Leaves opposite,
on short petioles; stipules subulate, solitary on both sides.
The species are of easy culture in a mixture of peat and
sand. Increased readily by separating the creeping stems.
с.
campanuliflorum
axillary or terminal heads; throat ye
Brazil, 1827. SYN. Hedyotis campanuliflora.
)
cordifolium (heart-shaped-leaved white, pubescent, dis-
е in de Metros креде Жым. „Жы equalling
the petioles in length. 4. cordate, obtuse, hairy. Brazil.
C. metallicum T Per Л. white. l with a metallic
lustre. Guiana, 1866.
C. re стөе ^" blue, almost sessile, collected in the
aXiLP of ths amy 3 мз, few-flowered ; peduncles very short
while bearing the flowers, afterwards becoming more elongated.
May. J. ovate, pubescent on both surfaces. West Indian Islands,
1795. Annual
. COCCOLOBA (from kokkos, a berry, and lobos, a pod;
in reference to the fruit). Seaside Grape. Овр. Poly-
gonee, A rather large genus of stove evergreen trees,
some of which are ornamental. They grow well in good
loam. Cuttings (of most of the species) of ripened wood,
with leaves entire, taken off at a joint, will root freely in
sand, under a bell glass. The best species are given below.
C. obovata (reversed-egg-shaped). Л. white, green. A. 50ft. New
Grenada, 1824,
C. pubescens (downy). Л. white, green. West Indies, &c., 1690.
C. avifera tnt Л. white, М ч, x 0а, cor-
1690. (В. M. $130) lossy green. ез es, &c.,
COCCULUS (from coccus, the systematic name of
cochineal, applied to this genus on account of the greater
part of the species bearing scarlet berries). Syn. Wend-
landia. ORD. i eœ. A genus of stove, green-
house, or hardy evergreen climbing or twining shrubs.
Cymes or panicles axillary; those bearing the male flowers
i i Cuttings
of half-ripened side shoots will root easily in spring or
Я ы poe in sand and placed in bottom heat,
. C. carolinus PANE Л. greenish, in
panicles, July. i racemes or
mm ^. 20%. United States "Plant Rn repere c "d
. C.laurifolius -leaved) fl. white, green, small ;
lateral and axillary i at the top, rather С eei
Ў January. 1 UE oblong, acuminated, i
C. Thunbergii (Thunberg’s). . axillary, panicled. 1. ovate
бозе, with a point, eke сн als a :
triangular, ien cU Japan. ott —
See Scale Insects.
(from cochlear, a spoon; the
cies are hollowed, like the bowl of a Ug
вв; Spoonwort. ORD. Crucifere. Annus or
herbs, usually smooth and fleshy, cemes
| ; d со, heed filiform or some-
stalked: e» p, eaves Very variable; radical ones usual]
stalked; eauline ones often auriculate-sagittate, There
are about twenty-five Species, widely distributed over the
"e pn cold regions of the Northern hemisphere,
. Cochlearias are of the simplest culture in ordinary gardey
Cochlearia—continued.
Propagated by seeds (which are produced freely by most
of the species), sown in the open air, in early spring.
a
Fig. 479. COCHLEARIA ARMORACIA.
C. Armoracia (Horse-Radish). fl. white, with a spreading Сї
May. L, radical ones large, oblong, crenated; cauline
elongated, lanceolate, toothed or cut. Root large,
h, 2ft. Eastern temperate Europe (naturalised in Britain). .
Fig. 479. For detailed culture, see Horse-Radish.
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 847
Cochlearia—continued.
C. officinalis (offüicinal. Common Scurvy Grass. Л. white.
Spring. l, radical ones stalked, cordate; cauline ones ovate,
toothed, angular. л. 2іп. to 12in. Cold regions of northern hemi-
sphere. A pretty early spring-flowering biennial. It is a valuable
anti-scorbutic. See Fig. 480.
COCHLEATE. Twisted, so as to resemble the shell
of a snail.
COCHLIOSTEMA (from kochlion, spiral, and stema,
a stamen; in allusion to the spirally curved stamens).
ORD. Commelinacee. This genus contains but a single
species, as the two plants described below are mere forms
of one. A very handsome stove perennial. It thrives in
a compost of peat, leaf mould, and loam, in equal parts,
with the addition of a small quantity of sand. Perfect
drainage and a copious supply of water—both to the roots
and overhead—are essential. Propagated by seed, which
are obtained in abundance by means of artificial fertili-
sation. The anthers will be found inside the large
stamen-like organs in the centre of the flower. The seed
should be sown as soon as ripe, in sandy soil, in well-
drained pots, and placed in a hotbed.
C. Jacobianum (Jacob's) fl. blue, delicately sweet, numerous,
pedicellate, crowded at the ends of the stalks in a rather short,
simple, scorpioid cyme ; three outer segments of the perianth un-
equal, oblong, obtuse, hooded at the apex; three inner segments
equal, obovate, their margins fringed with long, delicate, rich
purple hairs. September, i. rich dark green, edged with a
narrow margin of purple, oblong-lanceolate, lft. to 3ft. long,
and 6in. to 8in. broad, sheathing at the base. Andes of Ecuador,
1867. This is one of the finest introductions of late years, and
equally as valuable from a horticultural point of view as it is
interesting from its peculiar structure. (B. M. 5705.)
С ——— e EMI Fy ne? rese
FKiG. 481. COCHLIOSTEMA ODORATISSIMUM,
, odoratissimum (sweetest-scented) ji., outer perianth seg-
е6 yellowish-green at the base, reddish above ; inner Segments
large, deep blue, with a large white claw. J. pale green above,
long, sheathing, gracefully recurved; margins bordered with
red; under surface red, marked with deep red-violet lines.
The scent in this form is much more powerful than in C. Ji
anum. See Fig. 481.
COCHLOSPERMUM (from cochlo, to twist, and
sperma, a seed; in allusion to the form of the seed).
Orp. Вітіпет. Magnificent stove evergreen trees or shrubs.
Flowers yellow, large, panicled, with the peduncles articu-
lated at the base. Leaves alternate, stipulate, palmatifid
or digitate ; petioles jointed at the base. They thrive well
in a compost of loam and peat. Cuttings of ripened shoots,
taken in April, will root in sand, if placed in bottom heat,
under a hand glass; but plants raised from seed make
finer trees.
Cochlospermum—continued.
C. Gossypium (cottony) jl. yellow, large. May. l three to five-
lobed; lobes acute, entire, tomentose beneath. A. 50ft. India,
1822. SYN. Bombax Gossypium. (В. Е. S. 171.)
The other two species reputed to have been introduced are orino-
ceense and vitifolium.
The Cock-
COCKCHAFERS (Melolontha vulgaris).
chafers, or May Bugs, are very destructive, both in the
larval and the perfect state. In the latter condition, they
are found during the spring, generally towards the end of
May. They are rarely seen out in the day, choosing night
to carry on their depredations. "They feed chiefly on the
leaves of the Oak, Hazel, Elm, and, Willow, sometimes
wholly denuding them of their foliage. Cockchafers belong
to the order Lamellicornes, the antenng of which are
FIG. 482. FEMALE AND MALE COCKCHAFEls.
lamellated, or consisting of a series of plates (see Fig. 482).
The female lays her eggs in the earth, several inches below
the surface, placing them one by one in a little heap until
some eighty or ninety have been deposited. The eggs are
somewhat oval, and of a whiie or pale
yellow colour. They are hatched in
about afortnight. As soon as the larva
has reached its full length (see Fig. 483),
it measures ljin. or more, and is di
white, with brown head, and blackish at
Fic, 485. GRUB OF COCKCHAFER.
the tail end. By this time, it is three
and a-half years old, and has subsisted
on the tender roots of the plants. It
then takes the pupa form, be
in the earth until winter is past, an
the perfect beetle emerges, as previot
stated, in spring. j
The following are a few of the nu-
merous remedies recommended for
extermination of this коиш pos i
Where they abound in large quantities,
they may be shaken down on to 26
spread under the trees, and afterwards collected an
destroyed. :
and some other birds,
when the soil is dug,
Mr ot ыа нт colza on the ground infested with
z 5 ae acm it m dug
Cockchafer grubs, and when there is a good егор, it `
or ploughed in. We have found rape, used in this ‘manner,
very servi
Nitrate of Sedi dnd Soot. This, sown at the rate of
348 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Cockchafers—continued.
2ewt. of nitrate and 30 bushels of soot per acre, materially
reduces the grubs numerically, particularly if the ground
has been dug level, so that the mixture gets washed into
the soil equally.
Gas Lime. Applied in the proportion of 40 bushels to
the acre, this will kill nearly all grubs and insects, and
will also manure the ground; but it must be ploughed in
deeply before sowing. It is desirable that the ground
should remain vacant for some time after.
COCKROACHES (Blatta orientalis). These pests
are frequently, but erroneously, termed Black Beetles. In
its mature state, the male has wings extending only half
the length of the body; the female has only rudimentary
Fic. 484. FEMALE COCKROACH.
wings (see Fig. 484); her eggs, which are about sixteen
in number, are enclosed in an oblong ease, which she
carries about with her at first, fixed to the abdomen
by a sort of gum. There are several good recipes for
the destruetion of these; and, although not generally so
numerous as some other insects, they are sufficiently so to
It should be remembered that, like
not always eat the same
remedy fails, another should be
demand attention.
Crickets, they will
therefore, if one орь ed,
tried.
Ра, 485, Cocos AUSTRALIS, showing Fruiting Plant
hor Paste. Without exception, this ü
dis. est | tors. Spread on slices
— mixed with honey, the insect takes it "Any
"^ Деме = Te? Cations are generally sufficient, _
M Go не This, 8 prepared as for ants, or mixed with
boiled X tatoes, Parsnips, or roasted apples, will also kill
bos си B ies M Pieris aquilina, lid |
Cockroaches—continued.
Traps. ‘The ordinary beetle traps sold at shops, if
baited with honey or sprinkled with beer, will catch large
quantities. Basins, containing beer, or beer and water,
and having a few sticks placed against the sides to
form a road, will also be found successful; soda water or
champagne bottles, partly filled with beer and water, or
weak honey syrup, and sunk into the earth, will prove very
effective traps if not too often disturbed.
COCKSCOMB. See Celosia. d
COCKSPUR THORN. See Crategus Crus-galli. —
COCOA-NUT FIBRE REFUSE. This is a mos |
useful and inexpensive material, extensively employed by
gardeners for various purposes. It is described as being
free from any acid, saline, or tannin principle. The more -
recent or fresh it is, the longer it will last, and the 2
better it is for all purposes. Being very light and easily -
worked, it forms one of the best materials for plunging
small pots in, either in the propagating house or frame, _
in winter and spring, or outside, at any time. Cuttings _
of tender bedding plants are propagated by thousands _
annually in Cocoa-nut Fibre, as they root into it very -
quickly. It may also be used for potting such plants as
these, but not for any subjects that are to be potted _
permanently, as it retains too much moisture, and de -
composes so quickly, As a surface covering for flower-
beds in summer, and for affording protection to
roots of somewhat tender plants during the winter mo
Cocoa-nut Fibre Refuse is unequalled, in cheapness
otherwise. It may be employed with much ‘success in
rendering stiff, clayey, and other unfertile soils into pro E
duetive ones, and is also useful in various other ways. —
COCOA-NUT PALM. S» Cocos nucifera.
COCOA PLUM. See Chrysobalanus Icaco.
b A
ras
before Stem is developed, and detached Fruit.
COCOS (from coco, the Portuguese for monkey;
reference to the end of the nut being like a monk
head). Cocoa-nut Tree. ORD. Palmew, A genus of |
gant stove palms, which, in their native countries, grow
into majestic proportions. They are unarmed trees, with
smooth, ringed trunks, and pinnatisect leaves, with linear
Segments. Spadices appearing in the axils of the lower
leaves. Drapes with a fibrous husk and a solitary seed,
holes at the base. They thrive in a comp
A
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
Cocos—continued.
of two parts rich loam, one part peat, and one of sand.
During the growing period, copious supplies of water must
be given, the quantity of which should be gradually
diminished as winter approaches. They are not so well
suited for sub-tropical gardening as many other genera
of palms; but, in a well-drained and sheltered spot, it is
probable several of the species might prove satisfactory.
C. australis (Southern). l. pinnate, with very numerous linear-
Jaucous pinnz. Stem erect, columnar, in old specimens 20%. to
Soft. high. Buenos Ayres апа Paraguay. slow -growing,
ornamental palm. See Fig. 485.
PS
СУ cu
Ay “У
Aj
Ке, 486, Cocos WEDDELIANA.
C. nucifera (nut-bearing) Cocoa-nut Palm. l. pinnate, 6ft. to
20ft. in length; pinne long, somewhat narrow and pendent,
bright glossy green. Л. 50ft. East Indies, 1690. А very common
in countries, but somewhat difficult to cultivate
in this country. (J. В. 1879, 202.)
c. ова, (feathery).* l. pinnate, 3ft. to 15%. in length ; pinne
od together in EROS lft. to 2ft. in length, about lin. in
'adth, somewhat obtusely pointed, dark green above, glaucous
nov. 4 qM. Mou, straight, columnar, 1. 40ft. to Soft. | Brazil
m T€ MEAE Шу ornamental tree, ong leaves. гоорі
bunches of waxy flowers, which are succeeded by quantities of
ш TELA
WW. Z VR v X i
Smet hes, ЙГ
249
Cocos —continued.
orange-coloured nuts, enclosed in an edible pu'p, about as large
as an English acorn. (B. М. 5180.)
С. Romanzoffiana (Romanzoff’s),*
pinne long, pendent, dark green.
tive species,
1. long, gracefully arched ;
Brazil. A handsome decora-
C. schizophylla (cut-leaved).* Z. pinnate, spreading, dark green,
рео arched, 6ft. or more in height iren aft, long, lin,
road; apical lobe 6in. to 8in. broad, deeply bifid; petioles
bordered with red; edges armed with stout red spines. л. 8ft.
Brazil, 1846.
С. Weddeliana (Weddel’s).* J, 1ft. to 4ft. or more in length,
gracefully arched ; ріппге disposed nearly the whole length of the
petioles, long, narrow, pendent, dark green on the upper surface,
gu.
IE А,
NY £^
=
ender, clothed with a quantity |
Bem € This is probable the mU т
AM idis ced into Europe, and one that
glaucous beneath,
lack netted fibres.
elegant small
shonld be in ev col of stove plants. SYNS. old F
pulchra and Кк бы, egantissi бее Fig. 486, for w ch we /
are indebted to Mr. William Bull. — |
There are many other species of t
of the species).
350 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Codizum—continued.
genus of stove evergreen shrubs. Male flowers: calyx
membranous, three to six (often five) parted, reflexed,
imbrieate; petals five, scale formed, shorter than the
calyx, and alternating with as many glands; stamens
numerous. Female flowers: calyx five-cleft; petals absent.
Ovarium girded by five hypogynous scales at base, three-
celled, a single ovule in each cell. Among ornamental-
foliaged plants, few, if any, are more useful or beautiful
than the different varieties of this genus, several of which,
besides having magnificently-coloured leaves, are very
remarkable on account of their singular form. Excepting
‚ no similar class of plants are more easily cul-
tivated than Codisums; and, as they are available for use
all the year round, no stove, however small, should be
without, at least, one or two varieties. When required for
table decoration, they should be grown with single stems.
The best way to obtain these is to take off the tops of any
strong leading shoots, and form them into cuttings. They
may be struck by placing singly in small pots, and
covering with bell glasses, in strong, moist heat, where they
will soon emit roots, without losing any of the leaves
attached at the time they were inserted. When fairly
struck, they should receive a little air, by tilting the glass,
gradually affording more till they bear full exposure. The
most useful sizes for table decoration are from 1ft. to
18in. high; and, as using the plants for this purpose often
causes them to lose their lower leaves by
the time they reach such a height, the tops
may be again taken off and put in as cut-
tings. They must be grown in a very moist
atmosphere, and be well attended to by
watering and syringing, or red spider is sure
too dry, or the plants suffer
at the roots,
are very susceptible to cold,
changes cause their leaves to
ches, pinching the end of the leading
I if they do not start freely without;
vim generally, they require very little assistance, as their
tural growth is bushy and regular. In order to bring
28] nem above oth т ‘леу may be growing amongst. One
rest advantage in growing Codimums is that they can be
i
Codizum — continued.
eonfined to small pots, and kept to а limited size, if
desired, for a great length of time. "The temperature most
suitable for winter is one ranging from 60deg. to 70deg.,
according to the state of the weather. All the under-
mentioned have probably originated from two or three
species, and they are now generally classed by catalogue
compilers under the erroneous generic term of Croton, from
which genus the present one is not only distinct, but it
belongs to a different section of Ewphorbiacee.
The majority of the innumerable forms cultivated in
gardens may be referred to С. pictwm. Scarcely more
than three or four species exist, and about these all the
Codizums may be grouped as seedling forms or sports.
C. albicans (whitish).* J. broad-lanceolate, 12in. to 15in., lon
Zin. to дїп. broad ; ground-colour dark shining green, beautifu y
variegated with ivory-white; under side slightly tinted with
crinson. А dense-growing variety. :
C. angustifolium (narrow.leaved). A synonym of C. angustis
simum.
C. imum (narrowest)* Z. drooping, linear, 12in.
l8in. long, jin. to iin. broad, channelled, bluntish at the apex,
tapering at the base; upper surface dark shining green ; margins
and midrib golden-yellow ; under surface similar, but paler,
Polynesia. SYN. C. angustifolium.
C. aucubzefolium (Aucuba-leaved).* Z. dark shining green оте
with yellow or somewhat crimson blotches; 6in. to 8in. long,
Zin. to 2}in. wide, three to four times longer than the s
oblong-acuminate, tapering at the base; midrib and veins green,
or slightly tinged with pink. Polynesia, 1868.
e
Ета. 487. Сот жум BARON FRANCK SEILLIERE.
. Baron Franck Seilliére.* 1. very close together, thick ам S
leathery, from 10їп. to 1l5in. long, and from 2jin. te jight
i
C
pink underneath when adult; the large nerves are
yellow, but soon become ivory-white, as does also the young
Stem robust, green. Plant extremely vigorous. In the Y?
specimens, the costa, besides being large, is very freqUe
drr ; but in adults, it is invariably straight; the
nerves are of a very beautiful white, and the contrast
broad, graceful, curved at the tip, of a brilliant p d
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
Codiceum-—continued. |
colours produces a very striking effect. See Fig. 487. (R. H.
1880, p. 193.) -
C. Burtonii (Burton's) l. lanceolate, 12in. to 15іп. long, about
Sin. wide at the broadest part, close set and arching, dark
shining green, banded and marbled with rich golden-yellow.
C. chelsoni (Chelsea).* Z. narrow, drooping, sometimes plain,
sometimes twisted spirally ; in this latter state, the variegation
351
Codizum—continued. i
C. cornutum (horned).* J. eight to ten times longer than the
stalks, about lin. wide, oblong, obtuse, irregularly lobed ; lobes
obleng lanceolate, acute or obtuse, rounded at the base, sinuous
at the margin; upper surface dark shining green, irregularly
mottled with yellow; midrib deep golden yellow, excurrent neat
the apex into a thread-like process, 3in. long. Polynesia, 1870.
C. Crown Ргіпсе.* l. lanceolate, acuminate, 12in. to 15in. long,
Fic. 488. CODIÆUM ILLUSTRIS.
Shows up most distinctly, being of a bright salmon-orange tint,
shaded with crimson. .New Guinea, 1879.
1 Illum (golden-leaved). l. small, yellowish. Poly-
nesia, 1875. :
С. Cooperi (Coopers) l. with yellow veins and blotches, ulti-
mately changing to red. Polynesia, 1874.
i ide, bright shining green ; midrib and primary veins bright
mem yt erect growing ig sort, sometimes having leaves
beautifully marbled over the entire surface, unie doces
. Disraeli (Disracli’s).* l. about lft. in length, marked on a —
an reer pisi th golden ribs and veins, broadish at the -
base, and throwing out two side lobes of moderate lop
852
Codiceum-—continued.
the middle lobe, which is contracted in the lower portion and
broader upwards, being much longer than the others, thus
becoming more or less distinctly halbert-shaped. Polynesia, 1875.
c. næ (Mrs. Dodgson’s).* Z. linear-lanceolate, 9in. to 12in.
long, jin. to jin. broad, sometimes becoming spiral; bright
green, with a very rich gold stripe centre; margins the same
colour. Habit very graceful.
^" l suffused with bri t red, tri Н
^ of а very bright AM — че,
By зр eg ge l. elliptical-lanceolate, slightly
curv, long, i Fas ; deep green, with a bond
| eite. ani, from in. Wide, of ^ clear ivory or creamy
projections at the bases of the principal veins. ^ $n im acute
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
c.
the
both
Codizum—continued.
C. elegans (elegant)* Z. біп. long, sin. wide, ten to twelve times
longer than the stalk, linear-lanceolate, rather obtuse at the
apex; upper surface dark green, midrib crimson or yellowish,
margins slightly pink; lower surface dull green, mottled with
purple. India, 1861. Syn. C. parvifolium.
C. Evansianum (Evans’s).* l. bright olive-green, trilobed ; mid.
ribs and veins golden.yellow ; the interspaces spotted with the
NEVILLLF.
489. CODLEUM
FIG.
same colour ; with age, the green deepens and changes to а bright
bronzy-crimson, and the midribs, ve me a
orange-scarlet. Polynesia, 1879. ТА ОРЕМ Deco »
fucatum (painted) Z. obovate-elliptic, sometimes blotched
lower half with broad irregular porem of yellow on one or
sides of the midrib, sometimes having only a yellow midrib
and yellow reticulations ; petioles rose-coloured. Polynesia-
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 353
Codie&um- continued. Codiseum-—continued.
C. gloriosum (glorious).* l. long, narrow, drooping; ground-colour to 10in. long, 3in. broad at the widest part, dark olive-green ;
green, variegation creamy-yellow, very variable in character. In midrib, primary veins, and margin deep golden-yellow.
some, there is a creamy-yellow midrib, with a band on each side ;
in others, the midrib is bright green; the markings are of the C. grande (grand). l. deep green; midrib and some scattered
spotted style, with here and there large blotches of creamy- spots yellow. Polynesia.
Fig. 490. CODLEUM RECURVIFOLIUM
M.
ngs, of smaller confluent | C, Hanburyanum (Hanbury’s). i, 15in. long, 2}in. broad, olive-
green, finely marked with rich golden-yellow and rosy-crimson.
mh and in other parts clouded marki
C. Hawkeri (Hawkers)* l. broadly lanceolate, about біп. long,
lotches and spots. Sometimes these conditions are reversed,
and there are longish patches on which the ground-colour is
|
creamy, relieved by a few clouded green markings. New Hebrides, | mostly, with the petioles, light creamy-yellow; margins b
p | green. Polynesia, 1879. Ў : |
C. Goldiei (Goldie’s).* l. broad, panduriform, and trilobed, 8in. | €. Henryanum (Henry's). . oblong-ovate, acuminate, gin, long
22
354
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Codisum—continued.
Sin. broad, dark green, suffused and mottled with golden-
yellow ; in some cases, the leaf s distinctly banded.
C. Hilleanum (Hill’s).* 1 6jin. long, 24in. wide, six to seven
times longer than the stalk, oblong sub-spathulate, acuminate,
tapering at the base; margins sinuous; upper surface shining
purplish-green, midrib
oy : and secondary veins brigt i
suríace dull purple, veins crimson, "Polynesia ee er
‘abruptly P AABUm (Hookers)* 1. broad кош
ОТЫРУ tapering or tended i the base ped Miri. UN
golden-yellow. and with nn at the base with a broa :
ye^ow, and with irregular projections of gp о
n———
|
Codisum—continued.
running from the midrib towards the margin; midribs, young
stems, and petioles golden-yellow. Erromango, 1869.
C. illustris (brilliant). 1. green, richly maculated with golden.
yellow, the central bar yellow, and the variegation irregularly
distributed, so that sometimes the points are almost wholly
TRIUMPHANS HARWOOP NUM.
491. CODLEUM
Fic.
golden; mostly three-lobed, on purplish petioles, the разе шр
oblong, succeeded by two lateral ме mem which, aci
as the apex, appear to be twisted or curved, so as to acqui е :
sort of forked appearance. An extremely distinct and attract
plant. See Fig. 488, for which we are indebted to Mr. E
C. imperator (commanding)* 1. 12in. to 18in. long, oim Y“
Macfarlanei (Macfarlan
" Cube du ie inn
c.
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
355
Codisum—continued.
at the broadest part, arching, pale green, much suffused and
mottled with creamy-white ; petiole, midrib, and margin dis-
tinctly marked with a deep tint of the same colour.
C. im e (imperial). Z. twisted, with yellow margins and
blotches, пе све to crimson. New Hebrides, 1875.
C. insigne (remarkable).* J. linear-o| deep green; midrib
and veins utiful golden-yellow ; margins rosy-crimson. In
the older leaves, the mar! run in from the edge, and become
suffused over the central bar, so that the colours become nearly
equally balanced, in which state the foliage is very handsome.
C. interruptum (interrupted). Z. linear-lanceolate, tapering at
the base, acute Me veh at the apex, sometimes twisted spirally
below the middle, sinuous at the margin; upper surface dar
purplish-green, midrib crimson; under surface purplish, midril.
crimson. ynesia, 1
ок re * l oblong, tapering at the’ extreme
WC above, Us ыз Л] below the middle, acute
ak em ; upper surface dark shining green above, with a few
golden blotches, midrib golden-yellow, margin sinuous ; lower
surface dull green, midrib pale . Polynesia, 1868.
C. Jamesii (James's)* J. ovate, біп. to 8in. long, 3in. wide,
dark sage-green, marbled with creamy-white and various shades
of green and yellow. Very distinct, of dwarf free-branching habit.
C. Johannis (John's).* J. linear-lanceolate, acute, tapering at the
base ; upper surface slightly channelled, shining green, centre and
margins orange-yellow ; under surface similar, but paler. Poly-
nesia, 1871
C. lacteum (milk-white). Г. oblong, spathulate, bluntly acuminate,
tapering at the base; margins sinuous, whitish; upper surface
dark shining green, midrib and secondary veins milky or yel
lowish-white ; under surface dull green. Polynesia,
С. lancifolium (lance-leaved). l. narrow-lanceolate, 9in. to 15іп.
long, lin. broad at the widest part, dark green; midrib, margin.
and primary veins pale yellow, eventually becoming reticulated
with bright rosy-pink. Distinct, erect-growing.
C. limbatum (bordered). Z. spotted and ined with yellow.
(bo ). 1. зр margin.
e's) l linear-lanceolate, pendulous,
‚ lin. broad, dark fiery crimson when
yellow, irregularly blotched with
lanceolate, sub-acuminate, taj
mature; young leaves
irregularly speckled with w, midrib, secondary veins.
margins golden-yellow ; surface similar, but paler. y
C. m. Katonii ton’s). l bright green, with round yellow
spots. Polynesia. 1678. z Е
C. maculatum peo 1. pering .
at the base, Tor dám. yc 1 upper surface dark shining green.
majesticum (majestic).* 1. rather narrow, 12in. to 18in. long,
c. i
e rd green, ribbed with yellow when young, the green
with age into a deep olive, and the yellow becoming
Polynesia, 1876. This plant has a very elegant drooping habit.
maximum (largest). Z. oblong, acute, rounded at the base,
10in. to 12in. long ; margins sinuous, yellow; u surface bright
shining green, with а few yellow blotches, midrib and seco:
veins golden ; lower surface dull greenish-yellow. Polynesia, К
С. medium vari (middle variegated).* 7. oblong, obtuse,
acuminate, tapering at the base, 34in. to 43іп. long, lin. to 1jin.
wide; margins golden, sinuous ; upper surface k shining
n, midrib and secondary veins golden-yellow ; under surface
ull pale n. India. is species is co y grown in
gardens the name of C. variegatum.
C. Mrs. * l linear-lanceolate, arching, smooth and
regular, to 15іп. long, jin. broad, with a conspicuous
irregular rich orange-scarlet stripe in the centre; margins green.
multicolor (many-coloured). l. of somewhat irregular form,
with a shape not very unlike C. irregulare; in a young state
gren. МОГЫ th yellow, oc eens LR camcn дык
, ; ni )
‚ red; ndary veins SEV. PR 1871. 2
C. mutabile (variable) A synonym of C. princeps.
C. Nevilliz (Lady Dorothy Nevill’s).* J. oblong-lanceolate, olive-
green when young, barred and marked with yellow; when mature,
the yellow changes to a crimson, s with orange, the green
becomes darker, and is suffused with a metallic hue. Polynesia,
1880. See Fig. 489, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch
and Sons.
C. parvifolium (smallleaved) А synonym of C. elegans.
С. pictum (painted) l. oblong, acuminate, біп. to Qin. long;
und-colour rich crimson, irregularly blotched and spotted with
bright green and black. India. (B. M. 3051.)
с. Pigrimti (Pilgrim’s).* Z. ovate, acuminate, біп. to 9in. long,
Sin. va. day with deep golden markings, heavily
d,
M with rich pink.
Prince of Wales. /. pendulous, arching, slightly twisted,
almost enti; om d go m with bright
entirely ellow, margined and mottl
carmine; edges белшу cndulated ; midrib and petiole bright
. rincely).* 1. broad linear, at first green, with a
LI
costa, yellow margins, and a few scattered yellow blotches -
Codizeum—continued.
on the blade; when mature, these colours are entirely 4
the green portions into a dark bronzy hue, and all the ow
markings, including the midrib, into the richest rosy-crimson,
New Hebrides, 1878. SYN. C. mutabile.
C. Queen Victoria.* І. oblong-lanceolate, 9in. to 12in. long,
2in. broad, rich golden-yellow, finely mottled with green ; midrib
and primary veins rich magenta, cha with to а vivid
crimson ; margin unevenly banded with carmine, ex
as far as the midrib. Of free-branching habit and medium growth.
C. recurvifolium (recurved.leaved) А very fine and distinct
broad-leaved variety, of dense habit, and with recurved foliage far
superior to the well-known C. volutum. The midribs and veins,
which are crimson, bordered with yellow, are much sunk, giving
the upper surface of the leaves a rigid and waved appearance.
The variegation is well marked, and the contrast of the different
tints to the deep olive-green ground colour is very pleasing. See
Fig. 490, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch and Sons.
c. (spiral).* J. spiral, 9in. to 12in. long, and about lin.
wide, pendulous; in a young state, deep green, striped up the
centre with a broad band of golden-yellow ; when mature, deep
ге, with а deep crimson midrib. South Sea Islands,
C. Stewartii (Stewart’s). l. obovate, rounded at the base, o
stalked, dark olive m, irregularly banded and margined wi
=m ; midrib and petioles bright magenta. New Guinea,
superbiens (superb).* 1, oblong, acute, rounded at the base;
colouring exceedingly rich and unique; in the Jeast-coloured
condition, they are green, with clouded yellowish markings ; as
these mature, the green deepens, the yellow brightens, and the
coppery-red veining and кең жч are brought out; subsequently,
the green becomes blackish-bronze, while all pd ad portions
become coppery, the veins and costa being crimson. New
Guinea, 1
C. tricolor (three-coloured).* 1. obstinate, very acute,
to the base; margin
sinuous ; upper surface dark shining central portion and
midrib gol uncoloured ; lower surface
dull reddish-green. Polynesia, 1858, s
С, trilobum (three-lobed) 1. three-lobed, blotched with yellow.
Polynesia, dedo. , У cc
C. trium; (triumphant)* 1. oblong, d green, with a —
golden line on each side the midrib ; мутар also golden,
running into a network of the same colour towards the point ;
costa rich bright crimson ; when fully matured, the leaves become -
rich greenish-bronze, and the costa an intense rosy-crimson.
New Hebrides, 1878. : |
C. t. Harwoodianum (Harwood's) 1, dee green, with a golden
line on each side the midrib ; principal "in also golden, gerne 4
into a network of the same colour towards the рош; costa ric
bright crimson, forming a pretty conttast with the colour on
either side. A fine variety from the New Hebrides. When fully
matured, the leaves become rich greenish-bronze, and the costa
an intense rosy-crimson, very bright and effective. See Fig. 491,
for which we are indebted to Mr. "Bull. d
C. undulatum (undulated)* 7. oblong, acuminate, Bin. to Sin. -
long, jm. to An, wide, taperino ir id crisped or un-
dulate at the margins; up -001007, —
А ape blotches, midrib purplish;
colo » With crimson blotch green
Polynesia. e
C. Veitchii (Veitch’s).* 1 oblong-lanceolate, rounded at the base, -
about 12in. long ; margins pink ; upper
midrib and seconda » ke ln
coloured. Рота MR brighi а —
C. volutum (rolled-leaved). Z. with golden venation,
ES tip. Polynesia, ИМ — —
. Warrenii (Warren’s).* L opidi '
long by lin. to risa АЗ. rx rechin:
Which, in the old leaves, changes to crimson. Ро
Said to the most graceful and best of the
long, tapering at the base, very acute at the apex
sinuous ; upper surface
golden blotches, midrib !
surface similar, but paler green.
c.
illiams’s).* 4. obovate-obl 12in. to 15іп.
long, Sin. to 4in. broad; edges und : -
irregularly ban “yellow, and midrib primary
of a bright magenta colour; as 6 become more matare,
this magenta changes to a rich violet-crimson ; under surface
rich crimson, One of the handsomest. em
C. Wilsonii (Wilson's) L
lin. to 131 et pend
suffused Sit rich. Y
356
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
CODLIN GRUB. ‘See Apple or Codlin Grub.
CODLINS AND CREAM. See Epilobium hir-
sutum.
CODONOPSIS (from kodon, a bell, and opsis, resem-
blance; in reference to the shape of the flowers). SYN.
Glossocomia, ORD. Campanulacee. A genus of glabrous
herbs. Flowers whitish, yellowish, or deep purple, ter-
minal, axillary, pedunculate. Leaves alternate or nearly
opposite, ovate, acuminated, not entire, on short petioles,
glancous, rarely hoary beneath. Branches usually opposite
more or less articulated at their origin.
clematidea (Clematis-like). . white, tinged with blue.
x stalked, cred esent ; art to 3ft. Mountains of Asia.
Hardy perennial. SYN. Glossocomia clematidea. (Б. G. 167.)
C. cordata (cordate). A synonym of Campanumea javanica.
С. gracilis, Sec Campanumea gracilis.
C. rotundifolia (round-leaved). /. yellowish-green, veined with
dark purple, large ; corolla urceolate-globose, campanulate, with
an inflated tube; peduncles terminal, slender, one-flowered.
1, petioled, opposite or rarely alternate, ovate, rather obtuse. .
Himalaya. A long, slender, climbing annual. (B. M. 4942.)
С.т. grandiflora (large-flowered). A very pretty variety, with a
more variegated corolla than the type, the flowers very much
resembling those of the Deadly Nightshade (Atropa Belladonna).
Himalaya. (B. M. 5018.)
CGLESTINA (from colestis, celestial; in reference to
the blue-coloured flowers). ORD. Composite. This genus
is now merged into Ageratum. Half-hardy, showy, herba-
ceous perennials. Pappus a membranous rim; involucre
cylindrical, many-leaved, imbricated ; receptacle convex,
naked; florets all tubular. They are of easy culture in
ordinary garden soil. Propagated by seeds and cuttings,
which are easily managed in gentle warmth, in spring.
C. ageratoides (Ageratum-like).* /l.-heads blue, J uly to October.
2. stalked, ovate, acute, rounded at base, serrated, pil
hairy beneath. А. lft. New Spain. ` rrated, pilose above,
Other species are cerulea and micrantha, both blue-fl
and natives of America; but they are scarcely worth posers el dy
COELIA (from koilos, hollow; in allusion to the pollen
masses, which are convex outside and concave inside).
Овр. Orchidee, Very curious and pretty stove epiphytal
orchids. Sepals distinct, equal, spreading; peta
yi Й ; petals mearl;
equal, bnt a little smaller than the sepals; lip quite mere
unguieulate, continuous with the base of th i
is short. For culture, &e., see of the column, which
©. Baueriana (Bauers)* Л, Epidendrum.
flowered; m long. » £
West Indies, &c., 1790.
osma (Hyacinth-scented),* Л.
int of the Superior sepal, and of
15, orange; lip white, base and apex
with a deep crimson blotch in the
; foot of column urplish-crimson ;
le arising from the be of the well.
bulb, with a dense raceme of six to
Vers à pare лов delicious
ke всеп 3 ited, cuneate-
р Paeudo-bulbs pear-shaped,
YNE (from koilos, hollow,
; female; in reference to the
an, or pistil). On. Orchidec.
Very
eseribed as follows:
bous orchids, con-
membranous
and slightly
of like nature.
-we
Fic. 492. FLOWERS OF CŒLOGYNE CORRUGATA.
Celogyne—continued.
but narrower; a great cucullate lip, usually bearing
fringes on its veins; and a broad membranous column.
The majority of the species are what may be termed cool-
house, or, at any rate, intermediate-house, plants; for,
although they like a somewhat higher temperature when
growing, they remain more healthy, and flower more abun-
dantly, if kept quite cool during the resting and flowering
period. Pot culture is preferable for these plants, although
they may also be grown upon blocks of wood. When small,
and under this latter treatment, they are apt to dwindle
away, instead of increasing in size. In preparing the
pots or pans, good drainage must be carefully provided, as,
although Coelogynes require and enjoy a liberal supply
of water during the growing season, nothing stagnant
or sour must be allowed to come near the roots. A
good compost may be formed of about equal parts living
sphagnum and fibrous peat, with the addition of a little
silver sand. The plants should be raised upon a moderate- |
sized cone above the rim of the pot, and then firmly
pressed down. The time for repotting or surfacing is just
after the flowers are past; and, as the blooming season
of most of the kinds is during winter, this will come
round about the middle of February. Although, as before
remarked, these plants require a copious supply of water
when growing, care must be taken that it does not lie in
the centre of the young shoots, or they will be very apt
to decay. When the growth is fully matured, an amount
of moisture just sufficient to keep the pseudo-bulbs ff
shrivelling, will be all that is necessary, PF
C. asperata (rough).* /. about Зіп. in diameter; sepals and
petals pale cream-colour; lip und-colour the same, richl
marked with chocolate and yellow streaks and veins, W
radiate from a rich orange-coloured central ridge or crest;
raceme pendulous, about lft. long, many.-flowered. Summer.
^. 2ft. Borneo. This is а large-growing species, which requires
à large pot and the heat of a warm stove to attain perfection.
C. barbata (bearded).* fl. snow-white, large; lip trifid, with
projecting triangular acute middle lacina, three rows of narrow
ee г = the p жий a barder of ciliæ; the пме T
and e top are altogether of à sepia-brown, vergi
which forms an exceedingly neat mdr to the white colour
of the other parts of the flowers; spikes erect. Assam, s
This very beautiful species requires a continuous and abundant
supply of water while growing.
C. biflora (two-flowered). jl. white, brown. Moulmein, 1866.
C. ciliata (ciliated).* И. yellow and white, with some brown
markings. Autumn. А compact-growing species, with light
green leaves, and producing bulbs about din. high.
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 357
Cologyne—continued.
С. corrugata (wrinkled).* fl., sepals and petals e
white, with a yellow plate in front, and veined with orange;
racemes erect, shorter than the leaves. Autumn. Г. twin, about
6in. long, coriaceous. Pseudo-bulbs much corrugated or wrinkled,
and apple-green in colour, India, 1866. A handsome cool-house
species. See Fig. 492. (B. M 5601.) ;
ure white; lip
Fic. 493. C«ELOGYNE LAGENARIA.
corymbosa (corymbose). Л. pure white. February. The
flower-spikes in most instances are nicely thrown above its
beautiful deep green archi gr whilst others nestle amongst
its large pseudo-bulbs. In 1876.
С. cristata (crested).* fl. fragrant, Sin. to 4in. in diameter ; sepals
and petals snow-white; lip white, with a large blotch of rich
yellow in the middle, the veins oat ornamented with a golden
crest-like fringe; raceme somewha A many-fiowered,
about Qin. long. December to March. J. twin, narrow,
coriaceous, dark green. Pseudo-bulbs somewhat oblong, smooth,
shining, apple-green colour. Nepaul, 1837. When growing, the
temperature of the cool end of the Cattleya house will suit this
species admirably ; but during winter, it should be kept quite
cool ; indeed, when in flower, it may be removed to the draw-
ing room or parlour without fear of injury, forming there a most
enjoyable and attractive ornament.
It must, however, be placed in the
stove again before the shoots begin
to grow, or the dryness of the at-
mosphere may cause the growths to
be stunted, and thus one season’s
bloom would be lost. It is ex-
y easy to grow. One of its
many i says, “You may
take a piece, and suspend it to a
0! үр wire in a temperate
brary, to the level of the nose,
and it shall be to that organ, and
to the eye that sees it, as agreeable
three weeks hence as it is to-day,
by simply taking a mouthful of pure
water and giving the bulb a squirt
every — without wetting the
leaves." (B. R. 27, 57.) Thereisa
variety of this plant having a pale
lemon-coloured blotch upon the lip,
instead of the rich yellow colour
of the normal form; and another
with pure white flowers (see Warner
og Williams’ **Orchid Album," t.
).
C. Cumingii (Cuming’s).* /l., sepals
and petals white ; lip bright yellow,
with white down the centre. Л.
2ft. Singapore, 1840. A very pretty
Species, retaining its beauty for a
considerable period.
flaccida (flaccid).* Л. with a
somewhat heavy odour ; sepals and
= white ; uP nu геев
pale yellow ront, an
streaked with crimson towards its
FIG. 494, CELOGYNE ODORATISSIMA,
Celogyne—continued.
base; racemes long, pendulous, many-flowered. Winter and
spring. i. twin, dark green, coriaceous. Pseudo-bulbs oblong.
h. lft. Nepaul An erect-growing free-flowering species, of con-
siderable beauty. (B. M. 3518.)
C. fuscescens (dark-brownish). Л. large ; sepals and petals of a pale
yellowish-brown, tipped with white; lip edged with white and
streaked with orange-yellow, and haying on each
side of the base two spots of cinnamon-brown; raceme
slightly pendulous, few-flowered. Winter. /. about
Эіп. long, broad, dark green in colour. Pseudo-bulbs
about ĝin. or din. high. Moulmein. (G. C. 1848, 71.)
A variety, brunnea, has pure brown flowers.
C. Gardneriana (Gardner’s).* fl. large, pure white,
saving at the base of the lip, where they are stained
with lemon-colour; at the base of each is a large
white fleshy bract; raceme long, nodding, many-
flowered. Winter. Zl. twin, lanceolate, thin, bright
green, lft. to lift. long, and Sin. wide. Pseudo-bulbs
long, narrow, tapering from the base upwards, resem-
bling long flasks. л. 1%. Khasia, 1837. (P. M. B.6, 73.)
C. Gowerii (Gower’s).* f., sepals and petals snow-
white; lip also white, having three parallel raised
lines and a lemon-coloured blotch on the disk ; raceme
endulous, many-flowered. Winter and spring. l
nceolate, about 6in. long, bright green. Pseudo-
bulbs ovate, shining green. Assam, 1869. A rare
but lovely small-growing species, suitable for cultiva-
tion on a block of wood. It requires cool treatment.
C. Hookeriana (Hooker's).* jl, rose-purple, white,
brown, yellow. Мау. Л. 3in. Sikkim, 1878. A pretty
little T of the Pleione section, differing from
most of its fellows by producing its leaves and flowers
simultaneously. SYN. Pleione Hookeriana.
C. humilis (humble)* fl. solitary, 3in. in diameter;
sepals and petals white, faintly, or somewhat deeply,
tinged with rose-colour; lip white, spotted and
streaked with crimson and brown, and traversed by
six б soniye veins, which are fringed, as is also the
border. Late autumn. Z. plaited, dark green. Pseudo-
bulbs ovate, dark green. Nepaul, 1866. Syn. Pleione
humilis. (B. М. 5674.) There is a variety with yellow
spots and stains on lip.
C. lagenaria (bottle-shaped) fl. solitary ; ls and petals lilac
or rose-colour; lip large, white, striped and barred with rich
crimson and yellow, and waved and crisped at the margin; scape
springing from the very base of the pseudo-bulb. j. solitary,
thin, plaited, about 6in. long. Pseudo-bulbs somewhat flask or
bottle-shaped, flattened below the conical neck, and there la ping
over, like the lid of a box; dark green, mottled brown, wrinkl
Khasia, 1856. SYN. Pleione lagenaria. See Fig. 493. (B. M. 5370.)
C. maculata (spotted)* /L, sepals and petals white ; lip white,
beautifully barred with crimson; bracts pale , ted.
October, November. l. біп. long. Pseudo-bulbs depressed at the
top, forming à kind of ring around a short thick whence
the leaves have fallen ; partly clothed with brown scales. K :
Assam, &c., 1857. SYNS. Gomphostylis candida and Pleione
maculata. (B. M. 4691.)
=ч
958
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Celogyne—continued.
Massangeana (Massange’s).* Л., sepals and petals light ochre-
coloured ; lip tritid, beautifully maroon-brown, with ochre-
coloured veins; raceme pendulous, many, but loosely, flowered.
Pseudo-bulbs pyriform, bearing two Stanhopea-like leaves, 1879.
This species is closely allied to С. asperata. (Е. M. n. s. 373.)
C. media (middle).* /. on spikes 10in. high; sepals and petals
creamy-white; lip yellow and brown. Khasia, 1857. A pretty
small-growing winter-flowering species, with short round pseudo-
bs, and leaves Тїп. long. :
|. €. ocellata (е ed).* fl., ве and petals pure white ; lip curiously
|. fring c tak pede sd gi and spotted with yellow and
. brownat the base; side lobes with two bright yellow spots on
each; column bordered with bright orange; racemes upright.
March and A 1. long, narrow, bright green, longer than the
racemes, Plouio bane ovate. India, 1 A very pretty
, 1822.
species, well adapted for block culture. (B. M. 3767.) The variety
maxima is a very handsome form, with a raceme of about eight
. star-like flowers; the segments lanceolate; lip saddle-shaped,
with a terminal lobe marked with yellow. 1879.
odoratissima (very sweet-scented).* 7. ue white, excepting
the centre of thelip, where they are stained with yellow, sweet-
scented; raceme slender, pendulous, Winter.
green, lanceolate, about 4in. long. Pseudo-bulbs thickly clustered
together, about lin. high. India, 1864. This species grows freely
if not kept too warm, i i
cool orchid house. See Fig. 494. (B. M. 5462.)
C. pandurata (fiddle-shaped),* Л. upwards of 3in. in diameter,
_ very i
crests running parallel upon its surface, oblong, but curious]
bent down at the sides, tice assuming somewhat the form of 4
У В еа роо longar than ign "wig many-flowered.
une, July. J. bright shining green, 1ft, t, ft. long.
bulbs large, broa: ү Им. о tie eins
Borneo, 1853,
(B. M. 5084.)
с. ра (Parish’s). Л, yellow, brown, Moulmein, 1862. (B. M.
С. plantaginea (Plantain-leaved).* f, greenish-yellow ; lip white
streaked with brown. A. 14ft. India, 185 istin |
pas ae E dia, 1852. A distinct and
Reichenbachiana (Heichenbach's) z, i ж produced in
Pairs ; sepals and petals Tose-coloured ; lip rose, bu! i
рери, and fringed in front with cri чы don bee
ecies, and i
netted, Eos 1868. A rare and very distinct peckes SYN,
leione . 5753.)
1 жылын (Rhodes) f White, fragrant ; lip brown,
C. Schilleriana (Schiller's) * Solitary, Sin. long : sepa?
* ч , . $ 8 d
petals pv lanceolate р ыш contracting ^d ihe middie,
ij | | [
. Regular purplish blotches, Woobed lamina, marked with
June, 1, oblong-lanceolate, tapering
@ М.А) udo-bulbs small. №, біп, Moulmein, 1858.
c. speciosa (showy).* Л. ш in. i
i ‘p J upwards of зіп, in di
produced in pairs at the end of a slender peduncle; жы es
| рх brownish or olive-green, the latter very long, and narrower
is: lip very beautiful, both in the colour and
А (viscid),* у, and hite ; lip y
Fry ic A ыр эө yw, алыр
; towards the base. Pseudo-bulbs fusiform in
Ja, 1870. A rare species, not very unlike б, flaccida,
la Ша». Л. ons Ан. Pe SWeet-scented
E n i 3
пе, but striped in t е centro mig cloned ;
ANT. Bluish,
"I Coffee, a province of Narea, in Af
Coffee grows in abundance), Coffee.
- Stove evergreen trees and shr
Coffea—continued.
loam and sand; and require plenty of water, and ample
pot room, Ripe cuttings strike freely in sand, under
a hand glass, in a moist heat; and the young plants so
raised produce flowers and fruit more readily than those
grown from seed.
C. arabica (Arabian).* f. white, sweet-scented, disposed in axil-
lary clusters of four to five, September. 1. oval-oblong, wavy,
dark green and shining above, paler beneath, acuminated. A. 5ft.
to 15ft. Truly native in the mountainous regions of South-west
Abyssinia, 1696. (В. M. 1303.)
C. beng (Bengal). fl. white, solitary or in pairs at the
extremity of the branches; corolla hypocrateriform, with a
slender tube. Z. opposite, ovate, acuminate, entire, spreading
itty” almost sessile. Branches dichotomous. Assam. (B. M.
C. liberica (Liberian). Ё white, sweet-scented. :
outline to, but very muc larger than, those of Arabian Coffee,
Liberia, 1875. The plant altogether is much more robust, and
can be grown in hot localities in which the older C. arabica would ·
not thrive. (G. C. m. s. 6, 105.)
C. travancorensis (Travancore). jl. white, fragrant, solitary, or
three or four together in the axils of the leaves, shortly pedi-
celled, erect. J. variable in shape, from broadly ovate to
late, obtuse, acute, or drawn out into a long obtuse or acute
Branches slender, Moray quadrangular. А. 3ft. to 6ft.
1. similar in
int.
эме India, 1844. (В. M.
COFFEE.TREE. Se Coffea. —
COHERING. Connected. n
COIX (а namo applied by Theophrastus to a reed-
leaved plant) Job's Tears. ORD. Graminee. А small
genus of curious grasses, chiefly requiring stove №
The only species usually grown is C. lachryma, Me
а native of India, and grows from 2ft. to 4ft. high. Th
is cultivated out of doors in summer, and its peculiar
Fie. 495. COIX LACHRYMA, showing Habit in detached
Inflorescence, i
heavy grey pearly seeds, which hang in clusters out 0
the sheath, give the plant quite an unique appearance.
The seeds, which are about the size of a Cherry-stone,
and are very hard, should be sown in heat, in February
or March, or later on out of doors. See Fig. 495. —
COLA = native name). Овр. Sterculiacem. A
evergreen tree, requiring a rich, light, loamy soil li
creased by seeds (which are about the size of a pigeon's
egg); also by ripened cuttings, placed in sand, under
hand glass, in bottom heat. i
С. acuminata (pointed). Cola or Goora Nut. ji. yellow,
merously disposed in : racemes. J;
. сотіасео! :
The seeds
West tropi
( А tribe of Liliacem which takes i
name from the principal genus, Colchicum, the other thr
bocodium, Merendera, and msi
its nati
TRIBE Colchicew of
A genus of autumn or rarely spring-fk
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 359
Colchicum- continued.
plants, allied to Bulbocodium, but with larger and broader
leaves, which do not appear til spring. Stamens six;
styles three, free, filiform; ovary deeply three-grooved.
Colchicums are among the most beautiful of autumnal
flowering plants, and their cultivation is of the easiest.
Some growers lift annually, and store them for a month
or six weeks in a dry place before planting; but this is
not a good practice, as in no case must it be done till the
leaves die down, which is often not before June or July;
and, at the latest, they ought to be planted in August.
There is less need to lift these than Crocuses, as they re-
quire little or no division. The best soil is a light sandy
loam, enriched with thoroughly decomposed manure; and a
rather moist situation is most favourable. Оп dry soils,
they often suffer considerably in hot summers. Colchicums
look best in masses, and should be planted not less than
Sin. deep. Propagation is effected by increase of corms; or
by seed, which are usually produced freely, and generally
ripen in June or July. It is best to sow them as soon
as ripe, or in any case not later than September. A warm,
sheltered place, out of doors, should be selected, and the
seed covered with $in. of fine soil. The seed may come
up during the winter, or may not vegetate till the following
spring.
The choice or rare varieties may be sown in pans, and
be placed for the winter in a cold pit or frame. It is well
to sow thinly, so as to be able to leave the seedlings for
two years in the seed pans. Throughout the summer,
water carefully in dry weather up to the end of July, or
until the-tiny plants show signs of resting. After two
years, plant out the bulbs in nursery beds, from 4in. to
6in. apart, and leave them alone til they flower, which
— will be in from three to five years from the time of sowing.
The common Meadow Saffron (C. autumnale) and its
varieties are most largely grown. The species itself may
be purchased in large quantities tolerably cheap.
C. alpinum (alpine). Л. deep rose-colour, bell-sha; Autumn,
l. linear, erect, 2in. to 24in. long, narrowed at the ase, appearing
in February and March. Corm small, one (rarely two) flowered.
h. lin. to 2in. Mountains of South-east France and Switzerland,
1820. SYN. C. montanum. (A. F. P. 1, 74, not of Linnzus.)
C. arenarium umbrosum (sand and shade loving), A syno-
nym of C. wmbrosum.
c. autumnale (au -flowering).* f. bright purple, numerous,
with longtubes. Autumn. 7 erect, peint dark green,
біп. to lft. long, and usually lin. or more broad, appearing after
к large,
See Fig. 496. (Sy. En. B. 1
very numerous, the best being
DOUBLE PURPLE, DOUBLE WHITE, апа STRIATUM.
C. Bivonz (Bivone’s).* f. prettil marked wi
checkers of white and purple? cheas-Doabd Ps E ue grs
ments of the perianth elliptical-oblong. Autumn. i linear,
grooved. South Europe. >
©. bulbocodioides (Bulbocodium-like) A synonym of C. mon.
anum.
с. byzantinum (Byzantine).* fl. pale rose-colour, six to nine t
eac D pas LT Autumn, J. broad, Pa
lating, plaited, green, four or five. Corm large, roundish,
depressed. л, Zin. to din. Levant, 1629. Ew =
C. chionense (Chios). A synonym of C. variegatum,
C. luteum (yellow).* Л, yellow, дїп. to 4in. high, with ovate
perianth segments. Spring. i. narrow, linear-ligulate, obtuse,
EOM bright green. Kashmir and Afghanistan, 1874. (B. M.
C. montanum (mountain)* 7. lilac- le or nearly white, Feb.
Tuary and March. Z. short, narrow, lanceolate or caer, falcate,
Colchicum—continuwed.
Fig. 497. COLCHICUM MONTANUM.
reaching about as high as, and developing simultaneously with,
the flowers. A. Zin. to 4in. i i
Lin bs E x ы “ы region, 1819. SYN.
C. montanum (mountain) A synonym of C. alpinum,
p
“=
Fic. 498. COLCHICUM PARKINSONI. :
C. Parkinsoni (Parkinson’s).* Л. white, tessellated and barred
with purple. Autumn. J. aH reus wavy. Greek Archi-
= 1874. See Fig. 498. (B. M. 6090.)
* Speciosum (showy). Л. clear red-purple, varying to de
crimson-purple, Ch LB throat; tube long; inth divi
Sions oval. September and October. 4. lft. long by 2in. to 4in,
broad, elliptic, sub-erect, narrowed to the obtuse apex. Caucasus. M
The largest known species of the genus. Fig. shows the _
P metn and foliage. (B. M. 6078) —— E
. umbrosum ving). Л. violaceous-purple, long-tubed, _
Autumn, z, Tigulate lanceolate: feahy, three or many, alternate.
Capsule membranaceous, oblong, acuminate, three-lobed, А.
in. Crimea. SYN. C. arenarium umbrosum. Like most of the —
fenus, this species produces no leaves at the time of flowering;
ut soon afterwards they appear, and attain in spring a ot
several inches, (B. R. сш NM с
‘vari fi. rose-colour, marked with purple- _
c. variegatum (variegated).
violet checkers;
s lanceolate, acute. Autumn. Ё
oblong-lanceola hannelled, margins wavy. Corm large, |
sha h. wh nen 1629. SYN. C. chionense. (B. М.
There are two or three forms of this species. —
360 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Colchicum —continued.
| N :
A OMM
T
M ta
Fic. 499. CoLcHIcuM SPECIOSUM.
COLDENIA (named after Conwallades Colden, a North
American botanist, who discovered numerous new plants;
these are published in the Upsal Acts for 1743). Овр.
Boraginacem. А genus containing about ten species of
branched prostrate herbaceous plants, natives of both the
Old and New Worlds. Perhaps the only one in culti-
vation is C. procwmbens—an ornamental stove trailing
annual. Seed should be sown in March, in a hotbed, and
the seedlings planted out singly in pots when large enough
а handle. It requires a light, rich soil.
_ tary, sessile ; conis SER ^ A Wis MANT ME
July. /. alternate, cuneiform,
“ктү.
Sir G. Lowry Cole,
А ria ласер. Stove
sub-campan , five-toothed ;
limb divided into five spreading
fleshy, indehiscent. Leaves impari-
on: S RAP A synonym of C. undulata,
(abundant-flowering).* ү rish-white.
lior Rem ME | wood. де =з
"BRI IOKIA (named after Henry d e
-RS., A. &e., an accomplis} P а
Colebrookia-— continued.
a compost of one part peat and two parts loam, with a
small quantity of sand added, to keep the whole porous.
Cuttings of half-ripened shoots, made in April or May
will root in sand, under a bell glass.
tifolia (opposite-leaved). Branches, leaves, and spikes
C. opposi
opposite. Л. 5%. to 4ft. Nepaul, 1820. (S. E. B. 115.)
Branches, leaves and
С. ternifolia (three-leafleted-leaved).
spikes three in à whorl. Leaves more tomentose, and on shorter
tioles, than in the first species, and spikelets more dense,
dia, 1823.
COLEONEMA (from koleos, a sheath, and nema, a
filament; the filaments are fixed into sheath-like recesses
of the petals). ORD. Rutacew. Very ornamental small
Heath-like greenhouse shrubs, from the Cape of Good.
Hope. Flowers white, axillary towards the top of the
branches, solitary, on short peduncles. Leaves short,
linear, scattered, very acute, beset with glandular dots.
There are four species, all natives of Sonth-west Africa.
For culture, see Diosma,
C. album (white). /. white, small. Autumn and winter. l sub-
erect, linear-lanceolate, channelled above, with a straight, pungent
mucro. А. lft. to 2ft. A small erect, nearly glabrous, shrub.
Aspalathus-like). Jf. white. Autumn, Ё
aspalathoides
— keeled and sub-triangular, with a recurved mucro., A. біп.
to 3ft.
juniperinum (Juniper-like) Д. white. Autumn. l narrow - :
linear, with a short, straight mucro, concave above, convex under _
neath, shining. A. 1ft. to 2ft. d
C. pulchrum (beautiful) /. large, red. Autumn. 1. sp
recurved, linear, with a gom кыне, mucro, the d
margin serrulate. л. 2ft. to 4ft. (B. M. 3340.)
COLEOPTERA. See Beetles.
COLEUS (from koleos, a sheath; in allusion to the ———
filaments being connected, and forming a tube at the base,
which sheathes the style) Orp. Labiate. А genns of
stove herbs, annual or perennial at the base, rarely
cose. Whorls usually six-flowered, but often many-flowered,
sometimes very dense, and sometimes loose, cyme-formed.
The monadelphous stamens distinguish this genus from all
others of the order. The foliage of the hybrid varieties
and sports of Coleus are unsurpassed for beauty of colour;
and, whether grown as large or small plants, they are
extremely usefnl for decorative purposes. Their culture
very simple, but unless a minimum temperature of 55deg.
is maintained, they cannot be wintered safely. Where such
conditions do not obtain, it is better to purchase plants in
spring, grow them on for the season, and then throw th
away.
Fa
doses of liquid manure when established, especially during
hot weather, as the plants then grow very rapidly. Plenty
of air and light must be afforded in summer, in order
keep the plants strong and short-jointed. Care must
be taken that they do not suffer for want of water,
the lower leaves wil drop off, and thus render them
sightly. Coleus grown for exhibition should be of globt
or pyramidal form, with the lower leaves covering
edge of the pot, so that neither bare stems nor soil
visible. When grown for ordinary decoration, usi
plants may be obtained, and the colours in the leaves
highly developed, by cultivating
of little corisequence, compared
planta. 'The flowers of the foliage
and the spikes, when seen, should be pinched out. 7
cultivation above recommended also suits the green
; but, after a few pinchings, to secure bushy
AN ENCYCLOPZDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 361
Coleus—continued.
they should be allowed to develop their flowers, some of
which are highly ornamental. Cuttings strike with the
greatest freedom at almost any time of the year, and,
with a good moist heat, will quickly form fine specimens.
They are best placed separately in small pots, and, when
rooted, may be potted on, allowing a liberal shift each
time. Coleus may also be increased by seed; but this
method is only adopted when it is desired to raise new
varieties.
С. Verschaffeltii, a variety of О. Віштеї, is much grown
for bedding purposes, and is especially employed in large
carpet-bedding designs; it is one of the most effective
crimson-leaved subjects for the purpose, and, arranged
with Centaurea or Golden Feather, it is very striking.
C. barbatus (bearded). ji. brownish, with the lower lip nearly
ovate, compressed, and hairy; racemes terminal. November.
ca oval, Realloned. downy and wrinkled, gradually narrowed into
the footstalk. Stem quadrangular. h. 2ft. Abyssinia. Peren-
nial. Every part of the plant has a powerful fragrance. SYN.
Plectranthus barbatus. (А. B. В. 594.)
C. Blumei (Blume's. /. purple and white, disposed in a
terminal elongated whorled spike or raceme. 7. rhomboidal ovate,
membranaceous, deeply and coarsely inciso-serrate at the margin,
the apex acuminate, entire as well as the base ; yellowish-green
in colour, the whole disk dark purple or sanguineous, breaking
into spots near the margin. Л. lft. to 1%. Java. Perennial.
It is from this species that the innumerable variegated forms
(so extensively grown for decorative purposes), including Ver-
schafeitii, have originated. (В. M. 4754.)
C. inflatus (inflated). jl. lilac, disposed in compound, sub-
racemose spikes. December. Ё, on long petioles, opposite,
ovate, sharply acuminated, very coarsely serrated. Stems and
branches square; thé base of the stem scarcely woody, often
tinged 0 -colour and spotted with red. А. 3ft. Ceylon.
Perennial (B. M. 5236.)
(Macrae’s). i variegated with white and dark
Ес dis in a large terminal panicle ; corolla very curious
? sudden geniculation near the middle of the tube, in the
ample and compressed throat, and especially in the large boat-
shaped lower lip. Summer. /. ovate, acuminate, serrated, dark
green above, beneath — ре, аз are the petioles. Stems
uadrangular, dark purple, branched, with opposite branches.
. 2ft. to 3ft. Ceylon, 1852. Pe i (B. M. 1590.)
C. scutellarioides {Soutellarts-like) Л. blue, with the lower
lip white and quadrifid ; disposed in verticillate racemes. Z lan-
ceolate-ovate, serrate, light green above, underneath brownish,
аз is also the stem. East Indies, North Australia, &c. A tall
herb or under-shrub. SYN. Ocimum scutellarioides. (B. M. 1446.)
The varieties of this genus are innumerable, and a
number are added each year. The following is a selection
of the best kinds now in cultivation; the descriptions refer
to the leaves: :
ADA SENTANCE, highly coloured, good; ALLEN CHANDLER, light
er self-coloured, к DISPLAY, bright magenta-crimson,
EDITH SENTANCE, large, blotched e m o m" у
, HARR ,
e yellow margin tera ie FIRE,
n, small, fine and sh ; Mrs. VAUGHAN,
dark crimson, brood band of pale yellow ; PORUM, small, deeply
cut, pretty ; PILLAR OF GOLD, much divided, yellow, tinted rose ;
POMPADOUR, large, prettily mottled with many colours, very
distinct and good ; RENOWN, light green, reticulated and irregu-
larly mottled with dark maroon ; SHAH, rose-crimson and yellow,
broad, good ; SUNBEAM, green, veined yellow, distinct.
COLEWORT. A name applied to varieties of the
white Cabbage, before the hearts become solid.
COLLETIA (named after Philibert Collet, a French
botanical writer, 1643-1718) ORD. Rhamnew. Mauch-
branched greenhouse or half-hardy shrubs. Petals absent,
or very minute; calyx campanulate, coloured. Leaves,
when present, simple, opposite, stipulate, deciduous, very
minute, entire. Branches divaricating, decussately oppo-
site; branchlets spiny. They are extremely curious plants,
and are best grown in sheltered, isolated positions, where
their peculiar character can be readily seen. A good loamy
soil is most suitable. Cuttings of half-ripened wood, 6in.
Colletia—continued.
to 8in. in length, will root readily in well-drained pots
of sandy soil, in a cool greenhouse; they should then be
placed in a close, cold frame, until fully established.
C. armata (armed). A synonym of C. spinosa.
C. Bictonensis (Bicton) A synonym of C. eruciata.
С. cruciata (cruciform). jl. solitary. l very few, elli tic, quite
entire. Stem very prickly; spines decussate, compresse laterally,
broad, ovate acute, decurrent. h. 4ft. Rio de la Plata, 1824,
Syn. б. Bictonensis. (B. M. 5033.)
C. ferox (fierce). A synonym of C. spinosa.
C. horrida (horrid). А synonym of C. spinosa.
C. polyacantha (many-spined). A synonym of C. spinosa.
C. serratifolia, See Discaria serratifolia.
C. spinosa (spiny). fl. in scattered fascicles; calyx urceolate ;
filaments elongated, exserted. May to July. 1. elliptic, quite
entire; spines very strong, awl-shaped. h. 3ft. to 10ft. Chili
and Peru, 1823. SYNS. C. armata, C. ferox, C. horrida, C. poly-
acantha, C. valdiviana. (G. C. n. s., viii., р. 616.)
C. ulicina (Ulex-like). /., calyx elongated, cylindrical; fascicles
crowded at the tops of the branches. Spines slender, very
numerous. А, 2ft. to 4ft. Chili.
C. valdiviana (Valdivian). A synonym of C. spinosa.
COLLIER. A common name of the Black Fly
(which see).
COLLINSIA (named after Zaccheus Collins, once
Vice-President of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia). ORD. Scrophularineæ. A small genus of
about a dozen species of very pretty hardy annuals.
Flowers brightly-coloured; corolla tube saccate at the
base on the upper side. Leaves entire, opposite, rarely
verticillate. These are excellent subjects for growing
in patches and clumps; and are of very easy culture in
any ordinary garden soil. Seed should be sown in the
open border, late in March, or in April, and the seed-
lings thinned out to about 2in. apart. For spring flower-
ing, the seed should be sown in a sheltered place during
autumn, and the young plants protected, if necessary,
during the winter, with a handlight, or matting.
D
© ve ES t e^
MC oben \ E
Ад? 4 NES 4
FIG. 500. COLLINSIA BICOLOR, sho Entire Inflorescence
and Single detached Flower. E
C. bicolor (two-coloured).* Jl. large ; u lip and tube of corolla
white ; pA lip ran: Aag verticillate, racemose.
August. Z. glabrous, ovate-lanceolate, sub-cordate at the base. -
Stem erect, downy. A. 1%. California, 1855. See Fig. 500. ——
c. {осун Л. numerous, disposed in an umbel- -
like manner; lower of corolla white, upper one grey-blue,
very ME i ovata, stalked upper ones sessile. Habit dwarf
ranched. Mexico, 1868. G. 1868, 568.)
much h
A
d»
562
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Collinsia—continued. ах.
» grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl., corolla pale purple, dilated,
кө — (ip blue; pedicels verticillate. May to July.
l, lower ones spathulate; superior ones oblong-linear. h, 1ft.
Columbia, 1826. (B. R. 1107.) E
C. parvifiora (small-flowered). fi. purple, blue.
California, &c., 1826. Trailer. (B. R. 1082.)
C. sparsiflora (scattered-flowered). fl. violet.
California, 1836. i :
C. tinctoria (dyers) Л. pale pink. May. h. lft. California,
1848.
C. verna
June. А. lft.
May. А. lft.
C. violacea (violet) fi
1. fine veadi ra and
Arkansas, &c., 1871.
COLLINSONIA (named in honour of Peter Collinson,
F.R.S., a well-known patron of science and correspondent
of Linnzus; he first introduced this and a host of other
plants to English gardens). Овр. Labiate. Strong-
scented, rather coarse-growing, hardy herbaceous plants
or shrubs. Flowers pedicellate, solitary; pedicels opposite,
disposed in simple, but usually paniculately-branched,
racemes; corolla exserted, sub-campanulate. They grow
well in common garden soil, but prefer sandy peat, and a
moist situation. Propagated readily by dividing the roots,
in spring.
С, anisata (Anise-scented).* Л. pale yellow ; panicle dense. Sep-
tember. /. broad-ovate, a little toothed, roundly truncate at the
base, wrinkled, pubescent on the nerves beneath, and on the
stems, which are a little branched. h. 2ft, to 3ft. South United
EN This species requires protection from severe frosts,
C. canadensis corolla yellow, four times longer
than the calyx; panicles elongated, loose, таву Зона
ie pt 1. broad-ovate, acuminate, rounded at the base, sub-
, glabrous. Stems branched, glabrous, or a little downy.
1754, This hardy perennial has
scent, which is agreeable, but very strong.
(from kolla, glue; in reference to the
seeds being enveloped in a mucilaginous substance, of a
most remarkable character). Овр. Polemoniacew. This
genus is allied to Gilia, and contains about a dozen species
of very pretty hardy annuals, Flowers disposed in dense
corolla bright violet ; upper lip paler.
remotely Киме Sin. to 1%.
j are of very easy culture
soil, and may be treated like Collinsia
C. Cavanillesii (Cavanilles), A synonym of C. grandiflora.
C. coccinea (scarlet).* f. deep red ; corolla more than ‘twice
. as long as the calyx. June to October. 1, lanceolate linear;
ceolate, quite entire, or deeply two to four-
h. Plant erect, branched,
до 1851. SYN. C. Cavanillesii’
uncommon reddish-
pruinose,
North-west America, 1820:
(various-leaved). Л. lish, few, in ile
{. alternate, petiolate: deeply and doubly
nt.
by an involucre of the ц
1. linear-lanceolate, lanceolate, or diy а.
orter ones almost ovate. alternate, patent, sessile
ife - 1828. Ап
annual. (B. M. 2893.) |
(from kolokasia, the Greek name for
Aroideg (Aracee).
of stove herbaceous plants, with a perennial
ri Flowers unisexual; the
*
+”
| Colocasia— continued.
Fig. 501, CoLoCASIA ANTIQUORUM. _
C. antiquorum (ancient).* Taro. /L, spathe green, with the
lamina or blade Gn or more long, much longer than the spadix
. ovate, more or less potato and cordate, often above lft. lof
and broad. A. 2ft. East Indies (cultivated in South Europ
and throughout the tropics), 1551. See Fig. 501.
c
Zz) y 7
Pr
T^ "n
VERIS n.
Ба. 502. COLOCASIA ESCULENTA.
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA
P 2
888 A-
de
OF HORTICULTURE.
Colocasia— continued.
C. esculenta (edible).* Л. whitish ; spadix shorter than the ovate-
lanceolate sj кел l. peltate-cordate. A. 2ft. Sandwich Islands,
&c., 1739. This fine species has been used with great success in
sub-tropical gardening in the midland and southern counties, For
this purpose, it should be planted out early in June, in thoroughly
drained, warm, light and rich soil In very hot weather, a
est supply of water must be a red, and occasionally
iquid manure, On the approach of frost, all the leaves, except
the central one, must be cut down to within 2in. of the crown. A
few days-after this operation, the tubers should be taken up
exposed fora few hours to the air, to become dry, and then stor
away for the winter in the greenhouse, or any other frost and
damp proof situation. SYN. Caladium esculentum. See Fig. 502.
CG. indica (Indian)* fl. brownish ; spadices axillary. 1. ovate, bifid
at base, cory ig Plant caulescent, sub-erect. д. 5ft. Sandwich
Islands, &c., 1824. SYN. Arum indicum.
C. nymphzifolia (N. hzea-leaved). jl., spadix longer than the
white cylindrical spathe, sagiitate аб the end. J, peltate-cordate,
sagittate. Plant stemless. India, 1800.
©. odorata (fragrant).* jl. very fragrant; spadix as jong. as the
white cymbiform spathe.
long. Plant caulescent.
l. cordate, with rounded lobes, 5%.
Реги, 1818. See Fig. 503
Fic. 503. COLOCASIA ODORATA.
COLOGANIA (named after a family of the name of
Cologan, who resided at Port Orotava, in Teneriffe, and
from whom men of science visiting that island experienced
the greatest hospitality. ORD. Legwminose. Stove pro-
cumbent or twining shrubs, beset with retrograde hairs.
Flowers solitary, axillary, pedunculate, or in short racemes.
Leaves pinnately trifoliolate, rarely one or five-foliolate.
For culture, see Clitoria.
C. biloba (two-lobed). Л. violet, racemose. l ternate, clothed
with adpressed hairs. h. 20ft. Summer and autumn. Mexico.
Conservatory. SYN. Glycine biloba. (В. R. 1418.)
C. Broussonetii (Broussonet’s). fi. violet, twin, shortly pedicel-
late; calyx villous, rather five-cleft, 7, leaflets ovate-oblong,
mucronate, rather strigose on both surfaces, paler beneat
Mexico, 1
Other species quoted as being in cultivation are : angustifolia
and pulchella.
COLQUHOUNIA (named after Sir Robert Colquhoun,
Bart., at one time resident at Kumaon). ORD. Labiate.
Elegant and curious evergreen, twining or scandent,
usually tomentose, not pilose, shrubs; well fitted for
ornamenting rafters in greenhouses or conservatories.
Whorls loose, axillary, or approximating into a terminal
spike; bracts minute; corolla bilabiate, with an exserted
ineurved tube, and a dilated throat, naked inside. Leaves
rather large, crenate; those of the upper parts of the
branches, near the inflorescence, reduced to small bracts.
Colquhounia—continued.
A light rich soil, or one composed of equal parts loam,
sand, and leaf mould, suits them well. Young cuttings
will root readily, in the same kind of compost, under
handlights, in summer. і
C. coccinea (scarlet)* fl., corolla scarlet, twice the 1 hof the
calyx; whorls few-flowered, approximating into a spike, which
is leafy at the base. September. l. nearly glabrous, roughish,
ovate, acuminated, дїп. to din, long. Nepaul. (В. M. 4514.)
C. tomentosa (tomentose)* fl. brilliant orange-red, in crowded
whorls. J. densely covered with greyish tomentum. Nepaul A
tall branching shrub. It may be grown out of doors in warm
situations, in summer. (R. H. 1873, 131.)
COLT'S FOOT. See Tussilago.
COLUBRINA (from coluber, a snake, in allusion to
the twisted filaments of the stamens). ORD. Rhamnee.
Stove or greenhouse shrubs. Flowers in axillary, short,
crowded cymes, or in fascicles. Leaves alternate, quite
entire or crenulated, usually pubescent. The species do
not possess much ornamental value, and hence are rarely
seen in gardens.
COLUMBINE. See Aquilegia.
COLUMELLA. A synonym of Pi-
sonia (which see).
COLUMELLIA (named in honour
of L. Junius Moderatus Columella, a
native of Cadiz, in Spain, author of one
of the most valuable works on Roman
agriculture; he was born about the be-
ginning of the Christian era). SYN.
Ulusia. The only genus of ORD. Colwmel-
liacew. It contains only two species,
one of which is not yet introduced to
cultivation. С. oblonga is a greenhouse
evergreen shrub. It thrives in a mixture
of loam, peat, leaf soil, and sand; and
half-ripened young cuttings will strike
readily in the same compost, under a
hand glass, with a gentle heat. | y
C. oblo: terminal,
on + er ч ae өү > mv with а
five-loLed concave equal limb; corymibs leafy.
{. oblong, veiny, toothed at top, :
at the base, shining and green above, but
silky and glaucous beneath, lin, to 2in. long.
Branchlets clothed with silky down, com-
pressed between the inte
ane of Peru and Ecuador,
evergreen shrubs or small trees, containing
genus—Colwmellia. Flowers with a fve-lobed —
corolla, bearing in its short tube two stamens. Le
Opposite, serrate, exstipulate. fs
COLUMN, or COLUMNA. et
stamens and styles into a solid central body
аз in
orchids, i
COLUMNAR. Formed like a column.
COLUMNEA (named after Fabius Columna, or, more
correctly, Fabio Colonna, an Italian of noble family ; author
of “Minus Cognitarum Stirpum Eephrasis,” Rome, 1616,
and “ Phytobasanos,” 1 vol., 4to, Naples, 1592). Овь.
Gesneracem. A genus of stove evergreens. Peduncles ——
axillary, solitary, or crowded; corolla tubular, straightish, -
gibbous behind at the base, ringent; upper lip erect, —
arched ; lower one trifid, spreading. Leaves decussat
Opposite, thickish, hairy or pubescent, somewhat ser-
rated. Stems flexile, erect, or scandent. For culture, see
ZEschynanthus.
©. а;
colour ; cal yel
r;
This beautiful | rare species
orange)* ft. of the deepest and richest orange-
vet "d elem Jane. New G а 11.
it jon al of nearly rotten wood, v
SA Rate gs Sponge, and ive back
absorb water |
plant, (Е. d. S. 552) - s
*
364
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Columnea—continued.
. aureo-nitens (bright golden)* fl. deep rich orange-red.
os tember. l (AB. o a and densely clothed with
olden-coloured silky-shaggy hairs. Columbia, 1845. А very
istinct and singular species. (B. M. 4294.) $
еттери ight red).* Л. solitary, axillary; corolla
A t red, e н pud large, spreading, blotched with red
inside. November. J. lanceolate, k wu Го А point, oblique
at the base, rich deep green, h. exico, 1858. Shrub.
(R. H. 1867, 170.) x ii М
hirsuta (hairy usually twin; corolla p , or pale
з villous, ы, ^ cine segments denticulated, hairy.
A to November. ovate, acuminated, serrated, hairy
above; petiolate. Jamaica,l780. Climbing shrub. (В. М. 3081.)
C. Kalbreyeriana breyer's)* fi. on short racemes; corolla
yellow, exceeding the calyx in length, marked with red stripes
in the interior; calyx yellow, ljin. to 2in. long. February. l
ор) lanceolate, curving downwards on either side of the
stem, dull above, somewhat spotted with pale yellow; the
lower surface being of a deep claret-red. Опе leaf of each pair
is much smaller than the other, and the large and small leaves
alternate. 1882. Habit shrubby, perhaps half-climbing ; stems
rather thick, fleshy. (В. M. 6633.)
C. rutilans (ruddy-leaved). fl. corolla reddish-yellow, villous ;
calycine segments jagged, villous, August, September. l. ovate-
lanceolate, denticulated, rather scabrous, hairy, and coloured
beneath. Jamaica, 1825. Climbing shrub.
С. scandens (climbing) fl. solitary; corolla scarlet, melliferous,
hairy; calycine segments denticulated, pubescent. August. l
ovate, acute, serrated, rather villous, petiolate. Stems quad-
rangular. Climbing shrub. Guiana, 1759. (B. M. 1614.)
C. Schiedeana (Schiede's) fl., corolla 2in. long, clothed with
glandular hairs, variegated with yellow and brown; calycine
ents entire, РЕ" and villous. June. 1. oblon, -lanceolate,
ite entire, about 5in. long, and 1żin. broad, clothed with silk
hairs. Stems nodose, smoothish аё bottom, but clothed with
Foe sh hairs. Mexico, 1840. Herbaceous climber. (B. M.
COLURIA (from kolouros, deprived of a tail ; the seed
is without the tail, so conspicuous in several allied genera).
ORD. Rosacee. The only species in this genus is the hardy
herbaceous perennial described below. Styles jointed,
faling from the achenes when mature, not adhering as in
Geum, to which genus it is closel related. Е
Хх у or culture,
C. potentilloides otentilla-like). /. orange; stem one to three-
owered. June. PED pinnate, the terminal leaflets
large, the lateral ones unequal in size and shape, all canescent
ши; cauline ones trifid or entire. ` h. біп. to lft. Siberia,
E EM at different times been placed under Dryas, Geum,
COLUTEA (presumably from koluo, to am |
à ша} j putate; the
shrubs are said to die if the branches are lopped off
i to August, "D, balota ptic, :
‚ 6ft. to 10ft. Middle and Sout of Europe (in hedges cid eta
ices), This is said to grow on the crater of Vesuvius
e li*tle other vegetation exists. (B. M. 81.)
Л. reddish-yellow, peduncles
- L,leaflets usually seven to dine to fro-
-east Europe and Levant, 1731, T
сро) Л. yellow, larger than those of the other
ere menti. 1. glaucous, with small more
"aft. to bft. Levant, 112° е
(intermediate), Л. orange-yellow. 1, glaucescent, h. 6ft.
1 ре, this resembles C. cruenta, but differs
с. Opsis, тр ORD. Rosacea. Of the five з
. C. elegans еро Л. yellow ; petals lanceolate, acute,
s on short
Comaropsis—continued.
mentioned under this generic name in De Candolle’s
* Prodromus," three belong to Waldsteinia and the other
two to Rubus.
C. fragarioides. See Waldsteinia fragarioides.
COMAROSTAPHYLIS (from Komaros, the Arbutus,
and staphyle, a grape; referring to the clusters of fruit).
ORD. Егісасет. This genus is now included under Areto-
staphylos. Very pretty greenhouse evergreen shrubs,
bearing succulent, edible fruit. They thrive in a compost
of loam and peat, and are propagated in three ways: By
seeds; by cuttings, under a handlight, in the beginning
of autumn; and by grafting on the Arbutus, in spring. —
In southern counties, this genus is tolerably hardy, but
should at all times and in all places have a protection in
winter, when grown out of doors.
€. arbutoide& (Arbutuslike)* Л. white; racemes panicled;
bracts acuminate, shorter than the pedicels. May. J. linear-
oblong, entire, mucronate, rusty beneath. Plant erect, tomen-
tose. A. 6ft. Guatemala, 1840. (B. В. 29, 30
С. poliifolia (Polium-leaved) fl. crimson, racemose. May. 1
linear-lanceolate. Plant erect, tomentose. А. 2%. Mexico, 1840,
COMARUM (from Komaros, the Arbutus; in reference
to its fruit being similar to that of the Arbutus), Marsh
Cinquefoil. ORD. Rosaceg. A hardy herbaceous creeping
perennial, only-differing from Potentilla, under which genus
it is generally included, by the spongy character of the T
mature.receptacle and the different colour of the flowers
It thrives in almost any kind of moist soil, and is easily ——
increased by dividing the roots. Gee
C. palustre (marsh). f. dark purplish-brown, pedicellate, axillary,
and mM petals lanceo ree p а Mec. shorter than
the calyx. June. l. pinnate; leaflets broad, acutely serrated,
pu above, but glaucescent beneath. A. lft. to 1jft. Northern
emisphere (Britain) The есен astringent rootstock yields
а yellow dye. SYN. Potentilla Comarum. (Sy. En. B. ы, here
is а form with variegated leaves which is very ornàmen
COMBRETACEZ. A rather extensive genus of trees
or shrubs, often climbing, unarmed, very rarely spinose.
Flowers in axillary or terminal spikes or racemes. Leaves
alternate or opposite, or rarely whorled, entire, exstipulate.
This order contains upwards of 240 species, and the genera _
best known are: Combretum, Quisqualis, and Terminalia: —
this is performed, the branches may be pretty closely tied
in, and they will require but very little attention unti
C. Afzelii (Aízelius's. A synonym of C. grandiflorum.
Spikes peduncles. Мау, L elliptic, ae”
acumina puberulous abo and clothed with |
tomentum beneath, Brazil, 1820; T :
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 365
Combretum— continued. Commelina—continued.
C. farinosum (mealy). Л. orange-coloured, sub-secund ; petals middle rib prominent behind, channelled above. Stem ascend-
scale-formed ; spikes usually twin, many-flowered. April to July. ing, rooting, branched, red, especially above the joints, hairy. A.
1. elliptic-oblong, obtuse, rather coriaceous, rounded at the base, lift. to 2ft. Lima. A very pretty greenhouse species. (B. M.
mealy beneath. Mexico, 1825. 3047, under the name of C. gracilis.) z
c. grandificrum (large-flowered).* fl. scarlet, large, secund ;
petals obovate, obtuse; spikes short, axi ‚ and terminal.
May to July. @. oblong. Plant hairy. Sierra Leone, 1824., SYN.
C. Afzelii. (B. M. 2944. )
C. laxum (loose).* fi. red or yellow, large, secund ; petals small,
elliptic, brous; stamens scarlet, nearly lin. long; spikes
axillary and terminal May. J. ovate-lanceolate. Branches sub-
quadrangular. Trinidad, 1818.
C. ине оронно (small-petalled). yellow ; petals obovate-
lanceolate; stamens very Ton , bright yellow; spikes simple,
densely-flowered, on short uncles, about equal in length to
the leaves. August. J. elliptic-oblong, acuminated, smoothish
above, and lepidoted beneath. Brazil, 1867. (В. М. 5617.)
C. racemosum (racemose).* ji. white, on short pedicels ; petals
lanceolate, obtuse; panicle of many spikes; spikes elongated,
tufted at the apex. February to July. l. ovate-oblong, acute,
shining. West Coast of Africa, 1826.
COMESPERMA (from kome, hair, and sperma, а seed ;
in allusion to the tufts of hair at the ends of the seeds).
Овр. Polygalee. А genus of about twenty-five species
of greenhouse herbs, under-shrubs or shrubs, erect or
twining, all natives of Australia. Flowers small, dis- ^ .-
posed in compound panicles or simple racemes. Bracts, Aoi or
two or three, at the base of the flowers. They thrive in a Fig. 504. COMMELINA CXELESTIS, showing Habit, and detached
mixture of sandy loam and peat, with thorough drainage. Flower (natural size).
Young cuttings will root freely, if planted in sand, under i
a bell glass. — Comespermas, although well worth culti- ыр ere qug "e Seen Clee bae aeg ads rir
з, , d > 5
vating, are but rarely seen in English gardens. 2in. wide, oblong-lanceolate, the upper and margins
kt rough backwards. Stems erect, rather stout. t
C. gracilis (slender) A synonym of C. volubilis. Pennsylvania. One of the larges apoia. х There Ку:
C. volubilis (twining). Л. very numerous; wings bright blue, hairy form, C. hirtella.
many-flowered. April. C. lutea (yellow). A synonym of C. africana.
IE CT sd Nerea rn slight t the margins
w, linear-lanceo: untish, sli wavy а e mar; Е "
ME E C ways slow-growing and C. prostrata (prostrate). А synonym of C. benghalensis.
pretty suffruticose twiner. SYN. C. gracilis. (P. M. B. 5, 145.) С. scabra (rough) Л. purplish-brown, terminal, eight or ten
together, each blossom lin. across. July. А. 1%. Mexico, 1852.
COMFREY. See Symphytum officinale. е m pen рада)" ft, blue; spathes mostly solitary Ls
re eduncled, - - г
COMMELINA (named after Kaspar (1667-1731) and expanded, оой, in fruit. possit go
Johann (1629-1698) Commelin, Dutch botanists). ORD. 1. oblong or linear-lanceolate. Stems slender, erect, or reclined
Commelinacee. This genus is allied to the better- and rooting towards the base. South United States. Hardy.
known one of Tradescantia, but differs in having only we S rerrowteaved form of this species, nau
three perfect stamens. Herbaceous perennials, some of a x det
which are very pretty plants, but not often seen in COMMELINACEZE. An extensive, widely «
cultivation. The stove and greenhouse evergreen species oo Н piaite, талашы pooner acy =
^ i ^ ; я : outer perianth of three
irr chiefly o pir: зер which. will Ў E in pi co Стар барайн inner also of three, and бөй. lanes
1 at, usually sheathing at the base. There are above
in а gentle hotbed. The tuberous-rooted species, when 5 dhe oy
grown in the open, should be taken up before autumn, с ape AO te two best-known genera are Commelina and
and stored away, like Dahlias, care being taken, however, ix
to prevent them becoming very dry. If the position is COMOCLADIA (from kome, hair, and klados, a
sheltered, and the soil well drained, they may be left out. | branch; in allusion to the leaves being crowded at the
In the ensuing spring, their growth may be accelerated by | tops of the branches) Maiden Plum. Овр. Anaca
the aid of slight heat, and in May, they may be trans- | diacew. Stove evergreen trees, abounding in c
planted out in the open. Plants thus treated, flower | juice. Flowers purple, 'small, on short pedicels,
much stronger than seedlings. in loose branched panicles; petals three to four,
africana (African). JL of a tawny yellow colour, at first | bricate. Leaves impari-pinnate, with opposite leaflets.
lance resemb. those of some of the окаса. May to They sueceed well in a mixture of peat orloam, or any
ber. l. lanceolate, $ - 7 : | ц Für
slender, terete. h. Itt: to ate” Cape af Good Hope, i758. A light rich soil Ripened cuttings root in sand, if placed
trailing, somewhat bushy greenhouse plant. SYN. С. lutea. under a glass, in heat. n n my
ч (toothed). Z, leaflets on short footstalks, oblong,
-
M MN. E C. dentata |
с. benghalensis (Bengal). fi. blue, small. June. J. oval, green. erosely-toothed, smooth above and downy beneath. A. 50.
Bengal, 1794. Stove evergreen trailer. SYN. C. prostrata. G. Cuba, 1790. ; : s
1868, 592.) С. ilicifolia (Holly-leaved). l., leaflets ovate or roundish, sessile,
С. ccelestis (sky-blue)* jl. blue; peduncles pubescent; spathes smooth, with spiny angles; spines one to three on Sach side.
дозите e 10s ае; Verr E about Mf long; юл
sheath ciliated. A. ljft. i -hardy herbaceous peren- C. inte; tire -leaved), g;
nial. See Fig. 504. (5. B. F.G. 3) talked lanceolave, quite entire, smooth. A. 10. to 3Oft.
©. c. alba (white)* resembles the type, except in the colour of Jamaica, 1778, :
the flowers COMPARETTIA (named after Andreas Comparetti,
C. deficiens varie: (deficient variegated). Л. blue, small writer table physiology;
cgi ln Ard аы Н professor at Padua, and a W on vegetable physi Ee
produced at the ends of the branches. 1, ovate-lanceolate, freely bu p^ 1746, ii і т, 1801). Овр. Orchidee. Elegant but |
and elegantly striped with longitudinal bands of white. Stems à ;
terete, branching. Brazil. A low-growing, diffuse, stove peren- very rare stove epiphytal orchids, with handsome, generally
nial. (The type is figured in B. M. 2644.) droopi racemes of small but brightly-coloured flowers,
+ eliptica (elliptic). Ji, calyx white, glabrous ; peduncles 2in. which seam their beauty for a considerable period. —
o ME Ss with a line of reflexed hairs along the inner side. They. кп rel dm "small blocks of wood, v ith live
Jul late, acuminate, flat, glabrous on both sides, Medi
t green above, whitish Lov, seven-nerved, the | sphagnum, suspended from the roof of a moderately `
366
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Comparettia continued.
house, where they will not be fully exposed to the sun.
Comparettias require a liberal supply of moisture during
the growing season, and at no time should they be
allowed to become dry. Propagated by division of the
plants.
coccinea let)* JL, se and petals brilliant scarlet; lip
wn same x petam. 0 stan рез апа Lv the base ; racemes three
to seven-flowered. November. l. bright green on the upper
surface, elegant purple beneath. Brazil, 1838. (B. R. 24, 68.)
C. falcata (sickle-shaped).* fl., sepals and petals rich rosy-purple ;
lip the same colour, but thickly veined with a deeper shade.
Columbia, 1836, Not very dissimilar to C. coccinea, but having
broader leaves and somewhat differently shaped flowers. Very
rare.
1. two to three,
дїп. to Sin. long by jin. to ljin. broad, leathery, green above ;
i h rusty-yellow, beneath. New
wit
С. rosea (rosy.* Very small, but pretty, with shorter and more
compact racemes than C. falcata. Spanish Main, 1845. Rarely
seen. (P. М. B. 10,1.)
COMPLICATE, COMPLICATED.
Folded up
upon itself.
COMPOSITES, or ASTERACEZE. The most ex-
tensive order of herbs and shrubs, or trees, in the vegetable
kingdom. There are between 700 and 800 genera, and
about 10,000 species. Flowers collected into a head on a
common receptacle, and surrounded by an involucre.
Leaves alternate or opposite, exstipulate. Among the more
important genera are : Aster, Chrysanthemum, and Dahlia.
COMPOSTS. A term applied to any mixture of
different soils or manures, either for
or to keep it suff-
passage of air and water.
sharp sand, leaf soil, burnt earth, peat, and
things, besides so-called manures, may be used
purpose; and, although it may be necessary to add
8 т for sustaini any given
All manures should
and none
often prove
most useful ingredients for Composts
has never been placed in Sufficien: nat
heating, is the best. Tf obtained from
decay has taken place very gradually, it
о be preferred. It should then be collected
‘use as required, and it will not, as a rule
uficient heat afterwards to cause injury, Hard.
| Plants succeed in peat and
never be applied to them. Tt must be
; ing а Compost for such subjects
to last for a period of at least
3 following questions should be con-
mg a mixture of soil. What is the
for which it is intended? Is; a
60 subject? and Is it to bo pot
be used wh
applied when in a fresh Mato,
€. Good leaf soi] is
— — —.
Composts—continued.
temporarily or permanently? Young plants are, in all
eases, benefited by having a lighter soil than others better
established, as root action is thereby encouraged. These
principles should always be considered, and all subjects
treated accordingly. Suitable Composts for most plants
are given under their respective headings; consequently,
it is only necessary here to give instructions for general
guidance. Study and personal experience with the various
requirements of the plants to be potted, must be exercised
in the application of suitable ingredients in the Compost.
See also Manures.
COMPOST YARD. An inclosure in gardens, gene —
rally in the neighbourhood of the potting sheds, where |
different soils, manures, &c., are stored until required
for nse. A great advantage is gained if the Compost
Yard eontains an open shed, in which the whole or a
part of the soils used for potting, сап be placed, and
kept dry, or be prepared in wet weather for use. А rule
should always be enforced of having that portion of any
soil or manure left properly placed together and tidy
each time any is taken away.
COMPOUND. When formed
of several parts united in one у C) G
common whole. A Compound Leaf
is shown at Fig. 505. \\)
FiG. 505. CoMPOUND
COMPOUND CORYMB. ^
branched Corymb, the divisions of LEAF
which are corymbose. S
COMPRESSED. Pressed together and flattened.
COMPSANTHUS. A synonym of Tricyrtis (which
see).
COMPSOA. A synonym of Tricyrtis (which see).
COMPTONIA (named after Henry Compton, once
Bishop of London, the introducer and eultivator of many
curious exotic plants, and a great patron of botany). ORD.
Myricacee, An ornamental hardy deciduous shrub, re-
quiring peat earth and a shady situation. Propagated by
layers, which should be put down in autumn.
c. lia (Spleenwort-leaved).* Л. whitish ; male
lateral, cylindrical; female catkins lateral, ovate.
April. i. simple, alternate, i
downy, sprinkled with yellowish,
Stipules half heart-sha:
A distinct shrub, with
genus is allied.
С. ramondioides (Ramondia-like).*
linear bracts, borne on 1 E
which is at first droo
eye, rotate, twice h
whitish; calyx about 4in. lon E
sometimes so. , Stalked,
dark green and rugose. h. біп,
Japan, (B. M. 6484.)
CONANTHERA (from konos, a cone, and anthera,
anther ; in reference to the six anthers forming a cone
the early stage of the flower). ORD. Liliacee. 7
pretty little half-hardy bulbous plants, rather difficult t°
preserve, and hence rarely seen in English gardens. They
should be planted in sandy soil, in a warm border, and |
well protected throughout the winter from excessive тай
and frosts; ог liftéd and stored in sand, in frost-proo'
quarters. Propagated by offsets, or by seed. L
C. bif: two-leaved blue, in small panicles. April.
sR ЫРШ eat
c. April ^
linear, 1825. SYM.
i M. 2496, under the name
f
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 367
CONCRETE. A cement composed of pebbles, lime
and sand. It is largely employed for walks and for the
foundations of buildings. See also Walks.
CONCRETE. Formed into one mass, or joined
together.
CONDOR VINE. See Gonolobus Cundurango.
CONDUPLICATE. In vernation, folded face to face,
CONE. The strobilus or scaly fruit of a Pine or Fir tree.
CONE FLOWER. See Rudbeckia.
CONE HEAD. see Strobilanthes.
CONFLUENT. Gradually united.
` CONIFERAE. A large order of trees or shrubs, mostly
evergreen, and with resinous secretions. Flowers monc-
cious or dicecious, naked, disposed either in cylindrical or
short catkins, with closely-packed scales. The females
are sometimes solitary. Ovules and seeds naked. Leaves
alternate, opposite, or fascicled in a membranous sheath,
often narrow, needle-like, or rigid, or reduced to dense im-
bricating scales, rarely with a flattened limb. Bentham
and Hooker divide this large family into six tribes, viz.:
ABIETINEZ, containing Abies, Cedrus, Larix, Picea, Pinus,
Pseudotsuga, and Tsuga ; ARAUCARIA, containing Agathis,
Araucaria, and Cunninghamia ; CUPRESSINE®, containing
Actinostrobus, Callitris, Cupressus, Fitzroya, Juniperus,
Libocedrus, and Thuja; PODOCARPE®, containing Micro-
cachrys, Podocarpus, and Sawegothea; TAXES, containing
Dacrydium, Ginkgo, Pherosphera, Phyllocladus, Taxus, and
Torreya; TAXODIEZ, containing Athrotazus, Cephalotazus
Cryptomeria, Sequoia, and Taxodiwm.
CONIUM (from konao, to whirl around; in reference
to the giddiness caused by eating the leaves). Hemlock.
ORD. Umbelliferm. Biennial poisonous herbs. Involucre
of three to five leaves; involucels dimidiate. Leaves
decompound. Stem terete, branched. Root fusiform. Not
more than two or three species are known, of which one
(C. cherophylloides) is South African and Abyssinian. The
Common Hemlock (C. maculatwm) is widely spread over
Europe, North Asia, and Siberia. It has long been used in
medicine.
CONJUGATE. When a leafstalk bears but a single
pair of leaflets.
CONNARACEZ. An order of trees or shrubs,
closely allied to Leguminose, but having perfectly regular
flowers. Flowers small, in axillary or terminal racemes or
panicles. Leaves alternate, usually pinnate, stipulate.
The best-known genus is Connarus.
CONNARUS (from Konnaros, the name of an unknown
tree, described at length by Athenwus). Syn. Omphalobiwm.
ORD. Connaracee. A large genus of ornamental stove
evergreen shrubs. Most of them are natives of tropical
Asia and America. Flowers white, disposed in racemose
panicles. Leaves alternate, leathery, impari-pinnate. A
mixture of loam and peat will answer well for these plants.
Cuttings of firm shoots, taken in April, will root, if planted
in sand and placed in bottom heat, under a bell glass,
C. pubescens — Л. white, sweet-scented, disposed in
axillary and terminal panicles. 4, leaflets five, oval, acute,
smooth above, covered beneath with rather white pubescence,
h. 5ft. French Guiana, 1822. SYN. Robergia frutescens.
Other species known to cultivation are : nitidus and paniculatus.
Fig. 506. CONNATE LEAF.
CONNATE.
Un. Where the bases of opposite leaves are
Joined together.
See Fig. 506.
|
CONNIVENT.
inward direction.
CONOCARPUS (from konos, a cone, and karpos, a
fruit; in reference to the scale-formed fruit being so
closely imbricated in а head as to resemble a small Fir-
cone) Button-tree. ORD. Combretacem. The only species
is а stove evergreen shrub. Heads of flowers peduneu-
late; flowers crowded; petals absent. Leaves alternate,
quite entire. This plant thrives in & mixture of loam
and peat. Cuttings of firm shoots, taken in April, will
His in sand, if placed under a bell glass, in bottom
eat.
C. erectus (upright)* jl. white, in panicled heads. J. oblong-
lanceolate, tapering ёо both ends, thickish, glabrous, or, when
young, rather downy, biglandular at the base. А. 6ft. to 8ft.
Tropical America, 1752.
CONOSPERMUM (from konos, a cone, and sperma,
a seed; the fruit or carpels growing close together, and
forming a cone). ORD. Proteacem. Greenhouse evergreen
shrubs, from extra-tropical (mostly Western) Australia,
principally white-flowered. This genus does not appear
to be much known in horticultural circles. Of more than
thirty species known to science, eight or nine are reputed
to have been introduced.
CONOSTEGIA (from konos, a cone, and stege, a
covering; in reference to the conical calyptriform calyx
falling off in one piece). Orp. Melastomacee. Stove
evergreen trees or small shrubs. Flowers in terminal
panicles. Leaves petiolate, entire or denticulate, three
to five-nerved. For culture, see Melastoma. ;
"rn the аео пое: ath M -
C. procera (tall . rosy or whi i -divided
dnicles. n F аге е рд Ж y h. 25ft.
amaica, 1825. | 1
CONOSTEPHIUM (from konos, a cone, and stephos,
a crown; referring to the disposition of the flowers).
ORD. Epacridee. An ornamental greenhouse evergreen
shrub. Flowers solitary, recurved, axillary. Fruit a hard
indehiscent drupe, one-celled by abortion of the other four
cells. Leaves scattered. It thrives in a compost of peat
and sandy loam. Cuttings of young shoots, taken in
April, will root in sand. J |
c. dulum (hangi е
West remm ging down) fl. red. April А. бів. to ie
Converging; having & gradually
CONRADIA. See Pentarhaphia.
CONSERVATORY. This structuro is distinguished |
from a greenhouse by having central beds, in w. per-
manent plants are placed, in addition to those
to form a continued floral display on the
The term is also applied to small glass structu
а few creepers are planted for covering the roof
wall, and the remaining space occupied by десс 5
foliage or flowering plants. The greatest en; oues 1а
obtained from a Conservatory either joined to the mansion
or connected with it by means of a suitable corridor. An
opportunity is then afforded of visiting and admiring the
flowers in any weather or at any season. This arrangement
18 not always practicable with large glass houses, on
account of the position of the mansion, or its style of
architecture; consequently,the plan of having an isolated
building has to be adopted. The latter is, as a rule, better
suited to good cultivation, and gives greater facilities to
the gardener for renewing and arranging the movable
Plants. In the other case, only a very limited time can be
allowed each morning for such work. Conservatories found
in gardens of an early period, have, in many cases, been
built to correspond, and produce with the mansion an archi-
tectural effeot. 'This much they may do, but they are .
wholly unsuited to good plant culture. _If the external
architecture of a E ian cibis s with "d
of another building, the important and primary point or
ing suitable provision for the well-being of the plants
368
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Conservatory—continued.
internally, should also be in some way combined. ; Those
of modern construction are invariably better in this
respect than many of an earlier date. Only sufficient
space is here available to give a few general remarks,
that may be modified to suit individual requirements.
The selection of position has at times по alternative,
but if there is an opportunity, an open one with a south
or south-west aspect should be chosen, so as to obtain all
possible sunshine in winter. Shelter afforded by trees
from north and east winds is also a great advantage at
that season, but they should be sufficiently far away as
not to overhang the house. Provision for admitting
abundance of light and air, both at top and bottom, is of
great i The ventilators at the apex only are
best for winter use, but all may be utilised in summer, as
rool-house flowering plants are soon injured in a close
Atmosphere or а high temperature. А thin shading is
necessary in bright weather, but is best if placed on
rollers, to admit of removal at other times. The heating
apparatus should be capable of maintaining а tempera-
ture of 50deg. in winter, although it is not always
advisable to keep so high as this. The pipes are best
concealed as much as possible under the side stages,
or a part may be under the floor, covered with per-
forated iron gratings, through which the heat will pass
readily. In the formation of the ground plan, sufficient
width should always be allowed for the paths. These may
be made of gravel, and covered with white spar or shell, or
в lasting floor may be formed of ornamental tiles that are
specially made for the purpose. A kerbing of terra-cotta or
stone should separate the paths from the beds of soil.
Sufficient space cannot be obtained for placing many
plants out of pots in small glass houses that adjoin or
form part of a mansion.
portionate hight, a much greater diversity of plants, both
in size and habit, may
Beds for these must have ample drainage and a depth
of nearly 3ft. of good soil, formed principally of loam
and peat, with plenty of charcoal intermixed, to keep it
open and allow water to pass freely. A cool fernery
for the smaller growing varieties, placed in connection
n which to plant the ferns, This part
northern side, or in the coolest position
are among the best for
of nf: habit bo f педя tures
of a i orm p i
е must be taken, and forethought exercised, uc.
Т t and the position to be occupied by each
ally developed. Climbers and pillar plants must
omitted in any Conservatory, as many of these
much greater advantage when grown in this
| h they may be amenable to other systems of
A few indispensable ones may be given: Begonia
‚ Bougainvillea glabra, Cestrums, Fuchsias
_cool-house species of Passiflora, ^
climbing Tea or Noisette Roses, Tacsonia ezo-
generally, are endless in variety, and will be |
for the purpose under their respective
Selaginella Kraussiana, about 9in,
margin of the beds, and, if prac- -
Conservatory— continued.
the general effect produced by the plants. АП Conserva-
tories, and everything conneoted therewith, should at all
times be kept as clean and tidy as possible.
CONSTRICTED. Tightened or contracted in some
particular place.
CONTIGUOUS. So close as to touch one another.
CONVALLARIA (from convallis, a valley, and rica,
a mantle; in reference to the dense covering formed by
the leaves, and to its natural habitat). Lily of the Valley. _
ORD. Inliacee. A monotypic genus, consisting of the —
universally admired Lily of the Valley. It is a widely-die |
tributed, hardy, herbaceous perennial, being found through
out Europe (Britain), North Asia, and also in the United
States. For the various methods of culture, and enume-
ration of varieties, see Lily of the Valley.
sh Habit and
detached Racem пече
С. majalis (May). pure white, bell-shaped ; raceme pus
arching. Spring. . E twin, radical, on m pret oes elliptic oblong,
marked with a delicate tracery of nerves and veins. А. біп. to
See Fig. 507.
CONVOLUTE. Rolled together, or over each other.
A form of vernation.
CONVOLVULACEZE. An extensive order of herbs
or shrubs, usually twining, and with a milky juice. —
Flowers regular, solitary or crowded on the peduncles; _
corolla plaited. Leaves alternate, exstipulate. "This order
is said to contain nearly 700 species; it includes such
well-known genera as Batatas, Calystegia, C
Ipomea, and Pharbitis,
CONVOLVULUS (from convolvo, to entwine ; referrin
to the twining habit of most of the species). Bindw
ORD. Oonvolvulacee. A genus comprising about 150 specs
of annual or perennial, prostrate, twining or erect herbs 0
sub-shrubs, distributed throughout all temperate and sub-
tropical parts of the world; the Mediterranean region
however, is the head-quarters of the genus. Corolla funnel-
shaped or campanulate. Leaves alternate, entire, dentate,
or lobed, lanceolate, often cordate or sagittate. б P
are, for the most part, very handsome plants, when in f?
blossom. All are of very simple culture. The tender species
do best in a compost of peat, leaf soil, and loam, and 9
usually propagated by cuttings—sometimes by seeds—
spring. The hardy annuals should be sown in spring;
the open border. The hardy perennials may be incre
by young cuttings; by division of the roots; or by se
sown in spring. |
C. althseoides (Althza-like),* Jl., corolla pale red or lilac,
сине entire ; peduncles usually one-flowered ; sepals 0Y
une. {. shining, i lower ones cordate,
crenated; superior ones pedatifld; middle one long, 194.)
South Europe, 1597. Hardy deciduous perennial. E . 0: HX
C. arvensis (field). Small Bindweed. yi, white or pink, lin, 2
diameter; peduncles axillary, usually Жы, dien о with,
small bracts at their fork, and a third on one of the pedicels
at some distance from the flower ; sepals small, broad. T
September. J. lin. to Зіп. long, very variable, apiculate ; pen
acute. Stems numerous, trailing or twining, slender. Europe?
Central and Russian Asia, except the extreme north; id
and often a troublesome weed, in En land and Ireland, and
in Scotland. A charming little plant for hanging
DAPHNE MEZEREUM.
LWHITE VARIETY &.PRUIT 2. COMMON VARIETY. 3. DOUBLE №
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 369
FIG. 508. CONVOLVULUS ARVENSIS.
370
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Convolvulus—continued.
bonariensis (Buenos Ayres). fl, corolla white, variegated
with red veins, pine peduncles generally three-flowered, shorter
than the leaves. July. l. hastate, cuneated at the base, each
terminating in a bristle, petiolate ; middle lobe linear, 2in. long,
obtuse, two lines broad; lateral ones very short. Chili, 1817.
Hardy deciduous,
C. bryonicfolius (Bryony-leaved). A synonym of C. italicus.
canariensis (Canary Islands) fl., corolla purplish-violet,
hieme outside, Ape almost flat; peduncles many-flowered,
longer than the petioles; calyx villous. June to September. J,
po oblong, acute, downy. Stem terete, villous. Canary
Islands, 1690. Half-hardy evergreen. (В. M. 1228.)
С. cantabricus (Cantabrian)* fl., corolla pale тей; peduncles
usualy two to three-flowered ; als narrow, very villous.
August. J. oblong-lanceolate, acute, Plant beset with spreading
hairs. Stem branched, prostrate. A. 6in. to 1%. South Europe,
1680, Hardy deciduous.
C. chinensis (Chinese).* fl. at the upper part of the stem, axillary,
solitary, pointing one way; corolla rotately funnel-shaped ; [е
duncles spreading ; calyx greenish, much shorter than the corolla;
limb large, purplish-crimson, marked in the disk with an un-
equally-pointed pale yellow star, surrounded by a purple halo.
1. firm, sub-coriaceous, greyish-green, hastate; middle lobe elon-
gated, oblong, somewhat tapered, blunt, with a small point; side
ones divaricate, short, quite entire; petioles linear, channelled.
t 2ft. to ien pod си с Nee DNE perum, The
ower g the night, or ear! e morning, and
fades in the forenoon. (B. R. 322.) у
C. Cneorum (Cneorum)* fi. capitate, on short ‘uncles; co-
rolla light | ern hairy outside; some of the ed арна large as
C. elongatus (trailing). fi. white, small; corolla sub-rotate, rather
deeply five-lobed ; peduncles axillary, solitary, filiform, tomen-
tosely villous, one to two-flowered ; calyx funnel-sha ed, green ;
lobes rounded, slightly furred on the outside. Jub ; August.
1. alternate, wide asunder, cordate, taper-pointed, th
green, about ljin. in length and lin.
atomous dots, and bare on the upper side, slightly furred on
the under; oles round, many times shorter than the leaf.
Canary Islands, 1815. Hardy annual (В.В. 498.)
(erubescent)* fi. reddish-pin all;
one to three-flowered, shorter the Seen + ра au pa
mucron July to September. /. hastate; hind
toothed or bee entire.
i алем ienniaL (B. M. 1067.)
(Herrmann’s). fl., corolla white, small;
ае acute ; ovate, acuminated, (downy, I
equal ; peduncles two. wered, longer than the petioles. August,
1. oblong-lanceolate, y sagi
, gittate at the base, obtuse
m , crenatel ite. Ё
1799. "d y Plant tomentose, white. h. 5%.
Ld ” obtuse,
erenated or toothed ; хр н eon were бе pal-
mately seven-lobed ; middle ones long, toothed, or
lobed. Plant ,rather hispid, i 1802,
ergreen. Syn. б. iefolius. (B. R.
(woolly), fl, corolla yellowish,
on the ontside of each
hairs ; peduncles three.
iferous stems erect, sim corymbose
6in. South Europe, Ве Hardy de.
Or. The very common annual known
lame is ooo wii nari (which see), ы
n auri . blue, with
yellow anthers, anal tee а
М h five linear divisi ns, two
r smaller than the others; pe.
three-flowered. Summer. n near]:
0 rows, on very short petioles. North Africa’
soft white irs. Green re
pu ке" twining Perennial, very
Ж
Convolvulus— continued,
leaves; calyx of five ovate, acuminated sepals, of which
the three outer are more or less silky on the back; stamens
five, within the tubular part of the corolla. August. l. ses-
sile, linear, rather acute, entire, one-nerved, clothed on both
sides, but especially beneath, with appressed, silky, white
hairs. ae Africa. A very neat, Evolvulus-like species,
с. ү gag (cloth-leaved).* /., corolla of a pale violet-purple,
white in the disk and tube, marked with five deeper stellate
folds, which are roughly pubescent on their under side; peduncles
solitary, axillary, longer than the leaf, filiform, and rather hard,
divided upwards into cymes of three to twenty flowers; calyx
several times shorter than the corolla, pubescent; tube shorter
than the calyx. Z. oblong-cordate, reticulately veined and
wrinkled underneath, with many pale varicose nerves; petioles
Shaggy. The native habitat of this species is doubtful, but, in aah
all probability, it is from the Canary Islands. A twining
greenhouse shrub, well adapted for conservatory decoration.
(B. R. 222.)
C. pentapetaloides (five-petalled-like). /l., corolla bluish, small,
with a yellow throat, and а semi five-cleft limb; peduncles short,
one-flowered. June. 1., lower ones petiolate, spathulate-lanceo-
late, obtuse, nearly naked, lined, ciliated; upper ones linear-
cuneiform, sessile. Plant prostrate, creeping, filiform. Stem
-rather — at top. л. біп. South Europe, 1789. Hardy annual.
(S. F. G. 197.)
C. persicus (Persian). /., corolla white; sepals ovate, inner ones
smaller; peduncles T eee length of leaves. June. Ё, oval,
сь on very short petioles. A. lft, Persia, 1829. Hardy
uous,
C. — iM — pe or
very pale red, large, campan ; se оозе, glabrous, оу;
repand, obtuse, point reflexed ; peduncles generally three-flowered,
longer than the leaves, July. J. cordate-sagittate, truncate
behind. Stem angular. Levant, 1726. Н
deciduous, A gum-resin is obtained from the roots of Sp
which is largely used in medicine as a purgative. _ 0
C. scoparius (broom-like) /L, corolla white, hairy outside;
peduncles generally three-flowered ; calyx silky; ве
acute. August 1. linear and er pilose.
Stem terete, glabrous. ‘Teneriffe, 1733. Shrub. Тһе wood
es is hard and white, with radiating stripes.
(B. R. 1841, 43.) j
C. suffruticosus (shrubby). /., inflorescence on three-flowered
eduncles, sometimes su vided, and with more flowers, shorter
han the leaf; corolla white, with a yellow disk and five purple
answering to the same number of broader villous ones on
the outside, flatly expanded down to the short tube
the calyx; calyx three times shorter than the flower,
above the middle, where the leaflets are broad and ciliate.
June and July. l. deep green, elongatedly cordate, tapered
to а point, slightly pubescent on both sides, on шо оо a
pressedly so; petioles scarcely one-third as lo h. or ;
ы. A slender twining shrub. (В. R. 135, plate num- -
C. tricolor (three-coloured)* The Dwarf
(Com opina безер tee e
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 87%
CONYZA (from konis, dust; because it was supposed
to have the power, when powdered and sprinkled, of
driving away flies. Fleabane. ORD. Composite. А
rather extensive genus of stove, greenhouse, and hardy
herbaceous plants, rarely shrubby. The involucre is cam-
panulate, with from two to several series of linear or
linear-lanceolate bracts; receptacle flat or convex, naked
or foveolate; disk-florets yellow, those of the ray paler in
colour. Leaves alternate, entire, toothed (rarely out).
There are about fifty species, most of which are confined
to tropical and sub-tropical regions of both hemispheres,
They are mainly of botanical interest only, and do not
call for further mention in this work.
СООКТА (named after Captain James Cook, R.N., the
celebrated circumnavigator, who was killed in the Sand-
wich Islands in 1779). Wampee-tree. ORD. Rutacee.
Small greenhouse trees. Leaves impari-pinnate; leaflets
alternate, unequal at the base, or oblique. They thrive
well in a mixture of loam and sandy peat. Ripened cut-
tings, not deprived of any of their leaves, will root in
sandy soil if plunged under a hand glass, in а moist
heat. This genus is now merged into Clausena, and the
proper name of the species below mentioned is Clausena
Wampi.
С. punctata (spotted). fl. white, small, disposed in racemose
panicles. fr. edible, about the size of a pigeon's egg, yellow on
the outside ; pulp white, rather acrid, but sweet. June апа July.
L, leaflets ovate-lanceolate, acuminated, hardly unequal at the
base. л. 206. Probably a native of China, 1795. A middle-sized
troa, now cultivated (and partly naturalised) in many tropical
countries. :
COOPERIA (named after Mr. Joseph Cooper, à
very successful cultivator, and at one time gardener at
Wentworth House, in Yorkshire, the residence of Earl
Fitzwilliam). ORD. Amaryllidec. Closely allied to
Zephyranthes. There are two species of this genus
in cultivation, with solitary Primrose-scented flowers,
which are remarkable in the order, on account of their
expanding during the night. They are hardy only in
sheltered situations. For culture, propagation, &е., see
Zephyranthes.
C. Drummondi (Drummond’s). Л, white, the tube changing to
red ; tube 4in. to біп. long; limb 1llin. to 2in. across, with ovate
segments. August. l. linear, twisted, 10in. to 15in. long. А. біп.
to 9in. Texas, (В. Б. 1835.)
С. pedunculata (peduncled).
developed, and the tube shorter, than
sm 1. linear-oblong, obtuse, glaucescent.
COPAIBA BALSAM. See Copaifera officinalis.
Л. white, the uncle more
in С. Drummondi.
Texas. (B. M.
producing
Stove ever-
C. Jacquini (Jacquin’s). A synonym of C. officinalis.
C. ‘officinalis (officinal), Balsam of Copaiba. J. with two to five
ne of ovate, incurved, ve rgo bluntly acuminated leaf-
ets, full of pellucid dots. h,.20ft. West Indies and tropical
America, 1774. SYN. C. Jacquini.
COPERNICIA (named in honour of the celebrated
German astronomer, Copernicus). ORD. Palmew. А very
small genus of about eight species of unarmed stove palms,
with erect trunks, covered with the remnants of the leaf.
stalks. Flowers hermaphrodite or polygamous, on axillary
Spadices. Leaves fan-shaped, palmate, tufted. For cul-
ture, see The best-known species, and the
only one worthy of being described here, is C. cerifera.
©, cerifera (wax-bearing)* Carnaüba or Wax Palm of Brazil.
This species is of ic value ; h
yields а kind of sago; the young leaves ie зай with неш
Copernicia—continued.
which is detached y shaking them, and then melted and run
into cakes, Brazil.
Other species are:
and Wrightii,
COPROSMA (from kopros, dung, and osme, а smell;
in allusion to the footid odour emitted by the plants).
Овр. Rubiacem. A genus comprising about thirty-five
species of greenhouse shrubs, the majority of which are
natives of New Zealand and the Sandwich Islands, a
few are from Australia and Oceania, and one from Juan
Fernandez. None are worth cultivating for the sake of
their flowers; but some deserve a place in a large con-
Servatory for their small coral-red fruits. Cuttings
should be made in March, taken off with a heel of the
old wood, and placed in pots two-thirds filled with crocks,
above which is a thin layer of rich, light material, and on
the top a layer of sand. The pots should then be put
in brisk bottom heat, in a propagating frame. During
the time the cuttings are making root, only a very light
sprinkling with water should be given, or they will damp
off. When rooted, they should be potted into rich sandy
soil, and gradually hardened off in a cold frame. Another
method is to place the plants in a propagating bed, and
layer the shoots which overhang the pot. Old plants
should be potted in a similar compost to that recommended
above, and should be pruned into shape every year if
necessary.
C. Baueriana i
rounded ; термусту МА Ар аа А тери
pale yellow and creamy-white, spreading out from the midrib to
one or both sides, and assuming a vari of tesque forms.
New Zealand, 1876. Syn. C. Stockit. - is T ;
hospita, macroglossa, maritima, tectorum,
time, a dense and handsome shrub.
C. Stockii (Stock’s). A synonym of C. Baueriana picturata.
COPTIS (from kopto, to cut; in reference to the
numerous divisions of the leaves) Овр. Ranunculaceae.
Very pretty little hardy evergreen bog plants, thriving
well in a moist peat or very sandy moist soil. They
may be propagated either by division of the roots, or
by seed.
С. asplenifolia (Asplenium-leaved) jl
flowered, at first shorter than the NES ; petals five, very Ке
and narrow, dilated апа concave-cucullate in the dle,
formly attenuated upwards. Z. biternate; leaflets somewhat
|o acutely serrate. h. lft. North-west America and
apan. E
C. occidentalis (Western).* white; scape short, three-
flowered; petals about six, S. hooded. 1 trifoliate; leaflets
petiolulate, broadly ovate. А. 6in. ёо 1ft. Rocky Mountains.
С. orientalis (Eastern). white; scape about three-flowered.
1. ternatey each of the division, pinnate at bese, aod’ phanatild
above; Іооеѕ deeply cut. A. Zin. to 9in. Japan 1873. —
C. trifolia (three-leaved).* yl. white, small; scape one-flowered.
April to July. l е. ; leafiets obovate, blunt, toothed,
hardly three-lobed.
CORAI-BUSH. See Templetonia retusa.
CORAL-TREE. See Erythrina. —
CORBULARIA. See Narcissus.
CORCHORUS (from koreo, to purge, and kore, the
Pupil; in allusion to the supposed medicinal qualities of
C. olitorius). Orp. Tiliacee. A genus of small shrabs
or herbs. Peduncles opposite the leaves or axillary, one,
two, or three-flowered; corolla yellow, small. Leaves
simple, serrated, covered with simple or stellate hairs. T
C. capsularis (Jute Plant) and С. olitorius are stove
annuals, natives of India, both attaining a height of 6ft. о
They have no hortieultural value. Br
CORDATE. Heart-shaped. When this term is -
joined by a hyphen to another word, a form between
the two is signified, as Cordate-reniform, between heart-
872 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Cordate—continued.
shaped and kidney-shaped. A Cordate
Leaf with den-
tate margin is shown at Fig. 510. >
X
}
Fig. 510. CORDATE LEAF, WITH DENTATE MARGIN.
CORDIA (named after Euricius Cordus, whose true
name was Henricus Urbanus, 1486-1535, and Valerius,
his son, 1515-1544). Syn. Varronia. ORD. Boraginee.
A very large genus, comprising about two hundred species
of stove or greenhouse evergreen trees and shrubs, of
considerable beauty. Inflorescence terminal. Flowers
sessile, in dichotomous scorpioid cymes, spikes, or
densely-packed heads; corolla funnel-shaped or campanu-
late, five-toothed. Leaves quite entire, or toothed.
They thrive in a mixture of loam, peat, and sand, or
any light rich soil. Cuttings strike root readily when
planted in sand, with a hand glass placed over them,
in heat.
Gerascanthus (Spanish Elm) Л. large, verticillate, sessile ;
racemes usually four together, Sin. to 4in. long; corolla white,
throat villous; calyx ten-furrowed, ten-stri downy. May.
1, ovate-oblong, acute, quite entire, glabrous, unequal at the base,
Sin. to 4in. long. л. 30ft. West In ies, 1789. Tree,
but at марк lateral Autumn. 1. scattered, o. te, and three
in a whorl, on short petioles, lanceolate, edi ien both ends,
6in. long, membranous, ios 6 А" Tops of
2 an , small
bristles or stiff hairs, (B. M. 8774.) rorem eas
JL, divisions of corolla revolute ; nicles
я тА о осте ае табо, repand,
scabrous ben , 2in, to Зіп, 1 in.
to 15. India, 164). ree, 0127 ain
51. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CORDIA NIVEA, —
Cordia—continued.
pedunculate. lZ. cur g g-elliptic, acumi
acute, toothed in front ; the largest are 6}in. long and 23іп, broad,
Brazil. Tree. (B. M. 4888.)
CORDIACEZE. This natural order takes its name
from the large genus Cordia. By Bentham and Hooker,
and other authorities, it is now merged into Boraginee,
CORDONS. See Training.
CORDYLINE (from kordyle, a club; in allusion to .
the large fleshy roots of some of the species). Club Palm. :
Syw. Tetsia. ORD. Liliacew. A genus of greenhouse or _
stove palm-like plants, usually erect, unbranched, bearing _
a tuft of long, narrow, drooping leaves at the summit T
the trunk, which in some species acquires a height of
30ft. to 40ft. Some authors regard Mr. Baker's sections
as distinct genera: Calodracon, examples Banksii and
terminalis; Dracenopsis, examples australis, indivisa, and
pumilio; Charlwoodia, example stricta. Flowers white,
small, solitary, in branched panicles, rarely produced on
young plants; bracts two in number, one at the base of
the pedicel, where it joins the peduncle, is simple; the
other, opposite to it, and consequently placed in the axil
of the pedicel and peduncle, is much shorter, broader, and
is double, being either bifid or bipartite, always having
two nerves. For culture, see Dracena. In the follow-
ing enumeration are included some of the half-seore
“true” species of Cordyline, and a great many sorts
known in gardens as Dracwnas, but which are nearly
varieties of Cordyline terminalis, a species -
everywhere throughout the tropics, and prodt
merable varieties from seed.
C. albicans (whitish).* Z, long, narrow, pointed,
narrowed into a long channelled peti
pale green or whitish border, b:
t. im to hl
p a
; bright green,
] out, Mer ce matured
plants, into a conspicuous white variegation. 1869. Stove.
C. albo-rosea (white and red).* Z. deep green, edged with rose?
whitish when in a young state. 1874. Stove. |
c. amabilis (ori. E 24in. to er by fin. to Sin. ber
ground-colour glossy n, which, as the plan!
becomes marked and diced VER pink and creamy-white; young
leaves in large specimens quite rosy. 1871. Stove. Ree
C. amboynensis (Amboynan),* l oblong-l late, acuminate,
deep bronzy-tinted green, the lower half having a distinct edging,
iin. wide, of bright rosy-carmine ; petioles t. with
spreading and gracefully arched. Amboyna, 1876. Stove.
angusta (narrow). l narrow, arching, about lin. wi
narrowed and compressed at the base into a | stalk; ¢
dark Meo above, tinted with purple beneath, and bec
slightly bronzed in age. 1869, А slender-growing stove 8
’s). L bronzy, with white and т
ae т emi TREES
Banksii (Banks' hite, loose, very much larger
bracts. l. very E eden DE to 6ft. lo
to 2ft. broad | to е;
C. B. erythrorachis (red-ribbed) is a form with red midrib
C. Baptistii tist's)* Z 18in. to 24in. long; ground-coM
green, NM ud nam with yellow and pink. 1875.
very distinct form, having the stem, as well as the le
ted. Stove. (L Н, m. s. 334.) С жо
Stove. (I. wd
oblo eye
с. Chelsea).* i is ;
een. almost black, which, аш the
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 373
Cordyline continued.
C. compacta (compact). l. numerous, crowded, recurved, about
Tin. long, and sen din. broad, uq eni, of a dull green,
with a slightly bronzy tint, and breaking out into broad streaks
of rose-colour when fully developed ; petioles 2in. long, margined
and tinted with rose. 1873. Stove.
C. Cooperii (Cooper’s).* An elegant variety of C. terminalis, with
deep m pa ЧА: ani leaves. One of the best for
decorative work. Stove.
С. Dennisoni (Dennison's) 7, 12їп. to 15їп. long, and 4їп, to біп.
broad, bronzy-purple. 1871. Habit dwarf and compact. Stove.
(I. Н. 19, 360.)
. Duffi (Duff’s).* 1. oblong, біп. to 8in. wide, glossy, margined
o2 pei d with m crimson; the parallel en E a
ntly shade
the ешп petiole leaf-base converging, and ele,
robust-
with light-flamed crimson. 1874. A very beautiful an
habited variety, of erect and stately growth. Stove.
С. excelsa (lofty).* i. broadly-oblong, acute, narrowed at the base
into a stalk ; arching, of a deep bronzy hue, margined towards
the and also on the wing of the petiole, with à broad edge,
Ип. wide, of a very deep crimson-lake ; this bright colour is some-
times continued throughout the margin of the leaf, and at others
breaks into rays and blotches. 1869. Stove.
Fie. 512. CORDYLINE CANNJEFOLIA.
C. Fraseri(Frasers)* 1. somewhat erect, oblong, lft. or more in
length by 5in. broad, abruptly acute at the apex, suddenly
narrowed into the petiole, which is about 3in, long; blackish-
purple, with a glaucous bloom, the lower portion having а mar-
gined stripe of deep rosy-lake, which exiens down the edge of
the petiole. 1873. Stove.
C. gloriosa (glorious)* l. broad-oblong, 24ft. long by біп. broad,
ih channelled marginate petioles 6in. long, the edges of which
are tinted with the same colour, and it is continued along the
marginal portion of the lower half of each leaf ; the older leaves
of this plant colour gradually, the young ones being green, and
po ag puer green stripes on those parts which, at a later
niga ye the peculiar bronzy-orange hue. 1872. Stove. Syn.
. Shepherdi. (I. Н. 20, 85.)
C. grandis (grand). 4. deep and bright green, bordered with white
2 edged with rose. Samoa, 1874. Stove.
yv чес, Le (Guilfoyle’s).* 7. from 136, to 2ft. long, l4in. to 2in.
wide in the middle, and tapering off both ways, striped with red,
light rosy-pink, very pale yellowish-white, and green, a whitish
variegation invariably ie d the lower margins of leaf and
. leafstalk to its juncture with the stem. Australia, 1868. This
Cordyline—continuzd.
is a very pretty variety, with elegantly recurved foliage. Stove.
(Т. Н. 19, 249.) af РУ ка.
C.imperialis (imperial). 1. of an erect arching habit, oblong,
acuminate, lift. to 2ft. long by Зіп. or 4in. wide, deep green,
rayed all over with bright crimson, or pale pink in the
young leaves. 1872. The foliage is very leathery, and has a
the crimson
peculiar metallic hue, which contrasts well with
variegation.
(F. & P. 1875, 62.)
Fig. 515. CORDYLINE INDIVISA.
С. indivisa (undivided).* 1, 2ft. to 4ft. long, lin, to in. broad,
tapering to a point, pendent, and dark green. New i
A very p plant for decorative purposes. Green
Fig. 513. e
C. i. atropurpurea (dark purple)* A handsome form, having
the base of the leaf and midrib on the under side dark purple.
C. i. lineata (lined) 1. much broader than those of the type,
about йїп. broad ; sheathing base stained with reddish-pink. -
C. 1. Veitchii (Veitch’s).* Similar to the type, but has the sheath-
ing base and back of midrib of a beautiful deep red.
C. i. vera (true). J. excessively thick and leathery, 2ft.
lon Spe тош E. to €— od dark shining gen
midrib and veins of a rich deep orange. Stem simp |
high, New Zealand. Syns. O. enasna Dracæna aureo-lineata.
C. indivisa (undivided). A synonym of C. i. vera. CUR : :
to 5ft.
‘to 5%.
C. inscripta (inscribed). Z. small, linear-oblong, Sin. lo
broad, tapering to a point, and at the base narrowed into th
margin of the petiole ; colour lively green, streaked with thin lines
of dull purple, which here and there break into linear markings _
of rose-colour; petioles erect, 2iin. long, flushed with purple.
1875. The leaves have a twisted appearance, from the irregular
undulations of the margins. Stove. R \
C. lutescens-striata епок Ж жа ; T
arching, fresh priem A above, yello en on the under
1873. stove. (L H. 1871, 1) ;
C. Macarthuri (MacArthurs)* 4 carmine and olive-green.
1877. Stove. :
C. magnifi ifi ж 1, lift. to 26. Jong, sometimes 10іп.
in width, of Mente e colour, changing when old
into а somewhat darker shade; petioles nearly purple. X
Stove. See Fig, 514. à iha hat
C. metalli lic).* 4 oblong-acuminate, somewhat erect
and arching, Sn E of a uniform rich coppery-purplish hue
when young, becoming a dark lish bronze when mature;
petioles sheathing, din. М Ше samio colour as the Зол
869. Stove. (F. M. m. s. 24.) | HS fully
C. mirabilis (wonderful). l oblong-lanceolate, very sracefull
recurved, of a adem cho colour, margined with bright c. й
rose. 1880. Stove. д P3
(Moore's Jin. wide, 2ft. to 3ft. long, beautifully
C. Mooreana e's).* l
bronzy- ; the base of the leafstalk
undulated, dee, € lour. 1868. Stove.
side.
midrib of a bright ^
cag
Cordyline—continued.
с. o-rubra (black and тей). * 1. linear-lanceolate, dark brown,
with bright rosy-crimson centres, the young foliage usually
entirely of the latter showy colour. A fine variety, of bold
erect growth. Stove.
C. ornata (adorned).* l. small, recurved, oblong, 8in. long, дїп,
broad, dark bronzy-green, marked with a narrow margin of rosy-
pink, which is continued along the edge of the petioles ; petioles
almost erect, 1873. Stove.
с, пуу (purple-leaved). J. broadly ovate-oblong,
of a fine deep bronzy hue, contrasting well with the glaucous tint
of their under surfaces. Habit somewhat erect-growing. 1870.
Stove. (I. H. 1872, 277.)
©. ella (beautiful.* 1. nearly lin. wide, deeply bronze-
nted, of a spreading-arching habit; the contracted petiole-like
base being of a deep wine-red, which colour also marks the edges
oftheleaves. 1870. Stove.
C. pumilio (dwarf). Л
1 - f. white; panicle very lax i
long, with slender branches. l. very uate: mars: ott
fes А aa sin. broad, with a stout prominent midrib, and a
er veins ch si i А
thick as the finger, or none. New Тек short, slender, as
E е New Zealand, northern islands.
Reali (Real i
wt Stan 8 n aj ns даш. striped and edged with rose.
A fini." l erect, broadly or oblong-lanceolate, about 1%
1 r, flushed with rOSy-purple, freely
with 4 hi > T ^
Purplish-rose, and the carmine-rose ; petioles margined with
Stove.
Same colour.
clepeansoniana (Robinson’s). 1. long, lanceolate-acumi
sienna — wine aour light green, variously striped
*
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cordyline—continued.
C. rosacea (rose-coloured). l. gracefully recurving, oblong-acumi-
nate, dark bronzy-green, broadly margined with bright pink;
some of the young ones almost entirely of a light creamy-pink
colour. 1872. A compact-habited dense-growing variety. Stove.
C. rubella (reddish). L, young ones variegated with bluish-rose.
1872. Stove.
C. Shepherdi (Shepherd's) A synonym of C. gloriosa.
C. spectabilis (showy). l. broad oblong-acute, arching, narrow.
ing and compressed at the base into a longish green stalk ; of a
deep full green, slightly bronzed from being tinged beneath with
reddish-purple. 1869. Ап erect free-growing plant. Stove.
C. splendens (splendid).* /. dense, short, ovate-acute, about Qin,
long, 4in. broad, arranged spirally; of a deep bronzy-green,
breaking out in the young growth into bright rosy-carmine; the
petioles and bases of the leaves are margined with the same
E also ; nzy-green and brownish-cri :
; @ Н. 1879, 22) Ped With brownish-crimson. 197. Stove
colour. 1871. Stove. The colouring sometimes appears in
Fic. 514. CORDYLINE MAGNIFICA,
E
stripes, and at others occupies the whole surface ; while?
recurved character of the foliage gives the plant а flat,
table-like head. .
C. stricta (upright) Л. light blue, rather crowded. Ё r^
lanceolate or narrowly ensiform, contracted for some мау hy
the bases, ljft. to 24ft. long, lin. to ljin. broad, with
roughened margins; indistinct midrib striated with an. Y
MOS nerves, Trunk slender, simple, 6ft. to 1 M )
foreton Bay. SYN. Draceena stricta, Greenhouse. (В. +
C. s. congesta (crowded) differs from the type in having
and more crowded foliage. See Fig. 515. iis
C. sulcata (grooved). l. spreading, oblong, abrupt ег
upper surface — Ma: ere с ^1 . v . undel
vi obliquely transverse direction o e ? lish
following the quely petioles purplish
surface slightly streaked with blackish-purple ;
1872. Stove.
C. (terminal).* fl. sub-sessile, in branched рала
i. petioled, lanceolate, narrowed to both ends, dark |
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 375
Cordyline—continued.
bronzy, and crimson. A. 10ft. to 12ft., when fully mature. South
Sea Islands, and cultivated everywhere in tropical countries.
From this species have originated the host of popular stove
so-called Dracenas, See Fig. 516.
C. triumphans (triumphant).* 7, narrow-lanceolate, eh age to
taper into the stalk by the incurving of the winged edges of the
petiole, while in the upper part the blade assumes a half-
channelled form; black-purple, relieved by the glaucous hue
of the under surface and of the petioles, while the edges of the
young leaves towards centre are deeply margined with rose-
colour. 1875. Stove. ү ;
Fig. 515. CORDYLINE STRICTA CONGESTA.
С. Weismanni (Weismann's)* J. rather narrow, gracefully re-
curved; in a young state, light coppery-red, more or less tinged
with creamy-white, changing with age to a deep bronzy hue,
Aem at rad edges, where they are margined with red. 1871.
ve,
c. Y | NE of а somewhat ng habit,
without i Iu o young state, tight Ment green,
streaked „кер, ed. and I with a rosy hue, changing
2 qnem toa bronze, A robust and rapid grower.
COREMA (from korema, a broom; referring to the
habit of the plant). Broom Crowberry; Portugal Crake-
berry. Syn. Tuckermannia. ORD. Empetracee. А genus
comprising two species of hardy, much-branched, low-
growing, Heath-like shrubs, of rigid habit, closely allied to
Empetrum. Flowers dicecious ; perianth segments five or
six, scale-like, sub-petaloid,. much imbricated. Male:
stamens three (rarely four). Female: ovary sub-globose,
three (rarely two or four) celled, Drupe sub-globose. For
culture, see Empetrum,
C. alba (w
white, t
with revo
376 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
A genus of showy annual or perennial herbaceous plants. | С. bicolor. A synonym of C. tinctoria.
Involueral braets in two TOWS the outer spreading, and the с. cardaminefolia (Cardamine-leaved). Jt.-heads yellow ; lower
1 , 1 , Я part of ray-florets brown-purple. Summer. l. once or twice pin-
inner combined at the base and erect; receptacle furnished nately divided. A. біп. to 2%. United States. See Fig. 520,
with linear chaffy scales. Leaves opposite, sim-
ple, or sub-pinnate. Seeds flat on one side, con-
vex on the other, membranous at the edge, and
the pappus with two horns. Several species of
this genus are very handsome, having a distinct,
bright-coloured disk. The hardy annuals are
largely grown, under the name of Calliopsis, for
summer ornamentation; for which purpose seed
should be sown in March, in a gentle heat, or
outside late in April The perennials are also
of easy culture in ordinary garden soil, and may
be propagated by divisions of the root, in autumn
or spring; or, during the summer, by young cut-
tings, which will strike freely in a cold frame.
Annuals, except where otherwise mentioned.
C. aristosa (bearded). /.-һеайз orange-yellow, large,
numerously produced in a terminal panicle. September.
1. deeply pinnatifid, with coarse, lanceolate segments,
glabrous, much branched. k. 3ft. United States, 1869.
See Fig. 517.
с. i ; s
ra gy т rinm un
commonly three to seven-divided, with lanceolate
divisions, A. lft. to 3ft. United States. A glabrous
biennial. See Fig. 518.
C. auriculata (auricled).* /l.-heads yellow, with a band
of purplish-brown encircling the disk, generally soli-
tary ; peduncles very long and slender. Summer. l. en-
tire, or sometimes three-lobed. h. lft. to lift. United
States, 1699. Perennial. See Fig. 519.
Fic. 518. FLOWERS AND. BUDS OF COREOPSIS AURFA. -
C. coronata (crowned) /.-heads orange, spotted with brownish-
purple ; ped elo ed. бшш, autumn. 1. opposite, in
remote pairs, spathulate, ротор at base, undivi or cut
pinnated manner. Stem erect. A. 2ft. Texas, 1835. (B. М.
C. diversifolia (diverse-leaved). A synonym of C. Dru:
C. Drummondi (Drummond's)* fl.-heads yellow, with а |
of rich crimson-brown around the eye, Summer. Lp )
— <= ecw — "E TEM И. К d
ng, 8 hairy . SYN. C. diversifolü
(БМА) E T x
C. grandifiora (large-flowered).* bright yellow; ray-
асте Er
mer. [n con ost sessile, A
base. A. 3ft. to 4ft. United States, 1826. Perennial. (S.B
175.)
C. lanceolata (lance-shaped t yellow, 2in.
across; ray-florets four. i ues usually
flowered. Summer. га
C. maritima. Se Leptosyne maritima. de
елеци п (пакой) gei yels ана АА э:
single ia. 8 ew, ор near
rush-like. A. 2ft. to 4ft. Florida (swamps), 187. (B. M.
C. rosea (rose) jl-heads with rose-red rays and
flowers; ray-florets coarsely three-toothed or lobed. 9!
1. opposite, linear or nearly so, entire, or the lower ones”
three-toothed or tripartite. A. 1ft. United States. :
C. tenuifolia (slender-leaved). A synonym of С..
С. tinctoria (colonring).* /l-heads yellow, with а
blotch at the base; ДЭШ eteron few, broad, age
l. pinnate ; segments linear. л. 2ft. Unit
retty slender-growing annual, of which there ате
Varieties, differing in the colour of the flowers, SYN
12. К
LUE UE
| G | the type in its dwarfer habit. See Fig. 522.
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 377
Coreopsis— continued. Coreopsis —continued.
Ете. 522, Donia TINCTORIA NANA, showing Habit, detached
Leaf, and Flower-head. 2e
ox
Fie. эю. diana CARDAMINEFOLIA, showing Habit, detached
Leaf, and Portion of Inflorescence.
Е COREOPSIS VERTICILLAT. 1 showing Habit
та. 525. . Flower-head. —
378 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Coreopsis—continued. : CORE-TREE. See Quercus Suber.
тага a ed). fete тее tines te 52 CORNACEJE. А small order of trees or shrubs,
divided ; leaflets lanceolate, acute, entire. A. 4ft. to 9ft, United
States. Perennial. The flower-heads, when bruised, exhale the
odour of Anise. SYN. Chrysostemma tripteris (under which name
it is figured B. M. 3553).
€. verticillata (whorled). * f.-heads rich golden yellow, п.
across, numerous, erect, solitary on the ends of the many sub-
divisions of the branches. Summer. J. much divided into linear
segments, whorled. Stem furrowed, branched. lft. to 2ft.
United States, 1780. Perennial. SYN. C.tenuifolia. See Fig. 525.
CORETHROSTYLIS (from korethron, à broom, and
stylos, a style; referring to the consolidated styles being
clothed with hairs). ORD. Sterculiacee. There are about
eight species, all from Australia, which may be referred
to this genus. It is, however, now generally sunk under
Lasiopetalwm. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs, thriving best
in a compost of peat and silver sand, with the addition
of a little charcoal. Propagated by cuttings of young or
half-ripened wood, inserted in sandy soil, under a bell glass.
С. bracteata (bracteate). rose-coloured, cymosely racemose,
opposite the i (Ae leafy, саге, f pri
Plant beset with stellate hairs. Л. 3ft.
cordate, entire. 1843,
(B. R. 1844, 47.)
CORIACEOUS. Of the consistence of leather; thick
and tough.
CORIANDER. See Coriandrum.
CORIANDRUM (a name used by Pliny, derived
from coris, a bug; in reference to the footid smell of the
leaves). Coriander. ORD. Umbellifere. С. sativum is a
hardy annual, native of Southern Europe, but occasionally
found in a semi-wild state, in waste places in the South
and East of England. The young leaves of this plant are
occasionally employed in soups and salads, and the seed
are used in confectionery, and for other flavouring pur-
poses. They ripen about August, and should be sown, in
в warm position, in autumn, and again in spring. If the
leaves are required, small quantities of seed should be sown
about every month for succession, in drills 1ft. apart.
с. аа К, Ё white ; umbels of three or four rays,
olucre ;
1. decompound. Stems terete. A. ljft.
referring to the
ORD. Qoriariec.
of South Europe, North Afri i
Zealand and tho ca, Japan, Himalayas, New
petals smaller than the sepals, thickened after
54 ; put down in autumn.
C. myrtifolia is the only hardy species; the two others
а conservatory or greenh f ouse
+ myrtifola (Myrtle-leaved).* Myrtle-leaved Sumach; Тап.
кхе o greenish ; racemes rather erect, terminating the
ches and branchlets, leafy at the base. May to August.
e-lanceolate, . Branches somewhat tetra-
opposite or tern. А, 4ft. to 6ft. South Europe, 1629.
=. An interesting natural ord _
‘the single genus Coriaria, from which it
^ hardy we aic
rockwork, in a dry, sandy, peaty soil. Тоу
Bown, as soon as ripe, in a cold f Increased
, А frame.
: elongat Акуа ^ with orange
Mop. Аген. Моо. боб
EK |
rarely herbs. Flowers in terminal or axillary umbels,
cymose clusters, or sometimes involucrate heads. Leaves
opposite or alternate, exstipulate. There are about twelve
genera, the three best-known being: Aucuba, Cornus,
and Garrya.
CORN BLUE-BOTTLE. A common name of
Centaurea Cyanus (which see). :
CORN COCELE. ‘See Githago segetum.
CORNEOUS. Horny; of the consistence of horn.
CORN FLAG. See Gladiolus. К
CORNICULATE. Having processes like small horns,
CORNISH MONEYWORT. ‘See Sibthorpia —
europea.
CORN MUSTARD. See Sinapis arvensis.
CORN SALAD, or LAMB’S LETTUCE (Valeria
nella olitoria). Annual. This is not largely used in this
country, but still, it makes a very good change in the
salad bowl. In summer, the whole plant may be used,
as it is then tender, being in active growth. About four
sowings will be found sufficient, and, if these are made in
February, April, August, and September, a fair supply
will be kept up, quite sufficient for any ordinary house-
hold. The ground should be deeply dug, but it need mof
be heavily manured. Sow the seed in rows, about 9i. —
asunder, and thin out to 6in. apart in the rows. Кеер
the plants clear of weeds, and, in winter, during hard
frost, throw а little dry litter over the bed. Y
Fic. 524. CORN SALAD,
Sorts. The common Corn Salad (see Fig. 524), the Round
leaved (a stronger-growing form, with larger leaves),
the Italian, are the varieties usually cultivated. ‘The
is supposed to belong to another species.
CORNUS (from cornu, a horn; the wood is thong
to be as hard and durable as horn). ‚Ж
Cornacew. Hardy deciduous trees and shrubs, sometime’
out involucre. Leaves, with few exceptions, opposu
entire, sometimes alternate or in whorls. АП the woody
species are desirable for shrubberies. Many. will 879%
under the drip of trees; this renders them valuable !
thickening strips of plantations which have become nas
below. They may be readily increased by cuttings,
layers, or by suckers, either of which operations 80
be performed in autumn. С. canadensis and C.
should be grown in sandy peaty soil, in a rather 80%,
situation, on the rockery, or in a border; they шау _
increased by dividing, when the plants have run «=
siderably at the roots. See also Benthamia. p
ruptly-pointed, clothed
is
leaves; Чие
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA
OF
HORTICULTURE. 379
Cornus—continued.
hoary tomentum beneath. Branches warted, greenish. A. 5ft.
to 10%. United States, 1784. Shrub. (Т. S. M. ed. ii. 464.)
FiG. 526, FLOWERS ОР CORNUS FLORIDA.
с. Жаа, p eios 50 Flowering Dogwood. /. greenish-yellow,
te, rising after the leaves. April. J. ovate, acuminate,
IU beneath, and beset with adpressed hairs on both surfaces;
emere £u involucre large, white, roundish, retuse or nearly
чо 30ft. United States, 1731. This
Cd iree; Y bark is extremely bitter. See Fig. 526,
C. mas (male)* COMM Cherry. Л. yellow, rising before the
in length to the four-leaved involucre,:
Cornus—continued.
February to April. J. oval, acuminated, rather pubescent on both
surfaces.
Branches smoothish. A. lOft. to 15%. Europe (Britain
excepted), 1599, SYN. C. mascula. (S. F. С. 151.) Of this there
is a form (variegata) having leaves variegated with white, and
another (elegantissima) in which the fo
with
e is beautifully marked
creamy-white and tinged with Both are excellent
garden plants.
€. mascula (manly). A synonym of C. mas.
C. oblonga (oblong). Л. white or pale P fragrant ;
clothed with adpressed silvery hairs, as w
petals; corymbs spreading, panicled.
calyx
as the pedicels and
1. oblong, acuminated,
acute at the NS Lr em and rather scabrous beneath, with
many excavated
h. 10ft. to 15ft.
panicled; ovary silky. Rae A and August. fr. white.
acuminated,
Т А
ane
е!
black. 4. ovate, or ovate-oblong, acute,
Л. greenish-white, not pleasantly ена”.
bracteate
qe along the axils of the ribs and nerves.
epaul, 1818. *
culata (panicled).* fl. white; cymes convex, hir oneg
ova
cp. beneath. Branches erect, pale
ft. to 8ft. ыз States, 1758. Shrub. (Т. 5. М.
i (blood-coloured)* Dogberry ; common Dogwood.
cymes
; petals revolute at the sides. June. Berry small,
pubescent, 2in. to Sin.
long. Branches E aight, of a dark red when full grown. h. ce
) North and West Asia,
Shrub. Wi E for skewers, formerly for prt ЕГЕ by
gunpowder makers. hn berries yield an oil, used in France for
soapmaking. (Sy. En. B. 635.)
С. sericea (silky).* Л, white; co
bs depressed, woolly. June
and July. Berries ye blue, obose. Ё, ovate,
clothed with rusty pubescence beneath. Branches d
CERA T Sft. to 8ft. United States, 1683. (T. S.
cymes
during winter. Corokia
good garden soil. They may be propagated by cuttings, -
planted in sand, 1
“in Paris, in 1651, after publishing his © Historia
egy = te, pubescent, '
purple ^ colour ; а zm the annual shoots, óf à at, hoary T
PME oras АҺ. 4ft. to 10ft.
There
erica, 1741. SYN. C. alba. are several varieties of this
C. stricta (upright).* Л. white; cymes loose, flattish.
June. 1. ovate, s labrous, green on both
surfaces, i fas te, reddish-brown,
Branches
h. 9ít. to 15%. "United;States, 17 Shrub. There is
a form having leaves variegated with white or yellow.
S. suecica (Swedish)* Л. dark 1 e terminal um-
bels, sup’ poe by four white ү wi » ch Soe tum
ER beste АШ NOU. Hor АШ p in)
e, ova in. North an )
Asia, and North America. xr
CORNUTLIA (named after Jacques ieiki
French physician, who travelled in ref ar he died
Plantarum Canadensium ". Syn. Hosta. ORD.
Verbenacem. А small tropical American genus, _
containing about six species of ornamental green-
house evergreen shrubs, allied to Callicarpa. They —
succeed well in a mixture of loam and peat. Cut- _
tings strike readily in sand, if placed under
in bottom heat, during February or March.
the only species in cultivation is б. py?
C. punctata (dotted). A synonym of C. pyra
с. Dyramidata Made mes Л. blue; panic
— d nn D wet ais 1 '
сопйпей—аз far as їз е аб. ime J^ коро New
Zealand. Flowers axillary or terminal, solitary, or
limb five-toothed ; petals five,
more, if afforded a little protection
as are yof easy culture, in moderately
under a glass ; or by lares, m бона
Я
380
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Corokia continued.
twenty-flowered. l. shortly stalked, narrow lanceolate, or shing-
lanceolate, 2in. to бір. long, 4in. wide. h. lOft. to 40ft. 1835.
An upright shrub or small tree. (R. G. 679.)
C. Cotoneaster (Cotoneaster).* Л. yellow, sweet-scented, lin.
long; petals downy on the outer surface; peduncles solitary,
mb. 1. alternate or fascicled, iin. to lin. long, orbicular.
oblong-ovate or obovate, suddenly contracted in a flat linear
pum; margins recurved. A low, rigid, spreading, much-
ranched shrub,
COROLLA. The inner whorl of floral envelopes.
COROLLIFLORZB. A sub-class of Exogens, the
vast majority of which are furnished with both calyx and
corolla. The petals are occasionally (though rarely) free,
sometimes altogether absent; corolla generally irregular,
sometimes quite regular; petals generally connate into
a two or more lobed corolla; ovary either superior or
inferior; stamens epigynous, epipetalous (rarely hypo-
gynous).
CORONA. Literally, a crown; botanically, applied
to any appendage that comes between the corolla and
the stamens, as the cup of a Daffodil or the rays of
a Passion-flower.
CORONILLA (from corona, a crown; the flowers are
disposed in heads or umbels at the tops of the peduncles).
Crown Vetch. ORD. Legwminose, Ornamental shrubs,
or annual and perennial herbs. Peduncles axillary,
bearing at their tops umbels of pedicellate flowers.
Leaves impari-pinnate. The greenhouse species thrive
in a compost of two-thirds loam and one-third turfy
peat. Cuttings strike freely if placed in cold frames or
a cool house, under a hand glass, in spring, and, when
callused, introduced to gentle bottom heat: As soon as
rooted, they should be transferred to 60-sized pots, and
placed in a frame near the of i
fum г) P glass, plenty of drainage being
they become naked
ls their appearance.
required, and, about the
to the green-
ga by division, in spring;
: some will root im & eli frame.
y seed, whi should be sown as soon as ripe, ‘
frame. The smaller-growing | ‚ їп a cold
for the rockery. | es аге admirably adapted
ES
em
Coronilla—continued.
e БУА >>
кру >,
DURS
>
ny y V |
à д;
eu
oS ye
У (P.
m /
= 1
ЭБИ»
A
\
> ЕЕ
a ih
Fio 527. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CORONILLA CORONATA.
c. (rush-like). Л. bright yellow; umbels five to seven.
owered. June. l, leaflets three to seven, linear- SED
obtuse, rather fleshy ; lower ones remote fromthe stem. MEM em
rush-like, terete, almost naked, slender. A. 2ft. to 3tt South
Europe, 1656. Half-hardy shrub. (В. R. 820.) M
MES
C. minima (smallest)* fi. zellow, sweet-scented ; umbels seven to
eight-flowered. June and July. l., leaflets seven to КЫ
ovate-roundish, obtuse or retuse; lower ones remote from
stem; stipules concrete, small, opposite the leaves, bit
the apex. South-west Europe 1658. Plant suffruticose, Pt%
cumbent. Half-hardy. (B. M. 2179.)
С. montana (mountain) A synonym of C, coronata.
С. stipularis (stipular). A synonym of C. valentina. sid
C. valentina (Valencia). fl. deep yellow, very fragrant ,
umbels six to eight-flowered. гс to November. L,
seven to nine, obovate, mucronulate, glaucous ; lower ones roe
from the stem; stipules roundish, large, deciduous. А. $
South-west Europe, Greenhouse shrub. SYN. C.
(B. M. 185.) ^
C. varia (various)* jl. pink and white, or rarely white, 0 length
м sixteen to twenty-flowered. June
Serra, 1750-1823, a learned Portuguese, who
several treatises on plant physiology). Овр. Rutacm®
Greenhouse evergreen shrubs. Pedicels one-flowered,
solitary, twin or tern, axillary; petals four, some’
connivent at the base, or joined into a long tube. Leaves
opposite, entire, clothed with hairs. |
most useful genus of decorative plants; they are
of free, moderately compact growth, so that, with
attention in pruning and training the plants whilst
itis not difficult to form wide uniform-shaped spe
for decorative purposes in the greenhouse or me
tory. If at all well managed, few plants flower
| profusely, or continue in bloom a longer time. Тһе
tage they have over many subjects of the same class, ¥
used for conservatory decoration, is considerable, :
as they will bear to be placed, whilst in flower, 1n
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 381
Correa—conl inued.
grow more freely, and useful-sized specimens are produced
in less time than by means of cuttings. But to insure
success, much attention is necessary, and some special
requirements, which only those who undertake to raise
considerable numbers at one time, can properly give.
Therefore, in cases where only a few plants are required,
by far the cheapest and best plan is to buy them;
selecting clean, healthy, vigorous, young specimens, well
furnished with shoots at the base. If procured in spring,
say, in 5in. or 6in. pots, after having them in possession
2 little while, they may be shifted into pots lin. or 2in.
more in diameter. Soil for potting should consist of
good fibry peat, broken up into pieces sufficiently small
to drop between the ball of earth and the sides of the
pot. To this should be added a good proportion of silver
sand. The house or pit in which the plants are stood,
should be kept rather close for two or three weeks after
Potting. As they become established, more air may be
given, and water as required. Before active growth
FIG. 528. FLOWERING BRANCH OF CORREA CARDINALIS.
Correa—continued.
commences, attention should be paid to training, and in
doing this no more stakes should be employed than are
actually necessary; the use of these may be obviated
altogether by following the far better practice of pinching
back the shoots, and a good bushy growth is thereby
induced. During their growing period, the plants should
be freely encouraged, by keeping them well supplied
with water at the roots. They should be syringed over-
head in the afternoons of bright days, and the venti-
lators closed before the sun is off the glass, afterwards |
giving air for the night. After blooming, the plants should -
be kept moderately dry for а time; the flowering shoots
may then be shortened back, maintaining as much as
possible the bases of a well formed and furnished plant.
For the winter, Correas should be placed in any light, |
airy structure with a night temperature of 40deg.
nite ; t 4in. long. April to July.
382 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Correa—coniinued. Coryanthes—continued.
C. cardinalis * fi. bright scarlet, tipped with green, | broad conical figure, with a diameter of at least 2in. at the
cardinal).
dent, уг to ljin. in length. March. А, 3ft. A slen-
er-growing but elegant shrub; it requires close pruning.
SYN. C. speciosa. See Fig. 528. There are several forms of this
species.
С. Harrisii (Harriss)* Л. bright scarlet. Of medium-growth,
with light fe apiculated leaves, and fine branching habit.
A garden hybrid, of which C. cardinalis is one of the parents.
(P. M. B. vii. 79.)
C. magnifica ( ficent) Л. white, large. А rather strong-
- growing and free-flowering form.
C. pulchella (beautiful).* Л, solitary, pendulous ; corolla tubular,
16 salmon-colour, with the throat ciliated. April /. ovate,
. ob! , waved, beset with stellate pubescence; adult
ones smooth, А, 6ft. 1824. A hybrid. (В. R. 1224.)
C. speciosa (showy). A synonym of C. cardinalis. |
ventricosa (inflated) Л. bright crimson, tipped with green.
A slender-growing twiggy sort, very pretty and distinct.
Л. pendulous ; corolla greenish, lin. or 13іп.
. L ovate-oblong, somewhat cordate, slightly
toothed, beset with dular tomentum. h. 3ft. to 8ft. New
South Wales, &c., 1800. (B. R. 3.)
In addition to the above, there are many other seedlings and
hybrids, among which are: bicolor, Bidwilli, delicata, hybrida,
ochroleuca and rosea-superba.
CORRUGATE. Wrinkled; irregularly crumpled up.
CORSICAN PINE. See Pinus Laricio.
CORTEX. The bark, or cortical layer.
CORTICAL. Of, or belonging to, the bark.
CORTUSA (named after Jacobo Antonio Cortuso, once
Direetor of the Botanic Garden at Padua; died 1593).
Bear's-ear Sanicle. ORD. Primuleew. The only species of
the genus is a very pretty alpine perennial very like
Primula cortusoides. It thrives in a compost of moist
loam, peat, and sand, with a semi-shaded position, if pro-
tected from the wind. Propagated by seed, which must
be sown as soon as ripe, in a cold frame; also by care-
fully dividing the roots. Although, for garden purposes,
the two plants are here treated as species, C. pubens is
a mere form of C. Matthioli.
C. Matthioli (Matthioli’s). urple, umbellate, droo; H
corolla funnel-shaped or RE with a An uri
. Sub.erect limb; scape about біп. high. Early summer. 1.
. tiolate, rotundate, i
Moen) irregularly or lobed. Swiss Alps,
С,
. M. grandiflora (large-flowered). f. much larger than in
the type, very copious, on р и i igh.
— s larger. "Siberia, This is б a
_ С. pubens (downy). fi. magenta-purpl ? а
. peduncles 4in. to bin. high. Мау to June. i. stalked, covered
a Transylvania, 1878. A smaller plant than
| CORYANTHES (from korys, а helmet, and anthos
Rise: M rinse to ia shape of the lip). x
k * Mi : inary
end of a long, stiff, cylindrical-furrowed о
en expanded, measures во: ie лї more than К.
‚ tip of опе вера] to that of the opposite "et
and petals are nearly of the same colour, bei
: -yellow, spotted irregularly with dull purple.
as fleshy and solid in texture as the sepal,
‘delicate ; it is seated on a dark purple
. spurred, often coherent, in two usually very
. and rockwork; and some of them will thrive well under
| trees, if the ground be not too dry. The method of culture
orifice; this second cup is of an ochrey-yellow, streaked
and spotted with pale crimson, and seems intended to
catch a watery secretion, which drips into it from two
succulent horns, taking their origin in the base of the
column, and hanging over the centre of the cup.” For
culture, see Stanhopea.
tha (large-flowered).* Л. lasting but three or four days
. шасгап'
in bloom. Мау, June, and July. Сатассаз. (В. R. 22, 1841.)
See also description given above.
C. maculata (spotted) Л. pale ochraceous-yellow, spotted with
nr lasting but three days in beauty. Summer. Demerara,
829. (B. М. 3102.)
С. speciosa
April B
showy). Л. pale yellow, ephemeral in consistency.
il, 1828. SYN. Gongora speciosa. 2755.)
(В. М.
Бб. 529. FLOWERS OF CORYDALIS BRACTEATA.
CORYDALIS (the old Greek name for the Fumitorf! —
from korydalos, & lark; the spur of the flower resembles
the spur of a lark). ORD. Fwmariacem. A genus of very
pretty, smooth, usually glaucous herbs. Racemes mE.
or opposite the leaves, with a bract under each es
petals four, the two outer larger, one or both gibbous ot
Leaves much divided, alternate, sub-opposite at the
Roots fusiform, tuberous, or fibrous. There 979
about seventy species. They are well adapted for borders
pairs.
ingly simple. They are increased by dividing thé
plants directly after flowering, or by seed; the bulbous
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
Corydalis—continued.
rooted species by offsets; and the annuals by seed, which
may be sown in spring where they are intended to remain.
C. aurea (golden . golden-yellow, long; spur blunt,
shorter than aut Му to s. : ar А ipinnate ;
pinnz pinnatifid and cut; lobes oblong-linear. Stem diffuse,
on hed. A. 6in. United States, 1683. Annual or biennial.
sulphur-yellow, horizontal, lin.
dicel.
scaly near the base. A. 9in. Siberia, 1825. Hardy perennial.
See Fig. 529
C. bulbosa (bulbous). А synonym of C. solida.
C. cava (hollow-rooted).* Л. purple, horizontal; bracts ovate,
entire, February to May. l. two, biternate ; segments cuneated,
cleft. Stem simple, not КАН. À.6in. Europe, 1596. Perennial.
Syn. C. tuberosa. (B. M. )
C. c. albiflora (white-flowered).* Similar in every respect, except
the pretty ( flowers. id Е
C. claviculata (tendrilled). +f. straw-coloured ; spur short,
and blunt. June. J. bipinnate; petioles tendrilled ; segments
oval, and entire. Stem branched, diffuse, scandent. А. lft. to
4ft. West Europe (Britain), from Denmark to Spain. Annual.
(Sy. En. B. 70.)
C.fungosa. See Adlumia cirrhosa.
C. glauca (glaucous). Л. red and yellow; spur blunt, one-half or
three times shorter than the corolla. July. т bipinnate, glaucous;
inne somewhat РЕ segments stalked, cuneated, trifid.
tem erect, branched. h. lft. to lift. Canada, 1683. Annual.
(B. M. 179.)
C. Kolpakowskiana (Kolpakowsky's)* Jl. pink or purple, with
long spurs; bracts as long as the pedicels. J. glabrous, deeply
divided. h. біп. Turkestan, 1879. Perennial. (R. С. 948.)
C. Ledebouriana (Ledebour's) Л. pinkish, with a dark spot at
the apex of-the sepals. 1. ternately divided, glaucous. А. біп.
Altai, 1879. G. 981.)
C. lutea (yellow).* f. yellow ; bracts linear-subulate, three times
shorter the do, May. l. biternate ; segments obovate,
cuneated, trifid. Stem branched, diffuse. Л. lft. Europe,
naturalised in Britain (on old walls, &c.). Perennial.
(Marschall’s).* sulphur-coloured ; spur
straight or Шавь; biscts ovate, April Ё two,
situated above middle of the stem, biternate; lobes oval,
entire or bifid. А. 9іп. Tauria, 1823. Perennial.
.
Fig. 530. CORYDALIS NOBILIS, showing Habit, and Side
ay View of Single Flower.
C. nobilis (noble-flowered).* fl. pale yellow, tipped with green ;
spur blunt and incurved at the point; [tiae acute, entire
or cut. NL зм ; ве, кн Pe tr € at ithe top.
Stem erect, not scaly. in. Siberia, a A utiful
perennial plant. See Fig. 530. (G. С. п. в., xix. 725.)
c. Ow's).* jl. deep yellow; spur short, saccate,
April, May. l. glaucous, green, bipinnatisect ;
; lobes acuminate. Stem erect, simple,
Corydalis—continued.
Fig. 551. CORYDALIS SEMENOWII, showing Inflorescence
and Leafy Stem.
sibirica (Siberian) /. yellow, usually recurved; bracts linear,
nearly as long as the Tae sa ci June. i. somewhat glaucous,
bipinnate; segments cut into oblong-linear lobes. Stem nearly
erect, branched. А. lft. to 3ft. Siberia, 1810. Perennial.
Fic. 532. CORYDALIS SOLID. Реа, i ‘Habit, i
of Single Flower.
C. solida
or four,
C. tuberosa (tuberous). A synonym of С. cava. ж d
CORYLACEZE. This order (the principal genera
of which are Carpinus, Castanea, Corylus, Fagus, and
Quercus), founded by Lindley, is now included under
Cupulifere. 4 i Es
CORYLOPSIS (from Korylos, the Hazel-tree, and
opsis, like; Nut-like). Овр. Hamamelidew. Very orna-
mental and interesting hardy deciduous shrubs, in habit, -
leaves, and inflorescence, resembling Hazels. Flowers -
appearing before the leaves, in pendulous racemes, each _
flower nearly sessile, with a qua ө. жар, Ss petals =
and stamens five; perigynous scales five, rating with —
the or ten to fifteen irregularly placed. Capsule
woody, with narrowly ellipsoid shining black seeds. A
384. THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Corylopsis— continued. Corylus— continued.
the species are mentioned below. For culture, see being generally termed a Nut or Filbert stool. As the
Hamamelis. crop may be considered a permanent one, the soil should
C. himalayana (Himala; Л. yellow, white ; racemes many-
flowered. aset а rear dae! or acute, often cordate at the
base, plicate, glabrous above, silky or tomentose beneath. A, 6ft.
Khasia Mountains and Bhotan. (B. M. 6779.)
C. multiflora (many-flowered), from the tea districts of Tokien, in
China, has not yet been introduced. It has few-nerved, rather
rigid leaves, glaucous beneath, and long dense-flowered racemes.
c. (few-flowered) resembles C. spicata in colour, scent,
bit, &c.; but the leaves are smaller, the racemes contain fewer
(two to four) flowers, and the plant is dwarfer. Japan.
" prune becomes a matter of vital moment; for, by
be carefully prepared, by trenching and manuring. А
good deep loam, in a rather dry, sunny position, suits
Hazels best, as it encourages the production of short
fruit-bearing wood. During severe winters, the male
blossoms are sometimes injured by frost. In other sea-
sons, and in certain localities, the cultivated Filbert pro-
duces few catkins. In either case, these should be
collected from wild Hazel-nuts, when obtainable, and
suspended among the better varieties. When planting,
choose well-established suckers, or layers, four or more
years old. Firmly stake them as soon as inserted, and -
place a spadeful or two of manure on the soil, over the
roots. The intermediate spaces may be cropped with
potatoes, or other dwarf vegetables, for a year or two.
PROPAGATION may be effected by seed, by suckers,
or by layers. Grafting and budding are each practicable,
and are adopted when growing tall standards or scarce
varieties.
Seed. For forming tall standards, seedlings of the
Constantinople Nut (C. Colwrna), one of the strongest-
growing of all the Hazels, should be used. These should
be allowed to run up to a height of 8%. or 10ft., and
then be grafted with any desired variety. The seed of
all Nuts may be sown as soon as gathered, or stored
in sand till the following February or March. They _
should be placed thinly in rows, and covered with at — ^
least 2in. of soil Most of the Nuts will have started
before midsummer. In October or November of the second
year, plant them in lines, 2ft. to 3ft. apart, and from 6in.
to 15in. from each other in the rows, according to their
strength. The seed of good varieties seldom produce
others equal to their parents in quality; consequently, this
plan of propagation should not be practised with them. _
Suckers. For market and garden purposes, all superior
varieties should be propagated by suckers or layers. The
Filbert, if left to its own habit, produces suckers in
abundance. Good cultivators remove all these; but the
propagator encourages their growth, as each one forms а
plant. If the soilis poor, the stools should be manured. ;
Sometimes it may be well to take them up bodily, m
the autumn, to obtain good roots to each sucker; but, -
generally, the latter may be removed without disturbing
the stools. Another crop may be obtained the follo
autumn. The small plants should be put out like
two-year-old seedlings, when they will soon grow mw
useful sizes. The large ones, some of which may
2ft. to 3ft. high, are best planted out at wider distances,
or in their fruiting quarters, at once. |
Layers. Stools kept for layering must be allowed
make more than those used for suckers only, 2 ®
certain length and flexibility of shoot are essential to SUC"
cessful propagation by this method. Free growth must
be encouraged for a year or two, and, any suitable time
in winter, the shoots should be bent to the g
pegged firmly, and covered to a depth of 3in. with e
They will be well rooted by the following &utumn,
may then be removed and planted out permanently.
PRUNING, as distinct from mere heading back,
important feature in Filbert culture. Even the time
forming this operation too early, a great many of the m»?
catkins may be cut away. March, or even April, When
the female blossoms are fully open, is the best time. The :
plants bear on the lateral growth of the previous summe? |
and most plentifully on moderate-sized wood. Hene®
the young shoots should be stopped to insure such growth
and as much as possible of the old wood that has alread,
borne fruit, removed annually. The shape to which Fil
berts are often formally trained for cultivation in gardens
is that of a cup or vase. The stem is kept quite clear
or more at the bottom, and the head is formed by
9
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 385
Corylus—continued.
less than six branches trained in the shape alluded to.
These, when old enough, produce the lateral growths for
fruit production, and the young free growths at the top
are generally loaded with the male catkins in spring.
PLANTING is best performed in October. The proper
distance apart is from 10ft. to 20ft. each way. Some of
the fertile dwarf varieties may be inserted closer. On
rich soils, Filberts grow much wider and higher, many
of the stronger ones reaching a height of 20ft., with a
spread of branches as much or more in diameter. Such
vigorous growth is not to be encouraged, as it does not
conduce to free fruitfulness.
GATHERING AND STORING. Neither Filberts nor Nuts
should be gathered till quite ripe, which is easily known
by the brown colour of the Nut, the tint of the husk,
and the ease with which the Nuts leave the latter. Fil-
berts will not keep well in the husks if gathered before
they are ripe. Nor must they be left until so ripe as to
allow the Nuts to leave the husks when the trees are
slightly agitated. In order to prevent the husks becoming
mouldy when stored, they should first be well dried.
Some cultivators expose them to sulphur fumes as a pre-
ventative; others store Nuts in casks or jars, and sprinkle
them over with salt, for the same purpose, before covering
up. They must always be kept in a cool, dry place after
being packed.
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTER OF NuTS AND FILBERTS.
This is so often a bewildering question to amateurs, that
it may be well to-explain fully. The difference lies solely
in the length of the husks. Nuts with husks as long аз, Or
longer than, the Nuts themselves, are called Filberts. АП
that have husks shorter than the fruit are designated
Nuts. Some varieties, if this rule were strictly applied,
could hardly be referred to either. Again, Filberts served
- without their husks are called Nuts.
Insects, &c. The Nut crop is sometimes much injured
by the Nut Weevil (Balaninus nucum), which pierces
and inserts a single egg within the shell of the tender
Nut, in spring. This, by the time the Nut is nearly
matured, forms into a small grub, and, eating its way
out, falls to, and buries itself in, the ground, where it
becomes a pupa, and emerges as a perfect insect the
following season. The only preventative is to gather
any perforated nuts that may be shaken off early in the
season, and burn them. The Squirrel and Dormouse are
also well-known as being most destructive animals to the
Nut crop, as, apart from what are eaten by them at the
time, as many as possible are stored for a future supply.
poe a gle ele Madr ot el
lucre of the fruit roundish, campanulate, longer than the nut;
l. roundish, cordate, acumi-
Canada to Florida, in low, shady woods,
C. Avellana (Avellino.* Common Hazel or Filbert. /L, males
April Nut brown, ripe in October ;
the margin. l. roundish, cordate, pointed :
obtuse, A. 20ft. and upwards. Buon, (Britain), North Africa
and temperate Asia,
C. Colurna (Colurna).* Constantinople Hazel. Л. as in the
common Hazel, but longer and larger. Nut small ; involucre of
the fruit double, the exterior many- te, the inner three.
tite; divisions palmate. Z. roundish-ovate, cordate; stipules
nceolate, acuminate. л. 60ft. Asia Minor, 1665.
c. ylla (variable-leaved). 1. cordate at the base,
broadly obovate, irregularly toothed, five to seven-lobed, the
lateral lohes often as long as the terminal one. Nut globose,
scarcely inclosed by the large irregularly-cut bracts with spread-
ing lobes. Eastern Asia, 1880. A very distinct shrub or small tree.
C. rostrata (beaked). Flowers and fruit as in the common Hazel.
Involucre of the fruit tubular, campanulate, larger than the nut,
JArtite ; divisions inciso-dentate. l. ovate, oblong, acuminate;
ear- late. A. 4ft. to 5ft. Canada to Carolina, on
Б MARTIN, 1745. A bushy shrub. This species closely resembles
.. form of a 3
common European Hazel; but is distinguished from it by its
covered with the calyx, which is prolonged in the
whence the specific name.
hairy beak,
Corylus—continued.
C. tubulosa (tubular)* Lambert’s Filbert. Nu large, oblong;
shell thick and strong, the kernel being covered wie a red Mul
husk long, rather smooth, serrated at the edges, longer than the
nut. A fine, strong-growing, free-fruiting variety. It is also
ome as Filbert Cob, Great Cob, Kentish Cob, Large Bond
, &c.
Of C. Avellana and С. tubulosa there are numerous
varieties, the most important of which are enumerated
below :
Alba.* White Filbert. This is one of the finest varieties in
cultivation. From the peculiar structure of the husk, which
contracts, rather than opens, at the outer edge, this Filbert can
be kept longer in its cover than most others. This is also
own as Avelinier Blanche, Wrotham Park, &c.
Cosford.* Miss Young's, Thin-shelled. Nut oblong, of excellent
quality ; husk hirsute, deeply laciniated, about as long as the
nut. This is valuable from the thinness of its shell, as no nut-
crackers are needed in order to get at its contents.
Crispa.* Cape-nut, Frizzled Filbert. Nuts thin, somewhat
flattened, late ; husks richly and curiously frizzled throughout, —
open wide at the mouth, and hanging about as long again as the
nut. This is an enormous cropper, producing its fruit in clusters. —
Downton Square.* Nut very large; shell thick and
well-tilled ; husk smooth, shorter than the nut. A peculiarly-
formed semi-square nut, of the highest quality.
Grandis.* Round Cob-nut. Nut large, short, slight d
very thick and hard; husk shorter than the fruit, much frizal
oat eis 2088 із "ues. to be the bp Бахыш Nut of
nerce, and is one of the finest grown. e quality i
-— ts at its highest. ee the mut j is first К жу
rous synonyms, including the following :
ton, Dwarf Prolific, Great Cob, Prolific, and Round Cob,
le-leaved AE e and fine, and as deeply
coloured as the finer varieties P IR. Beech. Nutsand husk
of the same colour, which they retain; husks l
nuts, and hairy. is is а very len
Filbert. Avelinier Rouge, Red Nut medium size, -
ovate; shell thick; husk long: = ›
variety, of fine quality.
Hazel.
hispid. A
founded with the Round Cob-nu£ and its synonyms. E
CORYMB. A raceme, the pedicels of which are ue
. gradually shorter as they approach the summit, so that
the result is a flat-headed inflorescence, as in Candytuft.
CORYNOCARPUS (from koryne, a club, and karpos, _
a fruit; in reference to the shape of the fruit). On».
Anacardiacem. А greenhouse evergreen shrub. For
culture, see Ardisia. iue EON
C. levigata (smooth) fl. white, dis coal in large, t
panicles. fr. plum-like ; when fully fines the drupaceou:
eaten by natives, a$ are also the kernels after the
property they are said to possess is dissipated by st
maceration n salt water. l alternate, кей, obova
sha sub-emarginate, quite entire, glabrous.
d, 1825. (B. M. 4379.) ү ег
kor T :
C. Afzelii "x
into a broadly ovate-acute
and marked with white stripes ; spadix = à
shaped mass; produced at a different tim trs ot Ede
slender petioles lft. to 2%. high ; the lim! nto three, rarel:
main divisions, each of -— again spie = ean pinna Ше;
wo, subdivisions, these latter are in their turn pini кай.
ultimate segments varying and breadth, but always |
decurrent at the base, and sharply pointed at the apex. Tropical ©
o E 1873. (G. C. 1872, 1619.) iced E a
A. elegans (elegant)* l, segments very narrow, а
drooping than s die of ihe other varieties; leafstalk green,
self-coloured. eere ? с
C. A. latifolia (broad-leaved). Ё.
much subdivided am. do tho others
divided into two segments,
с. rap a ess )* L, lower part of the stem puce-
coloured, and marked wit! ‘dark linear oblong spots. Е E
CORYNOSTYLIS (from koryne, а club, and stylos, a
column; alludi the club-shaped style) Syn. Calyp-
segments broader, and not s0
"each main subdivision being
and these again bear two or three -
trion. Omp. Vielariem. Elegant climbing stove shrubs.
| Flowers white, large; petals five, Ems
It has
ona, Down- :
Spanish. Nut very large, oblong; shell thick; husk smooth, ——
onger than the fruit. A very large variety, sometimes con- _
386
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Corynostylis—continued.
. drawn out behind into a large hollow pouch, which is
compressed on the sides, and constrieted in the middle,
twisted, many-nerved. Leaves alternate. Increased by
seeds; or by cuttings of the young wood, placed in sand,
in bottom heat, and under a hand glass.
C. Aubletii (Aublet’s). fi. white, large, in fascicled racemes.
l. oblong-ovate, acuminated, serrated. Stem striated, covered
with wie spots. Guiana, 1823. SYN. C. Hybanthus.
С. A. albiflora (white-flowered) fi. white, horn or trumpet-
. shaped, about 2in. long; pedicels long, thread-like. l. ovate,
= acuminate. Рага, 1870. Taken in profile, the flowers present
| the of a long-spurred Tropzolum, while on the front
view they bear a resemblance to those of a gigantic Violet.
C. Hybanthus (bent-üowered). A synonym of C. Aubletii.
CORYPHA (from koryphe, the summit; in reference
to the leaves growing in tufts on the top of the trunk).
Fan Palm. Syn. Taliera. Овр. Раїтет. А small genus
of stove palms, with large fan-shaped leaves. Trunks
ringed or channelled, unarmed, generally very straight,
terminated by a crown of leaves, with prickly petioles.
They are of somewhat slow growth, and are best cultivated
in а compost of two parts loam, one of peat, and one of
sand. Thorough drainage and a liberal supply of water
are essentials to success. See also Chamzrops, Livis-
tonia, and Sabal.
т australis (Southern) Synonymous with Livistonia australis.
Gebanga (Gebang). J. fan-shaped, laucous, divid
half their l 7 narrow bes wat x, бы -— ded
h. 60ft. Java, 1847. The leav this used
by the natives for thatching, 9 o ee сари zu!
C. umbraculifera (umbrella-bearing).* 1. very 1 , fan-sha
plaited, forming a complete circle about 12ft. сне : ead
about 6ft. long ; edges armed with small brown teeth-like spines.
h. 100ft. South India and Ceylon, 1742. The famous Talipot
Palm, whose magnificent lea making fans,
umbrellas, and many other things. ME opere (ле
Other species are: elata, macropoda, sylvestris, and Taliera.
CORYSANTHES (from korys, a helmet, and anthos
ora "- pe -shaped). "үм. Саїсеатіа. ORD.
| lew. genus of small, but very pretty, greenhouse
terrestrial orchids, allied to Ptero iri
ed). Л. purple, white. Autumn. i б
Пету maed while veins, A dn 6 E
LX
Cosmelia—continued.
C. rubra (red) fl., corolla deep red, tubular, solitary, drooj
terminating the short lateral branches. Apriland May. l wi
cucullate bases, half-sheathing. k. 3ft. to 6ft. South-west
Australia, 1826. (B. R. 1822.)
COSMIBUENA (from Cosimi Buena, a Spanish phy- _
sician, who wrote a Natural History of Peru) Orp. _
Rubiacee. A small genus of handsome stove plants, allied
to Bouvardia, Cinchona, Luculia, &c. Calyx tube oblong
or turbinate; limb tubular or bell-shaped, five to six-
toothed; corolla salver-shaped, or funnel-shaped, with an
elongated tube, and a five to six-lobed spreading limb.
They аге of easy culture іп a compost of loam, leaf mould, —
and sand. Propagated by seeds; or by cuttings of ripe
wood, placed in sand, under a hand glass, in bottom h
C. obtusifolia latifolia (broad obtuse-leaved).* fl. white, very |
fragrant, disposed in terminal cymes; peduncles stout, jin. to
Zin. long; tu
šin. long, somewhat dilated for jin. at the :
l. opposite, petioled, 3in. to біп. long, elliptic or rarely more or
less ovate or obovate. A. 20ft. Columbia, 1876. SYN. Cascarilla
grandifolia. (B. M. 6239.) j
- COSMIDIUM. See Thelesperma. 2
COSMOS (from kosmos, beautiful; in reference to the
flowers). Овр. Composite. Annuals or perennials, Flower-
heads solitary; receptacle furnished with linear acute,
coloured bracteoles, equalling or excelling the florets.
Leaves pinnate. All are readily increased from seed, which
may be sown in gentle heat, in early spring. When l
enough, the seedlings should be pricked off, and
planted out in May, similar to other annuals. The
require to be protected during winter, and
pagated like Dahlias, in spring.
>
; (bipinnate). I eade rose or purple, with
disk ; peduncles axillary and terminal, leafy, rather
ak KE Mexico, 1799. Annual. See Fig. 5
mss
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 387
Cosmos—continued.
C. tenuifolius (slender-leaved). /l-heads rich purple ; outer bracts
of involucre less acuminate than those of С. bipinnatus.
Autumn. l. very finely cut, almost Fennelike. A. lft. to 2ft.
Mexico. Annual. (B. R. 2007.)
COSSIGNIA (named after M. Cossigny, a French
naturalist, once resident at Pondicherry, who presented
Commerson with an herbarium of the plants of Coro-
mandel). ORD. Sapindacem. An ornamental stove shrub,
with impari-pinnate leaves. A compost of two parts loam,
and one each of peat and sand, suits the Cossignia.
Thorough drainage, and a liberal supply of water, are
essential points in its culture. ‘“ This plant may be in-
creased by cuttings of the ripe wood, inserted in sand,
and plunged in a strong moist heat; we have not, how-
ever, found them root very freely” (B. S. Williams).
C. borbonica (Bourbon). A synonym of C. pinnata.
pinnata (pinnate).* Л. white, panicled. 7. impari-pinnate, with
ч Т ive Вы entire leaflets, somewhat scabrous
above, dark green, with bright orange-yellow veins beneath. 4A.
lOft. to 20ft. Mauritius, 1811. Syn. С. borbonica.
COSSUS. See Goat Moth.
COSTA. The midrib of a leaf; that part which is a
direct extension of the petiole, whence the veins arise.
COSTZ:. Any longitudinal elevations.
COSTATE. Ribbed.
COSTMARY, or ALECOST (Tanacetum Balsamita).
A hardy perennial, native of the Orient, but now become
naturalised in many parts of South Europe. The leaves
were formerly put into ale, and are now sometimes used
in salads. The-plant has a peculiar odour, and is not
much used in this country. Propagation is effected by
division of the roots, in early spring or in autumn, plant-
ing 2ft. apart, in a dry, warm situation, where they
may remain for several years.
COSTUS (an ancient name, adopted from Pliny). Syn.
Tsiana. ORD. Scitaminee. А genus of about twenty-five
species of stove perennial herbs, few of which are in culti-
vation. Flowers in spikes, with overlapping bracts; tube
of corolla funnel-shaped; the outer segments of the limb
equal; the innermost, or middle segment—the lip or la-
bellum—large, bell-shaped. Leaves fleshy. Roots tuberous.
The species are of simple culture in a compost of sandy
loam, to which a little peat is added. Propagated easily
by dividing the roots.
C. Afer (Afer). ji. white, tinged with yellow. Summer. 1. ovate-
elliptic, narrowly acuminate. h. 2ft. Sierra Leone, 1821. (B. M.
4979.)
C. igneus (fiery).* /. bright orange-scarlet. J. elliptic, acuminate,
glabrous. л. lft. to 3ft. Bahia, 1882. (I. Н. n. s. 511.)
C. Malortieanus (Malortie’s).* fl. golden-yellow, onde with
iregular orange-red bands. 7. large, obovate, acute, shortly
si ^. lit, to 3ft. Costa Rica, 1860. (В. M. 5894.)
et showy). jl. white. August. J. silky beneath. A.
ft. India, 199. (Р. М. Б. 4, 245.)
С. spiralis (spiral). _searlet. November. i. long-elliptic,
_ thick, shining. Ea ents
сото: (from Cotoneum, the Quince-tree,
and aster, like; similar to the Quince-tree). Rose Box.
ORD. Козасет. A genus of hardy shrubs or small trees.
Flowers white or pink, small, solitary, or in axilary or
terminal eymes, sometimes polygamous; petals five, im-
brieate in bud; stamens twenty, inserted at the mouth
of the calyx. Leaves simple, coriaceous, quite entire,
generally woolly beneath. There are about fifteen species,
all of which are excellent for shrubberies and gardens;
several are very ornamental when trained against a wall,
where their intense scarlet fruits remain very conspicuous
throughout the winter. Cotoneasters are of easy cul-
tivation in ordinary garden soil. They may be readily
propagated by seed, which should be sown in spring; by
cuttings, in autumn; by layers, at the same time; or by
grafting on C. vulgaris or the common Quince, or on tho
Hawthorn.
April May. fr. turbinate, scarlet.
or acute, at length glabrous beneath.
С. acuminata (taper-pointed’ ink; es one to five-
flowered, very shore "A Ф м "ад
Cotoneaster— continued.
h. sometimes 14ft. Nepaul, 1820. Deciduous. SYN. M
acuminata. (L. В. C. 912) =ч
C. bacillaris (staff-like). f., cymes short, many-flowered, -
puberulous. i, oblong or obovate, or oblong-lanceolate, woolly
or glabrescent beneath, acute or obtuse, narrowed into the petiole.
Nepaul Hardy deciduous. Much used for walking sticks, hence
the specific name.
C. buxifolia (Box-leaved).* 1. white, rather large ; cymes two to
six-flowered, woolly, short. April and May. i. elliptic-acute or
apiculate-ovate, woolly beneath, evergreen. А. Sft. to 4ft.
Nilghiri, &c., 1824.
C. frigida (frigid).* t white; cymes woolly, very many-flowered.
April and May. l. oblong or oblong-lanceolate, acute, narrowed
to the base, tomentose beneath. h. 10ft. Nepaul, 1824. А sub-
evergreen shrub or tree. (B. В. 1229.)
C. laxiflora (loose-füowered) jl. pink; cymes panicled, pilose;
calyces quite smooth. April.” J. ороп ; obtuse at both ends,
woolly beneath. А. 3ft. to 5ft. 1826. Deciduous. (B. R. 1305.)
C. micro lla (smallleaved)* jl. white, usually solitary.
April and May. 4. ovate or obovate, acute, retuse or obtuse,
glossy above, pubescent or tomentose beneath. Л. 3ft. to 4ft-
ез, 1824. Evergreen. (B. R. 1114.) ‘‘Grafted standard
high on the thorn, or any of its congeners,” says Loudon, “ this
shrub forms a singular and beautiful evergreen drooping tree;
or it will cover a naked wall nearly as rapidly as Ivy; and it
Possesses a decided advantage over that plant, in its shoots,
which may be prevented from extending many inches from the
face of the wall, and, consequently, being not likely to injure
the plants growing near it."
C. nummularia (Nummularia-like),* white ; es wooll
very short, two i five-flowered. we ind Mey. J bres id
b
or densely silky-woolly beneath. А, 10ft. to loft. Kashmir, —
Thibet, &c., 1824. Ап elegant and distinct sub-ever--
green species. ы;
C. rotundifolia (round-leaved). fl. white, solitary, sub-sessile,
April and May. J. orbicular, or orbiculate-obovate, m ;
abrous or sparsely hairy above and beneath; pilose beneath.
Sft. to 4ft. Nepaul, 1825. Evergreen. (Ref. B. 54.)
C. Simonsii (Simons’s).* jl. solitary or twin, nearly sessile, on
short lateral branches. April. Z nearly lin, му mts
orbicular acuminate, glabrous above, sparsely silky beneath.
Origin unknown. Evergreen in mild winters, Probably one of
the best. (Ref. B. 55.)
С. thymifolia (Thyme.leaved)* Л. pinkish, small April,
E etd on QUE чуг Kare above, silvery-w
neath. Temperate Himalayas, A very pretty
gested, crown D. Becerrod
®` a
less than lft. high, with con
branches, and scarlet fruits. (Ref. B. 50 d
C. t. esta (congested). Л. white. 1. palish obovate-
oblong, thinly glaucous silky Be Western Himalayas, 1868.
A neat evergreen, forming a compact rounded mass, wit ded
recurved, remarkably congested branches, and globose scarlet -
fruits. (Ref. B. 51.)
vulgaris (common)* fi, reddish ; es lateral, few-fl
May and us. jr. pou: shinies ae 1. broadly elliptic
oblong, rounded or acute at the tip, pubescent beneatl
Sft. to 5ft. Europe (Britain), North and West Asia,
Himalayas. Deciduous. SYN. Mespilus Co ‚ (Sy. 1
477.) There is also a black-fruited form of this species.
COTTON. See Gossypium. muc
COTTON GRASS. See Eriophorum. -
COTTON THISTLE. See Ono
COTTON-TREE. See Plag
COTTON-TREE, SILK. See. :
COTYLEDON (from kotyle, a na pet
the cup-like leaves of some of t ^ "icai siet
чар Orassulacee. Under ioii eT үзе E Té
cheveria, Pachyphytum, Pistorinia, and Umbiwus. oF
render the баш clearer, the typieal characters of. pres =
four sections are given below. - The differences p" ein E
botanical; and the gea: the groups is —
Greenhouse evergreens, except where o ter
Cotyledon. | Calyx five-parted ; corolla gamopetaloge, x
with а five-lobed, spreadingly reflexed limb ; stamens ten,
adnate at the base to the tube of the corolla; scales oval;
carpels five, each drawn out into a subulate style. Fleshy
shrubs, from the Cape of Good Hope. в. 4
йай Pachyphytum). Calyx five-parte
corolla urceolate, fi
$n
388
Cotyledon—continued.
or five-partite; lobes often longer than the tube; stamens
ten, united to the petals at the base; scales five; carpels
five, each ending in a subulate style. Fleshy
shrubs or herbs, mostly from Mexico, one from
Peru, and another from Japan.
Pistorinia. Calyx short; corolla tube much
elongated, cylindrical; stamens inserted in the
throat of the corolla; carpels long, linear. An-
nual erect herbs, natives of Spain and Algiers.
Umbilicus. Calyx five-parted, equal to, or
slightly shorter than, corolla tube; corolla tu-
bular or campanulate, five-cleft; lobes acute;
stamens ten, inserted in the corolla; scales five;
earpels five; styles subulate. Herbs, indigenous
to the South of Europe and the Orient.
CULTIVATION. Most of the Cotyledons suc-
ceed in well-drained sandy loam, and are readily
propagated by seed; this plan being, of course,
the only one for the annual species, Many pro-
duce a large number of offsets, which afford a
certain and rapid method of increase. With
those species from which no offsets are developed,
and from which*few cuttings can be obtained,
excluded by means of mats or som:
е | | e other covering. Thi
әй опе of Aun easiest to increase, as it нона ci OR
ae qu cw of side growths, which ean be removed and
on into good plants in a comparatively short time
EO ем = * m einbowe winte -flowering plant that
айана т us jor lon, аз its thick coral-red, wax-
1 0 main siderable time in full b
x aes. grown, e i not "ig euis much Залата ы
agated eave i
LZ т have done flow ME о ен
In the cuttings, which should be
_ place until they have rooted. Early € hg m
ler dry during winter, in а frame Or house free
! i entioned at the commencement of this paragraph
ced). И. yell
у 7 oh ‚и е 2ft. to Aft. Mexico,
.* Л. dull orange, few, disposed on a
‹ „1. rosulate
to a rigid, spiny point, Nee
agavoides.
| €. atropurpurea sd pentagonal
ite towards the hows, Purple)* A. bright red
wards base ; flower-stem erect, башайы in a long
obovate-spathulate, | Purple, covered with a
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cotyledon— continued.
glaucous 'bloom," and aggregated into a dense rosette at the
top of the stem, which is short, stout, and glaucous, Mexico,
1869. SYN. Echeveria atropurpurea. (Ref. B. 198.)
“Fig, 535. COTYLEDON AGAVOIDES.
C. cæspitosa (tufted). Л. yellow, cymose.
narrow, tongue-formed, lanceolate, graduall
acute P h. lft. California, 1796. SYN, Ас
(Ref. В. 69.) P
C. californica (Californian).* Л. pale yellow, disposed on lateri
flowering stems, which are 1. long, bearing short, ovate,
lexicaul leaves, and a bifid or trifid raceme. l. rosulate, ! 1855.
- lanceolate, acute, farinosely-glaucous. A. 9in. California,
SYN. Echeveria californica. (Kef. B. 70.)
C. canaliculata (channelled). Л. red. April.
1846. SYN. Echeveria canaliculata. "vs
July. l. rosulate,
narrowed to an
ia coespitosa.
aed ed) Л. purple ; spikes terminal. # |
lub-leav . purple ; spikes ndr
ber. i m club-formed, incurved, acuminated,
к
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 889
Cotyledon —continued.
curled at the apex. А. біп. Саре of Good Hope, 1824, This
species is allied to C. cristata, but the flowers are about twice the
size.
C. coccinea (scarlet).* fl. in axillary elongated, leafy spikes ;
corolla pasas on the outside, and yellow on the inside, or paler.
October. l. spathulately lanceolate. h. lft. to 2ft. Plant soft,
pubescent. SYN. Echeveria coccinea. (B. M. 2572.) :
C. Cooperi (Coopers) ñ. pink. А. біп. South Africa, 1860.
B. 72.)
с. 1 ittering).* Л. -coloured, pendulous, dis.
coruscans g, orange.
posed in date panicles. June. /. decussate, aggregate,
cuneate-oblo channelled, with thick margins, apiculated,
covered with wilhe mentine. "ke Pto SIL Cape of Good Hope,
1818. (B. M. 2601.)
cristata (crested). small, variegated, open in the morning ;
E ikes re ary E gt Petlolate, cuneately-triangular,
otted, curled, and crested at the apex. Stem short. 4A. 6in.
Cape of Good Hope, 1
C. decipiens (deceiving). fl. white. А. біп, Peru, 1868 SYN.
Echeveria decipiens. re
C. decussata (cross-leaved). Synonymous with C. papillaris.
C. fascicularis (clustered). fl. panicled, pendulous; corolla with
a short, greenish, broad, sub-pentagonal tube, and a reddish-
revolute limb. July. J. scattered, but in fascicles at the tops of
the branches, cuneiform, obtuse, flat, thick. Caudex thickened,
branched. Л. 1ft. Саре of Good Hope, 1759. (В. M. 5602.)
C. fulgens (shining)* 1. bright coral-red, yellow at the base, dis-
posed in an irregular panicle of nodding racemes. J, obovate-
thulate, pale glaucous-green, arranged in a thin rosette, Stem
йш. to бір. high, throwing out leafy flowering branches, 12in. to
18in. long. Mexico. SYN. Echeveria fulgens. (Ref. B. 64.)
C. gibbiflora (gibbous-flowered) fl. on short pedicels along the
branches of the panicle, which is spreading ; petals gibbous at the
base, between the lobes of the calyx, straight, acute, white at the
base, and rather scarlet at the apex. July. i. flat, cuneiform,
acutely mucronate, crowded at the tops of the branches. h. lft.
to 2ft. Mexico, 1826. SYN. Echeveria gibbiflora.
оо metallic hue.
cultivated plant there are numerous forms.
C. glaber (smooth). Л. yellowish; floral stem біп. high, cymose-
paniculate. 4. rosulate, spathulate-elliptic, Turkestan, 1880.
Hardy. SYN. Umbilicus glaber. Ў
C. glauca (glaucous). Л. scarlet, tipped with yellow, twelve to
twenty іп a secund raceme, the stems of which are slender and
inkish. 4. in a dense rosette, obovate-cuneate, mucronate, and
inosely p h. біп. Mexico. SYN. Echeveria glauca.
(Ref. B. 61.
grandiflora (large-flowered).* fl. in spicate panicles; corolla
of areddish-orange colour, with a tinge of purple. October. 4.
orbicularly cuneated, all white or glaucous ; lower ones rosulate,
h. 1ft..to 2ft. Mexico, 1828. SYN. Echeveria grandijtora.
C. hemisphzerica (hemispherical). Л. with a green tube, and
‚Ше limb variegated with white and purple ; small, nearly sessile,
erect, along an elongated peduncle. July. i. scattered, ovate-
тезу thick, dotted, glabrous. A.1ft Саре of Good Hope,
1731.
c. ptos (tongue-leaved) fl. yellowish. Л. lft. Mexico.
: Syn, veria, linguefolia. (Ref. В. 58.)
. C. lurida (lurid). Л. disposed in racemose spikes ; corolla same as
n C. grandilora, but more scarlet. July. l, lower ones lanceo-
of a livid colour; superior ones lanceolate. h. lit.
rather tufted. SYN. Echeveria lurida.
(spotted), f. in a lax simple raceme; tube of
th the segments of the limb acute,
tly spotted. July. l scattered,
base, fleshy, shining,
S. A, lft. Cape of
rose-pink ; 3
ovate-spathulate, somewhat auricled at the
marked with dark-red spots on
Good Hope, 1816. (Ref. B. 35.)
w
C. metallica (metallic). A synonym of C. gibbiflora metallica.
C. orbiculata (round) Л. reddish, panicled. July. Lo site,
flat, obovately-spathulate, obtuse, with an о Кока апа
mealy, margined with red, A. 2ft. to 4ft. Cape of Good Hope,
1690, (Б. Н. 1857, 547.) The following varieties belong to this
Species : elata, oblonga, obovata, ramosa, and rotundifolia,
C. Pachyphytum (thick-plant).* / red. A. lft. Mexico. Syn.
Pachyphytum bracteosum. Е
c. (pimpled) Л. in panicles; corolla with a some-
what pentagonal tube, and oblong acute reflexed lobes. August.
1. opposite, terete-ovate, fleshy, glabrous, acute, erect. A. lft. to
UR Cape of Good Hope, 1819. Syn. C. decussata. (B. R. 915.)
i Н (Peacock's).* jl., corolla bright red, under in. long ;
spike ioid, lft. long; upper flowers close, the lower ones
in rosette, obovate-spathulate, about
í ,1874. SYN.
| Bs . uly. 1. а
in. to? эзы and din. broad. Stem lateral, slender, t
d reddish-brown. А. lit. емо Щщ pan , Sien Pea erete,
Cotyledon—continued.
е
C. Pestalozzee (Pestalozza's).* rose, sub-secund ; panicle
glandulously hairy, panicled. P radical ones spathulate-obtuse,
margin obsoletely denticulated ; cauline ones obovate-oblon
Cilicia, 1877. Syn. Umbilicus Pestalozze. (G. C. n. s., viii. 487)
C. platyphylla (broad-leaved). Л. white, cymose-corymt L,
radical ones rosulate, ovate-spathulate, obtuse, or sub-acute,
minutely papillose-hairy. h. 9in. Altai, 1880. Hardy. SYN.
Umbilicus platyphyllus. .
C. racemosa (racemose).* Л. scarlet, alternate, erect, on short
pedicels, very closely resembling those of C. coccinea, but the
sepals are shorter and mucronate, and the petals are narrower ;
racemes spike-formed and elongated. October. lL, radical
ones thickish, elliptic, acute, awnless, rosulate. Plant quite
glabrous. Л. 26. Mexico, 1836. SYN. Echeveria racemosa.
ramosissima (much-branched). Л. with а pale green tube, and
a pinkish spreading limb, solitary at the ti
d з of the branchlets,
drooping, ljin. long. September. l. crow ed, opposite, Jin, to
lin. jong, orbicular, obovate, sub-acute or шне, concave,
densely fleshy. A.1ft. to 3ft. South Africa. А bushy, succulent,
much-branched, erect shrub. (B. M. 6417.)
С. retusa (blunt).* Л. yellowish ; petals keeled, gibbous at the
осии MNT n dense, eub come n ib
obovate-spa; ate; old ones retuse, glau cren ;
: A. lift. Mexico, 1848
ones linear-oblong, quite entire,
` Echeveria retusa. The varieties glauca an
are among the best of flowering varieties.
rosea (rosy). fl, calyx rose-coloured ; corolla yellow; lower
bracts triquetrous ; spike cylindrical, dense. April. 7. oval-acute,
Sometimes rosulate, sometimes imbricated. Plant caulescent. A.
lft. Mexico, 1840. SYN. Echeveria rosea,
C. Salzmanni (Salzmann's) jl., corollas brilliant golden, tips of
the re lobes red ; жы їп a broad compoundly IM
-bose 1 › terete, covered with short red streaks.
Stem stout, Tu ahi "Ed Tangiers, 1869. SYN. Pistorinia
©. (Scheer's). creamy-yellow ; racemes nutant,
October. Z. ovate-acute, PE Oe in the flat petioles, A. lift.
Mexico, 1841. Plant caulescent. Syn. Echeveria Scheerii,
С. secunda (secund) Л. reddish-yellow, on long peduncles;
racemes secund, recurved. June to August. l rosulate, cro ,
cuneate, mucronate, glaucous. h. lft. Mexico, 1837. This is one
of the best for general purposes, and is most extensively grown.
SYN. Echeveria secunda. It has numerous varieties, The hes ot; d ru
form
glauca, with bluish-white leaves; glauca major, a :
the first-named variety, having leaves not quite so light-coloured ;
апа ramosa, a monstrosity in habit of growth—stem flat, broad,
and covered at the top with numerous small green abortive leaves,
in appearance resembling the inflorescence of a Соб
Y^ d n
мы
Fig. 537. COTYLEDON SEMPERVIVUM,
890
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cotyledon—continued. >
Sempervivum (House Leek).* 7. deep red; peduncles many-
no August Pm September. l. rosulate, ovate, sub-acute,
dull green, tinged with brown. Л. 4in. to біп. Hardy. SYN.
Umbilicus Sempervivum. . 537. €
C. serrata (saw-like). Л. variegated with white and red ; peduncles
two to ratur suia June. l. oblong, car nously-cre-
nated. Stem sub-spicate. A. біп. Candia, 1732. Hardy. (5. Е. G.
44.)
ape iny).* yellow, five-parted, on short pedicels,
d ected Per. ceat Spike. June. l. oblong, pointed by a
spine at the apex, quite entire ; radical ones rosulate, spathulate,
convex копа: towards the apex; cauline ones lanceolate, flat.
- Stem spicate, very simple. A. lft. Siberia, China, &c., 1810.
Hardy. Often called in gardens Sempervivum spinosum.
С. teretifolia (terete-leaved), Л. yellow. July. A. lift. South
ge ed) T lose to C. papil-
C. tricuspidata (three-spined). This species is close . papi
laris, but differs in the leaves being tricuspidate. A. lft. Cape
of Good Hope, 1823.
C. tuberculosa
(knotted). fl. showy, se ogra a tubular,
lin. or more long, sub-panicled, erect; limb spreading. June,
|. scattered, Msi diapers linear-oblong, acute. Л. lft. Cape
of Good Hope, 1820.
C. turkestanica (Turkestan). Л. white, with purple stripes out-
. . Side, cymose ; floral stem 2in. to біп. high. Z, radical ones in a
. dense rosette, flat, oblong-lanceolate or gee ce ovat acute,
puberulous, ciliate. A. 9in. Turkestan, 1880. Hardy.
C. Umbilicus (Navelwort).* Penny Leaf; Penny Pies; Penny
wort. jl. yellow, erect ; corolla hardly five-cleft to the middle.
June. Z, lower ones peltate, densely crenated, roundish ; bracts
alittle toothed. А. біп. Britain. Hardy. (Sy. En. B. 539.)
C. velutina (velvety).* fl. yellow, green at the base, and margined
with red, pendulous ; scape erect, with a flat-headed sub-corym-
bose cle. 1. large, opposite, oblong-ovate, flesh , velvety
when young, and somewhat glaucous when old. Л. 2ft. to З.
South Africa, about 1840. (B. M. 5684.)
COTYLEDONS. The rudimentary leaves of the
embryo; commonly called Seed: Leaves.
COULTERIA (named after Thomas Coulter, M.D.,
author of a Monograph on the Natural Order Dipsacec).
This is now regarded as a mere section of the large genus
Casalpinia. Stove evergreen shrubs, with spines in the
axils of the abruptly pinnate leaves. Flowers yellow, dis-
posed in racemes; pedicels articulated, under the flower.
~ For culture, see C. horrida and C. tinctoria
| are the only two species which have been introduced into
this country, and probably these are only seen in botanic
COUROUPITA (native name). A small genus, con-
taining four species of trees belonging to the TRIBE
Lecythidew of ORD. Myrtacew.- The clusters of flowers
. Spring from the trunks and branches. Leaves alternate,
| entire or obscurely crenate ; stipules lanceolate, deciduous.
All are natives of tropical America; none are met with
in cultivation, except in botanic gardens. The best-known
is C. guranensis (the Cannon-ball tree), the eup-like fruit
shells serving various purposes.
y in an odd leaflet; spola They
„11 a compost of loam and peat, well drain
of frm young shoots will soot in a peas
summer, if placed in a mild bottom heat
infos glass. "There ате about ten
natives of the warmer parts of tho New
“А. (named after M. Cousin, a French botanist
9. Hardy biennials and perennials, aay
Cousinia—continued.
only one now grown. This may be increased by dividing
the roots in spring ; or from seed, sown in a cold frame.
(bristly). (f.-heads purplish, disposed in solitary,
somewhat globose, woolly heads. June. l. pinnatifid, or pin-
nate, with spiny teeth, covered on both surfaces with a cobweb-
like down. Stem branching at top. Л. 2ft. Orient, 1838. Hardy
herbaceous biennial.
COUTAREA (the native name in Guiana) Овр.
Rubiacew. A small genus of stove evergreen trees, from _
tropical America. Some of the species are believed to
furnish the Cinchona bark of French Guiana, They are
of easy culture in a compost of loam, sand, and peat.
Cuttings will root readily in the same kind of soil, under
a hand glass, in heat.
С. speciosa (showy).* /., corolla purple, large, broad, funnel-
Чөкү peduncles trifid, оона dd, 1. ovate, acuminated,
on very short petioles, glabrous; stipules broad, short, acute.
h. 25ft. Guiana, 1803.
COUTOUBEA (Caribbean name of one of the species).
Бүх. Picria. ORD. Gentianacem. А small genus of erect
stove herbs. Flowers white or purplish, disposed in ter-
minal and lateral spikes or racemes, dense or loose, brac-
teate; corolla salver-shaped, with an equal cylindrical
tube, or naked throat, and a four-parted limb. Leaves
opposite, rarely whorled, decussate, sessile, or amplexicaul,
one-nerved, thinnish, veined. Stems obscurely te
usually branched; branches opposite, and thickened at
the roots. All are of the easiest culture, requiring the —
same treatment as other tender annuals. ae
C. ramosa (branch Л. white, decussate, remotes spikes
terminal, axillary, the’ ower part leafy. June. 1. oblong-lanceo-
late, acuminate at both ends. Stems divaricately bran h,
lít. to 2ft. Guiana, 1824,
om костон) си poe th уннн ongated, loose.
July. 4. lanceolate, acuminated at both ends. erect,
branched. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Guiana, 1823.
COWAGE. See Mucuna.
` COWANIA (in honour of James Cowan, a London
merchant, who several times visited Mexico and Peru,
whence he introduced а great many plants). ORD. Rosacew.
A genus of very ornamental greenhouse evergreen
natives of Mexico and the adjacent interior region я
ward. They are extremely difficult to propagate. Perhaps
the only one of the three species yet introduced is C. plicata. —
It requires a sandy peat and loam soil.
С. erictefolia (Heath-leaved). fl. white, smaller. 1. linear, entire.
Found only by Parry, on the Rio Grande.
C. mexicana (Mexican).* Ё yellow, L euneate-obovate,
nately three to seven-lobed, green above, tomentose b
А. 1ft. to 6ft. Mountains of California to Mexico. :
C. plicata (plaited)* Л. dark red, terminal, solitary, almost
sessile ; when огай! from the bud, exactly like those of
ift. to bft. Mex A rigid, е
Ji
fi laited.
т ра shrub. (S. В. EG. 400.) 2
COW BERRY. See Vaccinium Vitis-Idea. _
COWDUNG. For potting purposes, this is highly
valued. It should be collected and stored in a shed, where
it can be frequently turned, and allowed to remain 1
nearly dry before being used. For manure water,
Cowdung may be employed, if plenty of clear water
added.
COW GRASS. See Trifolium medium. T
COWHAGE. See Mucuna. E
COWHAGE CHERRY. See Malpighia urens.
COW ITCH. See Mucuna. d
COW-ITCH CHERRY. See Malpighia urens-
COW PARSLEY and COW PARSNIP.
Heracleum.
COWSLIP. S» Primula veris.
| COW-TREE. See Galactodendron.
ether ; corolla
AN ENCYCLOPADIA |
OF HORTICULTURE. 391
CRAMBE (name deduced from the Greek). Sea-kale.
ORD. Crucifere. Hardy herbaceous perennials. Flowers
white, with a honey-like perfume; racemes elongated, many-
flowered, disposed in lax panicles; pedicels filiform, erect,
bractless. Leaves sometimes thick, sometimes membranous,
hairy or smooth ; cauline ones alternate, stalked, pinnately
toothed, cut, pinnatifid or lyrate. They are of easy growth
in any good garden soil, and may be increased either by
dividing the roots, or by seed. For special culture of С.
maritima, see Sea-kale.
fag white, disposed in leafless,
eae apre e ertt s Daniels. а E ep am ege re
, and are, j
Ием, ЖЫН. North Caucasus. This is а hardy
large-leaved herbaceous plant.
juncea (rush-like whitish. May to June. J. lyrate, with
с, gunos х аад со Каз lobe the largest; leafstalk and stem
hispid from reflexed hairs. h. 2ft. Iberia, 1820 :
C. tartarica (Tartarian). Л.
ones decompound; leaflets
adult ones smooth, as well as the stem.
Sft. long. Л. 2%. to 3ft. Eastern Europe, 1789.
CRANBERRY. See Oxycoccus palustris.
CRANE FLY, or DADDY LONG LEGS (Tipula
maculosa and T. oleracea). "These insects belong to a large
family of the Diptera, or two-winged insects, called Tipu-
lide, in which the proboscis is very short and imperfectly
developed. The larvæ generally prefer wet soil, and are
killed when deprived of moisture; while many are wholly
aquatic. As an example of Crane Flies in general, one of
the commonest and most destructive species, namely Tipula
ч
Fig. 539. CRANE FLY (TIPULA OLERACEA).
oleracea (see Fig. 539), is here briefly described. This
Insect is rather large, the male being nearly 3in. long, and
liin. across the wings; while the female measures nearly
lin, in length, and 2in. across the expanded wings. 'The
colour 18 tawny, but the fly has the appearance of being
covered with dust. The wings are smoke-coloured, and
the wast longer than the body. The balancers, behind
wings, ^ аге broad at the tip. The head is small, and
Crane'Fly, or Daddy Long Legs—continued.
bears a pair of hemispherical black eyes, and the short,
slender, thirteen-jointed: antenns. The thorax is of a
tawny hue, large, and oval, considerably higher than the
head, long, and composed of three segments. The female
is distinguished from the male in having the end of the
body long and spindle-shaped, instead of clubbed, as in
the male. The grubs of this fly are of a dark grey colour, and
measure, when full grown, about 1llin. in length, and зіп.
in diameter. They have no legs, but have a pair of powerful
jaws, and the tail is tubercled. 'Their skin is exceedingly
tough; hence, they are called * Leather Jackets." These
grubs are very destructive to lawns, in sheltered, dry places,
and also to Cabbages and other cruciferous plants. No
perfect means of extermination has yet been. discovered,
and the only two remedies of any service in materially re-
ducing the quantity of either grubs or flies, are as follows:
Traps. These consist of slices of potato, turnip, wurzel,
or apple, affixed to sticks, and sunk a few inches under-
ground. They must be pulled up every other day, and
the grubs, which will be found firmly attached to them,
removed and destroyed.
Rolling. On lawns, so soon as the flies are visible, rolling
with a heavy roller each evening will destroy very many.
A top-dressing of guano has also been found of use.
Fowls, starlings, and rooks will devour large numbers of
the flies, and are therefore useful. It has usually been found —
that the grubs were not affected by any preparation which
did not, at the same time either injure or destroy the plants.
CRANE’S BILL. See Geranium. !
CRASPEDARIA. See Polypodium.
CRASSULA (diminutive of crassus, thick; alluding
to the leaves and stems). Including Rochea, Septas (of
Linnæus), and Turgosea. ORD. Crassulacee. A genus e.
about 120 species of greenhouse fleshy shrubs or herbs,
nearly all natives of the Cape of Good Hope, a few being
Abyssinian and Hinialayan. Calyx five-parted; lobes erect
or spreading, much shorter than the petals; petals five,
erect or spreading, free or connate at the base; stamens
five; filaments shorter than the petals; scales five, varying.
in shape. Sometimes, though rarely, the parts of the
flower, instead of being in fives, as described above, are
in sixes and nines. Crassulas are very ornamental plants, -
with a grotesque appearance. They thrive in a mixture |
of sandy loam and brick rubbish, in well-drained pots.
Propagated by cuttings, which should be taken off and -
laid for two or three days in the sun, to dry. АП the ~
species mentioned below are from South Africa. MS
September." i opposite. уе, са О
glabrous, Stem suffruticose, decumbent, inched, |
C. alpestris (alpine ite; ter
ape eo
corymbose.
nearly glabrous, A. Sha toate 1878.
glabrous, Stem suitraticose,
nodes, Ж
С. arborescens ( 2,
triehotomous, May. ú opposi
flat, glaucous, |
terete. h, YN.
ta (two-bracteate).
C. bibractea
coloured, August and ibe
eire о АЛ bracts two ey
shrubby, u t, л. € B T
C, Bolusit Poss)" pale Beato. Summer. 1 elio
lanceolate, fleshy, pale green, with dark, almo t з
h. Sin. to Sin. 18/5. Perennial herb. (B. M. 6194)
(B. M. 495.) |
de y wi numerous, small. Winter.
302 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
“того адаа s ———— n
Crassula continued.
С. Cotyledon (Cotylodon-like) A synonym of C. arborescena,
€. (Henth-Hke)* 4. snow-white, five to ten
ertooldos
disposed! in an umbellate eyme.
Hines long, ovate-oblong, flat,
Branchiots distant. A. ба. 1820.
Crassula—continued.
©. o (pyramidal). f. whitish, small, inconspicuous.
L four-ranked, very densely imbricate. South Africa. Herba-
ceous. А very curious plant, from its habit. (G, С. 1872, 289.)
с. (four-cut) jt. white, tinged with red, panicled,
us Summer. L OMS xor s upper ones rounder,
decussate. 1872. Perennial. (Ref. B. 298.)
С. rosularis (rosulate)* /. white, in opposite, pedunculate
clusters July. J. radical, obtuse, minutely ciliated, flat,
rosulate. A. an. 1819. Herbaceous.
C. rubicunda (rubicund). /. crimson, in terminal dichotomous
cymes, біп. to lft. across. J. in opposite pairs, clasping the stem
and broadly connate at the base, lanceolate, green, reflexed,
narrowed dually to a point, minutely ciliated; lower ones
6in. to Bin. pem : up т ones gradually laxer and smaller, A,
to šít. (Ref. B. T
С. Saxifraga (Saxifraga-like) Л. flesh-coloured, on slender,
terminal scapes. June. l orbicular or sub-reniform, fleshy, 2im
to Jin. across, red beneath. А. 4in. 1873. (В. M. 6068.)
C. spathulata (spathulate). rose-coloured ; cymes pedun-
culate, paniculate. July. r opposite, petiolate, roundish,
crenated, glabrous, shining above. Stems suffruticose, decumbent,
branched. 1774. (L. B. C. 369, under the name of C. cordata.)
c. (four-angled). fl. white, small, nearly urceolate,
in a pedunculate fastigiatecyme. August, l decussate,
sub-connate, depressed above, subulate, somewhat tetragonal,
incurved, sp кем. Stem erect, shrubby, terete, some-
what rooting. А. 1711.
versicolor (changeable).* 1. in umbels at the extremities of
the branches, sweet-scented in the evening : corolla һуруосгаќегі-
form, with a long tube ; limb shorter than the tube, iode
segments somewhat recurved, bright red on the outside,
white within, except a red n, which gradually e
the "e гесе 1. imb cu ore d Lr i,
cially towards the base, connate, sheathing, ith
ciliæ. Stem shrubby, erect, branched. SYNS. Д
and Kalosanthes versicolor. (B. M. 2356.)
CRASSULACEJE. An extensive order of usually
succulent herbs or shrubs. Flowers in terminal or
cymes, bracteate or not clustered, often secund;
three to five, rarely ten to twelve or more, separate or
united, imbricate in bud. Leaves alternate or opposite,
exstipulate, often erowded in rosettes at the e
of the branches. There are abont fourteen genera, in-
cluding Bryophyllum, Crassula, Sedum, and Sempervivum,
and about 400 species.
CRATJIEGUS (from kratos, strength ; in reference to
the hardness and strength of the wood). Hawthorn. ORD.
E —— ^ shrubs or small mes. often
owers mostly white, in terminal corym cymes ;
subulate, deciduous. Fruit ovoid or globose, with а
one to five-celled stone, or with five bony one (rarely tw
seeded stones. Leaves simple, lobed, or pit
are about fifty species, all of which are confined to N
temperate regions. In the New World, the home of
majority of the species, the genus extends into
Grenada. Few hardy shrubs are more useful and
mental than the Hawthorn. It makes, perhaps, a
hedge than any other shrub, as it grows quickly,
generally thrive in most soils. When preparing р!
this purpose, the fruits, or “ haws,” should be gathe
October, and laid in a heap to rot, being at first
rather thinly, to prevent heating. They should then
mixed with about one-third their bulk of either fine
soil or sand, and be overlaid with a covering of soil, ft
4in. to 6in. in thickness. Here they may remain till!
time of sowing—in October of the following year—thosi
some cultivators prefer to sow in spring, in order to af
the depredations of mice, &c. The ground should be р
viously well dug and cleaned. The seed may be sown
drills, 13in. deep, and 12in. from each other. They shoul?
evenly spread in the furrows, at the rate of half a bushel pet
of mixed seed and sand to forty yards of furrow, ое
covered by means of a rake. The surface should, ho”
ever, be left a little rough, so as to break the
rain, which is apt to canse it to cake, when
fine. So soon as the seedlings show themselves
round, the hoe should be passed between the rowe :
= the earth and clear it of weeds, With good manae
_ Ment, a bushel of seed will produce about 4000
Crategus continued.
The majority of nurserymen never
described, but simply sow the seed in beds from 3ft. to
Aft. wide, leaving alleys about 1%. in width,
the beds to be weeded by hand
seedlings are removed for
i
i
Hib
ni
ЕЁ 7,
НЧ
Ш
3
Ww
ii
Бы
j
ч
і
placed out, Such is the plan pursued by those who require
a large number of plants; but, for general purposes, it is best
to purchase the “quicks” of nurserymen, whose special
business it is to rear them. The different varieties to be
ripe.
coarsely cory inn,
A. 158. to Dit South Europe, Levant, &c., 1640. (B.
— Үш `- че ene. at. tinged with red;
shining, glabrous, off late in the autumn;
aera aan OR as nec
C. C.-g. linearis (linear). L linear, lanceolate, Spines few, shorter.
C. C.-g. nana (dwarf). L ovate-lanceolate, paler beneath.
C. C.-g. ovalifolia (oval-leaved).* f. white. Mayand June. 1. ovat,
tather pilose on both surfaces, shining above; stipules
half cordate, deeply crated, glandular. А. 10ft. to И United
ually
20ft.
оь
жим. h. 10%. to 15ft. Мон лон Amerion, 1827, (В. И.
C. flava (yellow) * white, usuali $ 1 ? yellow
turbinate, edible, E obovate “reir —— M erennte-
serrated ; petioles short: stipules a
calyoes, glandular, A, 1284, io ion v ч d om
© and C. glandulosa, (В. И. 1990.)
(Florentine) ÆA white. May. f. globose,
"/ vate-ob] cordate L serratod,
о bia A at
beneath, as well as on the calyoes, A DON te JUL Florence, 1800,
C. glandulosa (glandular) A synonym of C. Лава,
(various-Jenved) * И. white: сопун many-
flowered, glabrous. May. L glabrous, falling off very late le
the ууру wepe «3 somewhat gri ооа = oe
natifid a Apex ; eu acute, A, a
Orient, 1816. (M. R. 1161 1M) ^ n
С. lucida (shining) A synonym of C. Orus-galia,
C. maroccana (Marocco). А synonym of C. maura,
C. maura (Mediterranean), Л. white ; pedicels elongated ; попут
inal, glabrous, Мау. “fr. scarlet, L cuneated, three-lobed
and fid, And glandiess ; y x ,
cut. A. 15ft. to South Europe, 1825. С. Aroma
С. maroccana,
C. melanocarpa T ; | ie
I E XU Nn
at the base. A. 10ft. to 20ft. T.
E SYN. C. Oryaeantha Oliveriana, (B. R. 1933.) —
June. fr. pale 5 when m |
а smal "c in L orai anceciata notched
short, with "Rd arm . A 1006. to ТЯ
Mexico, 1824. Evergreen - а wall and sub-evergreen as
standard, in the climate of and southwards. (B. И. 1910.)
NS ара A synonym of C. spathulata,
(black)* И. white; ealyces villous, and June,
N. L lobately cinmated. [ голам and some
- doubly serrated. A. оь to DO. Kastern Europe,
Бүх. Č carpation. (1. B. C. 1021.)
odoratissima A -ncetibed ), *
Speech rte aya Taree yy, и. ем, ea ee
w
ayand June, jr, yellow, g
L deeply pinnatifid, pubescent ; lobes lanceolate, acute,
А. IOM. to 20ft. Crimea, (B. Ќ. 1885.)
C. orientalis (Hastern)* ji, white May and Jene. , throe-
lobed, pubescent beneath: lobes ovate, deeply at
“8. the middle one trifid: stipules broad, ent. 1
ed with hoary tomentnm, А, 12%. to it. Levant, |
BYR. C. sanguinea. (B. И. 1852.)
— c
A Without petala, or pearly so,
394.
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, ES
Crategus—continued. à
tata (headed) Of a somewhat fastigiate habit, an
» Ae 09 its (nae in close heads, mostly at the extremities of
ts branches, E 4
. eriocarpa (woolly-fruited).* fr. woolly when young. |
nA rapidly- wine variety, with large leaves, strong thick
shoots, a clear white bark, and few thorns. 3
С. О. filicifolia (fern-leaved).* 1. deeply cut, fern-like. :
C. O. flexuosa (zigzag). Branches small, twisted in a zigzag
flore-pleno albo (white double-flowered). Л. white,
г а off a beautiful pink, double, produced in great profusion.
. С. О, foliis-argenteis (silver-leaved). l. variegated with white.
C. О. foliis-aureis (golden-leaved). J. variegated with yellow.
C. О. horrida (horrid). A very prickly variety.
C. О. laciniata (cut).* 1. finely cut, plant less robust, and the
fruit smaller than in the type.
C. О. obtusata (obtuse) Distinguished from the type by its
smaller, obovate, less cut, flat, and shining leaves.
C. О. Oliveriana (Olivers) A synonym of C. melanocarpa.
С. О. przecox (early).* Glastonbury Thorn. Л. frequently out
on Christmas Day. l. appearing in January or February.
C. О. pteridifolia (Pteris-leaved).* This resembles the variety
_ laciniata, but the leaves are longer in proportion to their breadth,
and more elegantly cut.
C. О. punicea (scarlet) А synonym of C. 0. rosea-superba,
C. O. quercifolia (Oak-leaved). Oak-leaved. Very distinct.
C. О. rosea (rose-coloured). jl, petals pink, with white claws.
C. О. rosea-superba (superb rose-coloured) has larger petals,
which are of а dark red, without white on the claws. SYN.
J. О. punicea.
C. О. sibirica (Siberian. An early-leafing variety.
c. lia (smallleaved) j. white, small, us
Y. fr. yellow, ratherturbinate, 2. obovate-cu
serrated, pubescent ; stipules setaceous, h. 6ft.
. 1700. SYN. Mespilus parvifolia, (W. D. B. 65.)
; C. populifolia (Poplar-leaved). А synonym of C. cordata.
C. punctata (dotted). Л. white: cal rather villous. May.
2. obovate-cuneifi „ glabrous, serra A. 15ft. to 20ft. United
States, 1746. (W. D. B. 57.) There are varieties of this Species
with either yellow or red fruit, which are usually dotted,
ly solitary.
orm, deeply
"United States,
: - ^. 106,
There ате one or two
| be propagated by division, in spring; and both Ж
| C. rubra (red).*
f Europe. Syn. Barkhausia rubra. See Fig. 545. (5. F.
Cratægus—continued.
spathulata (spathulate) f. white; corymbs few-flowered ;
pedicels short; calyces tomentose. May. l small, in fascicles,
narrowed a long way at the base, somewhat spathulate and trifid.
Spines strong. Л. 8ft. to 12ft. United States, 1806. SYN.
C. microcarpa. (B. R. 1846.)
C. tanacetifolia (Tansey-leaved).* fl. white; calycine lobes
acutish, reflexed, hairy. May. fr. greenish-yellow, globose,
1. deeply pinnatifid, downy; lobes oblong, acute, few-toothed.
h. 12ft. to 20ft. Levant, 1789. (B. R. 1884.)
CRATZEVA. (named after Cratevas, a Greek botanist,
who lived in the time of Hippocrates). Garlic Pear. ORD.
Capparidee. Unarmed stove evergreen shrubs or
with terminal cymes or racemes of large flowers, and tri-
foliolate leaves. They require a compost of loam, peat,
and rotten dung. Cuttings will root freely, if planted in
a pot of sand, and placed under a hand glass, in heat.
C. Tapia (Tapia). fl. whitish, on long peduncles, forming loose
terminal panicled racemes. jr, as large as an orange, and, when
ripe, having a strong scent of pum which is communicated to
the animals that feed on it. l, leaflets ovate-acuminated, un-
equal at the base. A. 50%. to 40ft. "Tropical America, &c., 1752.
Other species usually enumerated as being in cultivation are:
gynandra, Roxburghii, and tapioides.
CRAWFURDIA (named after John Crawfurd, а
Governor of the Island of Singapore ; author of a History
of the Indian Archipelago), Syys. Pterygocalyz, Triptero-
spermwm. ORD. Gentianee. Six or seven species of
showy, half-hardy, glabrous, twining herbs, natives of Hast
Indies, the Malayan Archipelago, Japan, and М
Flowers pale blue, axillary, solitary or in fascicles
and showy. Leaves opposite, three-nerved amma
Branches elongated, slender. Crawfurdias thrive in а
mixture of loam, sand, and peat, with thorough drainage.
They may be increased by cuttings, or by seeds. The
latter should be sown in a gentle heat, in spring; and, in
the middle of May, the seedlings should be transplanted
at the foot of a south wall, outside.
С. fasciculata (íascicled).* urple, large ; corolla tubular;
limb furnished with rit tg sagan: peduncles short,
fascicled, bibracteate. August, L lanceolate, acuminated, three
to five-nerved. Himalayas, 1855. (B. M. 4838.)
C. Iuteo-viridis (yellowish-green). /., corolla between funnel
and bell-shaped, twice as long as the calyx lobes ; tube oe
limb white, with green folds, l ovate, ovate-cordate, ог mh
lanceolate; margin entire, or waved. Stem slender, red With
age. Sikkim Himalayas. A very showy twiner when laden
its ellipsoid, cylindric, brilliant red fruits, (B. M.
C. sp (showy).* fl, purple, solitary, on long, nearly naked
icels; corolla campanulate, without accessory lobes ог 8
ments. 4. ovate, acuminated, five-nerved. Himalayas,
CREEPERS, or TRAILERS, differ from clin
plants in assuming both a proeumbent and pendent
position. They are very generally suitable for gro
baskets and for furnishing rockeries.
Saxifraga
CREEPING SAILOR. See
CRENATE. Having convex flat teeth.
mentosa.
CREPIS (from krepis,a slipper). Hawksbeard.
Compositæ. About 130 species of hardy annuals or
nials, with slender, simple, white (rarely brown) SP.
pappus hairs, in many series; achenes cylindrical, ай
the beak long, short, or absent. Two only аге pubia
growing. О. aurea is a neat border perennial, and on
a pretty annual; both thrive in sandy soil. С. aurea m!
sown at the same time, in the open border. Other Spe?"
formerly included here will be found under ‘Tolpis. "
C. aurea (golden heads отіп inge, usually solitary ; Loy zu
and stem cove! th long black hairs, mixed with a fey роп,
white woolly ones. Autumn. 1. radical, spathulate, P Alps
dentate, or runcinate, light green, shining. h. 4in. to 1210. > pid
fl.-heads red, solitary ; involucre SA ier
scarious. Autumn. h, біп. to G. 801.)
o Е 3 е
ДН айы
Ам
OF HORTICULTURE.
395 .—
Crepis— continued.
Fic. 545. CREPIS RUBRA, showing Habit, and Single Flower-head
(natural size).
CEESCENTIA (named after Pietro Crescenzi, an
Italian writer on agriculture, in the thirteenth century, `
author of “Opus ruralium commodorum"). Овр. Bigno-
niacee. e stove evergreen, spreading trees. Flowers
solitary, rising from the trunk or branches; corolla large,
sub-campanulate; tube short; throat large, ventricose ;
. limb spreading, five-cleft, unequal ; lobes toothed or curled.
Leaves alternate, solitary, or in fascicles, simple, entire.
They grow well in a mixture of loam, peat, and sand.
Ripened cuttings will strike root in sand, under a hand
glass, in heat. These trees require to be so large before
they reach a flowering state, that it is not likely they will
ever be much cultivated in this country. АП are natives
of tropical America. Some of the species described are:
acuminata, cucurbitina, Cujete (Calabash-tree), macro-
phylla, and obovata.
CRESCENTIACEZ. An order now included under
Bignoniacee.
CRESS, AMERICAN or LAND (Barbarea precoz).
This much resembles Water Cress in flavour. Sow monthly
from March till September, in rows 1ft. apart, and thin to
din. or біп. from plant to plant. Gather the outer leaves
only for use; and, in winter, transfer some plants to hand-
lights, or protect with bracken or dry litter during frost.
"The leaves may be used for the same purposes as the
. CRESS, GARDEN (Lepidium sativum). Very popular
salading plants, generally grown (and eaten) with Mustard,
both requiring very similar treatment. For small salading
the common Cress is largely used, and the seed is cheaper
than the other kinds. Boxes, from about 1%. square, and
3in. deep, are most useful for growing it in winter. They
should be filled to within iin. of the top with friable soil,
and the seed sown rather thickly, without covering them
with soil The boxes should be covered with panes of
glass, and placed, after watering, in а warm house; in
from ten to fourteen days, the salad will be fit for use. A
succession may be kept up by frequent sowings. Cress can
be grown out of doors in summer, either in boxes or sown
in a cool place. It should be kept free from soil on the
top, or it is difficult to have it without being gritty.
- Plain or common, the sort used when only the
seed leaves are formed; Curled, this is a hardy sort, and,
_if allowed to grow, the leaves may be used for garnishing
88 well as salad; Golden or Australian, a dwarf yellowish
form, grown the same way as the preceding, but not fit
‘for use so early as common Cress. ` Tm
CRESS, INDIAN. See Tropeolum.
CRESS ROCKET. Se Vella Pseudo-Cytisus.
CRESS, WATER (Nasturtium officinale). Water Cress
is in great demand at all times, excepting in two or three of _
the summer months, when the plants are flowering and pro-
ducing their seed. It is a hardy perennial and a native
of Britain, where it grows in ditches and small streams,
The best quality is obtained from shallow streams of running
water, free from mud if possible, as the latter spoils the
flavour. Propagation is effected by seed, or by division of
^ _ l 1 сз P
Fic. 544. WATER CR (NASTURTIUM OFFICINALE).
the plants. Water Cress (see Fig. 544) may be cultivated
in soilif a suitable place cannot be obtained to grow it in
water, but the produce is inferior. If required to b "n
in the ground, а shady, cool position should be chosen, and
the seed sown in spring, in shallow drills, thinning the — —
plants to біп. when large enough. The soil must be kept -
constantly moist by watering. In autumn, some plants -
may be placed in pans, and transferred to а warm house
io keep up a supply during winter. The advantage ;
many if a shallow stream can be obtained. Well-root
young specimens should be selected ; and, when established,
the more the tops are gathered, the better,as the plants
are thereby induced to produce more. The motion of
the water prevents its freezing in т,
the Cress may be gathered at any ti Special sl
ponds, with appliances for drawing all the water off w
required, are the best means of cultivation,
a system cannot, in the majority of cases, |
There are two or three forms of Wat
is not much difference in flavour when
same conditions. The large Brown-lea!
preferred in the market, but the Gr
be of the easiest culture. +
CREST. Applied to the raised regular
appendage terminating amy ра
CRICKETS. А group of insects, comprising House
Crickets (Acheta domestica, see Fig. 5% даі
545. HOUSE CRICKET (GRYLLUS DOMESTICUS,
pestris), and Mole Crickets |
| Orthopters, to which the ©
.
396
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Crickets continued.
do not undergo a complete metamorphosis. The female
rs an ovipositor, composed of four narrow elastic
blades. By means of this, she is enabled to deposit her
eggs in the ground, or elsewhere, in the most suitable
places. The Јагут, when hatched, differ very little in
general appearance from the perfect insect; indeed, they
are perfectly formed, except in having no trace of wings.
This fact explains how it is that we find, associated
together, individuals differing much in size, and but
slightly in appearance. The Field Cricket differs from
the House Cricket in being somewhat larger, stouter,
and darker. It lives in fields or banks, in burrows of
considerable depth. If troublesome, it may be caught
_ by pushing a straw into the burrow; the insect usually
seizes the intruding body, and may be dragged out by
it. To garden plants, the Mole Cricket is far more
hurtful than the other kinds. Crickets сап be destroyed
by the methods mentioned for Cockroaches. For eradi-
cating both these insects, various preparations are sold.
Where poisons would be objectionable, fresh Rhubarb
eaves, or oatmeal and salt, will be found useful, as will
also Carbolie Acid, poured into their holes.
А. A synonym of Pavetta (which see).
CRINODENDRON. See Tricuspidaria.
CRINONIA. A synonym of Pholidota (which see).
CRINUM (from Krinon, the Greek name for Lily).
ORD. Amaryllidee.
bous plants.
; be sown singly,
as soon as ripe, in 3in. or 4in. pots, the roots, when formed,
being so large and succulent. Sow in sandy loam and leaf
70deg. to S0deg.,
ne soon attaining sizes large
‘Species produce offsets pretty
many roots as possible
1. The young plants should be potted
ate € grown on as recommended for seedlings.
require copious suppli: of water at all times
will be cessary for flowering bulbs.
9 compost be used and amp ? drainage
Crinum—continued,
growth by being placed in stove heat, or in a somewhat
cooler, but at the same time close, temperature, according
to the requirements of individual species. Frequent
syringings should be given, and some liquid manure may
oceasionally be applied to established plants. The flowers
are all very beautiful, and are produced at various times
throughout the summer, but more particularly towards
the autumn. After flowering, water should ka partially
withheld for the winter or resting period, and the plants
fully exposed to the sun. Crinums are seldom much
injured by sunshine, but a slight shading is preferable
in summer, when some of the leaves are young and
tender. 25
. account of locality, it is best to lift and store the
. C. Balfourii
Outdoor Culture. А rich soil, in a sheltered south PES
border, with plenty of drainage provided, is requisite for
suecess with Crinums in the open air. Deep planting is
recommended if they are to remain all the winter, in order |
that the bulbs may be ont of the reach of frost. They
should be of a good size before planting out. The best
season is the end of May, as time is then afforded for the
plants to flower and the roots to become established before.
winter. They must be kept clean, and watered when
necessary. On the appearance of frost, the necks of the
bulbs should be protected with haybands or fern; and
when the leaves die away, the whole may be covered with
cocoa-nut fibre. Where safety cannot thus be insured, |
for the winter in a cool house or shed, and plant ouf ai
the following May. А stake must be placed to the flower-
scape, when it appears, to prevent injury from rough wind.
C. Moorei is one of the most beautiful species for green-
house or outdoor cultivation, and is, moreover, almost
certain to flower annually after the bulbs are strong
enough. С. asiaticwm, О. capense, and C. Macowam,
amongst others, will also succeed in suitable positions
outside. xd
C. amabile (lovely. Л, twenty to thirty in an umbel, v Е
grant; perianth tube bright red, cylindrical, 3in. to iin. long
Segments same length, spreading or revolute ; scape 2%. to
long, ancipitous. Summer. J. 3%. to 4ft. long, 3in. to 4in. tte
lorate, tapering gradually toa point. Bulb small; neck about lft.
long. Sumatra, 1810. Stove. (B. M. 1604.)
С. americanum (American) Л. three to six in an umbel, very -
fragrant; perianth
Sin. to 4in. long, white on the back;
Summer. J. six to ten, arcuate, lorate, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 14in.
2in. broad. Bulb ovoid; neck short. South United States,
Stove. (B. M. 1034.)
C. amoenum (pleasi six
tube emere Nm i in long
Bulb globose, 2in. to 3in. in diameter, India, - j
C. angustifolium (narrow-leaved). ji. five to six in an umbel;
perianth tube 3in. to йїп. long; segments lanceolate, 20. long,
and lin. broad at the middle: аре about lft. long. Summer,
1. linear, 14ft. to 2ft. long, lin, to 14in. broad. Bulb sub-globoses
neck very short. North Australia, 1824.. Greenhouse. $ this
C. arenarium. (B. M. 2355.) There are two or three forms of
species.
C. aquaticum (aquatic) А synonym of C. campanulatum. _
C. arenarium (sand-loving). A
C. asiaticum
fin. to dim.
din. to
C. augustum
th 3in, t HE tan
species of the genus. (B. M. 2397.)
C. australe (Southern) А synonym of С. pedunculatum. _
(Balfour’s).* / ten to twelve in an umbel,
pon. porianth tube greenish, 2in. — segments pure we le
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
Crinum—continued. =
brachyne short-filamented fifteen to twenty in an
umbel ; рени И ре green, іп. ^s ljin. long ; limb pure white,
2in. long, with oblanceolate obtuse segments; scape lft. long,
little compressed. May. E lorate, devel after the flowers,
n.
to broad. B ovoid, 24in. to Зіп.
la disset. - RR Presldoney, 1840. Stove. (B. M. 6937.)
с.
slightly fragran
racteate ten to twenty in an umbel,
t үсе РЕА... with green, 2hin. to 3in.
long ; segments linear, about as аз the tube ; scape about
lft. long, much compressed, July. t six to eight, lft. to lift.
long, Зіп. to 4in, broad. Bulb ovoid ; neck short. Seychelles and
Mauritius, 1810. Stove. (B. R. 179.)
С. caffrum (Caffre). А synonym of C, campanulatum.
ILshaped) Л. five to six in an umbel;
gh 1 to 2in. mod 0084 ljin. to 2їп. long ; et
ments t le, oblong, obtuse ; ponies slender, 1
Jong. à 3h. to ft. long, jin. to lin. broad. Bulb ovoid.
i.
Cape Colony. Stove. Syns. C. aquaticum and C. caffrum,
(B. M. 2352.)
C. canaliculatum (channelled). А synonym of C. peduncu.
latum.
pense (Cape Colony).* /f. six to twelve inan umbel; perianth
B Sin. to ine eee ч about as long as the tube; ents
oblong-acute, flushed with red on the back ; Scape about 1 t. Jong.
Summer. l. about twelve, outer ones spreading, lorate, acuminate,
2ft. to 3ft. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, glaucous ; inner ones narrower,
Bulb 3in. to 4in. in diameter. Cape of Good Hope, 1752. w^ p
under the name of Amaryllis longifolia in B. M. 661.) Of this
very fine hardy perennial, there are numerous varieties and
hybrids.
C. Careyanum (Carey’s).* fi. four to six in an umbel; perianth
tube 3in. to 4in. loud: Nim? horizontal, 3in. to 4in. long, with
oblong-lanceolate segments, tinged with red towards the centre ;
scape lft. long, little compressed. Autumn. ht to ten,
lorate, 1%. to 2ft, long, 2in. to 3in. broad. Bulb obose, 3in.
to din. a short. Mauritius and Seychelles, 1821,
Stove. (B. M. 2466.)
С. cruentum (bloody-flowered) (fl. five to seven in an umbel,
sub-sessile ; tube straight, Тїп. to Sin. long ; perianth segments
Sin. are linear, bright red ; green, ancipitous, 2ft. long,
= „low down. Summer. ? lorate, 3ft. to 4ft. long, 2in.
broad. Bulbs ee дм Mexico, 1810. Stove. (B. 171.)
C. Loddigesianum is believed to be identical with this species.
C. defixum (bent down Л. six to sixteen in an umbel ; perianth
or red-tinted, 24in. to 3in. ; segments linear ;
scape lft. to lift. long. October. iL six to t, linear, 2ft. to
Sft. long, about lin. broad. Bulb 2in. to Zin, in diameter. India,
1810. Stove. XB. M. 2208.) C. ensifolium (B. M. 2301) is probably
a variety of this.
С. erubescens (erubescent). Д, four to in an umbel;
кол tube 5in. to 6in. long; segments f as long, linear-
late, tinted claret-purple on the outside; scape lift. to
2ft. long. Summer. i. numerous, lorate, 2ft. to 3ft. long, to
2jin. broad. Bulb ovoid; neck short. Tropical America, 1780.
5 (В. M. 1232.) Several varieties of t species have been
escribed,
C. Forbesianum (Forbes's). Л. thirty to forty in an umbel,
slightly scented; perianth tube Zin. long; limb funnel-shaped,
Ain. to 4jin. long ; segments oblanceolate-oblong, white, reddish
outside; peduncle hardly 1%. long, stout. October. {. ten to
twelve to a rosette, име, э: = S M , din. to eer broad ;
briated, ovoi to Bin. in diameter, Delagoa
(B. M. 6545.)
) Л. about six in am umbel, with a
: | By ута perianth tube 4in. to бїп. long;
- limb campanulate, Zin, sin. long, pure white; segments oblong-
obtuse, much imbricated ; e 2ft. to 3ft. long, com
Sim. te Gin" оте, 2. to St long, Sin. to din. broad. Bulb
(BB o - West Tropical Africa, 1792. Stove.
C. Kirkii (Kirk’s).* 7. twelve to fifteen in an umbel; perianth
tal, біп. long; segments
down the back ; péduncles sometimes more than one to a bulb,
lft. to 14ft. long, ancipitous. September, 1, lorate, acuminate,
Sift. to 4ft. long, іл. to 4jin. broad; margin crisped, white,
Bulb Pa біп. to 8in. in diameter.
-)
€. latifolium (broad-leaved). Л. ten to twenty in an umbel;
Perianth tube greenish, Zin. to din. long; limb horizontal, about
аз long as the tube; segments oblong-lanceolate, faintly tinged
With red in the centre on both sides, reflexing at tip; peduncles
D ГА мейш, ком, ng " Sft. long,
. uib sub-globose. India, . Stove,
©. E m) с. о B. 2. 573) | rear ug n Би. 2292),
Я , аге considered Е. er to be
mere varieties of this species, н *
irent tae Bin Gong tower six to eight in an umbel:
_ Derianth tube 3in. to feng lub tac ib in an as the
"be; segments oblong, flushed with pink in the centre ; Since
397
Crinum—continued,
lift. to 2ft. long. Summer, 1, lorate, 4ft. to 5ft. long, 2in. broad.
Bulb ovoid, 3in. to 4in. in diameter, C of Get Hope, 1816,
Greenhouse, or nearly hardy. See Fig. (B. R. 303.)
n
nd
ae ч
Fic. 546, Crinum LONGIFLORUM, showing Habit and
с. longifolium ong-leaved six to twelve in an umbel;
perianth tube Nen. ч, Sin. A É кы ; segments lanceolate,
ascending, white, neariy as as t eve Pod rend
in dismoter. оре. Цао, Gy
(B. M. їз а form of this zl
species. З «Фла. А »
C. Macowanl (MacOwan’s).* ten fifteen in an umWel;
perianth tube ams Sin. s jin. 1 а oblong, oketan
H ts
acute, as long as the tube, lin. to 1jin. trond. w with a
pur-
Neb tinge; peduncles sometimes more than one, 2ft. to 3%. 7
ovember. 4. twelve to fifteen, rosulate, ‚ lorate, f
4
E
E
3
3
LJ
ng,
to 3ft. long, Sin. to 4in. broad. Bulb 9in. to 10їп. in diameter.
Natal, 1874. Greenhouse, or nearly hardy, (B. M. 6381.)
C. Makoyanum (Makoy’s). A synonym of C. Moorei.
С. Moorei (Moore's).* И, six to ten in an umbel; perianth tube
greenish, n. to біп, AL limb ASIA long as the
Wt segments oblong-acute, faintly flushed with red; peduncles
lift. to Zit. long. Spring or autumn. LL twelve to fifteen, а
ing, lorate, 2%. to 3ft. long, Zin. to 4in. broad. Bulb ovoid, біп, in
meter. Natal, 1874. Greenhouse. SYN С. ornatum and
C. Makoyanum. (B. M. 6113.)
C. ornatum (ornamented). A synonym of C. Moorei.
C. pedunculatum (pedunculate).
umbel; perianth tube greenish, 2Jin. to біл.
linear, spreading horizontally ; scape
Summer. 1, twenty, lorate, 3ft. to 4ft. long,
Bulb about 4in. in diameter. Eastern
house. SYNS. C. australe and C. canaliculatum.
c. umbel; t
podophyltum (foot-leaved), jt. tuo ш ШШШ :
is
spathulate, acute, less than lin. broad, white; w^
n. ong. November. Z five to d
liin. to 2їп, broad at the middle. Bulb si
bar, 1879. Stove, (B. M. 6483.) Mos s
C. Purpurascens (purplish).* Л. five to nine A n
Се tube біп. to біп. long; segments 1 side seape ‘ hardly
ong, spreading, tinted red on the ‘linear, lift. to
lft. long, sub-terete, Summer. Ё abo И about ui i
t. long, lin. broad, undulated. Bulb ovoid Stove. (B. M.
— Fernando Po and Old Calabar, pue ee
C. scabrum (rough umbe
tube greene, rr к^
oblong-acute, lin. broad,
poA id, pu to mar. Af
in. : form
(B. M. 2180) С. — esa е 1
ТД twenty in an umbel, very
NM mS eges 3 or red-tinted. ELS
long; limb horízontal, a the same са oy on! to
broad, with a broad band. x to ten, lorate, 2ft. to 3ft. long, Sin.
. long. b Ne n diame i
to 4in. Teosi * 1 = > ‚=
Stove. erbertianum, (B. M. in.
i l Syn. С. Herbertianum, $
e в ч, under name of Amaryllis ornata.)
CRIOCERIS ASPARAGI. Se Asparagus
е > Tert
398
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
_ GCRISTARIA (from crista, a crest; in reference to the
carpels having two crest-like rings in the centre of each).
Orv. Malvacem. A genus of about twenty species of
generally prostrate, tomentose herbs, all natives of extra-
tropical South America. Probably there are none in culti-
yation in this country, although most of the species are
well worth growing.
С. coccinea, Se Malvastrum coccineum,
JJ CRITHMUM (from krithe, Barley; in allusion to the
‘similarity existing in the seed). Samphire. ORD. Um-
bellifere. A sufiruticose, glabrous, fleshy herb. Umbels
compound; involucre and involucels of many leaves.
Leaves bipinnate; leaflets oblong, linear; petioles sheath-
ing at the base. Samphire grows best in a warm, dry
position, near the sea coast. When grown inland, it
requires a sunny situation, and protection during the
winter. It may be propagated by divisions, or by seeds;
the latter should be sown as soon as ripe, as, if kept
till spring, they are longer in germinating.
C. maritimum (maritime). 7. white, with yellowish anthers.
August. Л. lft. Britain. (Sy. En. B. 606.)
CROCKING. A term applied to the placing of a piece
of potsherd over the hole at the bottom of a pot.
CROCOSMIA (from crocus, saffron, and osme, smell; in
allusion to the very pronounced odour of saffron exhaled
by the dried flowers of this plant when immersed in warm
water). ORD. Iridee. A monotypic genus, generally
known as Tritonia. The species is a very handsome hardy,
or nearly hardy, bulbous perennial, and thrives best in a
light, rich, sandy soil. It is often grown in pots for the
~ greenhouse; but, with a little care, it will be found to
_ thrive remarkably well in the open. In cold, northerly
. Situations, the better plan will be to lift the roots in
_ November, and store in frost-proof quarters until the
. following spring; but they must not be kept so dry as to
. eause them to shrivel. Propagated by offsets, or by seeds;
, the latter should be sown in pans, in a cold house, as
_ soon as possible after maturity; but where the Crocosmia
.. does well, the corms increase pretty freely.
EC
aurea (zolden)* fl brilliant orange-red, few; perianth with a
curved uk ' six-parted limb
» and a nearly г
ig in а star-like form ; spike terminal,
оп. i. narrowly sword-shaped,
е base of the stem for about
South Africa, 1846. Syn.
with a walk, are positions, among innumerable 9
Crocus—continued.
PROPAGATION. This is effected by seed, for raising new
varieties; and the increase of the corms perpetuates
established species and forms. Each year, one, or in some
cases, several young corms are formed, either on the top
or by the side of the old one, the latter annually dying
away. For increasing stock, these may be lifted and re-
planted singly, allowing sufficient room for each in its turn
to develop new corms the following year. More would be
obtained of varieties that increase rapidly, by this method,
than if they were left crowded together. Some species
increase very slowly, and these, with many that are scarce _
and valuable, are best left undisturbed, so long as they
grow satisfactorily.
Seed. The seed of the Crocus should be sown as soon
as ripe, or early in spring, the choicer strains in pots or
boxes, using a light sandy soil, and afterwards placing
them in a cold pit or frame, while the commoner
varieties may be placed in a warm position outside, in a
seed-bed. The seed germinates freely, and must be sown
thinly, so as to allow the plants space to grow for two
seasons in the seed-pan or bed, without lifting. They will
need but little attention beyond being occasionally weeded
and watered. After the second year, when the corms die
down, they should be shaken out, and replanted. In the
third or fourth year, most of them will flower, and any
good ones may then be selected. It is an excellent plam
to top-dress the seed-beds or pans, after the first sesso
with an inch or two of rich compost. d
CULTIVATION. Мапу of the species thrivé :
work, in soil that has a good proportion of small stones
intermixed, thereby insuring thorough drainage. If planted
deeply and permanently in such a position, dwarf-
growing plants, such as mossy Saxifrages, may be placed
above, and the Crocuses allowed to grow through, when
flowering. It is difficult to keep a collection separate and
distinct, if planted near each other. The corms, by their
mode of propagation underground, gradually become re-
moved to a considerable distance from where they were
first placed; and, if other species are near, the whole soon
become mixed. The remedy is to lift and replant, OT -
make a limited inclosure for each with slates, placed on -
edge in the ground. It is not necessary to lift —
any other purpose. As soon as the leaves are ripened, ал
die away, is the best time for lifting, if it is required.
Sandy loam, with the addition of some leaf вой and £
grit or crushed stones, is a good compost;\and it is
ferable to prepare this and replant at once.” The
varieties of spring-flowering Crocuses, so much culum?
will grow and flower freely in almost any soil or posto
They are very largely imported from Holland, in the алш
of each year; and the quicker planting is taken in
after their arrival, the better. The margins of flowers.
planted with other bulbs, or of borders running rpm
that may be rendered attractive by a mass of
coloured Crocuses. The corms can be inserted !
regularly in a small trench, about 3in. deep, placing
a similar distance apart. The leaves should be left
after flowering is over until they ripen, and the corms
not be lifted unless the place is required for oth
in summer. In this case, they may be
allowed to ripen elsewhere. diui
Cultivation im Pots, Spring Crocuses are useful 82
very-ornamental when flowering in pots. The
roots may be bought cheaply in autumn, and their 077:
tion is within the reach of all. Place five or віх 90 ig
a Šin. pot, or four in a smaller one, and bury them should
outside for a time until filled with roots, when they * E
be very gradually brought on in a cool pit or hous ү
Crocus will not flower if exposed to fire heat, BF sion,
severe forcing be attempted. If placed in a light
with a little higher temperature than that 0081
We pom
AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE.
ы:
899
Crocus— continued. :
in the open. The individual flowers do not last long, but
there is a succession which extends the season over a
considerable period. The stronger-growing sorts succeed
well in water if treated like Hyacinths.
C. alatavicus eem vcr Л. white, small, with a yellow glabrous
throat, and without a basal spathe ; outer surface of the three outer
segments obscurely feathered and freckled m purple. February.
l. lft. long at maturity, їп. broad, cen о ated at margins
of keel and blade. Ala Тап Mountains, 1877. There is a white-
flowered variety, in which the outsides of the outer segments are
coated with pale buff.
C. aureus (golden).* fl. bright orange. Spring. t. linear; sheaths
i Corm, coat membranous, with vertical, narrow, fibroid
divisions. South-east Europe. This “ was one of the first species
introduced to cultivation, and is the parent of our quw garden,
or *Dutch Yellow, Crocus, and a number of old horticultural
varieties— , sulphureus, sulphureus pallidus, sulphureus
T &c.—the history of which is unknown; they are not
known to occur in a wild —— and all are sterile.” SYNS.
~ lagenaftorus, С. , &c.
C. biflorus (two-flowered).* fl., segments of P greges varying from
white to а pale lavender; outer surface of the outer segments
distinctly feathered with purple markings; yellow within. Spring.
l. short, erect, narrow, with distinct white midrib. This species
has à wider range than any other (extending from Tuscany into
Georgia) and none exhibits greater variation in the size and
colouring of the flowers. (В. M. 845.) C. Adami (B. M. 3868),
C. estriatus, C. minimus (B. M. 2994), C. nubigenus, and C. Weldeni
(B. M. 6211), among many others, are forms of this species.
XE
Fic. 547. Crocus Вовүт.
C. Boryi(Bory's)* fl. creamy-white ; throat ellow ; base
of segments marked externally with dull каре нше. ' Late
autumn. J. narrow, smooth, Ре alittle before the flowers.
А. Sin. to 4in. Greek Isles. See Fig. 547. (B. R. 1847, 16.)
.. С. byzantinus (Byzantine) А synonym of C. iridiflorus.
. €. Cartwrightianus (Cartwright's А miniature form of
C. sativus. SYN. C. gracus.
chrysanthus (golden-flowered). rich orange-yellow ;
ene segments obovate. Very early spring. South-eastern
rope. There are four varieties of this species: albidus,
» Fusco-tinctus, and fusco-lineatus.
C. fimbriatus (fimbriated), A synonym of C. nudiflorus.
C. fragrans (fragrant). A synonym of C. versicolor.
С. gr (Greek) А synonym of C. Cartwrightianus.
С, Imperati (Imperato's * Л. of alilac-purple on the inside, sweet-
scented xternal divisions ljin. long and jin. broad, marked
Wb Sree longitudinal dark purple lines, of which the two outer
DEA
Crocus— continued.
ones and the end of the middle one are feathered with short
lines of the same colour.” Very early spring. l. preceding the
flowers, linear, thick, recurved, with a distinct white line in the
mine = for Zin. or Sin. at base. Л. 3in. to біп. Italy.
Se
Fig. 548. Crocus IRIDIFLORUS.
ones,
сы; filaments lilac ; stigmata purple, multifid.
C. lagenseflorus (bottle-lowered). А synonym of €.
C. mzsiacus (Mæsian). A synonym of C. aureus.
C. multifidus (much-cut). A synonym of C, nudiflorus. —
u je dos
C. nudiflorus (naked-fowered)* Ж
tube 3in. to i tong aa
not hairy. Autumn. J. ab
he corms
broad, smooth, '
Shores of the
Crocus— continued. "E
brous. 1. in. broad, the lateral channels containing one or
о ribs.
fe е
к-а
Fie. 550. CROCUS SATIVUS.
as (cultivated). Saffron Crocus. /. violet, variously
st and marked with deeper or lighter tints, fragrant ; throat
hairy. Autumn. Z jin. broad, ciliated; margins of blade and
keel ciliated. Corm rather large, globular, depressed. From
. Italy to Kurdistan. This species furnishes the saffron of
commerce. It а to have been cultivated in Palestine
at the time of Solomon. See Fig. 550. (B. M. Pl. 274.) The
: plants, which have been accorded specific rank, are
an теѓегар а, аб sativus as Land S $. oo
x ; А й, C. Orsinii, C. Pallasii
Thomasii and C. hyberewus).
ightianus,
YNS. C.
С. Sieberi (Sieber's).
a uniform t
J, throat orange, unbearded; perianth
with a rich golden base; асб onn -
t. February and March. 1. glabrous, Ain.
: channels, A. 2in. to din.
versicolor (various-coloured). fi. va
purple, and with white and 1 ipi
always with a rich golden ne ee
C. speciosus (showy).* / bright lilac, internally striped with
deep purple lines, large ; stigmata orange, сборе. fringed.
lin to iin. broad, with prominent keel, erect, ap-
= gee ith the ота к Nau nearly Sure East
ру " "E «P ba e dsomest а
flowering kinds. (B. M. 3861.) , Por
* Cloth of Gold Crocus. fl., perianth throat
іп, long and jin. broad, reflexed
outer segments variously feathered
. self-coloured e Jnd or evenl
; anthers orange, about t; the length
; the style dividing at the base of the
from white to
featherings, but
. Crete and the Cyclades,
to lon пыл, Cra e-scarlet
1th ers February. l., pro
з, the margins of keel and blade ӨН.
z short of the proper spathe ; pro
din. broad; tunie of strong Te-
k ng interspaces uced upwards into
„Šin. Crimea Caucasus, 1605. T
earliest spring-flowering species. SYN. C. revolutus.
eins, 2hin. in diameter EN
inal Tn e dos
SYN. C. Orphanidis. (B. M.
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, |
_ | five-cleft limb. Leaves sub-entire, verticillate.
| five species, one of which is a native of the
| time of the year, if planted in sand, and placed in
Crocus—continued.
C. vernus (spring)* f. lilac, violet, white (never yellow), or
streaked with white and violet ; inside of the throat always hairy.
Spring. 1. lin. broad, rarely glabrous; lateral channels wide and
open, without ribs, appearing with the flowers. Corm invested
with slender anastomosing fibres, Europe. This species was
one of the earliest introduced to cultivation, and has become
naturalised in several localities in Britain, It is remarkable for
the great range of the colouring of its flowers; the endless
varieties, from pure white to deep purple, being generally inter- —.
mixed in its native habitats, and corresponding with the multi-
tude E horticultural varieties which decorate our gardens, See
Fig. 551.
the lateral channels containing two or three
leaves falling short of the proper s oper spathe mono- —
hyllous. do: tunic of epe fibres.
Maritime Alps. egeo m
Bos Fig. 662, (B. M commis varieties. SYN. 0. fragrané —
ig. 552. (B. М. 1110. a
Varieties. The following are amongst the pe to be
obtained, either for pots, or for flower garden
in spring: T
ALBION STRIPED, white, striped mauve, large and early ;
blue and white : CAROLINE CHISHOLM, pure white, dwarf; €
OF SILVER, white, striped purple; DAVID Rizzi0, :
fine; GENERAL GARIBALDI, dark
i oe даа чт а
, one best ; :
BUREN Vicroria, white; SIR JOHN FRANKLIN, g
large; SIR WALTER 8СОТТ, white, striped lilac, fine-
CROSSANDRA (from krossos, a fringe,
andros, a male; the anthers are f a^
Harrachia and Polythriz, ORD. ee
evergreen free-flowering stove shrubs. lowers 1816”
terminal four-cornered spikes, with broad —
narrow bracteoles; corolla with a long tube, ane
the others are from tropical Africa and
are of easy culture in peat and loam. They may
propagated by cuttings, which root freely, at 3
heat. ү xs i
C. guineensis (Guinea)* f. pale lilac; e tar.
xx pod o te
тз, : Й vi
Ое L two to four pairs, shortly petioled, din. to 9" y
tic, es obovate or oblong, deep m cent mi
en reticulated nerves, reddish beneath, with pues an
erect, rarely b
pubescence.
Stem 2in. to бім. high,
light red, rfuraceous
tropical Africa,
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 401
” Grossandra—continued. Crotalaria—continued.
spikes, J. stalked, ovate-acuminate, much narrowed to the species of stove or greenhouse sub-shrubs or herbaceous
base; margin wavy. A. lft. to 3ft. East Indies, 1881. Avery | plants, widely dispersed over all warm regions. Flowers
ош Fin bm оте, Бат. ema mostly yellow, with small bracts along the pedicels, or at
formis. See Fig. 593, for the base of the calyx. Leaves simple or digitately com-
CROSS BEARER. Se Asparagus Beetle. pound; these latter are usually trifoliolate, rarely five to
Fic. 555. CROSSANDRA UNDUL/EFOLIA.
; ely, and are very
CROSSWORT. See Crucianella. seven-foliolate. Many n ngo p those cited by
CROTALARIA (from krotalon, a castanet; the pods handsome when in к=, to be found in cultivation.
are inflated, and, when they are shaken, the seeds rattle). Johnson and Paxton y light rich soil Young cuttings
ORD. Leguminose. А large genus containing more than 200 ! All thrive well in any *
a? =
402 . THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
CRUCIANELLA (diminutive of cruz, a cross; in
= . Crotalaria—continued.
“of the shrubby kinds root freely in a pot of sand, with allusion to the leaves being placed crosswise). Crosswort.
а bell glass placed over them, in a cool house. , | Овр. Rubiacew. Annual or perennial (mostly) hardy her-
baceous plants. Flowers hermaphrodite, spicate or fasci-
wever, usually ripen in abundance; these should be
ide a hotbed, d spring, and, when the seedlings have culate, bracteate, or ebracteate ; corolla tubular, elongated,
attained a height of 2in. or Зіп., they may be placed funnel-shaped. Leaves whorled, with from four to a con-
separately in pots, and some may be planted out in the siderable number in each whorl, linear or lanceolate. The .
_ open border, in summer, especially those from the out- annual species are not worth growing. The perennials - E
skirts of the tropics. Crotalarias are very liable to the | are very pretty plants, of easy cultivation in ordinary
skirts ise dile. . sm "s they are readily — ке seeds, or by
E » : ivisions, during spring or autumn. There are about
(aj m Zi omnei щы Prset twenty-six species, confined to the Mediterranean region
.
3
July. 1. trifoliate ; leaflets oblong, obtuse, mucronate, cuneated and Western Asia.
? ab rous above, puberulous beneath, and canescent. Р
РА ACER Merio. 1824. бепнше shrub. Жин пике). a ges wc spicete i ИШ ind
©. Cunninghamii (Cunningham’s).* fl. yellow-green, marked { » e rue inear,
- with purple lineson the reflexed standard, large, dis in dense Porn, 183 "en edges. Stems erectish, branched.
racemes. Summer. l. ovate, obtuse. h. 3ft. Native of Ке.
almost desert regions of North-west and Central Australia, С. maritima (maritime). /. cream-coloured, axillary, disposed.
Е . This isa remarkable looking greenhouse shrub, clothed through- in interrupted spikes. July and August. L four in а
~ . eut with velvety, glaucous pubescence, (B. M. 5710.) lanceolate, stiff, marginate, mucronate. Mediterranean
= 1640. Plant suffruticose, procumbent, much branched, glaucous,
Heyneana (Heyne’s). jl. white, blue. l. one-foliolate. А. ~
to 2ft. Malabar, 1 3808. Jio M. 5974.) glabrous. Perennial.
juncea (Rush-like).* fl. yellow; racemes terminal. June. l С. suaveolens (sweet-smelling). Л. yellow, opposite, in
a little —
-Janceolate, on short petioles, clothed with appressed ubescence, dense spikes ; floral leaves апа bracts lanceolate,
as well аз the furrowed stems. A. ft. to ft. Tndia, 1700. Stove shorter than the corollas. July. l linear, m with
annual, (B. М. 490.) : porum edges, six or eight ina whorl. Stem herbaceous,
erect, branched. West Asia, &c., 1858. Perennial.
ng oem calyx Side a ee aoe po ta b-
; : ? м adis CRUCIATE, or CRUCIFORM. Shaped like
eni ae x ee Me cross, А flower is maid to be cruciate when four petals
VEU LS from ‚ & ЧОЕ; eappear- | are placed ite each oth i 1
ance of the seeds). Syn. Tiglium. ORD. Euphorbiacec. Cabbage. ` — se ci rp
oe large genus (about 500 species) of trees and shrubs— | - ee Ў
тотона widely in habit Ia general aspect, pres — A оа; рас. per
over warmer parta o o world. Male * nnial, or perenn erbs, rare ee
overs: cles ind ‘etal; polala fei | у maa meii el iie bata, Шыда i Dady DD
leavod; corolla none; styles Eo WE e Qr four, placed croeswise, imbricate in bud; stamens Kod
celle one are worth cultivating as en plants, | (raxely one, two, or four), hypogynous, tit
Eta лик ал ces арры f ыйы | Uere fll spi tho oor ihe MPG pe
: стора В ae ge ke ure mv tg rans, d Lacy int са y- E dE Кым in
0. Eluteria (ш ЙМ Е илаш sag кюе. | Roos ЖАМ. er айы gren os The
є id
lei | resins, &с. See Mee ай sometimes called Brassicacen, comprises abou
found included the large class of and about 1200 species; they are distributed ove
as Crotons. 7 temperate and cold regions, but chiefly belong
CROWBERRY. 55 Huet Old World. АП are nitrogenous (and contain
e Empetrum nigrum. pungent, stimulant, anti-scorbutie, often acrid.
„CROWEA (named after James Crowe, of Norwich, a | баурым Gren erin del Tho fo es
British botanist, and a great collector of Cabbage,
Rutaceæ. Greenhouse evergreen shrubs. е. ye the best-known genera: Arabis, Brassica,
lary, one-flowered, furnished with minute imbricate bracts | ^"^ Hesperis. i : A
alternate, quite entire, lanceolate, CRYPTANTHUS (from krypto, to hide,
a little at the base, and full of a flower; the flowers are nearly buried among tHe
triq s. Croweas are Syn. Pholidophyllum. Овр. Bromeliacew. A
stove perennials, epiphytal in a wild state. +
&c., see]
C, acaulis pen. ebur! ol central
lanceolate, wavy, recurved, : В
Plant dwarf, eneplloss. SYN. Tillandsia à (
С. bivittatus (two-striped =
еа 9in. iong and lin. Е
be grafted оп Correas or
(narrow-leaved).* jl. red, shortly stalked, soli interesting stove epiphytal
p 1. sessile, linear, mostly m d hit, (which see for cultivation). -
vb A mesmo O salia бураш нөнү: ray ет aba ae
are probably varieties
| koryne, a club; the club-shaped spadix is }
о‹ ad. e peculiar to this family). k
AN ENCYCLOPZDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
403
Cryptocoryne—-ontinued. Е E
Stove herbaceous perennials, requiring treatment similar
to the tender species of Arum (which see). :
cilia: fringed).* t-scented ; spathe pedunculate,
"M er is psy tip. Dune: E. tire petiolate, oblong,
linear-lanceolate. h. lft. Indies, 1823. х
C. spiralis (spiral. Л. brown. Мау. №. 1. East Indies, 1816.
SYN. Arum spirale. (В. M. 2220.)
CRYPTOGRAMME (from kryptos, hidden, and
gramme, writing; in allusion to the concealed sori).
Mountain Parsley Fern; Rock-Brake. ORD. Filices. А
monotypic genus of hardy ferns; the only species, although
Fic. 554. CRYPTOGRAMME CRISPA.
comparatively rare and local, is frequently found in stony
situations in the North of England and Wales. Sterile
and fertile fronds usually different from the same root;
Sori terminal on the veins, at first separate, sub-globose,
QAI
FIG. 555. CRYPTOGRAMME CRISPA
ACROSTICHOIDES.
afterwards confluent, the con-
tinuous involucre formed of the
changed margin of the frond,
rolled over them till full ma-
turity. It is of easy culture
in pots or Wardian cases, but
requires perfect drainage. Allosorus, formerly regularly
used for the name of this genus, and even at present
regarded as such in some books, is now restricted to a
section of the genus Pellea. See also Ferns.
c. crispa (erisped). * sti. tufted, slightly scaly towards the base.
. Fronds 2in. to ĝi Jong, 1йп, to 2in. broad, oblong, tri- or quadri-
|
Cryptogramme—continued. =
pinnate ; ultimate segments of the barren frond obovate-cuneate, -
deeply pinnatifid, those of the fertile frond pod- l, iin. to
iin. long. Arctic and North temperate regions (Great Britain)
SYN. Allosorus crispus. See Fig. 554.
C. c. acrostichoides (Acrostichum-like)* Habit larger and
Stronger than in type; barren segments thi in texture, тоге
эзш ош veined, and not so deeply cut ; fertile ones šin. to sin.
ong, one line broad ; involucre spreading when mature. М Es
west America. See Fig. 555.
C. c. Brunoniana (Brown's. Habit of type, but the fertile
segments oblong, about three lines long, one line broad, with the
involucre spreading in the mature plant, and a space left free
from fruit in the centre.
CRYPTOMERIA (from kryptos, hidden, and meris,
part; referring to the structure of all the parts of the
flower being hidden). Japan Cedar. Овр. Conifere.
Evergreen trees. Flowers moncecious; male catkins soli-
tary in the axils of the upper leaves. Leaves rigid, linear-
faleate, acute, quadrangular, scattered. Cones less than
lin. in diameter, terminal, and solitary; scales loose,
cuneate, prickly, with from three to six winged seeds.
Cryptomerias are hardy in most parts of this country, but
their beauty is only fully developed in deep rich soils, with
abundance of moisture, and protection from cutting winds.
Propagated by seeds and cuttings, planted in sandy soil,
under a handlight. Probably there is only one species
(C. japonica) with a fair claim to that title, but several
varieties are described as such.
Ете. 556. CRYPTOMERIA ELEGANS,
elegans (elegant). ж L linear, flattened, soft in texture, decur- _
Mie. at the e, acute, spreading, falcato, pars ы both
above and . short, horizontal; branchlets
Trunk robust, Ay 20%
pendulous at their extremities.
du "E Ji ws
404
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
: Cryptomeria continued.
nana (dwa is a low dense bushy shrub, with more
ng Bed a moe ae the type ; italso retains the autumnal colour,
except the pendulous green tips of the branchlets.
ponica (Japanese). l rigid, incurved, crowded, spirally
вет біп. pe bin. long, decurrent at the base. comes чш,
чаа outline. Тһеге are several
are
Lobbi (Lobb's) differs from the type in its more compact
Re] less pendulous habit; foliage of a brighter and deeper green ;
leaves shorter, and more closely appressed to the branches.
Japan. SYN. C. viridis. $ es
C. j. nana (dwarf). А small procumbent bushy shrub, very
@; growing оп rockwork. л. 2ft. SYN. C. j. pygmea.
C. j. pygmæa (pigmy). A synonym of C. j. nana. Lo
C. j. spiralis (spiral. A very curious form, having the falcate
Ce closely appressed spirally round the branchlets.
С. viridis (green). . A synonym of C. japonica Lobbi.
CRYPTOPHRAGMIA. See Gymnostachyum.
CRYPTOSORUS. See Polypodium.
CRYPTOSTEGIA (from kryptos; concealed, and
stego, to cover; in reference to the scales in the throat
covering the anthers). Овр. Asclepiadeæ. Handsome
= Climbing stove evergreens, of easy culture in а mixture
. of loam and peat. Cuttings root freely if planted in sand,
under a glass, in heat.
bs trichotomous, terminai. Jul b
site, shortl tiolate, elliptic, bl umina;
East Indies 1824. o Lees ме
C. madagascariensis i
coer x 1 (Madagascar) ЛЯ. pink. June. Mada-
CRYPTOSTEMMA
stemma, a crown; the crown of the
{. oppo-
Mig.
diffuse or
hoary herbs. Pappus uniseriate, pa-
leaceous, hidden amongstthe hairs of the achene;
honey, involueral scales in
many rows, imbricated,
Leaves downy. Seeds
should be sown on a gentle hotbed, in early
are large enough,
ouse, or placed out
June,
E (Marigold-flow -heads,
. ray-florets yellow, lish underneati
sterile, slightly tiom. ршр at the point, очо порох,
border, A
three зе
еа, Ed upper sí
reen, hispid; on the under tomentose, whi rood
4 and Australia. A tender annual. (В. м. 09,01 xe
ropsiamum (Forbess) f.-heads, ray-florets yellow- di
пей. Summer. l. quite glabrous m cx
itipartite (some simpl). prr ne ресе
with revolute margins. Stemless, Саре of Good
Б" Parts. Syn.
The inner bark of Hibiscus elatus,
See Ranunculus bulbosus,
? See Cardamine pratensis
| very little of either will be necessary; but, 88 "^ ^
CUCULLATE. Hooded; when the sides or apex of
anything are curved inwards, so as to resemble a hood.
CUCUMBER (Cucumis sativus). The Cucumber is
believed to be a native of warm countries in Asia, and
also of Egypt, where it has been extensively grown from
a very early period. Fig. 557 represents a lateral growth,
showing flowers of both sexes. Its cultivation is a matter
of importance in almost every garden, and there are very
few of any pretensions where it is not attempted, either
in houses, frames, or in the open air, in summer. Оп-
cumbers аге also extensively grown for market purposes,
and, as a rule, prove very remunerative. To cultivate
them successfully, plenty of light, heat, and moisture, ara
required. Those who grow for supplying the market, in-
‘variably use span-roofed houses having large panes of
glass, and probably no better could be chosen. Such -
houses cannot, however, be obtained in the majority of
gardens; consequently, those situations should be selected
which are most favourable to the above-named necessary
conditions. :
Cultivation. To keep up a supply all the year round, is
а matter of great difficulty where there is nof provision for
adopting various methods, according to the season. In
summer, Cucumbers will grow and fruit freely in frames or
pits with a little dung heat; but in winter, a light house,
with plenty of both top and bottom-heat at command, is
absolutely necessary. Their cultivation outside in summer
is a matter of uncertainty, excepting in very warm and ;
sheltered positions, or in the case of the Short Prie.
a few others of the hardier kinds. Cucumb
a rather light soil, and during the spring and summer
plenty of water, applying liquid manure frequently at the
time they are bearing heavily.
Cultwre under Glass. Beginning with spring and summer
supply, seeds should be sown the end of January, and at
short intervals during the three following months, as the
plants soon get too large if their respective situations 2:
not ready for them at the proper time; and others shoul
therefore be coming on. If allowed to get pot-bound, they
Ета. 557. LATERAL GROWTH OF CUCUMBER.
become infested with insects, and should be thrown t€
It is best to sow singly, in small pots, to prevent injury ©
the roots when repotting. Plunge them ina bottom
heat, and, as soon as up, admit all the light ] is
especially in January and February. The house ш да
for them should be well cleaned previous to planting, ? "
the soil pnt in in small heaps, to get thoroughly addition —
Light turfy loam, not broken too small, with the C:
of about one-half or one-third the quantity of well. pre ТЫ 1
manure, will be found a good compost. The trellis © be
not be nearer the glass than 1ft., and a stake should b D
put to the plants as soon as they are put in, a l
them breaking off. A temperature of 7üdeg. to 7 |
higher on bright days, with а minimum night tem
of 60deg., should be maintained, keeping the.
passages damped frequently. Airing and
greatly depend on the outside temperature;
s and
syringing Mae _
in early ЖЕ re
in. Great care and attention are necessary
e spar
_ it to remain with the sashes a little open for
a few days, to let off any rank steam, which
‘end of March.
ce
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 405
Cucumber—continued. 3
advances, the plants may be syringed morning and evening,
using water that has been standing in the house to warm.
Plenty of air should be admitted in warm weather, but
draughts must be avoided. The training will consist chiefly
in stopping the main shoot when on to the trellis, to train:
the laterals a good distance apart,and keep thinning out,
to admit all the light possible. Additional soil should be
given each time the roots appear through the mounds,
until sufficient is collected to enable the plants to reach
their limits, when liquid manure may be applied. Light,
thin shading will be necessary in bright weather, or the
leaves will burn, especially if there is any water on them.
Plants that are required to stand the winter, should be
inserted not later than the end of August,
or early in September, in order to get them
well established before the cold weather sets
with winter Cucumbers, particularly during
November and December, when least sun- Ж
shine is generally experienced. All the sun
and light possible must be obtained, and it
is rarely necessary to open the ventilators
at this season, unless the laps of the glass are airtight.
Watering must be done very carefully, and syringing,
unless in exceptionally mild weather, should be withheld.
Cucumbers should not be planted thickly; if in a large
house, & good vigorous plant will cover several yards of
trellis, and will produce plenty of fruits throughout its
whole length, Where-space is limited, they may be grown
in large pots, and trained up a rafter; top-dressing the
plants with rich soil, and supplying liquid or artificial
manure. Excellent crops can be obtained by this method
if the plants receive attention.
Green Fly, Red Spider, and Thrips are the worst insect
enemies to Cucumbers. Fumigating must be done very
carefully to destroy the Fly, on two successive evenings.
As soon as Red Spider or Thrips are detected, it is best to
at once sponge the infested leaves with soapy water, and
so prevent the insects spreading to others. The leaves
must be handled with great care, as they are very brittle.
Culture in Pits and Frames. In gardens where stable
litter and leaves are plentiful, a good supply of Cucumbers
may be kept up during the summer by this method, with-
out fire heat. The material to form the hotbed should be
well mixed, and occasionally turned over for
a week or two before it is required; and, if at
all dry, it must be wetted, to cause fermenta-
tion. A thickness of about 3ft. will be sufficient
for enclosed pits, adding 1ft. more for frames. In
the latter сазе, the bed should be about 3ft. wider
than the frames. Tread evenly, and place small
heaps of soil at least 9in. from the glass, allowing
— ges fatal to the plants. Give plenty
of room when growing, thinning out and -
ping the shoots, to induce fruitfulness ; Sted
plenty of water when necessary. If sufficient
heat cannot be obtained, the frames should occa-
sionally be lined with new fermenting material.
As this system is now almost limited to sum-
mer cultivation, shading and plenty of air will
be required. If Cucumbers be grown in the `
Cucumber-—continued.
is mot necessary that the latter should be К
the fruit reaching the same size, and being all the
better for the absence of seeds, In winter time,
or in the case of weak plants, the whole of the
male flowers might with advantage be kept removed.
Tubular glasses, about 30in. long, are often used to grow
straight Cucumbers for exhibition. Well-formed fruits
are placed in them when young, and the glass being fixed
by some means, the fruit is protected, and grows, in
some cases, nearly the size of the glass. They are not
used for ordinary purposes, as for fruit shown in Fig. 558.
Sorts. These are extremely numerous, as far as names
зге concerned, each year producing many so-called new or
FiG. 558. FRUIT оғ CUCUMBER.
improved forms, which, however, do not get into general
cultivation. Some grow to а length of over 2ft., but they
are often coarse and deficient in quality. The following ~
are amongst the best for general purposes, choosing ће:
Fic. 559. SECTION OF SIMPLE FRAME.
first if only one variety is grown: Rollisson's Telegraph,
Tender and True, Sion House, Turner's Blue Gown, Munro's
Duke of Edinburgh, and Marquis of Lorne. Some of these
grow a good length; but they are all very tender if used
when from 1ft. to 18in long. hun у MR
open air, а warm south aspect should be selected
for the purpose. Dig out holes or trenches, and
lay the soil on the north side. Fill up the
holes with fermenting material, prepared as for
frames; put some soil on the top, and plant
out in May, affording protection for a time with
bell glasses or hand lights. The seed should be
sown in heat to obtain these plants about the
~Cucumbers produce male and
female flowers. Except for seeding purposes, it
аа, Space for
== ра 2e 4-
Fic. 560. SECTION OF SPAN-ROOF HOUSE m
Bottom Heat; db bb bb, Hot-water Pipes; c c, Pipes —
for Top Heat ; d, Path ; eee, — &
ГА
406
Cucumber—coniinued.
Houses and Frames. Where accommodation for Cucum-
bers in the way of proper frames or houses is limited, those
of almost any description may be utilised. in summer by
the aid of dung heat; but for winter supply, houses are
necessary, having plenty of piping for fire-heat, with or
without the addition of dung. Fig. 559shows a section of
an ordinary frame as prepared for a Cucumber plant.
Pieces of slate, or other material, should be laid under
the fruits to keep them from the soil. The ordinary span-
: Ета. 561. SECTION ОР LFAN-TO House.
а a, Space for Bottom Heat; b b b, Hot-water Pipes : i
Top Heat; d, Path; e, Ventilator. ^ ' E
foofed or half-spdiliigne saa i
| an fra y be used in summer f
Cucumbers, placing some heaps of manure, with soil ae
the top, & yard or more apart, and i
с part, putting one plant
| = s lean-to pit, with south aspect, is suitable
t аран. т only a few are grown, planting on the
Stage above the hot-water pipes. A somewhat similar
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
|S let биир, д, "шар aes a
Cucumber— continued.
sents a section of a suitable house for growing a large
quantity of Cucumbers in summer, when plenty of air
is needed. More pipes for the top heat would be
necessary for spring. A section of a lean-to house ig
shown in Fig. 561, where the front part would suit Cu-
cumbers, not allowing them to grow too far up to shade
the back wall, which might be utilised for some other
crop—Tomatoes, for instance. Fig. 562 shows a span-roof
house, with heated beds, that, with the addition of suffi- .—:
cient top heat, might be used at any season. A cham-
Del
Fig. 563. SECTIONAL END VIEW OP A CHAMBERED FRAME.
AA, Brick Piers; В, Internal Space for Hot Manure or other
Material; C, Support; D, Laths to support Bed; E Е, Sides
of Frame; F, Sas ; Q, Bed.
bered frame is shown in Fig. 563, which sufficiently —
explains itself. Such a frame might be fitted with hot —
water pipes in the space shown for heating material; and -
the frame, with the bed removed, may be used for m
other purposes. Either fixed or movable trellises,
from 1ft. to 18in. from the glass, are necessary :
Cucumber houses. The fruits are much cleaner :
better shape when grown on а trellis; but in tb
frames, this is impracticable. e : :
CUCUMBER-TREE. An American name for Ma
пона acuminata and М. Fraserii (which see). — —
CUCUMIS (etymology of name obscure). b
ORD. Cueurbitacem. A well-known genus of half-h
trailing annuals or perennials. Flowers moncecious. ^
in fascicles, rarely solitary; calyx tube turbinate ‹
panulate ; limb five-lobed ; corolla sub-campanulate,
five-lobed ; stamens three, free. Females solitary.
three to six-celled. The seed of all the species req"
be sown on a hotbed in spring, and the T
be planted out, when large enough to handle. See
Cucumber, Melon, &c.
neh fom le
bi Stems
c.
fr. white,
the base, scabrous.
C. Col
C. Hookeri (Hooker’s). fl Деме: fr. bro’
with white bands, ovoid-cylindrical.
obtuse, crenulately-denticulate. Tropical
$,
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
s a
OF HORTICULTURE. 407
Cucumis—continued.
corolla as in the male; stigmas three to four, shortly two-lobed.
fr. ovate or sub-globose, eight to twelve-furrowed ; fiesh sugary,
yellow, red, or white. July. l. roundish, angular, petiolate.
Stem trailing, scabrous, cirrhiferous. Asia, 1570. For special
detailed culture, see Melon.
C. perennis, See Cucurbita perennis. '
C. sativus (cultivated). Common Cucumber. f. on short
peduncles, 96 usually іп threes.. July to September. у».
enerally elongated, smooth or prickly, and usually shining.
Г cordate, obscurely five-lobed, petiolate; terminal lobe the
largest. Stems ann 4 bearing tendrils. Native place unknown.
1573. Cultivated in all warm countries. For cultivation and list
of varieties, see Cucumber. i
x A
Fic. 564. FRUIT OF CUCURBITA MAXIMA COURGERO.
С. в. sikkimensis (Sikkim). fl. yellow. July. fr. terii
densely reticulated with pale yellow, large, in form, an
ripening in July and August. Himalayas, 1875. This is
one of the most remarkable varieties of the C b
known, and was first botanically noticed by Sir Joseph Hooker,
in 1848. In its native country, it née in the markets, and eaten
both raw and cooked. (B. M.
Other species are often cultivated, more from their curious fruit
than from any particularly ornamental merit ; among these are
C. dipsaceus and C. metuliferus.
3
= 565. CUCURBITA Munt, ene Leaves, Female and
CUCURBITA (from Cucumis, the Cucumber, and orbis,
a globe; in allusion to the shape of the fruit). Gourd.
ORD. Cucurbitacem. Half-hardy trailing annuals. Flowers
moneecious; corolla yellow, campanulate. Males: calyx
hemispherically campanulate; stamens three, one опо.
celled, two two-celled. Females: calyx obovate-clavate,
narrowed towards the top, or campanulate, and always
circumcised under the limb after flowering. For culture,
&c., see Gourds.
C. maxima (largest) Large Hollow Gourd or Pumpkin. ji, tube
of calyx obovate, ending in a short neck. July. jr. yellow,
» Or green, globose, somewhat depressed. {. cordate, very
Go
Fic. 567. CUSTARD D (CUCURBITA PEPO VARIETY},
rugged ; petioles hispid. Native country unknown. Cultivated
in all warm and temperate parts of the globe,
С. m. Courgero (Courgero).
Jr. green or yellow, small, full ab
CUCURBIT. | А PEPO GOURD, showing (1) Leaf,
- C) Male and (3) Female Flowers. A
408
Cucurbita—continued.
maturity. l. ovate, cordate, three to five-lobed, somewhat coch-
leate. Stems assurgent, dwarf. See Fig. 564.
C. m. viridis (green). Large Green Gourd, jr. green, large,
hollow at maturity. Stems very long, climbing. > к
рес
moschata (musky). Musk Melon. fl., calyx
m ulate, оа the throat much dilated. lay.
jr. depressed. 4. cordate, obtuse, somewhat five-lobed, denticu-
lated. Tendrils usually transformed into very imperfect leaves.
Native country unknown. 1597. See Figs. an
Pepo. Pumpkin. , calyx ending in а neck beneath the
gos June c É fr- die oroblong, smooth. 4. cor-
te, obtuse, somewhat five-lobed, denticulated. Levant, 1570.
The Custard Gourd (Fig. 567) is one of the best-known of the теу
numerous forms of species, of which there are also roundis
and oblong-fruited ones. Fig. 568 represents (1) leaf and (2) male
. . and (3) female flowers of one of the long-fruited varieties.
€. P. aurantia (orange) Orange Gourd. fi, yellow. Summer.
fr. having the appearance and colour of an orange, E
smooth. sub-cordate, three-lobed, cuspidate, sharply denticu-
lated. Native country unknown. 1802. Plant very scabrous.
There are two or more varieties,
а С. P. ovifera (egg- ). Egg-bearing Gourd, or Vegetable
Marrow. jl, calyx obovate, endi
in а short neck, and cut
round after flowering to the neck. July to September. fr. greenish
yellowish, y c of an egg, obovate or ovate, smooth. J. cor-
‘date, angular, five-lobed, denticulated, pubescent. Native country
wn. There are grey-fruited, pear-shape-fruited, and sub-
of this species. See also Ve
€. P. verrucosa (warted). Warted Gourd. fr. roundish-elli tic,
warted. l. cordate, deeply five-lobed, denticulated ; middle
lobe narrow at the base. 1658. erica, this is commonly
purposes, but in England chiefly as a
ге orbicular, smooth,
place
Ж sneenlent
or in fascicles, moncecious ө шоо,
y three or six) petals, sometimes à
ed reticulated veins. Fruit fleshy, more
alternate, petiolate, palmate or
D
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
сил T T
| been froquentiy seem doing well
CULCASIA (from Kulkas, the Arabic name for
Colocasia antiquorum, a plant of the same family). Syn.
Denhamia. ORD. Атасет. Stove evergreen climbers,
allied to Philodendron (which see for culture, &c.).
С. scandens (climbing) fl., spathe whitish-brown; sheaths .
petiolar, long, equal to the scape. June. l ovate-lanceolate,
acuminate. Stem twining, suffrutescent. West Africa, 1822. -
‚ CULM. The straw or stem of grasses, ‚
CULTRATE, CULTRIFORM. Shaped like a
pruning-knife.
CULVER’S PHYSIC. See Veronica virginica,
CUMINGIA CAMPANULATA. See Conanthera
campanulata. S
CUNEATE, CUNEIFORM. Wedge-shaped ;
broadest end uppermost, tapering to the base. К:
CUNILA (an ancient Latin name, of unknown origin) |
ORD. Labiate. А genus containing about twelve species
of herbs or sub-shrubs, natives, for the most part, of North
America, Flowers white or purplish, small; corolla tto-
lipped, with the upper lip erect, flattish, mostly notched, :
and the lower somewhat equally three-cleft; calyx ovate-
tubular, equally five-toothed, and hairy in the throat.
Leaves large, dentate. С. mariana is perhaps the only
species yet introduced to cultivation. It is а hardy _
perennial, thriving i] a loam and peat soil Increased by т
root division. doc
C. mariana (Maryland) Common Dittany. fi. purplish; cymes
peduncled; calyx striated. July to Septembar b smooth,
o
D
CER Туру,
ovate, serrate, rounded or heart-shaped at the base,
dotted, lin. long. Stems tufted, cor m
h. lft. South Siis York to Ohio, Ilinois, and
(S. B. F. G. 243.)
CUNNINGHAMIA (named after J. and А.
ham, two celebrated botanical collectors, the former
the discoverer of this conifer). Broad-leaved
ORD. Conifere. An evergreen tree,
very favoured spots. It is too large to be allov qe 5
in the greenhouse, and, when grown in the «рб. i
almost invariably disfigured by the violence of 5
frost. With these impediments of primary ИЛЬ
the tree will never become largely grown; it has,
A
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 409
Cunninghamia—continued.
a well-drained light soil, and is best propagated from
seeds, as cuttings rarely make good plants.
C. sinensis (Chinese).* fl., males in grouped catkins, which are
terminal, fascicled, cylindrical, and about lin. long; females with
three ovules. cones about the size of a walnut, sessile, drooping,
globose, smooth; scales ovate-acuminate, coriaceous, sharply
denticulated on the margin. Z. sessile, deflexed, spreading in
every direction, ljin. long, lanceolate, much DT, rigid, flat,
entire, somewhat scabrous on the margin. Branches for the most
part verticillate, spreading horizontally. Trunk straight, olin-
drical A. 40ft. to 50ft. (much less in Europe) China, 1804.
(B. M. 2743, under name of C. lanceolata.)
CUNONIA (named after John Christian Cuno, of
who described his own garden in verse, in
TRIBE Cunoniee of ORD. Saxifrageæ. А green-.
house tree. Flowers disposed in axillary racemes; calyx
five-parted; petals five, oblong; stamens ten. Fruit a
two-celled capsule. Leaves impari-pinnate; leaflets ser-
rated, coriaceous; stipules large, caducous, interpetiolar.
It is of easy culture in sandy loam and peat. Half-
ripened cuttings will root, if inserted in sandy soil, and
placed under glass, in a very gentle heat.
C. capensis (Cape Colony). fl. white ; racemes spicate, opposite;
Сои numerous, іп fascicles. August. l., leaflets five to seven,
anceolate. h. 10%. to 50ft. Саре of Good Hope, 1816. A large
shrub or middle-sized tree, glabrous in all its parts. See Fig. 569.
(L. B. C. 826.)
CUNONIEZ. А tribe of Sazifragec.
CUP. The same as Corona (which see).
CUPANIA (named after Father Francis Cupani, an
Italian monk, author of * Hortus Catholicus,” and other
botanical works; he died in 1710). ORD. Sapindacec.
‘Ornamental stove trees or shrubs. Flowers whitish, in
panicles or racemes. Leaves exstipulate, abruptly pin-
nate, or from abortion simple; leaflets opposite and
alternate. The species number about thirty; they are
found in tropical regions throughout the world. They
thrive in a compost of loam and peat. Cuttings of half-
ripe shoots will root in sand, if placed under a hand
glass, in heat. Very few species of this rather large
genus are seen in cultivation.
cana i n ES. , э gular, hairy
optem ane rw pira p
clothed with fine rusty tomentum beneath,
top of the lateral; outer leaflets largest. A. 30ft.
1818. SYN. C. tomentosa.
C. sapida (savoury). Savoury Akee-tree. whitish, March.
l, leaflets three or four pairs, ovate-lanceolate, veiny. h. 30ft.
West Africa, 1793. Naturalised in West Indies.
C. tomentosa (tomentose). А synonym of C. americana.
CUPHEA. (rom kyphos, curved; in reference to the
~ form of the capsule). ORD. Lythracem. Very pretty
greenhouse herbs or sub-shrubs. Flowers usually droop-
ing; calyx tubular, coloured; peduncles interpetiolar, one
or many-flowered. Leaves opposite, rarely in whorls,
quite entire. Only a few of the numerous species are
generally grown. Cuttings of the perennial sorts strike
freely in March or April, if placed in brisk bottom heat;
but by far the better method is to sow seed, in January
or February, and grow the seedlings оп in rich soil, re-
potting when necessary. Most of the dwarf species will
succeed if finally placed in 6in. pots, and fed with liquid
manure when these are filled with roots. Cupheas are of
easy culture, and a few, particularly C. ignea, propagated
from euttings, are well adapted for greenhouse decoration,
or for small beds in the flower garden in summer.
C. sequi; (equal-petalled). Л. purple. June, A, 2ft. Mexico,
1859. SYN. C. ocimoides.
C. cinnabarina (cinnabar) A synonym of C. pinetorum.
c. (blue). Л. yellow and red, alternate. July. 1. ovate-
oblong, acute, rounded at the base. Branches and calyces
on а hispid. Andes. Evergreen. SYN. C. strigiliosa.
C. Hookeriana (Hooker's vermilion and e, curved,
tndrinnt a UA ). Л. orang
1750).
| s dense panicles. i. — h. 2ft. to
Є. ftvezlii.. 1? Ew and striking under-shrub. SYN.
H. 1877, 469
fe
Cuphea—continued.
C. ignea (fiery). Jt. pigs scarlet, apetalous, with a black and
white expanded limb. Summer. /. nearl glabrous, lanceolate.
nr Mexico, 1845. Evergreen. Syn. C. platycentra. (F. d. S.
ou. B
C. jorullensis (Jorullan). Л. red ; pedicels one to three together,
alternate, racemose at the tops of the branches; calyx clammy.
Summer, J. oblong-lanceolate, acute, on very short petioles,
rounded at the base. Branches compressed, clothed with pu-
bescence. Л. 2ft. Mexico, 1856. Evergreen. — — E
C. lanceolata (lance-shaped) Л. bimish ,sub-spicate, sub-secund,
July. Z. opposite, oblong-lanceolate, Mbtuse, hairy.
у - h. 1%, :
Mexico, 1836. Plant ascending, clammy, hispid from brown hairs
Annual. Evergreen. SYN. C. silenoides. (B. M. 4362.) У
C. Melvilla (Melvilla). /.,calyx red at the base, and green а a
the apex, long; racemes terminal, simple, many flowered. ] ager
t. очиз ой
M
1. sessile, lanceolate, attenuated at both ends. A. to
Guiana, 1823. Herbaceous perennial. (В. R. 852.)
С. miniata (vermilion). /. pale vermilion, solitary, axill: i
short pedicels. June to P эй nas Mn i. pe үчен, и ride
with white bristles. A.2ft. Mexico, 1843. Evergreen. (F. d. S. 65.)
C. ocimoides (Basilike) A synonym of C. equipetala.
C. pinetorum (pine-wood-loving). jl. crimson or deep purple,
MOM July. i, — — ovate - lanceolate, wm ;
1 ascendin; . Mexico, 1850. N.
C. cinnabarina. (К а.в. БӘТ.) ' зх
C. platycentra (broad.centred) А synonym of C. ignea.
C. procumbens rocumbent) fl., petals rose-coloured ; sepals
3 pe solitary, deflexed. June. l. opposite,
shortly petiolate, ovate-lanceolate. Branches procumbent.
Mexico, 1816. Stove annual. (B. R. 182.)
C. Roezlii (Roezl’s). A synonym of C. Hookeriana.
C. silenoides (Silene-like) A synonym of C. lanceolata,
C. strigillosa (соатзе-һаїгей). A synonym of C. cyanea.
e ent — a Л. blackish-purple, purple. Autumn.
t t. nour 8. Evergreen. (B. M. 6412, under name of
CUPRESSUS (from kuo, to produce, and parisos,
equal; in reference to the symmetrical growth of C. sem-
pervirens). Cypress Овр. Coniferm. Very ornamental
evergreen shrubs or trees. Flowers monecious. Fruit
globular, composed of peltate ligneous persistent scales,
californica (Californian. А synonym of C. Goveniana.
Е ( : A synonym of C. torulosa.
Ө. en E synonym of C. Knightiana.
c. Tanakali funereal,* 1. yellowish-green, scale-like, closel
appressed, im . Branches horizontal when matured,
becoming’ pendulous at their extremities, giving the whole tree
a very weeping appearance h, S0ft. North-east China, _
1849, тэ gg Brh. pendula. (F. d. S. vi. 89.) 27.
C. glandulosa (glandular). Asynonym of С. MaeNabiana. © —
C. glauca (grey. А synonym of C. lusitanica. a
d 8
2 Ҹ
410 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Cupressus—continued.
С. Goveniana (Gowen's)* ñ., male catkins yellow, very nu-
merously produced in spring. 2. scale-like, closely imbricated,
bright en. Branches spreading, with numerous, d dg vd
dis к, slender branchlets. A. 15%. to 20ft. California, 1846.
A dwarf shrub, having a dense habit. Syns. C. californica and
C. Hartwegii.
C. Hartwegii (Hartweg's) A synonym ot €. Goveniana.
C. Knightiana (Knight’s).* А veryrare tall tree, of elegant habit,
described by Messrs. Veitch as “with ut feathery, and
fern-like branchlets, and well distinguishe by the glaucous,
bluish hue of its foliage.” It is the hardiest of Mexican Cypresses,
but requires, in this country, a sheltered situation. A. 40ft. to 60ft.
Mexico, 1858. Syns. C. elegans and C. Lindleyana.
C. Lambertiana (Lambert) A synonym of C. macrocarpa.
C.Lawsoniana. Sec Chamecyparis Lawsoniana,
“С. Lindleyi (Lindley’s). A synonym of C. Knightiana.
С. lusitanica (Portugal).* Cedar of Goa. 1. imbricated in four
rows, acute, keeled, glaucous, adpressed. Branches flexuose,
spreading; branchlets numerous, incurved, scattered. А. 40ft. to
50ft. Goa, 1685. A very handsome low tree, but only half-hardy.
SYN. C. glauca.
C. MacNabiana (MacNab’s).* 1. small, scale-like, arranged in
four rows, deep green. Branches short, thickly set; branchlets
numerous, rigid. №. 10ft. to 15ft. North California, 1853. А
densely branched, hardy shrub, with a pyramidal outline. SYNS.
. glandulosa and C. nivalis.
571. FRUITING BRANCH OF MONTER
(CuPRESSUS MACROCARPA).
By Сүғалза
Cupressus—continued.
to the trunk, and with frond-like branchlets covered with smooth,
imbricated, yellowish-green leaves, The cones are about lin. in
diameter, and are generally produced in pairs." л. 6ft. to 100ft.
South Europe, 1548. Hardy in the South of England, and probably
in many other places in Britain. The following names have been
applied by various authorities to forms of this species : hori-
zontalis, indica.
С. torulosa (twisted).* 7. glaucous, appressed to the stem, thin,
minute, very smooth, closely imbricated in four rows. Branches
short, ascending, much ramified at their extremities ; branchlets
slender, short, twisted. A. 50ft. to 7Oft. Himalayas, 1824. A
very beautiful pyramidal, hardy, much-branched tree, SYNS,
C. cashmeriana and C. nepalensis. The variety Corneyana is а
low tree, with slender drooping branchlets, and comes extremely
close to the type.
CUPULA. The cup of an acorn, or other similar
CUPULAR, CUPULIFORM. Shaped like a eup.
CUPULIFERJE. A very important natural order of
trees and shrubs. Flowers monccious. Male solitary,
crowded, or in spikes, bracteate; sepals unequal, ono to
five or more, or absent; stamens two to twenty on a disk,
or adnate to the bases of the sepals; anthers two-celled.
Female: calyx adnate to the ovary, or absent; ovary
inferior, after fertilisation more or less completely two
to three (rarely four to six) celled; styles stigmatose above
and within. Fruit indehiscent, seated on, or inelosed
within, the hardened acerescent bracts. There are
genera, and abont 400 species. They are principally
confined to the temperate regions of the Northern hemi-
sphere, but some are found in New Ze ili, and
the mountains of Java, Borneo, South A be —
CURATELLA (from curatus, worked; the leaves, which
have a rough surface, are employed in Guiana for polishing
bows, sabres, and other weapons). Orp. Dilleniacee.
genus containing a couple of species of very ornamental
dwarf stove evergreen shrubs, with white flowers,
winged petioles, and ovate rough leaves. They thrive ша
compost of loam and peat. Ripened cuttings will root
freely if planted in a pot of sand, with a hand glass placed
over them, in heat. Probably the only one in cultivation
is the following :
Ameri * ; racemes iss from the
L emen dn M метео бае оаа,
very rough, running along the petiole at the base. A. 10%. South
America. "The bark of this shrub is thick, wrinkled, and cracked, _
and falis off in large pieces. e
CURCULIGO (from curculio, a weevil; the seeds hare
а point like the beak of a weevil). Weevil Plant. 080;
Amaryllidew, Of this genus, the only plants worthy of
of
general cultivation are С. recurvata and its v ie
forms. These are very ornamental stove foliage plants,
palm-like growth. Their culture is easy; they thrive in?
compost of peat and loam, in equal parts, and used in
moderate-sized lumps, with a fair proportion of silver
sand. The drainage must be perfect. Propagation !
effected by suckers, which form at the base of the stem.
C. americana
adult entere май
C. recurvata (recurved),* ellow, produced in dense heads,
on scapes = trem ее С ri, LA recurved:
lanceolate, lo 4
erect. East In ies. (Bp. раней, — :
Janceo-
C. r. variegata (variegated).* 1, recurved, plaited, oblong ay
wie. E rds of 2ft. long and 6in. broad, bright А d 8
longitudinally with sizipes of clear white; potios aam о
variegatét plant.
CURCULIO. See Weevils. |
CURCUMA (from Kurkum, its Arabic name). Turmeric.
ORD. Scitaminea.~ A genus of above thirty едын
stove herbaceous plants. Flowers in spikes, with cont) —
"wed, calyx tubular, ese aea men of owe =
ilated above, five lobes eqnal, lip larger an
filament petaloid, three-lobed at the top, with 9 two
spurred anther on the middle lobe. They do well in *.
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 411
Curcuma— continued.
compost of loam and peat, in proportions of two-thirds
of the latter to one of the former, to which may be added
a little sand. Propagated by root divisions.
C. albiflora (white-flowered).* Л. white, yellow. July. J. long-
stalked, glabrous, somewhat plaited el to the nerves, deep
green above, paler beneath. 2ft. Ceylon, 1862. (B. M. 5909.)
C. australasica (Australian).* fi. yellow ; spikes many-flowered ;
upper bracts aeris idet orming a pretty crown to the inflo-
rescence, l oblong-lanceolate, light green. Australia, 1867.
(B. M. 5620.)
C. cordata (heart-shaped).* fl. reddish-yellow ; spikes central;
bracts ovate-obtuse ; pe at top of spike violaceous, July.
ovate-cordate, acuminate, clothed with silky hairs. л. 1%. East
Indies, 1846. <В. M. 4435.)
C. elata (tall). ji. crimson; spikes lateral. May. J. sessile,
villous К green. А. ft. East Indies, 1819.
C. leucorhiza (white-rooted) Ji. reddish-yellow ; spikes lateral,
few-flowered, comose. Мау. l. smooth, pure green. A. 1%. East
Indies, 1819.
C. longa (long) ikes central August. J. long-stalked
broad, green. A. dit! "East Indies, 1759, (B. M. Pl. 269.) ;
C. petiolata (petiolate).* 1. pale yellow; spikes 5in. or біп. long,
on a stout peduncle ; bracts rosy-purple, shortly ovate. Septem-
ber. l. rather large, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, cordate at the
base. Л. lift. Pegu, 1869. (B. M. 5821.)
C. Roscoeana (Roscoe's).* fl. scarlet ; bracts bright orange ; spike
nearly lft. long. August. l large, oblong, about lift. across.
h. lft. East Indies, 1837. A very handsome species. (В. M. 4667.)
C. rubricaulis (red-stemmed).* fl. red; spikes lateral. Мау.
l. stalked, oblong, with red sheaths. A. lft. East Indies, 1822.
C. Zedoaria (Zedoary). fl. red; spikes lateral. April to Anean
L broad, sessile, silky beneath. Л. 3ft. East Indies, 1797.
(B. M. 1546.)
CURMERIA. Included under Homalomena.
CURRANT (Ribes). There are three distinct types
of Currants in cultivation—the Red (see Fig. 572), obtained
Fie. 572. FRUITING BRANCH OF RED CURRANT.
from Ribes rubrum; the White, a variety of the same
species; and the Black (R. nigrum). Both species are
either natives of Britain, or have been introduced from
some other part of Europe at & period unknown. The
fruit of the Red Currant is largely used for tarts; it is.
also preserved in the form of jelly, or mixed with rasp-
berries for jam. Тһе White is generally less acid, and is
more used for dessert, with a few Red ones intermixed.
Black Currants are almost wholly utilised for cooking and
preserving, and are supposed to possess medicinal proper-
ties not found in either of the others. The trees grow in
almost any position, and the crop is often a remunerative
one to cottagers, particularly near large towns, and also
to market gardeners. Currants are in great demand in
private gardens; and, in this case, if the trees are planted
in different positions, and protected, the fruiting season
| may be considerably prolonged.
Currant—continued.
Propagation. Currants may be propagated by seeds,
cuttings, layers, or suckers; and, in special cases, grafting
may be employed, using suckers or gross-growing seedlings
for stocks. Seeds are only sown for raising new varieties,
but as the chances of obtaining improvements on those
sorts already existing, are extremely doubtful, this method
is but little adopted. Suckers are objectionable, as they
are often gross-growing and not free-fruiting; they are
also very liable to reproduce suckers. Layers root easily
if the trees are dwarf and the shoots can be brought to
the ground in order to be pegged down; but this mode is
seldom used, and is not here recommended. Propagation
by cuttings is the best and most generally practised plan.
These should consist of strong well-ripened young shoots,
taken off close to the old wood if possible. If a length of
from 12in. to 15in. can be procured, the cuttings should be
placed 6in. in the ground, first carefully removing the whole
of the eyes in this part, and also from some part of the
wood above ground, so as to form a stem. The earlier
they are taken in autumn after the wood is matured, and
inserted, the better; but if this is not practicable, any time
when the ground is suitable, up till the end of February,
will be tolerably safe. The best method of putting in
cuttings is to dig a trench of suitable depth, somewhat
vertically, and place them about 6in. apart, afterwards
filling in and treading firmly. A space of 1ft. should be
allowed between the lines, and each other line proceeded
with in the same way after the first one is finished.
Soil and Site. Being vigorous root-producing plants,
Currants do best in good rich loam, 2ft. or more in depth,
rather heavy than otherwise, so as to retain moisture. In
dry seasons, if they are growing in light soil and are not
kept watered, the fruit shrivels or ripens prematurely,
being in either case inferior. Any fairly good soil will
grow Currants of moderate quality; but for large crops and
fine fruit, the conditions above mentioned are the best.
Manure water, applied when the fruit is swelling, will
inerease the size, but often affects the flavour. Established
trees should have a good annual dressing of farmyard
m:nure or cowdung after the winter pruning, removing
&little of the soil round the trees and placing the manure
in, afterwards covering it with the soil. Red and White
Currants are often cultivated on the back walls of lean-to
glass houses, or other similar positions, in order to prolong .
the season of fruit supply as much as possible; but the erop _
from such trees can hardly be expected to have the flavour
of that more exposed to the sun. The bush form is invari-
ably adopted for Black Currants, and for the main erop of
the Red. А space of 5ft. or 6ft. must be allowed between _
the trees in the open quarters, and a south aspect should -
be avoided, especially in light soils. Bush trees, 3ft. high
and as much in diameter, are sometimes grown alternatel;
with pyramid Apple or Pear trees, by the sides of walks NT
and Currants trained as pyramids are also well adapted for
such positions. The earlier the planting can be done in
autumn, after the leaves are off, the better,as new roots
are then formed at once, and a crop secured the follow-
ing season, presuming the plants are large enough. д
Pruwing and Training. For covering walls, a good р
is to place young plants Sft. apart, selecting Tho thros
strongest shoots, and training one of them upright in the
centre, and the other two equidistant on either side, thus
placing all the main shoots 1%. apart. Cut back if at ——
all weak, allowing them in course of time to reach the —
desired height, and occasionally shorten all the laterals.
Bush trees should have a clean stem of 6in. or more at .
the bottom, and from six to twelve main shoots, according
to the size of bush intended to be grown. Occasionally, -
pyramids are formed by training one strong shoot to a
good height, shortening it each year, to insure the produc- —
tion of spurs for fruiting. When trained in this way,
Currants have a fine effect, and are almost certain to pro-
duce good crops, which have the advantage of being kept
412
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Currant—continued.
free from dirt, while those on bushes are often made very
muddy by heavy storms. A large quantity of wood is made
in summer, and this should be thinned and shortened,
but not too severely, about the beginning of July. This
will materially assist in ripening the fruit, by admitting
more light, and also help to ripen the other wood. The
winter pruning will consist in shortening the main shoots,
where they have not attained the desired height, to about
біп., and cutting all the young wood on the spurs nearly
close in. This process applies chiefly to Red and White
Currants. The Black varieties require different treatment,
as in this case the fruit is produced on the wood of the
previous year. Thinning out the old wood, and annually
renewing with young, is the plan to be adopted. The
leading growths will require but little stopping after the
plants are in bearing condition; but any strong or mis-
placed shoots should be removed. Black Currants should
not be trained to fruit on spurs like the others, but they
may be made to do so by subjecting them to the same
system of pruning. The fruit for all purposes should be
gathered, if possible, when dry. When required for pre-
serving, it is better, if the weather is suitable, to wait
several dry days before gathering. If for dessert, it is
best gathered from the plants in fine weather as re-
quired. The trees should be carefully netted, without
RUN any open spaces, or the birds will be sure to find
em.
Insects, &е. Currants are subject to the ravages of all the
caterpillars that prove so destructive to the Gooseberry, the
trees being often entirely defoliated, excepting the petioles
of the leaves. Hand-picking should be vigorously pursued
as soon as any are detected, and the plants should be
watered with an infusion of Hellebore leaves. Other
caterpillars feed in the interior of the branches in spring,
causing them to die away. The parts affected should be
removed, and burned. Aphides are often found in large
numbers on the points of the shoots; it is best to cut off
and destroy these, or the insects will fall on the fruit,
rendering it dirty and useless. Blackbirds and thrushes
are the most destructive amongst birds as soon as the fruit
= = 8 Сага ul the plants is the only efficient
rotection, an is always necessary i it i
hang late for dessert. , Ee cv куз iei
„Sorts. Names of Currants are very numerous, but the
distinct varieties are somewhat limited, a great many being
either synonyms or insufficiently distinct. The following
are amongst the best in cultivation :
Black. BLACK NAPLES large and good, but, bei
"aps ^ A ; ng early in 1
: the ae is sometimes liable to suffer from deg frein, this ic
and very acid; KNIGHT'S LARGE RED (| Goliath),
nches gy t *
T 'E,
Tree variety ; OTH, one largest
; RABY CASTLE, bun long and Ser, e д bright -g
h acidity, an abundant-fruiting late variety
AMPAGNE, а very prolific va. , of a
r, midway in flavour between the and Wie? sorts ;
H, one of the best and most productive, and probably
most. tend Mi gon early, the berries are large,
гана ot A ARNER’S GRAPE, a good | variety,
Durcu, this is the best of the White Curran
а dwarf, bushy habit, like the Red Dutch. d
tries are large and freely produced, and of a
WiLMor’s LARGE WHITE, a distinct variety.
not so much grown as White Dutch, — ^"
Козе. тт
twining herbs s, forming a division of Convolvulace. _
CURRANT CLEAR-WING MOTH (Sesia tipuli-
formis). This moth expands to about iin. The wings are
clear, except the veins, a border round the hind wings,
the tip, and a spot in the centre of each of the fore wings,
which are blackish. The antenne are black, and are
thickened towards the points. The body is black, with
three fine yellow bands. The legs are black and yellow.
Fia. 573. CATERPILLAR OF CURRANT CLEAR-WING MOTH
(SESIA TIPULIFORMIS). ptu
‘These moths appear in July, and fly only when the sam
shines. The larve (see Fig. 573) live inside the stems of
Currant-bushes, and their presence is indicated by the
drooping, sickly appearance of the leaves above the points
attacked. The infested branches should be cut off and
destroyed,
CURRANT, FLOWERING. Se Ribes san-
guineum.
CURRANT SAWFLY. See Gooseberry and
Currant Sawfly.
CURTISIA (named after William Curtis, a celebrated
English botanist, who founded the “ Botanical Magazine ”)-
Assagay-tree. ORD. Cornacee. А fine greenhouse tree.
Calyx four-partite; petals four, oblong, valvate; stame
alternating with the petals. Fruit a small obovoid |
(rarely three) celled drupe. It thrives in a compos x
sandy loam and peat. Half-ripened cuttings will root
sandy soil, if placed under a hand glass, in gentle е
К А М 1, very numerous,
| opm LO oct ila, d une and July.
L opposite, broadly ovate, toothed, shining above, fe wood
beneath. A. 20ft. to 40ft. Саре of Good Hope, 1775. The woog
is solid, extremely tough, heavy, close- , very durable, 8D
resembles plain mahogany. me
CUSCUTA (etymology very doubtful). Dodder. SIN.
Pfeiferia. ORD. Convolwulaceœ. Leafless, twining, Pt
sitio herbs. Flowers in bracteate heads, rarely spicate;
corolla urceolate or campanulate; limb five, rarely four-
cleft, marcescent. The stalks twine contrary to the §
apparent motion, sending out a number of little The
which attach themselves to the supporting plant. a
flowers of many species are extremely pretty and inter ye the
ing, and, in some cases, very fragrant; but, from os
peculiar habit of the plants, they will never муз
popular. АП may be grown by simply sowing the PU,
with those of the plants they most affect, thoug? "A —
thrive on almost any plant. The following aré 7
best :—Srove: americana, Hookeri, odorata, and id i
cosa. GREENHOUSE: australis, chilensis, тотоу, ©
reflexa. Harpy: macrocarpa, Epilinwm, Е
europea, and Trifolii. The last four are British plants. e
CUSCUTACEZE. А group of leafless,’ раган?
AN ENCYCLOPAXDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
413
CUSHION PINE. See Silene acaulis.
CUSPIDARIA. Included under Tenitis (which see).
CUSPIDATE. When a leaf, &c., is suddenly nar-
rowed at the top, and then more or less prolonged into
an acumen or point. .
CUSSONIA (named after Peter Cusson, 1727-1785,
Jesuit and physician, a Professor of Botany in the Uni-
versity of Montpelier; his writings were principally on
umbeiliferous plants). ORD. Araliacew. А genus con-
taining about a dozen species of greenhouse evergreen
shrubs, natives of Eastern tropical and Southern Africa
and the Mascarene Islands. Flowers greenish. Leaves
glabrous, petiolate, palmate, with five to nine one-nerved,
entire or lobed leaflets. Trunks thick, rather succulent.
For culture, see
c. (spiked). Л. spirally disposed along the rachis of the
spike in five or six series. /. palmate ; leaflets petiolate, variously
and acutely cut, often trifid at the apex. Л. 6ft. to 10ft. Cape
of Good Hope, 1789.
C. thyrsiflora (thyrse-flowered). Л. racemose, pedicellate along
the rachis. 2 palmate; leaflets sessile, cuneiform, obtuse, trun-
cate, tridentate. A. 6ft. to 12ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1795.
CUSTARD APPLE. See Anona.
CUTICLE. The outer pellicle of the epidermis.
CUTTING-IN. A term applied to the shortening of
branches in shrubs and trees.
Fic. 574. Sort-woopED CUTTINGS PREPARED FOR INSERTING,
These are portions of a plant, usually
plants are kept true to , and rapidly increased, by
means of Cuttings. distinct varieties
Cuttings are necessary to insure success with many plants;
but with others the season is a matter of little importance,
so long as other conditions are suitable. As a rule, these
conditions vary very considerably. Cuttings of most soft-
wooded plants require a higher temperature, and invariably
a much closer atmosphere, than that in which they grow
when established, to induce a speedy formation of roots,
and, in the meantime, prevent an undue evaporation of
moisture. Many hard-wooded exotics also require similar
treatment, but in a lesser degree; while others that are
hardier, and inserted when the wood is firm and growth
ive, require a longer time to form roots, and con-
sequently a steadier temperature. Soft-wooded plants, to
supply Cuttings in spring, should be placed in a little heat,
to cause active growth, before they are inserted. Those of
firmer growth are best when partially ripened, and side
Cuttings—continued.
shoots that may be removed with a heel attached are often
to be preferred. Roots are formed, in the majority of
cases, at the node or joint only, and the incision should
Fic. 575. SOFT-WOODED CUTTING, VERBENA,
be mad» immediately below. See Fig. 574. Some plants,
however, emit roots at any part of the stem that may
be of suitable texture, and these may be cut as shown at
Fig. 575. All Cuttings should be selected from healthy
plants, and all or the greater part of their leaves retained.
It is very important, when inserting, that the base should
be placed in contact with the soil; and a layer of sand
on the top tends to hold all firmly, vntil roots are
formed. Conifere, and hardy deciduous trees and shrubs,
can generally be propagated by Cuttings. These are
Fio. 576. HARD-WOODED CUTTING, EUONYMUS JAPONICUS.
best prepared from the terminal shoot of а branch, as re-
presented in Fig. 576, and inserted in early autumn, when -
414, . THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cuttings—continued. Cyananthus—continued,
growth ceases, and the flow of sap is consequently less
rapid. The length and size of Cuttings greatly depend on
the variety of plant, those which are of medium growth,
neither too sappy nor, on the other hand, too hard, being
invariably preferred. Experience will alone teach the
proper season, and the most successful method and suitable
situation, for propagating by this method in different
according to the various requirements of the plants
to be increased, and the means at command for so doing.
‘Shading, in spring and summer, is necessary in all cases,
with tender Cuttings under glass, until they have formed
roots. .
Cuttings. Some plants may be increased by the
insertion of a leaf with bud attached to the base. In the
case of ornamental-leaved Begonias, Gloxinias, and others,
young plants are obtained by the formation of bulbs on the
petioles and midribs of the leaves, without the presence of
an eye or bud. Cotyledons, and some other succulents,
e may be readily increased from leaves.
5 . Root Cuttings refer to roots that ultimately form plants
when cut in pieces and inserted in soil. This is ^ quick
mode of propagating such plants as succeed. Cleroden-
drons and show Pelargoniums, amongst others, шау be
cited as examples,
For further information on Cuttings, see Propagation.
. CYANANTHUS (from kyanos, blue, and anthos, a
flower). Овр. Campanulacee. A small genus (six species)
of brilliant-lowerod alpine herbaceous perennials? of pro-
Fic. 578. CYANANTHUS LOBATUS,
CYANELLA (from the diminutive of kyanos, blue).
cumbent habit. They should be grown on rockwork, PME el e Барира pe nte TS ae `
where their stems can nestle between the stones, and the its as ais : iva: MA ^ qoc cad atamen declinate. ——
roots find plenty of moisture, as in a dip or hollowed part, Сана с i e-celled. Leaves radical rarely “|
semi-shaded. The long and fleshy roots delight to run р _— : :
ч late, от
amongst damp leaf mould and sand. Cuttings may be lis nine арагы loi bos ee the on oc
taken during spring or early summer, and struck in sandy o TA M RE : icating, July and |
peat, kept moist; or strong roots may be carefully divided, ber ee epar eed nud ge prep em h. Ш. :
In spring; the latter method, however, is the least de- 1768. (B. M. 568.) : ovd С
sirable, wk: ке
ad of опе
©. lutea (yellow). This differs from C. capensis in havi
with only one or two upright branches, 4
with many branches and those horizontally qnt
or divaricate; in the leaves not being unde. 1.
in having а larger апа different-coloured corolla. ;
1788. (B. M. 1252.) d К
€, odoratissima (very fragrant).* Л. deep rose, after d ;
wards fading to a pale blush, very SW
on long peduncles, ha a single bract below their
erect, round, somewhat branched, flexuose, / =
This plant does not succeed in the open air, 147)
it has been frequently reported as hardy. (B. В. 1
Other species are: alba (white) and orchidiforms
(blue), i M
CYANOPHYLLUM (from kyanos, blue, 30^.
phylion, a leaf; referring to the under surface
the leaves) Овр. Melastomacee. Stove ever
greens, with very beautiful foliage. The species
thrive in a compost of good fibrous peat and
mould, in equal parts, with one-fourth of ё
sand added. In potting, care should be ui
that the drainage is perfect, as water ™
given freely during summer, both to the
ANANTRUS INCANUS, showing Fl. СЧА е м ant i Ma revert 5 pue
al , Sho owering and detached Flower sphere must be maintained, р! se
йе rayed bred заат аа в — to show Ovary esas becoming deformed э they are p
7) Pd "е RM: tare P tion is effected by
E corolla tube. emp ein lin. to Ijin. 1o › | tings and eyes M uA where a good bottom
hairs, ont , | be maintained, and shade from the sun s
ents
August, 1,
with soft white hairs. A. e may also be readily increased by seeds, when
proeurable.
uch i . lobat:
Seo Fig. 577 Ріапі than C.
bright purple-blue, few, solitary, usnall
ter, funnel-shaped, with five tommas,
throat covered with numerous soft,
Quy set with short blackish
magnificent).* jl. small, insignificant,
‘ panicle. Жы. vate, tapering
ft. long, 9in. to wide; upper
en, midrib and primar
cautiful f Де plants
u о
on. „ж.
D rae of the miot
E fully bears out its specific
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 415
Cyanophyllum- continued.
C. spectandum (showy). l large, oval, 10in. to 20in. long,
4in. to Тїп. broad at the widest part; ү surface rich dark
velvety-green, midrib margined with metallic grey; under side
pale green, tinged with red, rib prominent. Brazil, Very
andsome and distinct.
Other plants rightly or wrongly referred here in catalogues are:
assamicum, В, А. ee р i ; they are, however, not worth
cultivating where those described above are grown.
CYANOTIS (from kyanos, blue, and ous, an ear;
alluding to the petals). Syn. Tonningia. ORD. Comme-
limacem. A genus containing about thirty species of
pretty stove or greenhouse plants, allied to Tradescantia.
Flowers nearly regular; perianth segments six; exterior
ones nearly equal, navicular, connate at base; inner three
long, petaloid, connate by the claws. Leaves various,
small or middle-sized, sheathing at the base. Cyanotis
require a rich loamy soil, and good drainage. They are
propagated chiefly by young cuttings, inserted in sandy
soil, in brisk heat. Several species are enumerated.
C. barbata (bearded). Л. dark blue; stamens with rather long,
upright filaments, densely clothed with deep blue hairs. August.
1. narrow. India, China, &c. Greenhouse perennial.
C. kewensis (Kew). Л. rose. Winter and spring. Malabar,
150) Stove perennial creeper. SYN. Erythrotis Beddomei. (B. M.
6150.
С. nodiflora (knot-lowered) Л. purple. South Africa, 1864.
1. entire, strap-shaped, ciliate, sheathing at the base. А, Qin.
to lift. (B. M. 5471.)
CYATHEA (from kyatheion, a little cup; in reference
to the appearance of the spores on the back of the fronds).
ORD. Filices. Stove or greenhouse evergreen tree ferns.
Fronds simple or pinnate, or decompoundly pinnate.
Receptacle elevated, globose, or elongated; involucre
globose, inferior, covering the whole sorus, afterwards
breaking at the summit and forming a more or less per-
sistent cup, even or regular at the margin. Sori on a
vein, or in the axil of the forking of a vein. Stem often
aculeated. For culture, see Ferns.
C. arborea (tree).* sti. and rachis fronds large,
bipinnate ; secondary ріппге біп. to 8in. long, sessile, oblong-
lanceolate, deeply pinnatifid or again 8: pinnules oblon,
sub-falcate, serrated. West Indies, 17 Unarmed, or copiously
prickly. Stove. Syn. С. Grevilleana.
C. canaliculata (channelled). fronds glabrous, bipinnate ;
primary pinnæ 8in. to 18in. long, oblong, ас bipinnate,
and pinnatifid at the apex; pinnules sessile, lin. to liin. long,
oblong, sub-acute, entire or serrated. sori copious near the
costa. Mauritius. Unarmed orindistinctly tuberculate. Stove.
(H. S. F. xi.)
C. Cunninghami (Cunningham's)* cau. 12%. to 15%. long. sti.
and main rachises stramineous and asperous, fronds sub-coria-
ceous, flaccid, tripinnate; pu pinne 14%. to 2ft. long;
secondary ones 3in. to bin. ong, oblong, acuminate, pinnatifid
only at the apex; lobes or ultimate pinnules 4in. to 6in. long,
ien DA nnum; lobules entire. sori one to each lobe.
ale brown.
New Greenhouse.
С. dealbata (whitened)* fronds bi-tripinnate ;
pinnz oblo їп beneath, deeply pinnatifid
or pinnate at the base; lobes oblon ite, ‘serrated.
: d confined to lower half of the lobes.
ew
Unarmed or slightly asperous. Greenhouse. See
C. Dregei (Drege’s). fronds b nnate; pinnules sessile, 2in. to
šin. long, glabrous, Mae rn үте Си deeply pinnatifid ;
lobes о — — sub-falcate, obtuse, more or less serrated.
Natal, &c., 1873. Unarmed or only rough, with small tubercles
at the base of the stipes. Stove b differs from this
К
species in having the lobes of thepinnules rather broader.
С. excelsa (tal).* fronds bipinnate, cori b ;
imary рїпп 2ft. long, 6in. to 8in. wide; pinnules 3in. to 4in.
ong, 3in. wide, sessile, deeply pinnatifid, sub-pinnate at the base;
lobes oblong, obliquely sub-acute, serrated, scaleless. sori in the
fork near the costa. Mauritius, 1825. Unarmed. Greenhouse
ог stove. “Н. 5. F. i, 12 B.)
C. Grevilleana (Greville’s). Synonymous with C. arborea.
C. Hookeri (Hooker's. саи. ljin. thick. sti. short.
cori naceous, 2ft. to 3ft. long, 4in. to bin. wide,
longato-lanceolate, acuminate, pinnate, pinnatifid at the apex;
inne sub-linear-lanceolate, acuminate, sub-sessile, coarsely
entato-pinnatifid. sori dorsal on the veins or in the lower axils.
Ceylon, 1873. Stove.
C. insignis (remarkable)* sti. scaly. fronds ample, coriaceous ;
primary 8ft. long; secondary ones Tin. to 8in. long,
~ elongato-oblong, finely acuminated, sessile, pinnatifid nearly to
Cyathea— continued.
the costa; lobes oblong-falcate, obtuse, quite entire, the margin
slightly reflexed. sori copious. Jamaican, Stove. SYNS, C. prin-
ceps and Cibotium princeps. у
C. integra (entire).* fronds firm , brownish-green,
paler beneath ; primary pinnz ample, lift. long; pinnules sessile
or petiolate, Sin. to біп. long, from a truncated base oblong-
acuminate, pinnatifid nearly two-thirds of the way to the costa,
broad-oblong, sub-falcate, acute, serrated. sori in two series
between the costule and margin. Amboyna and Philippine
Islands. Unarmed. Stove. SYN. C. petiolata.
С. medullaris (pithy)* cau. tall fronds ample, bi-tripinnate,
coriaceous; secondary pinns біп. to біп. long, about lin. broad,
deeply pinnatifid or again pinnate ; pinnules oblong or linear-
oblong, obtuse, coarsely serrated in the sterile specimens, lobato-
pinnatifid in the fertile ones, with the margins revolute. sori
one to each lobule of the pinnule. New Zealand. Greenhouse.
C. petiolata (petiolate), Synonymous with C. integra.
C. princeps (princely). Synonymous with C. insignis.
h
a
$9, ©) ®
AY
116. 579. CYATHEA DEALBATA 50
C. Serra (saw.toothed)* sti. thicker than a finger, muricated ;
scales dense, large, whitish. е; lanceo-
jas, deeply pinta, in, io di Jug lanechte, acuminate;
lobes linear-oblong, acute, cate. sori
ing the whole of the lobes. West Indie dc. en
EIE TURN in de, ИЯ
z e, Ы ong, lin. in. К
sinuated at th i minate, tapering into a short stipe at
the base, Ceylon, 1861, Stove. SYN, — Э
CYATHODES (from kyathos, а eup, odons, а
; in reference to the disk, which is cup-shaped and
five-toothed). Orp. Epacridew. A genus containing
thirteen species, of which four are from New Zealand, two
from the Sandwich Islands, and the others from Australia.
Ornamental erect-branched greenhouse evergreen shrubs,
with the habit of small trees. Flowers “зо аё
drooping а little, small; corolla funnel-shaped; limb
spreading. They thrive in peat. Cuttings will root in
sand, with a little peat, if. placed under glass.
C. acerosa (needle-like).
i ( three to Yi
Git. Violon and Tasmania, 1825. vw. С. Oxyeedrus.
A and | „И
rne frc i. эч. -А
416 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cyathodes—continued. Cycas—continued.
(milky-green).* fl. white. April to June. l. crowded | sufficient, as the remainder are, for the most part, distinct
at intervals, somewhat verticillate, spreading or divaricate, linear- only in minor details.. The handsome appearance of 88
lanceolate. A. 25ft. Tasmania, 1818. Tree. ; ; plants renders them excellent subjects for decorating
С. Oxycedrus (Prickly Cedar). A synonym of C. PEDE either stove, greenhouse, or conservatory; and few sub-
CYBELE. A synonym of Stenocarpus e ich’ see). jects are more graceful for the sub-tropical garden than
CYCADACEZ. An order of small Palm-like trees or an old specimen of C. revoluta, when placed in a warm
shrubs, closely p des Cd usually uw P ge and sheltered position, where it may be allowed to remain
branched stems, “ mar with leat-sears, and having | from May til September.
large rays in the wood along with punetated ligneous C. circinalis (crook-leaved).* 1. dark shining green on the upper
tubes.” Flowers naked; males in cones; females, con- side, paler below, 6ft. to 12ft. long, pinnate; pinnz falcate, from
sisting only of ovules, on the edge of altered leaves, or 6in. to 12in. long. Stem stout, cylindrical, increasing in size very
а bal & the base of scales. Seeds hard, or slowly. Stem of male plant somewhat slender, frequently two to
place ow or a i м , three times divided. Kast Indies, 1800. See Fig. 580.
with a soft spongy covering. Leaves pinnate. The order 3 )
embraces nine genera. Examples: Cycas, Dioon, Ence- C. media (middle).* J. elliptic-lanceolate, pinnate; pinne very
phabartos, Zamia. numerous, linear, acuminate, lower ones abbreviated and
passing into spines ; petioles and rachis nearly plane on
the upper side, and convex beneath. ‘Trunk stout and
tall, cylindrical, bearing a very fine head of large leaves.
North Australia and Queensland, 1874. (I. H. , 968.)
C. Normanbyana (Normanby’s).* J. oblong-ovate, pim
nate; pinnæ numerous, contiguous, linear, about óin.
long, lin. wide, acutely pointed, slightly narrowed and
decurrent at the base ; petioles dorsally compressed, with
both faces angular and the base clothed with furfura-
ceous down. ew South Wales, 1875.
C. revoluta (rolled back).* J. dark green, pinnate, 2%. to
6ft. long. Stems very stout, bearing a very handsome
crown of leaves. China, 1737. In old plants, the stem 1з
sometimes 7ft. high, aud then branches, thus Po]
a very unique and massive appearance. (B. M. 2964.
C. Riuminiana (Riumini's) 1. erect, spreading to
the apex, pinnate; pinne tapering to a fine point, rich
ае green. Stem moderately stout. ine Islands,
1864. А rare but handsome species. (I. H- A ^
C. Rumphii (Rumphins). l. pinnate, 4ft. to 6ft. long;
pinne 6in. to 10in. long, hardly lin. broad, om og A
ceolate, pale green, texture thin; naked part itm
petioles armed with a double row of short spines. Indian
slender; summit bearing the crown of leaves.
: Archipelago.
Ņ С. siamensis (Siamese). 1. about 30in. in length, oblong,
pinnately divided into about sixty-five pairs and one t
minal segment, all linear-lanceolate, abruptly one the
rachis, which is puberulous and rounded. Stem stout.
hin China, 1878. This species closely resembles
C. circinalis. (I. Н. 433.) ‘
CYCLAMEN (from kyklos, circular; referring —
to the spiral peduncle). Sowbread. ОЕР. [ы
lacem. А very distinct genus of greenhouse апе
hardy plants, with circular compressed peren
rootstocks, from which the leaves and short
spring. Calyx five-partite; corolla B
limb large, deeply lobed; lobes reflexed. Leaves
all radical, petioled, broad. The hardy sp for
beautiful dwarf-flowering subjects, well adapted
growing in well-drained positions on & d
or, in the case of those sufficiently plentiful, for -
naturalising in the grass by woodland drives
where it is cool and shady. C. x
succeeds if treated in this way. It flowers РГ”
fusely in early autumn, at first destituit 29 f
po _ к1б. 580. CYCAS CIRCINALIS, pots, are the offspring of C. riiv By
A : : Nem tion and good culture, these have
STCAS (tho Greek name — e ORD. Сусайасет. | brought to a high state of perfection, and new varie.)
cal osios, ne т e Пожега in cones, con- | of vigorous growth and with distinotly-coloured mas
female plants bear i de bea es of inner surface. | flowers, are still annually selected. па
бр к= "ow бопе the crown of уан» of Cyclamens, whether Ape hern 2
x ООШу pinnately. | is effected by seed, which are never in bet gum
pu notches of whose margins the naked or оуу рени, freshly gathered. The мөт ә
Er коре : е uld be sown in | апа placed in a cool frame. ^
(on scopi ee top by а fine crown | soon as the dichas ocn oy should be grown C
ato leaves. „They thrive in strong loam | in a frame until sufficiently strong to be placed out
PM host.: ho роба must be well- | their permanent positions. A well-drained soil is essem tial,
Stagnation. | = pagation is effected | and a sheltered situation, with protection in winter sg
i нел For from suckers, | to be preferred. All varieties reproduce themsel¥
e. vu re Me Fe ичк from. sood, if kopt шй whence 7
poe ыйы ite | to prevent cross-fertilisation. uw So
AN ENCY
DIA OF HORTICULTURE.
417
Cyclamen—continued.
Cultivation in Pots. Few plants are better adapted
to pot culture for winter and spring decoration than varie-
ties of C. persicwm (see Fig. 586), and few produce such
a profusion of flowers in return for the moderate amount
of care bestowed. А system of completely drying off in
summer was onee thought a good plan; but this has now
been abandoned by all good cultivators as most unnatural,
and the plants are grown from the seedling to the
flowering stage without a check of this sort. Seeds are
best sown in the autumn, as, if left until spring, a loss
of time is effected in the growth of the plants that are
intended to flower the following winter or spring. Ordinary
pots or pans should be filled with a compost of light
sandy soil, the seed placed thinly over the surface, then
pressed in, and slightly covered. А temperature of
55deg. will be sufficient to insure germination, the time
'eupied varying according to the age of the seed. When
the seedlings appear, they must be raised near the
light, to prevent them becoming drawn, and, as soon
as large enough, pricked off—several in a біп. pot
—and kept like this in a similar temperature till spring.
They may then be placed singly in 3in. pots, and grown
on in frames during the summer, with plenty of air after
becoming established, and also shading from bright sun-
shine. By July, most of the pots will be filled with
roots, and the plants should then be shifted into others,
^in. or бір. in diameter, in which they will flower. Good
Fie. 581. CYCLAMEN PERSICUM, showing Rootstock and
drainage must
—
==
` Ж. 682. CYCLAMEN PERSICUM, showing Rootstock and
d .. „Manner of Flowering, : WW
c ES -
Cyclamen —continued.
covered with soil, leaving the tops clear whence the
flowers and leaves proceed’ (see Fig. 582). The after
cultivation consists chiefly in keeping the plants, at all
times, in a light airy place, near the glass, to prevent
drawing, and thereby weakening them. Shade in bright
weather only, apply water liberally, and syringe on fine
afternoons, to keep the plants clean and encourage growth.
Cyclamens may be grown on a second year by drying
moderately and resting for a time, afterwards reducing
and repotting. They should receive similar treatment to
that previously advised: for young plants, but the flowers
are generally earlier and smaller a second year. It is not
advisable to save plants after this age, as seed sown each
year will keep up a stock, and young plants are much to
be preferred. If no seed is required, the flowers should be
removed when over.
Insects. Cyclamens are particularly subject to injury
from Green Fly, Red Spider, and Thrips, at all stages of
growth. Neither must be allowed to obtain a footing, or
the leaves will soon become curled and irreparably injured.
Fumigating frequently, but not too strongly, will destroy
fly and many of the Thrips. Sponging the leaves, or dipping
them in soft soap water, and afterwards in clean water, is
the best remedy for clearing Cyclamens of spider. These
pests should be frequently looked for, and, when first ob-
served, measures at once taken to arrest their progress.
C. africanum (African)* 1. white or red tinted, with a bright
purple spot at the base; corolla segments mre ae p có te
December, co:
and copious irregular intetmediate КОМ Duns n pe tatem
and copious i int iate smaller ones, thin in te:
and beautifully marbled with white. Taher uj large, with
fibres from all over the surface. A. 4in. to біп, Calcareous
Mountains of Algeria.
C. neapolitanum, and, according to Mr. Baker, is but a sub-
species or geographical race of it. (B. M. 5758.) т;
C. cilicicum (Cilician).* /., corolla segments pure white, with a _
M m purple basal blotch, сена pee not ees
at the base. October. {. developed at the same time as t
flowers, sub-orbicular, entire, with close basal 10 sto
Арш ut hese depresso-globose tuber, wi
in gd аар . A, ĝin. wee 1
w. resembles C. europæum, but may be
that by its calyx segments. d
This very fine plant is closely allied to — —
418
Cyclamen— continued.
jl
NU Fig. 584. FLOWER, BUD, AND LEAF OF CYLLAMEN EUROPJ/EUM,
гора European) Л. bright red, very fragrant; corolla
—. Segmen occae Se fin to fin. long. August to October.
1. produced at the same time as the flowers, ovate-orbicular,
deeply cordate at the base, with close lobes, moderately firm in
texture, marbled with white above, tinted with purple beneath,
entire or minutely crenulate, always without large deltoid teeth.
Rootstock a depresso-globose lar tuber, with slender fibres
from all over its lower half, the tufts of leaves and flowers often
connected with it by a rhizome 2in. or 3in. . А. ĝin. Central
and Southern Europe, widely WDx 1596. See Fig. 584.
C. Clusii (В. В. 1013), C. littorale (В. R. 1846, 56), and C. Peaki.
anum (F. M. 262) are Italian forms of this species, with much
longer and more delicate flowers.
C. grecum (Greek) /. pure white, with a bright purple spot at
he base ; corolla segnien: MN auricled at the base,
Jin. to Zin. long. § an tober. i. not developed till
after the flowers, cular, obtuse, small, firm in texture
. A well
not unlike C. neapolitanum, but quite different
(berian)* f. bright red in the type, with a bright
[Ue corolla segments oblong-spathulate.
t with the flowers, ovate-
entire or faintly undulated at the edge,
zoned E ber globose.
d вее). | |
| CYCLONEMA MYRICOIDES. See
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, ^
Cyclamey —continued.
| die
£e 72
Fic. 585. CYCLAMEN NEAPOLITANUM, showing Single Flower,
Bud, and Habit.
fibres in :
tuft from its base. South Europe. (B. M. 1001, under the nam
Varieties. Mixed seed from a good strain are n
general cultivation, as they can be procured much che
and the produce represents a much greater diversi ty
colour, than would be obtained from a few named varie
These latter, in many cases, soon become supe
still better selections, and are of most use to Bee?
for fixing a —— a vec is — ei
is one that has flowers of imm „ 0957
Me. The flowers in this and the ordinary sec
in eolour from pure white to dark purple, ап some
two or more colours beautifully blended. — —
CYCLOBOTHRA. See Calochortus. `
CYCLOGYNE. included under Swainsons b
See Aspidium.
AN ENCYCLOPJEDIA
z
OF | HORTICULTURE. 419
CYCNOCHES (from kyknos, а swan, and auchen, a
neck; in reference to the long and gracefully curved
column). + Swan Neck. ORD. Orchidew. The species of
this genus are deciduous. Flowers large, produced from
nearly the top of the bulb. Pseudo-bulbs thick and fleshy,
6in. to 10in. high, with three or four leaves on the top
of each. Propagation is effected by dividing the bulbs
when they commence to start into growth. For cultural
and structural remarks, see Catasetum.
C. aureum (golden)* jl. light yellow, disposed in long, closely-set
racemes. KE 1%. Е America, 1851. A remarkable and
handsome species. (P. F. G. 75.)
ded)* jl, small, but very pretty; sepals and
petals greenish-white, spotted with pink; lip the same colour,
and beautifully fringed. June. New Grenada. Very scarce.
(B. M. 4479.)
C. chlorochilum (greenish-yellow-lipped). f. large, very
er sepals and petals yellowish-green ; lip lighter. June,
July. А. 2ft. Demerara, 1838.
c. um (Egerton’s).* fl. dark purple; sepals and petals
membranaceous, recurved; disk of lip roundish, broken into
clavate processes ; column slender, very long ; raceme pendulous,
very long. Autumn. л. 2ft. Mexico, 1855. (С. С. 1843, 775.)
C. Lehmanni (Lehmann's)* fl., sepals salmon-coloured ; petals
and lip orange; peduncle many-flowered. /. long, petioled,
cuneate, oblong acute, very strong. Pseudo-bulbs about Tin.
long, elongate, pear-shaped, furrowed. Columbia, 1880. бух.
Luddemannia Lehmanni,
C. Loddigesii (Loddiges).* fl. 4in. across ; sepals and petals of a
brownish-green colour, with darker Spots, and bearing some
resemblance to the expanded wings of а swan; spikes three or
four-flowered. Surinam, 1830. Very curious and desirable.
(B. M. 4215.)
C. maculatum греч; Л. buff-colour, thickly spotted with
purple ; numerously go on à long raceme. Pseudo-bulbs
very short.— A. 1ft. exico, 1839. (I. H. 20, 143.)
C. musciferum (fly-bearing). /. pale brown ; sepals linear-lanceo-
late, dorsal one refracted ; petals linear ; lip membranous, hastate;
lateral segments linear, ascending, middle one bearded at base,
tongue-formed at apex; racemes loose. Early spring. Л. lit.
Columbia, 1849. (P. F. G. iii. 29, 248.)
C. pentadactylon (five-fingered). Л. ve large; sepals and
рее yellow, ed with green, with broad chocolate-
colo blotches; lip of the same colour, divided into five ws
r^ d лк h. lft. Brazil, 1841. Е
LI
C. ventricosum (inflated) fi. very sweet-scented ; sepals and
pum a with a white lip. July, August. A. 2ft.
uatemala, 1835.
С. Warscewiczii (Warscewicz’s).* ji. green, those on one spike
much larger and totally different in appearance one from the
other, so much so that, seen separately, they would be taken as
belonging to different genera; the flowers om the shorter spike,
with the broad segments and simple lip, are probably female,
while the smaller and more numerous flowers on the long raceme,
and which have a much-divided lip, are male. 1879. (G. C. m. s.,
xii. 493.)
CYDONIA (from Kydon, in Crete, where the tree grew
in large numbers, and where, perhaps, the Greeks first
became acquainted with it) ^ Quince. Omn. Rosacea.
Hardy deciduous trees and shrubs. Flowers large, either
solitary, or few together in а kind of umbel. Pome closed,
five-celled ; cells cartilaginous, many-seeded; seed covered
with mucilaginous pulp. Leaves undivided, quite entire,
or serrated. For culture, &c., see Quince.
C. chinensis (Chinese) Л. light rose-colour; calyx five-part
reflexed, downy inside. Spring. 1, stalk Жа PL
finely serrated. China. Smalltree orlarge shrub. (B. R.905)"
C. japonica (Japanese).* jl. deep scarlet, solitary, or two or three
ors nm produced the greater part of the year: calyx glabrous;
lobes short, obtuse, entire. jr. green, very t, but not
edible, ripening in October. J. oval, somewhat cuneated, crenate-
serrated, quite glabrous on both" surfaces; stipules reniform,
serrated. 1. 5ft. to 6ft. Japan, 1815. “ Опе of the most desirable
deciduous shrubs in cultivation, whether as a bush in the open
lawn, trained against а wall, or treated as an ornamental hedge
plant. It has also been trained up with a single stem as a
standard; and, in this character, its pendent branches and
numerous flowers give it à rich and striking appearance, especially
Very curious. (
in early spring. It is difficult to unite with its congeners by
jd but, if it could be grafted standard high on the Pear,
a
orn, or even the common Quince, it would form a most
little tree, Readily iy qim by layers or suckers,
and it also grows by cuttings. Fig. 587. There are many
ке » including a White. as well as a double red-flowe
Cydonia— continued.
C. Maulei (Maule’s).* fl. bright red. April. fr. olden-yellow,
produced in great abundance, agreeably perfumed, but exceed-
ingly acid to the taste ; it, however, makes an excellent conserve.
1. somewhat smaller than those of C. japonica, and plant dwarfer
and more compact in habit. Japan, 1874. One of the most
beautiful of recently introd b $
КЕР у oduced shrubs. SYN. Pyrus Maulei.
Fig, 587. CYDONIA JAPONICA, showing Flowering Branch, Fruit,
and Single Flower.
C. vulgaris (common) Common Quince. . white or e
red, large, few, disposed in a kind ы с ga Мау ог e
jr. vary: in shape in different varieties, glandular, oblong,
ovate, or obovate; it has a peculiar and rather pleasant apple-
like smell, and an austere taste. J. ovate, blunt at the
uite entire, clothed with white tomentum beneath, as well as
the calyces and pedicels. A. 20ft. South Europe, 1573. (Enc. T.
and S. 450.) See also Quince.
Fic. 588. FRUITING BRANCH OF CYDONIA VULGARIS LUSITANICA
(PORTUGAL QUINCE) ———
C. v. lusitanica (Portuguese) Portugal Quince. Be ns
inact, leaves and lager frait Шан Seth, i is better adapted
for use as a stock for Pears. Fig. 588.
C. v. maliformis (apple-shaped) Jr- apple-shaped.
C. v. pyriformis (pear-shaped). fr. pear-shaped.
CYLINDRICAL. Cylinder-shaped ; round,
CYLISTA (from kyliz; in reference to the calyx being
veer mé. ine adios. A stove evergreen
woody twiner, with axillary simple racemes of yellow.
flowers, pinnately-trifoliolate leaves, and rhomboid or
ovate, acute, stipellate leaflets; bracts large, caducous.
490 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cylista—continued.
It thrives in a compost of loam and peat. Cuttings will
root in sand, if placed in bottom heat, and covered with
a glass.
C. albiflora (white-flowered). A synonym of Rhynchosia cyano-
sperma,
. €. scariosa (scarious). f. pale yellow, mixed with red ; calyx
very large, scarious, with the upper segment emarginate, lower
one very large. East Indies, 1805.
CYMBIDIUM (from kymbe, а boat; referring to а
hollow recess in the lip. ORD. Orchidee. А genus of
about thirty species of stove orchids, for the most part
natives of India, the Malayan Archi-
pelago, and China, two species are
African, three Australian, one New
Caledonian, and one Japanese. Many
of them have small and inconspicuous
flowers; but a sufficient number of
handsome species are to be found in the
genus to induce the cultivator to have
it well represented in any house, how-
. ever small. Their characteristic features
are to be found in the long, narrow,
sword-shaped leaves, and in the label-
which is ornamented with a pair
of curved elevated lines on the lower
part; the sepals and petals are linear-
oblong. When once established, Cym-
bidiums are not difficult to grow; but, on account of
their thick fleshy roots, they are by no means easy to
restore, if imported in a bad state. . They succeed best
cultivated in pots, and should be placed in а compost
of good rough peat, sphagnum, and a little Sharp sand.
The thin-leaved kinds, especially, must never be dried, or
winter. Cymbidiums, when not growing, should be kept
somewhat cool, and plenty of fresh air given at all tim
avoiding cold chills, к де
Cymbidium—continued.
C. affine (kindred). Л. white, with a few purplish dots on the
anterior of the lip; racemes many-flowered. 1. linear-acuminate,
rigid. India, 1878. (F. M. n. s. 346.)
С. aloifolium (Aloe-leaved) Л. rich pale purple, with a long,
almost black, stripe down the centre ; spikes drooping, many.
[/] Jj.
AEN
1
Pi
|j v M '
Fie. 590. FLOWER OF CYMBIDIUM GIGANTEUM.
flowered. September. J. very thick and fleshy. A. 1% East
Indies, 1789. (L. B. C. 967.) aloi-
С. bicolor (two-coloured)* fl resembling those of C.
foliwm, but distinguished from that species by wie rre
of a sac at the bottom of the lip, and also а number Я
and stripes of very deep crimson. April Ceylon, 1837. Я p
C. canaliculatum (channelled)* f»
c.
shire's)* fl., sepals
кон быш dull tp whi 1
ап es ; wi
sie dark purple lines and bi
A rris m
C. eburneum ivory)" Л. deliciously |
e Fes very Ae Lat large, Tull |
ke; sepals ivory-white ; racemes
lip stained with pale yellow; гасе
= usually one (but sometime
e howei. February. Ur
AN
421
OF HORTICULTURE.
Cymbidium continued.
C. giganteum (gigantic).* fl. large; sepals and petals brown;
lip brown, stained with ae and "lotched with purple ; racemes
erect, many-flowered. Winter and spring, lasting several weeks
in beauty. The plant has a distinct pseudo-bulb, which is clothed
with the broad sheathing bases of the long sword-like leaves.
Northern India, 1837. A strong and bold-growing species, but
somewhat shy at flowering. See Fig.590. (P. M. B. xii. 241.)
C. Hookerianum кее Л. very large, upwards of 4in. in
diameter; sepals and pe green; lip straw-coloured, deep
yellow at the margins, round which are large blotches of rich
purple racemes erect. Sikkim Himalayas, 1866. A fine cool-
ouse a similar to C. giganteum in habit, but striped with
greenish-yellow at base of the leaves. (B. M. 5574.)
C. Huttoni (Hutton’s).* fi. rather large; petals wholly of a deep
chocolate-colour ; se and lip thickly marked with transverse
hocolate-coloured bars on a whitish ground; racemes long,
drooping, radical. l. twin, coriaceous, nerveless. Pseudo-bulbs
elongated. Java, 1857. A very distinct species. (B. M. 5676.)
Leachianum (Leach’s).* fl., sepals and petals ligulate, acute,
whitish-ochre colour, with a brown line running nearly to the
apex; lip nearly totally brown except the whitish disk with
two ек, three-lobed; racemes loose, l. linear-lanceolate,
acute. Formosa, 1878.
C. longifolium (long-leaved). Л. olive-green, brown, whitish.
November, India, 1873.
C. Lowianum (Low’s).* fl. large: sepals and petals green, with a
few faint sepia-brown lines over the strongest nerves ; lip whitish-
yellow; disk of anterior lacinia in the beginning purple, later
maroon brownish-purple, with a very narrow pallid border, a few
spots at base of lip. March. Burmah, 1877. (б. C. m. S., Xi. 405.)
С. Mastersii (Masters’).* fl. pure ivory-white, saving a stain of
pink on the lip, and with a fragrance like that of almonds:
racemes егесі, many-flowered. Winter. Assam,1841. In general
appearance, the growth of this species resembles C. eburneum,
but the leaves are longer, broader, and more recurved, and are
destitute of the close sheathing base which is a striking feature
in that plant. (Gn., May, 1884.) There are one or more varie-
ties of this species.
C. ochroleucum. Se Camaridium ochroleucum.
C. Parishii (Parish’s).* A very rare and beautiful species. De-
scribed as follows: sepals and petals ivory-white; lip with an
о middle zone, and an orange disk to the anterior lobe, both
painted with purplish-brown spots. The side lobes of the lip have
numerous spots of a most lively purplish-violet, which give the
chief charm to the flower. The back side of the column is white,
the edges are yellow, and the front side is yellow, with some
brownish-purple spots on the foot. Peduncle two or three-
flowered. l. ligulate, narrow, acute. Burmah, 1874. (W. O, A. 25.)
C. pendulum (pendulous). fl., sepals and petals brown ; li red,
striped with white ; racemes long, шор, from 1ft. to Ун. іп
length, many-flowered. July апа August. erect, long, narrow,
thick, leathery, dark green. Nepaul, 1838.
plant. (B. R. 26, 25.) юу A ns ам old
urpureum (purple). very some variety, producing
D edi from 2ft. AU, 56. long ; sepals and petals of a rich deep red ;
lip white, with crimson markings. East Indies, 1868.
C. sinense (Chinese).* fl. deliciously fragrant : or geo and petals
brown and purple; lip yellowish-green, spotted with purple;
racemes tall, erect, many-floWered. China, 1793. (L. B. С. 37.)
C. tigrinum (striped). Л. large; sepals and petals greenish-
yellow, spotted with red; lip large, tapering to a point, middle
portion white, striped with cross of purple, sides of the lip
also purple. J. about біп. long. Pseudo-bulbs nearly round.
ш, 1864. (В. М. 5457.) 7
cvi Boat-shaped.
E res JS A synonym of Stachytarpheta
A large-growing
pp.
rescenee which is branched and cen-
trifugal, the central flower always opening first. Example:
Cerastium. koc су. | j
CYNANCHUM (from kynos, a dog, and ancho, to
strangle; in allusion to +6; oisonous properties of some
species) Syn. SymplwoglosSwm. ORD. Asclepiadem. A
genus containing about eighteen species of twining herbs
or sub-shrubs, natives of South Europe, Africa, Asia, and
Australia. Umbels interpetiolar; corolla sub-rotate, five-
parted; corona membranous, forming a loose спр or tube
round the anthers; anthers terminated by a membrane.
Leaves opposite. The following species are of very easy
culture in ordinary garden soil; and are readily propa-
gated by dividing the roots, in spring.
c. aoutum (acute). Л. white or rose-coloured, scented, in small,
Б
deep!
Pg = terminal н. July. i ч нм,
у cordate е base. Л. 2ít. to l2ft. Sou turope, &с.
Hardy climber.
c. nigrum (black). _ А synonym of Vincetoxicum nigrum.
C. pilosum (pilose), А synonym of Vincetoxicum pilosum,
Cynanchum —continued.
C. roseum (rosy).* 1, rosy-red. Summer. L shortl stalked,
narrow-linear. Ж, tolift. Western Asia. Hardy ент ay
SYN. Cycoctonum roseum.
C. Vincetoxicum (Vincetoxicum). А synonym of Vincetoxicum
oflicinale.
CYNARA (from kyon, a dog; the spines of the in-
volucre being likened to dogs’ teeth). Artichoke. Овр.
Composite. A genus containing about six species of hardy
herbaceous thistle-like perennials, natives of the Mediter-
ranean region and Canary Islands. Involucre broad or
sub-globose ; coriaceous bracts in many series; receptacle
fleshy, flat, densely setose; pappus hairs many-seriate,
plumose. Although some of these are much more gene-
rally grown for economic purposes than for floricultural
ornament, few plants are more stately or effective when
planted in the backgrounds of borders or the outskirts
of shrubberies. For culture and propagation, see Arti-
choke (Globe) and Cardoon.
о камаша. eon. А-ай раве scales abu v
» ugust and 5 E LE 3
ci ines , 1658. (B. M. 8241) it —
. horrida (horrid). fl- à ber. &
pinnatifid, E LOL a papi, MAMMA = ы leaves
and ріппге connate at base. h. 6ft. South Euro &c., 1768.
(S. Е. С. 834.) i
с. Scolymus. Globe Artichoke. JL-heads purple, very large;
involucre consisting of oval-obtuse, sometimes emarginate, downy
scales. Autumn. /, long, nearly pinnatifid, somewhat spiny;
under surface covered with white cottony down. А. 3ft. to 6ft.
1548. This is not a species, but merely а cultivated form of
C. Cardunculus; it is nowhere found wild.
CYNIPS. See Galls.
CYNIPS ROSIE. See Rose-Galls.
CYNOCRAMBE. А synonym of Thelygonum
(which see). i ч
CYNOGLOSSUM (from kyon, kunos, а dog, and -
in allusion to the form of the leaves
glossa, & tongue;
of most species). Hound's Tongue. Овр. Boraginee.
or perennials, soft to the
Tall, robust, downy biennials
touch, Racemes usually bractless, secund, terminal, simple,
bifid, or twin; corolla funnel-shaped or sub-rotate; throat
closed by prominent scales. Leaves large, broadest at top.
All the species are coarse-growing, but the flowers of some —
are very pretty. For culture, see Di: kr a A
C. cheirifolium (Wallflower-leaved). ., corolla rose-coloured, _
processes of the throat deep red; d cteate, terminal,
simple. Juneand July. ij. lanceolate, obtuse, tomentose, he
h. біп. to lZin. South Europe, 1596. Biennial t
с. 2ioscort ў (овора. J., corolla red or T шеа, —
with deeper veins; racemes elonga bractless, loose, usually =
terminal. June. Z narrow-lanceolate, acuminated, dilated at *
the base, rather hispid. A. laft. to 2ft. ‘South-west Europe, 1820.
iennial. , MU TT
C. officinale (ofücinal) JL, corolla reddish; proce
throat purple ; racemes bractless, panicled at the
are open, terminating the branches and stem.
ones broad-lanceolate; superior ones br st af
canescent from downy tomentum. A. 2ft.
Biennial. ME
C. o. bicolor (two-coloured , corolla.
cesses in the throat red, hel thst mar
l. lanceolate, narrowed at the base, di
исе Germany. Biennial .
+ pictum (painted). fl, corolla purple
with deeper-coloured, dichotombast
at top; racemes braetless. August.
з
due Stem tly
ones ovate-lanceol eqs
angular. 4. 2ft. South Europe, М (B. M. 2134.) ;
C, Virginicum (Virginian). t, corolla pale blue; racemes
bractless. July. ee er опер somewhat i а base er
superior ones c ig by a деер |
Oblong, acute; smooth:
beneath. А. 2ft. to
m а І
matrix; in reference to the shape and consistence ay the |
pods). Orn. Leguminose. Stove evergreen trees. Flowers
red, rising from the main trunk of the tree. Legumes
brown, edible, Leaves abruptly pinnate, consisting of a
Single pair of leaflets. About twenty species are known
| to science; they are distributed over the tropical p
of both hemispheres. For culture, see Copaifera.
422
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cynometra—continued.
caulifi tem-fl ing). Л. white; racemes rising in
fascicles Кош үөс e short and few-flowered,
sometimes elongated and many-flowered. /., leaflets emarginate
at the apex. A. 30ft. to 40ft. East Indies, 1804.
CYPELLA (from kypellon, a goblet or cup; referring
to the form of the flowers). Syn. Polia. ORD. Iridee.
Very pretty little half-hardy bulbous plants, comparatively
rare in cultivation. Perianth segments free; outer ones
_ obovate, spreading; inner ones much narrower, erect, with
.' reeurved apices. Leaves plicate. Bulbs tunicated. They
thrive in light soil, in a moderately sheltered position.
If the roots are allowed to remain in the ground during
winter, ample protection must be afforded; but it is
generally more satisfactory to lift them, and plant again
in spring. Propagated by offsets; or by seed, sown as
soon as ripe, in a cool house.
C. cerulea. See Marica czerulea.
C. Herberti (Herbert’s).* ji. yellow, varying from a light shade
to а deep chrome tint, ingly produced on a stalk ; perianth
segments ovate at the tip, somewhat contracted in the middle,
and spotted or barred with a deeper colour at the base. July.
l. lanceolate, tapering. A. 1ft. Buenos Ayres, 1823. (В. M. 2599,
under the name of Tigridia Herberti.)
. . C. peruviana (Peruvian). i. two to three in a solitary stalked
Stigma bright yellow, bifid, petaloid. 4, stem ones glabrous,
cc er, papyro, plicate;' basal ones vanished by the time
.. the plant flowers. Bulb ovoid, tunicate. Andes of Peru, 1874.
~ А very handsomespecies. (В. M. 6213.)
c. 1 (leaden-coloured). fl. lead-coloured, tinged with
w in the centre, solitary, widely expanded, very fugacious,
only a few hours; peo — of short, two-lobed,
transverse, tender lobes. istant, sword-shaped,
plicate, Stem slender, 5%, or more high. Mexico, 1838. А very
remarkable plant. (B. M. 3710, under the name of Phalocallis
plumbea.)
CYPERACEZ. An extensive order of grass-like
tufted plants, with solid, usually jointed, and frequently
angular, stems. Leaves with their sheaths entire. The
order contains few genera of horticultural value; but the
following include species worth notice: Carex, Cyperus,
Papyrus, and Scirpus.
CYPERUS (from a Grecian appellation given to one
of the species of this genus). Including T'rentepohlia.
Овр. Cyperacew. А genus of about 700 species of peren-
nial (rarely annual) rush or grass-like herbs, of various
habit. Flowers bisexual, glumaceous ; spikes two-ranked,
many-flowered ;
fertile, equal; bristles none; stamens one to three. Leaves
of a littl ^
Plenty of moisture is essential. Propagat к is алаг
either by divisions, Or by seed, вс
ormi! i
-shaped ; an excellent subs L
Siem erect, arborescent, aly attaining a helgat of ДЕЧ
South Brazil, 1836. SYN. Solanum fragrans. (B. M. 3684.
, CYPHOSPERMA (from kyphos, a hump, and sperme,
seed; in allusion to the form of the seed). Овр. Palme.
CYPHIA (from kyphos, curved; in reference to the
stigma being gibbous). Orp..Campanulacee. А genus
containing about a score species of half-hardy perennial
herbaceous plants, natives (with the exception of one from
Abyssinia) of the Cape of Good Hope. Corolla bilabiate ;
segments easily separated to the base, spreading at the
apex. Leaves alternate, undivided, pinnate, and pinnatifid.
They thrive in an equal mixture of loam, peat, and sand.
Cuttings will root readily under a hand glass, in а cool
house. Some species have large tuberous roots, which
must be kept quite dry when not in a growing state,
or they wil rot. They may be increased just as the
stems begin to push out from the root, by cutting off as
many of the shoots as are required, and placing them
in a small pot, in the soil recommended above, with
plenty of sand. The young plants should be kept dry
till eallused, but not covered with glass. They will soon j
form tubers of themselves, and the old plants will make F
fresh shoots.
C. bulbosa (bulbous). jl. pale blue. August. l. digitate; lower
ones pinnatifid, with unequal lanceolate lobes; upper ones often
simple. Stem rarely branched. A. біп, 1791.
C. Cardamines (Cardamine-like), Л. racemose, on very short
pedicels. July. 4. pinnate, with ovate, toothed leaflets. Stem
scape-formed, simple. А. бім. 1823. L
Phyteuma (Rampion р $ ct. Feb .
kr ds paneer e ч £ _ E P. R. 625.) mes?
ing). Л. 7 ;
Opals blue, riugent Or banit chon TE ш clam
thed, linear, Stems filiform, twining contrary to the sums
apparent motion. 1795. i Php UT UNT
CYPHOKENTIA (from Éjphos, a tumour, and Kentia;
a Kentia-like Palm, having a ‘lateral protuberance on the
fruit). ORD. Palmee. For cultivation, see Areca. un:
C. robusta (robust)* is lant, wi
ане та шы е оа ор
CYPHOMANDRA (from kyphoma, а hump, and aner,
a man; in allusion to the anthers forming a hump). SYN.
Pionandra. ORD. Solanaceæ. In this genus there are
about twenty-four species, all natives of South America.
The only one worthy of mention here is C. betacea, which
is a handsome greenhouse shrub, thriving in a compost
of loam and leaf mould. Propagated by seed; or by cut-
tings, placed under a hand glass, in bottom heat.
uunc тее d учее рее! onm
u , then Pw , ;
dark strat k of each B, ^ e
A genus containing a couple of species of unarmed stove
palms, with stout annulated stems; both are natives 0 -
New Caledonia. "Тһе second species has not yet
introduced to cultivation, and that described belo
much better known under its garden name of Ke
robusta. For culture, see Areca. NUT
C. Viellardii (Viellard'). Z. pinnatisect ; nts coriaceo
go New Caledonia. SYNs. Kentia robusta ?
K. Viellardii. ;
CYPRESS. Sze Cupressus. E
CYPRIPEDIUM (from Kypris, Venus, and podion,
slipper). This ів ont
AN ENCYCLOPJEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 423
Cypripedium—continued.
Sir John Lubbock, speaking of C. longifolium, says:
“The opening into the slipper is small, and partly closed
by the stigma and the shield-like body which lies between
the two anthers, The result is that the opening into the
slipper has a horseshoe-like form, and that bees or other
insects which have once entered the slipper have some
difficulty in getting out again. While endeavouring to do
so, they can hardly fail to come in contact with the stigma,
which lies under the shield-like representation of the middle
anther. As the margins of the lip are inflected, the easiest
exit is at the two ends of the horseshoes, and by one or
other of these the insect generally escapes; in doing which,
however, it almost inevitably comes in contact with, and
carries off, some of the pollen from the corresponding
anther. The pollen of this genus is immersed in a viscid
fluid, by means of which it adheres first to the insect,
and secondly to the stigma, while in most orchids it is
the stigma that is viscid.”
Reference has already been made to the remarkable pouch
by which the flowers are characterised: it may be added
that the petals and sepals are narrow and rather long, ex-
tending sometimes into slender tail-like appendages of
great length. The blossoms are, in
different species, yellowish, pink, or
white; in some instances, they are beau-
tifully dotted and lined with pink or
green, and in many kinds purple and
brown, of various shades, are the pre-
dominating colours. У
АП amateur plant growers who аге
about 1to--ecommence orchid growing,
should begin with a few of the commoner species of
Lady's Slipper, for the following reasons: they are not
expensive, or difficult to cultivate, but thrive admirably
amongst ordinary stove plants; they flower very freely,
and continue in perfection a long time. Some blossom
in mid-winter, others during the summer months; and
those who wish for fine exhibition subjects cannot have
more attractive or telling plants.
Cultivation. Although Cypripediums are very easily
cultivated, they differ from the majority of orchidaceous
plants, inasmuch as they do not, in potting, require to be
elevated above the rim of the pot, but inserted in the
same manner as ordinary plants. The best soil for them
is a mixture of two parts good peat, one part chopped
sphagnum, one part thoroughly decayed leaf mould, and
a portion of sharp silver sand. In potting, an important
point for consideration is drainage. This must be thorough
and effective, for, as these plants have no pseudo-bulbs
to sustain them, they must not be dried off, as many
` other orchids are, during winter; and, if the drainage is
defective, the roots are sure to decay and the leaves
. shrivel. In the case of the hardier kinds of Lady's
Slipper, & large portion of good friable loam, in addition
to the above soil, is recommended. It has been frequently
said that deciduous species of Cypripedium are very
difficult to cultivate; but, with a suitable rather shady
position and a little care, they will thrive as well as
many other herbaceous plants.
stemless).* itary, ; Sepals
е nt inei de MEE rfe is of зү Жетти]
warm тозе, blotched with pom May and June. J. twin, broad,
light green, sparingly clothed with short soft downy hairs; from
their centre arises the short scape. Northern United States, 1786.
An extremely rare species, of great hardihood. (B. M.192) A
white-flowered variety also occurs.
ъф . white, rose, n, blackish-purple,
e Q: Ану i, ки ес е ае. vith
grey. Л. 1, Philippines, 1873. Stove. (B. Н. 1882, 9.)
: ‘ Ram’s-head.* jl. solitary; sepals and petals
-brown ; lip red and whitish-veined. May. Stems leafy,
^. Tin. to 10in. Northern Она States and Canada, 1808,
г сасы sepal large, and
: d ; petals ligulate, white, tin; with green,
and veined with purple ; lip пэ зере Ц tinged nope and
Cypripedium — continued.
slightly blotched with purple. J. ligulate, dark green, faintl е
reticulated. Stove, A rre some hybrid, raised from C. barbata
and C. insigne. (G. C. n..s., 1871, 1647.)
C. barbatum (bearded)* 7. solitary ; dorsal sej and
broad, the lower portion beautifully flecked t. the
upper half pure white ; petals similar in colour, ornamented with
several tufts of black hairs, which are produced from the purple
shining warts bordering the upper edge of the petals ; lip large,
blackish-purple. Spring and summer. J. distichous, oblong, light
green, curiously blotched and spotted with irregular markings of
very dark green. h. lft. Malacca, 1838. Stove, This is about
Fic. 591. FLOWER OF CYPRIPEDIUM BARBATOM,
*
the most familiar species of the genus. See Fig. 591. M.
4234.) "There are numerous forms of the species, which vary
considerably in the peculiar mottling of the leaves, and in the — —
size and brilliancy of the colourin of their blossoms, so that, to ——
insure a good typical form, intending purchasers should make -
their selection whilst the plants are in Р ед The following are
the best varieties : a
b. nigrum (black) jl. larger than those of any other form of
the type, and the colour much darker. The foliage is finely
variegated. It continues six weeks in flower. De PME
C. b. superbum (superb)* Much like the
variegated foliage, amiet more аблае. very dark, :
dorsalsepalpurer white towards the apex. —
A Veitchianum (Veitch’s).* A very fine
C. biflorum (two- i al very han
part white А re: „ping paris ce о дош | x
ong. l elegantly
C. Boxallii (Boxall's)* Л, sepal of a beat
green, with a noc ah Reiki d with
spots; inferior sepal oblong: shorter |
C. Calceolus.* Common
po narrow, spreading,
abellum allow. l. glabrous, . h, é
Rand Europe (England) Hardy. See Fig. 592. (О.С.
North Asia an
n. 8., xi, 813.) EC
qo ax i pur 4 wn
оа наша бшш. ^ir iin. North America, Ш, A
and pretty species. Hardy. (B. M. 5855.) ыы
B
424
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Cypripedium—continued.
C. concolor (one-coloured).*
xx ra egg ern
Moulmein,
(B. M. 5515.
Fig. 592. CYPRIPEDIUM CALCEOLUS.
1865. Mgr eaa
) А very distinct stove species,
Cypripedium —continued.
C. Druryi (Drury’s).* fl., sepals greenish-yellow, covered outside
with numerous dark hairs, middle line broad, black; petals
broad, ligulate, bent a little downwards, each equally adorned
. with a broad black line over the middle; lip М г. Ден with
numerous brown spots on its channelled base. А. біп. India,
1877. This stove species has the general habit of C. insigne, but
theleaves are more acute and usually shorter, and the flower is
very different.
C.euryandrum (large-anthered).* A very distinct hybrid between
C. barbatum and C. Stonei. The sepals come near those of the
latter, but the upper one is more blunt; petals ligulate, rather
broad, much longer than those of C. barbatum, much shorter
than those of C. Stonei ; the lip comes near that of C. barbatum,
butislarger. (F. d. S. 2278, 2279.)
С. Fairieanum (Fairie's)* Л.
beautifully ed with green
similar in colour and curiously
large, a peras with
n. abou long, narrow, pale
The flowers are produced in
last several weeks in full эчак Зы not
thrives best in a cool house. Fig.
vily ort,
C. vil
Л. large of
size to C. villosum; upper sepal broad, ,
ti with white ; petals rich purple ; i
green. l marked like those of
polished appearance of C. villosum. $
(Haynald’s).* fl.,
htly дее Ё
winter. (P. F. |
Harrisianum (Harriss)* A hybrid between С. barbatum?
T : mye tne Yeon? the first-named, yet
rose and white, lower greenish,
green, slig
base: raceme two or more
рів, 1877. This species comes very
+ 6296.) : HE
(very hairy). Л. often біп. across, ©
rs, ов «є hairy scapes: sepals and green
dots. March to May. х=
Stove. (B. M. )
Hooker's)* jt. solitary, on very ^
'ellowish-brown, the ; (
-- CUm WM T
Cypripedium—continued. 2
€. ewe. remarkable).* solitary, often Sin. across; dorsal
sepal m large, vu чесе faintly streaked with lines of
reddish-brown, and the a part pure white ; lip large, tawny-
аА
& long, strap-s I -green » le
nae 1819. A реа ето апа very 'useful stove plant. See
Fig.595. (B. M. 3412.) Ў
Ето. 595. FLOWER OF CYPRIPEDIUM INSIGNE,
чы C 1. Maulei (Maule’s).* This, though similar in general appear-
ance to mm is nevertheless distinct and beautiful; it is
somewhat more delicate in its habit of growth. The flowers
ате produced at the same season of the year, but are much
be e in colour, the dorsal sepal being spotted dull purple,
half is snow white. Nepaul. (G. C. n. s., xviii. 716.)
ot punctatum violaceum (violet-dotted) This differs from
C. i, Maulei in ite roundiah О , flat, dorsal sepal, and in the
more hays wore ы ing of the yee i flower. Li —
shining chestnut colour: light olive-green, 2 ah
netted with dark umber. | n., June 24, 1882.) ж
C. irapeanum (Ігареап). about Jin. in diameter; sepals d
4 petals of а uniform rich d en-yellow ; lip samo colour, Mained
he on the inside with reddi -brown, much. ted; spikes many-
Ў, flowered. June, July. l, broad, pale green, ng the stem
. Stove. (В. В. 1846, е :
at the base, A. 18in. Mexico, 1
©. nicum (Japanese) 7. solitary; se greenish, covered
or spots; petals and lip white, Eee and tinged with
crimson, forming a lovely contrast of colours, June. 1. large,
twin, cordate, with crumpled edges, light green. A. 6in. to lft,
Japan, 1874, Hardy. Distinct and uncommon. (G. C. n. s., iii. 625.)
c. mese (smooth)* /., sepals striped inside with pu le;
petals біп. long, very MS twisted, beautifully blotched ith
chocolate, purple, and green; lip yellow ; scape hairy, three or
four-flowered. S ing. i. strap-shaped, long,- thic » Shining.
Phili 1860. A у^ handsome stove species. SYN.
C. ippi (B. M. 3
C.Lawrenceanum (Lawrence's)* jl., upper sepal very broad and
round, much exceeding a half-crown piece, white, with numerous
dark pep. shining veins ; lateral sepals very small, greenish-
white, with dark purple spots; petals divaricate, nàrrow, green
dull purplish at the ciliate; lip very large. l about lft.
long, having on their Pra suríace à dark green mosaic on a light
&reenish-white ground. Borneo, 1878. stove. (B. М, 6432.)
Jl, dorsal sepal downy outside, pale green
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
425
Cypripedium—continued. ‚
within; petals long, the basal half greenish, spotted with purple,
wholly purple towards the end; margi ciliated ; lip large,
smooth, and shining, bluntly-oblong, light brown in colour,
suffused with purple; spike generally two-flowered, sometimes
more. i. oblong-ligulate, light green. Borneo, 1847. A curious
and beautiful stove species, (G. C. 1847, 765.) *
C. macranthum (large-flowered).* Л. deep rich purple, solitary.
large; lip much inflated. May. Juze. оао ена bright
green. Эіп. to 12in. Siberia, 1829. Hardy. (B. M. 2938.)
. Mastersianum (Masters's) Л. en, white, coppery, brown.
Malayan Archipelago, 1879. m à
C. Morganiz (Mrs. Morgan’s). Л., dorsal sepal 21in. long by
liin. broad, white, with purplish streaks; v sepal smaller,
with fewer streaks ; petals 5in. long and lin. broad at the widest
part, whitish at the base, spotted with reddish-crimson ; lip
e, rose-colour, veined with crimson, whitish beneath ; stami-
node pale yellow. Hybrid raised by Messrs. Veitch between
C. superbiens and C. Stonei. One of the largest and most beau-
tifully coloured of all Cypripediums, (Gn., Jan. 20, 1883.
C. nitens (shining). A hybrid between С. villosum and C. insi;
Maulei, described as follows : “Petals long, wavy, light brown,
and ochre colour, reticulate, very shining, as in C. villosum, the
upper sepal and inferior one quite as in С. Maulei, but far larger ;
not a vestige of the narrow base of the superior one, as in
i C. villosum; lip with long lateral
horns of sac, and narrower, in the
way of C. villosum."
C. niveum (snowy).* ji. wholly of
а = soft snowy white, save for
a xd freckles I rep ate
gularly scattered over the se
and petals, usually solitary, rarely
twin. l. dark green on the upper
blotched with
-Spotted),* i. large; dorsal white,
n; lower sepal smaller; petals broad and
y -Ereen, tted with purplish-
i те re: ish-purple, and fringed at the ed, ев with Aan
hairs ; lip light LN green, tinged with pale yellow; spike
two or three-flower tled with various shades of green _
са му?" Side, purplish beneath. India, 1869. X
C. Parishii (Parish's)* Ji., sepals greenish-white, broad ; pet:
much lengthened out, from tie ty Sin. long, beautifully 1
the lower half being of a rich purple; lip purple, 1.
ера or yellowish- n; scape sometimes at. 1
ranched, three to six-flowered. Summer. i. distichous, |
and broad. А. 2ft. Burmah, 1869, Stove. (B. M. 5791.)
C. parviflorum (small-flowered).* Ё comparatively
grant ; ee
fra-
з and petals glo: brown - B s
iral ; ip b ht don ME пара: Lgs 7
to 2ft. high. North America, 1759. Thé? ..
C. pub ens in habit and flower. _
petals
es т bl
ardy. (B. M. 3024.)
C. Petri (Mr. Peter Veitch’s).* jt white, with green veins
with long hairs; lip greenish-brown. Malay Archipelago, 1880.
ere to C. Dayanum. A
philippinense (Philippine). А synonym of C. levigatum. _
C. pubescens (down yellowish.
bron Marked wis es
i. Rhus Toxicodendron. (G. C. n. s., xix. 785.) Е
purpuratum (purple. Л. very like those of
except that the dorsal has more pure white
Winter. 4. beautifully spotted. Sumatri, 1838.
C.Sedeni. See Selenipedium Ѕейепі. :
C. selligerum (saddle-bearing)* | g^
= re ye Me o : : veins; inferior
se Éi bi d s] i , -
sepal smaller and whitish ; petals about 3 We" Mos n
geh. o ooo ИЙ: ИР пећ Jike
that of C. barbatum, ч Heb ат, but quite distinct from
See Fig. 596, for which we are indebted to Messrs,
veins ; ae
h, green at the base, covered on the whole border —
426
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Cypripedium—continued.
C. Spicerianum (Ѕрісег'в).* /., upper sepal white, with a central
purple line ; lateral sepals senii, also with a central line;
greenish-shining ; top of the column white, spotted with violet.
East Indies, 1879. This handsome stove species comes close to
C. Fairieanum. (B. M. 6190.)
C. Stonei (Stone’s).* 7/.,sepalslarge, broad, of a china-white hue,
red and :
tr Me co. and shaded with
Fic, 596. FLOWERS AND LEAP OP CYPRIPEDIUM SELLIGERUM.
Cypripedium—continued.
both ends, dark shining green. Brazil, 1852. A very handsome
species. (B. M. 5349.) There are two or three varieti
worthy of cultivation. —
C.superbiens (superb)* fl. very large ; sepals and petals large,
broad, white, beautifully streaked and dotted with ich brown ;
pouch also very large, prominent, of a uniform rich brown ; scape
erect, one-flowered. and summer, I. oblong, РИ,
apex, beautifully mottled with dark green upon a Y wisb-£ 8.
ron Java, У Stove. SYN. C. Veilchianum. (Е. rz
iax (Veitch's) А synonymof € superbien® _
3
tat the
C. V.
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 497
Cypripedium —continued.
€. venustum (handsome).* fi. medium size, solitary; sepals and
tals greenish-white or pink, striped with ug cw green, the latter
аео іп а somewhat remarkable manner; lip yellowish-green.
Winter. l. short, dark bluish- n above, curiously mottled and
blotched with pale frm, whilst the under side is pale purple.
Nepaul, 1816. Cool-house
species, (B. R. 788.)
= —— - 2
Fig. 597. CYPRIPEDIUM SPECTABILE.
С. vernixium * А hybrid raised between C. Argus
о ГАЙ or 5in. across solitary, on a stout hai
всаре lft. high ; in shape, they are nearest to C. villosum, wit
the petals » narrower, and deflexed ; in colour, they
present a remarkable combination of ochraceous brown, crimson
and green, with fainter spots on the s than in C. Argus, and
with the glossy varnished surface of C. villosum. Of robust habit,
the leaves being as A as those of C. villosum, with the hiero-
glyphic markings of C. Argus.
€. vexillarium (standard)* A very handsome cross between
C. Fairieanum and C. barbatum, the flowers being exactly inter-
mediate, and combining, in a marked degree, the beauties of both
parents. Sepals white, tinged with pale green at the base, and
streaked and shaded throughout with soft purple ; petals deflected
le, slightly shaded with green; pouch pale brown, tinged
With ellowish-green, and veined with pale green. green,
blotched with a darker shade of the same colour. Very rare.
(С. C. n. s., xiii. 781, under the name of С. selligerwm.)
С. villosum (villous).* fl. solitary, often шемын Sin. across,
апа having а fine glossy appearance over their whole surface,
which is orange-red, intermixed with light green and dark purple;
lip large, protruding, bright light brown. May. i. light qum.
on the lower part with dark spots. h. lft. India.
Stove. (1. Н. 1857, 126.)
The following hybrids are as yet very rare in cultivation: Ains-
worthii, Arthurianum, calanthwm, calophyllum, chloroneurum,
lucidum, marmorophyllum, Meir melanophthal
pycnopterum
politum, porphyrospilum, E: enero, Swannianum,
RT us
CYRILLA (named after Dominico Cyrillo, MD a
professor of botany at Naples, and author of “Collectio
Plantarum Rariorum Regni Neapol" 1788, “Tabula
Botanice,” 1790; he died in 1799). ORD. Cyrillee. A
small genus, containing two or three species (in reality
perhaps forms of one) of greenhouse evergreen shrubs,
natives of the southern parts of North America, West
Indies, and Brazil. They thrive in a compost of sandy
loam and peat. Cuttings root readily, placed in sand,
under glass, with a small amount of bottom heat.
C. antillana (Antilles). Л. white. July. А, 6ft. Antilles, 1824,
C. racemifiora (raceme-flowered). 1. white, disposed in slender
racemose spikes; corolla stellate, small, stiffish. June to
August. J. obovate-oblong, shortly stalked, h. 6ft. Southern
United States, 1765.
CYRILLEZ. A small order of evergreen shrubs or
trees, differing from Hricacee in their free petals and in
the anthers opening in slits. Flowers usually racemose.
Leaves undivided, exstipulate. The three genera are:
Cliftonia, Costea, and Uyrilia. There are about eight
species, all contined to warmer parts of the New World.
CYRTA. A synonym of Styrax (which see).
Ета. 598. SINGLE FLOWER OF CYPRIPEDIUM acto. s
428 С
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
CYRTANTHERA (from kyrtos, curved, and anthera,
an anther; in reference to the curved anthers). ORD.
Acanthacee. This is now generally looked upon as
forming a section of the genus Jacobinia. Soft-wooded
stove plants. For culture, see Justicia,
C. aurantiaca (orange). A synonym of Beloperone aurantiaca.
C. catal olia (Catalpa-leaved).* fi. yellow; thyrse large, com-
pact; bracts СЯ тн linear-subulate. July. 7. on longish
petioles, broad, cordate, acuminate, entire. A. 6ft. Honduras,
1848. (В. М. 4444.)
C. chrysostephana (golden-crowned).* Л. bright golden-yellow,
' disposed in a terminal crown-like corymb. Winter. J. ovate-
_ acuminate ; midrib and the nerves beneath of a vivid red. Stems
obtusely tetragonal. Mexico, 1870. (B. M. 5887.)
CYRTANTHUS (from kyríos, curved, and anthos, a
flower; the flowers bend down from the summit of the
scape). Syn. Timmia. ORD. Amaryllidee. A genus of about
fifteen species of greenhouse bulbs, natives of the Cape
of Good Hope; some of them are not yet in cultivation.
Flowers ineurved, tubular, clavate, six-cleft ; segments
ovate-oblong; filaments inserted into the tube, conniving
at end. Leaves elongate, narrow, sometimes flexuose.
For culture, see Hemanthus.
C. angustifolius (narrow-leaved). Л. orange, drooping; corolla
DM En May and June. J. linear, obtuse. А. lft. 1774.
С. lutescens (yellow). jl. pale yellow, four to six, narrow, in-
fundibuliform ; filaments very short. February. i. narrow.
linear, acuminate. 1836, A very interesting species. (B. M. 5374.)
C. Macowani (MacOwan's) f. six to eight in an umbel, on short
pedicels ; tube and limb bright scarlet, the former slightly curved,
about lin. long, narrowed gradually from the base to the throat,
where it is lin. thick ; segments round-oblong, recurving, imbri-
cating; scape terete, purple, a little overtopping the leaves. l
one to three, narrow-linear, bin. long, jin. broad. (R. G. 960.)
C. M'Kenii (M'Ken's) Л. white, sweet-scented. 1868. This
' closely resembles in C. lutescens, but is sufficiently
distinct for garden purposes. It is described as a semi-aquatic,
and is extremely free-flowering. (G. C. n. 8., Xiv. 766.)
C. o| (oblique-leaved). Л. numerous, in umbels: corolla
yellowish, variegated with orange-red and green, about in. long,
high. fr tubular, somewhat fleshy and firm; Scape 2ft. or more
and June. coriaceo lorat i
blunt, distichons. 1774, (B.M. 1133) ^e re t.
C. sanguineus (blood-coloured). fl., perianth large infundi-
Е. e лы the те: limb broad, Gt Mix bien,
Spreading, rec mucronate segments, bright orange-red
within, yellowish externally, with síx red ак» ; всаре forie,
sub-glaucous, hollow, supporting a solitary flower. August, l
dark те Brio aie glaucous, pegs oe tapering into a
x , keeled at the and with a depressed
line in front. 1860. A very handsome plant. (B. M. 52189
1 (е fonaa). Л. white, with a broad red stripe
down the of each segment; limb as long as the throat,
TA to August. l solita , linear, gianotes.* h. бів, 1816.
CYRTANTHUS
* à (of Schreber). А
Posoqueria (which see). ' Ep 8
CYR' AS (from kyrtos, curved, a:
horn; in allusion to the curved horns "ы...
n ORD. Asclepiader, A
now included under Hoya (which
1. almost veinless,
lip pere
3 ). ORD.
iphytal orehids, now
” into
only one
ее Brassia.
| serted by its broad base under the sorus, which, | сай
C. alpina (alpine) sti. 2in. to 4in. long. fronds Ain. to Sin. le
vue Aag sie ate, tripinnatifid mn
Cyrtochilum—continued.
C. maculatum (spotted).* 7. green and purple spotted, produced
during the winter and spring months, on long spikes. Z and
pseudo-bulbs dark green. Vera Cruz, 1837.
CYRTODEIRA. Included under Episcia (which see),
CYRTOMIPHLEBIUM. See Polypodium.
CYRTOMIUM FALCATUM. See Aspidium
falcatum.
CYRTOPERA. See Cyrtopodium.
CYRTOPHYLLUM. See Fagrea.
CYRTOPODIUM (from kyrtos, curved, and pous, a
foot; referring to the form of the labellum or lip. Sxws.
Cyrlopera, Tylochilus. Овр. Orchidee. А genus of
stove epiphytal orchids, well worth cultivating where _
plenty of space ean be allowed them. Ample pot room
is most essential to successful culture. They thrive
vigorously in a compost of rich fibrous loam and rotten
dung. When growth is completed, and the plant about
to flower, a long rest, with little water, should be given,
until it recommences to grow in spring, when moisture
may be freely applied to the roots, and the temperature
increased. Cyrtopodiums require the heat of the East
Indian house when in an active condition ; at other times,
a considerably lower temperature will suffice.
C. Andersoni (Anderson’s). fi. produced in fine spikes; sepals
and petals about equal, yellow, with a faint tinge oW
three-lobed, rich yellow, side lobes large, erect, middle lobe _
spathulate. уы S Pseudo-bulbs 5ft. high. Tropical America, ———
(B. R. 1 »
C. flavum (yellow). jl. large, borne in spikes upwards of 2%.
high ; sepals and petals rich yellow ; li пем ar out of
the sepals, pale yellow, except the ы anterior part, where
there are some beautiful brown dots on the anterior of the basilar
pouch. h. 3ft. East Indies, 1831. ё Вч
C. punctatum (spotted). jl., sepals and petals wavy, yellowis
spotted with brown; lip Eaves lobed; clear yellow, Хаба) —
incurved and brownish-red; bracts large, greenish-yellow, wit
purplish spots; panicle large, many-flowered. April., сат
(В. M. 3507.) This is more floriferous than C. Andersoni, but ni
So tall Even when out of flower, this es and the one
just named form two noble plants, with their fine long с
leaves. They are, however, but rarely seen in —À á
C. sanguineum (blood-coloured). Л. produced on scapes
lift. high; sepals and petals varying from pale юра
brown; lip pale and rosy. Summer. Root tuberous.
region of Sikkim. (B. M. 6161.)
CYRTOSTACHYS (from kyríos curved, and stachys, —
а Spike; in allusion to the curved spikes of flowers). ORD. Ў,
Раїтет. A genus containing two species of stove palms _ x
For culture, see Areca, a rus
C. Renda da). greenish-yellow; spike of inflorescence
тоор Ө ЖЫ E ШАУ t eo dg obtusely and
eyish underneath. h. 30ft.
and й
unevenly bidentate, gri
pelago. SYNS. Areca erythropoda Bentinckia Renda.
CYSTACANTHUS (from kystis, а bladder, and Асат" "n:
thus ; referring to the inflated flowers). OBD. Acanthace®
A stove evergreen perennial, thriving in a light vet
loam and fibry peat. Cuttings of young shoots '
root, in spring or summer, if planted in sandy soil, in:
hotbed, and covered with a bell glass.
ы air (елмен panicle: heat yellow. A
elliptic-lanceolate, 4in. to Tin. long. A. lft. to 1
1869, Plant glabrous. SYN. Meninia turgida. (B. M. А 3
CYSTANTHE. Included under Richea (which s. — —
IANTHUS. А synonym of
(which see). ok *
PTERIS (from kystis, a bladder, and pter ^ _
fern). Bladder Fern. Orp. Filices. A genus of el ey
and graceful little hardy ferns, allied to Microlepis 82
Woodsia. Involucre m u sub-orbioular, P. ;
Гея
beginning, it covers like a hood. Sori globose, placed 0 T
the back of the veins. For general culture, see Ferns-
to 2in. broad, oblong-lanceol
; largest na deltoid, ceolate, 10
abest La. broad гаме ovate-rhomboidal; _
=DIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 429
Cystopteris continued.
ightly toothed. sori small, two to twelve to а pinnule. Moun-
m m of Europe (Teesdale, England) and Asia Minor,
C. bulbifera (bulb-bearing), sti. 4in. to 6in. long. fronds бїп. to
12in. long, Жум Jin. broad at the widest Ne ovate-lanceolate,
often much elongated upwards, bi- or tripinnatifid ; lower pinnules
lanceolate, 2in. to 3in. long; segments linear-obJong, very slightly
toothed. sori two to twelve to a pinnule. North America, 1638.
Large fleshy bulblets are formed in the axils of the upper pinnz,
which fall to the ground and become new plants.
.. топаз 4in. to Bin, long,
C. fragilis (fragile).* sti. 2in. to 4in. 10:
ljin. to oe Tagilo) ovate-lanceolate, tripinnatifid ; pinnz
lin. to 13іп. long, żin. to Zin. broad; pinnules oblong-rhomboidal ;
Pp
segments bluntly or sharply toothed. sori two to twelve to a
innule. Tem te regions of both Northern and Southern
ое This elegant little species is admirably adapted
for growing in fern cases ; it has numerous more or less distinct
varieties, the best of which are described below. Other forms
are interrupta, obtusa, and sempervirens.
C. f. angustata (narrow). Whole frond attenuated, and some-
times even ternera Rarely exceeding 9in. in height.
C. f. dentata (dentate). fronds bipinnate, bluntly toothed. sori
very close to the margin. `h. біп.
C. f. Dickieana (Dickie’s). fronds 4in. to 5in. in height, rich
dark green ; pinnze all bending down somewhat, and yere
paon other; pinnules slightly and bluntly toothed. Ап elegan
orm.
C. montana (mountain),
fronds about 6in. each way, deltoid, quadripinnatifid ;
pinnules deltoid-lanceolate, lin. to liin. long, about àin. broad:
according to some,
from Cythnus, one of the Cyclades, where some of the
honeyed. Leaves one to three-foliolate, or absent; stipules
minute. Two species (27. canariensis and C. racemosus)
greenhouse decoration, in spring ;
most of the others are either hardy trees, or shrubs,
of the easiest possible culture. The latter are readily
increased by seed, which are generally produced in
abundance; or by layers. Some of the rarer kinds may
be grafted on a commoner stock, or on seedling plants of
the allied genus, Laburnum.
Cultivation of Greenhouse Species.
fected, in spring, by cuttings of the young wood, which,
if taken when about 3in. long (with a heel preferred),
and kept in a close temperature of about 55deg., in order
should be seen to, and the plants returned to a similar
place, and kept syringed.
i be admitted, and a thin shading
summer. The growing season will be com-
pleted about August; the plants should then be placed
outside until the appearance of frost. Keep quite cool
all the winter, and gradually introduce a few specimens to
a warmer house, in January, when the flowers will soon
open. A succession may be kept up, if plants are avail-
able, until June. Turfy loam, with a small proportion of
lumpy peat, and some sharp sand added, forms a suitable
compost; and the plants, when opening their flowers, are
much benefited by doses of liquid manure. C. racemosus
forms nice little specimens, in 5in. ог біп. pots, for room
decoration, where they keep good a long time. They may
be grown on to form plants 3ft. high and nearly
as much through. С. canariensis requires similar treat-
ment, but does not grow quite so freely. It is very
useful for flowering later in the season than the other
species noticed.
С. Adami. Se Laburnum Adami
ў xao a
Cytisus —continued. 4
C. albus (white) Л. whi in fascicles, disposed in 1 racemes,
May. 1. — and oliate, sessile; leaflets
silky. Branches terete, twiggy. А. 6ft. to lOft. '
Portugal, 1752. Hardy. |
C. alpinus. See Laburnum alpinum.
C. Ardoini (Ardoino's). Л. yellow, one to six in the axils of each
leaf, usually secund ; calyx campanulate, scarious in upper half,
hairy ; lips divergent; pedicels about twice the len of the
calyx, without bracteolm, hairy. Spring. i trifoliolate ; leaflets
obovate, hairy, small, silky when young. Stemsrod.like, generally
decumbent, many springing from a knotted and twisted stock.
А. 4in. Mountains of the Maritime Alps, 1857. An extremely
pretty species, somewhat resembling Genista. (Fl. Ment. 58.)
austriacus Арыш). Л. yellow, terminal, somewhat um-
bellate. June. 1., leaflets lanceolate, attenuated at both ends.
Branches twiggy, terete, and, as well as the leaves, clothed with
adpressed strigose pubescence, 7. 2ft. to 4ft. East Europe, 1741,
ardy.
C. biflorus (two-flowered). Л. yellow, oblong, about 1{їп. long,
„
lo: than the leaves, parallell ired ; ped very
thick; calyx pale green, vane AE еч villous, twice
than the деч Ma
ressed, shallowly bilabiate; lips straight, contracted. .
р ternate, about lin. long, silkily furred erneath ; leaflets
elliptically-oblong, rather pointed, nearly of the same length as
the petiole, with a small mucro ; petiole silkily furred. Branches
smooth, silkily furred, loosely and sparsely-leaved, h. 3ft.
Hardy deciduous. (B. К. 308.)
480 — " THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Cytisus—continued. EN чаны. c
canariensis Islands).* elongated, - elatum › ‚ without order, erectl
"arene on guy =. «аё. Lie taal perire ll "A. h. bote. "Palo Nene. 1830, є 4
Islands. A much-branched dwarf shrub,
capitatus (headed ellow, numerous, capitate at the
go of the A crus ссе lateral in the autumn) June.
l, leaflets меч villous. Branches А.
2ft. to 4ft. Europe, 1774. Hardy. (L. В. C. 497.)
и: > idm. anA Ts rim Peru n
. C. hirsutus ; jairy)* f. y a short
" E ; une? feats obovate, i ious beneath. Branches
iw terete ; young hispid ; ones smoo uro)
x Hardy decambent species. (Fl. Ment. 28.) a
C. Laburnum, See Laburnum vulgare.
kish llow ; racemes el terminal,
> s nrag тж Л. Уон clothed wit = ressed pu-
bescence beneath, as well as the branches, calyces and legumes ;
leaflets elliptic. Branches terete, twiggy. A. 3ft. to 6ft. urope,
1730. y. (B. R. 802.)
C. proliferus ( oliferous). white, lateral, umbellatel
aggregate. p a) and May. £ leaflets elliptic, and, as vel
as the cal i ee Oe i S pac h. to 4ft.
silky.
Teneriffe, 1779. ON бин
c. (purple).* fi. purple, axillary, solitary, on short
pedicels. "Mas. l., leaflets one. Stems Drocumbant, twigs
rous. European Alps, 1792. Hardy. This a very
ul shrub when in flower, but has а better effect when
grafted on a rather tall Laburnum. (B. M. 1176.)
C. racemosus (racemose).* ht yellow, оой in a ter-
minal spike бїп, !o J А ре чэч А. 51%. Said to have
he P. } we eneriffe, 1835 ; nos however, а
C. scoparius. Common Broom. yellow, axillary, pedicellate,
solitary. "y to July. 1, к Жр еды: upper ones simple,
and, as well as the leaflets, Эмма angular. А. Stt.
to 10%. Europe (Britain. Н; . See Fig. 599. There are
three or more orms of this species,
C. sessilifolius (sessile-leaved). A. yellow; racemes terminal,
erect, short; calyces each having a three-leaved bract just unuer
it. May. l, leatlets three, ovate ; floral leaves almost sessile.
Branches terete. h. 4ft. to 6ft. Plant quite smooth. South
Europe, 1629. (B. M. 601.)
C. Weldeni (Welden's) A synonym of Petteria ramentacea.
CZACKIA. А synonym of Paradisia (which see).
(called St. Dabeoc's Heath in Ireland).
A very pretty shrub, having much the
Heath, and adapted for i
beries,
*
DAB(ECIA
ORD. Ericacem.
habit
readi
A large у= у. ire dd
slow growth.
D. excelsum (lofty). 1. loosely imbricate, subulate, compressed]
tetragonal, mucronate, glaucous, with depressed angles, A. 2000.
New onia.
D. Franklinii
short, horizon
100ft. Tasman
Franklin's). 1, scale-like, imbricated, Branches
; branchlets numerous, slender, dulous. А,
ia, 1854. Timber with an aromatic fragrance.
margins
D. Mai (Mai). 1. linear-obtuse, with a callous int;
revolute, green above, glaucous beneath. A. t. Tasmania,
1844.
D. taxoides (Yew-like). L alternate, closely laced, falcate,
obtuse at the ends, attenuated and twisted at the base, fin. to
lin. long, and o -A-quarter lines broad; midribs on the
upper aud under surfaces prominent. Branches "uh
having а purplieh tint when young. New Caledonia, A
shrub.
DACTYLICAPNOS THALICTRIFOLIA. See
Dicentra thalictrifolia.
DACTYLIS (from daktulis, a finger’s breadth; ap-
parently in allusion to the size of the clusters). Овр.
Graminew. This genus is closely allied to Festuca, from
which it differs in that the spikelets are densely crowded
in thick, one-sided clusters, arranged in an irregular short
spike or slightly-branched panicle. The only species is
that described below; it is one of the best and strongest- ·
growing kinds of our native grasses, and is well adapted hi
for sowing alone on marshy land. Mi. ;
Lo e ET
bran nicle; gl
awn- » rough, ciliate on the keel,
latter converging into the awn-like
egre es 1 -— - ne ehe „А,
out i and Asia
nbus f
orm of this, is extensively cuplayed or bedding purposes.
DACTYLOCTENIUM (from daktylos, a finger, and
ktenion, a little comb; alluding to the digitate and pec-
tinate spikes). ORD. Graminee. A genus of neve
species, for the most part natives of Africa. Spikelets
several-flowered, with the uppermost flower imperfect,
crowded on one side of a flattened rachis, forming dense — .
pectinate spikes two to five in number, digitate at the P
summit of the culm; glumes compressed, keeled, and
sub-herbaceous, the exterior one cupsidate. Тһе spe
are mostly annuals, little known to cultivation.
i
їз
gs
|
P ин. м,
AN ENCYCLOPJEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
431
Demonorops—continued.
D. ornatus (adorned), A very pretty species, having finely-cut
pinnate Bree At present, itis very rare. Java, 1815.
i embanicus (Palembang). 1. pinnate, broadly ovate;
ч T numerous, е elongated; petioles erect, armed at
the back with somewhat stout deflexed spines, which are
thickened at the base; young leaves of a bright cinnamon
brown, Sumatra, 1872.
D. periacanthus (ring.spin 1. broadly ovate, pinnate;
petioles furnished with Bera ines, which are set on in
irregular rings; young leaves nearly straw-coloured. А. 15ft.
Sumatra, 1872. whis species resembles D. palembanicus.
. plumosus (pl * 1. of а rich dark green, remarkably
2 lume-like, (p vea A to 4ft. or more in length; ріппге 1ft,
less than lin. wide, tapering to à narrow point, pendent ;
petia лута armed with SIUE black spines, which аге white
at the base. India, 1870. A very elegant species.
DAFFODIL. See Narcissus.
DAHLIA (named after Dr. Dahl, a Swedish botanist,
and pupil of Linnwus). Syn. Georgina. ORD. Composite.
A popular genus of herbaceous plants, having a double
involucre, no pappus, and a large scarious bracteole at
the base of each floret. There are but a small number
of species, and all are natives of Mexico and Central
America,
The Dahlia was first introduced into this country from
Spain, in 1789, by the Marchioness of Bute. This im-
portation, and another made by Lady Holland, in 1804,
were, however, lost to cultivation. A third stock was
afterwards brought from France, about the year 1815,
and from this the numerous forms have been obtained.
It is most probable that nearly all the types and varie-
ties of the-common garden Dahlia now in cultivation
have originated from D. coccinea (see Fig. 602), D.
Mercki (see Fig. 605), and D. variabilis (see Fig. 606).
Being among the best of outside autumn-flowering plants,
and, moreover, propagated and grown, Dahlias form
indispensable subjects for flower-garden decoration, suit-
able for those of either large or small dimensions.
There are four important classes into which Dahlias
may be divided, in addition to a few minor ones, con-
taining only a limited number of representatives. These
are known as Show, Fancy, Bouquet or Pompone, and
Single-flowered. D. Juarezii represents a small class,
with semi-double flowers, distinct from any of the others.
D. excelsa and D. imperialis reach a great height before
flowering, and are best grown in pots for greenhouse
decoration in autumn and winter. Show Dahlias are all
double, and require to have large flowers of the most
perfect form to be considered good. Selfs and pale-
coloured flowers, edged or tipped with a darker colour,
are included under Show varieties. Flowers of a similar
size, but having florets dark-coloured at the base, and
ва Bedding section, have double
flowers of а much smaller size; various colours are in-
invariably very pretty; the habit
pact, constituting these the best for
bedding purposes, and the flowers are most useful for
cutting, when Double ones are required. The Single-
flowered varieties have again become very popular, and
are amongst the most beautiful and useful subjects for
eut flowers. The form and size of flower-heads in all
the sections have now attained a high degree of excel-
lence. White, yellow, red, and purple, with a great
variety between of these colours intermixed, are also
represented in each of the large classes.
PROPAGATION. Dahlias are propagated by seeds, cut-
ings, division of the roots, and sometimes by grafting.
- These are produced by the Single varieties in
large quantities, but not so freely by the Doubles. Ob-
ung seeds from the latter is mostly -restricted to
florists who make this plant a speciality, and who do
it with a view to raising new varieties. The colours
of the Single flowers are reproduced by this method
je
ie
А A ta
fo бн
Dahlia—continued.
tolerably true to character, and only those that are good
should be selected from which to save seed. Sow thinly in
pans, at the end of March, and place on а hotbed or in
а propagating house. The seedlings will soon appear,
and should then be placed singly in pots, and grown '
on for a time in the same temperature. Repot as
becomes requisite, and gradually harden off in a cool
frame, ready for putting outside at the end of May. If
liberally treated, large plants and good flowers may be
Obtained the first season.
Cuttings. This is the method of propagation usually
adopted, and is easily accomplished in spring. The roots
ving been stored and kept dry in winter, should be
introduced to bottom heat at the beginning of February,
and these, but not the crowns, should be covered with soil.
A slight syringing daily will be sufficient to induce the pro-
duetion of shoots, and each of these may be removed, if
required, as soon as it has two joints. If placed singly
in small pots of light leaf soil and sand, and plunged in
a close frame, roots will soon be emitted, and the plants
may be hardened, repotted, and transferred to cooler
positions, as recommended for seedlings. Cuttings of
Dahlias root best when taken in this way quite young;
and, as a succession soon appears, any variety may be
readily increased. The tops of the young shoots also
strike freely in summer.
Division of Roots. All Dahlias have several fleshy
S.
Fic. 600. DAHLIA, FLESHY ROOTSTOCK.
tuber-like roots (see Fig. 600) that may be separated singly
for propagating after they are started in spring, all
Ета. 601. Dania Roors, divided for Propagating.
one shoot to each
large pots, vigorous plants may
outside late
number of
be so many
e side. A fleshy
epared, by having
made for the reception _
CurTIVATION. Being vigorous-growing plants, Dahlias
require a rich, moderately heavy soil to give the best
results; but their cultivation will often prove successful
432
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Dahlia—continued.
. is proposed to plant in masses, the ground should be
trenched, and manure added if the soil is naturally poor.
It is not advisable to apply strong manure in spring, as
over-luxuriance in foliage would thereby be encouraged at
the expense of the production of flowers. А light, open
Fic. 602. FLOWERING SHOOT OF РАНІЛА COCCINEA.
position, free from the shade of trees, is best; but sur-
ften an advantage
winds. Mixed
smaller beds, and
these, or others, may be kept still lower by pegging
down lanting out should not be attempted
localities, as the
ОР DAHLIA IMPERIALIS. * AES
Dahlia—continued.
respective positions fixed accordingly. From 3ft. to 6ft.
apart is none too much space for strong, tall-growing
varieties. Seedlings, or late-struck cuttings, will not
require quite so much. Water well after planting, and
apply a temporary stake to each, for а time. Dahlias are
much benefited by frequent applications of water during
summer, and by liquid manure after the buds are formed,
If exhibition blossoms are required, the shoots and flower
buds must be thinned out in the younger stages of growth;
but otherwise it will be unnecessary to do so. Permanent
` D. coccinea ( ). f.-heads with scarlet ray-florets and
stakes of about 4ft. in height, must replace the others when
the plants are established and growing. The most useful
Dahlias to cultivate for cut flowers are the Single and
Pompone ‘sections; and the most distinct and highly-
coloured sorts should be selected.
Storing. Dahlias may remain in the ground until the
tops are destroyed by frost, when they should be cut
down to within 6in. of the ground, and afterwards lifted.
Fig, 604. FLOWER-HEAD AND LEAP ОР DAHLIA JUAREZ.
Remove as much soil as possible with a pointed stick,
attach the label of each to the stem, and store away
a dry, cool, frost-proof place. Looking over / у
to remove any part of the roots that may be damping, 8 -
all that is required until starting again the following -
spring. Young plants, raised either from seeds or out-
tings, will supply large roots in the autumn of the same
Insects. Earwigs are most destructive to Dahlias,
by eating out the young points of the shoots, and
wards the florets, before they are developed. Small flc
pots, half-ülled with dry moss, and inverted on the
the branches, are the best-known traps.
be examined each morning, and any Earwigs
destroyed. Ee
A list of the species, and the most striking of what may
be called the “botanical” varieties, is given below. —
scarlet)
disk ; outer involucral bracts five,
Autumn. i. pinnate, scabrous.
Georgina See
Јона and
| D. erocata (yellow). A synonym of D. v
much injury. The heights |
AN EN OPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. | 483
Dahlia—continued. | Dahlia continued.
20ft. and upwards, less branched, and assuming more the aspect D. Mercki (Merck’s). .-Леайѕ white and yellow, or lilac and `
of a tree than any other species. (B. 88.) tHe Me a nine E. Sod кеше, кш h, 2ft. AST
D. glabrata (smooth) А synonym of D. Mercki. to Mr. T. S. Ware. (B.M. 8878)" ena we are in
T. 5
D. M. Decaisneana (Decaisne's). -heads purple, with a golden
WI disk, ama numerous. 1. Mad et divided. h. 3ft. (R. H
D. superfiua (superfluous). A synonym of D. variabilis.
D. variabilis (variable) —/L-heads very variable. August and
September. 1789. This is UT the first species introduced,
and whence by far the majority of forms now very common, have
originated. ee Fig. 606. In the wild state, the central, or
disk florets are said to be yellow, small, and tubular, and the
marginal, or ray florets, only conspicuous and highly coloured
in some shade of scarlet. SYNs. D. crocata, D. superjtua.
D. viridiflora (green-flowered). /i.-heads pure self-green, Pom-
pone size, double, and full-petalled. A curious monstrosity, of
garden origin.
Fic. 606. FLOWERING BRANCH OF A DOUBLE VARIETY
OF DAHLIA VARIABILIS,
VARIETIES. Subjoined is a large se
garden Dahlias cultivated at the 1 :
many of the new ones distributed i
| varieties are numerous, and additional
toe Some way obtained annually in each sectior
X t aer | than likely that others of equal merit have been omit
Ета. 605. FLOWERS AND LEAF OF DAHLIA MERCKI. The varieties with single flowers being now so nt
$ a classification ged
D. gracilis (slender) fl.-heads brilliant orange-scarlet ; involucral Ware, of Tott has м ОЕ
bracts small narrow, Summer and autumn. 1.’ bipinnate, , enham, who makes th
glabrous; leaflets ovate, coarsely crenate. A. 4ft. to 5ft. (R.G. | (and to whom we are indebted for F
1.) Е га à Enpe them into four sub-divisions
tmporialis imperial)* /t.-heads white, tinged wi ac, an e shape ы;
* ed with bene A the base, drooping, чац ре of the flowers.
i in large spreading panicles, 5%, to 5ft. across. A. lOft. 3
to 12ft. Mexico, 1863. This remarkable and beautiful етет
from its not flowering till late in the autumn, does not fully per-
fect itself out of doors, and should, consequently, be removed
` to the greenhouse or conservatory early in October. See Fig.
603. (B. M. 5183.)
Juarezii (Juarez’s).* Cactus Dahlia. fl.-heads brilliant scarlet ;
florets beri denda D. other, and varying in length, thus givin
e flower an appearance. Л, 3ft, A form whic
under cultivation in Mexico. Very distinct and re-
well worth the most extensive cultivation. See
fully Reflexed flowers, that are inv
and well adapted for exhibiti
Fig. ok
434.
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING, |
Dahlia—continued.
to represent the classification of the flowers according to
their shape, and do not refer to the colours, as a great
diversity of these is included in each group. Many are
self-coloured ; others, which are edged, blotched or striped,
are termed Fancy varieties of the Single-flowered class.
Show Varieties, ACME оғ PERFECTION, primrose-yellow ;
ALEXANDER CRAMOND, maroon, shaded crimson, good; ARBI-
TRATOR, delicate fawn; AURORA, golden-buff, distinct ; BESSIE,
b
light good ;
CHARLES ARD.
yellow, edged
white, tipped ;
orange; COUNTESS oF
tinged
; y INCE,
, GHT,
; DUKE
edged purple; ОР
purplish-magenta,
AND (2) FREEDOM— VARIETIES ILLUSTRATING STELLATE FLOWERS.
Fancy Varieties. ALDERMAN, lilac, striped and spotted purple,
Dahlia—continued. ы
fine flower; GEORGE RawrLINGS, dark maroon, finel :
GOLDFINDER, yellow, tipped red ; GRAND NATIONAL, yo e
very fine, new; HERBERT TURNER, white, tinged lilac; Hop: ,
bright rosy-lilac, large; Н. W. WARD, yellow, heavily edg
with crimson; IMPERIAL, deep purple, shaded lilae, fine form ;
JAMES COCKER, large, purple, very fine; JAMES VICK, purplish-
maroon ; JOHN COCKER, glossy black; JOHN NEVILLE KEYNES,
fine yellow; JOHN WYATT, deep scarlet; JULIA WYATT, creamy-
white, large and good; LEAH, golden-yellow; LILLIE WARD,
white, tinged pale rose; MAJOR CORNWALLIS WEST, scarlet,
i and
shaded ; MRS. GLADSTONE, delicate soft pink, пет fks,
very fine; Mns. HARRIS, white, edged pale lilac, good; MRS
Бананан, White, in, "We Haskins, fawn, distinct and gods
e; . HASKINS, fawn, 10 Era
new; MURIEL, fine yellow, new; OviD, rich purple, “л
good; ROSETTA, large purple; RUBY GEM, а ae а
yellow tip, new ; SHIRLEY HIBBERD, dark crimson ; STATESMAN,
lish-crimson, new ; SUNBEAM, bright clear buff, good form
OMAS GOODWIN, dark maroon; WALTER Н, WILLIAMS, 9 Sje.
rlet, large and fine; WILLIAM RAWLINGS, rich pene
>
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 435
Dahlia—continued. Dahlia—continued.
new; ANNIE RAWLINGS, pure white, striped lake; ARABELLA, МАВ, red, tipped and edged white; Б. DEAN, yellow, flaked
buff, scarlet and crimson stripes, new; BARNABY RUDGE, fawn, crimson; REBECCA, lilac, stri: crimson, new; REGULARITY.
spotted crimson ; BEAUTY, yellow, tipped rose; CHARLES WYATT, blush-white, striped crimson; REv. J. B. M. CAMM, yellow, flaked
rose, flaked crimson ; CHORISTER, fawn, stri crimson and rose; red, large; ROBERT BURNS, lilac, flaked dark crimson; SAM
DRAGON, yellow, striped bright crimson; DUCHESS OF ALBANY, BARTLETT, blush, striped crimson; WILLIAM ADY, lilac, striped
pale orange, rich crimson stripes, new ; FANNY STURT, red, tipped purple, fine; WIZARD, fawn, striped maroon, tipped white.
white; FLORA WYATT, orange, flaked red; FREDERICK SMITH,
lilac, striped purple; GEORGE BARNES, pale lilac, striped crimson; Bedding and Bouquet ог Pompone Varieties, CAMELLLE-
HENRY GLasscock, buff, striped crimson; HERCULEs, зот FLORA, pure white, rather large; COMTE VON STERNBERG,
striped crimson; HUGH AUSTIN, orange-scarlet, striped dark yellow, tipped white, small; CRIMSON BEAUTY. maroon-crimson ;
red; JAMES O'BRIEN, yellow, crimson and rose stripes; JESSIE CUPID, white, suffused with тозе; Dona, primrose and white,
\ Ill
FiG. 608. SINGLE DAHLIAS (1) DR. MOFFAT AND (2) DANGER—VanrETIES ILLUSTRATING FLAT FLOWERS.
uc f ' ; E. F. UNGK
MCINTOSH, red, distinct white tips; JOHN FORBES, fawn-colour, good habit; Dove, white, ti cu oer coed ee
striped maroon, fine; JOHN LAMONT, maroon, striped black ; LADY amber, compact flower; Fa i ^ Саспа
ANTROBUR, red, pure white tips; Lorry ECKFORD, white, striped FLORA MACDONALD, pale prime Е са жы, oM "
purple, fine form, new; Lucy FAWCETT, pale yellow, spotted THOMPSON, pure yellow, free NvaGET, bright golden-yellow ;
crimson; MADAME SOUBEYRE, rosy-lilac, striped carmine ; MAN- lake, deep edge; GOLDEN is 3
DARIN, yellow, mottled crimson ; Miss L. LARGE, puce, striped HEBE, binih edged rose ; Jonn SANDY, peru i T pes
and spotted with crimson ; MONARCH, deep crimson, tipped white ; BLANCHE, pure white, 8 е Pisce apy їй ‘peausy,
Mns. SAUNDERS, yellow, tipped white, extra fine; ORACLE, deep ood; LITTLE ARTHUR, bright ora ey a ias tipped д
ellow, striped crimson ; PEACOCK, dark. maroon, ее white, Пас, tip white; LITTLE DEAM r ne esa rose
large ; PROFESSOR FAWCETT, dark lilac, striped chocolate; QUEEN LITTLE WONDER, scarlet; MDLLE. VALENT ACONET, white
436 THE DICTIONARY
Dahlia—continued. .
and purple, striped ; NEMESIS, maroon, tipped white ; NORTHERN
Ligut, scarlet, showy; PRINCE OF LILIPUTIANS, deep maroon,
very fine; PURE LOVE, pale lilac, extra good; THE PET, dark
maroon, white tip; TITANIA, small yellow, free, and good for
сш; TRIUMPH, scarlet; WHITE ASTER, white, free and
good.
Single Varieties, including a selection from all the various-
shaped flowers, ARGUS, deep magenta, shaded rose; B. BARK-
ig і
Fu. | эш
| 19. 609. SINGLE DAHLIAS (1) WHITE PET AND (2) Lucy IRELAND— VARIETIES ILLUSTRATING FLOWERS Much REFLEXED.
scarlet, broadly edged orange, new; BEA
y ~ » , CON, >
к» де Fig. Өй, лут BEAUTY OF CAMBRIDGE
rps т; BEDDING GEM, orange-scarlet, dwarf.
TOUS new; BRIDAL WREATH, creamy-white: Crry.
blackish-maroon, new; CHERRY, bright ‘cherry
op SHRISTINE, pale silvery-pink, good; DANGER,
ә er (see Fig. 2); DARKN ЕЗ8, intense
Dr. МОРРАТ, dark maroon, margined
D; FRANCGs FELL, bright rosy-
new and fine (see Fig. 607,2) ;
,
OF GARDENING,
Dahlia—continued.
GEORGE CLARK, deep crimson, edged pale purple, extra fine
(see Fig. 611); HARLEQUIN, deep rose, centre band of purple
in each petal; Н. W. PETITT, bright purplish-rose, edged lilac;
IMOGENE, primrose, shaded lilac ; LUCY IRELAND, rich magenta,
suffused crimson, very fine (see Fig. 609, 2); LUTEA GRANDI-
FLORA, rich yellow, large and free; MAGPIE, cerise, tipped
white, new and distinct, good (see Fig. 607, 1); MAUVE
QUEEN, rich mauve, fine large flower; MILLIE GIBBS, white,
edged pale yellow, new; Mrs. BOWMAN, purple-magenta extra
fine, new; MRS. CASTLE, intense lake, a full circular flowet, —
new; Mrs. GOLDRING, rich rosy-pink, large flower; NS i
dark maroon, almost black, distinct foliage ; NELLIE ARE,
purplish-crimson, good form, new; PARAGON, re = flower ;
ood old variety ; SCARLET DEFIANCE, rich scarlet, м
ERRA-COTTA, саа ege like sega ta d: THALIA,
amaranth, dwarf; T. S. WARE, orange-scarlet, jane Da
flower, new ; UTILITY, orange, seien d scarlet (see Fig. 60. 95.
VICTOR STRANDBERG, rich scarlet, dark centre, new; d
PET, small flower, white, suffused pale rose, fine for cutting
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
437
Dahlia—continued. i
(see Fig. 609, 1); WHITE QUEEN, white,
WHITE STAR, white, slightly shaded rose,
CULLINGFORD, rich yellow,
Cactus and Semi-Cactus Varieties, of which D. Juarezii is
the type. ANNIE HARVEY, scarlet-crimson, small flowers, very
effective, new; COCHINEAL, rich crimson, very fine for cutting,
new ; CONSTANCE, pure white, free-flowering, most useful ; FIRE
KixG (Glare of the Garden), dazzling scarlet, very floriferous ;
PARROT, intense orange-scarlet, small, good for cut flowers,
ed rose, very free ;
e form; WILLIAM
FIG. 610. SINGLE DAHLIAS (1) BEACON AND (2) UTILITY—VARIETIES ILLUSTRATING FLOWERS SLIGHTLY REFLEXED.
DAIS (from dais, a torch; in allusion to the form of
the inflorescence), ORD. Thymelacee. A genus contain-
ing four species of trees and shrubs, three natives of
Madagascar, and one from the Cape of Good Hope. The
only one in cultivation is D. cotinifolia, an interesting
deciduous shrub. It thrives in a mixture
of peat and loam. Increased by cuttings, made of half-
ripened shoots, or of the roots, in April, placed in sand,
under a bell glass, in heat.
Dais—continued.
D. cotinifolia (Cotinus-leaved) /l. pinkish, in umbellate in-
volucrated heads. June. l. obovate, obtuse. А. lOft. Cape of
Good Hope, 1776. The bark of this yields the strongest fibre
known to the natives of Southern Africa.
DAISY. See Bellis.
DALBERGIA (named after Nicholas Dalberg, a
Swedish botanist, born 1730, died 1820). Orv. Legumi-
юте sixty species of stove
shrubs, natives of tropical
‚ (two are Australian).
te, in dichotomous cymes
nicles, axillary or terminal
ate (rarely unifoliolate). They
grow freely in a mixture of fibry peat and turfy loam, to
which map MN a small portion of sand. Cutti
of firm young shoots will root in March, if placed in
nose. А genus containing !
evergreen trees or climbing
regions in Asia, Africa, and .
Flowers violaceous-purple, or ж
or in irregular sub-eymose
Leaves alternate, impari-pi
488
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Dalbergia—continued.
under a glass, and in a little bottom heat.
most important are here described.
D. latifolia (broad-leaved) Black Wood. Л. white; panicles
terminal. May. fr. lanceolate. Z. pinnate ; leaflets roundish,
emarginate. h. 30%. East Indies. A large deciduous tree, the
wood of which is extremely hard, and of a dark colour. It is
extensively employed for furniture, carving and fancy work, as
well as for gun carriages, &c. (B. F. 8. 24)
D. Sissoo (Sissoo. Л. white; panicles axi ‚ puberulous,
horter than the leaves. May. 1., leaflets five, alternate, petio-
late, obovate, abruptly acuminated, glabrous above, but pubescent
beneath. h. 30ft. 1, 1820. The wood of this species is
very durable, and is largely used in Bengal in the manufacture
of gun carriages, railway sleepers, &c. (B. F. S. 25.)
Two of the
|
impari - pinnate,
Е € Flowers purplish-
| rarely yellow, disposed in pedunculate
, which are opposite the leaves. More than a
-— Species are known. The headquarters of the
15 Mexico, à few only being found in Chili and
les. For eulture, see Psoralea.
oides (Alopecurus-like). 1, whitish, in dense суйп.
Aft tro es. Summer, /. of many linear-ob. ba
D. t. to 2t, States. Annual. $
bicolor (two-coloured). A
аон _ А Synonym of D. mutabilis. -
Fig. 611. Sine. ge
LE DANLIA GEORGE CLARK, OR PARAGON IMPROVED—VARIETY ILLUSTRATING FLOWERS SLIGHTLY REFLEXED.
Dalea—continued.
D. mutabilis (changeable). Л. at first white, but ultimatel
changing to violet ; spikes cylindrical, at length becoming muc
elongated, pedunculate. October. /. with five to ten pairs of
obovate or obcordate leaflets. А. lift. Mexico, 1818. Plant
erect, branched. Perennial. Syn. D. bicolor. (B. M. 2486.)
D. Mutisii (Mutis's) fl. deep blue, disposed in dense cylindrical
heads, which are about llin. long. July. 1. with eight to ten `
pairs of elliptic-oblong, obtuse leaflets. А. 24ft. to Sft. South
America, 1828, An elegant greenhouse perennial SYN. Psoralea
Mutisii.
DALECHAMPIA (named in honour of James Dale-
champ, 1513-1588, a French physician, botanist, and
philologist). Including Rhopalostylis (of Klotzsch). Овр.
Euphorbiacem. There are above sixty species in this
genus, but very few of which are of any cultural un.
merit. The one described below (perhaps the only a E
cultivation) is attractive on account of the brilliant FIO —
carmine-rose colour of the bracts. It thrives well a
stove, and requires perfect drainage, and a mixture © — —
loam, peat, and leaf mould, in equal parts, to which —
may be added a good portion of silver sand. Propa- x
gated by cuttings. ш
D. Roezliana (Roez/s. Л. very fragrant; peduncles slend ——
thread-like, angular, 2in. to 3in. long, bearing at the top DE
small te bracts, placed at the base of two large, broadly Өр P)
wl
haped, acuminate, denticulate, rosy-pink floral leaves ;
uu are other smaller bracts, placed around а шейш :
waxy-
ale flowers, some of them thick and
confe rr the top a fringe of short, yellow,
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 439
Dalechampia— continued,
threads, which give a singular appearance to its blossoms, |.
біп. to 9in. long. lin, to i wide at the broadest portion, very
shortly stalked, sub-cordate, ae towards the base, acuminate
at the apex. Vera Cruz, -— oe а к» bine эче Д ра.
This species differs from the majority of its congeners іп being
erect, not climbi , апа in its undivided leaves. (B. M. 5640.)
There is a variety (alba) with white bracts.
DALIBARDA (named after Denis Dalibard, a French
botanist). ORD. Rosacem. Low perennials, with creeping
and densely-tufted stems or rootstocks. The species
described below is a very pretty slow-growing little alpine
or rock-plant, thriving in deep, peaty soil, in a rather
sheltered position. Propagated by divisions.
D. cordata (cordate). A synonym of D. repens,
D. fragarioides (Strawberry-like) A synonym of Waldsteinia
Jragarioides.
(creeping). fl. white, on scape-like peduncles. May and
J wn ag cordate, obtuse, crenated, pubescent. Stems creeping.
North America, 1768. Syns. D. cordata and D. violeoides,
D. violzoides (Viola-like). А synonym of D. repens.
DALMATIAN CAP. See Tulipa.
DALRYMPLEA. A synonym of Turpinia (which
вее).
DAMASK ROSE. Se Rosa damascena.
DAMASK VIOLET. See Hesperis matronalis.
DAMES ROCKET. See Hesperis matronalis.
DAMES VIOLET. See Hesperis matronalis.
DAMMARA (its native name in Amboyna). Dammar
Pine. ORD. Coniferm. А genus of large handsome coni-
fers. Leaves petiolate or almost sessile, sub-opposite
and coriaceous. Cones ovate or globular, and axillary;
scales persistent, bractless. The proper name of this
genus is now Agathis, that name having been given by
Salisbury long before Lambert published that of Dammara.
There are about ten species hitherto described ; they are
natives of the Malayan Archipelago, Fiji, New Caledonia,
New Zealand, and Eastern tropical Australia. All the
species require a greenhouse temperature. Cuttings of
ripe, firm shoots, inserted in sand, in spring, will root,
in a gentle bottom heat.
D. Southern) Kauri Pine. Z. linear-obl , rarel
dipae teres both 17:8 from ЫЙ to 2hin. long, and iin. to d
broad at the widest part, thick, coriaceous, of a X Ls. -brown
colour. Branches large, spreading, numerous, distant. smooth,
divided into numerous smaller ones. h. 120ft. to 150%. New
Zealand, 1821.
D. obtusa (blunt-leaved). 1. variable in shape, mostly oblong,
rounded at the ends, 3lin. to 4in. long, 1}їп. broad, thick, leathery,
dark glossy green. A. 150ft. New Hebrides, The timber
of this tree is extensively employed in Shipbuilding.
D. orientalis (Eastern). Amboyna Pine.
oblong, entire, rous, of a thick, coriaceous texture, from 2in.
to 4in. long, ind nearly ljin. broad at the widest part, straight,
falcate, dull green on both surfaces. Branches
ie aprendo, A aR ам eee toe A ioon tes; branch
olu e yielding
the transparent resin Dammar. 5359.) There is a
longer and more lanceolate leaves, with the edges more larly
rolled up on the under Sligh ulated, Е
bark, al; is of a mush white ond = vh "-
DAMMAR PINE. See Dammara.
DAMNACANTHUS (from damnao, to conquer, and
acanthos, a spine; in reference to the strong opposite
spines). ORD. Rubiacem. A genus containing two or
three species of greenhouse shrubs, with branching habit,
They thrive in rich sandy loam and peat. Propagated by
cuttings, inserted in sand, under a bell glass, in bottom heat,
D. maj . whi -scented, axillary and i
or re. үй EI dut nee Amore y Ws inge ex
one to four-seeded. 1. small, opposite, coriaceous, sub-sessile,
acuminate : stipules interpetiolar, tricuspidate, Spines acicular.
Japan, 1868.
D; m. submitis (nearly unarmed). Л. white. Spines very small.
Japan,
DAMPIERA (named in honour of Captain William
Dampier, R.N., the celebrated circumnavigator, who paid
&reat attention to natural history in all his voyages).
Dampiera—continued.
ORD. Goodenoviem. Greenhouse suffruticose herbs or
shrubs, Flowers axi or terminal, sub-spicate or
solitary ; corolla bilabiate. They grow freely in a mix-
ture of turfy loam, turfy peat, and sand. Cuttings strike
readily, planted in the same kind of soil, with a hand
glass placed over them. There are upwards of thirty
species, all from Australia, very few of which are in
cultivation in this country. А
D. Brownii (Brown's) fl. blue; corollas densely clothed with
black plumose hairs; peduncles solitary or clustered in the upper
axils. July. l petiolate, oval, nearly entire, flat, scabrous above,
h. lft. to 2ft. 1824. Plant suffruticose, erect, clothed with
scurfy tomentum. Syn. D. ovalifolia.
D. ovalifolia (oval-leaved). А synonym of D. Brownii.
DAMPING. This is practised in all plant houses in
summer, and in tropical houses at all times. It is abso-
lutely necessary in these instances, and in most others
where much fire heat is employed, to preserve sufficient
moisture in the atmosphere for the well-being of the plants.
The floor and walls of the majority of glass structures,
especially forcing houses, may be frequently damped in
spring and summer.
great importance
towards good cultivation. It is not advisable to throw
and, although its application fre-
quently beneath or around plants may prove beneficial
in dry weather in summer, it may be destructive in
many cases to wet the foliage each time, especially when
the sun is shining.
DAMPING OFF. This term is applied to the pre-
mature decay of the leaves, flowers, or stems of plants. Its
effects are most marked on young and tender seedlings,
when crowded together, or placed under unsuitable atmo-
spheric conditions. Sometimes the cause may be traced to
an excess of moisture that may be suspended in the air or
applied to the roots. Damping off amongst cuttings is
often caused by allowing them to become dry, апа then
suddenly applying too much water. The water is generally
blamed when the actual cause is drought, and the sudden
change subsequently caused by the water. A temperature
in а glass house or Propagating frame lower than that
outside, in either case will cause Damping by the condensa- Pe
colder, like the house. Raise the temperature and the
moisture becomes Immediately Damping is
de amongst tender seedlings, they should be sepa- —
ly in fresh soil. This will invari-
ably check it, but the operation is best performed before
‚ causes, some unknown, affe
different plants, and bring about their destruction in
way; but the primary ones are those here indicated.
DAMSON. See remarks under FER АЮ.
DANAA. A synonym of Physospermum (which se).
DANZA (named after Pierre Martin Dana, a writer
on the plants of Piedmont) Овр. Filices. 1 А remark.
able and distinct genus of stove ferns, not very exten-
sively cultivated, Rhizomes woody. Fronds pinnate,
rarely simple, fleshy, coriaceous; pinnm usually articu.
lated. Sori linear, occupying the whole length of the
veins, and crowded so as to cover the whole under surface
of the divisions of the fertile fronds. For general culture,
see Ferns, Gi:
> sn fronds 2in. to біп. 10; barren
Ponds Ктр) W dcn XR yt
innze on each aide: central ones al talked, 3in. to Sin. longs 2
in. broad, the ape acuminate, serrated, the base round
fertile fronds on a longer stipe, the рішие stalked у,
lin. to in, long, acute or E. ca. iovis M
given аз posable inhabitants of our stoves: elliptica, Morit
ud ned і
more distinctly, —
440 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
DANCING GIRLS. See Mantisia Saltatoria.
DANDELION (Tarazacum oficinale). The culture of
this herb as a salad-plant is the same as described for
Chicory (which see). The flowers must be picked off
frequently in summer, to- prevent the ripening, and dis-
tribution by the wind, of seed. Dandelion roots are some-
Fig. 612. DANDELION (TARAXACUM OFFICINALE).
times dried,
roasted, and ground, and employed to adulte-
rate coffee,
or as a substitute for it. The leaves, when
blanched, are used in this country, and more so on the
Continent, as a salad. See Fig. 612.
DANES’ BLOOD. Sæ Sambucus Ebulus.
DANEWEED. S Sambucus Ebulus.
DANEWORT. 3^ Sambucus Ebulus.
DAPHNE (from daphne, the Greek name of the Bay-
tree, Laurus nobilis, used by Theophrastus). Овр. Thyme-
Тасев. Very ornamental evergreen or deciduous shrubs
(rarely tall). Flowers odorous, honeyed; perianth tubular,
with four spreading lobes and a naked throat; stamens
eight, sub-sessile in two series, Fruit coriaceons or fleshy.
plants, extensively
the open; their
| lants, succeeđin
admirably when trained on walls, nus ina rend
_ Shaded position. The red and white forms of D. indica
ате grown most largely indoors.
Cultivation. The species cultivated for
grafted on stocks of
conservatory
AAT
to gentle heat, to encourage growth and the
lon roots. The young plants may then be potted
y, and grown on in a close, but not high, tempera-
and afterwards hardened and kept quite cool during
"wing autumn and winter, in order to thoroughly
| Wood, a material point towards success in
- indica. A temperature of 55deg. will be
© excite growth, and this must not be exceeded
8 are required to blossom. Grafted speci-
on in a somewhat similar WAy, re-
uly after flowering is over, using loam and
‘Proportions as a compost. D. indica
mtly large for good-sized plants.
т,
Daphne—continued.
The hardier species may be used outside, in sheltered
positions, on rockwork, or in shrubbery borders, with
good effect. D. Lawreola and D. pontica are fine ever- .
green species, thriving well when planted beneath the
shade of trees. The cultivation does not materially differ
in the younger stages from the greenhouse kinds; but as
these make large specimens in а much shorter time, a
richer, though well-drained, soil should be given when
е insured, and water applied very
planting ont.
D. alpina (alpine). Л. white, very fragrant, sessile, aggregate,
May to у. 1, lanceolate, a little obtuse, tomentose Эй АО
deciduous. ^. 2ft. European Alps, 1759. A low, hardy, branchy
evergreen shrub. (L. B. C. 66.)
D. altaica (Altaic). Л. white, scentless, sessile, in terminal umbels
of about five flowers, April 7, obovate-lanceolate, glabrous, of
а somewhat glaucous and yellowish-green, especially when young.
^. lit. to 3ft. Siberia, 1795. Hardy. (B. M. 1875.)
(Blagay's)* Л. white, tubular, fragrant,
D. Blagayana disposed |
in dense terminal heads, April. Z. alternate, lanceolate, glabrous.
h. lft. Mountains of Eastern Europe, 1872.
C. n. s., xvii. 506.)
© Hardy evergreen.
ЖҮ. EL Ie. = = еа
FiG. 613. DAPHNE CNEORUM, showing Habit
Cluster of Flowers.
and Detached
D. Cneorum,
rper m d brous, mucronate.
сео. , "us, .
we е ahead. See Fig
* Garland Flower. /t. bright pink, sweet-scen al
te, sessile. April, and aahi in im P.
dl three
. 613, |
. collina (hill). pinkish, in terminal groups ; x
р, соп villous. ) P es to June, l obovate, glabrous and gist
: above, and hirsutely villous beneath. h. 2ft. to 5%.
Italy, 1752. Erect hardy evergreen. (B. M. 428.)
D. c. neapolitana (Neapolitan). A very pretty рм. hi
t flowers, which are uced during the ды se
differs from the t chiefly in the want of pubescence
under surface of the leaves. B. C. 719.)
D. Fortunei (Fortune's) 7. lilac,
1. lilac, eene, sky. A е
1 . February. i. oblong, or o , * 1
shina, A hardy deciduous species. (F. d. S. 208. ;
China, 1844.
D. Genkwa (Genkwa). Л. lilac, fragrant, rather large, fascicle
appearing before the leaves. ы "о. 499.)
h. 2ft. to 3ft. Japan, 1866. Hardy a i panicled
gm y А to August, эу эч ече Да with а (SF. G.
tip. А. 2ft. South-west Europe, 1797. Hardy evergreen. (527
i)
а (Indian).* fl. red or white, terminal, sessile. ITO
D. japonica (зра, Л. ere, terminal, ‹ mage
ong-lanceolate, wavy, margined Ly
^. 2ft. оа, 1840. Greenhouse evergreen. (P. M. B. 8, 175.)
D.
їп
Laureola (Laurel.* Spurge Laurel. fi yellowish-gre the
leaves.’
` clusters, that are
а а іо Ве
>
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 441
Daphne—continued.
green shrub. The berry of this species is very poisonous. See
Fig. 614. (Sy. En. B. 1247.)
Fic. 614. DAPHNE LAUREOLA, showing position of Flowers
and Leaves.
D. Mezereum (Mezereum).* Common Mezereon. fl. red, dis-
tributed over the branches mostly in threes, and in pairs and
fours, expanding before the leaves appear. February, March, or
April Jl. lanceolate, membranous, 2in. to 3in. long, obtuse or
acute, shortly petiolate. h. 3ft. to 4ft. Europe (England), but
very rare, perhaps not indigenous. A slender, straggling, de-
ciduous shrub. The bark of this species is very acrid, and is
used medicinally, for which purpose it is largely imported
from Germany. There are white, red, and autumnal-flowering
varieties.
D. odora (sweet-scented).* fl. purple, fragrant; heads terminal,
sessile, many-flowered. March. l. scattered, oblong-lanceolate,
en h. 5%. China, 1771. Greenhouse evergreen. (B. M.
D. o. Mazeli (Mazel's).* white, pink, sweet-scented, borne on
short lateral branchlets all along the branches, and thus differing
from all the other varieties of D.odora. It produces its flowers
from November until spring, and succeeds best in a partially
shaded position. (Gn., Nov. 1878.) ;
D. oleoides (Olive-like). Й. white, terminal, sessile, a few
together, and surrounded by leaves that in some measure invo-
lucrate them. April. l. obovate-lanceolate, terminated with a
minute mucro, glabrous on both sides, glossy. h. Sou
east Europe, 1818. A hardy evergreen shrub. (B. M. 1917.)
D. (Pontic).* fl. greenish-yellow, fragrant, b
glabrous, in many-flowered upright clusters, each of the lo:
partial stalks of which bears two flowers. April and May. 7.
obovate-lanceolate, glabrous. h. 4ft. to 5ft. Eastern Europe,
&c., 1759. A hardy, spreading, branchy, evergreen shrub. (B. M.
1282.) There is a form with variegated leaves, but it is rare.
D. striata (streaked). Л. rosy-purple, Carnation-scented, terminal,
te. June and July. 1. sub-spathulate-linear, sessile.
h, Europe, 1819. A hardy evergreen, forming dense, twiggy,
spreading masses, 1%. to 3ft. across.
DAREA. A section of Asplenium.
DARLINGTONIA (named in honour of Dr. Darling-
ton, an American botanist). ORD. Sarraceniacee. A very
curious and remarkable hardy herbaceous monotypic
genus, allied to Sarracenia, but without the curious
umbrella-shaped summit to the style, which is so con-
spicuous in the latter. It is an admirable plant for grow-
ing in the greenhouse, in conjunction with Cephalotus,
Drosera, Sarracenia, &c., and requires the same cultural
treatment. Out of doors, it thrives best in a damp and
shady position, in the rockery or fernery, where it must
be kept well supplied with water. The best soil is
one composed of peat and chopped sphagnum, to which
plenty of sharp sand and small pieces of limestone are
added. Darlingtonias should have the protection of a
handlight, which is preferable to a bell glass, as venti-
lation may be more easily given. It is usually con-
sidered somewhat difficult to get the seeds to germinate
and grow. The following mode of treatment has, however,
been found successful: The pots should be filled, within
lin. of the top, with fibrous peat, charcoal, fresh-chopped
‘
Darlingtonia—continued.
sphagnum, and sand, in equal parts, then coated with fresh
tips of sphagnum. On this the seeds should be sprinkled,
and well watered, the pots being stood in pans of water, and
covered with a bell glass, in order to keep the atmosphere
above the seeds in a moist condition. The pots should
then be placed in a shady position in a cool greenhouse,
and in about five or six weeks the seeds will commence
germinating. When strong enough, the seedlings should
be pricked off into pans filled with the same compost as
above mentioned, and transferred to a cold, shady frame,
where they must be kept constantly moist. Perfect
drainage and a cool, shady position, are at all times
absolutely essential.
Fie. 615. DARLINGTONIA CALIFORNICA.
D. californica (Californian)* . about 2in. in diameter ;
whitish or pale green; petals yellow-green, marked with dark
red-brown veins, oblong. April. l., or pitchers, slender at the
base, gradually swelling upwards; apex E over, or hood-like,
with a large triangular process depending from the aperture;
ground colour bright green, upper portion and throat beautifully
mottled with white, and reticulated with reddish-pink veins.
h. lft. to lift. California, 1861. See Fig. 615. (B. M. 5920.)
DARNEL. See Lolium temulentum.
DART MOTH. See Turnip Moth.
DARWINIA (named in honour of Dr. Darwin, —
author of a once famous poem entitled “The Botanic
Garden"). Syns. Genetyllis, Hedaroma, and Polyzone.
Овр. Myrtacee. А genus of greenhouse, Heath-like, ever-
green shrubs; there are upwards of a score species known,
all natives of Australia. Flowers red or white, in terminal
fascicles, inclosed in large, coloured, ovate or oblong
involucres, and interspersed with chaffy bracts.
seattered, full of pellucid dots. For culture,
Calythrix.
citriodora
terminal heads; involucre scarcely
sisting usually of four outer leaf-like bracts,
ones, more or less coloured, l
oblong to almost ovate-lanceolate,
gem ae latifolium, i TEUER es TÉ
. diosmoides (Diosma-like) й. white, numero осире
terminal globular heads ; eX about one and a half lines long,
the my part o = уйу ve n i, and covered nearly from the
to eight prominent parallel rings; thíck or slender
tered, crowded, linear, semi-terete or tique P e
D. fascicularis (fascicled). . й, abont six or twelve together,
in terminal h with die p
part five-ribbed, otherwise ee E _
very small and scale-like ; petals c i аиан ү
often crowded, linear, slender, semi-terete, or obtuse "m TOUS, —
shortly petiolate; floral ones 1 . h 3ft. to 6ft. —
D. fimbriata (fimbriated). th rather numerous; involucres :
ovoid, about jin. long, or rather more, the inner bracts pe |
pink, b y oblong or almost cuneate and very obtuse; the
r — "€ СШ
outer ones
442 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Darwinia—continued. Darwinia—continued.
ciliate ; triangular. June. l. scattered, often crowded, them, but not coloured ; calyx rather slender, strongly five-ribbed,
oblong-elliptical, very obtuse; margins recurved, strongly ciliate- otherwise smooth ; petals rather narrow, concave, with a deep-
denticulate. A. lft. to 2ft. 1864. A bushy shrub. SYN. Gene- coloured spot at the top. May. J. mostly opposite, linear or
tyllis fimbriata. (B. M. 5468.) lanceolate, obtuse; margins revolute. h. lft. SYN. Hedaroma
D. Hookeriana, (Hookers)* This species much resembles thymoides,
^ ia, but i s r, an 88 А T *
р macrostegia, bibi palig, smaller, morg ee ава the | | DASYLIRION (from dasys, thick, and lirion, a Шу).
е of Genetyllis maerostegia.) ORD. Liliaceæœæ. Very ornamental greenhouse evergreens,
Fig, 616. FLOWERING BRANCH OF DARWINIA MACROSTEGIA,
D. macrostegia = * ;
Inte fempenn чүн e pofle ccce em allied to Nolina. Flowers dicecious, in dense panicles;
„ым, pale yellow, streaked with red, quite entire: | #ower-stems sometimes 10%, or 12ft. in height. Leaves
petals 206 Die, 1. feattered, elliptical-oblong or slightly | crowded, linear, gracefully drooping. They thrive in а
№, from 2ft. obtuse, Jin. to Zin. long; margins recurved, entire. compost of t 1 d one
4858), to 5%. 1854. SYNS. чиа т tulipifera (B. M p of two parts loam, one peat, an :
858), 6. macrostegia, and Hedaroma tulipiferum.See Fig, 616. ` Perfect drainage and a plentiful supply of water during
„ Pinifolia (Pine-leaved). This species closely resembles | the summer months, are important cultural items. Tn-
MO Ае oilaga, - inflorescence, but with | creased by seed. Dasylirions form admirable plants for.
i N. Hedaroma pinifolium. sub-tropical gardening, or for conservatory and indoor
dp vd d (purple. Й. numer in d ^ д
ls ; involucral Кы numerous, Mabe or [pem s herical | decoration.
cate, but somewhat s i , imbri- : ue
o» DU si it spreading, rather longer than the fi D. acrotrich ir-ti T ite; panicle d ‚ суйп
calyx about t > mm (hair-tipped). . white ; cle dense.
азе, the upper poles long, the adnate part five-ribbed oa ke n ате ‚ жю 1
pilla, ‘Peer encirc. m five or six rings of glandular 3ft. long, less than lin. broad, with a long fibrous tuft a 6%.
ЖА mitich. branched sh: and almost imbrieate, linear, marginal spines sharp, yellowish. Trunk stout, simple.
пе purpurea ached shrub. Syns. Genetyllis purmirea, to 10ft. Mexico, 1851. SYN. D. gracile. (B. M. 5030.) и -
folia (Ye ^ ; D. a. brevifolium (short-leaved). l. shorter than those m.
то pied, pow at m — of «де ргадећіеёз ; type, rarely more than 2 6. in length, not becoming pendulous. 2
ribs; lobes small е NN e part y rugose D. glau llum (milky-green-leaved).* jl. white; =
ite, linear-falcate. ine: petals ovate. June. era. d t. to 4ft. er les SEA. flower-stem
A Der. imet оца ог Шар вош. 108. to l2tt. high. J. dense, 2ft. to 3ft. long, about din. DP
| от decumbent shrub. petiolate, . ^. Ift. to 5%. ren margin armed with small teeth. A. 12%. Menos.
ne T r Ў Syn. D. glaweum. (В. М. 5041.) The variety буре.
nni рт four to eight together, | bas broader leaves, and is more robust in growth than the typ"
-X oracis sometimes slightly exceeding | D, glaueum (grey. A synonym of D. glaucophyllum:
X few wv De
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 443
Dasylirion—continued.
D. gracile (graceful). A synonym of D. acrotrichum.
D. graminifolium (grass-leaved). /l. white; inflorescence 8%. to
Эй. long ; panicle narrow. l. in a dense rosette, linear, 5%. to 4ft.
long,six to seven lines broad, greens marginal prickles half to one
line long.* Trunk short. А. 8ft. Mexico, 1835.
D. Hartwegianum (Hartweg’s).. A synonym of D. Hookeri.
D. Hookeri (Hooker's) /. purplish; inflorescence about lift.
long ; peduncles short ; icle dense. l. narrow, linear, 144%. to
2ft. long, two to three lines broad, pale glaucous green ; margin
serrate. Caudex a gigantic tuber, with the leaves springing in
fascicles from tubercles on its surface. h. 3ft. Mexico, 1846.
SYN. D. Hartwegianum. (B. M. 5099.)
D. laxiflorum (loose-flowered). A synonym of D. serratifolium.
D. serratifolium (saw-leaved) Л. white; panicle dense, 1ft.
long. 1. 2ft. long, nearly lin. broad ; marginal teeth half to one-
and-a-half lines long.~ Stem stout. Mexico. SYN. D. laxiflorum.
DATE PALM. 5ге Phonix dactylifera.
DATE PLUM. See Diospyros Kaki.
DATISCA (derivation unknown) ORD. Datiscee.
A very graceful herbaceous perennial, well suited for
2 collection of hardy, fine-leaved plants, and also as an
isolated specimen. It thrives in a deep, good soil, and
may be propagated by dividing plants that have become
well established ; also by seeds.
FiG. 617. FLOWERS AND LEAF OP
DaTISCA CANNABINA.
D. cannabina (Hemp-like).* ji. yellow, dis-
posed in long, loose, axillary racemes, Sep-
tember. Z. pinnate, alternate; leaflets in
three pairs and an odd one, about 2in. long,
and Jin. broad, deeply serrate. Л. 5%. to 6ft.
Crete and Western Asia, 1739. The male and
female forms should be p as, though both are graceful,
the fertilised female plant is the most so, and continues much
longer in a green state. See Fig. 617. (S. F. С. 960.)
. The only other neces of the genus is D. glomerata, a native
of a and Mexico ; it is probably not in cultivation in this
country.
DATISCEZ. A small order of dicotyledonous plants,
closely allied to the Begonias. Herbs or trees, glabrous,
pubescent, or almost scaly. Flowers dicecious, regular,
rarely hermaphrodite or polygamous; corolla small or
altogether wanting; calyx tube adhering to the ovary.
Fruit a one-seeded capsule, opening at the top. Leaves
alternate, simple or pinnate, There are only three known
genera: Datisca, Octomeles, and Tetrameles.
DATURA (derivation obscure ; said to come from the
Arabie name, datora). Окъ. Solanacem. Including Brug-
mansia, Ceratocaulis, Dutra, and Stramonium. Orna-
mental and pretty annuals, shrubs or trees. Flowers extra-
axillary, pedunculate, or from the forks of the branches;
corolla funnel-shaped. The annual species are generally
known as Daturas, and the shrubby ones as Brugmansias.
From an horticultural point of view, the latter section is
by far the most important.
PRoPAGATION. This may bo easily effected by cuttings
of about 6in. in le 1, placed in sandy soil, and plunged in
a bottom heat of 60deg. Young shoots, heeled off the old
Aa ^^
bf e A
Ap-
илм...
Datura—continued.
wood, when they have grown abont 6in. long, in spring,
root freely. Тһе annual species may be readily raised
from seed.
CULTIVATION. Shrubby Species. ‘These thrive well
against pillars, or planted in beds or borders in conserva-
tories, and allowed to grow into large bushes or dwarf
trees. The plants bear severe pruning remarkably well,
and may be cut to keep them in any form or size desired.
The best time to prune is at the close of the flowering
season, or later in the autumn. This section of the genus
is naturally an evergreen one, but does well treated as
deciduous. Daturas enjoy a moderate amount of warmth
when in full growth, but require to be kept dry and quite
cool in winter. The best way of growing them in mode-
rate-sized houses is in 12in. pots, as standards. These
may have stems ranging in height from 4ft. to 7ft. The
head should be formed of three or more branches, which
will quickly be produced on stopping the main stem. After
it is once obtained, the annual growths may be eut back
to where the leading branches originate. Old plants
flower far more freely than younger ones. Standard plants
of D. sanguinea and D. suaveolens are well suited as per-
manent features for centres of beds or groups. D. Knightii
does well in sheltered positions outside, in
summer, and forms a rich and pleasing addition
to the usual sub-tropical large-leaved plants.
During the flowering period, manure water is
most useful in inereasing the vigour of the
plants and the number and size of the flowers.
Daturas are rather subject to White Scale on
the leaves and. stems.
Annual Species. "These are of very easy culti-
vation. Seeds may be readily raised in a hotbed;
and the seedlings, when large enough to handle,
should be placed singly in small pots, and finally
transferred to their flowering quarters in the open
border. They delight in a light sandy soil, and
require plenty of space for full development.
444 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Datura—continued.
D. arborea (tree-like).* fl., corolla white, Tin. to 8in. long.
August. J. elliptic-oblong, quite entire, and are, as well as the
tioles and branches, clothed with powdery pubescence. A.
Mit. to 10ft. Peru, &c., 1815. Greenhouse shrub. SYN. Brug-
mansia candida.
„ ceratocaula (horn-stalked). fl., corolla with a green tube,
white limb, tinged with purple, sweet-scented. July. ./. ovate-
lanceolate, toothed, hoary beneath. Stem terete, purplish, dicho-
tomous, horn-formed, pilose at the base. h. aft. to 3ft. Cuba,
1805. Annual SYN. Ceratocaulos daturoides. See Fig. 618.
(B. М. 5552.)
flore-
scented, solitary, axillary, pendent, shortly pedun-
; corolla funnel-shaped, dilated at the mouth. August
to October. J. ing in shape with D. cornigera, but quite
glabrous. Branches terete. Native country unknown. 1845.
A handsome, free-flowering species. (B. M. 5218.)
D. cornigera (horn-bearing) fi., corolla white, or cream-coloured,
large, funnel-shaped, striated, the mouth spreading, five-lobed,
the lobes terminated by along subulate, spreading or recurved
point; peduncles axillary, single-flowered, curved downward, so
that the flower is drooping. Summer. l. chiefly confined to the
extremities of the branches, ovate, petiolate, acuminate, entire,
or sinuate or angled. Stem shrubby, about 36. high ; the you
branches and almost every part of the plant clothed with so
down. h. 10ft. Organ Mountains, 1844. A very singular plant.
(B. M. 4252.) ad 4
D. fastuosa (prickly).* /L, corolla violaceous outside, and white
inside, oblique. July. Z. ovate, acuminated, repandly-toothed,
qna at the base, and are, as well as the stem, downy. ^. 2ft.
to East Indies, &c., 1629. Annual.
chlorantha pleno (double yellow-flowered).* jl. yellow,
double, sweet-
D. levis (smooth) A synonym of D. muricata.
D. Metel (Metel).* Л. fragrant; corolla white, large. June. l
cordate, quite entire, Ж little toothed, and rg ag as the
орісз, 1596. Annual. (В. M. 1440.)
stem, downy. A. 2ft.
+ BRANCH OF Datura METELOIDES,
e)* is a greenhouse ev.
with large longer-tubed LU
California, 1856. SYN. Бра
There veral rden forms in cultivation;
being D. Ж Мей, a very handsome conservatory pl&Bb
with large double white pendulous flowers. :
Datura—continued.
when young toothed, glabrous
Tropical Asia, 1820. Annual. SYN. D. lævis.
quercifolia (Oak-leaved). /L, corolla violaceous. July.
l. sinuately pinnatifid, hairy on the veins beneath. A. lft. to 2%,
Mexico, 1824. Annual.
D. sanguinea (bloody).* Л. solitary, pendulous, issuing from the
forks of the branches ; corolla funnel-shaped, 7in. long, pubescent;
tube orange-yellow, green towards the base, thick and fleshy;
calyx large, ventricose, five-angled, five-ribbed, with prominent
veins, copiously pubescent. Summer. /. alternate, often geminate,
ovate-oblong, obtuse, waved and sinuated, with short blunt lobes,
copiously clothed on both sides with soft white hairs; petioles
, unequal at the base. A. 2ft. to 3ft.
stout, nearly cylindrical, copiously hairy, slightly flattened above.
Stem arboreous, from 3ft. to 12ft. high, round, divided at the
h. Aft. to 8ft. in cultivation. Peru. An elegant plant. (S. В. Е. б.
ii. 272, under name of Brugmansia sanguinea.)
D. Stramonium (Stramonium) Thorn Apple. /.
1. ovate, ч ада See cuneiform at the
green. h. 2ft. gland. Annual. See Figs. w^.
(Sy. En. B. 935.) "add 4
D. suaveolens (sweet-scented).* fi. white, large.
August. J. еШ bi uite entire, glabrous abo
scarcely а. honest i lort. to 15%. Mexico, WAS А
handso; house tree or shrub, much more ns
grown iban any MIN member of the genus. SYN. m
suaveolens.
у tula tula). violaceous. July. l cordate-o “ж
yep Ps woe Яд C, AR at the base, glabrous. A. 2ft. to
America, 1629. Annual. (S. B. F. G. 83.) |
D. Wrightii (Wright's). А synonym of D. meteloides.
the best
AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE.
DAUBENYA (named after Dr. Charles Daubeny, a
former Professor of Botany, at Oxford). ORD. Liliaceae.
A genus of pretty and curious little greenhouse bulbs,
producing their flowers in very shortly-stalked, densely-
flowered umbels, larger than a crown piece. There are
three species, natives of the Cape of Good Hope; at
present, they probably do not exist in British gardens.
They thrive in a soil composed of sandy loam and peat.
Increased by offsets. Daubenyas should be quite dry
while at rest.
D. aurea (golden).
li limb. June.
(B. R. 1813.)
D. fulva arts i Л. dull reddish-yellow. June. А. біп. 1856.
(B. R. 1839, 53.)
DAUCUS (Daukos, of Dioscorides, is said to be from
daio, to make hot; from its supposed effect in medicine).
Carrot. Orp. Umbellifere. For culture, see Carrot.
D. Carota. Carrot. fl., umbels white, peduncled; central
n bracts of involucre usually pinnatifid; bracteoles
ceolate. Summer. J. pinnately decompound ; segments small,
rather hairy. h. lft. to 2ft. Europe (Britain), North Africa,
North and West Asia, to India. Biennial.
_ There are about a score other species, but none are worth men-
tion, either as ornamental or useful plants.
DAVALLIA (named after E. Davall, a Swiss botanist),
Including Acrophorus, Humata, Leucostegia, Loroscaphe,
Microlepia, Odontoloma, Prosaptia, Saccoloma, Scyphularia,
and Stenoloma. Овор. Filices. А large genus of green-
house ferns, upwards of a hundred being described in
* Synopsis Filieum." Rhizomes creeping, scaly. Involucre
terminal on the veins, various in shape, united ог free at the
sides; the apex alwaysfree. Capsules stalked. Sori intra-
or sub-marginal, globose or elongated either laterally or
vertically. For general culture, see Ferns.
ellow; perianth tuberose, with a two-
Л.
1. oblong, seated close to the earth. A. 3in.
Fic. 622. DAVALLIA AFFINIS.
D. affinis pente rhiz. thick, densely scaly. sti. 4in. to 9in.
lon, fronds lft, to 2ft. long, біп. to l2in. broad, del-
toid-lanceolate, tri- or quadripinnate ; lower pinnules with
oblong-rhomboidal lobes, the segments of which are deeply
inciso-pinnatifid. Ceylon, &c. See Fig. 622. (H.S. Е. 1, 52.)
D. alata (winged). A synonym of D. Emersoni.
D. а, (alpine). rhiz. scaly. sti. 2in. to 4in. long.
аа. to 3in. long, lim. Lo Tun. broad, deltoid in еза
upper segments of barren frond slightly dentate, blunt at the
‹ чер o
rus de
Davallia continued.
Ж)
FiG. 625. DAVALLIA ALPINA.
apex of the fertile fronds, distant, deeply, sharp ;
the lower ones cut nearly to tes TAB with M ed
lobes. sori placed in the teeth h
See Fig. 625. on both sides. Java, Borneo.
D. angustata (narrow) rhiz. creeping, scaly.
Sin. to vag юш, lin. to йїп. b gp е ioo. saben
margin ; ттеп ones entire, sori i crenate
Malay Peninsula. n в уот along edges.
D. bullata (blistered-leaved) rhi
fibrillose, sti, strong, erect, е4 vd 1 , stout, y:
long, Jin. to 8in. broad, deltoid, quadripinnatifid : pinni
the lower гне sri дїп. to Sin. ine. with deeply inciso:
pinnatifid oblong-rhomboi segments. i deeply cup. —
shaped. East Indies, &c. (Н. S E. 1, 50 в) ў
D. calvescens (naked) А synonym of Р. marginalis.
D. canariensis (Canaries).* Hare's-foot Fern. 3 ca,
densely scaly, sti. strong, erect, din. to 6in. long. fronds
to lift. long, 9in. to 12in. broad, deltoid, H
peels of the lower pinnæ lanceolate - del to din.
ong, more than lin. broad, with ovate-rho' inciso-
пашай se mee sort occupying a whole ultimate on.
Spain, &c. в fern derives its popular name from the peculiar
form of the rootstock, which pode over the side of the in
which it grows, and, being covered with close brown , it
very much resembles a hare's foot. (Н. S. Е. 1, 56 A.) E
D. chzero (Chervil-leaved). rhiz. wide-creeping, T sti.
4in. to 6in. ong, naked. fronds Yin. to 15in. long, 4in. to Bin.
broad, lanceolate - deltoid, tri- or quadri, ifid ; lowest рїп
nules lin. to 2in. long, lin. bend. cut into ati
segments ; pitimate lo ев narrow and acute in the rather
ег in the barren, frond. sori copious. North India, SYN.
D. pulchra, (Н. S. F. 1, 51 A.) r ROUTE
D. disseeta (dissected)* rhiz, stout, wide scai
sealy. sti. бїп. long, naked. fronds ift.
А а = img: лету close, deltoid, sub-sessile
ong, dee innati! i
(G. C. 1855, 489 t
D. divaricata (divaricate). rhiz. ng, stout, scaly. sti.
firm, erect, an es 12in. . fronds 2ft. to З. long, tripin-
natifid ; lower pinnz often long by бїп. broad; segments
deltoid, or cut down to the rachis ig ype part. sori half
PE Malay Archipelago. SYN. D. polyantha. (Н. 8. Е.
» 99 A. е a
D. elegans
firm, erect,
ightly tooth
Md World,
D. e. elata (tall) is a
the s nts of w
cut. (Н. S. Е. 1, 55 4.) "e ;
D. e. flaccida (feeble) ів а tender, finely-cut form. ————
(— Leup-shaped, as
446
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Davallia—continued.
D. Emersoni (Emerson's). fronds tufted, sessile, біп. to 12in.
long, nearly lin. broad at the widest part, linear-lanceolate, cut
into numerous linear-oblong lobes. sori one to six, placed
around the edge of the lobes. Madras. бүх. D alata,
FiG. 624. DAVALLIA FIJENSIS,
D. fijensis (Fiji.* rhiz. creeping, stout, densely fbrillose. sti.
біп. to [odio erect, strong. fronds lft. to ln. lode 6in. io
lZim broad, deltoid, quadripinnatifid ; pinnules of the lower
pinne deltoid-lanceolate ; the lobes of the segment cut down
nea А-4 ko Y Ad linear divisions. sori half cylindrical.
& firma (firm). A synonym of D. hirta.
fui (Fumaria-like). rhiz. creeping, stout, fibrillose.
sti., including rachis, 4ft. long, scandent, обесио 7 vate
_ tripinnatifid ; lower pinne lft. to lift. long, 4in. to біп, broad ;
segments y cut; lobes usually only one-veined, sori
dw ( as the segment. West Indies,
: gibberosa swollen-rooted). sti. tufted, біп. to 12in. lo
erect, naked. fronds Mt. to lift. long, біп. to Gin. broad’
lanceolate-deltoid, qustripinnatifia ; innules of lower ріппге
[OX ai” p PUN a, та
kr Td e ultimate divisions.
Davallia—continued.
D. Griffithiana (Griffith’s). rhiz. wide-creeping, densely scaly.
sti. erect, wiry, elongated. fronds deltoid, with an attenuated
apex, Qin. to 12іп. long, 4in. to 8in. broad; pinne acuminate;
pinnules oblong-lanceolate, Obtuse; lobes short and blunt.
sori large, cup-shaped, sub-marginal. Assam. (H. S. Е. 1, 49B.)
D. hemiptera (half-winged). A synonym of D. repens.
D. heterophylla (variable-leaved). rhiz. creeping, scaly. . fronds
shortly stalked, šin. to біп. long, lin. broad, glabrous; barren
one ovate-lanceolate, entire, or slightly lobed at the base,
fertile one narrower, and deeply sinuato-pinnatifid. Malayan
Peninsula. See Fig. 625.
D. hirta (hairy)* sti. strong, lft. to 2ft. long. fronds 3ft. to
6ft. long, lft. to 2ft. broad, deltoid, tri- or quadripinnatifid ;
lower pinn:e біп. to 12in. long, 3in. to 4in. broad, ovate-lanceolate,
pinnules lanceolate, cut down to the rachis into oblong, broadly.
toothed lobes. sort two to twenty to a segment. North India,
&c. SYNS. D. firma and D. scaberula.
D. immersa (immersed) rhiz, creeping, stout, fibrillose. sti. 4in.
to 8in. long, strong, erect. fronds lft. to 14ft. long, біп. to 9in.
broad, deltoid, tripinnate; lowest pinnules lanceolate, deltoid,
2in. to Sin. long, lin. broad, with broad segments. sori large, one
to six toa segment. Hindostan, &e.
D. khasyíana (Khasyan) A synonym of D. strigosa.
D. lonchitidea (Lonchitis-like). A synonym of D. platyphylla.
.marginalis (marginal) rhiz. creeping, villous. sti. lft. to
2ft. long, erect, strong. fronds lift. to Bit, long, Yin. to 15іп,
broad, pinnate ; pase Ain. to 8in. long, about lin, broad, linear,
cut down into bluntish oblong lobes. sori two to eight to a
lobe, sub-marginal. Ceylon. Syns. D. calvescens, D. , and
D. villosa. (Н. $. Е. 1, 48 B.)
D. Mariesii (Магіеѕ),* A pretty dwarf evergreen species, with
slender creeping rhizomes. It is well suited for the cool green-
house. In general aspect, much like D, bullata. Japan, З
D. Mooreana (Moore's) А synonym of D. pallida.
D. Novee-Zealandiw (New Zealand). rhiz. yari
sti, 4in. to Bin. long, firm, erect. fronds 1ft. to lft, long, 4in.
8in. broad, deltoid, tripinnate ; lower pinnules deltoid-lanceolate,
cut down to the rachis, except toward the apex, into narrow,
deeply pinnatifid segments. sori numerous, New Zealand. SYN.
Acrophorus hispidus. I M. SS
D. pallida (pale).* rhiz. as thick as a finger, wide-creeping Ў
sti. 1%. to ljft. long, naked. fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long, sb dli
quadripinnatifid ; pinnze deltoid, lowest largest, 6in. to ёш. be 4
pinnules and tertiary segments deltoid, stalked ; ultimate 10063
obovate, cuneate, blunt, one to one-and-a-half broad s
involucres marginal, funnel.shaped. Borneo, l Sw. 2.
Mooreana. See Fig. 626, next page. (G. C. 1869, 964.)
Fic, 627. DAVALLIA PARVULA.
D. parvula (little). rhiz. wide-creeping, scal,
long, or fronds sub-sessile, Jin. to fin. моє DY |
in outline, bi- or tripinnate, with all the ul
almost filiform. sori D at the sinuses of the
Borneo, 1868. See Fig. 627. CA
D. pectinata (combed) rhiz. y.
long, Бан ME. au бм, E long, €
ovate-lanceolate, deeply cut Into two
entire, or incisi piati pinnæ. sori obliquely placed in
sub-marginal rows. Tropical Polynesian
D. pedata (pedate). rhiz. scaly. »
rather pon gern 2in. to t , ljin. to жк broad at
base, deltoid in outline, deeply cut eer segmen linen a
"
D. penta (five-leaved),*
fibrillose. sti » Zin. to 4
terminal segment, and two to three pairs of
terminal segments fronds
broad, those of the ba
two rows along the slighi
Ам, рй, (pinnate) rhis. creeping, Sbrillosa. ЖГ M
к With distant Me. Tightly voothed plane, ts. ne tin io
LJ
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
Davallia-—continued.
broad. sori one to each tooth, small. Malayan Peninsula.
D. serrata, D. gracilis, and D. Luzonica are either identical with
this species, or else unimportant forms. (Н. $. Е. 1, 60.)
D. plat; Па (broad-leaved).* rhiz, creeping, stout. sti.2in. to
3ft. pret azi Aes ft. to 4ft. long, tripinnatifid ; lower
pinnz lft. to lift. long, біп. to Эіп. broad, lanceolate, with
distant linear-lanceolate ules, which are deeply cut into
broad, bluntish toothed 10! sori two to twelve to a segment.
East Indies. SYN. D. lonchitidea. (H.S. Е. 1, 46 в.)
D. polyantha (many-fruited) A synonym of D. divaricata.
D. pulchra (fair). А synonym of D. cherophylla.
D. pyxidata (Box-like).* rhiz. stout, creeping, densely scaly. sti.
pd primed >, to 6in. long. fronds din. to 18in. long, біп. ёо!
Sin. broad, deltoid, tri- or quadripinnatifid; pinnules of the lower
pinnz lanceolate, 2in. to din. long, lin. broad, with deltoid or
oblong segments, sori deeply half cup-shaped in the teeth. New
South Wales, 1808. (Н. 8. Р 1, 55 с.) i eun
, re creeping).* rhiz, wide-creeping, climbing. Yon
eie y M ut Bin. to 18in. long, sin. to ljin. broad ; pinnz jin.
to iin. long, about half as broad as deep. sori marginal, large.
Borneo, &c., 1869. SvNs. D. hemiptera, Odontoloma repens. See
Fig. 628 (next page).
D. scaberula (slightly rough). A synonym of D. hirta.
D. scabra (rough) A synonym of D. marginalis, : КА
D. solida (solid).* rhiz, stout, densely scaly. sti. strong, erect,
4in. to c e fronds 1%. to 2ft. long, lft. to 1jft. broad,
delto: tripinnatifid; segments ovate-rhomboidal, deeply
toothed, narrower and sharper in fertile fronds. sori nearly
or quite marginal. Isle of Luzon, 1844. (Н, S. F. 1, 42)
D. ornata is a form with broad, slightly cut segments.
Ето. 626. DAVALLIA PALLIDA.
447
Davallia—continued. E TT
deeply cut into unequal-sided, bluntly-toothed, obl rhom-
эе) L "Fropical
boidal pinnules. sori two to twelve toa innule, small.
Asia. SYN. D. khasyiana, (H. S. Е. v 15)
D. в. rhomboidea (rhomboidal) | Similar in texture and hairi-
ness to type, but somewhat larger in all its parts; lower pinnules
lanceolate-deltoid, 1}in. long, cut down nearly to the rachis into
oblong lobes.
D. tenuifolia (slender-leaved).* rhiz, stou creeping, densel
fibrillose. sti, strong, erect, біп, to 12in. А eto lft, to
lift. long, бїз, to Qin. broad, ovate, quadripinnatifid ; lower
pinne ovate-lanceolate, din. to біп. long, 2in. to 3in. broad: pin-
nules lanceolate, their segments cut down to the rachis below
with toothed cuneate lobes. sori terminal, usually solitary.
"Tropical Asia.
D. Tyermanni (Tyermann's)* rhiz. wide-creeping, densely
scaly ; scales linear, white. sti. дїп. to дїп. long, 2 тА
fronds 4in. to біп. long, deltoid, three to four- обе sin
pinne largest, stalked, deltoid, unequal-sided ; 1 i
Stalked, cuneate-oblong or deltoid, with ‘an ;
upper, and cuneate-oblong pinnatifid Jower,
the base of ultimate lobes, А
Coast of Africa, 1871. (G. С. 1871, 870.) ' —
D. villosa (hairy. A synonym of D. marginalis.
DAVIDSONIA (named after the discoverer of the
plant, who first met with it in a sugar plantation). ou
Savifragee.. A remarkably handsome stove plant, wi h
an erect habit, and of apl tly easy culture. P
gated by portions of ste: rted in sand or eocoa-nuf -
fibre, under a bell glass, in bottom heat. à ic
:hing)* 4 alternate, impari-pinnate, 2ft. long.
D. pruriens (itching) ; : ag
H hairs; pinne in five or six {
terminal one about Sim. long; petioles and rachises thickly :
* made of firm young ch.
448 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Davidsonia—continued.
covered with short stiff hairs, and furnished between and below
the pinne with a narrow, lobate, biserrated, hairy wing. When
young, the leaves are of a bright red colour. Australia, 1877.
DAVIESIA (named in honour of the Rev. Hugh
Davies, a Welsh botanist ). ORD. Leguminose. А
large and elegant genus of greenhouse shrubs or under-
shrubs, containing fifty-five species, all natives of Aus-
tralia. Flowers orange-yellow, or red, usually small,
in axillary or lateral racemes or pedunculate umbels,
Hy reduced to short clusters, or тате! soli
calyx teeth short; petals on a dante: aoe,
ц simple, entire, coriaceous or rigid, either
aval or vertical, or terete and spinescent:
or very minute. They require a compost
A peat, with a little sand, and delight in an
situation in the , Propagated by cuttin
gs,
d placed in sand, under a
obtainable, which should
FIG. 628. DAVALLIA REPENS (see page 447).
| chemist). Orp. Melastomacee. This genus is synonymoU*-
Daviesia—continued.
be sown in a slight hotbed, about March. The two species
here given are probably amongst the ones most generally
grown.
D. latifolia (broad-leaved). fl. orange-yellow, small, numerous,
in racemes of lin. to 2in., often flowering from near the base;
bracts ovate or oblong, densely imbricate before the flowers are
full grown; pedicels rarely exceeding the bracts till after flower-
ing. May. l. 2in. to 3in. long, ovate-elliptical or ovate-lanceo-
late, usually terminating in a callous point. A. 2ft. to 5ft. 1805.
A glabrous shrub. (B. M. 1757.)
D. umbellulata (small-umbelled). 7, racemes in some spect -
mens shorter than the leaves, in others twice as long, flo oe
from the middle upwards, or at the end only; calyx about ero
line long, the teeth short and obtuse ; petals twice as long 5 gin. |
calyx. April. l. lanceolate or linear-lanceolate, i. oe.
long, one-nerved, flat, not reticulate. Branches sulcate.
to 4ft. 1816. A slender, much-branched shrub. :
DAVYA (named after Sir Н. Davy, an eminent |
with Meriania (which see).
AN ENCYCLI
OF HORTICULTURE.
449
DAY LILY. Sce Hemerocallis.
DEADLY NIGHTSHADE. A common name for
Atropa Belladonna.
DEAD NETTLE. See Lamium.
DEADWORT. See Sambucus Ebulus.
DEALBATE. Covered with an opaque white powder.
DEAL-WOOD. Chiefly the timber of Pinus sylvestris.
DEATH'S HEAD HAWK MOTH. See Sphinx
atropus.
DEATH’S HERB. A common name for Atropa
Belladonna.
DECABELONE (from deka. ten, and belone, a needle;
in reference to the ten filiform processes of the outer
corona) ORD. Asclepiadew. Very showy dwarf green-
house succulent perennials. For culture, see Stapelia.
POM (Barkly's)* This interesting plant is closely allied to
mw the flowers being very similar, but the branches have
nearly twice the number of angles; and the two lateral sete of
the spines are more slender, and deflexed instead of erect. It
was discovered by Sir H. Barkly, about 1872, growing near the
Orange River, Little Namaqualand. (B. M. 6203.)
D. elegans (elegant). ЛД. large, solitary or twin, springing from
the base of the young shoots; corolla yellowish-white, spotted
with blood-red, funnel-shaped, 2in. long and ljin. in diameter at
the mouth. Stems tufted, seven to nine-angled; on these are
ia elevations bearing three-branched spines. A. 6in. Angola,
873. (B. M. 6115.)
DECAISNEA (named in honour of Joseph Decaisne,
a distinguished French botanist, for a long time Director
of the Paris Jardin des Plantes; born 1807, died 1882).
ORD. Berberidem. A monotypic genus. This, perhaps,
has not been tried in the open air in this country, but
it thrives in any good loamy soil if planted out in a
cool conservatory. Propagated by imported seeds; or by
cuttings, struck in а cool, damp frame.
D. remarkable).* f. greemsh, in terminal ;
ejes Кы ONE narrow, sub-imbricate ; petals none, May,
Jr. globose, edible. l. pinnate. л. 8ft. Sikkim Himala yas, ata
great height. Ап erect shrub. (В. М. 6751.)
DECANDROUS. Having ten sta-
mens.
DECIDUOUS. Falling off. Leaves
whieh are shed annually are said to be
Deciduous, as are also trees that annually
lose their leaves.
DECIDUOUS CYPEESS.
Taxodium distichum.
DECKERIA. See Iriartea.
DECLINATE. Bending downwards.
DECOMPOUND. A leaf is said to
be Decompound when it is twice or
ape MM Bes Fig. 629,
See
light, in a shady situation.
D. barbara (wild).* ji. white, very sweet-scented, di in ter-
minal corymbs. June. l T ge ovate-oblong, acute
at both ends. South United States, 1785. SYN. D. sarmentosa.
D. sarmentosa (twiggy). А synonym of D. barbara.
DECUMBENT. Lying on the ground.
.. DECURRENT. Running down. A leaf is said to
be Decurrent when it extends down the leafstalk or
stem.
DECUSSATE. Leaves and branches are said to be
Decussate when they cross each other at right angles,
forming a kind of square, or four angles. -
DEFOLIATION. ‘The shedding of the leaves,
DEHERAINIA (named after Pierre Paul Deherain,
Assistant Naturalist of the Museum of the Jardin des
Plantes). ORD. Myrsinacem. An interesting and remark-
able stove shrub, thriving in rich sandy loam and fibrous
peat. Heeled cuttings of ripened shoots will root in sand,
if placed under a glass, in bottom heat.
D. smaragdina (emerald-green). fl. green, about 2in. in dia-
meter, Primrose-like, disposed in clusters concealed below the
leaves, 1. oblong-lanceolate, serrulate, hirsute along the nerves,
^. 3ft. Mexico, 1876. Syn. Theophrasta smaragdina. (В. M. 6373.)
DEHISCENT. Gaping; opening. Ап expression
often applied to the mode in which the anthers or the
fruits burst open and discharge their contents.
DELABECHEA (named in honour of the late Sir Н.
T. De la Béche, an eminent geologist). Bottle-tree of
North-eastern Australia. ORD. Sterculiacem. This genus
is now included by Bentham and Hooker under Ster-
culia (which see). 3
DELARBREA (named after M. Delarbre, a French
naturalist). Orp. Атайасет. A genus containing two
species of stove evergreen tall shrubs, natives of New
Caledonia. For culture, see Aralia.
D. ‘spectabilis (notable) This is the correct name of plant
described in this work as Aralia concinna.
DELIMA (from delimo, to shave off ; in reference to
the leaves being used for polishing). Syn. Trachytella.
ORD, Dilleniacem. A handsome stove evergreen climbing
shrub, with the habit of Tetracera. It thrives ina compost
of peat and turfy loam, to which may be added a little
silver sand and small pieces of charcoal. Cuttings of young
shoots will root, if inserted in sand and placed in bottom
heat, in April. Perfect drainage is essential.
D. sarmentosa twiggy). Л. white, in terminal panicles. L
obovate, ovate, or broadly lanceolate, rigid, very scabrid, parallel-
veined. Tropical Asia, 1820. ES б:
DELOSTOMA (from delos, manifest, and stoma, a
mouth; in allusion to the wide mouth of the flower).
ORD. Bignoniacem. А small genus, containing three or —
four species, all natives of Columbia and Pern. The one .
described below is a handsome, robust-growing stove
tree. For culture, see Bignonia.
D. dentatum (tooth-leaved). — /t. bluish-white, large; corolla
sub-cam , havi i in. across, of spreading
SOMNIS lobes mios, > еч tree э е “October
1. elliptic-oblong, toothed, downy beneath. Peru. ce
DELPHINIUM (Greek name used by Dioscorides).
Larkspur. ORD. Ramunculacem. Very ornamental hardy —
annuals, biennials, or perennials, with erect branching
habit. Flowers blue, purple, pink, or white, rarely yellow,
racemed or panicled, bracteate; sepals five, petal-like,
› the upper one drawn out below i
petals two to four, two upper
out at the base into appe
any position with f treatment
like most other cultivated: Buy
real beauty and · сап 0
Fie. 630. DeEnis- E oon attention
CING йл СЫ: mated by Р special
OF DELPHINIUM. upon them. '
A a mixed border—a posi- a
tall perennial are vi pe
varieties, and one for which they are well adapted—8ft., ——
or even more, may be allowed. The dwarf annuals, when.
cultivated in pots, are very ornamental for greenhouse
decoration. — ECTS ЛЫ а ONU
Propagation. Ж abunde э
or, if placed at the back
tion generally assi
450
Delphinium—continucil.
by root division, by cuttings, or by seeds. The first-named
method is the best for perpetuating named varieties. The
old plants should be cut down after flowering, when young
growths will proceed from the base, and the whole may
be lifted and carefully divided. Seeds of these often take
a long time to germinate. Cuttings of the young shoots,
taken off in either autumn or spring, root readily if in-
serted singly in pots, and placed in a cold frame; these
will flower the following season, at the same time as the
offsets. Seeds of the annual species or varieties may be
. sown out of doors, in a warm border, in April; or in pans,
to be placed either in frames or outside. So soon as the
plants are up, they should be pricked off into light, rich
soil, where they will make rapid progress. There are
numerous and beautiful hybrid varieties, with single, and
also many with double, flowers; these are, for the most
part, superior to the normal species, the most distinct of
which are here described, all being perennials, except
where otherwise stated.
* Common Larkspur.
or white, not n nf ep te рше, = sometimes
panicle; spur
in the
. In many works on the British
been confused with this.
Jl. light blue, ч. ч
"epiy-cu.
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
to purple.
large. June and July. Z, lower _
t its ; D Tum
Delphinium— continued.
tripartite. A. біп. to lft. Thibet, 1864. А rare species, having
avery strong musky odour. (B. M. 5461.)
D. cardinale (cardinal)* ft. bright scarlet, with the petal limbs
distinctly yellow ; disposed in spikes. August. Z. smooth, deeply
Cae vent rather fleshy. Л. 3ft. to 4ft. California. A very
ndsome annual species, remarkably well suited for borders or
rockeries, with a good depth of rich soil to facilitate the develop-
ment of its long fleshy roots. (B. M. 4887.)
D. cardiopetalum (heart-petalled). fl. dark bluish-violet ;
racemes crowded. June. 1. smooth, ternate, with multifid seg-
ments and linear lobes; those of the branches, as well as the
lower bracts, are multifid. Stem erect, a little branched. A. lft.
Pyrenees, 1818. Annual. b
. cashmirianum (Kashmir).* /. lin. to Zin. across, with broad
sepals, of a distinct pale blue colour, corymbose. July. l. tufted, .
with long petioles, palmately-lobed, 4in. or more across, —
Eroon slightly hairy. A. lft. to 14ft. Kashmir, 1875. (B.
6189.
. cheilanthum (lip-flowered). Д. dark blue; petals shorter
than the calyx, two lower ones with obliquely-inflexed, ovate,
entire limbs. June to September. J. five-parted, with oblon
acuminated, sub-trifid, and somewhat toothed lobes. Stem ees
branched. A, 2ft. to 3ft. Dahuria, 1819. (В. R. 473.)
D. consolida (consolidated). fl., racemes rather few-flowered, — .
loose „рез shorter than the bracts; petals all combined into *_
one body. Summer. i. dissected into narrow linear lobes, A, lft. :
tolsft. Europe. Annual.
D. dasy (hairy fruited).* Л. beautiful blue, with
dark brown petals, rather large ; racemes simple, pubescent ;
dicels thrice as long as the bracts. June. /. pubescent, five-
obed ; lobes lanceolate, somewhat trifid, deeply toothed at the
= ; petioles not dilated at the base. A. 4ft. to 6ft. Caucasus,
D. elatum (tall). A synonym of D. exaltatum.
FIG. 632. FLOWERING BRANCH or DELPHINIUM 'EXALTATUM.
D. exaltatum (exalted)* Л. blue, or sometimes white, mi
ized ; гас traight ; spur ht, length of the € 9
siz racemes - — me "э" o bre
apex;
at th buse. h. Ht. to 6ft. North
See Fig. 632, (В. М. 1791)
Delphinium—continued.
D. formosum (beautiful).* jt. sky-blue, shaded with indigo ; spur
rather long, two-cleft, of a violet hue; sepals longer than the
petals; spikes long. Summer. i. alternate, greyish-green, un-
.equally palmate, lower segments stalked, p ones sessile and
tripartite. A. 126. to 3ft. Orient, (F. d. S. 1185.)
D. grandiflorum (large-flowered).* fl. blue, and the intermediate
shades to white, either double or single, large; petals shorter
than the calyx, two lower ones somewhat orbicular, with obliquely
inflexed entire ; racemes spreading, few-flowered, di-
verging. June. ù many. into distant linear
lobes, A. lft. to 2ft. Siberia, 1816. M. regen A very hand-
lant, with several varieties, the best of which is perhaps
chinensis, in which the racemes are many-flowered, lateral ones
diverging. Other forms are : album (white), album-pleno (double-
white), Jlore-pleno (donble-blue-flowered), pallidum, and rubrum.
D. hybridum brid - blue, with the two lower petals
bearded with white $ Midi crowded; spur straight, longer than
the flowers. June to August. l. many-parted, with linear lobes ;
les dilated and sheathing at the base. A. 38. to 4ft.
auria, 1794. Lower part of the plant smooth, upper part vel-
vety-pubescent.
D. h. ochroleucum (yellowish-white) Л. white, smooth on the
outside ; racemes elongated, crowded ; bracts membranaceous,
broad-lanceolate ; spur straight, blunt, rather pom than the
pedicel. July and August. 7. many-parted, with linear lobes ;
Females dilated and sheathing at the base. A. 3ft. Armenia,
823. SYN. D. albijlorum.
D. laxiflorum (loose-fiowered). Л. blue; racemes loose, branched.
June. č. three to seven-lobed, with the lobes oblong, acute,
deeply pinnatifid; upper ones somewhat three-parted, with
narrow, entire lobes ; gu not dilated at the base. h. 4ft. to
6ft. Siberia. (B. R. 24, 30.)
D. mesoleucum (white-centred), Л. blue, with pale yellow or
whitish petals. June. Z rather dilated at the base, with wedge-
shaped segments, which are deeply serrated at the top. е
part of the stem, as well as the peduncles, pubescent. А. 3ft.
Native country unknown. 1822.
Fic. 633. DELPHINIUM NUDICAULE, showing Habit
D. nudicaule (naked-stemmed).* / red: petals clear yellow,
lower ones rode with a tro dett fringed limb А ones
elonga; prominent, hairy at the enc ; spur nearly twice the
1 h of the calyx; raceme loose, Summer. 1. fleshy, somewhat
te, tripartite ; sub-divisions of lower leaves obcordate with
notched lobes, which, in the Bai ones, are oblong and entire,
Л. 10їп. to 18in. California, 1869. See Fig. 633. (B. M. 5819,)
D. pictum (spotted) A synonym of D. Rtequienii,
D. uienii (Requien’s). jl. bluish, hispid ; bracts inserted on
the middle of the pedicels; spur almost as long as the calyx.
June. Z, on long stalks, lower ones cleft into five broad euneated
to five-toothed lobes, upper ones divided into five-linear
lobes. А. lift. Lower part of herb smooth, or scarcely
| ent, part hispid with long crowded spreading hairs, `
ее r ?
urope, 1824. Biennial SYN. D. pictum,
1з; bracteoles inserted at the base of the pedicels ; spur very
у pedicels twice as lo
2ft. to 3ft. South
MPLA)
LOPÆDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
45l
Delphinium— continued.
D. tricorne (three-horned), Л. very beautiful blue; petals
shorter than the calyx. May. l. five-parted, with three to five.
cleft lobes, and linear lobules; petioles smooth, hardly dilated
at the base. A. 9in. North America, 1806. (L. B. C. $06.)
D. triste (sad). t dark-brown, suffused with a little red at the
edges of the sepals, and with a somewhat viol: spur ; га
loose. July to September. / three to five-parted ; lobes narrow,
somewhat pinnatifid, acute; u per leaves three-parted, with
entire lobes ; petioles not dilated at base. А. 2ft. Siberia, 1819,
DELTOID. Shaped like the Greek A-
DEMIDOVIA. A synonym of Tetragonia.
DEMOCRITEA. A synonym of Serissa, `
DENDROBIUM (from dendron, a tree, and bios life ;
the species are epiphytal in their native habitats). Syn.
Pedilonum. ORD. Orchideæ. A large and elegant genus
of stove and greenhonse orchids. A few species are very
fragrant; but the scent of some is objectionable. Lip
more or less contracted at base into а claw, lying upon,
or adnate to, the foot of the column; pollinia four. “ The F
genus,” says Dr. Lindley, “ varies extremely in the habit
of its species, some being little larger than the mosses
among which they grow, while others are surpassed in
stature by few of their order. .... There are some
species of which the foliage is ancipitous, others having
it terete, while, in the majority, it is in the usual flat
condition. A few have no other stems than a wiry creep-
ing rhizome; others have small conical pseudo-bulbs ;
many form clavate horny stems, leafy only at the sum-
mit; but the greater part produce long leafy branches.”
Cultivation. With but few exceptions, Dendrobiums
are very easily managed; but it should be borne in mind
by those ;who undertake their culture, that they require
the habit and style of growth of the various membersof ——
this genus; and, as many of the kinds not only thrive best, -
but display their beauties to a greater advantage, when _
suspended from the roof either in baskets or upon blocks -
of wood, it will at once be obvious that by this means a —
large saving of space may be effected. When pla
baskets, they should be surrounded with a little rongi
peat and sphagnum; but, when grown upon blocks, sphag-
num only should be used, and this must be fastened with
some fine copper wire, which will also serve to fix the ——
In putting orchids upon blocks, it is of
the highest importance that they shonld be firmly fixed
if this is not done, they are apt to get their first r
damaged; but, as a rule,.after they are once m"
the roots wil hold them tightly enough. Plants cul-
tivated upon blocks require greater attention in the
matter of water than those grown in pots.
growing season, Dendrobiums should J
the syringe twice each day, morning and e!
the best times to perform the operation; in a
will also be necessary to lift them down tw
times a week, and give them & dippi
water.. This requires care, in
roots and young immature Ww
чет aio both roots and shoots are very tendei
ritte. It must be remembered, im syringing, dippi
or otherwise, that cold water is highly injurious ; there-
fore, it should be warmed to the same temperature ав i
that of the house. As the gr ths reach maturity —
withhold the water supply, and remove the plants into diee
а cooler and drier atmosphere, with full exposure to light ix
and sunshine, to thoronghl тіреп them. Water must ts
be very cautiously applied during the resting period, —
as it is liable to start the plan ктеу. Бойс
only must be given to pr
Dendrobiums in pots sl
Dendrobium continued.
io success. In pots, they enjoy a liberal supply of water
during their period of growth; but care must be exer-
ue sheaths of the young pseudo-bulbs, and cause injury.
The plants are subject to the attaeks of Yellow Fly
when young, and to Scale when they are mature. The
first-named pest must be exterminated on its earliest ap-
pearanee, by slight fumigations with tobacco or tobacco-
. paper; and the Scale should be carefully washed off
. with a mixture of soft soap and tepid water.
. . Dendrobiums, when in flower, may be used for almost
| апу purpose of decoration. They beautify the plant
. homse, the majority of them lasting several weeks in per-
. . fection, if not sprinkled with water from the syringe.
. They may be taken into the dwelling house, and will be
. found charming subjects for the drawing-room or boudoir ;
while many of them take first rank as subjects for
. exhibition. -
The enumeration of species is confined to such as are
of known excellence, or are offered in trade lists. Many
species, and some of the varieties and hybrids that are
periodically figured and described at length, are frequently
rare and often unique; and, for various reasons, it is pro-
bable that the majority of these do not become common
or obtainable for many years afterwards. То give any-
thing like an exhaustive review of the entire genus would,
in itself, amount to a moderate-sized volume.
D. aduncum (hooked). Л. white, tinged with rose, small, ap-
pearing at different times of the year. A. 2ft. Manilla, 1842. An
evergreen species, with a rather straggling habit. (B. R. 1846, 15.)
D. aggregatum (clustered).* d
in PUE meee about О ee March Ein p borne
bulbs thick and deep green, bearing a solitary leaf. A. 3in. to 4in.
Northern India, 1857. Greenhouse. This plant is best grown
fastened on a large block of wood. (B. $ arie
majus in a very d АЫ (B. R. 1695.) The variety
D. albo-sanguineum (white and crimson). fl, soft creamy-white.
twin or tern, very large, about 4in. across ; Peres twice e broad
аз the sepals, with а few blood-red streaks at the base ; labellum
with a e ish-erimson blotch in the middle. May and
June, Pseudo-bulbs from a few inches to 1%. long, and nearly
lin. in diameter. Moulmein, 1851. Stove. (P. F., G. 51.)
D. album (white). А synonym of D. agueum.
— Jt. white, tipped with violet-purple,
lift. long, Himalaya, 1843. A
€ deciduous species. (В. M. 6199.)
Aphrodite),* ff, ambe
nodes of the а ша не d
| white, and with a. 1
Pseudo-bulbs 4in. to 8in.
the base.
Jin. in diameter throu
distinguishing feature nthe present
е deciduous species.
tery). Л. creamy-white, solitary or tw í
from the axils of the ны: Te a. NE
ly : td; two lateral
Eur.
eised when syringing, as the water is apt to lie in the
Dendrobium-—continued.
459 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
lip white, with an orange centre, and
with two large velvety-black blotches.
1867. An erect, stiff-growinz, v
0-35
Кт lft. to lift. lc
79.) Two varieties of this tine
ong, and abc
ornamented near the base
May and June. Burmah,
reenhouse deciduous species, with
ut sin. in diameter. (B. M
plant have been introduced:
aurantiacum (orange, brown), Moulmein, 1874; and zanthinum
(white, yellow), 1878.
D. bigibbum (double-spurred).*
across, disposed in six to twelve-
are produced from the le
with white flowers.
D. (two-eyed
tip
) Л. copper-coloured, rather small;
ne large brownish or purplish
disk; raceme sub-erect. Summer.
Burmah, 1869. A tall, slender-growing greenhouse species,
D. Boxallii (Boxall's)* /. scattered along the previous year's
knotty growth, 2in. across; sepals and petals white, beautifull |
pel with purple; lip same colour, with a large blotch of ri Eo
ellow. February and March. Pseudo-bulbs from 2ft. to 3ft. —
. binoculare
apex of the lip golden-yellow, with o
blotch on each side of its
There is also a form (candidum)
greenhouse evergreen species,
n grows somewhat stiffer and
Л. rich rosy-pink, lin. to 2in.
flowered arching spikes, which
afy part of one-year and older bulbs.
September and October. Pseudo-bulbs lft. to 14ft. long, carrying
on their upper part from four to six closely-arranged leaves, h.
lft. Queensland, An erect-growing
(B. M. 4898.) Тһе variety superbur
stouter than the type, and has superior flowers, both in size and
colour. 1878. (Е. M. п. s. 229.)
ong, and jin. through the nodes. Moulmein. Ап elegant stove
deciduous species, particularly adapted, from its dp habit,
for growing on a block, although it thrives we.
ture. (F. M. n. в. 114.)
D.
a oe ID th t of two-year and
es o rees ani ours from e upper part o Wo- |
ol wel furnished
under pot cul-
Л. solitary or in pairs, or in short
der bulbs ; sepals and petals glossy yellow ; lip yellow,
with a very deep, branched,
1. about 5in. long and lin. bro:
high, and Jin. in diameter,
Burmah, 1875, A very remarkable and handsome
6383.)
stove evergreen species. (B. M
D. Bullerianum (Buller’s), A synonym of D. grat
. Calceolaria (slipper-like),
large, produced on a raceme twel
Pseudo-bulbs about 4ft. high.
evergreen species, Its name is usually misspelt D. lus.
D. Cambridgeanum (Duke of Cambridge’s). A synonym of
D
C. ochreatum.
D. canaliculatum (channelled). Л. sweet-scented, порана
а stem about 1ft. long; sepals and petals yellow and white a
Sin. North-east Australia, 1 2
A pretty little greenhouse species, of easy culture, SYN. D.
white, with a mauve disk.
Tattonianum. (В. M. 5537.
^ (keel-bearing).* jf. white, in branches of four or _
more from one-year and elder Danh ; sepals tinged with yellow at
the tips; labellum orange, tipped with urnished €
a cinnabar-red crest. April Pseudo-bulbs erect, evergreen, 1
Burmah, 1859. Greenhouse. :
D. с. Wattii (Watt’s).. This differs from the type in its larger
flowers, rather longer spur, the longer narrow mid-lobe, the yellow
bands of the lip, and the faintly hairy sheaths, Munipore,
long by jin. in diameter.
(B. M. 6715.)
(green-eyed).
D. ;
bright pea-green, small -
flowering stove species.
dark crimson
. in Septem A
6ft. long, about jin. in diameter. Nepaul, 1828. .
— deciduous species, most successfully grown
et, ded from the roof.
mi um has the fri
two or four, pallid brown, 1879.
D. chrysotis (golden)* Л. about 2in. across; sepals
long and narrow, rich Pr en-yellow ; lip or
Pus heavily f
from one
Summer. Pseudo-bulbs 2ft. to 6ft. long, jin. in
dark, rather prominent nodes to nch
rod-like stem. Assam, 1878.
purple blotches at the
drooping, several springi
evergreen sj
under name of D.
UK
)
D. erectus : idan-flowered
rees on the y stems;
blotch.
* Л. deep rich
jinbef nae and anis
India.
nge
illose
ad, light green. Pseudo-bulbs 2ft. -
bearing from eight to twelve leaves.
fringe. March and A
a uniform bright yellow,
of
к, or more together. Summer.
e nankeen-colour ; base of lip
‚ 1842,
ht yellow, with a
1820. A lar wing stove
on
li
white, and f.
1883.
A very pretty free-
yellow, in twos
з from Sft. |
А
R. 1299.
; racemes
bate ed to eight-flowered.
ег,
8
spikes from th
ft. to Sft. |
AN ENGYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
Dendrobium—continued.
D. crassinode (thick-knotted).* f. from the last matured growth,
each node producing from two to four stout blossoms; sepals and
petals waxy-white, tipped with rich шр; lip white, with ап
orange blotch at the Dane. February and March. Pseudo-bulbs
lft. to 1}ft. long, and din. in diameter. Burmah, 1868. This
species is remarkable for the enormously swollen joints of the
stem, which are lin, in diameter, and arranged about lin. apart.
A pendulous stove deciduous species, best grown in a small basket
or on a block of wood. (В. M. 5766.) There are two or three very
good varieties, includi albilorum, pure white, with a dark
yellow disk ; and Barberianum, a great improvement on the type,
with more highly-coloured flowers, which are of greater sub-
stance, the pseudo-bulbs also are stouter.
D. crepidatum red). Л. from the last matured growth,
two and three Pa лш about 2in. across, on somewhat long
footstalks ; ки and petals white, tipped with pink ; lip stained
with yellow. rch. Pseudo-bulbs lft. to 14ft. long, with white
lines running their entire length. Assam. А very handsome
drooping greenhouse deciduous species, well suited for growing in
а basket or on a block. (B. M. 4993.)
D. cretaceum (chalked). /l. chalky-white, solitary from the
joints of the long leafless stems, rather small, downy ; lip with a
Ее yellow disk, pencilled with crimson ; margin cilia May.
seudo-bulbs 8in. to ldin. long, jin. in diameter. India, 1846.
A compact-growing pendulous stove deciduous species, (В. M.
4686.)
D. crystallinum (crystalline).* fl. of moderate size, freely pro-
duced from the last matured growth; sepals and petals white,
tipped with rose or purple; lip orange at the base, tipped with
purple. Summer. Pseudo-bulbs lft. to 14%, long, jin. in
diameter. Burmah, 1868. Ап erect-growing stove deciduous
species, allied to D. Bensonic. (B. M. 6519.)
D. cucullatum (hooded). Л, ljin. to 2in. in diameter, suffused
with a pale pink tint; lip pale yellow. India, 1835. Very closely
allied to D. Pierardii, from which it is principally distinguished
by thelip being more ovate in form and more open at the base,
the sides not being rolled round the column to half the extent
they are in D. Pierardii, to which, however, the present species
is inferior from a horticultural point of view. Greenhouse.
(B. M. 2242.)
D. cupreum (coppery). · A synonym of D. moschatum.
Fia. 634. FLOWER OP DENDROBIUM DEVONIANUM.
D. Dalhousianum (Lady Dalhousie’s).* у. large, 3in. to 5in.
across; and petals y sere pen lemon; lip of the
same colour, spotted at the base with two large blotches of dark
crimson, and margined with rosy-pink ; racemes drooping, р:
duced from the growth of the previous year, six to ten-flowered.
April and May. Pseudo-bulbs stout, erect, 3ft. to 5ft. high,
about lin. in diameter, with purple lines running their entire
length. India, 1857. А noble strong-growing stove evergreen
species, requiring, however, a considerable space to grow it
in anything like perfection. (P. M. B. xi. 145.)
D. densiflorum (dense-flowered).* fl. rich clear amber, produced
in numerous long dense pendulous racemes, which sprinz from
immediately below the junction of leaf and stem; lip orange,
delicately fringed. April and May. Pseudo-bulbs somewhat
club-shaped, about 10. in height, furnished near the apex with
several broad, oblong, deep green, shining leaves. India, 1829.
Ё ы handsome free-flowering stove evergreen species. (В. Е.
)
D. d. albo-luteum (white and yellow). A very floriferous form,
[ differing from the t; : ** in the ен. glossier pseudo-bulbs and
leaves, and in "br lax panicle and colourless transparent
sepals and- "wi are sometimes tinged with pink: lip
Dendrobium —continued.
wholly orange, or orange-red. Moulmein. SYN. D. th siftorum.
(B. M. 5780.) " yi
D. d. Schroederi (Schreder's) This differs from the last-
named variety, except in the purer white of the flowers, and the >
golden labellum gradually shading off towards the margin into
a paler yellow. India, 1870.
D. Devonianum (Duke of Devonshire's).* f., sepals and petals
soft creamy-white, tinged with pink, the latter in addition being
tipped with purplish-magenta; lip white, margined with purple
and spotted with rich orange at the Lase, and bordered all round
with a delicate lace-like frill, which gives the plant a charm
that is quite unique. Well-grown кед bulbs often carry from
ninety to а hundred flowers, which are about 2in. across, March
and April. Pseudo-bulbs lft. to 3ft. long, jin. in diameter.
East Indies, 1857. A very beautiful pendulous stove deciduous
species, sometimes called the King of Dendrobiums, It should
be grown either in a basket or upon а block of wood. See
Fig. 634. (B. M. 4429.)
i E candidulum (white) f. pure white, with a yellow throat.
D. D. Elliottianum (Elliott's) /., sepals and petals with much
purple on their tips ; whole flower veined with rose. 1876.
D. D. rhodoneurum (red-veined). fl., sepals and petals streaked .
with dark purple ; lip large and round. Movit 1868. лу
. dixanthum (double-tinted). Л. yellow, produced in clusters
of from two to four together, on the leafless stems ; disk of the
lip of a darker hue, about 2in. across. Spring. Pseudo-bulbs
about 2ft. high and jin. in diameter. Moulmein, 1864. An erect,
slender-growing, stove deciduous species, (B. M. 5564.)
D. Draconis (Draco).* fl, white, moderate-sized, produced from
the points of the last matured growths in bunches of six or
more; lip with a red base. Pseudo-bulbs 1%. to lift. high, jin.
in diameter. Moulmein, 1862. Erect stove evergreen. SYN,
D. eburneum. (В. M. 5459.) A
D. eburneum (ivory-flowered). А synonym of C. Draconis.
D. xanthum (red-yellow),* о е, with
E oT densely clustered, MeL AES, from the CE
growth. May and June. Pseudo-bulbs 3ft. to 4ft. high, about
in. in diameter. Philippines, 1874. A very rare, erect, stove
eciduous species.
D. Falconeri (Falconer’s).* fl, produced from one-year and older
nodes; sepals and petals white, tipped with purple; lip same _
colour, with a centre of dark purple, margined with orange. -
May. l. 3in. long, lin. broad. ^ Pseudo-bulbs about 5. long,
very knotty, much-branched ; nodes in. in diameter, close |
together. India, 1847. A pendulous stove evergreen, somewhat.
ditficult to cultivate. (B. M. 4944.) E
D. Е. albidulum (white) /l. pure white, slightly tinge with *
tips of the d. s, ur "y / Indias 1876.
purple at the tals, and lip.
(B. H. 1874, 15.) РЯ P un
D. Е. giganteum (gigantic). jl. much the same colour, &c.,
as the type. l. Зіп. long, lin. broad. MEER lft. to 14ft.
long, unbranched; nodes Jin. in diameter, about lin. apart. An —
erect or semi-erect form. i
D. Farmeri (Farmer's)* Л. produced upon long pendulous
racemes, in the same manner as those of D. densiftorum, Y
not so closely set together ; sepals and petals pale straw-colour, —
delicately tinged with pink, whilst the disk of the lip is of a
golden-yellow. May. India, 1847. А beautiful delicate
uprighi- Growing stove evergreen ining about lft. in
height, bearing several "x green | towards the
top of its club-shaped stems, which are swollen
а kind of pseudo-bulb. See Fig. 635.
D. Е. aureoflavum (golden-yellow). A be
distinguished from the type by its P
petals, and golden lip. Moulmein, 1864, (B. M. 5401.
also a white variety, album, but both аге таге
D. fimbriatum Jag ime a
and delicate texture throughou
lip beautifully bordered with а І like f of th coim
pendulous, six or more flowered, from the up of Ma С
ie and older pseudo-bulbs. March and Apr EIE °°
t. to 4ft. long, iin. in diameter, having thirty to forty leaves, =
which are 6in. long by ljin. broad. » А very ve
erect stove evergreen species. 4
D. f. oculatum (cyed)* A
— from the type in havi
are blotched in the centre
blood-colour. India. SYN. D. i on
D. Findleyanum (Findley' Zim. to din. across, produced
from the upper co ah of the last matured pseudo-bulbs; sepals
and petals white, tipped with pink; lip white, with a large :
orange-coloured blotch оп the anterior. part. J E
February. Pseudo-bulbs 1%. or more high ; remarkable for "S.
large egg-shaped nodes, which are over jin. in diameter and
дк Nong... Moulmein, 1877. Am erect stove deciduous species.
B. M. 6438.) IM x4 QE D i x
D. fo: ` (beautiful).* ft. white, Ain. to біп. across, of great
subota naa PORE from thè point, and also from the , of
the leaves nearest the point of the pseudo-bulb; lip.
dus алеу chiefly dif.
er flowers, the Ys ачы —
deep blackish-purple or dark — —
Paxton. (В. М. 4 60.)
454 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
оаза са. i Dendrobium- — е ontinue d . `
i ith an orange throat; spikes three to four, or even eight- with orange. J. ovate-lanceolate, acute. Moulmein, 1867. Stove.
е Summer. Pseudo-bulbs 1%. to ljft. high, lin. in SYN. D. Bullerianum. (В. M. 5652.)
diameter, bearing about eight or ten coriaceous leaves. India, D. Griffithianum (Griffith's) jl. very rich golden-yellow, dis-
1837. Stove. (В. R. 1839, 64.) : posed in immense droo ing spikes. Мау апа June. last Indies,
pet 1838. Described as one of the most beautiful of the
S * 22222 : yellow spring-flowering section, not unlike D. densi-
Jlorum, but about double the size in all its parts.
Stove
D. hedyosmum (sweet-scented). A synonym of D.
scabrilingue.
D. heterocarpum (variable-fruited), А synonym of
D. aureum.
D. Heyneanum (Heyne's) f. white, streaked with
violet, small, produced in spikes, from the top of the
stems, at different times of the year. Bombay, 1838.
A very pretty stove deciduous species, growing about
8in. high, and best cultivated on a block.
D. infundibulum (funnel-shaped).* É pure ivory-
white, large, often 4in. across, produced in bunches of
two or more blossoms, from the upper joints ; lip ser-
rated, yellow; the bases of the two lateral sepals pro-
longed into a tapering funnel-shaped spur, about lin.
long. Мау and June. Pseudo-bulbs ift. to lift.
long, jin. in diameter, bearing ten to fourteen strong
leaves. Moulmein, 1865. Stove. It thrives best in à
pot nearly filled with draining material, and over this
a layer of living sphagnum. See Fig. 636. (В. М. 5446.)
D. Jamesianum (James Veitch’s) differs only from
D. infundibulum in having a red, instead of a gold
throat. Moulmein, 1869. Stove. There are sev ;
other forms of these two species, the differences of
which lie in the colouring of the lip. IE gee S
D. Jenkinsii (Jenkins's).* Л. pale buff, margined with
ioo" on short erect spikes of two or three good-sized
lossoms, from the centre of two-year and б ‘
bulbs. March and April. Pseudo-bulbs small, grow-
ing thickly together, lin. long, jin. im^ $4
bearing а soli , thick and fleshy, dark green n
which is almost lin. long. Northern India, 1858. i
charming little greenhouse evergreen for growing on
bare block of wood. (B. В. 1839, 37.) |
D. Jerdonianum (Jerdon's Л. cinnabarred, small, — -
produced in small bunches from the last matured :
growth: lip dark р le. Pseudo-bulbs about
igh. Nilgherries, 868. Erect stove evergreen.
D. Johannis John Veitch’s). И. small fragrant sepals
and petals chocolate-brown ; lip we у
pencillings. North Australia, 1
Freenhouse species, but not so showy as many others.
(B. M. 5540.) |
D. Kingianum (Capt. King’s).* Л. violet-purple, small ;
spikes about бїп. long, sp inging from the leafy part
of two-year and older bulbs. February. Рзепйо-ЪШЯ -
tapering, аһ. Маң ук уч — y base, сто Lind
ether, usu. ng two leaves.
New South Wales, 1 Greenhouse. (B. M. 4527.)
beautiful soeur. lip bre : :
oblong, incurved, purplish-rose. uary.
, falling off before the flowers have had -
Stem about 1%. long, upright. Moul.
Stove. (B. M. 5444, under the name of
ae TS з Й
Fi. 636. SINGLE FLOWER OF DENDROBIUM INPUNDIBULUM.
AN ENCY«
Dendrobium—continued.
D. lasioglossum (woolly-tongued Л. somewhat small, pro-
duced in twos and threes from the joints; sepals and petals
creamy-white ; lip yellow in the centre and brown at the sides,
streaked with purple lines. Pseudo-bulbs 8in. to lZin. long.
Burmah, 1868. An erect slender-growing greenh p , but
rather difficult to cultivate. (B. M. 5825.)
D. Linawianum (Linaw’s).* fl. pale rosy-lilac, nearly white
in the centre, produced freely in pairs; lip tipped with crimson.
Winter. А. 1. or more. China, 1824. А very meng gy е
growing enhouse evergreen species, requiring po ure.
(B. R. Із B. М. 4153, under name of D. moniliforme.) There
is a variety majus, which has larger and richer-coloured flowers.
FIG. 637, SINGLE FLOWER ОЕ DENDROBIUM LITUIFLORUM.
D. lituiflorum (trumpet-fiowered).* jl. very much like those of
D. nobile, but smaller; sepals and petals rosy-purple, very acute ;
lip white, bordered with purple, having a dark purple centre, and
remarkable in being curved like a trumpet, with the mouth up-
wards. April Pseudo-bulbs 18їп. to 20in. long, jin. in diameter ;
node-like joints about ljin. apart. East Indies, 1856. A rare
pendulous stove deciduous spe . succeeding best when sus-
pended from the roof іп a basket of sphagnum. See Fig. 637.
(B. M. 6050.)
D.1. candidum (white) Л. pure white, with the faintest tinge
of green on the lip. 1880. Very rare.
. 1, Freemanii (Freeman's) A deep-coloured form, with zone of
Б yellow, and erect, short, stiff pseudo-bulbs. Assam,
1878.
FIG. 658. DENDROBIUM PULCHELLUM. -
PADIA OF HORTICULTURE.
Dendrobium- continued.
with a yellow
in. high. India.
Stove. According to Mr. B. S. Williams, **there are two varieties,
but the one now described is the best." Not unlike D. Jormosum,
but not so robust in growth. (The type is figured B. R. 1315.)
D. Lowi (Low’s). Л. bright yellow, with reddish veins on the
upper part of the lip, large, 2in. across, uced in racemes
from the side of the stem near the top. Summer and autumn.
Pseudo-bulbs 1ft. to 1jft. high, jin. in diameter. Borneo, 1862.
A very distinct erect stove evergreen species, well-grown plants
of which are very rare. It succeeds in a pot or basket, or on
& block. (B. M. 5303.)
D. luteolum (yellowish).* 1. Primrose-yellow, witha little orange
and crimson on the lip, lin. to 2in. across, produced in threes or
fours from the upper part of the last-made pseudo-bulbs and
branches. March. Pseudo-bulbs lft. to 24ft. long, Jin. in dia-
meter. Moulmein, 1864. An erect (or usually so) greenhouse
evergreen.» The bulbs of some plants of this species throw out
many earl but there is a variety which makes an erect bulb
50їп. h. e first-named form never does well unless, éach
ear, the nodes from which these new growths proceed are
rought down so that the roots can enter the peat an sphagnum.
(B. M. 5441.)
D. MacCarthiz (Mrs. MacCarthy's).* Л. ика жазу Sin. in
racemes of from three to five blossoms; sepals and petals very
white, din. long, scoop-shaj
otch within.
D.maerophyllum (large-leaved).* Л. greenish-yellow, hairy out- ———
ide, р uced in long terminal eréct racemes ip reete
and spotted with purple. Philippines, M
growing stove species, with club-sha) stems, which bear two
or three broad leaves. (B. M. 5649.) =
D. marmoratum (marbled). Л. white, ti with purple; lip
purplish, ciliated. Burmah, 1875. A "y p aie species,
allied to D. transparens. up
D. moniliforme (beaded)* jt. white, with a few purple spotson _
the lip, deliciously fragrant, borne on the of the —
previous year's leafless stems, in clusters of two or more blossoms -
from a joint. May. Pseudo-bulbs thin, about 10in. high, clot
with grass-like leaves. China and Japan, 1824. reenh
(B. M. 5482, under name of D. japonicum.) The D. moni
of Lindley (B. R. 1314) is D. Linawianum.
D. moschatum (musk.scented) Л. creamy-white, t
East Indies, 1844. А deli
species. SYN. D. triadenium. M. 5 " а. i E
D. nobile (noble).* ji. large, very freely р eu. cime
old posu do buida EN and petals The, tipped with rosy-
pink; lip white, rosy
E velvety crimson. ча
big im ШЫН T ng from t
eaves, 1836. 5 d Ж Жү
species is аб ош ШЫ о! ИШЕ ;
est known, one of the lest | t
comme: and, withal, one of the most beautiful, It
evergreen, and should be treated with pot culture if a large
specimen is required; smaller examples may be grown
basket. When growth is complete, remove it to à cool
3
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING
4
AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 457
Dendrobium—continued.
and keep it dry, or with just sufficient moisture to preserve
its pseudo-bulbs from shrivelling. It usually flowers during
"x and early summer ; if required to blossom in winter, it
should be placed in the stove during the autumn months. This
is one of the species which vary their scent at different times of
the day. According to M. André, the blossoms have an odour of
grass in the morning, of honey at noon, and a faint Primrose
Use in the evening. There are several varieties, including the
ollowing :
D.n.intermedium (intermediate). fi., sepals and petals white :
lip white, with a crimson spot in the centre. A rare, but distinct
and desirable form.
D. n. pendulum (pendulous). fl. large, richer in colour than the
type; with a pendulous habit.
Other varieties are : ecrulescens, nobilius (a very splendid form),
and Wallichianum.
D. nodatum (noded) А synonym of D. Aphrodite.
D. ochreatum (yellowish). 1. produced on the young кеге
about 2in. across, very thick in substance; sepals and petals
—— orange ; lip with a crimson blotch in the centre. Pseudo-
bulbs 8in. to 10in. long, nearly lin. in diameter. Northern India,
1837. A very handsome pendulous stove deciduous plant. SYN.
D. Cambridgeanum. (В. M. 4450.)
D. Parishii (Parish's).* jr. purplish-rose, fading into white to-
wards the centre, generally twin ; lip shorter than the sepals and
petals, very woolly, rose-coloured, with two eye-like purple
blotches in front of the column. June. Pseudo-bulbs enveloped
in a tissue-paper-like epidermis, 8in. to 14in. long, iin, in
diameter. Moulmein, 1868. А beautiful semi-erect stove de-
ciduous species, allied to D. nobile, but quite distinct. (B. М,
88.)
D. Paxtoni (Paxton's. A synonym of D. fimbriatum oculatum.
D. Pierardii (Pierard’s).* Л. creamy-white or delicate pink, pro-
duced on long, beautifully festooned stems ; lip Primrose-colour,
with a few purple lines near the base. Winter. Pseudo-bulbs
2ft. to 4ft. long, żin. in diameter. East Indies, 1815. A pendulous
nhouse deciduous species, best grown in a basket or on a
lock. (B. M. 2584.) ere are several varieties, some of which
are very inferior. Опе of the best is D. P. latifolium, in which
the flowers are much finer than those of the type, and are rather
more freely produced. Itisrare. India, 1830.
D. primulinum gerat Л. produced in two rows along the
stem; sepals and petals small, ish-white ; z downy, very
large, shell-shaped, white, with a very faint tint of blue. February
and March. Pseudo-bulbs 1%. to 1}ft. long, lin. in diameter.
Moulmein, 1864. A rare but мао greenhouse deciduous
species, with a pendulous habit. (B. M. .)
D. pulchellum (beautiful.* fl. freely produced from the last
matured growth gem and petals іо е: lip rose, with
an orange base ; margin beautifully fringed or ciliated. March.
Pseudo-bulbs branched, 6in. to 10in. long. North India. А
dwarf stove deciduous species, requiring to ed uoi in a basket,
and, when at rest, to be kept cool. See Fig. (B. M. 5037.)
D. rhodocentrum (red-spurred). fl. light rosy, produced from
the upper portions of the two-year and older pseudo-bulbs, and
dis in hanging bunches of from six to twelve; petals eppen
with purple; lip white, with a purplish stain at the apex, and a
yellowish base. Autumn. Pseudo-bulbs 2ft. to Sft. long, lin. in
diameter. 1872. А pendulous stove evergreen species.
D. rhodopterygium (rose-winged) fl. deep rose; lip light
urple, woolly, E Ма; ed гы lft. to 13, high,
о. in diameter. Burmah, An erect deciduous stove
species, resembling D. Parishii, but with much larger pseudo-
D. Ruckeri (Ruckers) Л. greenish-yellow, almost white ex-
ternally, fragrant ; dr ‘brown making. Philippines, 1843.
A pretty species, similar in habit to D. aureum. н
D. sanguinolentum (blood * uced in bunches
of six or eight, from ihe upper parta of 1 old psendo-bulbs ;
sepals and petals amber, veined with р апа
purple tips
lip large, with its point heavily with purple. Autumn
Pocus bulbs 3ft. to 4ft. high, Jin. in diameter, ly clothed
with large dark green leaves. п, 1842. An erect stove ever-
Ex species, with violet or lilac-coloured stems and leaves. (B. R.
845, 6.) Mr. Williams mentions a variety named
which he describes as a great improvement upon the typicaI form ;
16 is much stronger in growth, with longer spikes and larger
flowers, Borneo.
"scabrilingue (rough-tongued).* f. at first greenish, but soon
api to redit; З асах the lip, which is shaded with
gm and yellow, х= ж striped with orange; rather small, pro-
uced in pairs, and yielding a very delicious Wallflower-like per-
fume. Spring. Pseudo-bulbs 6in. to 10їп, long, and about jin.
in diameter. Burmah, 1862. An erect stove evergreen species,
SYN. D. hedyosmum. (В. M. 5515.) oo)
D. carved). jl. pure white, about 2in. across, produce
from жге бато eae ә wth, three or four опа spike ;
-A white, a square blotch on its centre. Pseudo-bulbs
lft. to 1}ft. long, 3in. thick. Borneo, An erect stove evergreen
qe?
|
| D. Tattonianum (Tatton’s). A
Dendrobium—continued.
D. secundum (side-flowering). jt. purple, with a yellow lip, small,
disposed in short, dense racemes, which are produced from
near the top of the two-year and older udo-bulbs. Winter.
Pseudo-bulbs 2ft. to 3ft. high, jin. in d bearing short
broad leaves, Malayan Islands, 1829. Erect stove evergreen.
(B. M. 4352.)
D. senile (white-haired). Л. bright golden-yellow, about lin,
across, in short spikes of twos or threes from the sides of the last
matured growth; lip with a few reddish transverse stripes,
Spring. Pseudo-bulbs 4in. to 6in. long, jin. in diameter.
oulmein, 1865. (B. M. 5520. А rare but pretty erect stove
deciduous species, having the stems and leaves densely clothed
with long white hairs. “This plant should be grown upon а
block of wood, and kept surrounded with a genial atmosphere ;
but it does not enjoy overhead syringing.
D. speciosum (showy)* jl. wax-like, creamy or yellowish-white,
fragrant, small, but numerously disposed in a long terminal
raceme (from lft. to 14ft. in length), curiously resupinate or
inverted, the lip presens at the upper part of the flower ; sepals
апа petals incurved, narrow ; lip with black specks. Autumn.
Pseudo-bulbs very stout, біп, to 10in. long, ljin. in diameter,
crowned two or three large coriaceous dark shining leaves.
Eastern A istralia, 1824. An erect greenhouse evergreen species,
extremely ey to manage. When making its young E айз кэч
little heat is necessary ; but when these are mature, it should be
removed to the open air for two or three months, giving oy
sufficient water to keep the sun from shrivelling u t
should be grown in a pot, and a little loam and leaf mould may
© rer: to the compost with considerable advantage. (B. M.
D. s. Hillii (Ні). Л., sepals and petals narrower and paler,
and with longer but more slender Spice than those of the type.
Pseudo-bulbs about double the length, and half the thickness, of
those of D. speciosum. 1861. A remarkably floriferous plant.
(B. M. 5261.)
D. suavissimum (very sweet-scented).* E rich yellow, about
2żin. across, with a strong Hawthorn-like roduced in
erect
and ol ulbs; Ыр the same colour, with ire nct
central blotch of brownis
fringed.
9in. high, swelling upwards, bearing two or three large leaves | С
from the upper part of the udo-bulbs; se petals
undulated or waved. Aud. Pseudo-bulbs ТИ: Sft. high,
lin. in diameter. North Australia, 1876. Ап erect stove
evergreen species. See Fig. 639. (Gn., Sept. 14, 1878.) Р
в. Goldiei (Goldie’s). A very elegant form, with violet- -
coloured flowers. North Australia, 18. i 4
D. superbum (superb) Л. pink, tinged with about Зіл,
or ain. across, proceeding іа та row on each side of the stems;
lip rich purple. April. Pseudo-bulbs lift. to 2ift. long, iin.
in diameter. Philippines. A pendulous stove semi ec l
species, with flowers having a strong odour, like nieh гра.
D. s. anosmum (scentless).* Л. large, from 2їп. to 3i
к go down edema М to 2n. Чощ Ja
1 diameter. " Manilla, 1840. A. lrooping *
variety is almost en
Malay Archipelago.
iym of D. canaliculatum.
deep purple, long, carling, and spread ou open punta,
(whence the specifie name); Пр ти A жыр а ela
violet. Autumn. Л. 5ft. a, 1837, А strong-growing stove.
evergreen species, with upright stems ; it is best grown in a pot.
(В. Е. 1843, 28.) ` |
D. teretifolium (terete-leaved) Л. white, numer
duced in short hunches from Ыш base of the тоны I,
yai na | cune h . dint o. "a as “pend
458
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Dendrobium-—continued.
leaf, which is Yin. long by jin. in diameter. North-east Aus-
tralia, 1823. A pendulous stove evergreen species. (B. M. 4711.)
. thyrsifiorum (stalk-flowered). A synonym of D. densiflorum
albo-luteum. Z
D. tortile (twisted). fl. pale yellow, almost white, suffused with
urplish-rose ; sepals and petals long, slightly twisted. June.
seudo-bulbs lft. to lift. high, 3in. in diameter. . Moulmein,
1847. Ап erect stove evergreen ep flowering in the same
manner as D. mobile. (B. M. 4477.) The variety roseum is
extremely pretty, having flowers of a delicate rose, shaded with
yellow. It resembles the type in every other respect.
transparens (transparent).* f Pv РАН white, tinged with
purplish-rose towards the tips, lin. to 1зіп. across, produced in
pairs along the stems ; lip stained in the middle with a blotch of
deep crimson encircled by a yellow zone. March. Pseudo-bulbs
lft. to lift. high. Assam, &с. An elegant, slender, erect stove
deciduous plant. (B. M. 4663.)
D. triadenium (three-gland-lipped). A synonym of D. mutabile.
D. Wardianum (Ward’s).* fl. about 34in. in diameter, thirty to
forty to a pseudo-bulb ; sepals and petals white, upper portion
bright rich magenta, broad, thick, wavy, blunt at the tips; lip
large, white above, rich orange in the lower part, with two deep
eye-like spots of crimson-magenta. May. Pseudo-bulbs 2ft. to
4ft. long, lin. in diameter; nodes about 1Jin. apart, Assam, 1863.
A унаа stove deciduous species, requiring to be cultivated in a
basket or upon а block of wood, as its stems are long and pendu-
lous, the joints much swollen. Duringthe growing season, it enjoys
ап abundant supply of water, with a good heat; but, when the
growths are complete, the plant should be removed to a cooler
кеме, and less water, as a matter of course, will suffice, The
two following varieties are both rareand very desirable : candidum
(album) and petals pure white; lip the same, but with
ап orange-coloured base, (Е. M. n. s. 212.) Lowii, flowers white,
rose, purple-brown.
D. Williamsonii (Williamson’s ivory-white, slightly tinged
with brown ; lip large, with a b Pak Spot. А M bear-
os Aa tami Ae leaves, clothed with short soft hairs. Assam,
& - Stove plant, somewhat difficult to cultivate,
. xanthophlebium ellow-veined).* /l. produced in pairs upon
EM patmi ee older pseudo bibs sepals and io aa
| : -Sized, spo with orange; margin white.
Pseudo-bulbs very small, ' h, lft. Moulmein, 1864. Bere.
Нүввгрѕ. The hybrid forms, although not numerous,
are well worth cultivating. Unlike those of many other
genera, they do not materially outdistance their progenitors
in either form, colour, beauty, or other respect. Those
mentioned below are fairly representative :
D. Ainsworthii (Ainsworth’s).* about Zin.
INST . across, with a j
seer like perfume ; s and petals white, with a slight tings
ч rose; lip white, а large central blotch of claret-colour,
i and March. Pseudo-bulbs 1%. to 24ft. long, about sin.
_ Indiameter. A strong, erect, stift growing stove plant, the foliage
which is each psendo-bulb for two years, Obtained
D. heterocarpum and D. nobile. (б. C. n. s. viii. 166.)
D. Dominyanum (Dominy’s), rose-coloured, vi
ery pretty,
rares PEE pns ear ola bulbs. Spring. A very йу hr
ile апа D. Linawi i
growth of the former. It is Re Baars rom Аа
one of Mr. Dominy’s first efforts in hybridising orchids. Stove.
D. endocharis (side. и
the two-year old [mea Mes d i segaks and p from the sides of
ite: ; petals nearly pure
Ma 10: p the m. but with brown lines. January, Pseudo-bulbs
A a cross between D. Aeterocarpum and D, monio, the
eech’s).* fl., sepa бз
.. with rose-purple ; р marginod with white eed, ‘ipped
' le Бе. Hybrid between D. ; Cel а large dark
hoi (Gn., July 7, 1883.) aureum and D. nobile, Green-
(red-mouthed; toss ^
pendulons bunch, which is roduc cad from the сша
СС | sepals and petals d se:
Ашы expanded. rosy-purple, with dee i
n. Psendo-bulbs 2ft. to 21}. pn.
ыу Vein whe td t an
‚ sanguinolentum., ve.
very splendid) fl., ls and petals
tipped viti purple ; di wish, ;
А fine hybrid ж . podido ian D. M
k ve. :
(from dendron a tree,
allusion to the plant’ having tipped
wing as an epiphyte on trees), ORD.
small genus of two or three species of
long pendulous racemes of rather in-
h flowers, and narrow, one-leayed
. And D. pallidiflaveng,
pinnata te hite, purple, pl e i)
‹ 2e й сашіпе ie eee pic s d te; segments OD
› species which have been in cul- |
Dendrochilum —continued.
D. Cobbianum. See Platyclinis Cobbiana.
D. filiforme, See Platyclinis filiformis.
D. glumaceum, ‘ce Platyclinis glumacea.
DENDROCOLLA. A synonym of Sarcochilus.
DENDROMECON (from dendron, a tree, and mekon,
a Poppy). ORD. Papaveracee. A hardy shrubby plant,
thriving in a light rich loam. Increased from cuttings.
D. rigida (stiff)* Tree Poppy. jfi. yellow; sepals two, ovate,
caducous; petals four; stamens numerous. June. 4i rigid,
entire. California. The common name is very appropriate, the
plant having the appearance and character of the Poppy tribe,
together with a woody stem and branches. (B. M. 5134.)
DENDROPANAX (from dendron, a tree, and Panaz;
Tree Panax). Окр. Araliacee. Very handsome and
effective stove foliage plants. There are about twenty
species, natives of tropical Asia and America, as well as
China and Japan; but the one given below is the only
one in general cultivation. For culture, see Panax.
D. argenteus (silvery-leaved). 1. alternate, oblong, entire, about
lft. in length, aperin at the base, pointed or rounded at the
v
apex ; upper surface silvery-white ; veins greenish ; lower surface
eafstalks Stem somewhat fleshy, spotted.
lish ; 1 long, stout.
Brazil, 1878.
DENDROSERIS (from dendron, a tree, and seris, a
kind of endive; referring to its habit and form of leaves).
Овр. Composite. Handsome greenhouse trees, thriving
in a rich loam. There are seven species, all natives of
Juan Fernandez, but probably the only one hitherto intro-
duced is that described below. Propagated by seeds. It
is, however, usually cultivated from imported plants.
macrophylla 1 x ge, Sum.
p Stem ae тан ои ar wi of Watts and
a drooping panicle of large flowers. A. 10it. 1877. (В. М. 6363.)
DENHAMIA. See Culcasia.
DENTARIA (from dens, a tooth; referring to the
fanged roots). Toothwort. Овр. Crucifere. А genus of
very ornamental hardy herbaceous perennials. Radical
leaves none or few, on long stalks; cauline ones stalked,
placed on the middle of the stem, alternate or in whorls,
palmately or pinnately cut. Stem erect, bearing the
raceme at the top; pedicels filiform, bractless. Rootstocks —
creeping, scaly. They are of very simple culture in 4
rich, light soil, and a moist, shaded situation. Propags
by carefully-made divisions of the root; or by seed. There
are about twenty species, all confined to North temperate
regions, sil
. bulbifera (bulb-bearin . purple, few, rather large. April -
- cauline Ке tei Raid upper ones undivided, M ;
few segments, for the most bulbs in the
h. 14ft. to 2ft. Europe (England). (Sy. En. B. 107.)
D. (digitate).* rich le. M: 1.
many. eom a s С palmately cut into five obl
ceolate, poin:
: : on the
D. diphylla (twoleaved)* jt. white on the inside, purple onis
D. glandulosa (glandular). fl. purplish. May. l. three
whorl, stalked, Pina ^ ud oval - lanceolate, 1815.
serrated, bearing glands in the axils. A, 1ft. Hungary, 194 \
D. laciniata (jagged rose-coloured, or almost whi large
April. L. these in n Win, a ENS за toe parted; lobes
or segments linear, entire, or deeply serrated or TEN
North America, 1823.
acuminated, serrate-toothed. A. ift. Switzerland,
(R. G. 623.)
D. polyphylla (many-leaved).* ji. cream-coloured, large. ^.
gts in a whorl, or alternate, stalked, pinnate ; киенү -
seven or nine, approximate, lanceolate, acuminated,
№. lft, Hungary, 1817. (R. G. 171.) te
риги, about the size of —
1. two, alternate, sessile, cut
Sin. North
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
459
DENTICULATE. Having the margins finely and
slightly toothed. з
DENTIDIA. А synonym of Perilla.
DENUDATE. А hairy or downy surface becoming
naked.
DEODAR CEDAR. Se Cedrus Deodara.
DEPARIA (from depas, a cup; referring to the form
of the involucre). Including Cionidiwm and Trichocarpa.
ORD. Filices. A small genus of rare stove ferns. In-
volucre shallowly cup-shaped, membranaceous, not two-
valved. Sori protruding from the margin of the frond.
For general culture, see Ferns.
D. concinna (neat).* fronds bipinnate ; lower pinnz more than
lft. long, nearly 2in. broad, deeply cut in the lower part only;
lobes blunt, entire, broadly oblong-rhomboidal, unequal-sided
and decurrent downwards. sori two to six to a lobe. Peru.
Syn. D. Matthewsii.
D. Macrzi (Macray’s). А synonym of D. prolifera.
D. Matthewsii (Matthews’). A synonym of D. concinna.
D. Moorei (Moore's) fronds lft. to 11ft. long, біп. to 9in, broad,
cordate-deltoid in general outline, pinnate бао»: lower ріппғе
біп. to 9in. long, Jin. to біп. broad, cut down to the rachis into
deeply-pinnatifid lobes. sori copious, extra marginal, or stipitate.
New Caledonia.
D. nephrodioides (Nephrodium-like). fronds 2ft. to 3ft. long,
rather firm and shining, quadripinnate; lower рїппг stalked,
under lft. long; pinnules deltoid, with inciso-pinnatifid lobes,
4in. long; upper ones gradually smaller, confiuent and toothed
only. sori marginal and prominent, but sessile, globose, New
South Wales.
D. prolifera (proliferous).* fronds pinnate ; lower pinne about
біп. long, lin. to 1jin. broad, pinnatifid; lobes oblong, slightly
toothed. sori four to twelve to a lobe, extra marginal, sessile or
stipitate. Sandwich Islands, Syn. D. Macrei.
DEPAUPERATED. Imperfectly developed.
DEPENDENT. Hanging down. -
DEPPEA (named in honour of M. Deppe, who col-
lected and sent home many plants from Mexico) Syn.
Choristes. ORD. Rubiacem. A genus containing about
twelve species of shrubs, all natives of Mexico. Flowers
yellow, small, arranged in cymes; corolla rotate, or shortly
funnel-shaped. Leaves opposite, petiolate, membranaceous,
ovate or lanceolate. D. erythrorhiza is a shrubby green-
house plant, with a woody root and reddish inner bark.
For culture, see Bouvardia.
rhiza (red-rooted).* fl. I-A cymes terminal and
D. erythro: :
axillary, pedunculate, of three or four branches. /. petiolate,
elliptic, acuminated at both ends, rather pilose above and on the
margins; stipules triangular, deciduous. А, 1ft. to 3ft.
DEPRESSARIA CICUTELLA. See Flat-body
Moth.
DEPRESSARIA DAUCELLA. See Carrot
Blossom Moth.
DEPEESSARIA DEPRESSELLA. See Purple
DEPRESSED. Pressed down; having the appearance
of being pressed. pen
DESCANTARIA. Included under Tradescantia.
+
Fic. 640. LEAF OF DESFONTAINEA SPINOSA.
DESFONTAINEA (named after R. L. Desfontaines,
2 celebrated French botanist, born 1752, died 1833). ORD.
_ Loganiacem. А very beautiful, hardy, evergreen shrub, of
Desfontainea— continued.
easy cultivation. It thrives in either a peat or loam soil,
but preferably the latter. Cuttings will root if inserted
in either of the soils above named, with the addition of a
little sand; a gentle heat would accelerate the rooting.
It forms an admirable plant for greenhouse or conser-
vatory decoration, and even when out of flower its pecu-
liar Holly-like appearance is most attractive.
D. spinosa "pinos d Л. showy, terminal, solitary, pedunculate;
corolla scarlet, with a yellow limb, tubular. August. J. elliptic-
oblong, coriaceous, glabrous, shining above, cuneated, and quite
entire at the base, with ча шама margins. A. 3ft. Andes
from Chili to New Grenada, 1853, See Fig. 640. (B. M. 4781.)
DESIGNS. The art of taking plans or Designs of
objects should, according to Loudon, be considered as part
of a gardener’s general education, since none who aspire
to any degree of eminence in their profession, ought
to be ignorant of the first principles of geometry
and drawing. A Design of the whole or any part of a
garden, as, for instance, a flower-bed, intended as a
working plan, should, above all things, be accurately
drawn. It is impossible to correctly transfer an intri-
cate Design from paper to show itself in a given space
on the yo unless the boundary of that space has
been previously measured, and it, with all the arrange-
ments of the enclosure, carefully prepared on an equal
scale throughout. In the case of a garden, the full size
being known, and the scale determined (as large a one
as practicable being preferred), the positions of any per-
manent features of the inside, such as large trees, glass .
structures, &c., either those already existing, or others
contemplated, should be marked, and the scale attached
to the Design for reference. A plan of a flower-garden
or carpet- bed should have the same rule of drawing
to scale measurement applied, as the position and space
to be occupied by different plants can be previously
arranged, and the proportion of colours properly in-
serted. A glance at this, when bedding time comes,
will at once indicate the positions assigned to all the
plants, and so prevent much confusion that would
otherwise prevail. Intricate carpet-bedding Designs are
often worked out by marking the lines with white sand;
others may be shown with stakes or small pegs. Designs
for glass structures vary according to the requirements
of the plants for which they are intended; but each
should show, in the same proportion, all the working
details it is proposed to introduce. in
DESMANTHUS (from desme, a bundle, and anthos,
а flower; the flowers are collected into bundles or spikes).
ORD. Leguminose. A genus of stove perennial suffruticose
herbs or shrubs, all the species of which belong to the New _
World, except one, which occurs e vhere in tropi
regions. Flowers all hermaphrodite; calyx campa.
shortly dentate; petals free, or slightly cohering, 1
Leaves bipinnate; leaflets small; stipules setaceous, qm.
sistent. There are about eight species, one or two of
which have been successfully tivated in this country mn
In their native habitats, all are more or less ornamental.
DESMOCHZETA. Included under P ы
. DESMODIUM (from desmos, a band; in reference to
the stamens being connected). ORD. Leguminose. А
genus containing about 125 species of suffruticose herbs
or sub-shrubs, found in all warm parts of the globe.
The genera Catenaria, Dendrolobiun ‚ Dicerma, Dollinera,
Heteroloma, Phyllodium, and Pteroloma, are included
by Bentham and Hooker um Desmodium. Flowers
purple, blue, rose, or white, in usually loose terminal
racemes. Leaves pinna. foliolate ; stipels two at the
base of the terminal leaflet, and one at the base of each
lateral leaflet. Stove and greenhouse plants, except where
otherwise stated. For culture, gt пена,
D. alatum (winged) А synonym „нышы i oii M
biarticulatum (two-jointed). /. yellow, disposed in an almost —
р. iq c a tire р-у about eq
naked terminal raceme.
460
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Desmodium—continued.
in size, rising from the top of the petiole, obovate-oblong, obtuse.
h. 2ft. East Indies, 1808, .
D. canadense (Canadian)* Л. reddish-purple, in simple, or
nicled, lateral or terminal racemes. July. l. pinnately-tri-
oliate; leaflets oblong-lanceolate, smoothish. Stems erect,
rather pilose and striated. A. 4ft. to 6ft. North America, 1640.
Hardy. (B. M. 3553.)
D. gyrans (moving).* Moving or Telegraph Plant. Л. violet;
racemes numerous, disposed in a panicle. July. i. pinnately-
irifoliate; leaflets elliptic-oblong, terminal one very large, and
lateral ones very small. А. lft. to 3ft. East Indies, 1775. А very
singular plant, the lateral leaflets moving up and down, either
steadily or by jerks, the movements being most marked during
bright sunshine.
D. nutans (nodding), Л. bluish-lilae, twin; racemes compound,
terminal and axillary, and are, as well asthe branches, pendulous.
July. i. pendulous, pinnately-trifoliate ; leaflets roundish-rhom-
boid, tomentose on both surfaces. A. lft. to aft. East Indies,
1823. (B. M. 2867.)
D. penduliflorum, A synonym of Lespedeza bicolor.
D. pod: um (foot-fruited), fl. реге; racemes terminal,
elongated, slender. July. 7, pinnately-trifoliate ; leaflets broad-
ovate, rather rhomboid, pale beneath. Stem ascending, terete,
A, lft. to 2ft. Мерал],
D. pulchellum, (pretty). Л. purple, two to each
leaves, which are Difoliate. July.
elliptic-oblong, pubescent beneath.
air of floral
1. pinnately-trifoliate ; leaflets
А. 2%. to 3ft, East Indies, 1798.
D. Skinneri albo-nitens (Skinners shining white).* A variety
having B le flowers and leaves lined with white. It is а
ty climber, and is very effective trained along the rafters of
ve Stove. SYN, Rhynchosia albo-nitens. (B. M. 5459.) $
D. triquetrum (triquetrous) fi. purple. July. l, leaflets
Janceo! te, acuminated, ei s PM Д lole:
ght times longer than the petioles. A.
3ft. to 6ft. East Indies, 1817. SYN. D. atum, е :
DESMONCUS (from desmos, a band, and ogkos, a
hook; the ribs of the leaves ending in recurved hook-like
points). Овр. Palme, Very ornamental stove palms.
Flowers appearing in the axils of the leaves, on a branched
.. Spike. _ Leaves pinnate, prickly.
ascending. The few species in
young state, make rather handsome plants for table deco-
ration; when too i
be displayed to advantage, and i
such a position afford а бийле reel "
us.
D. granatensis (New Grenadan)* Z, petioles terete ine-
; less, except at the top, where they зра few bola. m y Whois
. broad, and of a lively green colour. Colum
ps also seated a pair of lanceolate divergent pinnæ, nearly 2in,
ia, 1875, 164
D. mz (greater) Z, segments about twenty pairs, lin
Mq x cR Nr ae
pum pri y, TI d prickles. Stem reed like,
minor (less)* may be likened ini major.
~ its parts are considerably эшн ыр india е po
(named in honour of
friend and patron of
Very
Johann Deutz, Dutch
Thunberg's) ORD.
pubescent or scabrous,
ш axillary, or dis-
id terminal corymbs. Leaves opposite,
inkled and veined,
foliage and foredi
repotting every year, after flower.
| somewhat globular form. D, gracilis
grown for forcing, for which
seded; it forms a beautiful plant
às will not succeed if forced two -
will do so when only gradually
spring. It is а good plan to
Deutzia—continued.
place them in the open ground, in summer, and have two |
batches of plants, so that one may be forced while the
other is left in the open ground, to succeed it the fol-
lowing year. Deutzias lift well in autumn, and should
be potted and placed in cold frames, in October, to be
gradually brought on as required. The stronger-growing
sorts succeed in almost any soil or position in the shrub-
bery border.
D. corymbosa (corymbose).*
chotomous ; panicle
elliptic lanceolate.
Л. white; panicles corymbose, tri-
and outside of calyx dotted.
А. bít. Himalayas.
l. oblong or
Fig, 641. FLOWERING BRANCH AND SINGLE FLOWER OF DEUTZIA
CRENATA FLORE-PLENO. ;
D, crenata (crenate)* Л, white, racemose or paniculate. l ovate- -
lanceolate, rigidly serrulate, rough to the touch. Stems slender.
. h. 4ft. to 8ft. Japan.
. Fortunei (Fortune's) A synonym
of D. crenata,
D. (slender)* jl, white, nu-
ineronsly disposed in terminal racemes.
April. 1. small, ovate, acuminate, Ser-
rated. h. 1%. to 2ft, Japan. See Fig.
D. scabra
(rough), А synonym of
D. crenata, к
lliptic
кы н ЖОН tel
Himalayas, 1881.
B. R. 1847, 13.) -
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
461
DIACALPE (from dia, through, and calpis, an urn;
referring to the disposition of the spore-cases). ORD.
Filices. A monotypic genus. Inyolucre inferior, globose,
hard-membranaceous, entire, at length bursting very
irregularly at the summit. Capsules numerous, nearly
sessile. Sori globose; the receptacle small, scarcely ele-
vated. For culture, see Ferns.
D. aspidioides (Aspidium-like). Jronds tripinnate, sub-mem-
branaceous, often deciduously crinite ; E oblong-cuneate,
lobed, more or less decurrent. Malay Islands, &c. Stove.
DIADELPHOUS. Applied to the stamens when they
are connected into two bundles. ©
DIANDROUS. Having two stamens.
DIANELLA (a diminutive of Diana, the sylvan
goddess; in reference to the plants growing in woods).
Syn. Rhuacophila. Orv. Liliacem. Very ornamental
fibrous-rooted half-hardy perennials. Flowers paniculate,
on drooping pedicels; perianth six-cleft. Leaves grass-like.
The species thrive, in sheltered spots in the southern coun-
ties, in a mixture of loam and peat. All succeed well
planted out in the cool conservatory. Increased readily
by divisions; or by seeds, sown in gentle heat, in spring.
D. ezerulea (sky-blue) Л. blue ; branches of panicle short. May.
l., stem ones long, numerous, ensiform, rough at the edge and
keel. A.2ft. New South Wales. (B. M. 505.)
D. intermedia (intermediate) fl. whitish, numerous, disposed in
much-branched panicles 10in. to 18in. long. J. linear, ensiform.
New Zealand. A free-growing species, producing bunches of
pretty dark blue berries.
D. levis (smooth).* /l. bluish, in loose racemes ; pedicels filiform,
solitary, upright, distant, erecto-patent, scattered; corolla re-
flexed, inner segments ruled down the middle with three deeply-
coloured lines, parallel with the axis of the segment ; outer with
five similar ones; filaments bent at the to , and connected by
a joint with a short, thick, orange-coloured, irregularl oblong
strumous y, on the inwardly shelving summit of which the
anther is fixed by its base. Spring. l. bright green, ensiform,
broad, smooth, and keeled. h. 2ft. New South Wales, 1822.
SYN. D. strumosa. (B. R. 751.)
D. strumosa (strumous) A synonym of D. levis.
D. tasmanica (Tasmanian)* /l. pale blue, drooping, 2in. to 2in.
in diameter ; D large, loose, decompoundly branched, very
many-flowered ; perianth —— oblong, reflexed. Berries
deep blue, jin. to Zin. long, broadly oblong. J. 3ft. to 4ft. long,
broadly ensiform, with revolute margins, armed with spinular
teeth. Tasmania, 1866, A very ornamental, large, rigid, grassy-
leaved plant, sometimes attaining a height of 5ft. It forms а
conspicuous ornament for the conservatory, its chief beauty
consisting in the abundance of bright blue berries, which hang
for many weeks on the hair-like pedicels. (B. M. 5551.)
DIANTHERA (from dis, two, and anthera, anther;
the cells are more or less separated from one another).
Syn. Rhytiglossa. Including Porphyrocoma. ORD. Acan-
асет. A rather large genus of erect, ascendent, diffuse,
or prostrate, stove, greenhouse, or hardy herbs. Flowers
long, solitary or fascicled, bracteate; corolla with a narrow
_tube, which is either straight or incurved. Leaves entire,
. or rarely dentate. For culture, see Justicia.
D. americana (American) fl, corolla pale violet, or whitish,
less than jin. long ; base of lower lip rugose ; peduncles ruin d
exceeding the leaves, capitately several-flowered. Summer. i.
narrowly lanceolate, Jin. to 4in. long, tapering at base, sub-
sessile. Stem sulca ed. h. 1ft. to 3ft. In water, Canada
to South Carolina, , and Texas. Hardy aquatic.
Syn. Justicia pedunculosa (under which name it is figured in
B. M. 2367). i
D. ciliata (fringed).* fl. violet, with a white palate, numerous,
fascicled. Winter. 1. ovate-lanceolate, 2in. to Sin. long. A. 2ft.
Venezuela, 1870. A pretty stove sub-shrub. Syn. Beloperone
ciliata. (B. M. 5888.)
D. Pohliana (Pohys)* Л. purple; bracts deep red, imbricated,
rather large; spike terminating the branches, closely packed,
cone-like. March. J. somewhat large, sessile, narrowed to both
ends. Brazil, 1880. Stove. Syn. Porphyrocoma lanceolata,
(B. M. 4176.) í
D. secunda (side- flowering) Л. red, in compound terminal
racemes; bracts setaceous. October to February. J. ovate-
lanceolate, acuminate. Branches secund, many-flowered. West
Indies, 1793. Stove. SYN. Justicia secunda (under which name
it is figured in B. M. 2060).
DIANTHUS (from dios, divine, and anthos, a flower ;
the name given by Theophrastus, in allusion to the exquisite
|
Dianthus—continued.
fragrance of the blossoms of most of the species, as well as
from their unrivalled neatness and brillianey). Pink.
ORD. Caryophyllee. Tufted, mostly glaucous herbs, often
shrubby at the base. Flowers rose or
purple, rarely white or yellow, terminal,
solitary, panicled or fascicled; calyx tubu-
lar, five-toothed, furnished at the base with
imbricating bracts (see Fig. 643); petals
five, entire or cut, with long claws.
Leaves narrow, grass-like. This genus con-
sists of about seventy species, according
to the authors of the “ Genera Plantarum,”
although more than four times that num-
ber have been aceorded specifio rank by
various botanists. Just a hundred are re-
garded as species by Nyman, in his
enumeration of European plants. The
list given below includes only such as are
e
pes DIAN- known to be in cultivation. In most cases,
› showi к се y А
Five - tooth the specific distinctions are very trivial,
Calyx and and this fact has also necessitated several
Bracts at Base. . omissions. Hardy perennials, except
where otherwise specified. For culture, see
and Pink.
D. aggregatus (aggregate). Л. ink, large, egate, sessile.
а гои Ушу.) bi TS Шули гүн, he lit. 181 . Biennial.
„ Ж» л. 1. .
D. alpestris (rock).* f. red, usually
July. Z. linear-lanceolate. А. біп.
Europe, 1817.
in pairs; petals emarginate.
to 9in. Alpine pastures of
Ето. 644. ротай Р DIANTHUS BARBATUS. :
_ , : tted with crimson, very
D. alpinus (alpine).* Ded ым кат e:
numerously а. viae rod ‘San. py
linear, obtuse, green. Stem lea "Aug. 30, 1984.)
Alps of Austria, &c., 1759. (Gm. Aug. 9%, 190%) „а,
Л. rich purple-crimson, panicled,
double; inner petals spotted at
1. lanceolate, and, as
462
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Dianthus— continued.
D. arenarius (nt а jl., petals divided beyond the middle
into very narrow lobes, furnished with a livid spot and pressed
ке hairs at the base of each, the rest white. Summer.
tems generally one-flowered. North and Eastern Europe.
(B. M. 2033.)
Fic. 645. FLOWERING Princi AND SIN
SINGLE FLOWER OF
DIANTHUS SUPERBUS, Е
D. atrorubens (dark-red).* jl, dark red i
<, ms v m i ж si
heads ; involucre ovate, awned, "m than the s of
H ers. Summer. /. linear, three-ner
Eastern Europe, 1802. (B. M. 175) ^ № f South and
Ib A synonym of D. liburnicus,
D. barbatus (bearded)* Sweet William. Л. very variable in
. colour, | ws l
‚ aggregate, in bundles; petals
Er haenen ate astern impe п
able, and far exceed the type in point of Aarin —
^ bicolor two-coloured). al, white above
: solitary ; petals ted. Summer.
mentose. Stem panicled, A. lft. t
sca
.. h. din. to 6i
(Sy. En. B. 198) —
+
tkinson's)* is a beautiful garden hybrid, of
bility, D. chinensis is one ot tea ien А
flowers, and is опе of the handsomest of
rden Pinks. 16 seems difficult to increase by
s and does not ripen seed. (Gn., Jan. 12, 1884.)
slobose ; toot :
coo Hber ees отага
l; very acute; lower ones tufted.
t Л. rose-coloured, with
Л. bloody-scarlet, small, numerous ; cymes
Dianthus—continued. f
ubescent; lower ones oblong, obtuse. Stems ascending,
ranched. 4A. біп. to 9in. Europe (Britain) (Sy. En. B. 192.)
D. dentosus (toothed). Amoor Pink. ЛД. violet-lilac, with a
regular dark spot, formed of purple streaks, at the base of each .
tal, producing a dark eye in the centre of the flower, more than
in. across ; petals toothed at the margin, bearded at the base.
Summer. /.linear, rather broad, sometimes slightly undulated,
glaucous, tinged with a reddish hue. A. 6in. Southern Russia.
D. fimbriatus (fimbriate).* /L rose-coloured, solitary; petals
oblong, multifidly toothed, beardless, Summer. Ё. awl-shaped,
scabrous. Stem suffruticose at the base, branched. А. lft.
Iberia, 1815. (B. M. 1069, under name of D. orientalis),
D. Fischeri (Fischer’s).* /1. rose-coloured, somewhat aggregate ;
petals multitid, almost beardless; fascicles closely-set, many-
flowered. Summer. J. lanceolate, serrulated. Stem panicl
Russia, 1820. (S. B. Е, G. 245.)
D. fragrans (fragrant).* Л. white, suffused with purple, fragrant;
petals а АНАНЫ, beardless. July to September. pr s
with roughish margins. Stems generally one-flowered. А, біп, to
9in. Caucasus, 1804. (B. M. 2067.)
D. fruticosus (shrubby). Shrubby Pink. fl. dark in the middle,
rose-coloured in the circumference, and white and pilose at
the base, aggregate. Summer. l obovate, lanceolate, obtuse,
Stem shrubby. Half-hardy evergreen. л. 1%. to 2ft. Grecian
Archipelago (Island of Serfo), 1815. (5. Е. С. 407.)
D. gallicus (Gallic). Л. white, livid at the base; petals dentately-
multifid. July, August. l linear, somewhat ciliated. Stems
ascending, generally one-flowered. A, 6in. Western France,
Northern Spain, and Portugal. +
D. giganteus ( ntic) /. purple, numerous, sessile, disposed
in di heads M at the base by leafy bracts.
Summer. J. linear, very long, connate at the base a long way.
Stem round. A, 26, to 4ft. Eastern Europe, 1828,
D. glacialis (icy. Л. a small, scentless; petals serm
Summer. 1, linear, acute, serrulated, green. Stems erect, tuf
short, generally one-flowered, А. . Mountains ofi
Europe, 1820. (F. M. n. s. 268,
AN ENCYCLOPJEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 463
Dianthus—continued. Dianthus—continued.
D. Holtzeri (Holtzer's).* jf. pink, about 10р. in diameter ; petals D. petreeus (rock). Rock Pink. Л. rose, usuall litary
more or less fringed. J. linear-lanceolate. Turkestan. (R. G. the freely-produced stems; petals beardless, multifid. Sepia.
| 1. awl-shaped, entire, glabrous. А. біп. Eastern Europe, 1804.
D. plumarius (feathered).* Garden Pink; Pheasant's Eye.
Л. white, purple, either double or single, spotted or variegated,
and more or less fringed on the margins, sweet-scented ; petals
jagged, multifid, bearded. Summer. l. linear, with scabrous
margins. Stems two or three-flowered. A. Qin. to l2in. Eastern
Europe, 1629. Plant glaucous. (Sy. Еп. В. 195.)
1032, 1.)
Ета. 647. FLOWERS OF DOUBLE VARIETY OF DIANTHUS
CARYOPHYLLUS (CARNATION).
D. latifolius (broad-leaved). Л. pink, aggregate, racemosely
corymbose. Summer. J. oblong-lanceolage. л. 14ft. The habit
of this plant is very like that of D. barbhtus, but the leaves are
broader, and the flowers double the size. Native country un-
known. (S. B. F. G. 2)
D. liburnicus (Liburnian). /. red, almost sessile, in capitate *
bundles. August. l. lanceolate-linear. Stem angular. Л. lft.
to 2ft. South and Eastern Europe, 1817. Plant glaucous. SYN. FIG. 649. FLOWER OF DI
D. Balbisii.
D. monspessulanus (Montpelier). /. red, solitary; petals D. Se ae
ioi : : " 3 guierii (Seguiers)* й. rosy-purple, Summer. A. lft.
digitately multifid, smooth in the throat. Summer. J. linear, South kid COP o sod АЖ. ТАШ rp
serrulated. Stem panicled, few-flowered. h. біп. to l2in. South
and Eastern Europe, 1764. D. n (spreading) fl. like those of D. Le gos ee but
D. neglectus (neglected).* /. deep rose; petals serrated. Sum- with a longer calyx; petals white, finely jag ummer.
Begg son linear, дЫ м, ие: А АЛАП, Кып erect, tufted, 1. awl-shaped, channelled, stiff, short, recurved. Stems generally
short, generally one-flowered. A. 2in. to 4in. South-west one-flowered. Л. біп. Southern Russia, 1817.
Europe, 1869. D. suavis (sweet). jf. pink, sweet-scented; petals bearded,
ANTHUS CHINENSIS HEDDEWIGII
FLORE-PLENO.
doubly and deeply serrated. Summer. l. linear, spreading, glau-
= Stems generally one-flowered. A. 6in. Native country
unknown.
Ета. 650. FLOWER OF DIANTHUS CHINENSIS PLENISSIMUS.
. Super superb)* jf. rose-coloured, very bi ceras parti-
p^ y My =ч pesas Е" ; petals divided beyond the
middle, feathery, bearded at the Summer. l. linear-lanceo-
entire. Stems smooth,
lato, за M eo c9 Europe and Asia, 1 See
Ето. 648. DIANTHUS CHINENSIS FLORE-PLENO, many GUN b с to wen
D. pallidiflorus (pale-flowered). Л. purplish-rose, very nume- 18. (B. M. 297. ^ ав leis, wiii hs
i inted, flat, sessile. D. s. Gardner's) is а ine variety, with very large _
, Solitary. Late summer. l. Ear pointed, 8 de o ( China. See Fig. 646. кзы
rous,
TED k. 6in., forming dense and branching tufts. Russia.
464
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Dianthus—continued.
D. virgineus (virgin). f. red; petals crenated. Summer. 1.
tufted, linear, stitf, serrulate. Stems generally one or few-
og d h. біп. to 12in. South-western Europe, 1816. (B. M.
Varieties. Innumerable varieties are in cultivation of
three species belonging to this genus, namely, D. barbatus
(the Sweet William), D. Caryophyllus (the Carnation and
Clove Pink, see Fig. 647), and D. chinensis (the Chinese or
Indian Pink), a double form of which is shown in Fig. 648.
In garden literature, the generic name is generally only
= applied to the last of these three, the others being well-
.. . known under their popular garden names. Although a
biennial, D. chinensis may be successfully grown as an
. annual, by sowing in pots or in the open ground, in March.
. There are double and single forms, in a great variety of
colours, the flowers of the former being best adapted for
eutting; while the latter are the most showy. D. c.
Heddewigii, and the numerous seedlings obtained from it,
represent an exceedingly useful class of dwarf plants for
mixed borders, or for pot culture, many of the flowers
being beautifully marked and fringed. Its double form
(see Fig. 649) is not so floriferous, but is distinct and use-
ful for cutting. D. c. plenissimus (see Fig. 650) is a
variety with very full double flowers, beautifully fringed.
. DIAPENSIA (meaning obscure). ORD. Diapensiacee.
A genus of two species of small, tufted herbs. Flowers
white or purplish-rose, solitary, erect, peduneulate; corolla
salver-shaped ; “tube short, wide; limb flat. Peduncles
scape-formed, one-lowered. Both these little gems are
usually considered difficult to cultivate; but they have
been found to succeed on fully exposed rockwork, in deep
sandy peat, kept well moistened during the warm season.
Increased by division.
D. barbulata. Se Pyxidanthera barbulata.
ting the eolder parts of Europe
stent, five-parted ; seg-
| free, adnate to, or alter-
the segments of the corolla. res some-
numerous, sessile, imbricated, narrow, and
nes large, orbiculate, dentate. The order
n 67 pus s sia, Fee с уйн ала
С з two others which ve not $ E
-eultivatior yet pe
DIAPHANOUS. Transparent.
DIASCIA (from diaskeo, to adorn; in reference to the
pretty flowers). ORD. Scrophularinee. Very pretty green-
house annual herbs. In this genus, there are about a
score species, all natives of South Africa. Seeds may be
sown in а gentle heat, early in spring, and the seed-
lings transferred, like Lobelias and other bedding plants,
to the open, about June.
D. Barberz (Mrs. Barber's). fl. rosy-pink, double-spurred, dis-
osed in terminal racemes. July. Z ovate, bluntly serrate. h.
ft. 1871. (B. M. 5933.)
DIASTEMANTHE. A synonym of Stenotaphrum.
DIBBER, or DIBBLE. A useful instrument in
'gardens, often made from a hard piece of wood, such as
an old spade handle, and principally employed for plant- |
ing out seedlings, of small or medium size. Dibbers,
when used on a large scale, are usually cased with a
hollowed, tapering point of steel. In heavy soils, the
sides of the hole are liable to become polished with the
steel sheath, and the roots do not then penetrate them _
freely. Light soils give when the Dibber is inserted, _
Fig. 652. DIBBERS.
consequently they are best suited for its use. : Fig. 652 ^
represents two forms of steel-cased Dibbers in dde
use. One (a) is made from a piece of wood of the shape
represented, and is preferred by some to the other (
which may be prepared from a spade handle.
DIBBLEMMA. See Polypodium. dd
DIBBLING. The process of planting with a Dibber.
Its chief advantages lie in economising the plants, anā-
rendering thinning almost unnecessary. Seedlings gror
ing closely together should be dibbled out temporarily,
until sufficiently strong for placing in permanent quarters
by the same method. Dibbling has some dvan
the roots often being placed straight down instead ae
in the natural way in which they grow. А It is, ho
an expeditions mode, much practised with
4
а
Fic. 653. METHOD OF DIBBLING.
plants that soon form new roots. The process
in the accompanying engravings (see Fig. 653),
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
465
Dibbling—continued,
represents the position of the Dibber for pressing the
soil against the roots; b, its position when this is com-
pleted; and с, the Dibber removed, leaving the hole for
watering. The next illustration (d) shows a more careful
way of planting, on а small scale, by making a hole with
a Dibber, afterwards arranging the roots and filling in
by hanü. А long Dibber is often used for planting Po-
tatoes; it is large enough to make a hole for the set
to drop in, and has а cross handle, for the use of both
hands, and а projecting piece of iron or wood which
serves the double purpose of forming a tread and in-
suring an equal depth to all the holes made. For
inserting cuttings or young plants, small tapering pieces
of wood are employed.
DICENTRA (from dis, twice, and kentron, a spur; in
allusion to the double-spurred flowers). Syns. Capnorchis
and Diclytra (often written Dielytra)e ORD. Fuma-
riacee. Very ornamental hardy herbaceous peren-
nials, with tuberous, horizontal, or fibrous roots.
Flowers pink or yellow, in terminal racemes; petala
four, the two exterior ones equally spurred or gib-
bous at the base. Leaves stalked, multifid. They
are all of easy culture in moderately rich, light soil.
Increased readily by dividing the crowns, in early
spring; or by cutting the fleshy roots in short
lengths, and inserting them in sandy soil. D. spec-
tabilis is very beautiful when forced in early spring,
but the forcing must be very gentle, and the plants
kept as near the glass as possible. A moist tem-
perature of 50deg. to 55deg. will be sufficient. As
a rule, it is much preferable to have fresh plants
every year, returning those which have flowered
under glass to the open border. The roots should
be placed in a compost of sandy loam, in well-
drained pots, as soon as the foliage dies off, and
transferred to a cold frame until introduced into
the house. After flowering, the plants should be
removed to a cold frame, to be shifted out in the
borders when severe frosts are past. Successional
batches may be brought in as occasion requires,
and, with little trouble, the flowering period can be
prolonged from February to June. Plenty of water
is necessary when the plants are in full gro
and occasional doses of liquid manure may be employed
with advantage.
nn sare mak
white ; р жы two, short, blunt;
simple, L
fev-tiowered. May.
Dicentra—continued.
СЕЕ multifid ; lobes linear. 6in.
eh an h. біп. North America, 1822,
D. chrysantha (golden-flowered),* olden-yellow, «рона
— — Autumn. @ M ату cut, shaken. н forming а
arge tuft, whence issue the eafy stems. A. 3ft.
California, 1852, (L. & P. Е. G. iii. i ему
D. cucullaria (hooded). Dutchman's Breeches. Д. white, but
yellow at ee ti а ча ре Straight, acute; scape naked;
racemes simple. rnate, smooth, lend
tobin. United States, їй. CENE nno =
D. eximia (choice)* fl. reddish-purple, drooping, oblo;
two, somewhat incurved, bless, sheet; mre re чы MEN
compound, M an and summer. 1. three to eight, or more;
RA а mostly oblong. А. 9in. to 18in. United States, 1812. See
. 654. (B. R. 50, under name of Fumaria eximia.)
D. formosa utiful)* jl. bri right red, broadly ovate ; spurs
short, v obtuse; scape nak racemes rather compound.
May. A. Buy North America, 1796. Very like D. eximia, bat
smaller in all its parts. SYN.
Fumaria formosa. (B. M.
QI and ome d Japan (1846). A vi ann plant, and
soap te oim pere: е Seo Pi It is
or eed margins of shrubberies,
also a white-flowered variety.
D. кее — л. yellow, with
base into two horns or оопа, Пан racemes у
the leaves, on long, Log c: Autumn. "E
decompound ;
cular, Stem and branches filiform 1
folia. jie uro n E 8 Eu
DICERMA. See Desmodium. _
DICHJEA (from dicha, bifarious ; the leaves are in
two rows). ORD. Orchidee. : genus of epiphytal stove
orchids, natives of the West Indies and tropical
Flowers greenish, solitary, i ienouns, axillary. Leaves
in a two-ranked
small, ovate-oblong or linear, poser gianna
manner. Stems short, erect or creeping. bou
a dozen species known, only one of which, perhaps, is in
i f
general cultivation. tn picta. thrives in a warm part о
the Mexican house, on & block of wood, with
f grown
a little moss india: to men the tender roots from -
drying too much.
: ;
| D. picta (dotted). Л. light eek green, с тте; ower’ stalks
g acute, l distichous, пип
d rer] Клен
FLU
To grow
times
naked filaments.
(some
1x
, erect,
th short
+
wi
Dichorisandra—continued
petals, like the sepals, distinct; stamens s
only five), all perfect,
Stems erect or ascending, often branched
with two floral
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING
Furnished
When the florets of an inflo-
rescence are of two separate sexes.
Fio. 656.
466
DICHLAMYDEOUS.
envelopes.
DICHOGAMOUS.
t
abo
in u
of a little silver sand.
be potted
+
loam, and leaf mould,
addition
with the
Dichorisandras vigorously, they should
compost of peat,
supply of water, with
during the su mmer. In winter,
parts,
ае
being two.
(from dis, twice, ci
К Шык io the айбы
DICKSONIA BERTEROANA, showing Habit апа Upper Portion of Detached Frond (see page 467).
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
Dichorisandra—continued.
drier, but must not be exposed to cold. Propagated by
divisions, by cuttings, or by seeds. Besides the species
described below, about seven or eight others are be-
lieved to have been introduced.
D. albo-mar, ta (silvery-margined). /. іп a dense raceme,
2in. long; sepals white, blue, and puberulous outside ; petals
larger, rhomboid-ovate, blue, the lower part white. /. lanceolate,
acuminate, Stem e labrous, simple or branched above.
2ft. to 3ft. Brazil, 1 (В. ©. 569.) *
D. leucophthalmus (white-eyed).* fl, often three together,
each on a branch of uncle, large; peduncle or scape
emerging from a joint at or near the base of the stem, pros-
trate, glabrous, flexuous, panicled, here and there sheathed with
brown scales; bracts from a broad base, subulate, herbaceous;
sepals oblong, concave, spreading, between herbaceous and
scariose; pe four times as large as the sepals, broadly
obovate, ing, blue-purple, white in the lower half;
anthers bright yellow. June. i. 4in. to біп. Jong, elliptic-lanceo-
te, sharply acuminated, moderately attenuated below, till they
form the sheath; striated, patent, and often recurved. Stems
two or three together, erect, terete, jointed, 9in. or more high,
glabrous. А. lft. to 12%. Brazil (В. M. 4733.)
D. musaica (mosaic).* ў. bright azure-blue, disposed in a terminal
spike or truss. Autumn. Jl. ovate, acute, dark green above, pro-
fusely pencilled and veined with zigzag transverse lines of pure
white; under side deep — Stems terete, chequered,
surrounded at the nodes by close brownish sheaths. A. ljft.
Maynas, 1866. (Е. d. S. 1711-2.)
D. oxypetala (sharp-petalled). ., corolla of three reddish-
purple-veined, ovate, acute, spreading petals, with a white spot
at the base; pedicels remote, two-flowered, the upper ones very
short, the lowest one long, deflexed ; pedicels and flowers with
small brown ovate bracts ; calyx of three ovate, acute, гоно
reddish-purple veined petals, with a white spot at the base;
anthers linear-oblong, whitish at the base. August. J. confined
to the upper part of the stem, alternate, elliptical, attenuated,
both at the base and at the extremity, entire, striated, the sides
a little incurved, very glabrous, except a little pubescence at the
base, on the under side. Stem oblique, simple, or forked. A. 2it.
1810. (B. M. 2721.)
D. picta (spotted). Л. purple-blue, with a very distinct white spot
. at the base, about Jr iod = iode beet terminal de.
September. J. broad-elliptic, about 43in. long, pe with a broad
stripe of brown on each side, but € with green. Branches
short. A. 6in. Brazil, 1830. y o "
D. Saundersii (Saunders). jf. jin. jameter, crowded ina
dense ovoid, almost capitate panicle, 2їп. long; pedicel very
short, glabrous ; sepals oblong, obtuse, concave, glabrous, white,
tipped with violet; petals more than twice as large as the sepals,
obovate, concave, rounded at the tip, violet except at the base,
1. numerous, sub-bifarious, lanceolate,
; mouth rounded. Stem slender, very sparingly branched.
Ба slender, cylindrical, terete, pilose. 2ft. Brazil, 187.
а red)* Л. of a rich dark blue, to which
ora (thyrse-flowered). . of a ric. ue, to whic!
EC ht dde anthers form а quesos contrast; thyrse com-
pact, n 6in. or 7in. in length. mer and autumn. J. broad,
, extremely dark green. h. 4ft. Brazil, 1822. A
sheathing,
d stove plant, of easy culture, now, unfortunately, rarely
eod of aon eA flowers of the order. (B. R 682.)
] wa 1. broadly ovate, dark green, with longitudinal
D. — 75). 5 o! :
shaded to black, strikingly undulated or waved ; under surface of
wa ; Amazons, 1879. A very dwarf-growing species.
(F. d. S. |
D. vittata (striped). l. purplish-green, with two silvery stripes.
Brazil, 1871.
DICHOSMA. See Agathosma. i
DICHOTOMOUS’ Divided in twos; stems con-
tinually dividing into double ramifications.
CHROSTACHYS (from dichros, two-coloured, and `
EM a spike; in allusion to the lower flowers of each
spike differing in colour from those above) ORD. Legu-
minose. А small genus of four ог five species of rigid
stove shrubs, extending over tropical Africa and Asia,
one being confined to Australia. Flowers, upper ones
yellow, hermaphrodite; lower ones either white, pink,
or purple, neuter. Leaves bipinnate ; leaflets usually
small. The under-mentioned is probably the only one
yet in cultivation. For culture, see eso MR is
- . fi., the u [o e brig
merde deu produ / in pendulous spikes
. 1. glaucous-green, bipinnate, with fourteen
phi orig pinnz ; leaflets from twenty-six to thirty pairs.
. Angola,
DICHROTRICHUM (from dichroos, having two
colours, and thriz, hair; in reference to the tufts of huir
at the end of each seed, in the original species, being
differently coloured). ORD. Gesneracee. A small genus of
showy stove perennials, with habit of, and requiring treat-
ment similar to, ZBschynanthus (which see). Probably
the only one in cultivation is that here described.
D. ternateum (Ternate)* fi. crimson-red, tubular, sub-umbel-
late, in loose cymes, July.” J. unequal, o ite; the large on
cordate. Moluccas, 1872. (B. H. 181,22) ^ e large one
DICKSONIA (named after James Dickson, a famons
British cryptogamic botanist), Including Balantiwm,
Cibotium, Dennstedtia, Patania, Sitolobium. Orp. Filices.
A genus of about forty species of stove and greenhouse
ferns, the majority being natives of tropical America and
Polynesia. Fronds mostly large, decompound, coriaceous.
Involuere inferior, sub-globose, coriaceous or membrana-
ceous, cup-shaped, and entire or more or less distinctly
two-valved. Sori placed at the apex of a vein, intra-
marginal. A compost of light, fibrous loam and peat, in
equal parts, with about one-third sand, is most suitable.
For general culture, see Ferns,
D. adiantoides (Adiantum-like) rhiz, peer ы fronds dipin-
nate; lower pinnz 1ft. to 2ft. long, біп. to 12in. broad; pinnules
linear, cut down nearly to the rachis ; segments oblong-rhom-
boidal, blunt, with two to four bluntish lobes in pre” side.
sori two to eight to a segment, West Indies, 1828. Stove.
(H. S. F. i. 26 B.)
D. antarctica (Antarctic).* cau. 30ft. to 35ft. high. sti. under
lft. long, scaly. fronds rhomboid, tripinnate, 5ft. to 6ft. long,
2ft. to Sft. broad in centre; central pinne 1%. to ^ ig long, 4in.
to bin. broad; pinnules sessile, linear, lin. b ; segments
oblong. sori six to ten to lowest segment. 1786. Arborescent.
Greenhouse.
D. arborescens (tree-like). cau. 10%. hi te;
lower pinn:e lft. to 15ít. long, біп. to 9in. i emm linear,
deeply cut; segments Jin. long, oblong. sori two to six to а lobe,
large, тте St. Helena, 1824, ^ Arborescent. Greenhouse.
(H. S. F. i. 224.)
D. assamicum (Assam) А synonym of D. Barometz.
D. Barometz (Barometz) fronds tripinnate ; lower pinnze ovate- RG
lanceolate, lft. to 2ft. broad; Качи linear -acumi cut,
nearly to the rachis; segments linear-oblong, acute, sub- ;
sort two to twelve to a lobe., Assam, China, 1824. Arborescent.
Greenhouse. SYN. D.assamicum. (Н. S. Е. і. 29 в.)
D. Berteroana (Bertero's)* cau. 6ft. to 15%. fronds
rhomboid, tripinnate; pinnz oblong - lanceolate, to lift.
long, Sin. to 6m. broad; pinnules sessile, lanceolate, about
broad; segments close, lanceolate, sterile sub-entire, fertile deeply
innatifid. Juan Fernandez, 1880. Arborescent. Greenhouse.
previous page, Fig. 656, for which we аге indebted to
Messrs, Veitch and Sons, (Н. S. Е. i. 23 А.)
Chamissoi (Chamisso's) fronds tripinnate ; lower
ovate-lanceolate, lft. to ljft. long, біп, to 9in. broad;
linear-acuminate, cut down to the rachis below ;
bluntish. sori two to twelve to a lobe.
1876. Stove.
ve.
D. cicutaria (Сены,
lower pinnz ift. to lift. 1
acuminate, deeply cut;
pinnatifid. sori two
D. Culcita (Culcit).
fronds lft. to ljft. 1
deltoid, their divisions
ual-sided, deeply-toothed
dense woolly cov
commerce; it is
See Fig.
468 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Dicksonia—continued.
— 8 е =
Fic. 657. DICKSONIA CULCITA.
to six to largest segment. New Zealand. Arbo t. G -
house, (Н. $, Е. i. 25 E B.) А T "T
D. flaccida (weak) fronds tripinnate ; lower pinne Qin. to 15in.
long, 6in. broad ; pinnules lanceolate, cut down to the rachis ;
lower segments ovate -rhomboidal, bluntish, cut down to the
. rachis не. тей го көзү i each ns гра the lobes again
toothed. ; wo to ei a e iteum, &с. V
closely allied to D. NARI hove, eet
D. lanata (woolly). cau. low.
boid, tripinnate, 3ft. to
abcut lit. Dern e
less than lin.
на
Dicksonia— continued.
cut, with blunt, oblong-deltoid lobes. sori two to twelve to a
segment. Main and secondary rachises prickly. Java. Stove,
D. scandens is probably a variety of this species.
D. pilosiuscula (slightly hairy. А synonym of D. punctilobula.
D. punctilobula (dotted-lobed) fronds lft. to 11ft. long, біп, to
9in. broad, lanceolate, bipinnate; lower pinnz lanceolate, дїп. to
біп. long, deeply cut ; pinnules ovate-rhomboidal, about in. lo
deeply pinnatitid. sori two to twelve to a pinnule. No
America, 1811. This is the only hardy species of the genus
Pleasantly fragrant. SYN. D. pilosiuscula.
D. re (regal).* fronds oblong-deltoid, tripinnate; pinne
oblong-lanceolate, 1}ft. to 2ft. long, 10in. to 12in. broad ; pinnules
sessile, lin. to ljin. broad, cut down to the rachis; segments
close, lanceolate-falcate, inciso-pinnatifid. sori ten to twelve to
a segment. Mexico, 1864, Arborescent. Greenhouse. SYN. Ci-
botium regale.
»,
D. rubiginosa (rusty) fronds tripinnate; lower pinn lft. to
uS NE біп. to 9in. broad; pinnules linear, cut down to the |
rachis; lo
wer segments deltoid, or oblong-rhomboidal, sont
inciso-pinnatifid. sori two to twelve to a segment. ‘Tro
America. Stove. SYN. D. dissecta. (Н. S. Е. i. 27 a.
folia is a variety with segments larger and more divided.
D. Schiedei (Schiede's) caw. 10ft. to 15%, high. fronds oblong-
deltoid, tripinnate ; poe oblong-lanceolate, lft. to 2ft. long;
innules linear-lanceolate, deeply cut; segments close, Іапсео!
entate. sort four to six to a segment. Mexico, 1846. Green-
house. (Н. S. Е. i. 30 A.)
D. (Sellow's)* fronds 6ft. to 8ft. long, 2ft. to 3f. —
lanceolate, bipinnate; lower pinn 1ft. to 1%. long, дш, —
to 4in. broad; oe linear, deeply cut; — žin: tongs
toid. sori two to six to a lobe. Brazil, 1
close, oblong-
Arborescent. Stove. (H. S. F. i. 22 p.)
D. spectabile (showy). A garden synonym of D. Wendlandi.
D. squarrosa (rough-stemmed).* sti. castaneous, біп, to 12in. I
—— Jronds oblong-deltoid, tripinnate; pinnæ о
lanceolate, . to 15іп. long, 4in. to біп, broad; pinnul
sessile, linear, 2in. to 3in. long ; segments lanceolate. ri
eight to lower segments, New Zealand. Arborescent. Greenhouse.
D. Wendlandi (Wendland’s). fronds oblong-deJtoid, tripin-
natifid; pinne oblong-lanceolate, 1ft. long, 4in. tu біп. broad;
pinnules sessile, linear, cut down to a narrow wing; segments
close, lanceolate, acute. sori close, four to eight to a :
Arborescent. Guatemala. Stove. SYN. D. spectabile, of garden
D. Youngiz (Mrs. Young's) sti, біп. to 9in. long, castaneous,
densely scaly. fronds oblong-deltoid, tripinnate; pinne
lanceolate, lft. long, біп. to біп. broad; pinnules -BeSSD My
lanceolate, 2in. to 3in. long; segments lanceolate, close.
to eight to lower segments. Australia, 1865. —
Greenhouse.
Fia. 659. FLOWERING BRANCH OF DICTAMNUS ALBUS
PE Tea "wee page 36 > ooo on
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
469
OF HORTICULTURE.
DICLINOUS. Having stamens in one flower, and
pistils in another.
DICLIPTERA (from diklis, double-doored, and pteron,
a wing; referring to the two-celled winged capsule or seed-
vessel. ORD. Acanthacee. A genus of stove or green-
house annuals, perennials, and evergreen herbs, rarely, if
ever, seen in cultivation outside botanic gardens. There
are about fifty species. For culture, see Justicia.
D. Tweediana (Tweedie's) Л. orange-red, numerous, tubular.
Autumn. Z. opposite, oblong-obtus Monte Video, 1874. A
Mcd ny greenhouse perennial, with numerous stems, (R. H.
DICLYTRA. See Dicentra.
Dictamnus—continued.
Rutacee. А strong-smelling herb. Flowers white or
rosy, showy. Leaves alternate, impari-pinnate, exstipu-
late, with four to six pairs of serrulate leaflets, full of
pellucid dots. Stems glandular at the apex. It is of
easy culture in ordinary garden soil, preferring, however,
a rather dry position, Propagated by divisions; or by
seed, which should be sown when secured.
D. albus (white)* Fraxinella. jl., racemes long, terminal.
June. J. pinnate; leaflets four to five pairs, cordate at the base,
acute at the apex, finely serrulated. h. lft. to lift. South
Europe, 1596. The whole [== especially when gently rubbed,
emits an odour like that of lemon-peel ; but, when bruised, it has
something of a balsamic scent. Eastern Europe, Asia. SYN.
May
FiG. 660. DIEFFENBACHIA AM(ENA (see page 472).
DICOTYLEDONOUS. Having two cotyledons.
DICOTYLEDONS. This name is now more generally
used than Exogens. 1% is one of the two classes into
which Pheenogamous or flowering plants are divided. The
distinguishing characteristics may be briefly stated:
Flowers with the organs mostly in fours or fives. Embryo
with opposite cotyledons. Leaves usually with netted
veins. Stem with bark, pith, and interposed wood; when
perennial, increasing annually in diameter by a layer of
wood, added to the outside of the old wood, and another
‚ €f bark added to the inside of the old bark.
DICTAMNUS (from Diktamnos, the old Greek name
"sed by Hippocrates). Dittany, or Fraxinella. ORD.
|
D. Frazine T There are varieties with
white, and ai ж pea pal a Sev. ae
D. Fraxinella (Fraxinella). A synonym of е pe Ea
DICTYANTHUS (from diktyon, network, and anthos,
a flower; alluding to the markings on the corolla). Syys.
Rytidoloma, Tympananthe. | ORD. Asclepiadee. Pretty
stove climbers. Besides the one described below, there
are three other species not yet introduced to cultivation.
All are natives of Mexico, For culture, see Passiflora.
y corolla whitish, spotted, el y
D. Pavonii (Pavon's. jl, corolla p ri n
veined, September. 4. opposite, cordate. A. 101. 1854.
4152.)
DICTYMIA. See Polypodium. ———
470 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
DICTYOPTERIS. See Polypodium. Dictyosperma—continued.
D. aureum (golden).* /. pinnate, with long, narrow, distant,
DICTYOSPERMA (from diktyon, a net, and sperma, КОО Ж on ейн. Be chelles NN
Ере A k species, of erect habit, and wi cefu ing |
: seed; in allusion to the raphe of the seed forming a remarkable for the yellow colour seme Бу the petioles sian
oose network.). Orp. Palme. A genus of stove palms, grown in a temperate house. SYN. Areca aurea,
ГА
(see page 473). 7
D, furfuraceum (mealy) differs y from D. rubrum —
| dark the redness very :
lan: Branches of the spadix longer and more reflexed E
albwm. Mauritius. SYN. Areca rubra. ;
AN ENCYCLOPZDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
471
DICTYOXIPHIUM (from dictyon, a net, and wiphos,
a sword; having sword-shaped fronds, with netted veins).
ORD. Filices. A monotypic genus, allied to Lindsaya.
Sori marginal, continuous. For culture, see Ferns.
D. panamense (Panaman). fronds tufted, sessile, 2ft. to 3ft.
jong; barren pa дїп, y^ i fertile ones jin. to lin., broad,
narrowed from the middle ually downwards, quite entire.
soriin a continuous marginalline. Tropical America.
DICYRTA (from dis, twice, and kyrtos, curved; the
Didymocarpus—continued.
ventricose throat. Leaves usually cordate, crenated,
wrinkled, hairy. They succeed in a compost of peat, loam,
and dried cow-dung, with the addition of a little sand.
Propagated by cuttings, obtained from young shoots,
when commencing growth; these should be placed in
sandy soil, and in bottom heat.
lower portion of the inside of the throat having two
ORD. Gesneracew. A genus containing
two species of dwarf herbs, natives of Central America.
tubercular folds).
D. crinita (hairy. /. white, tinged with purple ; tube incurved,
swelling above; peduncles two to five toge her, axill
flowered. July. i. alternate, іп, to 10in. long, spathulate,
acute, serrated, pilose, red. Stem short, thick, croak. h. 1%.
Pulo-Penang, 1845. (B. M. 4554.)
FIG. 662. DIEFFENBACHIA MAGNIFICA (see page 474).
Flowers white or pale lilae, often spotted, small Leaves
opposite, membranaceous, villous. For culture, see Achi-
candida tary, axillary; the small co
ite). Л. white, solitary, y: к
"m IM у curved tube, and an unequally five-
lobed limb. July. i. opposite, on long petioles. A. lift. 1848.
DIDISCUS. This genus is now ineluded by Bentham
and Hooker under Trachymene (which see).
DIDYMOCARPUS (from didymos, twin, and karpos,
^ fruit; in reference to the twin capsules). ORD.
Gesneracem. A genus of about forty species of stove
Perennial, stemless or caulescent herbs, natives of tropical
Asia. Flowers violaceous-blue or rarely yellow, disposed
in dichotomous umbels; corolla funnel-shaped, with a
| cases),
D. Humboldtian- 1:umboldifik. Л. pale lilac; panicle rather
loose, five or os Mikes October. A very neat and pretty
little plant. (В. М. 4757.) а
D. primulefolia (Primrose-leaved).*
many-flowered, and, as well as the
1. cordate-oval, petiolate, twice
chlaina, a cloak; referring to the coverings of the spore-
Including. Sphwrostephanos. Orv. Filices. A
small genus of stove ferns, containing but the two species
described below. Involuere elliptical, emarginate at the
base, attached to the linear receptacle, free all round the
edge. Sori elliptical, terminal on a veinlet, but distinctly
intramarginal- For general culture, see Ferns.
» one-
472
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Didymochlena—continued.
D. lunulata (crescent-like).* cau. erect, sub-arborescent. fronds
densely tufted, 4ft. to 6ft. long, bipinnate; pinnules 3in. to
lin. long, dimidiate, sub-quadrangular, entire, or slightly sinu-
ated. sori two to six to a pinnule. Tropical America. SYN.
Aspidium truncatulum.
D. polycarpa (many-fruited). cau. erect; rachis and lower sur-
face villose. fronds tufted, short, 2ft. to 3ft. long, lft. to 13.
broad, simply pinnate; pinnz close, very numerous, spreading,
dwindling down below to mere auricles. sori s , close,
ultimately confluent. Malaya. SYNS. Mesochlena polycarpa and
Nephrodium javanicum.
D. p. asplenioides (Asplenium-like) is a hairy form, with
narrower pinnz and short oblong-deltoid lobes.
DIDYMOSPERMA (from didymos, double, and
sperma, a seed; in allusion to the (frequently) two-seeded
Didymosperma—continued.
D. tremulum (tremulous). Z., segments long, flat, firm, linear,
spinuloso-dentate, bifid at the apex ; laciniæ unequal or panduri-
form. Stem 3ft. to 4ft. high. Philippine Islands.
DIDYMOUS. Two; united, or in pairs.
DIDYNAMOUS. When (usually in a bilabiate flower)
there are four stamens in two pairs, those of опе pair
longer than those of the other.
DIEFFENBACHIA (named in honour of Dr. Dieffen-
bach, a German botanist). ORD. Aroidew (Aracew). A
genus of noble erect stove evergreen perennials, with often
handsomely variegated foliage. Leaves usually green,
sometimes irregularly marked with white or yellowish spots,
oblong, with numerous veins diverging from the midrib,
mits). ORD. Palme. А genus of unarmed stove palms.
vers monccious in the same or separate spadices ;
with free or connate imbricate sepals; female with
ate petals; spadix flowering amongst the leaves;
‘usually many. For culture, see Areca,
nu: (атат), е 1. about 2%. long; petiole short, roundish :
,Miernate or su osite, cuneate towards the base.
b bed, toothed and spinuloso-serrate"
shape, generally bilobed, striately
| eu | ене beneath. Assam - Khasia
nana.
in
Fic. 665. DIEFFENBACHIA NOBILIS (see page 474).
and —
Stems fleshy, from 6ft. to 8ft. long. The poisonous
very acrid juice of this genus causes intense palm,
no part of the plant should, under any consideration,
placed in the mouth. For culture, see Caladium. :
with
D. amcena (pleasing).* 1. deep green, oblong-acute, marked 4
very ponme h 4 poo Li blotches of white мы pale yellow, os
аге well defined on both surfaces. Tropical America,
Very effective. See page 169, Fig. 660, for which we are indebted
to Mr. Wm. Bull. ; with t
D. antioquiensis (Oum wow 1. deep green, blotched WIA-
yellow, Columbia, 1875. (L Н. п, s. 192.) 4 LET
Baraquin's).* Z. bright light green, irregulany
LI | geret with white,
біп. to 12in. long, 3in. to біп. in У
midrib pure white; petioles
ivory-white. "h. 5ft.
1864, 387.)
D. Bausei (Bause's).* 2. yellowish-green, margined and irregularly
blotched with dark green, and profusely spotted with white ;
broad, from 1ft. to 1}ft. long; petioles white. A garden hybrid.
(1. Н. n. s. 338.)
D. Bowmanni (Bowmann's) l. rich deep green, blotched with
irregular parallel markings of a pretty light portern; very
large, growing to a length of Eo and having a breadth of about
lft, Brazil, 1871. (L Н. xix. 105.) i
D. brasiliensis (Brazilian).* 7. dark green, suffusely spotted with
blotches of white and pale green; oblong, acuminate. Brazil,
1872. A very distinct sort.
Brazil 1863. SYN. D. Verschafeltii. (I. Н.
473
D. eburnea (ivory).* 7, delicate light green, profusely dotted and
spotted with white; oblong-lanceolate. Stems and footstalks
stained with pale cinnamon, and ribbed with ivory-white.
ur 1868. A very pretty species, with a close and compact
abi
D. gi tea (gigantic) 1. Stems
. gigantea — with cream-colour.
white, prettily mottled with light green spots. Brazil, 1864.
fine bold-growing plant. (I. H. 470.)
D. grandis (large). Brazil, 1854.
D. imperator (commanding) l, ground colour olive-green,
fantastically blotehed, marbled, and spotted with pale yellow
and white; lift. to 1414, in length by Sin. iu breadth, ovate-lan-
ceolate. Columbia.
1. green, mottled.
Fig. 664. DIEFFENBACHIA REGINA (see page 474).
D. imperialis (imperia. 1 dark green, with yellow spots ;
midrib greyish. болы America, 1871. (1. Н. 1871, 85.)
iki hed and
Card Carder's) l. rich dark green, strikingly blotcl
пе" ied А somewhat deflexed. pr р E
See page 470, Fig. 661, for which we are indebted to Mr.Wm. Bu
chelsoni sea).* J. dark satiny-green, the midrib marked
^m а Ed Sand, viia runs осе а». та
bo -third across each halt of the Diace,,
DR Mm "freely spotted and blotched with rng! _
green for about two-thirds of its breadth. Columbia, i
very handsome species. «e
costata (ri > i istinct ivory-
bbed) 1. deep velvety-green, with dis i
m" midrib, oe or less Drofusely spotted тин оов Dew n
white blotches ; ovate, blunt at the base, пайы $ Ej e edge,
acuminate atthe apex, about 9in. long. Columbia, я
i i itish variegation ;
D. delecta (select). l, surface satiny, with whitis
elliptic-lanceolate, Bin. to 10in. long, spreading. Stems mottled
£reen, Columbia, 1880.
D; insignis (remarkable), 1. dark Pret бү тоге in breath,
otehes of pale yellowish- ; 6in. n ,
разу с shortly aemminate; petioles pale green
olumbia. Ў
road & 1. dark glaucous-green, inter-
. latimaculata -spotted). с t
ER with e bars, spotted and blotched irregularly with
at
i : ioles glaucous,
ish- ‚ ewhat acutesagittate; petio ^
[ээле а. pare a fine crown of leaves. Brazil, 1871.
рр med illustris (I. Н. 254), has the leaves
landed with A low, greon, per. A ground of deep green.
1876. à
Leopoldi "ay * Lof a rich deep lustrous satiny-green,
D tem m d ivory-white, bordered on each «ide
i ish band.
described as of resplendent beauty. (G. C. n. &., ix, 441.)
P
South America. A very fine specie =
474
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Dieffenbachia —continued.
D. maculosa (spotted) Z. blotched with creamy - white.
Columbia, 1876,
. magnifica (magnificent).* J. shining, sombre green, word
variegated (following the direction of the secondary nerves) wit
blotches and spots of white. Stem and petioles also variegated ;
LU мн are short and sheathing. Venezuela. See page 471,
ig. 662. 5
D. majestica (majestic).* Z. rich dark green, variegated with
scattered bright yellowish blotches, and having besides a feathery
silver bar along the central line ; oblong-ovate, acuminate, 1%. or
more in length, and 5in. to 6in. in Бүр, 1882. Very distinct,
&nd stocky in habit.
D. nitida (shining).
i deep glossy green, marked with angular
Dieffenbachia continued.
yellowish spots, and a silver-grey marking running through the
centre; somewhat oblique, the narrower side being most dis-
tinctly cordate. Brazil, 1868,
D. Regina (Queen).* l. oblong-elliptic, rounded at the base,
shortly acuminate, almost wholly covered with greenish-
white, mottled with blotches of p green, and having a narrow
margin, and a few streaky markings of a deeper shade; the
greater portion of the upper surface of the leaf-blade, whose
two sides are nearly equal in breadth, is of this pallid hue,
with the few but distinct dark markings. South America.
This beautiful plant is a very distinct and striking addition to
the genus. See preceding page, Fig. 664, for which we are
indebted to Mr. Wm. Rull.
E SN N
NS х AY
Y à
А
NW f
"FiG. 665. DIEFFENBACHIA REX.
blotches of bright yellowish-green; oblong-lanceolate
Stems erect, Columbia. —— s » acuminate.
D. nobilis (noble).* 1, deep rich n, profusely b
spotted with white, except at the ed, when tend
colour forms a broad marginal band; oblong-ovate, about lift.
long, and 9in. broad; petioles thick and channelled, pala green
transversely banded with a different shade of the sàme colour,
ipi long. Brazil, 1869. See page 472, Fig. 663, t
1873, 815.) $
D. Parlatorei marmorea (Parlatore's marbled) Z blotch:
with greenish-white. Antioquia, 1878. (I. H. n. - 201.) " ed
D. Pearcei (Pearce's) 1, bright light green, profusel
and blotched with creamy- While, each side of the mi Acn
band of the same colour; large, oblong-lanceolate, Ecuador,
^ Biete (spotted). 2. spotted with white. Tropical America,
D. princeps (ilustrious)* 1. dark green, with a few scattered
- band
D. Kex (King).* l. closely placed on the stem ; leaf-blades elliptic-
lanceolate, unequal.sided, of a very deep green colour, passing
to paler green nearthe edge of the narrow side, the whole sur-
face, to within about Jin. of the margin, thickly covered with
oblique-elongate angular white blotches, which take the same
direction as the venation, and are here and there n veined
and suffused with n. South America. A very handsomely
Marked plant, of free and vigorous habit. See Fig. 665, for
which we are indebted to Mr. Wm. Bull.
D. Seguine (Seguine). Dumb Cane. l. dep
Deos iis Spee ovate-oblong, cuspidate, undulated.
est Indies,
D. Shuttleworthii (Shuttleworth's) 7. with a feathery white
along the mu Columbia, 1878. (G. C. n. s., x. 45.)
D. endens (splendid). of а rich deep velvet bottle-green,
freely marked with whitish striated blotches, which stand ows in
striking contrast with the deep green ground colour. Stem
mottled with dark and light green. Columbia, 1880.
green, marked with
h, 6ft.
ii i AAA ET AEA a UTERE EA E
AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF Н ORTICULTURE. 475
Dieffenbachia—continued. Diervilla—continued.
D. triumphans (triumphant), Z, dark green, covered with large, | D. trifida (trifid), Л. yellow. Summer. l on short tioles,
irregular, angular, yellowish-green blotches, somewhat spread-
ing, ovate-lanceolate, attenuately acuminate, about lft. long, and
4in. to 5in. wide. Columbia. A very ornamental species.
у ii (velvety). l satiny-green ; petioles white. Columbia,
D. Verschaffeltii (Verschaffelt’s).
a quiniana.
D. vittata (striped) l. greyish-green, with two feathery white
bands. ‘Tolima.
D. Wallisii (Wallis's).* Z, ovate-lanceolate, of a rich dark green,
marked along the midrib with broad feathery bands of a light
grey, ornamented with irregular blotches of the same colour to-
wards the margin. Columbia, 1870. (I. H. 1870, 11.)
D. Weirii (Weirs) 1. bright green, thickly blotched and spotted
with pale yellow. Brazil, 1866. А fine species, of dwarf habit.
DIELYTRA. This name, by an erroneous conjecture,
. was changed from Diclytra, in the first instance acci-
dentally printed for Dicentra (which see).
DIERAMA. See Sparaxis pendula and S. pul-
cherrima.
DIERVILLA (named in honour of M. Dierville, a
French surgeon) Syn. Weigelia. ORD. Caprifoliacec.
A genus of very handsome hardy 7
= shrubs. Flowers white, purple,
. pink, or yellow, in axillary and
_ terminal clusters; corolla fun-
. nel-shaped or eampanulate; tube
regular. Leaves opposite, ses-
sile, or petiolate, serrated. These
elegant shrubs are of very easy
culture in common garden soil,
if the situation is a rather moist
and shaded one. Propagation
may be readily effected by cut-
tings, made in spring or antumn,
or by the freely-produced suckers.
The gracefully spreading form of
ably well adapted for shrubberies ;
and D. grandiflora, in particular,
be very successfully grown
a wall-plant.
amabilis (lovely. A synonym
f D. grandiflora.
A synonym of D. Bara-
M
many-flowered). f.,
; and Van Ир i, white and _
very showy (F. d. S. 1447);
ly variegated leaves (F. d. S.
| Ета. 666. DIERVILLA
(garden) fl. red or ROSEA.
"mte ; corolla tube slender, slightly
hairy outside, glabrous within ; limb regular, with spreading ovate
lobes, z, stalked, ovate, acuminate, crenate, or crenate-serrulate,
tly hairy. A. 4ft. to 5%. Japan. (S. Z. F. J. 29.)
Cet etn ome rie i
"nu r : ез n near: e,
ovate-lanceolate, finely Feticulated, hairy on the nerves. Siberia.
ovate, acuminated, serrated, and, as well as the petioles, Е brous,
Root creeping. А. Әй. to 4ft. North America, 1739, SYN
D. canadensis.
DIFFUSE.
DIGGING. For pulverisation and mixing-in of
manures, Digging is best performed (says Loudon) in dry Y
weather; but, for the purpose of aération, a degree of
moisture and tenacity in the soil is more favourable. In
Digging, a uniform depth should be preserved throughout,
the full length of the spade being inserted nearly vertically,
and the spit turned over, so that what was before under-
neath may now be exposed to the air. An open trench,
the length of the ground to be dug, should first be made, :
and the soil thus removed transferred to the place where Р
it is intended to finish. In order to leave the surface,
when completed, evenly disposed, the trench must be kept
tolerably straight, and of about an even width. Ground
that has been occupied by garden crops in summer, is best
thoroughly dug in the autumn, and manure added. It
should not be broken by the spade, but left rough for
full exposure to the frost, and for the consequent aération
in winter. The following spring, such soil will be found
to work well, and may be prepared, by levelling down, for
any desired crop. The strength of the manure will also
have become incorporated with the soil underneath—a
condition that cannot be obtained by adding it at planting js
time. The width of ground taken as а spit must not a
exceed about Iin. in heavy soils, or the bottom will be *
left undisturbed. Digging is best performed when the
soil is somewhat dry, and should never be practised when
it is frozen or covered with snow. Light soils, or those
resting on а gravelly bottom, may be worked at many
Scattered; widely spread.
2
. times when it would be very unwise to tread on those of
. & clayey nature. The workman,
when Digging, should
stand nearly erect, insert the spade vertically, to secure
the removal of soil to the full depth, and turn the spit
from the direction in which he is standing. If a com-
petent man, he will be able to reverse the position of his
cr the spade, and proceed either way with equal
Double-digging is performed by having a trench or :
double width, removing a spit of the earth on the top, D
then Digging underneath, and alowing that portion to nor
remain. Another width is then marked out, the top si :
from this placed on the other, and each portion treated
successively in a similar manner. This method is often
adopted where sub-soils are poor, so that the depth of
two spits may be reached, without introducing the in-
ferior soil to the surface. :
sions. x :
D. am ous)* jt yellowish, retict with brown,
large, 2in. long; Doo M about equal in length to the
flowers, July, August. UR A toothed, suis,
Tho bay ee oe le оға and D. ochroleuca. (B. В.
i^ hairy Syns. D.
D. a. fuscescena (di brows А variety with brown flowers,
which are smaller (han those f the type. —
D. aurea (golden) А synonym of D. онаи: T m |
D. dubia (doubtful) jt, corolla , large thes of the
plant, marked by many spots inside; {го} dilated, :
racemes
416
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Digitalis— continued,
x few-flowered. June. 1. glabrous above, downy beneath ; radical
ones recurved to the ground, lanceolate, flat, denticulated ; w per
ones quite entire. л. біп. to 9in. Spain,1789. Perennial, SYN.
D. minor. (B. M. 2160.)
D. ferruginea (rusty. /. rusty, reticulated inside, downy out-
side ; up et corolla ovate, entire, ed ; racemes long, dense,
yramidal,
Ш p July. 2, glabrous or ciliated. Stem glabrous, densely
eafy. h. 4ft. to 6%. Europe, 1597. Biennial. SYN. D. aurea.
(B. M. 1828.)
D. grandiflora (large-flowered). A synonym of D. ambigua.
D. laciniata
D, Jevigate (smooth Л. scattered, rous; corolla fulvous,
reticulated ; lip hte: ciliated. July. l, linear-lunceolate ;
radical ones obovate-la late, obscurely-toothed; upper ones
Europe, 1816. Perennial, (B. M.
D. lanata (woolly). jl, corolla grey, downy, reticulated; lip
white, sometimes purplish, naked ; racemes dense, many-flowered ;
bracts shorter than the flowers. July, August, i deep green,
ae ded A. 26%. to 3ft. Eastern Europe, 1789. Perennial.
(Sierra Morena). rose-coloured ; corolla bearded
on the lower part inside with ong white hairs, where they are
4. mostly radical,
Spain. Peren-
marked with brownish-red spots, Summer.
^. da very downy on both sides. A. Lift.
| JDILLENIACEZE. A rather large o
shrubs, or suffruticose herbs, allied to the
.| four, or numerous), persist:
Digitalis—continued.
D. minor (smaller), A synonym of D. dubia. :
D. ochroleuca (yellowish-white) A synonym of D. ambigua.
D. purpurea (purple). Common Foxglove. Jf. purple, marked
inside with dark purple spots, which are edged with white, large,
disposed in a dense terminal raceme. Summer. J. oblon , rugose,
crenated. Л. Sft. to 5ft. A very handsome biennial, the colour
of the flowers varying from cream to white. Western Europe
(Britain). See Fig. 667.
. Thapsi (Thapsi). fl., corolla limb purple ; throat pale, marked
with blood-red dots. June to September. l oblong, rugose,
crenated, undulated, decurrent. A. 2ft. to 4ft, Western Europe,
1752, Perennial. Plant tomentose, in habit much like D. pur-
purea, z
DIGITARIA. Included under Panicum.
DIGITATE. Fingered; shaped like the open hand;
when several distinct leaflets radiate from the point of
3, leafstalk.
DILATED. Widened.
DILATRIS (from dilato, to open wide; referring to
the opening of the flower). ORD. Hamodoracew. A genus
of greenhouse herbaceous plants, containing a couple of
species, natives of the Cape of Good Hope. Flowers
purple or yellow, corymbose or panicled ; perianth petaloid,
externally downy, и six-parted, the segments erect,
persistent. Leaves radical, equitant, ensiform, rigid, sheath-
ing at the base. For culture, see Anigozanthus. —
D. Seed ыт. corymbose) jl. purple; corymb leveltopped, _
. viscosa (clamm blue; corymb level-topped, villous,
Muda Ki ME T s |
DILL (Anethwm graveolens). А herb rarely grown in
this country. It is used for flavouring soups, sauces, &c.,
for which purpose the young leaves only are required. It
is of very easy culture. Seeds may be sown broadcast, or
in drills, about March or April, in any ordinary garden
soil; and, if the flower-stalks are allowed to remain and
seed each year, plenty of plants will always be produced.
The genus Anethum is now included, by Bentham and
Hooker, under Ремседатит.
DILLENIA (named after John James Dillenius, a
former Professor of Botany, at Oxford, author of * Historia
Muscorum,” and “Hortus Elthamensis.”) Including Col-
bertia, ORD. Dilleniacem. A genus of less than a score
species of very beautiful stove evergreen trees, with large
flowers; they are only suited to places where plenty of
room ean be afforded. They thrive in a light sandy loam.
Cuttings of half-ripened wood root readily, if inserted in
imported, and are usually found to grow without much
difficulty. |
iz
1 i five-carpelled ellow ;
acute; pec yet or осу АА along the
of the year. March. i. oblong, villous on the nerves
beneath. h. 20. India, 1805. S
scabrella (roughish) Л. eg
or obovate; peduncles in axil
tapering to the base, pilose on both
tures. Assam and Sylhet, 1820. A
D. speci
diameter; peduncles one-flowered. P E
‘Spreading bush. (B. M. 50:
very showy, hermaphrodite
; sepals five (rarely three,
ersistent, in two rows; petals five, or
fewer, deciduous. Fruit consisting of two or five distinct
or united earpels. There are about seventeen genera and
200 species, chiefly found in Australia, India, and North
imeriea. Some are large timber trees, while others are
ng. Well-known genera are: Candollea, De-
Flowers yellow or white, o
or polygamous, rarely
nia, and Tetracera.
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
DILLWYNIA (named in honour of Lewis Weston
Dillwyn, a botanist whose labours were more especially
directed to the British Conferve ; born 1778, died 1855).
Orv. Leguminose. A genus of elegant greenhouse ever-
green Heath-like shrubs. Flowers yellow or orange-red),
few together, in axillary or terminal racemes or corymbs,
rarely solitary; petals clawed. Leaves alternate or scat-
- tered, simple, narrow-linear, or terete, channelled above;
_ stipules wanting. There are about half-a-score species,
al natives of Australia. For culture, see Chorizema.
- D. ericifolia (Heath-leaved).* fl. yellow, in very short racemes .
— er clusters, sometimes several together, almost sessile, in a
terminal leafy corymb ; petals deciduous; calyx glabrous. May.
l. numerous, rather slender, usually jin. to зіп. long, but sometimes |
twisted when dry, obtuse, with a short, recurved or straight,
but scarcely pungent, point. 1794. There are various forms of
this plant, which bave been generally recognised as species; the
· following are the most prominent: glaberrima (B. M. 944), parvi-
Jolia (B. M. 1527), peduncularis, phylicoides, and tenuifolia.
D. floribunda (bundle-üowered) Л. yellow, crowded, axillary,
twin. April. l. crowded, subulate, mucronulate, scabrous from
tubercles. A. 2ft. to 6ft. 1794. SYN. D. rudis. (B. M. 1545,
under the name of D. ericifolia.) .
glycinifolia (Glycine-leaved). А synonym of Chorizema
_ angustifolium. \
D. hispida (hairy).* Л. disposed in terminal heads upon numerous
. Side Aura be purple-red ; standard and wings red.
_ May. 1. long, obtuse or кону ponies, not twisted, and without
any prominent keel. h. 3ft. to 6ft, SYN. D. scabra. ` (L. J. F. 296.)
perina (Juni
the vexillum an
D,
тей
rudis (rustic). А synonym of D. floribunda.
scabra (rough) A synonym of D. hispida.
DIMIDIATE. Divided into two unequal parts.
DIMORPHANTHUS (from dimorphos, two-formed ;
allusion to there being two kinds of flowers, perfect and
Пе). ORD. Araliaceew. This genus is now included
der Aralia, and the species described below is in reality
ely a variety of A. chinensis. A very handsome hardy
rub, of erect habit, with very large, much-divided, spiny
wes. This remarkably fine foliage plant requires a
eltered, but sunny, spot, where it will fully develop its
y. For sub-tropical gardening it is very useful, It
os similar cultivation to Aralia (which see).
DIMORPHANTHUS MANDSCHURICUS, showing Flowering
detached portion of Inflorescence, and ms. Leaflet,
. A state in which two forms of
flower or leaf are produced by the same species.
FIG. 669. DIONJEA MUSCIPULA (see page 478). ——
DIMORPHOTHECA (from dimorphos, two-iorm:
and theca, a receptacle; disk-florets of two forms). ORD.
Composite. A genus of about twenty species of smo
hairy, or glandular annual herbs or shrabby pere
natives of South Africa. Flower-heads long-statke
orange-yellow or purplish; ray the same colo"
Leaves radical or alternate, entire, 1, í
narrow. These half-hardy plants grow
drained loam; they are suitable for opem
during summer, and for cool greenhous in
annual sorts should be sown
spring, and planted out at the end of May. -
nials are readily grown from cuttings. — —
D. Barberis (Mrs. Barber's). А pu
piant, from Caffraria, 1862. a
ning
suffruticose,
p (under which name it
E d hi h disk and ray) orange. ———
E dey ed —
otted to 3ft. A beautiful much brane
prs mit. (B. M. 1343.)
һзр (grassy-leaved). fi.-heads 2jin. across, hand-
j ray-florets white above,
urple, dotted with the
ouse
478 THE DICTIONARY OF. GARDENING,
Dimorphotheca-— continued.
DINETUS. See Porana.
DIGCIOUS. When a plant bears female flowers on
one individual, and males on another.
DIONJEA (from Dionsa, a surname of Venus, as the
supposed daughter of Jupiter and Dione) ORD. Drose-
racee. A dwarf, exceedingly interesting, herbaceous
perennial. It thrives in a mixture of peat and living
sphagnum. The pot containing it should be placed in a
pan of water, and stood near the glass in the greenhouse,
or even in a cold frame. Propagated by division of the
plant, or sometimes by seed.
D. muscipula (fiy-catcher).* Venus's Fly-trap. white, in ter-
тіпа] corymbs. July and August. L vations oa footstalks,
which are dilated at the top into a two-lobed irritable limb,
beset with one row of long hairs on the margin, folding
niter, in the manner of the teeth
L3 A. дїп. to біп. Carolina |
апа 1768. The seat of irri-
tation resides in the three bristles
which are placed in the centre of
each lobe ; on these being touched,
See Fig. 663, page AT. (БМ.
DIOON (from dis, two, and
oon, an egg; in reference to each
scale bearing two ovules; other-
wise from the seeds being borne
in twos). Syn. Platyzamia. ORD.
Cycadacee. А very singular genus
containing a couple of species,
both natives of Mexico, They
make noble objects in a collec-
tion of ornamental-leaved plants.
Dioons thrive best in a compost
of good loam and river sand,
and sueceed well in an ordinary
greenhouse, except сед іп а
growing state, at which period
= they shonld have the warmth of
. ` a stove. Propagated by seed,
_ which are very large. Miquel
observes that this genus із more -
elosely allied to certain fossil
Cycadacem than is any other
living representative of the
order.
*
art UD m
and бїп. to 7in. in breadth, ба
the base, where they are
clothed with short whíte woolly
hairs; texture very firm. Stems
Sft. in circumference. А. 3ft.
1844, M. 6184.) The fruit of this
BEL a) m
ундей into a kind of arrowroot.
a native of Ana- Droscq
in Cilieia, who lived in BATATAS.
was the foundation of almost all botanical know-
until modern times). Yam. ORD. Dioscoreaceg.
ornamental-leaved (with few exceptions) stove her.
rs, with large tuberous roots, admirably
age of Nero; his celebrated book upon Жеди ы.
; Te
Dioscorea —continued.
In the winter months, Dioscoreas should be kept in a
cool (but not cold) place, either in the pots or in some
perfectly dry sand. The most suitable soil is a rich light
compost, formed of turfy loam and well-decomposed
manure, in about equal parts. They should have abund-
ance of root room, and be liberally supplied with water
during the growing season, gradually diminishing the
quantity as the shoots show signs of decay. Propa-
gated by divisions of the tubers, which may be effected
either in autumn or spring, while they are at rest, but
never when growing.
. Ancectochilus (Ancctochilus-like). 7, deep olive-green, beau-
tifully marbled with gold, with a central band of the same colour,
broadly acuminate; when young, they are of а uniform plain
bright green. South America, 1865.
D. агуга (silvery). 1. green, cordate, about 5in. across,
seven-nerved ; nerves bordered with distinct irregular angular
patches of silvery-grey. Columbia.
D. Batatas (Batatas).* Chinese Yam. Л. white, dicecious, very
small, in axillary racemes, generally sterile. 1. deep green, very
glossy, opposite, cordate, acuminate. Stems annual, smooth,
or purplish, sometimes attaining a height of from 6ft. to 9ft.
he roots are used like apn ed, roasted, and cooked in
various other ways. Probably the great depth to which the tubers
descend, and the consequent expense of harvesting the , has
prevented this useful hardy vegetable from being much cultivated
in this country. See Fig. 670.
old inhabitant of our stoves, and at one time strongly recom.
mended as a substitute for the potato. (G. C. n. s., viii. 48.)
narrowed to the apex. Tubers in some cases
1 , аз in some varieties of potato, others very irregular.
fh diff peers deal Jn the jets M be devel cr
owever, differs a e по! velo
at such а great depth . See 671.
D. discolor (two-coloured) l beautifully mottied with two or
three shades of large, cordate ; under surface rich purplish-
crimson. туо ее.
D. illustrata (illuminated). Z. satiny-green, marked by fine
transverse whitish 1 lines between the nerves, with an
i central band of silvery-grey, and a few patches
of the same colour, generally placed es juxtaposition with the
1 al
near the р Ў
Sin. wide; under surface pale lurid e. Rio Negro, 1868.
(Т. Н. 1871, 53.) There dae [m ecco varieties of this -
species known, of which the following are in cultivation: chryso--
pila, leaves olive-brown, variegated with yellow; 0,
eaves satiny-green, with silvery-grey central band, and ii ular
blotches of the same colour; melanoleuca, leaves deep green,
with central silvery band and silvery blotches along the veins;
metallica, leaves bronzy, with coppery central band.
D. nobilis (noble. 1. velvety-bronze, variegated with yellow.
Brazil, 1868. : |
D. retusa (retuse). fl. dull yellowish ; racemes axillary, slender,
pendulous, many-flowered. l. alternate, loosely scattered, digi-
tate; leaflets Нуе to seven, petiolulate. South Africa, 1870.
(G. С. 1881, xv, 511.) — 3 йе
D. sativa (cultivated). Common cultivated Yam. 1, alternate,
ovate, ‹ date; lobes of base close together.
.. Stem smooth, round, slender. West Indies, 1733.
or pillar plants. Flowers whitish or yel. | D.
is. Leaves broad, cordate, oc dà wed,
k with h
ques Sar ote 2 opcs tei ot
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 479
DIOSCOREACEZE. А natural order of twining
shrubs or herbs, found chiefly in tropical countries.
Flowers in spikes, small; perianth of males six-cleft;
lobes in two rows, herbaceous and adnate; stamens
six, inserted in the base of the perianth. Female flowers
with a six-cleft or six-partite perianth; staminodes small,
three to six. Most of the Dioscoreas produce tubers
(known as Yams), which are used as food, in the same
way as potatoes. Dioscorea is the typical genus. Тһе
order is represented in Britain by the Black Bryony,
Tamus communis.
DIOSMA (from dios, divine, and osme, smell; well-
bruised leaves have an exquisite smell. ORD. Rutacee.
А genus of about a dozen species of small greenhouse
Heath-like shrubs, all natives of South Africa. Flowers
white or reddish, terminal, sub-solitary or corymbose;
calyx five-parted; petals sessile, obovate, longer than
the calyx. Leaves alternate or opposite, linear-acute,
channelled, serrulated or ciliate, gland-dotted. Diosmas
may be very easily raised from cuttings, inserted in sandy
peat, covered with a bell glass, and placed in very
gentle heat. They will soon root, and may then be trans-
- ferred singly into thumb pots, and afterwards, by suc-
cessive stages, into larger ones. It will be desirable to
keep the plants'a little in shape by stopping the most
vigorous branches, thus causing a lateral growth. Diosmas
- succeed in fibry peat and sand, and also in the same
compost, with the addition of a little fibrous loam.
. ericoi: th-like).* fl. white, with a tinge of red on the
qom hin -— , two or three together. February
to July. l crowded, trigonal, blunt, smooth, dotted, emitting a
strong pene ig smell when bruised. Л. lft. to 3ft. 1756.
FIG. 672. FLOWERING BRANCH OF DIOSMA VULGARIS
vulgaris (common) fl. white, tinged with blue; corymbs
minal, few-flowered. May. l. scattered, linear, pointed, long,
ooth, glandular, spreading, fringed. А, lft. to 3ft. See
672. (B. M. under name of D. ericoides.)
е other species are rarely seen in cultivation,
DIOSPYROS (the old Greek name used by Theo-
astus, from dios, divine, and puros, wheat; literally
Stial food), Date Plum. Окъ. Ebenacem. A genus of
t 150 species of stove, greenhouse, or hardy trees and
represented in nearly all temperate and tropical
. Flowers inconspicuous, polygamous, axillary.
Simple, alternate, entire, exstipulate. e green-
Diospyros—continued.
house species are ornamental, and thrive under ordinary
treatment; they are propagated by cuttings of half-
ripened shoots. Those requiring stove heat strike best
from ripened shoots, made during April or May, placed
in sand, and in a brisk bottom heat. The hardy species
may be increased by seeds.
D. Ebenus. Ebony. fl. white ; male ones sub-racemose ; herma-
phrodite ones solitary. l. bifarious, ovate-lanceolate or oblong,
acuminated, glabrous. A. 30ft. to 40ft. 1792. Stove. (В. Е. S. 65.)
Fig. 673. FRUIT AND LEAVES OF DIOSPYROS KAKI.
D. Kaki (Kaki).* Л. whitish-green ; male peduncles usually three- -
flowered. fr. yellow when ripe, globose, t-celled, ofa
orange, abounding in yellow, fleshy, edible pulp ; it is toler-
ably pleasant. bifarious, ovate-elliptic, acuminated, elli
oblong or obovate, cordate at the base, downy on both surfaces.
Branches tomentose. Л. 12ft. to 20ft. China, 1789. -Hardy in
South of England and Channel Islands, &c. See "678. The
variety costata (G. С. n. s.,iv. 777) is so named in consequence of — _
the depressed lines or ribs that mark the surface of the fruit from
the apex down towards the enlarged persistent four-lobed k
at the base. The name of Date Plum is, perhaps, more frequently
used for this species than for any of the others. puo dr
D. Lotus.* European Lotus, or common Date Plum. Л. reddish- quu
white, small. July. fr. yellow when ripe, sweet with astringency, -
size of a cherry. 1. oblong, acuminate, of а beautiful dark glossy -
green above; when mature, and exposed to the air, they assume
a purplish hue beneath; they do not change colour in autumn, -
but drop off simultaneously with the first attack of sharp frost. -
h. 20%. to 30ft. South Europe, Orient, 1596. Hardy. | . .
D. Mazeli (Mazel's)* fr. orange-red, large, spherical, ripe in
November. J. elliptic-ovate or sub-cordate, deciduous. Japa
1874. (R. H. 1874, 70.) | ы
D. virginiana (Vi inian).* Persimmon;
Л. e yellow, Jr гҹ golden-yellow, |
ed, and, as well as th
North America, 1629. Hardy. г
DIOTIS (from dis, two, and ous, обоз, an ear; alluding
to the ear-like lobes of the corolla). Cotton Weed. Овюр.
Composite. A very ornamental hardy perennial, with a
white and cottony aspect. It forms an excellent edging
or rockery plant, and is increased by cuttings or seeds.
D. candidissima (whitest), A synonym of D. maritima.
D. maritima * jL-heads yellow, sub-globose, discoid. l.
alternate, Р ог densely covered with white
felted wool, Rootstock ere woody. A. біп, to lft. South
of England (rare), shores of the Mediterranean and the Canaries
SYN. D. candidissima, (Sy. En. В. 125.) :
DIPCADI (d-rivation obscure). SYws. Polemannia,
Tricharis, Uropetalum, and Zuccagnia. ORD. Liliacew.
A genus of pretty hardy and half-hardy bulbs, allied .
to Galtonia, There are about a score of species,
natives of South Europe, tropical and Southern
480 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Dipcadi—continued.
Africa, and East Indies. Flowers greenish or yellowish ;
raceme simple, sparsely flowered; pedicels short, brac-
teate at base. They require a compost of light sandy
loam and leaf mould; the roots must be kept dry during
winter. Propagated by offsets, spring.
D. Balfourii (Balfour’s). Л. greenish-yellow, nearly lin. long ;
racemes loosely ten es ihrer ream to 9in. long ; scape
green, terete, 2ft. to MAP E ber. 1. three four,
SN rn. аир еген, about lft. long uu lin. broad. А. 2ft.
agens апош (qperloavod, Jl, corolla of a greenish tawny colour,
us or clouded with à grey bloom or hoar on the outside,
Simoes lin. long, tubular! s zy campanulate; segments oblong, ob-
spik
tuse; raceme long, ЖАН nora ER чау и and dis-
tantly scattered ; sca pright, scarcely flexuose, 2ft. to 3ft. high;
uncles straight, ada gs three times longer than the flower.
ugust. l ht, lorately oblong, lanceolate, glaucous, like the
ne 'g ul t, y —Ó rw sheathing at — base.
Cape of Good . SYN. Uropetalon glaucum
(under which name it is fgured in B. R. 156). :
D. serotina (late-flowering). Л. brown-coloured ; racemes many-
flowered; scape bending; corolla cernuous, eylindric-campanu-
ments linear-oblong, ы: - vagi ones acute, patent ; inner "more
(under which name it is figured in B. There isa pe
of this with pinkish а D. s. x in B. M. 1 85). Т
s. Welwitschii (W. (Welwitsch's). green throughout, at first
cernuous, finally erecto-patent, the ff ents of the perianth
connate at the shortly гена m. the tips, the outer seg-
ments reaching down within jin. of the а the outer third
| Sin. to fn ш scape 1 p em eg S s four to pom
i ре ong, erec ender, terete, glaucous-
green, naked. i iineat, about two "lines broad, MM. or
з BOE АЕ in tes shire, mately dy es яая
wards üucous-
пета. h. 2s өл. ЖН es succeeds ze
"Y^ a Syn. Uro-
дить Wel 10) greenhouse.
pi pem die, ын. and phyllon, а
; in allusion to each stem of the Кино; iy
. Berberidec.
to them is one composed of sandy
Propagated by cuttings, made from ‘oung shoots.
placed in sand, in а mild bottom heat
į carthagenensis ( Carthagenian) jil. yellow; peduncle
: two to three-flowered. Z. = š
» СЕ x re" кершй; ate leis ro mein.
DIPLACUS (from dis, rc _
i ta separated into two parts). | platon, —
genus of half -hardy evergreens, now Phulari еа
‘the base.
== from which it differs in the plants being em
Dipladenia— continued.
hybrids are unrivalled for brillianey of colour, especially if
the plants are allowed free root room, in a prepared border.
They are also well adapted for exhibition purposes, in
which ease it will be necessary to cultivate in large pots,
to admit of removal When in flower, and well grown,
Dipladenias, in either of these positions, must be classed
amongst the most beautiful of stove plants.
Propagation is effected by cuttings of the young shoots
that are produced when the plants commence new growth,
in spring. These, or single eyes, should be inserted in
a compost of equal parts sand and peat, covered with
a bell glass, and placed in a brisk bottom heat. Roots
will soon be emitted, and the young plants may then be
transferred to separate pots, grown on, and shifted into
larger sizes as required.
After - Cultivation. This will consist chiefly in sup-
plying plenty of heat and moisture in the early part of
the season, and in thoroughly ripening the main growths
in autumn for the succeeding year. А suitable compost
is fibry peat, broken up roughly for use, with sufficient
silver sand added to insure the free passage of water.
Drainage must also be efficient, as few flowering subjects
show the effects of a waterlogged soil quicker than do
these. Young plants should be grown on without stop-
ping, and be supported by a stake until of sufficient size
to be placed on a trellis. This is best made of small
galvanised wire, and a conical or globular form is most
suitable. If intended for planting out, to train on the
roof of a stove—a position best suited for showing the
flowers of Dipladenias—the trellis will be unnecessary, as
the plants may be trained upright until established, and
then placed out permanently. If a little bottom heat
can be obtained, it will be of material assistance. The
flowers are produced in profusion all the latter part of
the summer, on the wood of the current year. Nearly
all this should be removed when the flowering season
is over, unless required for main shoots to cover the
trellis. Dipladenias should be kept warm and in a
moderately dry condition when at rest in winter, gradu-
ally introducing more moisture to start them in spring.
Plenty of heat and frequent syringings, in early summer,
wil encourage the production of good flowering wood. .
The plants are subject to the same insect pests as many
others grown in the high temperature of a stove.
When insects are detected, sponging the leaves and
stems will prevent their i increase, and is the best method
of destruction.
D. amabilis gores ff. то Л. rosy-crimson, borne in clusters, Iud
E 4in. to
; petals very round and stiff. Ma;
tember. J. shortly iy stalked, ony tec h. 10ft. A very e
h between 2. crassinoda D. splendens. (Е. M. 309.)
D. amoena ).* Л. pink, кым with rose, somewhat re-
sembli ау ut much finer; petals round, stiff, and
not reflexed. l. рну ерер cip Рә variety. This valu-
able plant flowers as freely as D. . amabilis, and has better foliage
. than that plant.
D. boliviensis (Bolivian).* fl white, about 2in. across, with а -
lden-yellow throat; racemes sub-terminal or axillary, E
our-flowered. 4. oblong, acuminate. Stems M Bolivia,
E
1866. А very pretty small growing species. (В. М. 5785) —
(Brearley’s)* 2 Nn o pink, and |
leyana
to the richest crimson, very 14 Pent, dnd of e ш acute, -
dark green. А garden hybrid, pri AE: beauty, and most
floriferous characte
yim oa (choice Л. Л. of cR. Mm s delicate dente blushpin са
аа то пае О, rose, about bin. in
diam an ut DE so i which we are in-
debted to M». Ыс? Bull, BOR EPI
c: Houtteana tte's HA improved variety of the pre-
D eH ved tends quem. An red flowers, having an orange-
] f ve sre mardi ink,
tata my d Л. of a ай y with tad Et
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE.
Dipladenia—continued.
rose and shaded with violet, and the light throat shaded with
yellow. Garden variety.
D. diadema (diadem).* Й. of a soft pink colour, suffused with
rose, the mouth encircled with deep rose, of large size and excel-
lent form., Garden variety.
D. Harrisi (Harris’s). A synonym of Odontadenia speciosa.
D. hybrida (hybrid)* Л. of a flaming crimson-red, freely pro-
duced. 1. large, stont, bright green. А beautiful garden variety,
but rarely seen.
D. (remarkable).* f. rosy-purple, bold. А stout-
growing garden variety, with very strong foliage. See next
page, Fig. 675, for which we are indebted to Messrs. Veitch
and Sons.
nobilis (noble).* /. changing from rosy-purple to orange-red,
тЫ us х чай ы free-growing, garden variety. (G. C.
» 748.)
„
; ft rosy-pink, suffused here and there,
Í Бах duh s d yer and richer shade of the same
throat yellow, anm. with a bright rose ring at the
Garden variety,
M a Mat for months. Organ Mountains.
Fic. 674, FLOWERING BRANCH OF DIPLADENTA CARISSIMA (see page 480).
(1985).
481
Dipladenia—continued. os
A ies with broad f nd stout shoots. Syn. Echites
А ond Fd 80]. ee and ut shoo
D. s. profusa (profuse)* fl. rich carmine, Sin. in diameter, pro-
duced abundantly in bunches from the axils of the leaves, and
ам а long time in perfection. J. oblong, acuminate. Garden
variety,
D. s. Williamsi (Williams's). Л. with a deep pink throat. Raised
from D. splendens, on which it is a deci improvement, flower-
ing more freely.
DIPLAZIUM. See Asplenium.
DIPLECTHRUM. A synonym of Satyrium (which
see).
DIPLOCHITA. Included under Miconia (which see). —
DIPLOCOMA. See Heterotheca. à
DIPLODIUM. А synonym of Pterostylis. :
DIPLOGASTRA. A synonym of p. :
IPLOLJENA (from diploos, double, and chiama, a
Pcs alluding e к. double involuere). ORD. Киѓасес.
А genus of about four species of greenhouse evergreen
Australian shrubs. Flower-heads terminal, shortly pe-
duneulate or nearly sessile. Leaves alternate, petiolate,
entire. Diplolænas thrive in a compost of peat and a little
fibry loam. Propagated by cuttings of firm young shoots.
D. Dampieri ?в). 1. green and glabrous above. Other
wise closely outing D. grandifora. (B. M. i^i
482 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Diplolena-— continued. |
D. diflora (large-flowered). Jt.-heads shortly pedunculate,
Ijin. in diameter ; petals linear, ciliate, concealed within the
head. April. i, ovate or broadly oblong, very obtuse, lin. to 2in.
long, hoary-tomentose, especially beneath. h. 4ft. to 5ft. А
DIPLONEMA. See Euclea.
DIPLOPAPPUS. Most of the plants formerly placed
here are now included under Aster (which see).
j
wit ONOUS. With twice as
mens as petals or sepals.
DIPLO (from diploos, double, and thema
а sheath). Овр. Palme. Very noble wih prr
m. .stemless, or developing a short ringed trunk.
B wers monceious, rather large. Leaves pinnate, with
smear segments; silvery-white underneath.
11 а compost of two parts rich loam, one
many sta-
of peat,
Рта. 675. FLOWERING BRANCH OP DIPLADENTA INSIGNIS (see page 481).
They thrive -
Diplothemium— continued.
and one of sand. Increased by seeds. These palms
have been recommended for sub-tropical gardening, for
which purpose, if well hardened off, they form excellent
subjects.
D. caudescens (stemmed).* 1. 2ft. to 6ft. in length, pinnate ;
n from 1366. to 2ft. in length, about lin. broad, with a
ifid point, somewhat clustered together; upper surface dark
shining green, of a very beautiful silvery - whiteness beneath.
—
Е
Hi ill
Mm
h. 10ft. Brazil, 1947. Described
Apae cultivation. SYN. С |
(sea) l pinnate, with à more te
than the foregoing ng pinne are also closer ка
. to l2in. in and ut lin. broad; deep green above,
3 Silvery-grey below. Л. 10%. Brazil, 1825.
. The other two species are: campestre and littorale.
.. DIPSACEJE. An order of biennial or perennial
herbs, natives of nearly all temperate countries. Flowers .
>
as being one of the handsomest
niveum.
Ij
Cd =»
AN ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
\
488
Dipsacese—continued.
in heads, surrounded by
an involucre; calyx limb supe-
= rior, cup-shaped, entire, lobed, or eiliate, membranous,
. sometimes surrounded by a separate involucel; corolla
funnel-shaped or cylindric, often curved; lobes four or
five, obtuse, imbricate in bud; stamens four, inserted on
the corolla tube. Leaves opposite or rarely verticillate,
exstipulate. There are five known genera, including
Cephalaria, Dipsacus, and Scabiosa, and about 125 species.
DIPSACUS (the Greek name used by Dioscorides,
from dipsao, to thirst; probably in consequence of the
connate leaves holding water). 'Teazel. ORD. Dipsacee.
Erect, pilose, or prickly, hardy biennial herbs. Flower-
heads terminal, oblong-ovate or roundish. Leaves oppo-
site, usually connate at the base, toothed or jagged.
These singular plants are best suited for the wild garden,
. or rough parts of the flower border. They thrive in
. almost any ordinary garden soil and may be easily raised
from seed. There are about twelve Species, the under-
mentioned being only those that are worth growing.
. D. Fullonum (fuller's) Fuller’s Teazel. Л.-Һеайз whitish, with
: =. purple anthers; leaves of involucre spreading, shorter
han the ovoid heads. July. l.. connate at the base, oblong-
lanceolate, serrated ; upper ones entire. Stem Lt h. 4ft. to
6ft. The specific name of the plant is derived from the fact that
ts heads are used by the fuller in dressing cloth. This is
believed by some to be but a cultivated variety of D. sylvestris,
1 differing only in the scales of the receptacle being hooked at the
k extremity.
— D., laciniatus (cut-leaved). /l-heads, corollas whitish ; anthers
= reddish; leaves of involucre sli htly erect, stiffish, usually shorter
than the ovoid head. July. J. connate at the base, sinuately Jagged,
and the lobes sinuately toothed ; downy beneath. Stem prickly.
h. 3ft. to 5ft. Europe ia, }
and Siberia, 1683. "
D. sylvestris (wood) Common Teazel. -heads pale lilac;
inaves “of involucre Нехо, weak, Ма ег d the MAE
eads of flowers. - ¢ connate at the base, ova ceolate,
uminated, toothed. Stem prickly. A. 6ft. Europe (Britain).
to Ruellia (which see).
DIPTEROCARPEZ. An order of resin-bearing
trees, all the species of which are found in the tropies of
the Old World. Flowers often sweet-scented, disposed in
axillary panicles. Leaves alternate, involute ; stipules
eonvolute. There are a dozen genera, perhaps the best
known being Dipterocarpus and Dryobalanops.
DIPTEROUS. Having two wing-like processes.
DIPTERYX (from dis, double, and pleryz, a wing;
in reference to the two upper lobes of the calyx, which
appear like two wings). Tonquin Bean. Syn. Baryosma.
ORD. Leguminose. А genus of about eight species of
Stove evergreen trees. Flowers violet or rose, disposed in
rminal panicles. Leaves opposite or alternate, abruptly
Pinnate. They thrive in rich, rough, loamy soil. Cuttings
will strike if inserted in sand, and a hand glass placed
Over them, in a moist heat. None are of any importance,
except from an economic standpoint; they are useless as
: - DK e, dashed with viol
E n oro E
ot e КО un Ка ‘or Tonquin Beans, well known as
а grateful scent to snuff. | ;
DIRCA (from dirke, a fountain; referring to the plant
Erowing in moist places). ORp. Thymelew.. A genus
ofa couple of species of hardy, deciduous, branchy shrubs,
With the habit of miniature trees. Both are natives of
‘orth America, and the one in cultivation thrives well in
^ moist peaty soil. Increased readily by imported seeds,
ч by layers -
^. palustris * d 5 ellowish, terminal,
_ Preceding the peteng M сна dig oblong, kenne
Pale green, villous beneath. А. 2ft. (о 56. 1750. (B. R. 292.)
DISA (derivation unknown; probably a native name).
b. idem. A genus of about fifty species of ter-
orchids, natives of tropical and South Africa,
е Mascarene Islands. All are very pretty and
th
This genus is now referred |
Disa—continued.
interesting, but the number worth cultivating is somewhat
limited. Of these, the best is D. grandiflora, sometimes
known as the Flower of the Gods. Its culture, though
considered by many to be difficult, is comparatively easy,
where proper means and site are employed. With regard
to its native surroundings, it should be borne in mind
that the streams, &o., upon or near the margins of which
it grows, are water gorges during some portion of the
winter months, and occasionally very dry in the summer.
The plants should be kept quite cool in winter, but
not allowed to become too dry at any time. By the end
of February, more water should be given; and from April
until the flower-spikes are formed, too great a quantity
cannot well bé applied. D. grandiflora is one of the most
beautiful of cool orchids, sueceeding in an admixture of
peat and sphagnum. The plants should be somewhat
elevated in potting. Careful ventilation, avoiding draughts,
is essential, eps
With regard to the best method of raising D. grandiflora
from seed, the Rev. F. Tymons, of Dublin, says: “The
seed should be sown as soon as it is ripe; but if that does
not happen till late in the autumn, it would be safer to —
postpone the sowing until the following September, or the
last week of August. There are two methods of sowing
the seed, each of which has its advocates. One of them
consists in sowing on living sphagnum, in a pot or pan.
The moss must always be kept moist, which may be
effected by constant and gentle dewings, as the danger of
regular watering, as ordinarily understood, is that the
seed would be washed down too deeply. The other plan
is to sow on a sod of turf... . or hard peat .... pem
mean the peat as prepared for fuel. Let it be well soaked _
in water, and the seed sown thickly on its upper surface.
Cover all with a bell glass, and place it in a cool, damp,
and shady place. The turf must never become dry, but —
the spraying of water must be of the gentlest description. -
A good plan for watering very fine seed is to dip a stiff-
haired brush in water, and to draw the hand briskly
against it, at such a distance as that only the finest dew .
reaches the seed. When the seedlings appear, they must
have more air. As soon as they can be handled, they
should be pricked off into small pans, or into pots, not
less than 4in. in diameter. The compost for the seedlings,
for the first two years, should be somewhat similar to that —
for mature plants, only that the peat should be con-
siderably finer for an inch or two on the surface, and à ·
much larger proportion of silver sand is necessary. Th
after-treatment, as regards ventilation, situation, and
water, is similar to that for established plants." The
same writer warns “persons whose stock is limited io. с
plant or two, not to
be too anxious for seed. One
on а healthy i
plant is quite sufficient, "o
the autumn growth and recovery, after bour of
flowering.” em x ые Ын ч с
D. cornuta (horned-flowered). fl. green, white, and purple, _
oderately large ; spi to 6in. long, many-flowel a Ms og
dissimilar. pe x чыке: i,t long | and falcate, with &
broad auricle at the base; small, spathulate,
large black velvety tee Docume 1. lanceolate, erect or
Т
marked with г eu le. Stem green,
with red, leafy to the summit. Cape of Good Hope, 1843. (B.M.
D. grandiflora (large-flowered).* fi. light rose, scarlet, and gold.
June and July. l stem-clasping, alternate, dark green, shining.
Stems 2ft. ќо ft. high, four or five-flowered. Table Mountain,
1825. (B. M. 4073.) nete ce
d x. range - scarlet; lip a lighter
go 874. Re. Feb.
D. g. Barrellii (Barrell’s).* i s
nade of the e colour, with crimson veins. 1
1882.)
. g. Superba (superb) ji. bright scarlet and crimson, veined
» E pink, vy c н June and July. Stems lift.
to 2ft. high, two to eight-flowered. A very handsome form. (Gn.,
Feb. 1882.)
D- macrantha (large-flowered). A garden synonym of D. mega-
ceras, : é Ў
D. megaceras (great-horned).* ji. white, blotched inside with pale
wer ones sheathi рн paa Шм» p o
484
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
] large; sepal (hood) coni ith an obli mouth,
cere slightly curved, e Farro lateral sepals decurvod,
- ind the tip;
acuminate, concave. а, жөр, ан me oen a :
to 2%. South Africa, 1880. Syn. D. macrantha, of gardens.
(B. M. 6529.) 3
x ^ ret ape vory many doie ronal epal orech
; petals much smaller than the erect, and partially
by the upper sepal, linear-oblong, tip obtuse and in-
acute, slightly constricted above the base. September. /.
Bu cca a RIP
= ui b
DISANDRA. А synonym of Sibthorpia (which see).
DISBUDDING. By this term is meant the removal
of superfluous buds, flowers, or shoots, in the early stages
of growth, from fruit or other trees, in order to divert
the sap into those which are stronger, and required to
remain either for the production of branches, flowers, or
fruits of superior quality. It is of necessity very largely
praetised with fruit-trees, under glass, that have to be
kept within а limited area, and where the crop of fruit
and continued vigour of the trees are annually matters
of very great importance. The branches of Figs, Peaches,
and Vines, amongst many others, are each year so full of
young shoots in spring, or at other seasons, when started
into growth, that if all were allowed to remain, the
result would be a dense thicket of useless branches.
Disbudding should always be performed with judgment,
and only by those who. understand it, as irreparable
damage may easily be caused by the uninitiated. The
- operation should be commenced as soon as the young
buds or shoots are large enough to pinch out with the
finger and thumb, and the process should be frequently
repeated, rather than remove too much ata time. Many
plants may, with advantage, be disbudded occasionally to
thin the branches, for admitting more light and air, or
for inducing a more compact habit. Disbudding of flowers,
where crowded, if earefully performed when in an early
stage, may also be recommended in some cases.
DISCARIA (from diskos a disk; ; i
largo and fioshy). SYN. Tetrapasma. ORD. hamus
shrubs. One is a native of. =
Zealand; all the rest are extra-tropic er of How
They are closely allied to Colletia (which see for cul.
D.
flowered, Lf y-
site, obovate, minute, quite entire, % аа орро-
leafless, pubescent ; branchlets E e e. almost
MM. Аманы Ө simple, spiny. А. 2ft.
D. serratifolia (saw-leaved)* f. greenish - white, in axilla "
tufts, very fragrant. June. l i ;
h. of. to lon. prige an E those of a Broom” t gw
| subject for t or as a , spiny.
wall, GC ns, oh) SYN Plant for a conservato
Sng from beneath Yoo oper от
SYN. Colletia serratifolia, ry
(Toumatou). Wild Iri VON _.
; an
С BMISCHIDIA (from dischides, bwisi eh m
‘to the bifid segments of the corona). зона
opposite
the joints.
corollas small, urceolate ; |
Dischidia—continued.
September. 7. oblong-lanceolate, two-edged, flat. India, 1818.
(B. M. 2916.)
D. nummularia (Moneywort-leaved). jl. very small, in little
sessile, axillary or interpetiolar clusters; calyx segments minute,
corolla under one-and-a-half lines long ; tube inflated ; lobes
narrow, longer than the tube; corona segments subulate.
August. J. on very short petioles, nearly orbicular, thick, fleshy,
not exceeding jin. in diameter. A. біп. Queensland. A suc-
culent milky-juiced epiphyte, more or less mealy-white. 5
DISCOID. When, in Composite, the ray-florets are
suppressed, the head of flowers is said to be Discoid.
DISCOLOR. Parts having one surface of one
colour, and the other of another.
DISEASES. Many plants are subject to no Disease,
although they may be particularly so to insect pests.
Others, again, are susceptible to Disease at any stage of
growth, and when it is often very difficult to know the
cause from which the evil proceeds. Canker, Gumming,
and Mildew are destructive Diseases to fruit-trees and
plants. The cause of the first cannot be traced in many
cases; while in others it may be discovered too late for
applying a remedy, even if this were practicable. Gum-
ming and Mildew are caused by Fungi. The progress
of Disease in plants may often be stopped if measures
are taken, when it is first detected, to find and, if possible,
remove the cause. When once established; it is far more
difficult to cure, or even check; fatal results being often
the ultimate consequence.
forces acting apparently under such opposite conditions
in similar or different plants, it is impossible to give
instructions for their prevention generally. A cold and
undrained soil, or that which is excessively rich, sudden
changes of temperature, improper pruning, draughts, or,
on the other hand, a too close or moist atmosphere, with
many other like conditions, tend to promote Disease, and
should be always guarded against Diseases arising from
the growth of a fungus on any parts of plants, are often
greatly encouraged by а warm, moist atmosphere. Some
of this description are amongst the most destructive,
and, as a rule, it is very difficult or impossible to
effect а cure, when they become established. The fungi
which are more or less superficial in their growth—that
is to say, live on the surface of the tissues—may be
checked by dusting with sulphur, &c.; those, like the
Potato Disease (Peronospora), for instance, which send
their threads into the body of the host plant, cannot
be destroyed by any such means.
DISEMMA. This genus is now merged into Passi-
flora (which see).
DISK. Any organ between the stamens and ovary,
generally sealy or annular. 'The central tubular flowers
of Composite are also called the Disk.
DISOCACTUS (from dis, two, isos, equal, and Cactos;
in allusion to the number of the sepals and petals being
constantly twice two). ORD. Cactee. This is now united
with Phyllocactus, from the other members of which genus
it only differs in its fewer sepals and petals.
DISPORUM (from dis, double, and poros, a pore;
application not stated). Including Prosartes. ORD-
Liliacew. A genus of about a dozen species of hardy
perennial herbs, natives of North America and ‘the moun-
tains of tropical Asia. Flowers solitary or clustered, at the
tips of the branches. Leaves alternate, sessile or shortly
stalked, ovate or lanceolate. Stems creeping, spreading,
or erect from an underground rhi sparingly branched,
leafy. The species thrive in a moist peaty border, and
prefer partial shade. Propagated by seeds, or by dividing
ihe plants in spring, before active growth commences.
D. fulvum (tawny). А synonym of D. pullum.
D. Hookerii (Hooker). Л. greenish, one to six; segmen
кы
jin. long, narrowed at base; stamens nearly
little exceeding, the perianth. 4. ovate, mostly
Diseases being caused by ———
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
b d
OF HORTICULTURE.
485
Disporum—continued.
D. lanuginosum (woolly).* 7. yellow, green; peduncies dicho-
tomous, two-flowered. May. Ù ovate-lanceolate, far acuminate,
three-ribbed, reticulately veined, downy on the under, naked on
` the upper, surface. Stem terminating in two or three divergent
branches, from green becoming brown, adpressedly downy. h. lft.
South Carolina, 1758. (B.
lanuginosa.)
D. Menziesii (Menzies) Л. greenish, one to five; segments
nearly pes. jin. to lin, had stamens a third shorter than the
perianth. J.
rounded or slightly cordate at base, more or less woolly-pubescent.
h, lft. to 3ft. California.
_ D. pullum (dusky).* Ji, corolla brown without, cernuous,
longer than pore cupped-campanulate ; racemes one to four.
flowered, axillary. September. l. ovate-lanceolate, acuminate,
Shortly petioled, nerved. Stem herbaceous, 12%. high, angular,
sub-geniculately flexuose. China, 1801. A singular plant,
SYN. D. fulvum. (В. M. 916, under name of Uvularia chinensis.)
Р. p. parviflorum (small-flowered) only differs from the type
in its smaller flowers.
DISSECTED. Cut into many deep lobes.
DISTEGANTHUS (from distegos, two stories, and
anthos, a flower; referring to the "disposition of the
M. 1490, under name of Uvularia
corolla above the receptacle). ORD. Bromeliacem. For
culture, see Bromelia.
D. scarlatinus (scarlet) is described as being a magnificent
Stove perennial, with central leaves of a most intense vivi scarlet
colour. Amazon, 1869. SYN. Bromelia amazonica.
. , DISTICHOUS. Producing flowers,
“branches in two opposite rows.
leaves, or
DITTANY. See Cunila mariana and Dictamnus.
DITTANY OF AMORGOS. See Origanum
Tournefortii.
і Origanum
DITTANY OF CRETE. See
Us.
DIURIS (from dis, double, and oura, a tail; in allu-
n to the two tail-like sepals). ORD. Orchidew. This
genus of terrestrial orchids, containing about fifteen
Species, all of them interesting, and some very beautiful,
ost unknown in our gardens, and the species as yet
introduced are very rare. All are natives of Australia.
For culture, see Pterostylis.
alba (whi white, ro een, brownish-purple. August.
Att, New South Wales тозе, "Qi kr oe Peele. Augus
. Curvifolia (curved-leaved). A synonym of D. maculata.
elongata (elongated) A synonym of D. punctata.
lilac). A synonym of D. punctata.
on lon icels, muc
ЕДА
h
* rigid, and embracing the
at the base, ovate-oblong, and very open at the top;
| Sepals at length recurved, narrow, rarely exceeding the
tals ; s ovate, on a long rigid dark-coloured claw; lip
ter , the dorsal 9б obed from above the base,
lateral lobes large and usually as long, or nearly as long, as
the broad middle lobe. March. ^L. narrow. ueensland, 1825.
rather small slender species, usually under lft. high. SYNS.
D. curvifolia and D. pardina. (B. M. 3156.)
Pardina (leopard-marked). A synonym of D. maculata.
У. punctata (dotted). blue or purplish, often dotted ; dorsal
Sepal in the typical ad нна Ое. lateral sepals
deflexed, very narrow ; petals broadly elliptical-oblong ; lip about
i^ long as the dorsal sepal, divided at the base into three lobes.
ok R Gab linear, 3in. to 6in. long, with two empty sheathing
bracts ve them. Stems 1%. to 2ft. high, or even more. SYNS.
"al
$ a and D.
DIVARICATE. Growing in a straggling manner.
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, narrowly acuminate,
DIVI-DIVI. The reddish-brown, tough, curved pods
of Cesalpinia coriaria ; they are largely imported into this
country for dyeing and tanning purposes.
DOCK. See Rumex.
DODDER. See Cuscuta.
DODECATHEON (from dodeka,
gods; of fanciful application).
Meadia. ORD. Primulacem. A genus containing two or
three species of very ornamental
hardy herbaceous. peren-
nials, with oblong-spathulate leaves and naked umbellate
scapes of flowers.
Petals long, narrow, reflexed. They
succeed in a moist position, and in a compost of leaf mould
and loam. All the species are &dmirably adapted for
sheltered parts of the rock garden, or for borders. They
are of easy propagation by division of the crowns, either
in spring or autumn, the latter preferred. In addition
to their value outside,
decoration of cool greenhouses. For this purpose, the
plants may be taken up in November, placed in 6in. pots,
and kept in a cold frame until early in March. After
flowering, they should be plunged in a bed of coal
ashes for the summer, under a north wall Dodecatheons —
will not bear forcing ; neither should they be in a position
exposed to hot sunshine in summer.
. entire-] "X i not so
D, шок но ( pin 3 leaved).* fl. deep rosy-crimson,
12 ; umbels small, few-flowered ; petals |
white at the base. Early summer. 1, ovate, entire. A. dim. to —
6in. North America, )
twelve, and theos,
American Cowslip. Syn.
- (B. M. 3622.
ка" „нен (Jeffrey’s). A garden synonym of D. Meadia lanci-
ium. j
1744. In the Western States, called
(B. M. 12.) There are several
very excellent forms of this species
including the following: ——
D. M. elegant) Л. deeper in colour, shorter and broader
in leaf, and и: flower-stems shorter ; umbels more
numerous, than in the type.
scape than -flowered, mostly fewer. l
irregularly’ noie i the — about 3in. long,
spreadi Western North America, 1869. A very pretty
and
form, with several nursery synonyms. It is somewhat difficult
ENT. Spreading outwards from a common
,and should have stones around its roots
Sn equable temperature. (B. M. 5871.)
DOCKWEED, TROPICAL. See Pistia Stratiotes. _
they may be employed for the _
D. M. frigidum (oM Ж deep reddish-purple, not drooping ; . u€——
486
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Dodecatheon—continued.
D. M. giganteum ntic) A larger form in all its than
the normal type, n eann green leaves ; it also comes into flower
about ten days earlier than D. Meadia.
D. M. lancifolium ce-leaved).* Л. nk or rose, yellow
in hii the base ; M pals and perais foua four eac s scape ft. a rim
in nt upportin, rge 8. ring.
dos - Cet, cen te к тарай, уены towards the
See eM t. to 2ft. Eoo D ла. 1867. А v distinct
; СЕЕ recognisable mos very large leaves. SYN. D. Jeffrey
of pedem). "Ced. d. S. 1
Other forms are:
em (white-flowered) (L. B. C. 1489) and
lilacinum (lilac-flowe
DOG ROSE. See Rosa canina.
DOG'S BANE. 5» Apocynum.
| DOGS MERCURY. ‘See Mercurialis perennis.
DOG'S-TOOTH VIOLET. See Erythronium.
DOGWOOD. See Cornus.
DOLABRIFORM, Hatchet-shaped.
DOLICHOS (from dolichos, long; in reference to the
length of the twining stems, which in some species extend
to the. tops of the loftiest trees). ORD. Leguminosm. A
* genus of stove, greenhouse, or hardy herbs or sub-
shrubs. Flowers solitary or elustered in the axils, or in
stalked racemes. Leaves pinnately trifoliolate; leaflets
few species are grown in gardens. They are of easy
culture. All are increased by seeds; or cuttings of the
perennials root readily under glass, in sand.
D Meters (twice-twisted). ^3 white and purple, disposed
uncles. Summer. trifoliate, on long petioles.
Japan, Half-hardy climber, ^
D. lignosus (w oody)* Jf. rose-coloured, ith lish keel
umbellate. July. 4, leaflets ovate, Bu. ada glaucous
beneath. Stem woody; branches ие Fria rather villous. India,
1776. Greenhouse evergreen. (B. M. 380)
‘DOLIOCARPUS (from ^» 0 deceitful, and karpos,
a fruit; fruits, though beautiful are poisonous). ORD.
Dillonitites: A genus of mostly climbing shrubs, from
tropical America. There are about a score species, very
few of which have been introduced to cultivation, or are
worth gorm For culture, see
Calinea ( E white ;
flowered. phy T (E чы
_ acuminated, nit entire, [A Stove climber. i. d.
M DOMBEYA оао айгыры ДЫ Dombe;
— — French botanist of the eighteenth Mens URS ` ties in
. Peru and Chili as the comp: of Ruiz and Pavon).
Овр. Sterculiacee. rnamen
Flowers axillary or ti
oblong,
or shrubs.
of nearly firm young Pos will root in eek if acd
under a glass, and in bottom heat, in April -
vd (acute-angled). Л. red, ]
Сенде! corymbs. {. 4
to five incised shallow, b:
А. 10ft. Mauritius, 1820.
lata.
d, or deep narrow,
A low tree or е
2 angulata angle А — of D.
Burgessiz (Mrs Burgess’s).* ji.
petals, marked at their bases with Pec right
which M eo км up the veins dnte the, pare d ispe
usters. A рән, to December. l bright
pubescent, from біп. to Sin. long. А. 10ft. South Afri
M. 5487.)
ferruginea (rusty-leaved).
pe Л. white, сөгүш pw
1559)
| 2x СҮЙ (B. M.
ие Tropical . Africa d B. M.
D. viburnifiora (Guelder-rose-flowered), sí. white, abosk lin.
ferons, Е in terminal corymbose heads, біп. in. diameter
ary. l large, cordate, thr.e-lobed. А. 15f.. Comorin
i a "Uii
— a "Hacquetia (which. see).
stipellate; stipules acute. Stems usually twining. Very |
1. white. A. 15ft. Mauritius -
H
` DOODIA (named after Samuel Doody, a London
apothecary and botanist). Orp. Filices. A small genus
of greenhouse ferns. Fronds pinnate or pinnatifid. In-
volucres membranous, the same shape as the sorus. Sori
oblong or slightly curved, superficial, placed in one or
more rows, parallel with, and between, the midribs and
Soe of the pinnæ. For culture, see Ferns,
aspera (rough).* sti. 2in. to 4in. long, erect, asperous.
en 6in. to 18in. long, 2їп. to 4in. broad, oblong- ‘lanceolate,
with numerous spreading linear pinne оп each side, which are
lin, to 2in. long, jin. broad; margin strongly serrated, base
dilated. sori oblong, in one or two rows. Temperate Australia,
1808. Р. а. Гета is a very pretty form, having the apex
of the fronds densely crested.
. blechnoides (Blechnum-like). sti. Sin. to 4in. long, erect.
fronds lift. long, 6in. broad, oblong-lanceolate, with numerous
spreading linear pinnz on each side, which are about 3in. long
and jin. broad, with sharply serrated margins and dilated bases.
New South Wales, 1835. In the true type of this fag ae the
upper pinn are connected, the lower ones shorter and free, not
dwindli ing down to auricles, which, Mr. Baker notes, is the case
with the plant grown under this name.
D. caudata (tailed). sti. din. to біп. long, slender, smooth.
fronds біп. to lZin. long, ljin. to 2in. broad, lan
numerous
lin. long;
ање
ceolate, with
terminated by a long entire г стан Aus-
ipee tunc (confluent). fronde long, narrow, о
me undivided, sinuato-| in the lower part, ith short
rounded lobes. New Caledonia. BYN. D. linearis.
0. dives (Dives). sti. біп. to 12in. T, erect,
scaly towards the base, sterile lft. long, 3in. to біп’
broad, oblong-lanceolate, with numerous spt
pinne on each side, which are 2in. to
D. linearis (linear). А synonym ‘of D. аша confluens.
D. lunulata (crescent-shaped). A synonym of D. media.
D. media (middle).* sti. 4in. to біп. long, erect, smooth. fronds
lft. to 156. long, 13in. to 4in. broad, lanceolate, with numerous
spreading linear pinn: on each side, which are lin. to 2in. long,
and about šin. broad ; margin toothed, the upper ones dilated and
connected at the base, those below the middle free and. cordate,
the lower ones gradually diminishing. sori short, oblong, distant.
Syn. D. lunulata. There are several varieties, among which the
following may be named:
D. m. duriuscula (rather hard). fronds firm, caudate ; central
pinne about jin. long, oblong, obtuse. sori one-serial, six to ten
Jugate. New Caledonia.
D. m. Kunthiana (Kunth’s). fronds moderately firm ; central
pinnæ oe», bluntish, sharply toothed. sori one-serial. Sand-
Я
DOOM PALM. Se Hyphene thebaica.
production of gum-ammoniac). ORD. Umbellifere.
genus containing two species of hardy herbaceous peren-
nials, natives of Persia and Beloochistan. They are of
easy DENM ey garden soil. Increased readily
эх seeds.
Persia, T RM (B. M.
DORONICUM bon мр the Arabic name).
Leopard's Bane. Including Aronicum. ORD. Composite.
А genus containing about a dozen species of mostly dwarf,
early-flowering, hardy herbaceous perennials, natives of
Europe and temperate Asia. Flower-heads yellow; in-
_ volueral bracts in two or three Series, nearly equal;
гау
disk-florets perfect, pappus hairs in many series;
usually female only, destitute of pappus, or with from
one to three hairs. Leaves alternate; radical ones pe-
| ова; cauline ones distant, often amplexicaul. They are
of very easy uM ordinary garden soil ^ Propa-
gated by divisions. ы.
D. altatoum Altaic).* -heads yellow. Jul А obo
exicanl | radical ones р late , narrowed into thé
4 h. lft. Siberia, 1783. -
austriacum (Austrian).* l.-heads yellow, large; stems to
uut ME руне de yellow, lr оде
ed at the base ;
т! linear pinnæ on each side, which are about |
Fond often ;
g oblong-linear -
^ ;
exicaul А. lft. to lift.
Doronicum—rontinued.
. FIG. 677. FLOWERING BRANCHES OF DORONICUM CAUCASICUM.
. D. caucasicum (Caucasian). f.-heads yetiow, nearly 2in. across,
wA u = e
Эй... : , cauline EM
2d, with a broad toothed ;
ў тенот, margins deeply toothed. A. lft. Europe, Asia.
D. Columnze (Columna’s). Jj.-heads yellow large. Spring. l
toothed, mm radical ones stalked, almost kidney. ;
lower cauline ones auricled; middle ones te;
рег ones ovate-lanceolate, amplexicaul. h. 1ft. to Europe,
1824. ; :
Pardalianches.* Great Leopard’s Bane. .-heads yellow,
mt three to five on each stem. Aun l. cordate,
toothed ; radical ones on — stalks, o; stem
ovate ; upper ones sessile, amplexicaul. A. 14ft. to 3ft. Europe.
This species is reputed to be poisonous. (Sy. B. 762.)
lantain). /l.-heads yellow, usually solitary,
ata Me Кы l. toothed ; lower ones stalked, ovate, or
Slightly cordate; the rest sessile, except the lowest, which has
a stalk, and half embraces the stem. A. 2ft.
to 3ft. Western Europe (Britain) (Sy. En. B. 162.)
excelsum (tall).* /l.-heads yellow, as in the type.
-y › Sin. e йїп, in diameter; ray achenes gla-
out pus. March to October. l, radical
25 dm rather roughly hairy ; stem ones
cordate-o
A annd vg Meat чту
m stout, sparse Eyo rrowed, simple,
or with one or two branches. A. t., or more. А very
egant more robust than the type. (G. C. п. s.,
xx. agr.) ать
DORSAL. On the back; or growing on the
i: Ex
DORSTENIA (named pw ers mo n,
* German botanist, born 1492, di uc OR
Urticacec. Very curious plants, of neat compaet
habit, and easily cultivated in a moderately damp
. "The flowers are on a flattened leaf-like
24 е, and are green and inconspicuous. Some of the
Species have elegantly eut leaves; whilst those of others
е decorated with silver markings. Increased by di-
sions, made before active growth commences; or by
sown on a hotbed, about March or April.
a 1 yd lliptic, or oblong-lanceolate, 3in. to
» dark о the mn and having а broad silvery
central which is ж. җа extended towards the margin of
South Brazil, 1869. Ii is of erect habit, with a downy
} i doti iei to 5in. long, lin. to
ni °з). 2. lanceolate, 3in. to 5in. long, lin.
broad, vn :urel: d bright green and smooth
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
ones few, ·
Moe
OF HORTICULTURE.
Dorstenia—continued. " 4
above, variegated with a white border to the midrib and 1
ower
half of the principal veins. Receptacle round, i ly lobed,
хата y eee about 6in. high, leafy. Rio Janeiro, 1872.
ef. B. 303.
D. maculata (spotted) 1. deep green, blotched with white, sub-
radical, sp ging from a creeping rhizome, long-stalked, cordate
at the base, tate; margin crenate-dentate ; receptacle quad-
rate, green. Mexico, 1863. (I. H. 362.)
. Mannii (Mann's).* J., receptacle on the stem at the scars of
old leaves; peduncles orbicular, about lin. in diameter, ош;
pubescent оп the back, very convex; margin with ten to fifteen
slender, stiff, unequal processes; peduncle Jin. long; surface of
receptacle nearly smooth. November. 1. rather mem
tre or obovate, acute, narrowed at the small obtuse or sub-
cordate base, dark green, pale beneath, obscurely sinuate-
toothed, or quite entire, glabrous, but opaque on both sides.
Stem біп. to 10in, high, terete, rather flexuous, erect, somewhat
swollen at the scars of the fallen leaves, densely tomentose.
h. lft. West tropical Africa, 1863. A very singular plant.
(B. M. 5908.)
D. tubicina (Peziza-flowered). _ about —
equal in length with the tioles, terminated by a za er o
wine-glass-shaped receptacle, whose margin is incurved and
with granulated scales; anthers pum two-lobed.
ong, denticulate at
-venose, petiolated ; petiole about as long .
as theleaf. Root large in proportion to the size of the plant,
woody, sub-fusiform, descending, truncated or premorse, power-
fully aromatic. А. 3in. Trinidad, 1817. A very rare and curious
plant. (B. M. 2804.)
487
DORYANTHES (from dory, & spear, and anthos, a
flower; the flower-stem is from 19ft. to 20ft. high, like
aks
т in tien i i a
D
-S
р
-—
a ——À € шыш i — чы we ышы.
EE vl x
M——
Fig. 018. DORYANTHES EXCELSA.
488
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Doryanthes—continued.
the handle of a spear, bearing flowers on the top). Овр.
Amaryllidacee. A genus of extremely beautiful ama-
ryllids, requiring greenhouse culture, similar to Dasylirion,
Fowrceroya, &c. They thrive best in a compost of loam
and leaf soil, in equal parts. Propagated from suckers,
which should be placed in small pots, and grown on,
repotting into larger sizes. as becomes necessary. А
considerable size of plant has to be attained before
flowers are produced. 2
D. excelsa (tall.* /. very brilliant scarlet, each as large as the
common ite An disposed in a globose head at the top of
** the bracteate the base of which is surrounded by leaves.
. Summer. /. numerous, long, h. 8ft. to 16ft. New
‘South Wales, Fig. 678. (В. М. 1
D. Palmeri (Palmer’s).* fl. red, with the centre lighter e,
fannel-shaped ; spik пузам lft. to 1}ft. high, pos е,
12in. broad, i iy Phe ~ clothed with leafy bracts. l in а
dense tuft, b
-lanceolate, each — б, long by 6in. in
breadth, gracefully arching. A. 8ft. to 1 Queensland, 1
This is а very handsome species. (B. M. МЫС.
DORYCNIUM (the old Greek name of a species
TE. Convolvulus, from йоту, a spear). Including Bon-
ORD. Leguminosc. А. genus of abont half-a-dozen
species of elegant hardy herbs or sub-shrubs. Flowers
eapitate or sub-umbellate, usually numerous. Leaves
trifoliate, with the stipules in the form of the leaflets.
All are of the easiest culture in rather dry soil, and are
readily increased by seeds.
D. herbaceum (herbaceous). fi. white ; heads on 1 neles.
July. Z., leaflets and sti stipules borate, à obtuse. "Dies i certae
erect. А. 1}ft. South агора,
rco MICA Pe or pale red, large; heads
many-flowered. July. 'L sessile; Е моск от
obovate. Stem erect, suffruticose, h. lft. to 2ft. South Euro
1683. Plant clothed with м
КА roots} hoary tomentum, (B. M. 336, ux
D. latifolium (broad-leaved). Л, white ; paso man
Re bracteate towards the a June. 1, sessile ; leaflets
stipules obovate and mucronu
i X Te zit. East Europe, 1818. Plant Pe i s sub-shrubby.
DIU nre rectum (upright).
cp сес Sie i дое —Q peduncles bract-
bovate, mu-
M "en erect, inei
Plant villous. A BL South Europe, 1600
- DORYOPTERIS. Included under Pteris.
| — QOSSINIA (named in honour of E. P. Dossin, a Bel-
"giam Бошан). The only spe | this genus a аыл
terrestrial orchid, nearly — to A Anectochilus, but
differing in the boat-shaped process of the column, as
| ue f the abonet, of ОРЫ Е the lower
- part of the lip.
D. marmorata (marbled)* is qae AUTE name
described in iuo ven Di E Anectochilug of the
таз o eetehi |
Syn. Cheirostylis Au (F.
epithet Double is applied to flo
structural conformation. The most
rendering a flower Double, in the ал
1e term, are substitutions of petals or
for stamens and pistils, one or both.
common mode of Doubling is brought
much more value, from a purely horticultural st
than single ones. The protective floral
corolla—frequently wither quickly after
\ ‘reproduction have been metamorphosed into
р в, they remain, as a rule, in full beauty а
Miime. The predisposing causes of Donbling
ry different ie various plants. In some, it may
a process po^ "^ star
D. suffruticosum ( E еа 4
keel; heads of flowers i perm
_ and ‘stipules dcr acute. dur h. 2ft.
to 3ft. South MSN S. ique Siom айтары. 7 of Lotus
Pier ar ^
whilst in those flowers in which the
s of nutrition; in others, by-
aue
Double Flowers—continued.
tendency for the flowers to become Double under culti-
vation. Single-flowered plants have been imported which,
in a few years, have altogether ceased to produce single
flowers. For a very exhaustive account of the various
kinds of Doubling, and their morphological significance,
the reader is referred to one of the Ray Society's publi-
cations, “Vegetable Teratology,” by Dr. M. T. Masters.
The means adopted by some successful growers to obtain
Double Stocks will be described under Stocks.
DOUBLY-SERRATED. Twice serrated.
DOUGLASIA (named in honour of D. Douglas, a
very zealous botanist and collector in North-west America;
he came to an untimely end in the Sandwich Islands).
ORD. Primulacee. A genus of four species of little hardy
evergreen plants, allied to Androsace. They form admir-
able subjects for alpine situations. A compost of peat
and loam is the best soil for them. Propagated by
seeds. In Europe, the genus is represented by D. Vi-
taliana, already mentioned in this work under its more
generally accepted name, Androsace Vitaliana. The other
three species belong to Arctic North America:
D. nivalis (snowy).* jt иш, sub-umbellate, on long peduncles.
April ¿. linear, orte sub-amplexicaul, closely hairy. Branches
a Ero xd sub-verticillate. h. 5іп. Rocky Mountains, 1827
DOUM fixi See Hyphene thebaica.
DOVE FLOWER. See Peristeria elata.
DOWN. A term applied to soft, short hairs, like
down.
DOWNINGIA (named in honour of A. J. Downing,
a promoter of horticulture). Syn. Clintonia, under which
generic name the two species below-mentioned are gene-
rally included, but erroneously so. ORD. Campanulacea.
Very ornamental annuals. Flowers bilabiate. Leaves small;
linear-lanceolate. They are used with great effect in
summer flower-gardening, and but little care is necessary
to insure success, Seeds should be sown in a spent hot-
bed, in March, thinned out, so as to give the plants room,
and kept growing till May, when they may be transferred
to the open border. D. ааа. is especially pretty for
hanging baskets.
D. rere (беру Л. pie ад к
б white streak on the
мал, eso ка, ummer. pe dead
veined. Пагу, enr west America, 1827. (В. R. AL)
rich blue, with yellowish
D. pulchella (fair.* Л. et yell eyes ; I
ts of corolla ovate,
Кан. S 34 i ‘California, 4
pulchella. (B. R. ^
DRABA (Greek name used by Dioscorides, from drabe,
acrid; referring to the taste of the leaves). Whitlow
Grass. Including Petrocallis. ORD. Crucifere. More
than 150 species have been described; but it is probable
that not more than half that number are really distinct.
Perennial or annual branched herbs, which are some-
times tufted, sometimes elongated, smooth or pilose, or
usually velvety from soft branched hairs. Flowers white
or golden, rarely pink or purple; racemes terminal;
pedicels filiform, bractless. Leaves linear, oblong or
ovate, entire or toothed,
= Amongst the spring - flowéring alpines," says Mr.
Robinson, “the genus Draba must always take an im-
portant position. In addition to the brilliant golden
colour of the flowers of one section of the genus, the
plants are characterised by а dwarf compact habit, and by
. much neatness in the arrangement of the bristly ciliated
hairs, which not unfrequently become bifureate; thus
the attractive appearance in the matter of colour is
enhanced, on a closer inspection, by the beauty of form
апа detail. In another section, we find white to be the
‘predominant colour ; and though in many cases the flowers
are small, still, Te een rate ap a жек ш ые
нш йыйды contrasted with the dark grean leaves, -
AN ENCYCLOP/ZEDIA
/
/ WV E E.
OF HORTICULTURE.
489
Draba— continued.
they become very effective. They should be placed in
the sunniest aspect on a rockery; the more effectually
the plants are matured by the autumn sun, the more
freely will they return these favours by an abundant
bloom in early spring.”
The perennials may be propagated by dividing at
the roots ; the annuals or biennials by seeds, which should
be sown in ordinary garden soil, in the open border, in
spring. Many of the strictly annual species may be
made biennial by sowing seeds too late to allow the
plants to flower the first season. Perennials, except
where otherwise stated.
D. aizoides (Aizoon-like).* Л. yellow ; scapes naked, smooth ;
stamens about the length of the petals. March. J, lanceolate-
linear, keeled, ciliated. А. 2in. to 3in. Europe (South Wales).
(Sy. En. B. 138.) `
D. Aizoon (Aizoon)* f. bright yellow; scapes naked, villous.
April. /. linear, acutish, keeled, stiff, ciliated. л. 3in. Moun-
tains of Western Europe, 1819. SYN. D. ciliaris.
D. ріне (alpine).* jl. golden-yellow, a little smaller than those
of D. aizoides; scapes naked, pubescent. April 1. lanceolate,
flat, pilose, with branched hairs. h. 3in. М orthern Europe, 1816.
D. aurea (golden). Л. yellow; petals obovate, blunt, clawed.
May. l oblon -linear, acute, entire, pubescent. Stem leafy,
somewhat branched, velvety. A, біп. Greenland, 1824. Biennial.
(B. M. 2934.)
. bruniifolia (Brunia-leaved). fi. yellow; petals twice the
length of the calyx and stamens ; scapes naked, pubescent.
June, 7. linear, somewhat keeled, ciliated, acute, loosely rosulate.
^. Ain. Caucasus, 1825. Plant loosely tufted. (R. G. 780.)
D. ciliaris (hair-fringed) A synonym of D. Aizoon.
D. cinerea у). Л. white. ` Early spring. 1. oblong-linear
entire ; re 146 "4 ог six, entire, sca Stem leafy,
somewhat pubescent. A. 3in. to6in. Siberia, 1820. Biennial.
D. ata (cuspidate yellow; sca; naked, villous.
line «лл deer ER Sin. Tauria, 1821.
* alis (їсу).* fi bright golden-yellow; sca) naked,
eovered with " pubescence. May. l in 47s
entire, hispid with te hairs. A.2in. Si
allied to Р. aizoides, but differing from it in
flowered stem, and pedicels which are shorter than the pod.
.D. lapponica (Lapland). fi. white; scapes naked, v smooth,
Cet 1. рн эз atte entire, ihe RANA. in. or 3in.
Alps of Lapland, 1824. - * z р
Ped у ZUR.
ч te, with rigi
Under surface with Rin
cellent тоок | plant, i ge m bright - green
Fig. (
! nivalis (snowy).* jl. white; scapes naked or one-leaved,
smooth. ME a Lead ciliated, and somewhat pilose.
^. lin. or 2in. “Arctic Europe, 1820. Habit more compact than
ты.
a yrenalca a (Pyrenean). Rock Beauty. at tirst wmte,
form vards c ing to = ө scapes naked. May. l. cunei-
j ^. дїп. to a of South
palmate, lobed.
Europe. Syn. Petrocallis
pyrenaica. (В.
Draba—continued.
D. Sauteri (Sauter's) fl. yellow; scapes smooth. ri i,
spathulate, stiff, Ciliated h. йїп. Switecrland, Tw
D. tridentata (three-toothed), fi. yellow ; scapes naked, smooth.
August. l. obovate, narrowed at the base into the petiole, three-
toothed at theapex, hairy: A. Зіп. Caucasus, 1838.
D. violacea (violet).* Л. deep violet-purple. 1. opposite, ovate,
downy. Stem suffruticose, branched: diffuse. A. біп. to l2in.
Quito Andes, 1867.
.DRACZENA (from drakaina, a female dragon; the
inspissated juice becomes a powder, like dragon’s blood).
SYN. Pleomele. ORD. Liliacem. A genus of about thirty-
five species of ornamental stove foliage plants, which are
widely dispersed over the tropies. Flowers generally
fascicled in panicles, in a few species in dense sessile heads
or oblong spikes. The differences between Cordyline and
Dracena (the two genera having been much confused in
gardens) reside principally in the fruits, &c. The flowers
of Dracena are generally larger than those of Cordyline,
and the cells of the ovary in the latter genus contain
many ovules, whilst іп Dracena they generally contain
but one.
Propagation. Dracewnas, and the large group of plants
grown as such, but which properly belong to the genus
Cordyline, are easily and rapidly increased by cutting
up the stems of old plants, in pieces lin. or 2in. long,
and placing them, at any season, in cocoa-nut fibre, or
light soil, in the bottom heat of a propagating house.
The tops of the plants will strike as cuttings, and the
fleshy base of the stem may also i
moved, and utilised for propagation.
soon obtained from the latter, and
if
i
up „ ў
ү Л
Young plants are ———
from almost every; —
———
Ex
FiG. 680. DRACÆNA CONCINNA. -
be occasionally re- ie. e
490
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Dracena—continued.
eye of the firm wood that has been cut in pieces and
inserted.
Cultivation. Although the class of plants under notice
belong essentially to the stove, they will keep in good
condition in a greenhouse in summer. Many are also well
adapted for room or table decoration, particularly those
with recurved narrow leaves. Useful sizes for such pur-
poses may soon be obtained, if stove treatment, with
plenty of light, be given. A compost of loam and lumpy
peat, in equal proportions, with the addition of a little
charcoal, will suit them admirably. Dracenas or Cor-
dylines require but a moderate amount of pot room,
Dracena—continued.
D. arborea (tree-like). 7. greenish, jin. long. May. 1. dense,
sessile, lorate, 11ft. to 3ft. long, 2in. to 3in. wide in middle.
h. 40ft. Northern Guinea, 1800,
D. cernua (drooping). A synonym of D. reflexa,
D. concinna (neat)* Z. narrow, of a sombre grech, with purplish-
red margins; the contracted stalk-like base is also green, with a
slight purplish tinge. A. 6ft. Mauritius, 1870. A very useful
neat-growing species, with a dwarf, compact habit. See Fig. 680.
(R. G. 1864, 441.)
D. cylindrica (cylindrical) й. white, small; spike cylindrical,
sessile, terminating the stem. J. linear-lanceolate, or obovate-
lanceolate, bright green, spreading. Stem erect, undivided.
h. 5ft. West tropical Africa. (B. M. 5846.)
D. Draco (Dragon).* Dragon-tree. fl. greenish - white, very
small, forming into a large panicle. J. lanceolate-linear, entire,
WS
а,
<
| w \\
. ye:
n comparison to the size of plant that may be obtained.
Pots біп. or біп. in diameter are large enough for useful
decorative subjects 1ft. or 1}ft. high; and such plants
may be potted on into proportionately larger sizes if ге.
a for exhibition or for large specimens. Plenty
. young, to encourage a vigorous, quick growth. It is not
. advisable, however, to syringe too much in winter, as
the water, lodging in the axils of the leaves, is, at
that season, liable to prove injurious. Exposure of the
ants to plenty of light is requisite for obtaining the
heat and moisture are requisite when the plants are |
highest development of colour in their leaves, See also |
681. DRACAE
NA GOLDIEANA.
glancons, i d in a crowded head. Stem arboreous, simple, or
= eri
used v effectively in sub-tropical gardening,
and may remain in the open from May to September, inclusive.
There are few better иран ас обы мынбы» than well
Ovotase m red 60ft. in height, and the stem was 154. in
diameter. (В. М. 4971) —— | |
D. elliptica elliptic). ft -yellow, rarely solitary, mostly
yen acc dorsal i — [A spreading,
‚ elli) ossy
lines or striæ, full green ; ole grooved, dilated, and amplexi-
-lanceolate, _
.
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 491 .—
Dracena-continued.
Cap? at the base. Stem fruticose, 2ft. to 3ft. or more high, terete.
h, 24ft. India, Java, &e. SYN. Sanseviera javanica. There isa
S pretty variety, maculata (B. M. 4787), having its leaves spotted
3 or blotched with yellow.
ү Кайгак iragrant). ан fragrant. April.
lax 6ft. Tropical Africa, 1768. (B. M. 1081.)
D. f. Lindeni (Linden ’s).* Z. deep green, traversed their entire
lengths by bands of creamy-white and. various shades of yellow ;
elegantly recurved, lanceolate-acuntinate. 1879
forms ayy useful subject for decorative p
xxvii.
D. Goldieana (Goldie’s).* Л. іп а dense globose sessile head, 2in.
in diameter, surrounded on the outside by a few reduced leaves ;
perianth white, above lin. long, with lanceolate spreading seg-
| . ments i. cordate-ovate, acuminate, itle yel)jótiab-qremm costa,
$ marbled and irregularly ‘panded with dark green and silvery-grey
in alternate straight or furcate bands. West tropical Africa,
1872. A very magnificent ornamental foliage plant, of erect habit,
and with closely-set, stalked, spreading leaves. See Fig. 681, for
goed we are indebted to Mr. Wm. Bull. (B. M. 6630.
lanceolate,
This plant
rposes. (І. Н.
D. marginata (bordered). J. ensiform, densely rosulate, 1%. to
А це. long by Zin. broad, spreading, rigid, rec. margined and
veined with red. Trunk 4ft. to 5ft. high, in. thick, branched.
Madagascar. :
D. phrynioides ay agg a -like).* Z. broadly ovate, acuminate,
coriaceous, Sin. 8in. long, exclusive of the petiole; upper
surface very dark green, profusely spotted with pale yellow ;
under surface paler. Fernando Po, 1865. A very pretty dwarf
growing plant, requirin шл of heat and moisture to culti-
. Vate it to perfection. (В. a
D, reflexa (reflexed). jl vam yellow, nearly lin. long, very
numerous, disposed in a handsome branching raceme. 4. oblan-
_ceolate, Л. 12ft. to 15ft. Mauritius, 1819. SYN. D. cernua.
Saposchnikowi (Saposchnikow's) Л. whitish. Spring.
h. 10ft. 1870. A tree-like species, of branching habit, and dis-
tinct character. Native country unknown. 1 (R. б. 705.)
іп кеде fascicles in the axils of
D. surculosa maculata ( agit mag pale yellowish,
small, disposed in a lax ae corymb. & д quens
apote, lanceolate, Old Calabar, 1867. А p slender shrub.
D umbraculifera (umbrella-bearing) 1. 2%. юз. А ‚ about
lin. wide, dark green, very closely set, horizontal, wit ends
8 mda kocur a giving it the appearance of a bis top or
е. lott. „> É ritius, 1778. A very peculiar and distinct
d^
Many other plants, usuall
ibed under the genus
known as Dracznas, will be found
yline.
DRACOCEPHALUM (from drakon, a dragon, and
Ds a head; in reference to the ringent corollas).
's Head. Orp. Labiate. А genus of about
species of perennial or annual herbs, natives of
ype and extra-tropical Asia. Whorls many-flowered,
ary or approximate into a terminal spike; bracts
usually foliaceous; corolla generally large, with a very
throat and а bilabiate limb. Leaves entire, dentate
palmatifid. bei showy border plants, when in flower.
| hardy, and delight in a cool situation. The poren-
species are readily increased by divisions of the root,
cuttings of the young shoots, in April or May; the
s, by seeds, sown in the open, in April. Perennials,
where otherwise stated. З
uino ones shortly
ovate. . Stems nim Е to. XN Siberia, 1759.
682. SYN. D. grandiflerum. (Б. С. <u a
argunense (Argun blue, pubescent ; whorls sub-spicate,
Пу. l. linear-lan: M eus и, labrous, — sessile.
Stems erect. A. 1%. to 131. Dahura, 182. (1. 181.)
austriacum (Austrian).* /l. blue, over UE bnt: whorls
on. ge pa au to ven-flowered ; leaves
three to five-cleft; segments finais, with
Stems erect, rather pilose. А. lift. Europe,
агу). A synonym of Lallemantia canescens.
Dracocephalum—continued.
D. grandiflorum (large-fiowered). A synonym of D. altaiense.
D. Moldavica (Moldavian). Й. blue or white, with a very
wide throat; whorls distinct, disposed in long racemes ; floral
leaves narrower: July. i. petiolate, lanceolate, vd crenated.
Stem erect, branched. А. lft. to 14ft. Eastern Siberia, 1596
Annual.
D. nutans (nodding), Л. blue; whorls distinct, many-flowered,
isposed in long nutant racemes ; floral leaves oblong-lanceo-
late. July. i. petiolate, ovate, crenated. Stems erect. h. lft.
Eastern Russia, 1751. (В. В. 841. )
D. peregrinum (diffuse).* fl. blue ; inflorescence about 14%. long;
whorls distinct, few-flowered, secund ; floral leaves quite entire.
July. l quite glabrous, on short petioles, lanceolate, mostly
Pd -toothed. Branches ascending. Siberia, 1759. Plant decum-
bent. (B. M. 1084.)
D. Ruprechtii (Ruprecht's) /l. rosy-purple or lilac, about lin.
long, disposed in axillary clusters. Ё. ovate-lanceolate, variously
incised and toothed. A. lift. Turkestan, 1880. Of a very dwarf,
neat habit. (R. G. 1018.)
FiG. 682. айгили ALTAIENSE, showing Habit and
Single Flower. А
D. Б Ruysch’s). fl. ;
арры чек generally Bday! seo June. linear- —
lanceolate, quite entire, lin. to ljin. long, nearly sessile, with —
revolute edges, having young ones in the ral Stems erect,
finely pubescent. h. 2ft. Europe, 1699. Hd
D. R. Эйн Ge nese).* white ; central lobeo corolla
with a blue border pe white АЙ эз эң 2ft. Japan, 18 i
very fine plant, and an improvement on p typical spe
osum (showy).* /. pinkish-blue ; lip with :
whorls two to four, dense, караса. E l., radical ones -
` on long petioles, broadly heart-shaped ; а. dling ones few, shortly :
petiolate; all wrinkled and green on both surfaces, and pubescent _
beneath. A. 13. Himalaya, 1877. (В. M. 6281.) : ;
DRACONTIUM (Greek name applied )
i ен
serpents). aln ORD. Avoid
more remarkable than beautiful [
tapering upw. ofa
oe dmm
Antioquia, 1877.
n, tripartite, each
ао letra laterally pa a ; petiole stoutish, erec
dull umber-brown, mottled in нева rings. with genes brown and
whitish-brown markings. А. 566 Antioq n HE id
P — БИШЕ п rac ТЫ L pedately
avid it ‘into three or ie) main — irren] de :
peche blong- e с=с Сон Sit. _
En as as а man’s thumb at the base gradually
4.92 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Dracontium—continued.
tapering upwards, with wavy bands or blotches of a purplish
colour, mottled with white. 1809. ENS. yy elatum (G. C. 1870,
544) and Amorphophallus nivosus. (Ref. B. 282.)
tomous, with oblong segments and an Mr рза рт gra rachis ;
petiole tall, erect, sligh ly asperous near the base, of a dull flesh-
colour, and freely banded with irregular blotchy rings of an
umber-brown hue, the flesh-colour predominating. A. 3ft. An-
tioquia, 1877. (B. M. 6523.)
D. elatum (tall. Asynonym of D. asperum. Ў
D. gigas (giant). fl., spathe bluish-brown outside, brownish-
ў within, about op 4
solitary, broad, trichotomously divided, supra-decompound, nearly
Aft. long ; ultimate divisions confluently pinnatifid ; petiole yellow,
beaut barred and striped with раріе. h. loft. Nicaragua,
(B. M. 6048.
Эа Elem ul ie aequi. fiy Infloresence appearing after
j u
. an shontaable К. The phe figured in B. 700 Bowel
in December, J. етее pedate. Л. 26. India, 1759.
A very singular species. (B. R. 700.)
DRACOPHYLLUM (from drakon, a dragon, and
phyllon, a leaf; in reference to the leaves resembling
those of Dracena Draco). Including Sphenotoma. ORD.
Epacridee. А genus of about twenty-five species of
greenhouse shrubs or small trees, of which eleven are from
New Zealand, five from New Caledonia, and the rest from
simple, or compound. Leaves imbricate, cucullate at the
base, and half-sheathing. For eulture, see Andersonia.
D. capitatum (round-headed).* ure white, in terminal head
"NE bracts two, at tho bass ез ; er
shaped ; limb of five spreading, very obtuse segments; mouth
cone ME. ы ensiform-lanceolate.
een, tipped wi somewhat sprea S ;
paler coloured, smaller, and close- ES ue sm;
^ to lift. West Australia, A very pretty plant. (B. M.
D. gracile (slender).* j. snow-white, collected in terminal, ovate,
соп heads, sweet-scented, especially in the evening ; calyx
two- l, sessile, green, five-leaved ; corolla saucer-shaped ;
limb five-cleft; peduncles clothed with closely-adpressed
sheathing leaves or bracts. June. Z lanceolate. ана en
ing thestem at their mucronulate and sub-pungent, collected
at the extremities of the sterile branches into green globular
heads. Branches straggling. West Australia, 1826, A handsome
but low, straggling shrub. (B. M. 2678.) — ;
D. secundum (side-floy - fl. white ; corolla tub: :
shaped. April A. 1ft to Ий: "New South Wales, 1623) (B. М.
udbeckia (which see). D
a dragon; the petioles, &., 1
snake). ORD. Aroidee (A p
species, nearly allied to Arum, from whic
. differs in the upper portion of the
not eonvolute. Leaves pedately dividi
Rhizomes tuberous. The species most com,
with in gardens is D. vulgaris (often са]
already described in this work as um
(whieh see). The other two, which are
quently seen, are D. canariensis and D.
DRAGON. See Dracontium and ;
DRAGON'S BLOOD. The Dragons
merce is a resin used in medicine as a г
d rs and tooth-powders. It is furni
+ Draco, and is imported into this «
п Sumatra, Southern Borneo, &c. The resin ео
s of the fruit with a thin coat, and is obtai
the fruits or beating them in а sack, then mel
in boiling water, and afterwards moulding in
sticks. The name Dragon’s Blood is
hy,
D. Carderi (Carder’s).* J. tripartite ; divisions often twice dicho- -
extra-tropical Australia. Spikes or racemes terminal, |
yielded by Dracena Draco in the Canary -—
' сі та in Socotra, and also by |
| main and branches at
and, on the other hand, where
DRAINING. Efficient Drainage is one of the most
important points in connection with the cultivation of
garden crops. No plant will succeed in an undrained
soil, which soon becomes sour and water-logged, either
in a pot or elsewhere. Placing crocks or other porous
material in pots, in such a manner as to allow of the free
passage of superfluous water from the plants, for a con-
siderable time, if necessary, cannot be too carefully prac-
tised. In Draining the whole or any part of a garden,
a few important conditions will have to be considered.
First, it should be known whether there is an accumula-
tion of land water near enough the surface to cause
injury, or if it is the surface water only that will need
to be conducted away. This will depend a great deal on
the tenacity of the soil. Land, somewhat light on the
surface, with a gravelly sub-soil, will generally be suffi-
ciently porous underneath to allow all such water to pass
away naturally without Drains, excepting those required
for the walks. “Heavy soils, with a sub-soil of clay,
require an efficient system of Drainage to render them fit
for the cultivation of fruit-trees or any garden crops.
Water collecting underneath the surface is. the greatest
evil. If this be removed, the surface water will naturally
follow, and must, of necessity, be sueceeded each time by
fresh air. A main Drain, large enough to reeeive and
conduct the water from all the. branches along its course,
should be first inserted. A means of outlet lower than any
part of the land to be Drained, is necessary, and the main... —
should proceed in a tolerably straight line from the highest
point to this, with an equal gradient throughout. The
branches may be arranged at right angles, at distances
of 15ft. to 20ft. apart, according to the quantity of water
that accumulates, or the nature of the soil. Pipes 3in.,
or even 2in., in diameter, will generally be large enough;
their position should be fixed beforehand, and sockets
inserted in the main for their reception. Tools specially
employed for Draining are the best, being made long and?
narrow, to admit of digging trenches deep without being
wide. A main Drain-pipe, 6in. in diameter, will conduct
away a large quantity of water, and, this, with its outlet,
should be. sufficiently deep to allow a fall for all the
branches connected. The requisite depth for Drains
varies with different soils, 3ft. to 4ft. from the surface
being that generally adopted. Glazed and common pipes
are both largely used. The former are the most expensive,
but are very strong, and best suited for mains. These
should be fitted together closely, and, if laid near trees,
the joints cemented, to prevent roots from entering
and eventually choking them. Draining, to be effective
in its results, must be systematically carried out, and
each pipe inserted firmly in its proper position. A cover-
ing of stones, broken bricks, or similar material, placed
over them before filing in the soil, will greatly assist the
percolation of water. 'Some persons prefer laying the
the same time, thus finishing all
as they proceed. This is immaterial, if all the levels
have been previously properly obtained. It is, however, _
safest to insert the main Drain first, as a failure in its -
action will cause the whole to be useless. In either x
case, the work should be commenced at the highest point 3i
from the outlet, afterwards proceeding with a regular
fall towards it. An ordinary spirit level, fixed in a long
| straight-edge, will indicate at once the fall in that
distance, supposing the Drain is not too deep to admit
of the bubble being seen. Where the ground is nearly
flat, the spirit level is frequently used on each pipe;
the incline is certain,
eye. S
the fall may be easily seen by -
DRAKJZEA (named in honour of Miss Drake, botanical
artist for the “Botanical Register") Orp. Orchidee.
А genus comprising three species of extremely curious
alian greenhouse terrestrial orchids. D. elastica
resembling an insect suspended in
with every breeze; the stalk sup-
-
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 493
Drakæa—continued.
. porting same is slender, and about 14ft. long. D. ciliata
and D. irritabilis have several flowers on a stem. They
thrive in a compost of peat, loam, and rough sand. Pro-
" pagated by divisions. .
DRAWING, or DRAWN. А term applied to
plants whose growth has been unnaturally hastened by
. Boft-wooded plants, or young shoots, often become Drawn
in eonsequence of insufficient air and light, or an excess
of heat and moisture. Such а condition is always to be
avoided, as solidity of growth is impossible, and weak-
ness in the plant follows as a matter of course.
DREPANOCARPUS (from drepanon, a sickle, and
karpos, a fruit; in reference to the form of the pods,
which are faleate). Sickle-pod. Овр. Leguminose. A
genus comprising eight species of ornamental stove ever-
green shrubs, all of which are natives of tropical America,
and one of West tropieal Afriea also. "They thrive best in
а peat and loam compost. Cuttings of nearly ripe shoots,
intact, root in sand, if placed under a glass, in bottom
heat.
_D. lunatus (half-moon-podded). Л. white; panicles terminal,
ferruginous. J. impari-pinnate, with usually from five to nine
nearly opposite oval-oblong leaflets; spines stipular, hooked.
h. 6ft. to Tore. Tropical America and Western Africa, 1792.
DRESSING. A term applied both to the renovation
y digging, and the incorporation of manure for en-
riching, the ground. Top-dressing is the operation of
spreading manure, &c., over the surface, whilst the plant
or crop is in a growing condition.
A term applied to the plan of sowing
he open ground, in drills or shallow
made with a hoe. 'The ground should
кед rather fine, and a line laid the required
is , and strained tight. The workman must then
walk on the ground and make a trench next the line
with the end of the hoe-blade. The depth may be regu-
_ lated according to the size of the seed or the sorts.
. This method, for economy in seed sowing, is much
superior to any other; for not only сап the quantity at
command be distributed more evenly, and the necessity
of severely thinning the young plants thereby obviated,
but weeding can be performed with every facility. Drills
should be parallel to each other, and uniform in depth
and, distance apart.
DRIMIA (from drimys, acrid; the juice of the roots
is so acrid as to cause inflammation when applied to the
skin). Syns. Idothea and Idothearia. Окъ. Liliacem. A
genus of greenhouse' bulbous plants. They require a
mixture of sandy loam , legf mould, or peat soil, and,
when not in a growing" state, *water should be almost
ly withheld. There are over a dozen species, all
\ T tropical and Southern Africa; the few in cul-
tivation are rarely met with, except in botanic gardens.
ione of them can fairly be called showy plants. — |
DRIMIOPSIS (from Drimia, and opsis, resemblance).
ORD. Liliacew. A genus of about half-a-dozen species of
little-known greenhouse bulbous plants, not unlike Drimia,
and requiring similar treatment. The flowers are usually
greenish-white. The following species are most worthy
of cultivation :
D. Kirkii(Dr. Kirk's).* fl.,
- . l contempo: П
narrowed to the base, pale green on the upper surface, with
om а few of the lowest
]k-
overcrowding, о” being placed too far from the glass. `
as if covered with dew, in consequence of being beset with
Drimiopsis—continued.
emergent and squamose, h. Yin. to lft. Ca Colony, 1851. An
ornamental and interesting plant, flowering Freely when grown in
dorm and airy greenhouse, and kept near the light. (Ref. B. iii.
DRIMYS (from drimys, acrid, or drimytes, sharp-
ness; referring to the taste of bark) Syn. Wintera.
OR». Magnoliacee. A genus of five species, one of which
is South American, two Australasian, and one each from
New Zealand and Borneo. Fine evergreen half-hardy
trees, with aromatic bark, and axilary and terminal
flowers. D. Winteri is the species most frequently seen in
cultivation. It grows very freely, but requires а little
management in the training, and the long branches will
need cutting back. It has been found to succeed out of
doors when planted in sandy loam against a wall, if the
winters are not severe. Propagated by cuttings, made K
of half-ripened shoots, inserted under a glass, in a cold x
frame. E E
D. aromatica (aromatic). Л. white, pink, dicecious ; sepals three,
very concave; petals six, in two rings, or occasionally eight.
‘April. jr. globose, sub-didymous. l. oblong, gradually арен
at base along the petiole, light green, distinctly marked wit!
transparent dots, veinless on the under side. h. 9ft. to 12ft.
Tasmania, 1 Every part of the plant is highly aromatic
and pungent to the taste. The fruit is occasionally used as
pepper. (B. R. 1845, 43, under name of Tasmannia aromatica.)
D. Winteri (Winter’s).* fi. milk-white, lin. or more across,
with a Jasmine-like perfume ; petals eight to twelve; peduncles
almost simple, aggregate, divided into elongated pedicels, i.
oblong, obtuse; under surface glaucous. л. 25. South America,
1827. Бүх. Wintera aromatica. (B. M. 4820.) e
DRIMYSPERMUM. A synonym of Phaleria.
DROPWORT. Se Spiræa Filipendula. _
DROSERA (from droseros, dewy; the plants appear
glandular hairs). Sundew. ORD. Droseracem. A
of about a hnndred species of annual or perennial g
(very rarely glabrous) herbs, sometimes bulbous. о е
small-growing, but very beautiful, plants, of insectivorous —
notoriety. Some of the species, too, are climbers. Dro- .
seras are scattered over most parts of the world, and -
usually prefer marshy places. Some, however—several Aus-
tralian kinds especially—grow in the driest ground, where
their bulbous roots remain dormant for the greater of
the year, reviving with the first rains. Flowers im scor-
pioid revolute cymes, rarely solitary. Leaves ornamented”
with reddish irritable glandular hairs, discharging :
their apices a drop of viscid acrid fluid. They are of easy -
culture, and the majority of those in cultivation thrive -
well in a compost of living sphagnum and a little peat.
Plenty of drainage is essential, and the pots in which they _
are grown should be stood in a pan of water. Thorough .
exposure to the light is also important. Propagated
seeds, which should be sown so soon after gathe:
possible. D. binata, which is, of the exotic spe
grown, was formerly increased by i di
sub-divisions of the crowns. I
that roots taken from strong p
genus
of jin. or lin, in length, will serve the p
These Are 14 on the surface of shallow. і
pans, in sand$ peat soil, and covered about jin. deep with
the same material. They are then placed under a bell
glass, and transferred to a damp, warm propagating
house. In the course of a fortnight, swellings begin
to appear on the surface of the detached roots, which
increase in length till they reach the top of the. soil.
This generally takes place about five weeks after being.
put in. When about 2in. or so in height, they are
separated, and put into small pots, in similar soil to
that into which the roots were originally placed, with
the addition of some chopped sphagnum. If carefully
attended to, they soon make excellent plants. All the
species (even the British ones, which, as a matter of ·
course, are perfectly hardy) do well treated as green- _
house ри ^ | oo E ou s D
494.
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Drosera— continued.
"
— e Й
Fic. 685. FLOWERS AND LEAF OF DROSERA FILIFORMIS.
D. binata (twin-lea * Л. pure white, large; raceme dicho-
tomous. June to . all ‚ оп long footstalks,
deeply parted with two linear lobes, h. біп. Australia, 1823.
Plant green SYN. D. dichotoma (of gardens) (B. M. 3082.)
D. capensis (Cape). Л. purple; s
ПРБС GR Id Scape rather ascending, somewhat
t eaves. June, July. l. sub-radical, oblong-
linear, obtuse, tapering at the base; AR e e glabrous, ts
fragec.
. Summer. J. elongat
Drosera-— continued.
than the limbs of the leaves. h. біп. Cape of Good Hope, 1875.
Perennial, (B. M. 6583.)
"D. dichotoma (dichotomous). А synonym of D. binata.
D. filiformis (thread-formed).* Л. purple, large; scapes erect,
hardly equal in length to the leaves. June to August. J. filiform,
very long, from a bulb-like base or corm ; footstalks woolly at the .'
base, much shorter than the leaves. h. lft. North America,
1811. See Fig. 685. (B. M. 3540.) . Perennial.
D. lunata (crescent-leaved) fl. yellow; racemes lateral, few-
flowered ; sepals ovate, acute, beset with glandular hairs on the
margins. July and August. l, radical ones roundish-reniform ;
cauline ones scattered, stalked, moon-shaped, peltate. Stem
erect, glabrous. A. біп. Nepaul А very beautiful annual plant,
rarely seen in cultivation.
D. pauciflora (few-flowered). Л. white; scapes beset with
glandular hairs, one or two-flowered. July, August. l ovate-
oblong, tapering at the base. Л. Зіп. Саре of Good Hope, 1821.
Perennial.
D. peltata (peltate)* fl. pink, racemose. 1. spaced along an
elongated stem, forming minute flattened cups with the foot-
stalks attached, not to one margin, but to the bottom ; the inner
surface and the edges of the cups are studded with tentacles.
h. lft. Australia. Annual. (G. C. m. S., xix. 436.) There are two
varieties of this species : foliosa, with white lowers ; and gracile,
with pink. E ;
D. rotundifolia (round-leaved).* ji. white ; scapes erect, four or
five times higher than the leaves. wide August. l. orbicular ;
footstalks hairy, longer than the limb.
but es; ly its margin, is beset with
A. din. Northern e ао ig Anni
Other native species are : ica and intermedia.
. Spathulata (spathulate-leaved).* jl. purple, almost Sessile,
disposed in short racemes ; scape dular at the as well
the calyces. July. 4. oblo -spathulate, ta
xvi.
D. Whittakeri(Whittaker's) /l. white. Australia, 1862. A very
rare species, much resembling D. spathulata in habit, but more
erect. It is à deciduous form, and requires a long rest. Before
starting into new growth, it must be taken out of the old soil and
repotted. Perennial,
DROSERACEZ. An order containing six genera
and upwards of a hundred species, closely allied to Savi-
Perennial and annual glandular herbs, rarely
shrubby below. Sepals four to eight, persistent; petals
four to eight; stamens four to twenty. Leaves variable,
radical and rosulate, or cauline and alternate, circinate
in bud, stipulate. Most of the species are found inhabiting
marshy places. Illustrative genera are: Dionwa, Drosera,
and Drosophyllum.
DROSOPHYLLUM (from drosos, dew, and phyllon,
a leaf; in allusion to the leaves being beset with stipi-
tate glands, appearing like dew). ORD. Droseracee. А
remarkable and very pretty sub-shrubby greenhouse
plant, thriving in a light sandy loam. Propagated
by seed. It should he kept somewhat dry, and no
shading will be needed. |
corymb at З a
e, 2
in vernation. Stem thick, woody, 2in. to 3in. high, at the topof _
і іса, 1869. This ^
the way Шо] developed in the bud, being сї and —
way e leaves are deve. in e bud, o aM s
revol in ferns, cycads, and
] opment хоокуй ин
. is, in so far as I know, Ge iH, reple Мк терен king-
DRUMMONDIA. See Mitella.
somewhat into- ——
AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE.
"d
495
Dryandra—continued.
Proleacem. А genus of about fifty species of handsome
greenhouse evergreen shrubs, allied to Banksia, from
which genus it is readily distinguished by the involucre,
by the flat, or nearly flat, receptacle, and by the fruit.
All are confined to Western extra-tropical Australia.
They are very rarely seen in cultivation, notwithstanding
their great beauty. For culture, see Banksia.
D. armata (armed)* Ј.-Леайз yellow, terminal, closely sur-
rounded by floral leaves longer than the flowers; involucre
broadly ovoid or almost globular, Zin. long; bracts at first
villous, at length becoming glabrous; perianth above lin. long,
more or less villous; limb narrow, obtuse. J. 2in. to 3in. long,
deeply pinnatifid with lanceolate or triangular pungent-pointed
lobes, very rigid, flat or undulate, reticulately veined, and some-
times slightly tomentose beneath. Young branches tomentose.
h, 2ft. to 4ft. 1805. Syn. D. favosa. (B. M. 3236.)
P pechntiolta (Blechnum-leaved) A synonym of D. pteridi-
olia.
D. falcata (falcate). This closely resembles D. armata in foliage
&nd inflorescence, but may be distinguished from that species
by the glabrous perianth limb. Y oung branches usually tomen-
_ tose and hirsute, with spreading hairs. А. 4ft. to 5ft. SYN.
: ico Baxteri (under which name it is figured in B. К.
D. favosa (honeycombed) A synonym of D. armata.
D. nervosa (nerved). A synonym of D. pteridifolia.
D. nivea (snowy).* L, upper side deep green, snowy-white beneath,
йїп. to 8in. long, linear, pinnate, divided ost or quite to
. the midrib into numerous regular triangular segments. h. 2ft.
— to 3ft. 1805. A very ornamental foliage plant.
D. plumosa upper side, pue
аы та EON
and abou remar
lant for ecoration when state. m
D. pt -le ls yellow, | terminal,
gl, ogc
о!
con
D. seneciifolia (Senecio-leaved). /. deep ge ‘above, greyish-
white beneath, linear, pinnatifid, Sin. to 4in. long; lobes very
small, triangular. А. 2ft. to 3ft. Very desirable.
DRYAS (mythological ; from Dryades, or nymphs of
the Oaks; the leaves bear some resemblance to those
of the Oak). Овр. Rosacee. A genus containing a couple
of species of elegant dwarf hardy shrubby plants, natives
cold and Arctic regions of the Northern hemisphere,
Flowers white or yellow, large. Leaves simple, petiolate,
oblong, entire, crenate or sub-pinnatifid ; margins recurved,
Shining above, downy beneath. They are of easy culture
a moist peat soil Propagated by cuttings, by divisions,
- or from seed. }
(Drummond's)* fl. отет about lin.
g
Drummondi
across ; calyx covered with blacki ndular hairs. June. 1.
] їс, rather attenuated at the base, deeply crenated, clothed
„White tomentum. beneath and on the scape. North
1800. A rare evergreen trailer. (B. M. 2972.)
рм» t (eight-petalled).* Mountain Avens. jl. white
ith yellow stamens, about lin. or more across, solitary on erect
peduncles. June. Z. obovate or sub-cordate, crenately serrated,
White and. downy beneath. Northern hemisphere (Britain).
- En. B. 459.)
DRYMODA (from drymodes, woody; plants epi-
оп branches of trees). ORD. Orchidem. А genus
contains—so far as is at present known—only the
cies described below. It is one of the smallest and
curious of orchids, and, until it flowered at Kew in
» Was only known by a drawing made by Griffiths
е Malayan Peninsula, in 1835. It grows in a warm
on pieces of hard wood to which the bark remains
solitary, surmounting a slender scape lin.
| tong, from the rhizome under the preceding
; dorsal sepal
of long, curved, green, purple-spotted stipe
Drymoda—continued.
from the base of the column ; the latter furnished with two long
yellow purple-spotted wings. Pseudo-bulbs clustered, discoid,
dull green, with a minute central mammilla from which springs a
very deciduous leaf. Moulmein, 1871. (B. M. 5904.)
DRYMOGLOSSUM (from drymos, a wood, and
glosswm, a tongue; alluding to the place of growth and
the form of the fronds). Wood Tongue Fern. Овр.
Filices. A genus of small creeping stove ferns. Fronds
dimorphous. Sori as in TYenitis. For culture, see
Ferns.
D. carnosum (fleshy). rhiz. wide-creeping, filiform. fronds,
barren ones sub-orbicular or elliptical, lin. to 2in, Jong, in.
broad ; fertile ones linear-spathulate, 2in. to Sin. long, in. broad
both narrowed to the base. sori in a line midway between the
edge and midrib; when young, covered with stalked peltate
scales. East Himalayas.
D. c. subcordatum (sub-cordate). A variety having smaller
fronds (the barren ones roundish, sub-sessile), thinner texture,
and the sori nearer the midrib. China and Japan.
D. piloselloides (Pilosella-like) rhiz. filiform, creeping. fronds,
. barren ones pen ag lin. to 2in. long, Jin. to Zin. broad ; fertile
ones linear-oblong, 2in. to 4in. long, jin. to lin. broad; both
are d rig sort in a pes aser sub-
margi e; the capsules mixed with ste paraphyses.
East Indies, &c., 1828. (H. G. F. 46.)
D. rigidum (rigid) fronds, barren ones lin. to llin. long,
half as broad, obovate, entire, with thickened edges, on firm
erect stems lin. long; the fertile ones 4in. to біп. long, sin.
broad, narrowed into a stem about as long as itself. sori ina
deep groove between the broad midrib and edge. Borneo,
DRYMONZA (from drymos, an Oak wood, in allusion
to the plant growing on trees in woods). Овр. Gesne-
racec. Stove prostrate radicant shrubs, or climbing upon
trees. Flowers whitish or yellowish, on short axillary
peduncles, often solitary. Leaves opposite, serrated,
petiolate. There are about fourteen species, all natives
of the tropical parts of the Western hemisphere. For
culture, see Besleria. a
D. bicolor (two-coloured). fl. le; calyx large, green ; limb —
of corolla sharply MEI Tt obi ти oe at both ——
ends, hairy, toothed. West Indies, 1806. Climbing shrub.
(В. Е. 1838, 4.) hà cu
D. marmorata (spotted).* creamy - white, axillary, fim- —
briated. l. large, opposite, @ ong by зуп. wide, dark green, z
with the convex portions between the veins of a glistening-grey; —
шп eret ied surface purplish ; ioles long, те i xd
шапа (?). Ап erec wing species, with obscurely
sema. (Б. Мо) eee
D. punctata (spotted - flowered
Guatemala, 1843. F
May.
Evergreen climber. { чш
D. Turialvee (Turialva).* fl. white, large, pendulous; lower Я
toothed and Кыт LC of a d d colour; racemes axil- —
lary. l broadly ovate, bullate, of a beautiful metallic shade. —
Veragua, 1870. А tall sub-shrubby plant. (L H. 1869, 603.) :
DRYMOPHLOEUS (from drumos, wood, and phloios,
bark; application not stated). Orp. Palmee. А genus ©
of about a dozen species of unarmed stove palms, with
tro;
ellow, violet.
A Mae
pinnatisect; segments cunea
culture, see Ptychosperma.
D. olivæformis (Olive-formed) fr.
segments cuneate-oblong, erose-dentate at the
larger, fan-shaped. Stem 20ft. to
od, reddis
x; terminal one
Soft. high, jin. to 4in. thick.
Moluccas. SYN. Ptychosperma Еитрій. ——
D. ceramensis, D. Rumphii, and D.
cultivation. ; n
DRYNARIA. See Polypodium.
DRYOBALANOPS (from drys, a tree, balanos, an _
acorn, and ops, appearance; in allusion to the species
being a tree bearing acorn-like fruits) Camphor-tree.
ORD. Dipterocarpee. A large resinous camphor-bearing
stove evergreen tree, native of Sumatra. pee
. — A. yellow, in . 1. obtusely m
E c6 t o n UN АЫ
perpe " prized by the —
tr H
solid known as Sumatra Camphor. It is highly
Chinese. ee
DRYOPTERIS. Se Nephrodium.
496 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
DEYOSTACHYUM. See Polypodium.
DEYPETES (from drypto, to lacerate; referring to
its spiny nature). ORD. Ewphorbiacee. A genus of about
nine species of ornamental stove evergreen bs,
natives of Brazil, the West Indies, and Florida. 'They
thrive in a compost of peat and loam. Cuttings root in
sandy loam, if placed under a glass, in heat.
D. crocea S (enftron-colouted) Л. orange. June. Г. alternate,
oval or i :
1820. Syn, :
DEYPIS (the old Greek name used by Theophrastus,
from drypto, to tear, on account of the leaves being
armed with stiff spines). Овр. Caryophyllem. A very
pretty little herbaceous perennial, admirably adapted for
ornamenting rockwork, where it becomes suffruticose,
and produces an immense number of flowers. Increased
either by cuttings, placed in sandy soil, under a hand
glass; or by seeds, sown in a light compost. When seed-
lings are of sufficient size, they should be separated
and planted on the top of rockwork, care being taken
to keep them watered until fresh roots are emitted.
D. spinosa (prickly).* e pink or white, :
with three teeth г е. Ё НЯ sed rect Boo
sided ; foweriig stems erect, irum Beas procumbent, four.
owed Дока " . Sou urope, &c., $
DEY-ROT. A name given to decayed timber, caused
by different species of Fungi, which, under certain con-
ditions, attack woodwork in ships, houses, &c., penetrating
the wood in all directions, and in many instances doing
irreparable damage before they are observed. Two of the
principal species of ieausing Dry-rot are: Merulius
lacrymans, attacking wood in houses and other buildings ;
Polyporus hybridus, affecting oak-timber in ships.
DUBOISIA (named after Lonis Dubois, author of
several botanical works) _Овр. Solanacew. А small,
glabrous, greenhouse tree. It thrives in sandy loam and
peat. Cuttings strike readily
J. DUMASIA. ( опо М. Dam: ;
the editors of “ Annales des Seien “Naturelles ”
Legwminosw. A genus of three species of saco
greenhouse evergreen twiners. Flowers yellow, disposed
in axillary racemes. Leaves pinnately trifoliolate. «ti
late. For culture, see Clitoria. ae
D. villosa (villous). Л. yellow; racemes
cent. Tropical Asia, &c., 1824. (B.
| DUMB CANE. Se Dieffenbachia
and botanist, who died in 1590).
y free-f wering stove evergreen shrubs, :
1 es <> eau the only one in " » with
g the young lants afterwards гу
ti pointed, coriaceous. h. 6ft, West Indies, `
leaflets ovate. Branches, petioles, pedunel E Bota |
(named in honour of бек Dur am "E
). ORD
strik is
are natives of the Western hemi.
Duranta—continued.
D. Ellisia (Ellisia). A synonym of D. Plumieri.
D. Plumieri (Plumier’s).* fl. pretty blue, borne in great pro- `
fusion in racemes towards the ends of the branches; calyces
in fruit twisted. August. /. oblong-lanceolate, acuminate.
Branches spinose. k. 6ft. to 15ft. ‘South America and the West
Indies, before 1729. SYN. D. Ellisia. (B. M. 1759.)
DUREIO (Duryon is the name of the fruit in the
Malay language, and comes from dury, a thorn ; alluding
to'the prickly fruit). Овр. Malivacee. A large stove
evergreen tree, the fruit of which is about the size of a
man's head, and, by those who have overcome its civet
odour and turpentine flavour, is ranked among the most
delieions of Indian fruits. 'The only species of the genus
thrives well in а compost of peat, loam, and leaf mould.
Cuttings of firm young shoots root readily in spring, in
sand, if placed under a glass, and in bottom heat.
D. zibethinus (civet). Л. white. l oblong, acuminated, rounded
at the base, of a lurid-silvery colour beneath, where they are
and the Indian Archipelago. The fruit of this plant is used, when
in a decomposed state, as a bait to trap the civet-cat ; hence the
specific name, à.
DUTRA. See Datura.
DUVALIA (named after Н. A. Duval, of Paris, author
of “ Enumeratio Plantarum Succulentarum in Horto
Alenconio”). ORD. Asclepiadacee. А genus of впссп-
lent Stapelia-like plants, all natives of South Africa. ——
Corolla with the segments more or less replicate, and an
elevated annulus (orb) on the disk; outer corona flat,
entire, pentagonal, disk-like у inner corona of five small,
entire, horizontal, ovoid, pointed, fleshy segments, some-
what resembling a bird’s head when viewed sideways.
Those mentioned below are among the most distinct.
Several species appear to have become quite lost to cul-
tivation.
- D. Cord (Corderoy's)* fl. olive-green, with darker tips,
or dull reddish-brown, ljin. to 2in. in diameter ; lobes of corolla
lanceolate-acuminate, fringed with clavate mauve-purple hairs ;
annulus clothed with soft hairs of the same colour. Branches
sub-globose, crowded, flowering at their sides, (B. M. 6082.)
D. elegans (elegant) Л. dark purple-bro shining, small;
corolla lobes nen. oir mE shortly pilose on the
surface and ciliate with soft dark qune hairs; annulus only
slightly raised, giving the fiower a flat look. Branches oblong
or ovoid, crowded, flowering at their sides. (B. M. 1148.) 1795.
D. Jaequiniana (Jacquin's) fl. dark purple-brown, opaque, ^.
small; corolla s late, acute, y replicate, —
brous, but ciliate with simple or slightly clavate hairs.
nches oblong, crowded, flowering at their sides. 1802.
D. polita (polished).* jt. three or four together, opening suc-
cessively ; pedicels about lin. long, glabrous ; corolla ТЫ. in
diameter; lobes ovate- acuminate, erect-spreading, a little re-
curved at the ex. brownish- le, very smooth and polished,
A y
base with long gd an vibratile, clavate, purple hairs ; annulus
minutely scabrid, paler than the lobes, and opaque; outer
corona chocolate-red, or dark purplish-red ; processes of inner
corona dull orange. Summer. Stems and
2їп. to 3in. long, about lin. thick, somew!
less decumbent and rooting, el
six-angled ; angles obtuse, toothed
plants of the genus. (B. M. 6245.)
— n
French botanist, publisher of the original edition of
Richard's “ Démonstrations botaniques,ou analyse du fruit
considéré en général”). ORD. Amacardiacem. Handsome
half-hardy evergreen shrubs, with bright shining foliage.
‚ Flowers yellowish; racemes axillary, short, many-flowered,
‘Solitary or fasciculated. Leaves simple, alternate, exsti-
вр. | Pulate. There are four species, natives of extra-tropical
„А genus of four or five species of
South America. They thrive in a dry and sandy soil
and in a sheltered situation, having its surface sloping
to the south. Cuttings, made of the ripe wood, root, if
inserted under a bell glass, in gentle heat. ate
Dy dependens (hanging) Л. yellowish-white ; racemes axillary, -
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
— m
OF HORTICULTUR -
Duvaua—continued. :
D. latifolia (broad-leaved greenish- white ; racemes dense,
the length of the leaves. fo uly. Berries black. 1. oblong,
acute, coarsely toothed, so waved as to seem in some measure
plicate. Л. 6ft. to 12ft. 1826. (В. R. 1580.)
D. ovata (ovate). Л. yellowish-white ; racemes a little longer than
the leaves. June. 'Berries black. J. ovate, toothed, mostly
ica at the tip, some obtuse. A. 6ft. to lOft. 1825. (B. R.
DWALE. See Atropa Belladonna.
DWARF CYPRESS. See Chamecyparis.
DWARF ELDER. Se Sambucus Ebulus.
DWARF PAN-PALM. A common name of Cha-
merops humilis (which see). |
DYCKIA (named after Prince Salm-Dyck, a German
tanist, and author of a splendid work on succulent
plants). ORD. Bromeliacem. А genus of greenhouse
Succulents, with elegant foliage and ornamental habit
growth, usually stemless. There are about half-a-
dozen species, natives of Brazil. They are best grown
ith Agaves, and thrive well in a mixture of two parts
; and one part vegetable mould, to which a little
d may be added. Perfect drainage is essential, and
water must be liberally applied during summer ; buf in
winter, a very small quantity will suffice. Propagated
by suckers.
` covered with
hoar-frost. A rare
, nearly lin.
ed, covered with pale down. February. È
ted, linea: late, spine-toothed, recurved, 1ft. to 2ft. ong. .
8 Jrigida. (B. M. 6294.)
D. гатій (scattered-flowered). fl. orange, in spiki with
appressed membranaceous bracts. Bimmer. Sk P e y Шс.
late, pointed, narrow, rigid, recurved greyish-green ; nthe
distant spines. А. 2ft. 1832. In warm, sheltered situations of
Бе, сш very interesting species шау be found useful.
DYER'S GREENWEED. See Genista tinctoria.
DYER'S ROCKET. See Reseda Luteola.
DYER'S WEED. Se Reseda Luteola.
DYER/'S YELLOW-WEED. See Reseda Lu-
YPSIS (from dupto, to dip; application not given).
RD. Palmee. A genus of five or six species of un-
тшей dwarf stove palms, all natives of Madagascar.
Flowers monceious, in branched panicles. Males with
mbranous, orbicular sepals, and ovate, acute, valvate
; Stamens six, the linear filaments connate at the
^ Females smaller than the males, sub-globose,
1 membranous broadly imbricated sepals, and convo-
? imbricate petals. Spadices long, lax-flowered. Stems
like, surmounted by a crown of leaves, entire or
8t the apex, ise
lorsely dentate. Тһе species in cultivation are:
brandtii, madagascariensis, and pinnatifrons.
DDA. A synonym of Serissa (which see).
YSODIA from dusodes, ill.smelling; in allusion to
Unpleasant odour of some of the species). ORD. Com-
ite. A genus of about ten species of erect or diffuse,
rous or pubescent herbs, natives of -Mexico and
al America. Flower-heads heterogamous, radiate ;
florets female; disk fertile; involucre cylindrical, cam-
te, or almost hemispherical, composed of one series
b-equal, rigidly membranaceous bracts. Leaves op-
or alternate, more or less pinnatifid. The species
in well-drained loamy soil, in greenhouse tempe-
- Readily propagated by seeds, sown in spring;
or pinnatisect ; segments cleft, or |
E.
Dysodia—continued.
D. grandiflora (large-flowered). Ji.-heads rich deep orange.
l. opposite, ovate, acuminate, inciso-serrate. A. lft. to 2ft. A
handsome perennial. SYNS. Clomenocoma montana, Comactinium |.
aurantiacum. (B. M. 5510.) P :
D. pubescens (pubescent). The correct name of the plant
described in this work as Bebera incana.
E. In composition, this letter
ebracteate, without bracts.
EARED. Auriculate; having ears or appendages.
EARINA (from earinos, the spring; in reference to
the time of flowering). Овр. Orchidee. А genus of about
six species of epiphytal orchids, from the Pacific Islands
and New Zealand. They have small flowers, crowded into
sessile heads; the lateral sepals and foot of the column
forming a chin. E. mucronata (sharp-pointed) and E.
autumnalis (autumnal) are two greenhouse species, from
New Zealand. For cultivation, see Oncidium.
EARTH. See Soil.
EARTHING-UP. A term used to represent the
process of drawing the existing, or applying additional,
soil in ridges round the stems of kitchen-garden crops,
or other surface-rooting plants, requiring more space for
the development of the leaves than for the roots. It is
performed in this case in order to concentrate the soil
where it is most required. Earthing-up round the stems
of Celery and similar crops is practised mainly
exclusion of light from the stems, and for the coi
blanching obtained. The plan is also frequently adop
іп winter, for preserving the stems of plants from д
EARTH NUT, or EARTH PEA, See Arachis
hypogea
EARWIGS (Forficula auricularia). These very de-
structive insects constitute an anomal: tribe,
generally placed in the order Dermaptera. The
injurious, not only to many flowering plants, but
ripe fruit. Amongst the latter, those most a
the Apricot and Peach. At certain times, Earw
from place to place in vast numbers; and this
sufficient to account for their extreme -abi
season, and their scarcity at another, In the
signifies without; thus,
Fic. 685. EARWIG.
species (see Fig. 685), the beantiful w
under very short and truneate ely
the body are formidable forceps, fo
and unfolding the large and fragile
vious to, flight. The Earwi
Measuring only- some #
most
damage. There is
ood results; соп y, t s must be resorted to.
ri i numerous kinds, but for all prac-
Traps. These are of m У Ог. Sut RESO.
tical purposes the following will be found sufficient. Bean-
stalks, or hollow stems of кыре kind of plant, it ont
i gths of from 6in. to 9in., and placed amongs
M" xf 1 the branches of fruit-trees, will catch
er-pots, partly filled with dry moss,
Vision of the roots; or by euttings.
or laid on their sides, may also be
498
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Earwigs—continued.
used effectively. In all cases, the traps must be frequently
examined, and the enemy shaken out into a vessel con-
taining boiling water.
EBENACEZE. A natural order of trees or shrubs,
containing about six genera and some 250 species, natives,
for the most part, of warm regions. Flowers hermaphro-
dite, or staminate and pistillate; calyx three to seven-
cleft, persistent; corolla three to seven-cleft. Leaves
alternate, rarely opposite, entire, coriaceous, exstipulate.
Some of the trees of this order "furnish valuable timber,
the heart-wood of several species consti-
tuting the ebony of commerce. Me best-
known genera are: Diospyros, Euclea, Maba, m
. Royena, and Tetraclis. © 7,
EBENUS (from ebenos, ebony). Овр. e
Leguminose. А genus of about eight species
of elegant little herbs or sub-shrubs, chiefly
confined to the Mediterranean region and 52
Asia Minor, though one species is found as 4
far east as Beloochistan. Flowers pink, in f$ *
dense spikes or round heads; peduncles
axillary or terminal. Leaves usually un-
equally pinnate, made up of three to five
pairs of lance-shaped leaflets, though in a
few they are digitate or simple. For culture, ` &0., see
Anthyllis.
E. койо», (Cretan). reddish or le, vate. d
fa Pak in o "€ a
(Ишан wit with two pairs ror lentes
; Stipules connected,
and De D bifid at the :
to 2ft. ft. Candia, 1737. S cand opposite the leaves. A. lit.
)
кн irn SYN. Anthyllis cretica.
E. pinnata (pinnate). A synonym of E. Sibthorpii,
E. Sibthorpii (Sib thorp’s).* spikes ;
er se about equal in inc prae шн. bracts three > ==
likean involre at ips as base of each head
of of towers i or five pairs of ases
m 'clothed with эр. ‘Mounts ro bi,
Parnassus. Herbaceous. — és (5. Е. С. 740.)
EBERMAIERA (amod in honour of Karl H
_ Ebermaier, 1767-1825, a German writer on ipe sean
plants). ORD. Acanthacew. A genus of about thirty
. species of stove herbs, widely di:
the tropical regions of both
E. nitida (shining), ue. SÉ Ё , convex. h. Ain. Brazil,
1879. A ous little plant, resemb Fittonia
ЕА nitidum. — Р Ж babit. SYN.
EBONY. See Diospyros pa
EBRACTEATE. Withont bracts, М
ECBALLIUM (from ekballein, to cast ont; the seed
are violently ejected from the ripe cow: Squirting
Cucumber. Orv. Cucurbitacee. A ve annual. For
_ cultivation, see Gourds.
E. Elaterium rting). Л. yellow, erect. Yet
. duneles. June. e ec td litis ded D
cordate, somewhat lobed, crenate-
M RERUM. Vapi, end iucecet EMEND
| scabrous, id, and glaucescen!
known as ea a ful catha
SYN. od ba. Elateri um. — Esp
ECCREMOCARPUS (from ekkremes, pendent, and
fruit; in allusion to the fruit). Ox
ame ТЩ
Mareh, in a gentle heat, and epe 1o
during the latter part of the same year. ой
Eccremocarpus—continued.
E. orus (long-flowered).* fl., corolla yellow, with a green
a te gg a little arched ; ; peduncles pendulous, opposite the
leaves, many-flowered. July. oppisi, abruptly bi-tripinnate ;
leaflets oval, entire, sessile. ' Peru, 1825
oy
Fic. 686. SPRAYS OF ECCREMOCARPUS SCABER in Flower and Fruit.
E. scaber (rough)* fl., corolla scarlet or deep orange-red, with
a ventricose throat ; racemes opposite the leaves,
secund, many-flowered. July, August. l. opposite, petiolàte, ——— ^
abruptly bipinnate ; leaffets (жы: T" ely ri ae ovate,
serrated orentire. Stems angular, hairy. hili, 182 А useful
T Calampelis
plant for covering walls, ont and pillars,
scabra. See Fig. 686. (В. R. 9
ECHARDIA. A synonym of Peristeria.
Included under Cotyledon.
ECHEVERIA.
Fr Р RPUREA INTERMEDIA, sho Habit
в. 687. Ecursacta р U b end. , showing
ECHIDNIUM (from echidnion, a young viper; in allu-
sion to its relationship to Dracontium). ORD.. Araceæ.
ES genus of a. eouple of species of stove tuberous-rooted
ineluded under Dracontium by Bentham and
Hooker. For culture, see Anchomanes. :
Echidnium—continued.
Regelianum (Regel’s). jl. purplish-brown ; spathe sub-erect ;
spadix cylindrical ; peduncle partly adnate to the spathe. June.
L tripartite, deep green. k. 11. to 3ft. Brazil 1866. SYN.
E. Spruceanum, of gardens. (В. G. 505.)
4 ШИ нап (Spruce's. A garden synonym of E. Regeli-
_ECHIDNOPSIS (from echidne, a viper, and opsis,
appearance; alluding to the stems). ORD. Asclepiadacec.
A greenhouse, fleshy, leafless, perennial herb. For culture,
see Stapelia.
cereiformis (Cereus - like). ji. bright yellow, small, in
fascicles ; calyx tube hemispheric, with five triangular, acute,
Spreading and recurved lobes; corolla broadly rotate-campanu-
late. Stem elongated, cylindrical, obtuse, cernuous or pendulous,
.areolate. h. біп. Abyssinia, 1871. (B. M. 5930.)
ECHINACEA (from echinos, a hedgehog; referring
to the prickly scales of the receptacle). Овр. Composite.
Ornamental hardy herbaceous perennials, with - generic
characters scarcely distinct from Rudbeckia, in which
enus it is included by Bentham and Hooker. Echinaceas
rm excellent subjects for mixed borders and sub-tropical
dens. The species thrive best in warm, sunny situa-
ions, and in a compost of deep rich loam and leaf mould.
They are readily propagated by divisions.
E. tifolia (narrow-leaved).* ji.-heads light purple or rose,
4in. to біп. across. Summer. 2. lanceolate, hairy, din. to біп.
long, jin. broad. Stem hairy below. №. 2ft. to 4ft. United
States, 1861. (B. M. 5281.)
дэ, ne te-flowering) is a hirsute or hispid form of
E. purpurea. тн C. 1539.) P
ECHINANTHUS. See Echinops.
ECHINATE. Covered with prickles, like a hedge-
.
ECHINOCACTUS (from echinos, a hedgehog, and
actus; plants beset with spines like a hedgehog). Hedge-
Thistle. ORD. Cactew. A large genus of simple,
tesque, fleshy, ovoid or globose, ribbed, leafless, suc-
snb plants. Flowers usually rising from the fascicles
Oof spines at the tops of the ribs; sepals numerous,
abricated, united into a short tube, adnate to the base
the ovary; outer ones bract-like; inner ones petaloid,
ongated, spreading. About 200 forms have been de-
ed. They are dispersed from Texas and California
"Peru and Brazil, but are most numerous in Mexico.
culture, see Cactus.
Streaks down the centre; nearly 3in. across; anthers yellow.
. Plant sub-globose; tubercles in fifteen nearly vertical
1 ‚ confluent, T areole oval, white, tomentose; outer
е age slender, central four stronger. л. біп. Mexico, 1840.
(B. М. 3974.) :
'Coneinnus (neat). /. yellow. Spring. Plant globose, de-
Pressed, эсе ушат nile до ten ribs, which are obtuse and
Sinuately crenated ; areole remotish, wooly: spines setaceous,
to м one of which is longer and stronger. h. біп.
"lexico (?), 1828. (В. M. 4415.) сш,
| Corynodes (helmet-flowered). Л. rich sulphur-yellow, 2in. in
diameter whee fait ded, in from the crown of the
t; tube externally shaggy with brown wool ; petals in two or
ree rows, spathulate, crenate and almost laciniated towards the
: ; stamens numerous, pale yellow, crowded around the style ;
: with the rays erect, bright scarlet. Summer. Plant sub-
, but depressed at the top, and narrowed at the base, deep
Zmewhat glaucous green. The sides are cut into about sixteen
vertical furrows, and as many prominent, crenated ridges ;
crenatures are from дїп. to jin. apart, and in them is lodged a
"I6 of dense white wool, from which arise seven to nine spread-
rigid, fale brown spines, together with a central erecto-patent
sd i, of a uniform deep brown colour. Zin. to Sin.
837. A very showy species. (B. M. 3906.) ат
(curled). lish, Summer. Plant obova
, iT or береме at summit; sides cut
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA OF HORTICULTURE. 499
|
centeterius (many-spined). Л. deep straw-colour, with reddish
Echinocactus-—- continued.
into about a score of vertical, narrow, undulated ; young
areole with deciduous white tomentum; outer spines eight or
nine, spreading, setaceous, white, with a brown point; four
central ones reddish, much larger. See Fig. 688, for which we
are indebted to Herr Fr. Ad. Haage, jun., of Erfurt.
Ш i ШИ )
Fic. 688. ECHINOCACTUS CRISPATUS.
. Cummingii (Cumming’s). ff. golden-yellow, lin. in diameter,
with a funnel-shaped © к 1 June. Plant
nearly globose, greyish-green, contracted slightly at the base;
tubercles about jin. in diameter, arranged in spirals, sub-hemi-
spherical; areole small, nearly circular; outer spines about
fifteen to twenty, strict, slender, erecto-paten
the upper rather the bem central two or
stouter. A, din. Bolivia, 1847. (В. M. 6097.)
Fue. 689. ECHINOCACTUS HAYNHL |
E white. July. Plant roundish, —— — .
= Мокин, («ОЛАН with a remarkable swelling below - Becr
each parcel of spines. А. West Indies ала Central America, — —
1808. (В. R. 137.) P
THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
500
Echinocactus—continued.
E. g. nobilis (noble) fl. white. July. Plant deep glossy olive-
, oblong, with fewer angles than in the type; ang and
spines middle-sized, straight, A. 2ft. Mexico, 1796.
ayne's) fl. brilliant purple-red, very large. Stem
x пша (аре a її; twenty-five or more ribs with rounded
edges; areole small, oval, with pearly-grey tomentum ; spines
very numerous, gom with brown points. k. 6in. to 12in.
Peru. See Fig. 689. :
Fig. 690. ECHINOCACTUS HEXÆDROPHORUS.
E. hexzedrophorus (hexedron). fi. white and pale red. June.
. Plant globose, | а! sous, flat at ^ A UND: ете hexæ-
drous, di two series, vertical and spiral; areolæ im-
mers tomentose ;
mani ess Ка
Fig.690. (B.
CEL
Fig. 691. ECHINOCACTUS LE
See
July. t sub.
acutish areole
ating, inner four
flattened, he
А t, ra-
E three straight:
шен singer treo Мыр one
1856.
‘(many-flowered). Л. white, large, July. Plant
glaucous, OP, hardly аи
ратат, eed ал irregular, eral sarias:
P^ 2 prICKIeS , гуей,
“Probably native of Mexico. (B. M. 4181.3 — 7 «Ча
is:
-. Echinocactus —continued.
E. myriostigma (many-dotted) fl. pale straw-coloured, rising
from the umbilicate top of the plant. July. Plant roundish-
oblong, five or six-ribbed ; ribs prominent; areole approximate,
woolly, unarmed. №. 1%. Mexico, 1845. SYN. Astrophytum
myriostigma. (В. M. 4177.)
FiG, 692. ECHINOCACTUS OBVALLATUS,
E. obvallatus (fortified). f. surrounded by numerous erect. ——
spines; petals purple, with a whitish border. Stem obovate,
nearly globose, depressed at the summit, with about a score not
very prominent vertical ribs. h. 4in. to Gin. South Mexico.
See Fig. 692.
Е. Ottonis (Otto's) Л. delicate lemon-colour, sessile, in threes
or fours upon the summit of the stem, with bright red stigmas.
July. Plant orbicular-cylindrical, contracted at the base, with
about twelve vertical deep furrows; the ridges between the
furrows obtuse, studded with rather closely-set small tufts of
reddish wool; from these arise three or four rather strong spines,
of а deep purplish-brown colour, which stand forward and are
sometimes curved, and several lesser pale-ccloured spreading
ones. Zin. to din. Brazil, and probably also Mexico. (B. M.
$107.)
pectiniferus d).* Л. pale green, rose, solitary, two
or more from the same crown, and springing from near the top ;
large for the size of the plant, very beautiful. April Plant su
rotund or ovate, rather suddenly contracted above the middle,
Черт and even umbilicated at the top, deeply costate, with
about twenty prominent costz, which are obtuse and somewhat
mammillose atthe margins ; in the centre of each mammilla is an
oblong, white, woolly, close-placed areola, with numerous rather
Short spines, whose arrangement is very peculiar. They are of
two kinds ; the greater number spread out almost horizontally in
two rows, closely placed in a pectinated manner, whitish or
yellowish-white, tipped with red or brown, almost united at their
base, the middle ones the longest; between these two rows are а
few smaller ones. A.4in. Mexico, 1844. А very showy species.
(B. M. 4190.) MEI
| ed cet E У
Obtuse ribs; Ribs lobed or remotely crenate,
distantly ika ine little woolly tufts or areolæ (pulvinuli), from
which rise about six sligh
„ produced from the summit
пе: vus rate about lin. long, ob-
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 501
Echinocactus—continued.
conical, quite destitute of spines or sete ; sepals or scales ovate,
brown, with pale margins; petals bright rose, spreading, long,
linear-spathulate, acute ; stigma of nine or ten spreading bright
yellow rays, covering the anthers. August. Plant sub-columnar,
but tapering upwards almost from the base, deeply cut into about
eight or nine furrows, the ridges obtuse, but formed into lobes or
tubercles by transverse lines; areole furnished with obscure
wool; spines about nine, strong, straight, tapering, flattened, at
first deep purple, afterwards pale and almost colourless, mostly
spreading, but the central one, page on much the longest and
h. 4in. to Sin.
strongest, stands forward. San Luis Potosi,
Mexico, 1850. (B. M. 4486.)
Fic. 693. ECHINOCACTUS TEXENS!S.
E. Ѕсора (Broom). Л. yellow, with the petals, which are ser-
rated at top, in two series. April. Plant oblong, many-ribbed ;
fascicles of spines approximate, woolly at base; outer spines
white, twenty to forty, weak; central three or four, purple, stiff.
h. 6in. Brazil, 1847. (B. R. xxv. 24
У
Pas ад
£
= mm
ze
==
ДД
Taras
LS
j ——.. 2
ZZ
б
25
va.
Е
ja
Гир).
aS AN TANZAN 5,
a RN
S
"Em
/
FS
as) =
Jove
eem v m
ERES
[nme
if
22
Sax
Hs
ms
X А
ets
(1
а
PA 2 р
<
TEN,
pv
be
a
т
<;
27,
ЕР SE
E. Simpsoni (Simpson's).
E. Visnag
toothpick), Л. yellow,
Echinocactus—continued.
Л. yellowish-green ог Hp. rather
small, but numerous on the upper part of the stem. Plant dwarf,
rarely exceeding 6in. to 8in. high, usually much less ; tubercles
loosely arranged, lin. to din. long, with several white spreading
spines, and a central yellowish one. Colorado, 1876. Nearly or
quite hardy. (Gn., April, 1877; G. C. n. s., vi. 295.)
E. texensis (Texan). ji. rose-coloured. Plants mostly depressed,
sometimes globose; ribs from thirteen to twenty-four; areola
żin. long, and lin. apart; spines from jin. to 2in. long. North-
eastern Mexico, &c. See Fig. 693, for which we are indebted to
Herr Fr. Ad. Haage, jun.
E. tubiflorus (tube-fiowered). Й. large, rising from one of the
fascicles of spines; tube very long, a little enlarged upwards,
brownish-green, scaly, each scale with a long tuft of slender,
flaccid hairs; petals spreading, white, oblong, much acuminated.
Plant sub-globose, much depressed, umbilicated at the top, and
deeply cut into about eleven very prominent, compressed, slightly
undulated angles, which have five or six woolly tubercles, each
giving rise to a fascicle of six to eight strong black spines, from
din. to Zin. long. - Mexico. (В. M. 3627.)
4 (Visnaga, among the Mexican settlers, means a
numerous. Plant large, elliptical, many-
angled, with narrow sinuses and deep sinuated tubercled angles ;
top very woolly; areole approximate, rhomboid, immersed,
labrous, pale brown ; prickles four, prone, central one 2їп.
ong, the other three deflexed, shorter. h. 7%. Mexico, 1847.
A plant of this species, which measured 9ift. in circumference,
and weighed one ton, was an inmate of the succulent house
at Kew, in 1846. From injury sustained during its convey-
да England, it did not long survive. See Fig. 694. (В. M.
E. Williamsii (Williams's) fl. pale greenish-rose, small, nearly
solitary. Spring. Plant tufted, depressed, glaucous, six to eight-
ribbed ; ribs broad, convex, tubercled, unarmed. А. din. Mexico
1845. (B. M. 4296.)
ECHINOCEREUS. See Cereus.
ECHINOCHLOA. Se Panicum.
SMe
Fig. 695. ECHINOPS COMMUTATUS.
502
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING, :
ECHINOPS (from echinos, hedgehog, and ops, appear-
ance; in reference to the spiny scales of the involucre).
Globe Thistle. Syn. Echinanthus. Овр. Composite. A
rather large genus of ornamental, but somewhat coarse-
growing, mostly hardy biennials or perennials, with a
Thistle-like appearance. Inflorescence globose; florets
white or blue, with an involucre of prickly scales and
bristles. The cluster of heads or capitules is surrounded
by an involuere of linear scales, thus completing the
appearance of a single head. They are of very easy
culture in common garden soil, and form excellent subjects
. for borders, or for naturalising in shrubberies. Тһе
. biennials may be propagated by seed, sown in April; the
perennials by division, in March.
banaticus (Banat). #.-heads blue. Summer. 1. roughish,
Ж. фар nd c beneath ; radical ones pinnate ; upper
ones pinnatifid ; lobes oblong, acuminated, spiny, slightly
Á€— h. en Eastern Europe, 1832. Slightly branch-
" lennial.
E. commutatus (changed)* JL-heads whitish. Summer. l
tifid, rough with hairs on the upper side, downy beneath ;
margins with small spines. Л. bft. to 7ft. Austria, &c., 1817.
; Perennial. SYN. E. exaltatus. See Fig. 695.
Е, exaltatus (lofty). А synonym of E. commutatus.
Е. Ritro (Ritro)*- Л. blue. Summer. Z pinnatifid, not
— downy , Webbed above. h. 3ft. South
urope, 1570. Perennial. (B. M. 932.)
-~ mate, leathery, pinnatifid ; divisions toothed and spiny: dull n
. above, — beneath. Stem downy. „В aft. to ait. бесе
estern Asia, 1816. Perennial.
696. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ECHINOPS SPHEROCEPHALUS,
. Spherocephalus (globe-headed heads
рм a sinvate-pinnatiid, spinose, nis and Ma
odit. Europe, Western Asia. See Fig 606” апеей,
| (from echinos, hedgehog, and opsis,
ring to the spines which clothe its globose
JED. Cactem. А small genus of stove Cacti,
ey Placed as a section of Cereus. Calyx tube
3 lobes numerous; stamens in two series ;
the calyx tube; inner free. Fruit
. Sealy.
í ‘more slender, and rather
-
Echinopsis—continued.
Stem depressed, ribbed, globose, or cylindrical.
There are about two dozen species in cultivation, many
very rare, and of which the following selection will be
found a representative one. For culture, see Cactus.
E. campylacantha (curved-spined). . Л. about біп. long, from the
areole near the centre of the plant; calyx tube funnel-shaped,
olive- n; segments of the limb gradually passing into the
spreading, acute, pale rose-coloured petals. Plant about 1%.
high, between ovate and globose; areole approximate, large,
oval woolly, bearing from eight to ten rather slender spines.
00195 1851. А handsome and well-marked species. (В. М.
E. cristata (crested).* This plant closely corresponds with the
variety described below, but has a larger and different-coloured
flower; the petals are broader in proportion to their length, а
creamy-white gradually passing into the greenish-purple of the
outer sepals; the spines in the present form are more slender,
less curved, of a paler colour, but tipped with a darker brown.
Itflowers in July. Bolivia, 1846. (B. M. 4687.)
E. ç. purpurea (purple). fl. very large, two to four from a plant,
arising from near the summit and from one of the pulvilli,
funnel-shaped; tube біп. long, green, bearing numerous acu-
minated scales, fringed with rather copious woolly black hair;
uppermost scales longer, gradually passing into sepals; petals
rose-coloured, numerous, ‘oblong, spreading, serrated and mucro-
nate at point. July. Plant bc but depressed and rather
deeply umbilicated at top, full green (not glaucous), somewhat
glossy, ome is wed. Ribs about seventeen or eighteen,
nearly 8 t, much compressed, notched at nearly equal in-
te: and thus divided into a number of very obtuse rounded
lobes. Pulvinuli in the notches, i
twelve strong, large, slightly-curved 1
most one the longest and strongest.
h. Bolivia, -
A very handsome species, remarkable for the large size of —
flowers and for the deeply-lobed ribs of the stem. . M. 452.)
FIG. 697. ECHINOPSIS DECAISNEANUS.
sub-columnar when old, light glaucous
green, with about fourteen compressed outs: tibet .areole |
crowded, with white tomentum ; spines short, greyish ;
опез тегу small. л. біп. to 15in, Native I
Shorter, green, and free from the long, coarse, ash-coloured
AN ENCYCLOPZEDIA
ә
—
OF HORTICULTURE.
508
* Echinopsis—continued. aa
ess which distinguishes the original species. Native
н» unknown. (B. 1831, under name of Echinocactus
Eyriesii glaucus.
E. formosa (beautiful. Stem sub-globular or elongated, pale
green. Ribs obtuse, vertical, rounded, about sixteen in num тег;
areole distant, oval, greyish, rather woolly ; spines needle-like,
rigid ; two to four interior ones long, brown; eight to sixteen
exterior fawn-coloured or whitish. л. lft. Mendoza.
multiplex (multiplied).* jf. біп. to 8in. long, and almost as
much across when fully expanded ; tube long, clavate, thickly
clothed at the base with short tufts of dense white hairs, while
ihe rest of the tube is beset with longer and dark-coloured
ones; petals numerous ; outer ones narrow-lanceolate, gradually
X CM
Fig. 699.
TM me
ECHINOPSIS PENTLANDI SCHEERIL
Echinopsis—continued.
becoming shorter and broader, so that the innermost ones are
almost ovate and acuminate, all of a delicate rose-colour, d.
towards the apex; anthers yellow, rounded. Plant marked with
about thirteen deep furrows and as many ridges, which are
prominent, acute, somewhat sinuated at the keel, and there beset
with thickly downy oval areolæ ; spines ten to twelve, the central
one longer and stronger than the rest, especially in the upper
areole, where they are represented of a uniform deep tawny
colour, while those on the sides are more ге, r in size, and
variegated with dark brown and white, A. óin. South Brazil
(according to Pfeiffer) A very desirable plant, on account of the
delicacy and richness of colour of the petals. SYN. Cereus multi-
plex. (B. M. 3789.)
E. oxygonus (sharp-angled) fl. proceeding from the furrows
about the foot of the stem, nearly lft. long, reversed cone-shaped ;
tube somewhat curved, externally covered with bracts; the lower
are small red, increasing in size, and at last terminating in the
etals, which are broad, lance-shaped, and of a rose-colour.
Plant nearly of a globular form, of a bluish-green colour. Ribs
fourteen, rising from a broad base, running into an acute
edge ; the furrows are somewhat sharp spines, about fourteen, of
various sizes, the outer generally lar the inner smaller, all of
a brown colour, cone-like, not flat, the younger surrounded by a
tomentum which is more or less wanting in the older. Brazil
(B. R. 1711, under name of Echinocactus oxygonus.)
E. Pentlandi (Pentland's) fi. bright rose-carmine. Summer.
Plant globular or sub-globular, with twelve or thirteen (rarely
with a larger number) acute, spiral, notched ribs, rather
glaucous-green ; areolze more or less crowded, woolly, furnished
with generally nearly equal spines. Peru, 1843.
E. P. longispinus (long.spined) jl. crimson. Stem sub-
globular; spines very long, dark brown. See Fig. 698.
. Scheerii (Scheers) 7., pe ow below, t ri ;
са Stem ed кє сө on See See Fig. basen eum
ECHINOSPERMUM (from echinos,
and sperma, а seed; referring ;
Lappula and Rochelia. ORD. Boraginem. A genus con-
taining about fifty species of annual, biennial, or peren-
nial, hispid or pubescent herbs, very few of which are
in cultivation. Flowers blue or whitish, usually small,
racemose or spicate. Leaves alternate, often narrow. se
The species are most abundant in the à;
of the Northern hemisphere.
ү narrowed at base into long _
wing-margined petioles ; the upper sessile, from oblong.
lanceolate to ovate or cordate, passinginto small bracts. -
h. lft. California. Perennial. SYN. E. nervosum. _
It has bee;
localities in Еп;
E. tum ge- flowered,
margined)* ji. pale blue, My like; racemes ©
many-flowered. £ Талбай, k - Stems erect
Russia. Biennial. (R. G. 1119.)
Е. nervosum (nerved) A synonym of E. difusum
E. virginicum (Virginian). Jt, corolla
passing the calyx, e blue or whit
armed all over with short prickles.
round, ovate or cordate,
ont - ng-lanceo ate acuminate at
both de: pec Be — v
Stem 2ft. to ft. hi п
spreading branches.
SYN. Myosotis virginica. -
. BCHINOSTACHYS. A synonym of Pyenc-
stachys (which see. .— .
ECHIOGLOSSUM STRIATUM. Se
Cleisostoma Меш. i E
CHITES (from echis, a viper; ref g
Косе either - its deleterious quality or
its twining habit) Orp. Apocynacee. A genus
of about thirty-five species of handsome stove
evergreen twining shrubs, all natives of tropical
America. Flowers sub-corymbose; corolla sal.
ver-shaped, having a naked throat and tube,
with unequal segments; peduncles interpetiolar, -
many-flowered. Leaves opposite; interpetiolar .
cilia glandular. For culture, see Dipladenia. _
E. atr (dark-purple)* jl. dark chocolate- .
colour. Brazil 1814. (В. Б. 1845, 27.) __ е
[107]
ly.
a hedgehog, ^
to the prickly bur) SYNS.
504
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Echites—continued. . :
(River Francisco).
рег, l dark green. Brazil, 1845. (
A pretty, distinct variety.
- a may be cultivated е
wall or pillar. (B. M. 4
ov, noting, in
E. franciscea . Л. purplish-red, large ;
peduncles short, producing from six to ei «X с zen
E. f. sulphurea (sulphur.* fl. sulphur-coloured, with
tube y eme gm A eye; smaller than in the type.
It is a free-growing stove А
er in a pot, and supported by neat
rods or a wire trellis ; or О 7 ted out in а border, against а back
а red
peduncu-
ber, Pn
1. ovate-oblong, g
downy. h. 6ft. Brazil, 1831. (
tube, large, with a white or pale yello
umbels few-flowered. July. Ё ovate-
mucronate, 2}in. long. West Indies, &e., 1738. _
“this plant by Dioscorides).
shrubby or herbaceous, hardy or
hand glass, but they are
The herbaceous
above, downy, beneath.
E. umbellata (umbellate). fl., corolla silky villous inside the
w limb ànd green
with beautiful
c OPE. (В. M. 24 Indies, 1823. See
- i ~ ith a net-
which is bri with a
2 Kandi à nspicuously from ight red or МС and
d ie A very handsome plant. (E. d. S. 1122)
- splendens (splendid). A synonym of Dipladenia splendens
E. stellaris .* A, rose, dpi. :
hispid, ten to twe s ered "RS en —R нщ»
tube;
> cuspidately
ECHIUM (from Echion, the old Greek name given to
Vipers Bugloss. ORp.
Boraginee. A genus of about twenty species
South European and Oriental) of very handsome Tough,
Flowers in spiked or panicled racemes, recurved at top.
Leaves alternate. All the species of this large
are of very easy culture in good ordinary garden soil.
ttings of the shrubby sorts will root in
(chiefty
genus
more readily increased |
eultivation. About fifty forms have been de.
ed аз. p & careful study of the
genus would
Echium—continued.
recurved at the ends. l. forming a dense tuft, linear-lancedlate,
tapering at the base. h. біп. to 18in. Spain. Plant clothed with
an p bristly hairs. Hardy perennial (G. C. n. s.,
xv. 301.
E. candicans (whitish).* fl., corolla blue, pilose at top outside ;
gemi terminal, conical; spikelets pedunculate, simple. May.
. lanceolate, clothed with silky, silvery, canescent down. Stem
branched. А. 2ft. to 4ft. Madeira, 1777. Greenhouse biennial.
E. creticum (Cretan). fl., corolla reddish-violet, irregular;
spikelets simple, axillary, and terminal, many-flowered. July.
1. oblong-lanceolate, hispid. Stem herbaceous, diffuse, very
hispid, branched at the base. A. 6in. to 18in. South Europe,
1685. Hardy annual. (B. M. 1934.)
E. fastuosum (proud)* fl., corolla deep blue, campanulate ;
paniele thyrsoid, ovate, large, dense; spikelets pedunculate,
simple. April to August. l. oblong-lanceolate, acuminated,
veiny, beset with soft white hairs, ciliated. Stem branched,
rather villous above. h. 2it. to 4ft. Canary Islands, 1779. Green-
house evergreen. (R. H. 1876, 10.)
E. vulgare (common). fl., corolla fine purple in bud, afterwards
violet-blue, downy outside ; racemes terminal, spike-formed, long ;
spikelets spreading, simple. Stem usually simple, tubercled.
h. 2ft. to 4ft. Europe (Britain). Biennial. (Sy. En. B. 1095.) -
ECLOPES. Included under Relhania (which see).
EDELWEISS. See Leontopodium alpinum.
EDENTATE. Without teeth. © `
EDGEWORTHIA (named in honour of M. P. Edge-
worth, of the East India Co.’s service, and a botanist).
ORD. Thymelacec. Ornamental greenhouse evergreen
shrubs, closely allied to Daphne. The only other species
besides that here described is a native of East Indies.—
They grow best in & compost of two parts sandy loam
and one part turfy peat. Good drainage, and a liberal
supply of water in summer, are essential in the culture
of these plants. Increased by cuttings, inserted in sandy
soil, under a bell glass, in spring.
hrysan SES SER. к і : f
E antaa eieae i e 1. danced
late, stalked, dull en, pilose on the ribs beneath. A, lit.
China and Japan, 1845. (B. R. 1847, 48.) N
EDGING. This term is applied to dwarf plants, turf,
or material of any description, used in gardens for dividing
beds, borders, &c., from the walks. It also refers to an
outside line of short plants in an arrangement with others
of a taller-growing character. Turf verges are only to
be recommended for flower gardens or pleasure grounds,
where they should be wide enough to admit of mowing
with the machine each time the lawns are cut. In a
kitchen garden, they would necessitate too much work
in keeping in order, as, besides mowing the verge, the
Edge on each side of it would require to be frequently
clipped. Box Edging is largely used for walks, and looks
well if the whole length grows evenly. It has, however,
the disadvantage of harbouring slugs, &c., and also of being
liable to destruction in patches by severe frosts. Thick
corrugated tiles, placed lengthways in a vertical position,
г common bricks, used similarly, but set on an angle -
towards the walk, form a clean and permanent Edging, ©
when properly laid, for kitchen gardens. These latter are
also uninjured by salt or acids, used in many places for
killing weeds in the gravel. In preparing the |
for an Edging of any description for walks, it should first
be firmly and evenly trod its full length, and also
raked. The proper levels should be mark
pegs, driven in the ground about 10ft.
pegs are placed straight, and а lin
touch their tops, the necessity
soil in any part of it may be
possible to cut out, plant, or fi
the ground is not previously car )
EDGING-IRON. # crescent-shaped tool, made of
steel, ста socket for the insertion of а straight wooden
handle. It is most useful for cutting turf verges by the
Sides of walks, flower-beds, &c., as, being well under the
guidance of the hand, ft may be employed with equal
facility either in a curved or straight line. Ў
EDRAIANTHUS. See Wahlenbergia
AN ENCYCLOPADIA —
505
EGG-BEARING GOURD. See Cucurbita Pepo
ovifera and Vegetable Marrow. |
EGG PLANT. See Aubergine.
of much discussion, both as to its exact meaning, and
as.to the shrub to which it belongs." The Eglantine of
Gerard, Parkinson, and some of the other old writers, is,
no doubt, Rosa rubiginosa, our common Sweetbriar. The
“twisted Eglantine” of Milton is “supposed to have
meant the Woodbine (Lonicera Periclymenum), which is
‘still known as Eglantine in North-east Yorkshire" (Prior).
YPTIAN
. Nelumbium speciosum.
EGYPTIAN LOTUS. See Nymphea Lotus.
EHRETIA (named after G. D. Ehret, an artist and
botanist, born in Germany 1708, died in England 1770).
TRIBE Ehretiee of Овр. Boraginem. Handsome stove or
greenhouse evergreen trees or shrubs. Flowers usually
White, small, in eorymbose cymes or terminal panieles ;
small, deeply five-parted; corolla salver-shaped,
with a five-parted limb. Leaves petiolate, alternate, oppo-
‚ от three in а whorl, entire or serrated. They thrive
in a compost of loam and peat. Cuttings will root in
d; panicles terminal, sot com ў . 4. oblong-
West тнк, ее еб нафа Sons T asi
EHREETIEZE. A tribe of the order Boraginee.
EICHHORNIA (named in honour of J. A. Е. Eich-
horn, an eminent Prussian). ORD. Pontederiacem. In-
teresting and beautiful stove aquatics, natives of South
America and tropical Africa. They may be placed in
large pots, filled with rather coarse rich soil, . which
liin. long,
| ABE SL
acute-stalked ; stalk much thickened at
(B. M. 2932, under name of
‘Stems often severa
‘alow witi the n
5020,
EKEBERGIA (named in honour of Charles Gustavus
eberg, captain of a Swedish East Indiaman, who took
ШИ ы io China for the purposes of making inquirica
natural history). ORD. Мейасет. A genus of about
Species of fine greenhouse evergreen trees, from
and Southern Africa. For culture, see
EGLANTINE. “А name that has been the subject
BEAN OF PYTHAGORAS. Se
Е
OF HORTICULTURE.
Ekebergia —ontinued. - iiu
E. вар И: ite. ^ а i
four or fe а a elliptical" pi ees к
Cape of Good Hope, 1789. A large tree. 2
ELIEAGNACEZE. A small order of trees or
more or less covered with minute silvery or brown
seales. Flowers white or yellow, regular, one or two-
sexual, axillary, fascicled ог cymose. Leaves alternate or
opposite, exstipulate, entire. The order is represented in
Britain by Hippophüe rhamnoides, the Sea Buckthorn, a
врїпу shrub, thriving well near the sea. There are three
genera, Eleagnus, Hippophüe and Shepherdia, and about
twenty species. à
ELJEAGNUS (from Elaios, the Olive; and Agnos, the
Vitex Agnus-castus; the Eleagnos of Theophrastus is the
Willow). Oleaster,or Wild Olive. ORD. Eleagnacee. Very
ornamental, deciduous or evergreen shrubs or small trees.
Flowers axillary, clustered or solitary; perianth campanu-
late or salver-shaped. Leaves simple, alternate. They
grow freely in any ordinary soil that is tolerably dry, and
may be readily increased by seeds, layers or cuttings.
E. argentea (silvery). jl. yellow, aggregate, nodding, axillary. —
July. us rs T. roundish-ovate, covered with silver scales,
ribbed, wing oval-oblon r j
rather acute, КОШ on both
surfaces, and covered with Ыбу scales, A. 8ft. to 1216. North
America, 1813. (W. D. B. ii. 161.) е
E. crispa (curled). А synonym of E. longipes. ` З
E. glabra (glabrous) Л. whitish, sub-solitary in the axils of the
leaves. Autumn. 4. ovate-oblong, acuminate, evergreen ; adult
ones green above, clothed below with rusty-coloured scales. А.
Sft. to6ft. Japan. There are very pretty variegated forms of this
ING BRANCH OF EL£AGNUS HORTENSIS-
| ANGUSTIFOLIA. ТЕ
506
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Eleagnus-—continued.
hortensis (garden).* ellow within, scaly without, solitary.
or three or four [чел oP thy May. l. lanceolate, hoary
all over with stellate hairs, дїп. to 3in. long. Branches brown
and smooth, more or less spiny. A. 15%. to 20ft. Orient,
naturalised in South Europe,1633. A handsome deciduous tree.
(S. F. G. 152.)
E. h. angustifolia (narrow-leaved) only differs from the type
in its narrower leaves, See Fig. 701. (B. В. 1156.)
E. longipes (long-stalked).* fr. orange, studded with small ferru-
pum scales, Г Эрл е] ^ nt, and produced in clusters.
green above, silvery-white beneath. Л. 5%. Japan, 1873. A
very desirable spreading ev n shrub, with deep reddish-
brown twigs. SYN. E. crispa. (G. C. 1873, 1014.)
macrophylla (large-leaved).* greenish-yellow, clustered.
Autumn. [, roundish ovate, large, [4-94 pam above, covered
aig with bright silvery scales. л. 6ft.- Japan. An unarmed
ush.
E. pungens (stinging).* jl. yellowish, one or two together. 1. ob-
long, entire, on ar A Кыз тееп above, silvery beneath.
6ft. Japan. A spiny shrub. re are very handsome varie-
gated forms of this species.
ELAEIS (from Elaia, the Olive ; oil expressed from
the fruit as from olives). Oil Palm. Op. Palmee. А
very small genus of stove palms. Fruit bright red, in
large, somewhat obovate heads. Leaves pinnatisect, with
strong prickly stalks. They form excellent decorative
a plants when in a young state, and thrive well in a rich
» . . Sandy soil. Increased by seeds.
guineensis (Guinea) Stem erect, 20%. to 50%. high, termi-
nated by a fine crown of pinnate dark leaves, of about 15ft.
in length. Guinea, 1730.
z This species yields the celebrated
palm oil of commerce. (G. C. n. 8., vii. 373.)
Very
handsome stove or greenhouse evergreen trees or shrubs.
or rarely opposite, entire or serrate. They thrive well
in a mixture of loam and peat. I i
made of the ripened shoots, with leaves intact, and placed
LE sandy soil, in bottom heat; or by seeds, sown in a
hotbed. :
. EK. cyaneus (blue). fl. white; id
шу. e aperto globose, blue, "Lr eph а
OA i Green-
Jl., racemes few, two, four, or
the terminal clusters
petioles." Summer.
the petiole, broad-L
и clustered at е — the b
obtuse ; margin entire, or y more or less -serrated
sinuated. л. 7ft. Java, 1852. e е; а ' handsome peni
SYN. Monocera grandiflora. (B. M. 4680.)
E. serratus (serrate). fl. white, but urplish before А
Sweet-scented ; racemes axillary or lateral opin, Mirch Т,
pe globose. 5 in the axils of the
; acuminated. h. 50ft.
ELZEODENDRON (from Elaia, an Olive, and dend,
tree; the fruit is like that of an Olive, and the wom
oily). Olive-wood. ORD. Celastrinea. This genus,
embraces about thirty species of ornamental stove
house trees or shrubs, is represented in all
1 countries; the majority, however, grow in Africa,
a. Flowers small, in axillary fascicles. Leaves
fork.
ts lan
like, opposite. For culture, see Elmo- | Е, Caravata (Caravata). A. bright yellow, with a short, purplish,
Eleodendron—continued.
sides somewhat unequal, coriaceous, distantly spinuloso-serrulate,
slightly revolute in the edges, dark green above, paler below, and
often becoming rusty. Branches spreading, pendulous. Л. 18ft.
Cape of Good Hope, 1828. A handsome greenhouse decorative
plant, when Jaden with its showy yellow fruits. (B. M. 3035.)
E. glaucum (milky-green). /. greenish-yellow, small; panicles
axillary ; cymes loose, nearly the length of the leaves. 4. acute,
or acuminate, crenate or nearly entire, membranous or sub-
coriaceous. h.6ft. India, &c., 1824. Stove evergreen.
E. xylocarpum (woody-fruited). Л. greenish-yellow: cymes
dichotomous, one-half shorter than the leaves. /. obovate-oblong,
entire or somewhat scalloped, glaucous, on very short petioles.
h. 4ft. Island of St. Thomas, 1816. Stove evergreen:
ELAPHOGLOSSUM. Includer under Acrostichwm.
ELATA. A synonym of Phonix.
ELDER. The popular name of Sambucus.
ELECAMPANE. See Inula Helenium.
ELECTRA. A synonym of Schismus.
ELEMI. The name of certain stimulant gum resins, _
derived from various plants.
ELEPHANT APPLE. See Feronia Elephan-
tum.
a
é
ELEPHANT’S FOOT. See Testudinaria ele-
ELEPHANTUSIA. A synonym of Phytelephas.
ELETTARIA (Elettari is the native name of the
plant in Malabar). ORD. Scitaminee. A genus of stove _.
plants, having much the appearance of Amomum, natives
of the tropical parts of India. There are only two
species, and, aecording to some authorities, these are
but varieties of one. E. Cardamomum yields the Carda-
moms of commerce. For culture, see Maranta.
Е. Cardamomum (Cardamom). fl. pale greenish-white, alter-
nate, short-stalked, in short racemes from the axils of the large
bracts of the long-jointed flexuous flower-stems ; calyx tubular,
three-toothed, finely striated ; corolla tube as long as the calyx ;
limb double, exterior portan of three oblong, concave, nearly
equal divisions ; inner lip obovate, longer than the exterior divi-
sion, curled at the margins; apex three-lobed, marked in the
centre with рече stripes. l. lanceolate, acuminate, sub-
sessile, entire, lft. to 2ft. long. Stem erect, jointed, enveloped in
the sheaths of the leaves. Л. 6ft. to 9ft. Hilly parts of Travan-
core and Malabar. (B. M. PI. 267.)
ELEUSINE (mythological; from Eleusis, where was
а celebrated temple of Ceres [Demeter]. ORD. Graminec.
A genus of chiefly uninteresting grasses, all natives of the
warmer parts of the globe. The LaL. pape.
in the open air during summer, in a light soil. Propaga
by seeds. E. barcinonensis has a fascicled spicate inflores-
cence, and E. oligostachya is pretty for winter bouquets.
, A. (named in honour of Princess Elise, sister
ELISENA
of Napoleon). ORD. Amaryllidee. A small genus (three
species are described, and these only appear to differ —
eenhouse
slightly from each other) of ornamental gr
bulbous plants. For culture, see is.
E. longipetala (long-petalled).* fl. white ; divisions of the limb
rotate, ied ey - ) е Чйшгей the point x point тостой;
corona 11i eep ; - ix- ch.
kon MAE 185). (В M. S15 C ee T re
ELLEANTHUS (from eilo, I shut in, and antho.
flower; in reference to the flower being closed |
Бум. Evelyna. ORD. Orchidem. A genus of pretty st
terrestrial orchids. About fifty species have been
seribed, but few have been in cultivation. All are natives
of tropical America. They are of easy m an
ordinary orchid house, requiring a compost of loam and
peat. АНОРА
ori isted ry; spike , very compact,
: formed o Кыды чы erecto-patent, purple, Ж а асашмде,
ricated, striated bracts, longer than the flowers: о
b y acute, nearly erect sepals ; н
the oblong, obtuse, nearly erect
cu eset стем. Б Пілар, са
very long, and grad
1%. high, eed. оС.
ad
AN ENCYCLOPADIA
внат ges
OF HORTICULTURE. 507
Elleanthus— continued.
terete, hispid, as is all the foliage, and, more or less, the bracts
and sepals. Guiana, 1858. SYN. Evelyna Caravata (under which
name it is figured in B. M. 5141).
E. kermesina (carmine). bright carmine. January. h. 6in.
Mariquita, Tas. hore
E. xanthocomus (yellow-haired) Л. yellow, in erect racemes.
May. J. lanceolate, acuminate, vaginate. А. lft. Peru, 1872.
Erect. (B. M. 6016.)
_ ELLIOTTIA (named in honour of Stephen Elliot,
an American botanist, who died in 1830). Syn. Tri-
| metaleia. ORD. Ericacev. А genus of three species of
. very pretty half-hardy evergreen shrubs, two of which
. аге Japanese (these are probably not at present in
. cultivation), and the third North American. Тһе one
. mentioned below does well in a warm situation, in a
- peaty soil. Propagated by cuttings.
__E. racemosa (racemose). white, in conspicuous terminal
racemes or panicles, resembling those of Andromeda. August.
1. alternate, entire. A. 4ft. to 10%. Georgia.
‘Fig. 702. ELLIPTIC AND EMARGINATE LEAF.
C. Formed like an ellipse; an oval figure.
— Fig. 702 shows an Elliptic and Emarginate Leaf.
ELLOBOCARPUS OLERACEUS. А synonym
of Ceratopteris thalictroides.
_ gardener.
. Down about 1836, and into England in 1841.
It was introduced from Ameriea to County
Very soon,
it filled a number of canals and rivers with its dense,
. matted growths to such an extent as seriously to impede
navigation. No inconvenience of this kind is complained
of in its native country. In many places now (fish ponds,
ornamental waters, &е.), where at one time it was so
abundant, it seems to have almost disappeared, perhaps
owing to the exhaustion in the soil of the specific nutri-
ment on which the plant feeds.
ELONGATED. Lengthened out.
ELYMUS (from elwmos, the old Greek name for a
‘Similar grass, used by Hippocrates). Bunch Grass. ORD.
пев. A genus of about twenty species of tall
perennial grasses, represented in Britain by the Lyme
Grass, E. arenarius, a sea-side plant, useful for fixing,
by means of its long creeping rhizomes, the moving sand.
АП are natives of North temperate regions, Е. con-
densatus is described as a vigorous perennial grass, from
British Columbia, forming a dense, compact, column-like
growth, more than 8ft. in height, covered from the base
. almost to the top with long arching leaves, and crowned
іп the flowering season with numerous erect, rigid spikes,
each 6jin. long, and resembling an elongated ear of
Wheat in form.
EMARGINATE. Having a small notch at the end
or tip, as if a piece had been taken out. See Fig. 702.
. EMBELIA (Ceylonese name of one of the species).
. ORD. Myrsimem. А genus of mostly stove climbing
_ Shrubs, or small trees? Flowers white or greenish-yellow,
. small polygamous, mostly diw@cious. Fruit small, globose,
one (rarely two) seeded. Leaves entire or toothed; pe-
tioles often margined or glandular. Embelias thrive in
' compost of peat and loam. Propagated by cuttings,
made of half-ripened shoots, and placed in sandy soil,
Under a bell glass, in heat. There are about sixty
Embelia—continued.
species; but E, robusta is probably the only one in
cultivation. f
E. robusta (robust) 1. obovate-oblong, elliptic, or obova shortly
acuminate, undulate or ODE MED EIE, rusty-pui t,
or rarely glabrous beneath, reticulated. Branches glabrous.
ћ. 204. India. A large rambling shrub.
EMBOSSED. Projecting in the centre, like the boss,
or umbo, of a round shield or target.
EMBOTHRIUM (from en, in, and bothrion, a little
pit; referring to the pollen-cases, or anthers), Овр.
Proteacee. A genus of four species of very ornamental
evergreen shrubs. All are natives of the Andes, or
extra-tropical South America. They require protection
throughout the winter, in cold, northerly situations. In
the southern counties of England, the one here described
is quite hardy. 1% thrives best in а compost of sandy
peat; and may be readily increased by cuttings, inserted
in peaty soil, under a hand glass.
E. coccineum ^ dt. - ; ре oe
Hanh tubular, with a sub'giobos е esky Des es
sessile anthers оп the concave lobes. Summer. l simple, entire,
oblong. h. Sft. 1851. (B. M. 4856.)
EMBRACING. A leaf is said to Embrace a stem
when it clasps it round with its base.
EMBRYO. The rudimentary plant within the seed.
EMERGENT. Protrnded through the cortical layer.
EMMENANTHE (from emmenos, enduring, and an- -
thos, a flower; in reference to the persistent corolla).
Syn. Miltitzia. ORD. Hydrophyllacee. A genus of
dwarf annual herbs, containing five species, natives of
North-west America. Flowers yellow; corolla campanu-
late, marcescent, persistent. Leaves alternate. None of
the species are yet in general cultivation.
EMPETRACEZE. A natural order of Heath-like
evergreen shrubs. Flowers small, solitary or clustered,
axillary or terminal, regular, polygamous, bracteolate or —
not. Fruit fleshy. Leaves alternate, exstipulate. Тһе
distribution of the order is North temperate and Arctic
Ping Shil and Fuegia. There are only four species.
е order 1s represented in Britain by Empetrum nigrum,
the fruit of which is eaten in some countries, "The three
Heath-like shrub. |
i soil, under a handlight.
Е, nigrum (black).* fl. sessile; sepals -
Se concave: petals pink, re- "'
4 ; filaments very long; anthers.
red. May. Berries brownish-black,
globular, like those of the Juniper,
edible. J. linear-oblong. А. бір. to
12in. Distribution of the order. See
Fig. 705. (Sy. En. B. 1251.)
n. rubrum (red)* ЛД. brownish-
axillary, solitary, sessile. Г
ay. Drupe red. J. linear-oblong, |
with woolly margins. A. біп. to l2in.
Chili and Fuegia, 1855. (В. R. 1783.)
Fig. 703. FRUITING and pleuron, the pleura or mem
Бахси те. brane which envelops the lungs;
TRUM NI
508
Aper
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Empleurum—continued.
seeds attached to a sort of coriaceous membrane). ORD.
Rutacem. An ornamental greenhouse evergreen shrub.
For cultivation, see Diosma.
E. serrulatum (serrulate). Л. small, axillary, solitary, or in
pairs; peduncles short, bracteolate. June. l. alternate, linear-
oblong, smooth, covered with glandular dots beneath. A. 2ft. to
3ft. Cape of Good Hope, 1774.
ENCEPHALARTOS (from en, within, kephale, the
head, and artos, bread; the inner parts of the top of the
trunk are farinaceous) ORD. Cycadacew. Very hand-
some greenhouse or conservatory plants, allied to Cycas ;
natives of tropical or Southern Africa. Leaves pinnate,
thick, spiny, terminal. Trunk tall, cylindrical. Encepha-
lartos thrive best in a strong loamy soil, with some river
sand added. They are of very slow growth, unless kept
in a high temperature. During the growing season, water
should be copiously applied, both from water-pot and
syringe; but when not making new growth, which some-
times is the case for several years, little water will be
needed. Increased by seeds. Some of the species have
been used most effectively in sub-tropical gardening,
during the summer months.
L Altensteinii (Altenstein’s).* 1. pinnate, 2ft. to 6ft. in length;
pinne нне, about біп. long, lin. broad, dark ы
above, paler below; apex and edges with long sharp рше.
. petioles much swollen at the base. Trunk stout. Cape of Good
. Hope, 1835. See Fig. 704. (G.C. n. s., vi. 392.) —
E. Vromii (Vrom’s). Z. pinnate; pinne alternate below.
M e кы to айу. in number a each ps
rachis, oblong-lanceolate ; a spiny ; mar, with long spiny
teeth ; rachis marked with’ a prominent rounded ridge in the
ntre. South Africa, 1871. :
cda short-leaved). l. pinnate, spreading ; pinne
: in. wide, stiff; apex spiny, Sinak
| тем Trunk stout. South Africa.
rian). Caffer Bread. i. pinnate, 3ft. to 4ft. long,
ed аё the apex, with a v sit texture imis
r
FiG. 704. ENCEPHALARTOS ALTENSTEINIL. -
erectish ; apex
4ft. in circumference; |
Encephalartos—continuwed.
globose, 4in. to 6in. in circumference, woolly-tomentose. South
rica, 1879.
E. Ghellinckii (Ghellinck’s). Z. pinnate, erect, spreading out
from about the middle, 2ft. to 4ft. long ; pinnz linear-filiform,
densely tomentose. Trunk stout, furnished with woolly scales,
Plant spineless. South Africa, 1867. (I. H. 567.)
E. Hildebrandtii (Hildebrandt's) 1. pinnate ; pinnz numerous,
lower pairs diminishing into tritid scales jin. long, larger ones
lanceolate, with distinct marginal and stronger and more crowded
terminal teeth; petioles clothed at base with close cobwebby
hairs. Trunk cylindrical. Zanzibar, 1877. (R. H. 1880, 456.)
E. horridus (horrid).* Z. pinnate, 2%. to 6ft. long, erect, abruptly
reflexed at the top; pinnz about 4in. long, with а long, sharp
spine at the point. Trunk stout, short. Plant blue-green ; tex-
` ture harsh. South Africa, 1800. (G. C. 1865, 1151.) In the
variety trispinosus, the inferior margin of the pinnz is armed
with three spines.
E. lan osus (woolly). Z. pinnate, 3ft. to 6ft. long, erect,
recurved towards the apex; ріпп:е cordate-lanceolate, obtusely
ointed, thick, біп, long, liin. broad. Trunk 6ft. to 8ft. high,
ft. in circumference. South Africa. Plant dark heavy green
in colour, spineless. '
E. Lehmanni (Lehmann's) Z pinnate, 6ft. long; pi some-
what erect, біп. to 7in. long, Jin. wide, with a short brown spine
at the apex. Trunk 2ft. to 3ft. in circumference. South Africa.
Plant very glaucous. WIS
*
E. M‘Kenii QU Ken. 1. about 2ft. long,
pinnate; pi: smooth, narrowly-lanceolate,
somewhat distant, with a few teeth in their
E. plumosus (feathery).* 7. , pinnate ;
pinne armed with stout margin spines,
Trunk thick. South Africa, 1869.
E. Verschaffelti (Verschaffelt's) Z. pin-
nate; pinn:z in. long, linear-anceolate.
South Africa, 1875.
growing species.
E. villosus (hairy).* Z. pinnate, 3ft. to 6ít.
in length, tapering at the base and apex;
pinnz very numerous, spiny-toothed, біп. to
Sin. in length, lin. in breadth, terminating
in a sharp spine; petioles densely tomen-
tose. Trunk short, thick, woolly - scaly.
A.6ft. Natal, 1866. (B. M. 6654.)
E. v. ampliatus (enlarged).* /. elegantly
arching ; pinne lanceolate, the teeth more
numerous towards the tips; petiole thickly
clothed at base with woolly hairs. Trunk
cylindrical. 1874.
ENCHANTER’S NIGHT-
A stout and erect-
ENCYCLIA. A synonym of Poly-
stachya (which see). - ТОРУ
= ENDIVE (Cichorium Endivia). А
_ hardy annual, cultivated in this coun- _
try since the early part of the six- .
teenth century, for the use of its _
leaves as a salad before the flower- =-
stems appear. It is hardier than the _
majority of Lettuces, and in season —
more in the autumn: and winter; its cultivation in -
early summer is not generally followed by good ге:
in use when few other salading —
obtained, the cultivation sl
with a view to supplying
iod i
over as long a inw nter м T ;ossib.
somewhat strange that many amateurs and cottagers, who
| eonsider their garden 'erops incofnplete without a suc-
cession of Lettuces, should ‘omit altogether the cultiva-
tion of Endive when the latter is just as easily grown,
and may be sown or planted on land from which a
previous crop has been taken. The means of blanching,
also of protecting, might be accomplished in various
z those who took suficient interest in doing it,
AN ENCYCLOP/EDIA
OF HORTICULTURE. 509
Endive—continued.
. and the result would be an excellent supply of salad
in many places where now the existence of the means
of such supply is unknown.
Cultivation. Endive is seldom forced, and is unsuited
for early summer cultivation. If, however, it is required,
seed may be sown in a frame or a warm border, in April,
and successional sowings made each time the previous
one is well up. A first, of the Curled-leaved early sorts,
should, in all cases, be made not later than the beginning
or middle of July; another, of the Broad-leaved varieties,
early in August; and a third in the middle or at the
latter end of that month. In many gardens, Endive
runs prematurely to seed when sown earlier than the
dates mentioned; while in others, in cold districts,
it would be advisable to precede them in each case, in
order to have the plants fully grown before winter.
The Curled varieties, being close-growing, more tender,
and blanching quicker than those with broad leaves,
hould be selected for the first supply. The seed may
be sown either thinly in beds, and transplanted when
large enough; or in the open ground where the plants
are intended to remain. A border with a south or a
West aspect is best; and if a previous early crop, such
as Potatoes or Peas, has been removed from the soil,
it will generally be in good condition by merely levelling
own. Drills, 1ft. or 14ft. apart, may be drawn, and
the seed inserted thinly, and covered with a rake. The
young plants, when large enough to handle, should be
е out to about lft. apart, and wed blank spaces
m r ; i |
S uraged by wat if the weather is dry,
his will tend to prevent seeding. As soon as they
are nearly full grown, blanching may- be commenced,
and this will be. found practicable in many and various
ways. Tying-up is sometimes sufficient ; but, generally,
. inverted flower-pots, with the hole in the bottom stopped
up; boards, placed at right angles over the rows, and
covered with mats; frames with the glass darkened, or
y other similar means, may be adopted with equally good
results. The plants should, in no case, be covered except
when quite dry. The blanching process takes from ten
days to a fortnight, and, as Endive does not keep good
for any length of time in this condition, a small quantity
hould be covered at frequent intervals. It is of little use
unless thoroughly blanched. About the end of October,
full-sized plants should ‘be lifted and stored close
together in a frost-proof place, choosing a dry day for
he operation. Any spare frames or pits may be utilised
the purpose; sheds will also be suitable for those
intended to be used . if the latter are covered and
protected from frost. W sufficient plants are grown,
means are at command for their preservation in
winter, the season for Endive may be prolonged until
the appearance of early Lettuces, w ёр. 5
T not curled, being termed Broad-leaved Endives.
Endive- continued. 9
Seed-saving. Only such plants as are true to the
character of the variety should be kept for this purpose.
Seed is best obtained from selected plants, which should
be protected in winter by some means, and allowed to
grow the following season. The flower-heads should be
tied to stakes, and the seed gathered, dried, and stored,
as it ripens. It will keep good for several years, and
is preferred by some when rather old, as the plants are
considered not liable to seed again so quickly as if it
were newly-gathered.
Sorts. These may be separated into „two classes: one,
having narrow and much divided leaves, is called Curled
Endives (see Fig. 705); the other, with larger leaves,
. . FiG. 706. BROAD-LEAVED ENDIVE.
Fig.
706). both
Subjoined is a selection from the best
S.
.
э
BROAD-LEAVED BATAVIAN, а vigorons-growing variety, much cul.
tivated, requires tying up; FRENCH HMALL GREEN. CURLED,
CURLED, dark green, narrow and much divided; LARGE s
PICPUS CURLED, a compact, close-hearted variety; SMALL BA-
TAVIAN, broad leaves, the inner ones naturally forming a heart
WHITE BaTAVIAN, broad-leaved, an excellent variety for blanch-
ing. vit uda
ENDOCARP. The inner membrane
lining of a carpel. 7
when it is formed by successive additions to its centre.
ENDOGENS. See Monocotyledomns.
ENGINES, GARDEN. These are of two descrip-
tions, several forms of both being in use in gardens.
by the hand; the other is the in
from being constructed on two v
small, early, and very dwarf, blanches quickly ; ITALIAN GREEN
CURLED, hardy, ties up well; Moss CURLED, small, fi
SrAG'S HORN, curled variety, hardy, much 1
ENDIVE, WILD. See Chicory. _
ENDOGENOUS. A stem is said to be Endogenous
ENDOSPERM. The albumen of a =
is termed a Hand Engine, from its
handle fixed to either side. .
tinuous stream from the jet when Ы
| former kind are not erior to а good :
Barrow Engine is most useful. for syringing trees or
plants that require a force of water. Peach and other
fruit-trees, either in houses or on walls outside, may be
syringed frequently in the season of growth, excepting
when in flower, and kept clean much more effectually
by this than by any other method. This kind of Engine
is also most useful for washing the glass inside of fruit
and plant houses, аё any time. Тһе Barrow Engine is
composed of an oval jd cistern, made preferably of
wood, but sometimes of galvanised iron. It is invariably
broader each way at ће bottom than at the top. The lid
is generally perforated, and either movable or fixed in Е
two parts on hinges to the cross bridge that holds all —
the other parts їп position. The working arrangements
Ете. 705. CURLED-LEAVED ENDIVE.
inside ai - similar in principle to that of a force-
pump, ed oon of two upright cylinders, one con-
510 THE DICTIONARY
WEE 4
OF GARDENING,
Engines, Garden—continued.
taining a piston and rod, and the other connected to this
at the base for conducting the water, by means of a
nozzle that turns round as desired, to any place within
the reach of the force applied. The cylinder, with the
piston inside, is connected with the water in the cistern,
and has a valve at its base. Оп raising the piston by
the handle attached to the rod at the top, the water
passes into the cylinder, and the valve closes. By the
next downward pressure, the water opens another valve
and passes into the adjoining cylinder; and, as the
latter valve will not allow it to return, and the outlet
is frequently only a small hole, the water has to pass
through in proportion to the size and the force applied.
Many who have to use а Garden Engine almost daily in
summer, have an insufficient knowledge of its construc-
tion and mode of working, and the result is that the
leverage of the handle connected with the piston rod,
and the great pressure of water consequently obtained,
is unduly exercised, and the valves, or something else,
soon become either out of order or broken. А per-
forated grating or rose should be placed at the base
of the cylinder opening to receive the water, in order to
|... prevent anything getting inside. Should an obstruction be
. eaused, the use of the pump must be discontinued until
_ the evil has been removed. These detailed remarks on the
construction of the Garden Engine are given with a view
to its omi more generally understood and more care-
p, Ce (from enkuos, enlarged, and anthos,
a flower; flowers swollen. Овр. Ericacem. A genus of
five species of elegant greenhouse or hardy evergreen
or deciduous shrubs. Flowers white, scarlet, or rose,
large, terminal, drooping; corolla campanulate, with a
five-cleft limb. Leaves petiolate, coriaceous and per-
sistent, or membranaceous and deciduous, entire or
; serrulate. They thrive well in a compost of loam and
peat, in equal parts. . by cuttings, made of the
ripe w ‚ and inserted under a bell glass, during the
spring months, without | Met „= should be potted
eet
ap in od, in ас ue (elshaped е emi Nr EM ri e
June. 4 stalked, elliptie,
Hardy. SYN. ААО Us and rgutely-serrulate, Zin, long. Japan.
E. himalaicus (Himalaya, fin e
ae long, campanulate, х i. da, terminal, umbels i. with
streaks. June. Ё ovate-lanceolate, acumina
Sikkim, 1879. pem (В. М. 6460.) . MUS
us nese)* Ji. white, globose, nodding. | Feb.
] p - s membranaceous, d dying
ч orahge in ее) J; A slender hardy de- de-
five-flowered).*
mp e at the tips, egre. towered) „© rl he pase, qu -—
of the branches. February to tember. l. broad, o е
oblong-elliptic, acuminated. Stem s h. 5%. to Gh Dodo |
— 1812. Greenhouse. SYN. E. reticulatus. XB. M. M.149). 2
X. reticulatus (netted). A synonym of Е. guingueflorus.
ENSATE, or ENSIFORM. Quite Straight, with
the point acute, liké the blade of a Lour or the
. leaf of an Iris. |
ADAM, (the-Malabar name of one of the species).
Sxn. Adenopodia. ORD. Leguminosæ. A genus of stove
shrubs. Flowers white, sessile or shortly
stalked. hermaphrodite or polygamous, disposed in dense
spikes. Leaves bipinnate. Stems unarmed. There are
out ten species, of which the one given ben is the
For , see Mimosa. |
QPurseetha). A synonym of E. м.
(climbing) fl. about lyin. long, in long defin
ther solitary or in the u cs or forming & terminal
calyx very small, gn ty or minutely toothed ; petal.
rigi ng at length e
Mani + 1 a
Entada—continued.
Sin. to 4in. in breadth. А woody climber. This is the common
Sword Bean of the East and West Indies and tropical Pacific.
SYNs. Е. Pursetha and Mimosa scandens.
ENTELEA (from enteles, perfect;
tile. ORD. Tiliacee. An ornamental greenhouse ог
conservatory evergreen. It thrives well in a loamy soil,
with which a little sand may be advantageously mixed.
Increased by cuttings, inserted in sandy soil.
E. arborescens (tree-like). Л. white, in simple, lateral, or ter-
minal erect stalked cymes; involucels of many short bracts.
May. l. cordate, angular, doubly crenated, five-nerved, furnished
with small permanent stipules, stellately ‘downy. h.20ft. New
Zealand, 18). (B, M. 2480.)
ENTIRE. Having no kind of marginal division.
ENTRANCES. The approach, or Entrance, to a
mansion or any important glass structure in a garden,
should at all times receive considerable attention when
the designs are being prepared. In either case, it should
be kept in good order, even more particularly than
other parts of the garden or park. The position of a
mansion and the neighbouring town or place from which
the approach proceeds, must invariably form the main
conditions in determining the line the latter is to take. .
In some cases, where the mansion is surrounded by -
trees, excepting 2 broad open view from the front,
stamens all fer-
the Entrance is made at the side, and no sight of the
building obtained until it is nearly reached. This
applies mostly to those built on the side of a hill,
or having massive trees as а background. Many
others of noble proportions, built in a valley or on
ground lower than that which surrounds it, have an
Entrance through a broad avenue of trees planted at
right angles to the front of the building, and reaching
a considerable distance. Неге a perspective view of the
latter is obtained on first entering, that increases in
magnitude until the end is reached.
many interesting views as possible of scenery, specimen
trees, ornamental water, or other permanent subjects,
should be introduced along the route. The Entrance
being seen first and last by strange visitors to the man-
sion, should be made as attractive as possible, the im-
. pressions arising therefrom and afterwards communicated,
tending greatly to enhance the pleasure and interest in
the surroundings taken by the proprietor himself.. En-
trances to glass houses, such as conservatories, &e., should
receive equal attention outside, in keeping | and ti
as that practised in the interior. eC E
entrance to a mansion, if composed of gravel, should be
frequently swept and rolled. -
EOMECON (from eoos, Eastern, and Mekon, a Poppy;
so called because of its systematic position close to the
Борн and its native country in Eastern Asia). Овр.
æ. A monotypic genus. Тһе species is a
КЕТ half-hardy, perennial herb. It thrives in any
fairly good soil, and may be increased by division. _
E. chionantha (snowy-flowered). Л. terminal, 2in. in diameter, _
on slender pedicels ; sepals combined into a boat-ahaped I p
petals pure white, nearly orbicular, concave, вр:
yellow, numerous; scapes 1%. or more high,
paniero branched above. Spring. l. long-peti
in. to біп. long, broadly cordiform, concave, the | broadly
sinuated ; petioles 6in. to 8in. long. - China, 1885. (B. - M. 6811. )
EPACRIDEZ. An order of corollifloral, dicotyle-
donous, shrubby plants, almost confined to Australia, New
Zealand, and the Antarctic islands. | Flowers axillary or
terminal, either solitary and terminating peduncles more
or less covered with i , seale-like or leaf-like
braets, or in spikes or ‘racemes ; sepals usually finely
marked with parallel or diverging veins; corolla white
or of various shades of red, rarely blue, green, or yellowish.
Leaves alternate, or very rarely opposite, often crowded
| or imbricate, rigid, entire or scarcely denticulate, with
several longitudinal, simple or forked nerves, sometimes
| prominent underneath, sometimes very fine and numerous
or very poe Тһе order is divided into two sections,
In either case, as —-
Б.
AN ENCYCLOPADIA OF HORTICULTURE. 511
>
Epacrideze— continued.
Epacree and Stypheliem. There are about twenty-six
genera, and 320 species. Well-known genera are: Draco-
phyllum, Epacris, Leucopogon, and Styphelia.
EPACRIS (from epi, upon, and akros, the summit; in
reference to the species growing, in their native habitats,
_ on the tops of hills). Овр. Epacridee. A genus com-
= prising twenty-six species of ornamental, much-branched,
greenhouse shrubs, of which twenty-one are Australian,
_ four are from new Zealand, and one from New Caledonia.
_ Flowers axillary, usually disposed in leafy spikes; corolla
tubular; calyx coloured, many-bracteate. Leaves scat-
tered, petiolate or simple at the base. "These are among
the most useful of winter-flowering plants, either as decora-
tive subjects or for cut flowers. They are, as a rule,
more easily propagated and grown
ү, than Heaths, and the flowers last
ыз = longer in a cut state. The young
plants are obtained from cuttings in
a similar way to Ericas; but, as the
process takes a long time, it is advis-
able to purchase small plants from
nurserymen who propagate in large
quantities. The principal object
should be to obtain strong shoots, if
only a few, and get them thoroughly
ripened in autumn, to flower the fol-
lowing winter and spring. The erect-
growing varieties should be pruned
hard back after flowering, about
March, and kept rather close until
th commences. When the
i ed should be at once seen
to, using a compost of fibry peat, with
the addition of one-sixth of silver
sand. Efficient drainage must be
secured, and the new soil made firm
round the ball, which should not be
broken, nor the roots disturbed by
the process. Water should be with-
held from the roots for a few days,
light overhead syringings being suf-
ficient. As the plants progress, more
air and sun should be admitted, until
about the end of July, when they may
be plunged in ashes outside. Water-
ing should be carefully performed
at all times with Epacrises, as with
all plants of a similar nature. А
cool greenhouse, or other structure
where frost is excluded, is a suitable
position for them in winter. They
Fic. 707. FLOWERING will however, bear with impunity
ок EPACRIS more heat and moisture at this
: season than the majority of Ericas.
few of the varieties are of a natural pendent habit, and
these do not require severe pruning like the’ others, but
merely shortening back. The species of Epacris have pro-
duced a large quantity of beautiful garden forms that are,
Ш most cases, superior to the types from which they origi-
nated. All are most beautiful and useful, and may be
E" on for several years, if proper attention is bestowed.
^4. acuminata inate).* fl. few, nearly sessile in the upper-
. most axils ; RU aei vasa broad, ciliate, acute iba
nearly one and a-quarter lines long; corolla tube about
as as is calyx ; ates obtuse, shorter than the tube.
À nearly sessile, ovate, acute or tapering to a pungent point,
erect, coheave, Aud гема the stem at the base, spreading or
: ed towards the end. A. 2ft. to 3ft. Ап erect, bushy shrub.
SYN. E. mucronulata.
(large-flowered). A synonym of E. longiflora.
flattened).* ji. varying from white to different
on very short uncles; sepals more or less
bracts shorter broader than the
ciliolate ;
Sepals ; corolla tube varying from scarcely jin. to fully Jin. long,
Epacris—continued.
from almost campanulate to narrow-cylindrical, always with five
impressed cavities outside, alternating with the stamens imme-
diately above the ovary. March. J. sessile, from ovate-lanceo-
late to lanceolate-linear, tapering into a short and rigid or longer ·
and pungent point, narrowed, rounded, or almost cordate at
base; midribs and often lateral nerves prominent underneath.
h. 2ft. to 3ft. An erect, loosely-branched shrub, sometimes flower-
ing when біп. high. See Fig. 707. (В. М. 3407.) E.campanulata
(L. B. C. 1925), E. сетеЛота (B. M. 3243), E. nivalis (L. B. C. 1821),
E. ruscifolia, and E. variabilis (L. B. С. 1816), represent forms of
this species varying in colour of flower and size of leaves.
FIG. 708. FLOWERING BRANCH OF EPACRIS PURPURASCENS
or со
at the
rageling, usually pubescent. —
з. Е. grandiflora М. 982)
512 .
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Epacris—continued.
E. miniata (vermilion). А synonym of E. longiflora.
Е. mucronulata (mucronulate) А synonym of E. acuminata.
E. obtusifolia (obtuse-leaved). jl. white, axillary, usually form-
ing long, one-sided, leafy racemes, either almost sessile or on
uncles of above one line; corolla sometimes almost campanu-
e; tube shortly exceeding the calyx; lobes broad. l. oblong-
elliptical, obtuse, thick, few-nerved, slightly concave, narrowed
шоа short petiole. A. lft. to 3ft. An erect shrub. (L. B. C.
жн —— (Onosma- flowered) A synonym of E. purpu-
E. роде pulchella retty).* red or pink, disposed along the
branches on Ala shark fi ; calyx ents equalling the tube
of th E Tbe: concave, each ending in à
e corola. May.
spreading sS eger ч which is not so long as the base of the leaf.
h. lft. to 3i
(рог lish)* jl. white, or more or less tinged
of calyx acuminated, about equal in
ube of the corolla. January to March.
each in à recurved mucrone, which exceeds
x 2ft. to 3ft. 1803. SYN. E. onosmæfiora.
^ DT оондо form of this.
E.
with red;
eir cie to the tut 1. ovate-
m B. ©. LES
708. (G. C.n. E v.
pico. mper , corolla tube broad, as lo th lyx,
five (nga. Л. thickenings inside; sepals pecans, a eset
Ж or two Rs them rape e acute. L “almost sessile, erect or
,9 or o ve t
x piggy apa rigid, ел AAPAN: ry obtuse and thick. A. lft.
— "The following is a list of the best garden varieties:
_ ARDENTISSIMA, DENSIFLORA, DEVONIANA, ECLIPSE, EXONIENSIS,
—. EXQUISITE, FIREBALL, HYACINTHIFLORA, Н. ALBA, Н. CAN-
. DIDISSIMA, Н. ee ry H. FULGENS, IGNEA, KINGHORNI,
LADY ALICE PEEL, LADY PANMURE, LUCIFER, MINIATA SPLEN-
DENS, M. GRANDIFLORA, MODEL, Mont BLANC, Mrs. PYM,
RAMOSA, RUBRA SUPERBA, SUNSET, THE BRIDE, ‘VESTA, VESU-
YIUS, VISCOUNTESS HILL.
EPHEDRA (from Ephedra, the Greek name used by
Pliny for the Hippuris, or Horse Tail, which it resembles).
ORD. Gnetacee. Low-growing evergreen trailing shrubs.
The species (about thirty have been described) are natives
of South Europe, North Africa, temperate and sub-tropical
Asia, and extra-tropieal America. They have small scale-
_ like leaves, and numerous slender-jointed green branches.
"These curious little plants are rarely grown, but E. ne-
г brodensis is very showy when covered with its scarlet
berries. They are very suitable for rockwork, and require
oco mg Inereased by layering the young shoots or
ranches.
i; x distecikya (re ME А вупопуш of x nebrodensis.
E. mebrodensis N
duncles posite.
, бойыны, Europe, :
cylindrical wand-like :
Srtigulation with two small linear leaves. SYN. E. distach
ris (common)* fl. — catkins
йге сузл
E. nebrodensis. SYN. Pi OCDE E) n '
EPHIPPIUM (from ephippion, a saddle;
bellum is in the shape of a saddle). б;
under Cirrhopetalum.
EPICARP. The outside covering f
EPIDENDRUM (from epi. upon,
tree; epiphytal on trees). Including Phy
Orchidew. A large genus (about 300 species) of stove
and greenhouse orchids, comparatively "of which
_ ате worth cultivating, the great таа having small,
dingy-colonred flowers. Dr. Lindley says the ‘essential
less united by a fleshy base to the edge of a column,
which is hornless, and considerably elongated, but nol
id, and winged; in tne pollen masses being |
compressed; and, in the presence of a
“are «
same treatment as recommended for Cattleya
2 that less heat is needed. Growers
с Williams, have been more
Now тене. |
character of the genus resides in the lip being more or |
passage,
жар, at the base of the lip. Most of the -
, though some few succeed in pots,
[о> ems i
Epidendrum.-—continued.
of similar plants. The bulbs of many kinds are so nearly
alike that it is very difficult to tell what they are before
flowering. Sometimes they have to be grown several
years before this occurs; and then frequently only dingy
green flowers are produced, about the same colour as the
leaves. Some of these insignificant flowers are, how-
ever, very fragrant, and will perfume the whole house
in which they are grown. In the following enumeration,
the most beautiful and approved sorts only are included.
E. alatum majus (large-winged).* jl. pale yellow, disposed in
straggling panicles, and remaining nearly six weeks in beauty;
lip striped with purple. c July. Guatemala. Greenhouse.
SYN. E. calochilwm. | (B. M. 3898.)
E. aloifolium (Aloe-leaved). A synonym of E. лин.
E. atro (dark-purple)* ji, sepals and petals dark
rose or LI the apices greenish, incurved ; lip rose-coloured,
with а May, June.
rk blotch of crimson-purple in its centre,
h. біп. to 12in. Mexico, 1856. Th his species succeeds well either
in à shallow pan or on а block, with sphagnum. Greenhouse.
Syn. Е. macrochilum (B. M. . The variety roseum (F. d. S.
372) has the lip whollv of a dark 10se colour.
E. aurantiacum (golden)* fi. bright orange, produced from а
sheath at, the top of the bulb, five to ten in a cluster ; lip oran nge,
striped with crimson. . March to May. A. 1%. Guatemala, 1
A very handsome stove species. In habit and structure, it ap-
uU och байа Skinneri. (R. G. 138.)
а арра Л. ochre-coloured, with a deep
"n poesi es hite, ochre-coloured at the base. Mexico,
E. bicornutum (two-horned).* fi. pure white, with a dew gno 3 y
from the ofthe |
spots in the centre of the lip ; spike produced from
udo-bulbs, sometimes клы ve-flowered. Summer. -
ulbs stout, 1%. to 14ft. high, hollow in the centre, and
short leathery leaves near the apex, ‘Trinidad.
but handsome stove species is sometimes found diffieu
It has, however, succeeded upon н bare block of w
high ‘temperature, fully е to the sun, amd
bundance of atmospheric
included under Epíd.
cerium, and the corr А. lin. bi lo eene
epe in diameter, ong, man
ndo та гуи lain ай “petals "OR yellovist. brown ; lip
ered ane ES S base, with e X purple,
large, "T straw-colour vie evening. Cm Guatemala, 1867. ‘Gre eahowse.
(B. M. 5664.)
[M MM calochilum (beautiful-lipped). А synonym of Е, alatum
Л. cinnabar- cli
wget Set ттш" usters. —Ó
*
AN EN
Epidendrum—continued.
E. cinnabarinum (cinnabar-red). J 1. orange-red, ойр! at the
ton of a slender scape, 2in. across. у to July. А. 4%. Brazil,
1857. Stove. (В. К. 1842, 25.)
Е. omi n * Л. light yellow, spotted brown
inside, pure wh lip. white, shaded rose, deeply
divided; spike Dedi. s about lft. long. l. about 8in. long,
glossy, àcuminated. h. ДЬ. to 6ft. Guatemala, 1867. A stately
eenhouse plant, with ample drooping racemes. (B. M. 5656.)
Cooperianum (Cooper's). Л. brownish-yellow ; lip broad,
rosy-purple; racemes terminal, drooping. _ l. lanceolate, acute.
h. 2ft. to aft. Brazil, "Brazil, 1857. Stove. (B. M. 5654.
E. crassifolium (thick-leaved). A synonym of Е. ellipticum. +
E.criniferum (hairy-lipped). Л. yellowish-green, with cinnamon
blotches and bars; lip white, hairy. Costa Rica, 1871. Green-
house. (B. M M. 6094.)
.E. dichromum voient * Л. light rose-coloured, about
2in. in diameter, produced. in large panicles, 2ft. to att. high ;
lip three-lobed, rich crimson; pseudo-bulbs short and stout, sup-
porting two or three dark green leathery leaves, from 6in. to 12in.
. ormore in length. Pernambuco, 1865. Greenhouse. The variety
riatum is a very handsome one, having sepals and petals white,
th radiating deep purple lines.
.eburneum (ivory). fl., sepals and petals yellowish-green ; lip
very large, ivory-white, with yellow callosities ; raceme terminal,
four to six-flowered. J. alternate, large, deep green, A. 2ft.
— Panama, 1867. Greenhouse. (B. M. .)
E. еш Нота (elliptic). Л. rose-coloured. March to June. h. 2ft.
to 5%. Brazil. Greenhouse. SYN. E. crassifolium. (В. M. 3543.)
E. erubescens (blushing). fl. produced in large panicles; sepals
and petals of a delicate mauve colour, broad ; lip rather ‘darker,
yellow at the base. Mexico, 1837. This very desirable green-
house species is somewhat difficult to grow; but it has been
— found to thrive well on long blocks of wood, in a cool house.
E. evectum (extended).* fl., racemes loose, sub- cylindric, many-
flowered ; perianth pues. rose-purple ; sepals and. petals similar,
narrow-obovate, obtuse ; adnate to the column, rather longer
sepals, Smee tebe nearly to the base ; lobes all deeply
cut and fringed. J. sessile, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, emarginate,
coriaceous, plane ; sheaths rather short. Native coun un-
wn, but pro Kx M гуана? rt
d als brighter hag not f
ипле exico, 1835. Stoves aus e А remains
beauty for a considerable time, Sys. E. dipifolium. and Е. Par-
kinsonianum, (В. M. 3778.) |
Е. Frederici Guilielmi (Prince Frederick William’s).. i. f ырго
In large sepals an d petals dark ,
about lin. med lanceolate i үн e column and
disk pure white. Ld
i Fic. 710. SINGLE FLOWER OF EPIDENDRUM LINDLEYANUM.
Ц Lindieyanum (Lindley’s).* The correct name of the plant
in this work under its so RT -recognised name of
кес Таор": Stove. See
Ant rant, one or two together ; ут \
Fetish vette
pureum.
E. myrianthum (many-flowered).
in enormous panicles. Autumn.
lanceolate. Stems 5%. to 4ft. high. Guatemala? 1866
free-flowering species grows best in a cool house, (B. M. Бе)
E. nemorale (wood)* fl. about Sin. € freely produced on
large drooping — i sepals and ]
rosy-lilae, lanceolate ; lip буге лы with violet. July. Pseudo-
bulbs from šin. to біп. high, , two-leaved. Mexico, ак
splendid stove species, but somewhat difficult to
cessfully, the fault, in most instances, being in Корш too -— «E
Epidendrum—continued.
E. macrochilum (large-lipped). А synonym ak С ;
a bright es
Shout iear-blong о or:
soil about its roots, and in not exposing it to
(B. M. 4606, under name of E. verrucosum.)
E. n. majus (larger). fl. produced in panicles, sometimes 3ft. in
length ; sepals wet уз etals delicate rosy-maitve ;
centre, with three s
paniculatum (panicled).* , Л. pap or lilac- pen. "a
yellow at the tip of the c very
large terminal branched drooping panicle, upwards lft. Tit tong
reedy, 2ft.
of a delicate mauve or
ort red lines, bordered deep rose. Stove.
the full sun.
lip white in the
1. distichous, lanceolate-acuminate. Stems
high. New Grenada,
ing of all orchids. (B. M. 5731.
E. Parkinsonianum (Parkinson's). A synonym of Е. falcatum.
E. phoeniceum (purple).
mottled with green; D. clear ато б veined and
with crimson. Summer. А. 6in. to
some, large-flowered stove species, with branching panicles, 2ft.
Jl, sepals and petals
to 3ft. high. SYN. E. Grahami. (B.M. 5585.)
r with E Maie.
Greenhouse. See en eas
green ;
stake.
An extremely curious gl
(rooting). fl. E
* tor a considerable period,
Guatemala, 1836. A =
times reaching 10ft. é
SYN. Ё. rhiz j
ж. pseudepidendrum (false Epidendrum). -
minal, few-flowered ; perianth bright groen; ex
upper part of the column, which are o
portion) sub-orbicular, — or ema
recurved ; margin erose and obscurely
to the top of the stems, Чишш 6 j-i
riaceo: i
erum (frog
Ес ith le-b spots, abou
with purple-brown
E. pendulous racemes,
G poe "use.
with a
Posi lle bs. ovoid, К rem. Peru, 1867. Greenhouse. This is
one of the most
E.S i
thickly
spike.
1868. Greenhouse. One of the finest of
the paniculate wr NDA "t perhaps the most free-flower-
Cuba, 1840. А hand.
A oblong, acute. Mexico,
deep
ne of the most attractive species of the genus. -
E. eA
ч at tee yon 2in. to Sin. E. eading, oblong-lanceo-
9 ickly coriaceous, keel
late, acute, э nes t green, waxy secretion ; margins purple.
| singu lar species of the genus.
clothed on both surfaces
(Stamford’s). Л. bright yellow and green
ih crimson, numerous] y produced ona
org Guatemala, 1836. Greenhouse. (В. M. 4759.
(B. M. 6314.)
80
514 | E THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Epidendrum-continued.
syringothyrsis (Lilaclike)* Л. dark purple, with a
Е 5 orange and ъа ч гез li ква рет йе ра b
icles, seventy to кые distichous, about біп.
Ins, light green. Sie Dancer, about 3ft. high. Bolivia, 1866.
Stove. The specific name (iM. ei from its нна рде X to the
Lilac in form and colour. 6145.)
E. vitellinum ( 'olk-of-egg-coloured). fl. bright orange-scarlet,
about 2in. in diameter; lip bright yellow ; spike erect, ten
to fifteen-flowered. Summer. i. and pseudo- ulbs glaucous.
Мохе 14. d "NL aior eet. The. iet; Eo — is a ius
atmosphere. $ variety
form, with аана ee pwers, and c P sepals and
petals,
than the
RPIDERAIS Г The raant colourless membrane
which covers almost all parts of plants exposed to the
outward air, and is composed of one or more layers of
firmly coherent, usually empty, cells.
— EPIGZEA (from epi, upon, and gaia, the earth; in
reference to its trailing growth) Orp. Ericacem. A
genus of a couple of species of very elegant creeping,
tufted, hardy evergreen shrubs. E. repens thrives only
in peak soil and in shady situations. Increased by care-
ful divisions of well-established tufts. The second species,
E. asiatica, a Japanese plant, is not yet in cultivation.
p ping).* Ground Laurel; in
m e mei e E tinged with red, deu eo
nal racemes, exhaling a rich spicy fragrance. May. i.
. eordate-ovate, entire. Branches, petioles, and de of s amd
very hairy. Northern United States, 1736. (G. WLF. A. 37.)
детето. Included under Vaccinium (which
see
EPIGYNOUS. Growing upon the ovary. А term
_ applied when the outer whorls of the flower adhere to
the ovary.
EPILOBIUM (from epi, upon, and lobos, а pod;
flower seated as if ib were upon the top of the pod).
Willow-herb. ORD. Onagrariee. A genus of fifty species
of hardy perennial herbs or sub-shrubs, occurring in
all eold and temperate climates. Most of the species
are of botanieal interest only, but some are highly orna-
mental. Flowers axillary, solitary, or disposed in ter-
minal spikes, each flower furnished with a bract. Leaves
opposite, or irregularly scattered. They are of the easiest
possible culture, in ordinary garden soil. Increased by
divisions or seeds. Ав border plants, and for naturalisa-
tion in shrubberies and by watercourses, E. angustifolium
and E. hirsutwm are eminently well suited.
E. angustifolium (narrow-leaved).* French Willow, or Rose-bay.
Л. erimson, dispo: in spicate racemes, bracteate. July.
1. nearly sessile, lanceolate, undulated. Stems erect, nearly
simple. л. 3ft. to 6ft. Northern hemisphere (Britain) A very
handsome species, but, from the rapidit ra with which it spreads,
it should be wholly confined to shrubberies. See Fig. 712.
(Sy. En. B. iii. 495.)
um (very narrów-leaved).
rosmarinifolium.
E. denticulatum (denticulate).
somewhat lanceolate, denticula
A synonym of E.
. rose-coloured. Summer. l.
; lower ones opposite. Stems
suffruticose. h. біп. to 12іп. Peru.
E. Dodonsei (Dod Л. dee de е; cels connected
with the "I crowded йсат ) rar p ig nr dn July.
1. linear, obsoletely culated. goo е branched at the
apex. h. Mt. ores КЕТ SYN. E. "Haller? i
E. Halleri (Haller's). A synonym of E, Dodonci. |
M K 7& Kwi
E. hirsutum oere
pink, sometimes white,
ue аны, Kal ч а stem. to 5ft.
ova ео! п
i ole plant is downy, soft, and
Europe (Britain), rx ES per plani SUY: Ne us
A эшн rose-purple, largo.
nos long), = mostly leuger
eight ong ng), gl aucons, opaque.
&c., California. A very low- ‘growing
[сян species, AME moist, full ded m spot гос
E. rosmarinifoliam, (Rosemary-leaved).* Л. тей; pedicels con- con-
crowded near the tops of
y denticulated. Stems erect, rect, branched 4
T Europe, &c., 1775. SYN. E. angus a
LOPJEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
515
. EPIMEDIUM (from epi, upon, akin to, and Medion,
a plant, said to grow in Media; a name from Dioscorides,
retained by Linnseus). Barrenwort. Овр. Berberidec.
Ornamental hardy. eous perennials, with créeping
perennial trunks, a nual stems. Flowers various-
coloured. Leaves stalked, compound; leaflets awnedly-
serrated. They form admirable plants for rockwork, and
will thrive in a compost of fresh loam and peat, in
equal proportions. Propagated by divisions of the root,
which should be made during July or August.
~<a =
Fic. 714. EPIMEDIUM ALPINUM,
al * twelve to twenty in a lax
f an fame dark lui
a eee me panicle ;
— outer se ones ; petals yello
com lias entirely ofa MC AL spur. l. biternate ;
cordate-ovate, acumi , Serrated. А. біп. to Qin.
Central Europe (naturalised here and there in Britain) See Fig.
714. (Sy. En. B. 52.) à
Ba (red). A synonym of Е. rubrum.
4 in-leay -~ f. white, numerous, small;
s ying flowers in a simple, very lax
ril and May. l., petiole ЖУ
short,
(large-flt
close, six to ten-flowered ; :
Early spring and summer. 4. about lft. in
leaflets nine, cordate-ovate, 2in. to 3in. long, closely ci
tate. A. 10їп. to 15in. Japan, 1836. This fine species is the
handsomest of the genus. (B. R. 1906) E. violaceum (B. M.
3151) is a variety of the foregoing, from which it differs in being
dwarfer in habit, and in having smaller violet-coloured flowers,
— There are several other garden forms, more or less distinct,
E. Musschianum (Mussche's)* fl. dull white; peduncles few-
flowered ; racemes simple, close, short. May. l. biternate, about
6in. long; leaflets nine, cordate-ovate, 2in. to Jin. long. Japan,
. 1836. (B. M. 3745.)
Е. Perralderianum (Perraudiére's). jl, when expanded, bright
aede in. to din. in diameter; raceme simple, lax, about as
. long as the peduncle, twelve to twenty-flowered ; outer sepals
. minute, oblong, deciduous ; inner we, жи orbicular, much imbri-
, and spreading horizontally when fully expanded ; petals
With a bright yellow, toothed, erect lamina, and an incurved
brown spur, nearly as long as the lamina. l, leaflets
usually three, cordate-ovate, 2in. to 3in. long, bright green or
tinted with red-brown. Algeria, 1867. This species is closely
allied to E. pinnatum. (В. M. 6509.)
pinnatum (pinnate).*-
.
bright yellow ; raceme lax, simple,
-OV ves. Jaj
YN. rade чан Es
M
imedium—continued. RM
Epim about біп. in
6in. long, twelve to twenty-flowered; peduncles
length. ‘Summer. 4 radical, 1%. to lift. 1 ipinnate ; leaf-
lets stalked, ovate-acute, serrated. A Bin eap eripi ia, 1543.
A handsome strong-growing species. See Fig. 715. (B. M. 4456.) 2
Fig. 715. EPIMEDIUM PINNATUM, showing Habit and
detached Flower. IE
E. rubrum (red)* Л. when fully expanded, jin.
diameter, in a lax panicle, springing Rom the кей. the common
petiole, lin. or Zin. below its apex ; outer sepals
. soon deciduous ; inner sepals bright crimson, oblong-
very convex on the back, spreading horizontally when
is fully expanded ; petals pale yellow or tin:
small but distinct erect limb. l. varying from b
iriternate; leaflets sometimes as many as
country doubtful. 1854. This species entirel
pinum in habit, but is more robust, Syn. Ё
(B. M. 5671.)
EPIPACTIS (Epipaktis, a plant of Dioscor:
epipegnuo, to coagulate; referring to its effect
Helleborine. ORD. Orchidew. A genus of
very pretty hardy orchids, natives of Eur
Asia, except the extreme north. Flow
or white, rarely tinged with red, in £
perianth spreading; petals shorter than the sepals, but
otherwise similar; lip free from the column, thick and
concave at the base, the terminal portion broad and petal-
like, with two protuberances at the base. Stem leafy.
They are of easy culture in shady woods, in fri am.
mixed with chalk, and form excellent
ising in artificial bogs, or in moist
| by divisions. The two following —
genus in Britain. ;
E. latifolia (broad-leaved). fl.,
long, loose; lower bracts longer
1. orbieular, ovate or oblong, €
to 2ft. high. (Sy. En. B. 1
ustris (marsh) Л.
pal „tit ed with pk slightly :
drooping, few, formi spike. July. J. lanceolate,
tracing the shale ut Ift. high. (Sy. En. B. 1482.)
EPIPETALOUS. Growing on petals.
EPIPHI«EUM. The layer of bark immediately
below the epider
EPIPHORA. A synonym of Polystachya (which
see). : !
EPIPHYLLOUS. Growing upon a leaf.
EPIPHYLLUM (from epi, upon, and phyllon, a leaf ;
the flowers arise from the flat branches, which appear
like leaves). ORD. Cacteæ. A genus of three species
of very handsome, branched, slender, climbing stove suk
shrubs, all natives of Brazil Flowers solitary, usua
516 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Epiphyllum—continued.
large and showy; tube of corolla furnished with remote
unarmed scales, rising from the crenatures of the branches,
among sinall spines; limb of corolla deeply multifid.
Branches much compressed, twó-edged, thin, but fleshy,
ted, green, smooth. Epiphyllums are among
Coloured and beautiful of winter-flowering
! not very fast-growing, and are, in con-
'corating either large or small
se trailing or dependent
FiG. 716. EPIPREMNUM MIRABILE (see page 517).
Epiphyllum— continued.
habit, they show best when grafted on a small tree-like
stock. Although the species are few, the varieties are
somewhat numerous, and are nearly all richly coloured
and attractive.
PnoPrAGATION. This may be effected by short cuttings,
taken from the branches, inserted singly in small pots, and
placed in heat. The branches being unable to support
themselves in an upright position when ° growing, this
plan of cultivation is not much practised, except for use in
Epiphyllum—continued. sd
baskets or in other positions where they are intended to
hang down. For growing in pots, the general system
adopted for Epiphyllums is to graft them on stocks, that
may be first grown from cuttings to almost any desired
height. 'The plants used as stocks are Pereskia aculeata
and P. Bleo. These strike readily in sandy soil, at any
season, and should afterwards be potted and grown up-
right, until they reach the required height, which may
vary from 1%. to 5ft. Grafting is easily performed, as
it consists in merely pulling out a short branch just as
growth commences, in spring, afterwards opening the
stock either on the top or at any part of the side that
is sufficiently hard, inserting the back part of the branch,
and then passing one of the sharp spines from the
Pereskia stock right through, to hold all firmly. No
other covering need be applied if the plants are in a
^^^ moist, warm atmosphere. Р. Bleo, s stronger, and
С із, on that account, suitable for tà ecimens, while
P. aculeata is more common and is generally used for
dwarf or medium-sized standards. By grafting at short
distances up the stem, pyramid plants may be obtained
by a system of training, that have a fine effect when in
- Large pyramids have also been grown from
euttings for exhibition purposes.
CULTIVATION. Epiphyllums succeed in sandy loam,
with the addition of a little leaf soil and mortar rubbish.
Good drainage is necessary, and rather small pots, in
proportion to the size of head, will be sufficient. After
grafting, the plants should бе grown on in heat until
autumn, when they should be kept drier, and allowed
to rest. Start them again in February, and grow in a
light position, allowing plenty of air in the latter part
of the summer, to thoroughly ripen the growths. The
plants will have formed nice heads by this time, and
may be introduced to warmer quarters, for flowering, a
few at a time, so as to prolong the season. А tempe-
rature of 45deg. will be high enough in the autumn, and
only sufficient water to prevent shrivelling should be
applied. The flowers will open in a temperature of
60deg., and may then be removed to a cooler position.
After flowering, апу necessary repotting should be per-
formed, and the same routine again followed. When
established in tolerably large pots, it is often best- not,
. to disturb the roots, but apply a top-dressing of good
soil instead. Epiphyllums increase in size for several
M
years, if they can be kept in good health. They may
be used with fine effect to cover the back wall of a
stove.
A trellis, far enough fromethe wall to allow of
in сей for planting, might be fixed, and the.
id hidden by Selaginellas, or plants of:
For this purpose, plants struck from
The flowers are produced
Russellianum (
This is a form from - QW
sufficiently distinct for ho
There are two or more va
larger bright — flowers ;
having a white throat.
E. truncatum (truncate).* f. red or rose-coloured, hardly 3in.
long, oblique, rising from the truncate tops of the branches;
stamens white; corolla reflexed, ringent; tube very short.
Branchlets dichotomous, truncate at the apex. Joints of stem
compressed. 1818. (B. Н. 1866, 15. SYN. Cactus truncatus
(B. 696). There are several varieties of this fine plant, of
which the following is a selection: bicolor, white, edged with
rose; coccineum, rich deep scarlet; elegans, bright qu,
centre rich purple ; magnificum, flowers large, white, tips bright
rose-coloured ; roseum, bright тозе; Ruckerianum, vx d reddish-
purple, with a rich violet centre; salmoneum, reddish-salmon ;
spectabile, white, with purple margin ; violacewm, flowers large,
pure white, with delicate purple margin; violaceum superbum,
pure white, rich deep purple edge.
. EPIPHYTES. Plants growing upon the surface of
. Others without deriving any nutriment from them; as,
for example, many orchids and mosses. They are fre-
quently spoken of as Air Plants.
Е. melittifolia (Melittis-leave
trunk; in allusion to the species* rooting 1
trunks of trees) ORD. Aroidew (Aracee).
about eight species of climbing stove plants, from
Malayan Archipelago and the islands of the ifie. -
Spathe thick, boat-shaped; spadix included, thick, cy-
lindrieal, dense-flowered. Leaves ovate, ovate-cordate or
lanceolate, often large, entire or pinnatifid; petiole
sheathing at the base. For culture, see Monstera.
Е. mirabile (wonderful). Tonga Plant. This is an ‘ornamental —
climber, of rapid growth, with bold dark green pinnatisect leaves.
in the adult stage, and large inflorescences, resembling those of а —
Monstera. It is a very suitable plant for trailing up pillars,
trunks of palms, tree-ferns, &c., or the back wall of a stove ; and,
'. besides its ornamental character, it is specially interesting for the
manner in which the plant changes in à ce as it develops
from its juvenile state with small entire leaves to its adult
flowering stage with large pinnatisect leaves; as well as for its
medicinal qualities, which appear to have been long known to
the natives of the countries the plant inhabits” (N. E. Brown).
Fiji See page 516, Fig. 716, for which we are indebted to
Mr. Wm. Bull. Е
EPISCIA (from episkios, shaded; occurring, in their
native habitats, in shady places). Аз now understood,
this genus includes Alsobia, Centrosolenia, Cyrtodeira,
Nautilocalyx, Physodeira, and Skiophila. ORD. Gesne-
racer, Very beautiful stove herbaceous perenni&ls. About
thirty species have been described, all New World
plants, dispersed over Central America and the West
Indies.
. "
E. cu (coppery).* This is ihe gren MEM
desc x qune (roppe imenes cupreata. rae 3
E. c. viridifolia (zreen-leaved). This closely 1 à
iffering from it only in the much larger flowers, and
sence of the coppery Wat tothefoliage. NewG [
elegant plant. (B. М. 5195, undername of
(red-stalked). fl. f
leaves, on slender, single-flowered : ut In
eei © ach coloni чт ар le epots wih TEN
. corolla pale flesh-colo ith orange-purple spots within
ellow throat and tube; limb oblique, nearly flat; lobes or-
icular. 4. sub-radical, oblanceolate, cordate-acuminate, decur-
rent on the stout petiole, irregularly toothed, bright green above,
suffused with red beneath; midrib and petiole very stout, blood-red; -
nerves many, arching, very red. New Grenada, 1874. (B. M. 6219.
fulgida (shining).* fl., corolla bright and.
тей; tube hirsute, 1jin. long, cylindzies
in diameter, nearly equal; lobes
peduncles axillary, solitary, stout,
$
а , Sto:
to бір. 1 elliptic, or elliptic-ov;
aves ЛШ су reticulated on the
тееп, paler.along the midrib,
New eee iis (B. M. 6
crimson ; tube longer
than the calyx, curved.
baseabove; limb of five
peduncles few, rarely.
petioles, large, nearly
apex ; i é
rounded, spreading lobes;
d. April, May.
iptical, obtuse at be ge yr hag
margi arsely doubly crenate, dark green, SSY,
wrinkled Gore. with. sunk reticulated veins ; pale 'peneath.
h. lit. Dominica, 1855. (В. M. 4720.)
villosa (shaggy)*. ‘axillary, generally ternate and rhea o
- > кой, к» short, мыста Rowers H
calyx gibbous at the base, above eeply eut into five large, much
acumina j ; corolla sege villous poonam —
i t th above, curved, compr: , the mouth spread-
Арарат oa the lower side marked with purple rounded lobes. _
. L opposite, petioled, ovate, acute or acuminate
May and Запе villous with spreading hair, strongly reticu-
nerves prominent beneath, and then
lated aoe d thick, woolly, and villous. Branches erect,
usely —X thickly hairy and woolly. A. lft. to
pr ÀA nct and handsome species. (B. M. 4866,
name of Drymonia villosa.) Э
‘with an obtuse spur atthe =
1. upon long ——
518
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
EPISTEPHIUM (from epi, upon, and stephas, а
crown; at the base of the perianth there is a small
toothed calyeulus). ORD. Orchidee. А genus of half-a-
dozen species of beautiful stove terrestrial orchids, allied
to Sobralia, natives of Southern tropical America. Roots
fleshy, fibrous, underground. Perhaps the only one which
has been introduced is that here described. It thrives
in good fibrous loam and sand; perfect drainage and
copious supplies of water are essential elements in its
eulture. Propagated by division.
E. Willamsii (Williams's)* И. bright коер, large;
spike terminal, six to {. very dark, shining.
А. lt. Bahia, 1864.
*
t-flo
b. M. эше у
_ tudinal furrows, with a sheath at each joint, inclosing
the base of the next internode.. Some of the species of
- shady spots, and in similar
. - Inereased by division.
ae Aer Д — 3 Pe ned Miror. 58. M
х y-groov: i with whorls o
b-erect branches, Fertile stem stout, about 1ft. high,
t sheaths; teeth two-ribbed. Northern
Ж. sylvaticum (wood)* cones ovoid-oblon, ; obtuse. Stems
EXE er
ivided; s S lax ; tee ; teeth of branc
. sheaths three-ribbed to the top, Northern hemisphere (Britain),
А very pretty plant for pot culture in i
recognised by the el appearance
pound, recurved EN LI о.
E. Telmateia (Telmateia).
'ought together, and adhere
they inelose an opposite leaf, whose
y
of the whorls of com-
m of E. mazimum.
AGROS! IS (from eros, love, and
i ng to the pretty dancing
ORD. бтатіпет. A genus of about
or perennial grasses (of which two
grown from seeds, sown in the open, in spring. The best
: egyptiaca, capillaris, elegans, and megastachya.
NT (from eran, to Toy
а flower; referring to the beauty of the flow
Acanthacem. А genus containing about thi
handsome stove plants, of elegant and free-fio
ibit. They are found in the warmer regions
tion of a
the plants root and grow rapidly. As
cosmopolitan), found in all warm and temperate regions, - ы
Some make decidedly pretty garden plants; and art cil) F
little sand. If again placed ind
should be potted on, and |.
Eranthemum—continued.
in warm weather. This induces a stubby growth, which
favours free-flowering. A side shelf in the plant stove,
near the light, or a raised bed in the same structure, are
good positions for bringing Eranthemums into flower. The
plants may be cut back after blossoming, and kept some-
what dry for a time; they should then be potted into
larger sizes for another season. Some species are culti-
vated chiefly for their handsome variegated foliage, and
others for their floral beauty. E. atropurpureum is a
- fine species, with dark coloured foliage; and E. pulchellum
has beautiful blue flowers,
and early spring.
E. albo-mar: tum (white-margined).* Z. oblong-elliptic, 4in.
to біп. long, 2in. to 3in. broad, broadly margined with white, and
irregularly suffused with grey. Polynesia, 1880.
E. Andersoni (Anderson’s). Л. numerously disposed in long ter-
minal leafless cymulose spikes or panicles ; corolla with the two
upper and lateral lobes pure white, and the lower segments very
thickly dotted with crimson-lake and broadl margined with
white. November. 1. ovaté-oblong. India, 1868. (B. M. 5771.)
E. aspersum (sprinkled).* f. white, spotted with purple, pro-
duced freely in skert айу chucks : ewes larger lobe rich еер
purple. March, l. ovate-oblong, 2in. long, dark green, vein
at the margins. Solomon Isles, 1867. A handsome: slender-
growing species. (B. M. 5711.)
E. dark purple).* Z. and stems dark lurid
cinnabarinum (cinnabar)* f. reddish-pink, disposed in loose
panicles from opes of Qi == езу ажран
acuminate, deep green. Martaban, 1880. А
Е (К. G. 916.) There is a pretty
this, having crimson flowers with a white eye (B. M.
E. Cooperi (Cooper's). fl. white, handsomely spotted with lines of
small purple dots, axillary. June. l. 3in. long, 5in. wide, narrow-
lanceolate, dark green ; margins d "cut. New Caledonia,
864. A handsome sub-shrubby plant. (B. M. 5467.)
E. crenulatum grandiflorum (large-flowered scolloped),
Л. pinkish-lilac; racemes terminal, aggregated; corolla funnel.
shaped, with a very slender, almost filiform, white tube, dilated
at the throat; pedicels very short, small, approximate or remote;
subtended by one or two small bracts. l rather long-petioled
ovate, sometimes cordate at the base, or lanceolate, acuminate,
nniveined, gms quite entire at the marein. h. lft. to 2ft.
uit, 1864. A moderate-sized glabrous shrub.
E. eldorado (El Dorado) /. yellow, mottled and veined with
green. Polynesia, 1877. :
E. laxiflorum (loose-flowered) Л. рып, disposed in terminal
Donee l ovate-oblong, tapering at both ends. A. 2ft. to 4ft.
lynesia, 1877. (B. M. 6336.) * i
E. Moorei (Moore's) l with a dull green
gradually softens off to a bright canary-yellow.
and distinct. Polynesia.
TEM анн А
duced, April. l iol
жопе ШЕ e УЙ га A. 2ft.
of the genus for winter
that are produced in winter
of
R. ii. 88.)
ovate-lanceolate, green, with a
SYN. Е. Schomburgkii. (І. Н.
yk (Schomburgk’s). A synonym of E. reticulatum.
or (three-coloured). 1. opposite or ternate, oblong-ovate,
- olive-green, blotched irregularly with greyish-purple and salmony-
pink ; tints more or less varied. Polynesia, ne і T
E. tuberculatum (tuberculated).* jl. pure white, nearly liin.
across. J. dense, small, oval. New Caledonia, 1863. An el
aos branching freely into slender twigs, tuberculated. (B. M.
E. variabile (variable) 1. lanceolate, with an i
Sin. to 4in. long, lin. broad, variegated with
a yum with creamy M msc
nk. 1879. - nder-erowin; nt, varying
colour and habit. (L. &P. M. @ dit БУ :
ERANTHIS (from er, spring, a
flowers produced early } yea
ORD. Ranunculacee.
wering habit, are ех-
in shrubby or woody
adapted. Increased by
sessile ; sepals six to eigh
eight, very short, M
variety on or
centre, which
It is very curious d
DITTO E Е PII PULS
ME SL ee
етт
OF HORTICULTURE.
Eranthis— continued.
| January to March. Z. deepl divided olucre of three deeply-
: cut leaves. A. Sin. to 8in. чаш p 1596. See Fig. hi.
(Sy. En. B. 43.)
FiG. 717. ERANTHIS HYEMALIS.
E. sibiricus (Siberian).* jf. yellow ; m" five, oval, petal-like.
March and April. A. 3in. Siberia, 18
ERCILLA (said to be the native Peruvian name).
Orv. Phytolaccacem. А hardy evergreen creeper, with
stalked, alternate, entire, sub-coriaceous leaves, adhering
-to walls, &c., like Ivy.
*
Beton ere Chi, olo" Am ‘excellent plant ior таайа
walls. (G. C. n. Ss., ix., p. 653.)
EREMIA (from eremos, solitary; in reference to the
seeds being solitary in the cells). Овр. Ericacem. А
genus of about ten species. "Uf difrusely-branchod, Heath-
like, greenhouse e n shrubs, natives of South
Africa, For cultivation, see Erica.
E. Totta (Hottentot). Л. red, glomerate ; corolla urceolar, with a
ГА spreading, hispid from Bristles.
—- small four-lobed limb. June.
h. 2ft. 1810.
EREMOSTACEYS Rais eremos, deserted, and
stachys, a spike; alluding to the flowers growing in sparse
verticillate spikes).. ORD. Labiatw. Verv pre hardy
perennials. АП are natives of Western and Central Asia.
"Upper lip of corolla elongated, galeate, somewhat com-
pressed, attenuated at the base. Leaves pinnate or
pinnatifid.
soil, and may be increased by division or seed. There are
. about twenty- -seven species in this genus, but that given
"below is perhaps the only one in cultivation.
E. laciniata (cut-leaved). Л. yellow ; whorls ten to twenty-flowered,
-~ upper ones approximate. July. i. pinnatisect ; segments oblong-
lanceolate or linear, deeply pinnatifid ; radical ones бїп.
1 S ecl simple. А. lft. to lift. Levant, 1731.
©.
éremos, solitary, and owra, a tail ;
3). ORD. Liliacew. A genus
pretty, hardy herba-
extending from
1
oe Asiatic Russia to Ні 1
in an elongated raceme of
perianth segments narrow, spreading. L
linear. They are of easy culture, in moderately еза
garden soil. Increased by divisions.
| himalaicus (Himalayan)* jl. white, star-shaped ; scape Lift.
to 2ft. in height, bearing a densely packed raceme. l.. strap-
туч; acute, glabrous, entire, about 1ft. in length. Himalaya
(G. C. n. s., xvi. 49.)
“hg E eni (Korolkow's) is a rare and handsome species, from
- Central Asia, growing from 5%. to 4ft. high, and bearing immense
_ spikes of bright rose flowers.
E. Olgæ (Olga's). white, eter cipe, with projecting
stamens; P элү in ғ Le long dense raceme. Summer. l. tufted,
. linear, scabrous, recurved, " Turkestan, 1881. (R. G. 1048.)
_ Е. robustus (robust).* Л. peach-coloured, disposed іп an elongated
raceme on а naked scape, from 8ft. to Sit. in height. J. rosette-
formed, 4in. wide, апа from 21%. to 3ft. long. Turkestan, 1874.
(B. M. 6726 ; R. G. 769 .)
E Spectabilis (showy).* /. sulphur-coloured ; raceme elongated,
А Suboylindrical,. ча desi: à perianth divided to the very
base, with six ovate-elliptical, spreading, sulphur-coloured sepals,
They are of very easy culture in а light rich -
with a m Wb: stamens eight. Leaves oj
Eremurus —continued.
slightly tinged with orange ; anthers oblong, depre, June,
1. radical, linear-ligulate, ucous-green, ie ET
and obscurely keeled, sheathing at base.
аг
(B. M. 4870.
E. turkestanicus (Turkestan). fl. reddish зяб perianth eeg-
ments margined with white; stamens much e raceme
very long and dense, borne on a tall scape. l broad-linear,
acuminate. А. 4ft. Turkestan, 1881. (В. С. 997.
ERIA (from erion, wool; the leaves of some of the
species are downy). Syn. Pinalia. Including Porpaz (of
Lindley). ORD. Orchidee. А genus of about 120 species
of stove epiphytal orchids, natives of India, South China,
and the Malay Archipelago. They are allied to Stanhopea.
Flowers solitary or racemose, lateral or apparently ter- =
minal on the leafy stems or pseudo-bulbs; column short,
produced at the base in a foot. Leaves variable. Few of
the species are grown, being generally more curious than
pretty. For culture, see Stanhopea.
E. e. (club-stemmed). Л. white; lip bordered with pink.
India, 183'
RN Cecilie dag. Ж. bas rims small ; racemes >
dense, oblong, drooping, reste short КО; A i obl
lanceolate. Stems comp: To ly
India, Nepaul, 1839. (BH R. fist, 2.
E.extinctoria vo oat A а n E gin.
long; posterior sepal ovate, acute, white, or tinged with rose;
lateral sepals obliquely ovate, acute, equalling the posterior sepal,
produced below and adnate to the column, forming an ex-
tinguisher-like, obtuse or retuse, slightly curved, greenish-tipped
spur ; lateral petals oblong or oblanceolate, nearly equalling the
sepals, white or faint blush; labellum narrowed below into a
distinct claw, with three sub-prominent, longitudinal
ridges, more or less orange below, and on 1 3
versely blotched with rose-purple above. Мены.
remarkable leafless species. (В. М. 5910.) FaN
E. floribunda (bundle-flowered). Л. white, or ti
small, but very numerous, in pendulous nol
Bin. to 10in. ong. Summer. Z :
fleshy, rather flexuous, terete. ненна Borneo,
1844, 20.)
E. m; csformis (Nutmeg.bulbed) fl. white, medi
racemes erect, shorter than the leaves
sweet-scented ;
about as long: as the pedicel, oblong, acuminate, w
labellum forming a spur at its union with the p
the column, three-lobed ; disk bearing two oran;
September. 1. two, lanceolate-spathulate. - uf
gated, oblong, green; the old bulbs remain, and.
of the Кае ои of nutmogs (whence the specific n
1863.
E. obesa (íat). LE white, scarcely tinged with. :
much resembling those of Dendrobium: racemes aris
léafless pseudo-bulbs, Зіп. to 4in. long ;
three-lobed. February. 1. Dakar terminal.
oval, tapering at each end, 2in. to 3in. long
thickest part. Malayan Peninsula, 1863. ( oe
E. stellata (star-bearin, he 5 stellate, ina dong
curved raceme, 1%. to 1. ; perianth pe T yellow-
gan ; sepals and оа r-lanceolate, spreadi
ip ач three-lobed, hey ола with the column.
April. two, broadly-lanceolate, marked with five P. itudinal
ribs. he 2ft. Java (7), 1837. Avery desirable pin. dh
E. vestita (clothed) Л. reddish-brown, wii
medium size; racemes long, pen
lanceolate. ушал Archi
titwm. (B. M. 5807.)
ERIANTHUS (front e
flower; referring to the tuft
spikelet). Syn. Pipidium,
comprises about a doz
grasses, found in m
E. Ravenn:e (Ra
meom South. 0
soil; the flowering 1
to 6ift., but these are 0
is an excellent pla 1 D.
ERICA (Г Piny, is ated from. Breike ot i
Тъеорм н il . there is probably no ground for the ordinary e
derivation from erico, or ereiko, to break). Heath. Овр.
A very extensive genus (about 400 species) of
dy evergreen, branching, wiry shru
most part, of the Caj Good Hope.
nodding, axillary or terminal, fascieled o
two to three-bracteate ; corolla p
ЕтісасеФ.
greenhouse OF
natives, Ё
Flowers 1
racemose
520 THE DICTIONARY
OF GARDENING,
Erica—continued.
alternate or verticillate, rigid, small. Cape Ericas are
among the most beautiful of decorative cool-house plants.
А great diversity in colour and form of flower, marks
the genus as now represented in gardens. The type of |
form of corolla in a large number of species is shown
at Fig. 718. Probably no class of plants require more
Fic. 718. URCEOLATE COROLLA OF ERICA.
eareful attention for their successful eultivation, than
. do the majority of the species of the hardest-wooded
. Heaths. Many of these are not now in cultivation, |
. their places being filled by numerous kinds of hybrid
origin. Some of the softer-wooded kinds, such as caffra,
colorans, gracilis (with its variety autumnalis), hybrida,
5 hyemalis, melanth persoluta (var. alba), ventricosa
| minor and Wilmoreana, are grown in immense
tities to supply the ever-increasing demand for useful
orative plants such as these Heaths invariably make.
They flower principally in autumn and winter, although
the majority of the species blossom during spring and
early summer. Ericas, especially the harder-wooded sorts,
are liable to die suddenly from some often unknown cause,
though careless potting or watering very frequently proves
fatal to them.
Many of the hardy species are very attractive and
useful for culture in peaty soil, as an edging to other
shrubs, particularly the dwarf E. carnea, or even E. vagans.
e other taller-growing species are showy when planted —
in beds by themselves, or with a dwarf one as an edging. |
They division or layers, or by cuttings,
_ placed in sandy peat, under handlights, in autumn.
“ate
PROPAGATION. Heaths may be readil Кол
а method which is, hi : —Ó ее;
iow seldom resorted to except
the most commonly prac-
being that of cuttings.
of the twiggy ripened
plants. The soft-
‚ make new growth
. for the raising of new vari
tised means for their pror
"These are obtained fror
shoots about the lower p
peat with a layer of clean silver san
. covered with a bell glass, or placed
- light. After being once well wate
. ina temperature of about 60deg.
be rather frequently wiped dry
. ance of mould or damp on the cut
~ for, and immediately removed: Wh
air should be very gradually admitti
VATION. The soil used for potting Erieas, at any
ust be good fibrous peat, broken in small lumps, ©
у one-third of clean silver sand added. Thorough
times essential; and, to keep the compost
of a few pieces of crock, broken |
plants should never be allowed —
ially when young. Тһе roots —
The plants must never be allowed to become dry; and,
Erica—continued.
are seldom altogether inactive; and the best season for
repotting any that require it is as soon as new growth
commences in spring, or, with established late-flowering
sorts, early autumn. The balls should not be disturbed,
excepting what becomes absolutely necessary in removing
the crocks; and the new soil should be rammed as firmly
as the old, to prevent water passing more freely through
one part than another. It is also very important that
the ball should not be placed low enough to allow the
stem of the plant to be buried. This condition alone,
when neglected, is liable to cause the death of any number
of Ericas. Anything approaching a close atmosphere
must, at all times, be avoided, as this encourages the
development of mildew on the leaves. When the plants
are established in the summer months, a cold frame is
the best place, and too much light and air cannot be
given. Indeed, in dry open weather, the sashes are better
removed. With the hard-wooded sorts, care must be
taken to prevent water lodging amongst the leaves, or
damping will result. Тһе pots should be plunged in
summer, to prevent injury to the tender roots. Exposure
of established plants to sun and air, from the latter part
of July till the end of September, tends greatly to ripen
and solidify the growths, thus causing the greater pro-
duction of flowers. For wintering Ericas, a span-roofed
house, with plenty of light and available means of ven-
tilation, is most suitable. They dislike fire heat, and it
should never be applied, except to keep out frost, or
occasionally to expel damp. A temperature of 40deg.
in severe weather will be more suitable than one higher;
and when it is mild, plenty of air should be admitted.
Watering is a matter of great importance at all seasons,
‘perhaps more so than with any other class of plants. If~
possible, soft rain water
should always be used, or some
that has been exp
‚ %о sun and air in an open cistern.
on the other hand, too much water, especially with indi-
viduals in bad health, is equally injurious. They should
be examined each time, and watered according as experi-
ence alone can teach. The use of hard water, which
invariably contains lime, often proves destructive, and
should be avoided if possible. Where none but hard
water is available, it may be made more suitable for
Heaths by placing a bag of soot in the tank tub,
where it is kept. NUM
The best time for pruning is
season is over. The softer-
kinds should have all thei
ieir bases, and all
tips removed. In
nly be necessary to shorten a few
ones to induce а symmetrical habit.
slow-growing sorts rarely require pruning
Heaths are seldom subject to attacks from insect
ildew being the disease to which they are most
liable. This may be destroyed by dusting the affected —
part with flowers of sulphur, previously moistening the .
plant. It may be allowed to remain on the plant for
several days, and be then washed off with clean water,
taking care not to allow any sulphur to get in the soil.
In addition to the following enumeration, it may be
` stated that the number of hybrids and varieties now in
cultivation is very considerable, and limited space deters
us from describing more of them. Indoor treatment is
required except where otherwise stated. —
ire o tour tether; eor vine wit a cylindrica tue tin
F „W ntrico , with large en une
ps to К ben E ihres» whorl, ear, serrulated, ere
h. 2%. 1790. A slender
See Fig. 719. (В. M. 429.
species. SYN. E, Aitoniana.
| AUS (superb). Ап improved form of the type, with —
m кыре, sei P Raid compaot habit of growth. S uA T
da (turgid). И. in terminal umbels ; tubes swollen at —
E. A. | urg
PEDIA OF
HORTICULT
Erica—continued.
the base, and contracted
the mouth.
E. A, Turnbullii (Turn
upwards of lin. long, as
lobes large, spreading
in the type. n
above middle, enlarging slightly at
Is). Л. in umbels of about six ; tube
paci as
1 А аз those of the type; corolla
Site, changing to pink. J. broader than
FrG. 719. ERICA AITONIA, showing Flowering Branch and detached
Single Flower. :
E. Aitoniana (Aiton's) А synonym of E. Aitonia.
alopecuroides (fox-tail-like). Л. terminal ; corolla ish-
red, ovate, small; calyx pereat y ciliated. ee i
October. J. linear, three in а whorl. л. 1%. 1810. (L. B. C. 874.)
E. ampullacea (flask-shaped).* Л, red, terminal, usually in fours ;
corolla nearly lin. long, viscid, with а ventricose tube, ribbed
"ek and шансон, MES crenulated, obtuse segments.
Lo ee or four in a whorl, lanceolate, reflexed, imbri
base. A.2ft. 1790. (B. M. 303.) узик гч
Dra (Andromeda-flowered).* jl. deep red, or
dropping, axillary; corolla urceolate ;
ng as the 0
Subulate, stiff, spreading. h. lft. to
small ;
several varieties of this species. ` с be id
Archeriana (Lady Archer's). Л. about lin. long, axillary
terminal, crowded, pé ase deep red Sede
каг, io ui -— тов а — i
‘and September. J. six seven in a whorl, serrulately cili
spreading. 1786. (L. B. C. 1466.) 5 deem:
.. K.aristata (awned) Л. terminal; corolla reddish-purple, with
ә а paler limb, salver-shaped, inflated upwards with revolute pro-
^. jecting se me TE : to м. : eg to Se in a whorl,
oblong, sub-secund, hispid, imbricated, awned attheapex. А, lft.
{оФ@ 1801. (B. М. 1249.) 3
E. a. Barnesii (Barnes’).* f. produced in terminal whorls;
corolla tube shining тей; mouth deeper red than in type; seg-
- ments very broad, pure white. A very handsome hybrid.
E. a. virens (green) is closely allied to the last, but has four
leaves in a whorl, not five, and the clusters of flowers are larger,
E. Austiniana (Austin's).* Л. in whorls; corolla tubular; tubes
. White, streaked and suffused with carmine, narrow, lin. or more
in length. July and August. l. ovate-lanceolate, smooth,
< Spreading. An excellent species. ;
E. australis (Southern) Л. terminal, small; corolla purplish-
“N E. carnea (flesh-coloured).* fi.
corolla. March to June. l-
ied tube. August
Erica—continued.
recurved limb ; 2
whorl, scabrous, spreading, mucronate. ET
1769. Hardy. (L. B. C. 1472.) i s
E. (Banks) fl. terminal; corolla осема роо
cylindrical, with а reflexed limb; anthers brown. February. -
1. mucronate, loosely imbricated, three or four іп а whorl. д. Qin.
1787. (A. Н. iii. 105.)
E. Beaumontiana (Beaumont’s).* fl. axillary and terminal,
drooping ; corolla white, tinged with purple, campanulate ; style
a little exserted. June. l. linear, five to six in a whorl. A, lft.
1820. (A. H. vi. 253.) sour.
E. Bergiana (Bergius).* jl. terminal, drooping ; corolla purple,
campanulate, smooth ; calyx reflexed, ciliated. Мау and June.
1. linear-oblong, pubescent, spreading. Peduncles hairy, with a
few scaly bracts. Л. lift. 1787. (L. B. C. 939.)
E. blanda (charming). /. terminal, clustered; corolla pale red,
one and one-third lineslong, having the limb one-half longer than
the tube, with semi-orbiculaf segments. Мау. J. three in a
whorl, spreading, short, obtuse. Л. 2ft. 1798. (A. H. iii. 152.)
E. diana (Bonpland’s). jl. terminating the small
Bonplan :
branches, solitary or by threes, sessile; corolla white, large, with
an urceolar tube, and an acute, spreading limb. to
September. 1. four in a whorl, imbricate, acerose. Л. lft.
(B. M. 2126.) -
Bowie’s).* i. crowded, axillary, verticillate, near
ranches, pendulous ; corolla cylindrical, with an
. linear, glaucous,
E. Bowieana
the tops of the
inflated tube and contracted mouth. October.
glabrous. A. lft. 1822. (L. В. C. 842.)
Е. bruniades (Brunia-like). Л. in small pendulous umbels ; corolla
por ; stamens black; calyx covered т Qon white woolly hairs.
ay. l. short, linear-oblong, clothed with white woolly hairs, as
Xj arealsothe branches. A. lift. 1774. (A. H.i. 6.) ,
E. caffra (Caffrarian)* f/i. sweet-scented ; corolla globular,
small produced in great profusion. л. 14ft. 1802. (A. H.
£
b deae
h Au
July.
edges. Hybrid.
e red, axillary, di
posed in secund racemes ; corolla conical, two and
‚ ERICA CERINTHOIDES, showing Flowering Branch
Fie. 720. пае Single Flower. Ў " mc
522
THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Erica—continued.
long, with a pyramidal tube. January to April. 1. three to four
in a whorl, linear, glabrous. A. біп. Germany, 1763. e
Е white-flowered form is generally called E. herbacea. (L. B. С.
.1452.)
7 E. Cavendishiana (Cavendish's)* fl. rich bright yellow,
tubular, nearly lin. long, stout. May to July. l. subulate,
e spreading, bright dark green. h, 14%. Hybrid. (P. M. B.
xiii.
E. cerinthoides (Honeywort -like).* Л. terminal, capitate,
. drooping ; corolla scarlet, nearly lin. long, oblong, with an in-
flated tube, clothed with viscid hairs outside. May to November.
l. five to six in a whorl, linear-lanceolate, pilose and ciliated,
bearded at the apex. Л. 3it. 1774. There are several garden
forms of this species. See Fig. 720, 220.)
Chamissonis (Chamisso’s).* fl. rose-coloured, at the tips of
short side branches, solitary, or three or four together, pen-
ddlous; pedicel pink, iin. long; corolla between Tag and
campanulate ; lobes very short and broad. April. Z. long,
ternate, spreading, and incurved, sessile, linear, obtuse, grooved
E underneath from the recurvation of the margin. Branches
moo Pender, m erect. h. lift. South Africa, 1874. An elegant
т plant. (B. M. 6108.)
ciliaris (fringed).* 1. terminal, sub-racemose, secund ; corolla
pale red, four lines jong, smooth, ovate, more ventricose on the
upper side. August,
ix ciliated, кеши, rather remote. h. 1ft. Western
887. :
There are
including a white-flowered one, of this species.
pink, small, dis-
1. acerose, three
8ft. South Europe. A slender much-
ed, terminating the small
‚тей to white, cylindrical, clavate,
1. linear, spreading, ciliated. А. 26
variety, named superba, with rosy-red
and ` to be an improvement on the typical
+ small, termin tufted ; ite,
|. . With an ovate ventricose tube, and пате April t E ‘ome
= i M T A hon linear, short, erectly spreading. A. 9im. 1787.
CAE t. d. 1. . -
E. cylindrica (cylindrical, A synonym of E, hybrida,
. . E delecta choice) А m of E. primuloides.
` . E. densa (dense) f. axillary,
Е red, with an oblong.
imb. May to October. 7, fi
what imbricated, spreading,
denticulata (denticulate minal, fastigiate;
pini three Жм long, with drical tube. de: обола
4 four in a whorl, linear, glabrous. A. 1%. 1821. (L. В.С 1090)
; E. depressa (depressed). jt. small, terminal ; corolla white, bell-
: ped. Ju rous in a whor
haped. me M9. (A n iy non, linear, revolute.
, Devon)* j umbellate; corolla rich purple,
м br
ut lin. long, Summer. 1.
Hybrid: SE s
Douglasii (Douglas's
about lin. long, with
July. /. short, blunt, spreading,
_E. echiiflora (Echium-flowered)* - Л.
Spicate; corolla deep red, with a.
clammy. March to May. l. five to seven}
with margins, spreading,
jwer's) fl. sub picate ; corolla dark red, with
IT gh tp ia a
: | and clavate. ovember,
spreading. А. 2ft. 1790. (L. B C. 1505) 0"
_ J produced in whorls; corolla scarlet,
lar, about lin. - 8 May and June,
9%. 1800. (L. B. С, 1105.)
Erica—continued.
exsurgens (rising). Л, axillary, verticillate, horizontal,
crowded; corolla orange-red, cylindrically clavate, thirteen to
fifteen lines long, viscid, with ovate-cuneated Segments, March
to October. l. filiform, Spreadingly recurved. fh. lift. 1792.
(A. H. i. 20,21.)
Z
å =. 26
E
dE
3
Fig. 721. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ERICA FAIRIEANA.
Fairieana (Fairies)* fl, in terminal whorls ; corolla tube
rich rose, lin. long, much’ inflated at the base, suddenly con-
tracted at top; limb white. June to August. /. large, oblong-
lanceolate, with long white hairs at the edges. Hybrid. See
Fig. 721. (В.Н. , 467.)
E. fastigiata (fastigiate). jl. terminal, crowded, sessile ; corolla
white, salver-s vm pr with à narrow tube. Мау to September. 1.
zw ы» а b» acerose, shining, erect, imbricated. h. lift. 1797.
, linear ,
. iv. 162.)
‚ glabrous ; corolla two
July. l. linear, pilose. А. 1. 1803.
(bud-bearing). /7. drooping, crowded, disposed
yerticillate crown; corolla orange-red, with a green apex,
us, cylindrical, inflated. July, August. 1. oblong, adpressed,
ciliated, aristate, four to fiveina whorl. Branches thickened at
top. A. 1%. 1802. (B. M. 2266.)
E. gracilis (slender.* f. small, terminal, spicate; corolla
purplish-red, ovate-globose, or urceolate. September to Decem-
ber. l. glabrous, four іп a whorl, linear. A.1ft. 1774. (A. Н. ii. 68.)
E. g. vernalis (spring).* jl. terminal; corolla purplish-red, cam- —
nulate. March, April `{. glabrous, acerose, three in à w
.2ft. to 5ft. 1827. (L. B. C. 1608.)
E. grandiflora (large-flowered).* axillary near the tops of
the branches el stem, verticillate T M bright glossy yellow,
i. Jong, ч, мад) «Азлрей, vidd; with а Тн Mab.
une, у. J. linear, bluntish, rous, reclinate, four to six i
a whorl. ЭЁ, Sit. 1785, Seo Fig 122. (A. Wie dr. B. M. 189.)
E. grandinosa (hailstone) Jt. terminal, drooping, by threes ;
corolla white, irregularly ovate, inflated, s "April, May.
_ L linear, three in n who А. біп. to 12in, 1810. (А. Н, vi. 255.)
Hartnelli (Hartnell’s), Л. large, terminal; corolla urple,
viseid, nearly Mini rather ventricose at the base, with ovate.
lar lobes. May. ¿ four in a whorl, “lanceolate, imbri-
ciliated. `h. 2ft. 1820. $
finely ого
Е, herbacea (herbaceous). А synonym of E. carnea, in gardens
Es guncrally spoiler only to the white-flowered “variety of that
species.
(hybrid). Л. disposed in long, dense, spikes; corolla -
Erica— continued.
Fic. 722. ERICA GRANDIFLORA, showing Flowering Branch
and detached Single Flower.
bright red, lin. lo: May, June. J. long, linear. Hybrid.
SYN. E. cylindrica. See Fig. 725,
E. hyemalis (winter).* f. disposed in long, dense, leafy spikes,
ВУ to 12in. in length; corolla rosy-pi "at the base, white
towards the apex, pow тч Winter, spring. J. linear,
acuminated, hairy. №. Hybrid.
E. inflata (inflated). /. in terminal umbellate fascicles; corolla
reddish-purple at the base, and green at the apex, large, with an
elongated, ovate, ventricose tube, and a short limb. May to
I—— 1. four in a whorl, linear, glabrous. h. lft. to 2ft.
СЕ. infundibuliformis (funnel-shaped). /. terminal, aggregate ;
corolla pale red, salver-shaped, with a slender tube and large
‘ments, August to November. l. four in a whorl, filiform,
) erect, rous. h. 2ft. 1802. (A. H. v. 218.)
- 'в).* fl. terminal, umbellate; corolla white,
ed wit! lin. long, viscid, with a cylindrical
Mappe gm d June and July. , г. three
1800. (A. H. V. 219.) о
jasminiflora (Jasmine-
corolla about lin. long, . ed, viscid,
ovate tube, which is veni atthe apex. June ov
1. three in a whorl, linear-oblong, serrulated, recurved, imbricat
in six rows. A. lft, to 2ft. Т The variety alba has pure
white flowers.
Е, jubata (maned). fl, pedicels terminal, corymbose, hispid ;
corolla campanulately rotate. June to October. J. linear, filiform,
rather clammy, incurvedly spreading. Л. 2ft. 1800.
E. Lambertiana (Lambert's).* Л, large, terminal, sub-corymbose,
drooping ; corolla white, glabrous, ovate-globose. May to 74
чё. three in a whorl, linear, glabrous, spreading. h. lft. to 2ft.
. (A. Н. iv. 17}.)
sessile,
owny or
Ипер, шу ‘glabrous. Branches flexuous.
. E. mammosa (nippled). й. dr , axillary, crowded, verti-
eillate, near the tops of “the branches; corolla reddish-purple,
AN ENCYCLOPZDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
E. melanthera
exserted black anthers.
Erica—continued. age eee
отау; on - -= ru gb ELS inflated tube.
uly to Oc т. ¢. linear, su rous, erect, spreadi ng.
h. 2ft. 1769. (А. Н. iii. 121.) : pagi IM
. Marnockiana (Marnock’s).* fl. glossy rich purple, tubular, -
DEM Ix base, a — arf the I T a small spread-
ing limb ; tube smooth. y, Augus . oblong, spreading,
ciliated, awned. Hybrid, т
E. Massonii (Masson’s).* i. axillary, crowded, drooping, disposed
in a verticillate crown ; corolla about lin. long, Vise wollen ab
top, with a scarlet tube and a greenish-yellow constricted mouth.
July to October. i. four to five in a whorl, linear, serrulated,
XU pum. spreading. 4A.3ft. 1789. See Fig. 724. (А.Н.
iii. 128.
E. McNabiana (McNab’s).* fl. rosy-red, with a white limb;
viscid, nearly 14in. long, stoutest a little below the middle.
May to July. J. short, thick, obtuse, awned, slightly pee
Hybrid. (P. M. B. vii. 125.) The variety rosea has longer an
more recurved leaves, and the flowers are bright rose in the
tubes, veined with a deeper shade of the same colour, neck
deep purple, and limb white.
mediterranea (Mediterranean). d axillary, racemose,
secund, nodding ; corolla red, with dark anthers, urcedlate, one
and a-half to two lines long. March to May. l four or five ina
whorl, linear-cuneated, oon. h. Mt. to 6ft, "Western Europe
(Ireland). Hardy. (B. M. 471.)
(black-anthered).* Л. tinged with pink, with
a Autumn, winter. J. linear-obtuse,
rather thick, glabrous, or slightly scabrid when young. А. 2ft.
A compact-growing, floriferous species. (L. B. C. 867.)
E. metul»flora (ninepin-flowered). jl. terminal, umbellate ;
corolla red, with a pale border, salver-shaped, ventricose at the
base. June to August. Z. four to five in a whorl, linear, ciliated,
spreadingly recurved. A. 1ft. to 2ft. 1798. (B.M.612) —
“Fic. 725. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ERICA
524 THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
Erica—continued. Erica—continued.
multifiora (man ed). Л. axillary, disposed in a race- primuloides (Cowslip-like).* fi. termi nearly sessile,
— corymb ; pes toe ee. with an M ood or ovate bell- fastigiate ; corolla rosy- оре with an ovate tube, and а broad
Шогы — 'one and-a-half to two lines long; anthers black „ЖЕ зп limb. May, June. J. fivein a whorl, acerose. h. lft.
February. J. four or five ina hon glabrous, linear. 1802. SYN. E. delecta. (B. M. 1548.)
October to
A. 2%.
France, 1731. Hardy. (Fl. Ment. 5
D
Fic. 724. Ране BRANCH OF ERICA Masson TI.
_ €. mundula (neat). | fl. terminal, usually in fours, sessile ;
~ corolla reddish-purple, er-sh: Pace: a very short narrow
tube, and a wide limb. Ос 4 еы ruary. l four ini a whorl,
51 subulate, spreading, shining. Л. 2%, 1810. (А. Н. vi. 275) .
mutabilis (changeable f. in terminal din bels ; corolla tube
Жы "ue c sn bu L je ma ена, linear-obtuse,
uo. ^. 6in. _ XB. M. 2318.
P RE EL white, campanulate, v
^ A m in à whorl, glandularl ciliated.
ae oe Xr Md рон, g y
E.ovata(ovate) Л. terminal s
a narrow throat, nearly ТИЙ.
" > June.
Е ате. C. 417.)
E. Parmentieriana (Parmentier's).* -
dish-purple, with a cylindrically +
spreading ents. June to August,
otne,
tubular, with
terminal; corolla ET á
tube, and broad
oan yi , linear,
The ety rosea is
е flowers, which
lft. ало. аа i s
а com -growing form, with deep ro
are ral rote in fours from each lat
n’s). fl in m of е
I to white with а nish-purple neck, tu
; . long. 71. linear-o long, recurved, hairy. Hybrid.
; (garland-flowered). Л. terminal; corolla small,
ulate, one and a-half a ort, inoar, deep acute
Apri eit 1. four in a whorl, "i near. «fs TOUS,
: hairy. А. 18. 1714. 2.) There. um de
at gl of this ies: alba B Me; see Fig. 725 icum
‘rosea (flowers
pieua (clear-flowered). fl, terminating the small
formed ; corolla pueri чуагы T eger: rical, erect.
“L linear, nearly smoo 800.
1; corolla
t,
white. 1. hairy.
| p ч terminal, four to six ina fascicle ;
n а whorl, spreadi
Z, inflated. May and adis
1. three in a whorl, oblong, finely En h. lft. а lisse
(A. Н. v. 250.) .
(dwarf)* /L, corolla tube pinkish-white, lin. long, |
three to four lines long. ©
ing, viscid, Slender, |
ps (chief) Л, terminal, umbellate; corolla reddish-
E viscid, with a ventricose tube, and a hairy top. Мау to
E & four in a whorl, linear, ciliated, recurved. А. 1ft. to 2ft.
q H. iii. 140.) The variety carnea has longer, flesh-
чә flowers, with а narrower tube.
E. propendens (propendent).* fl. terminal, solitary, or by threes;
corolla purple or Do red, bell-shaped. July. l. four in ME s М.
short, ciliated. Branches flexuous. A. 1%. 1800. (B.
E. p. tubiflora is a handsome pn rden hybrid, ake flowers
rosy-purple at the base, and white in front; leaves clothed at
the edges with white hairs.
E. pulverulenta (powdered) fl. terminal; corolla purplish-red,
ane June to August. J. three іп а whorl, acerose, Plant
Е with powdery down. №. 1%. 1820. (P. M. B. xvi. 161.)
E. рутанидайш yramidal) jl. terminal, usually in threes ;
corolla purplish-r edd with а spreading border,
about four lines long. March. 1. Papen’, spr аен асегове,
six or more іп а whorl. А. 156. 1 (A. H. 142.)
E. ramentacea (scaly).* fl. terminal, Кажет corolla pas
red, with a Ae coda eight-angled "tube, and 'a recurved erect
limb. Jul “hy December. l. acerose, four in a Mrs glabrous.
h. 10%. 1786. (A. Н. iii, 143.)
E. regerminans (regerminating). , semi-
lateral; corolla сна кенч КҮ ату Marek ач
1. linear, recurved, three in а whorl. A. i emal 191. DES В. C
E. retorta curled-back-leaved Л. terminal, umbellate, usuall
seven or pore viscid, with an DS.
ventricose , апа acute | segments
as well as the — and bracts, fimbriately
nine lines long.
June to August. l. four ——— recurved, and,
_ FiG. 725. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ERICA PERSOLUTA ALBA.
2140.) ——
AN ENCYCLOPJEDIA OF HORTICULTURE.
525
Erica—continued. с и
arista. . MER ОН; iii. 144.) E.r. major is a closer-
eee mM NT el tubes stouter, pink, reddish-
purple at the points, the lobes white. (B. M. 352.)
E.rubens (red) Л. terminal; corolla purplish-red, ovate-globose,
small July and August. 4. acerose, four in a whorl, hispid,
spreading. fe 15. 105. (A. Н. i. 43.)
Fie. 726. FLOWERING BRANCH OF ERICA RUBRO-CALYX.
E. rubro-calyx (red calyx).* 1, produced on the lateral growths,
and disposed in dense spikes; corolla white, tubular; cal
E. reddish-pu E l linear-lanceolate. Hybrid. See Fig. 726.
т» (A. H. vi. .)
Е. sanguinea (bloody) Л. terminal corymbose ; corolla blood-
тей, tubular, nearly lin. long. l linear, three in a whorl, with
lute ciliated margins. л. ift. to 2it. 1799. (L. B. C. 86.)
1. red or purplish-red ; peduncles loosely
obose-oblong. April to September.
erect. A.1lft. 1800. (A. Н. v.
E. scabriuscula (roughist
Scare A.
ong, clo: | rough glandular
E. sco; (broom).* fl. greenish, in
calyx lobes ovate, abou’
аз broad as long; anthers without appen
whorls of three each.
E. Sebana (Seba’s). /. terminal, in threes ; corolla pale brown ;
tube cylindrical, ineurved, ventricose at the base ; stamens much
exserted. April.to November. /. three or four in a whorl, re.
curvedly spreading. A, 2%. 1774. (Т. B. C. 23.) The following
e three varieties of this species: fusca, flowers rich dark brown;
а, flowers rich yellow ; rubra, flowers rich reddish-brown.
`
E. (Lady Shannon’s).* Л. terminal, umbellate,
drooping ; calyx coloured ; corolla white, tinged with purple, with
a TAM i, ribbed tube, 14in. long. June to September. J. three
n
< ,In à whorl, stiff, linear-lanceolate, spreading, each ending
ina һай. A.M. to 2ft, 1806. (B. M. 4069.) :
E. speciosa showy). ji. terminal, in threes; corolla dark red or
reddish-purple, co. cylindrical, inflexed, curved tube, with a
greenish-yellow mouth, June to September.
Spreading. h. 2ft. 1800. (A. H. iv. 192.)
E. Spenceriana (Spencer's), Л, dull purplish-lilac, tubular, lin,
l linear, downy,
Erica—continued.
long, tipped with white. Spring and summer. 7. subulate, slightly
spreading, smooth. Hybrid. 77
E. stricta (upright). /. terminal, umbellate; corolla three lines _
long, with an ovate urceolar tube, and reflexed segments. August
to November. l. four in a whorl, obtuse, glabrous, bisulcate
EYE h. 2ft. to 3ft. South-western Europe, 1765. (А. Е.
ii. 134.) а
E. suaveolens (sweet-scented). i’; terminal ; corolla NR чой,
urceolate ; anthers a little exserted, black. August, J. th ina
whorl, oblong-lanceolate, ciliated. A. 1ft. 1800. (A. Н. vi. 292.)
E. sulphurea (sulphur-coloured) ft. fasciculate, axillary and
terminal, nearly sessile, horizontal ; corolla cylindrical, trumpet-
Shaped, villous. June to October. 2 linear, obtuse, villous. |
h. 2ft. 1805. (А. H. v. 241.)
E. taxifolia (Yew-leaved), fl'in terminal clusters; corolla bright
pink (as is also the calyx), globose, erect. May, June. J. three in
а whorl, smooth, spreading. Л. 16. 1788. (A. Н. ii. 93.)
E. Tetralix, Cross-leaved Heath. Л. capitate, terminal ; corolla
imd red, three lines long, ovate-globose, downy ab top, outside.
Шу to September. J. ‘ciliated, four in a whorl. A. біп. to l2in.
pu of a greyish hue. Europe (Britain). Hardy. (Sy. En. B.
seven lines long, tub bristly towards the apex outside.
> May.
1. ovate-cuneated, shortly pectinate. h. lift. 1800. (A. Н. vi. 295.)
E. tricolor (three-coloured)*- 4. termi usually about six
together; corolla red at the bae, white ut top, but greenish- -
ow about the contraction of the limb ; viscid, with a
ulated
ventricose tube, and ovate-cordate, cren
May to July. 4 three in a whorl, linear, r
are also the bracts and calyces. А. 2ft. 1810.
as
(P. M. B. vi. à)
А VESTITA COCCINEA, showing Flowering Branch
Fig. 727. loo oj detached Single Flower. E
| (flame) fl. about ljin. long. 1. bluntly-oblong,
» Meer — m y edges Modus with a profusion of hoary -
about lin. long. 1. ег
inflata (inflated).
E. t. inflata (inflated),
ыы densely clothed л
leaves. 3
526
THE DICTIONARY. OF GARDENING,
Erica—continued.
Е. t. rubra (red).* /. about lin. long, reddish-purple, shading
эле white, with a green neck. l. closely set, slightly spreading,
iry. Е
E. t. speciosa (showy). Л. lin. long, umbellate, slightly swollen
below the rosy-red middle. LS linens:laticedlats, slightly spread-
ing.
Е, t. Wilsoni (Wilson’s).* f. liin. long, much inflated at the
base, suddenly contracted at the neck. J. oblong-lanceolate,
slightly spreading, profusely hairy.
E. triumphans (triumphant). white, axillary ; calyx large,
inflated, angular; corolla ovate; INA. June, July. 1. three
іп а whorl, subulate, ciliated. A. 2ft. 1802. (L. B. С. 257.)
E. trossula (Spruce). "o terminal; corolla with an open ventri-
hit wee July. 1. four in a whorl, linear, glabrous.
E. (wandering).* Cornish Heath. fl. axillary, racemose ;
corolla pale purplish-red, short, campanulate ; pedicels usually
twin. July to September. J. four or five in a whorl, acerose.
i h. 1ft. Western Europe (Cornwall). Hardy. (Sy. En. B. 893.)
| E, ventricosa (ventricose). т disposed in terminal umbellate
. fascicles; corolla purplish-r with a ventricose tube, waxy;
style inclosed. April to September. Z. fourin a whorl, short,
acerose, — and, as well as the calyces and bracts,
ciliated. А. Lt. 1787. (В. M. 350.) Of this very handsome,
compact, and free-branching Heath, there are numerous varieties.
E. v. alba (white). china white, tubular, about lin. long.
1. with short white woolly hairs at the edges,
E. v. brevifiora (short-flowered тей, sh
“thickest at the base. b. A Trapt онон нан,
E. v. carnea
swollen at the
E. v. coccinea minor
tubular; tubes Zin. long ;
(R. H. 1880, 50.)
E. v. fasciculata rosea (rosy-fascicled . stout, lin. long;
tube bright rose, deep реті attics — x ы b *
E. v. grandiflora e-flowered),* E , Stout,
tubular, over lin. in Heu 1. long, 0 r Pa mom me
E. v. splendens (splendid). numerous, nearly lin. long,
swollen in the middle: tubes TOR. neck and limb le up
and white. l long, linear, recurved, hairy.
Е, v. tricolor (three-coloured)* f, tubular,
. tubes blus ced ;
fiesh-coloured). jl flesh-colour, lim. long, slightly
(lesser scarlet)* fl. white, slender,
lobes of limb reflexed and bright red.
nearly lin. long ;
| h ; neck : i ite.
1. linear, slightly reflexed. RE e imb white
E. verticillata (verticillate). /l. crowded, nearly terminal, ver-
мае, drooping ; corolla ве iie with’ а drical initated
glabrous. А. ЗН. 1774. (AHL. 148) > B cn
E. vestita (clad).* /. crowded, verticillate, nearly sessile,
spreading ; corolla white, c more or less clavata, nine
_ to eleven lines long, dow:
ments ciliated wit 1
With a revolute limb; calycine seg-
lar hairs. linear, with
- The following are ie andre im-
E. v. alba (white).* Л. hardly lin. in length, pure white;
to twen pL. n p C „азыу аша аи
* Erv rosea (rosy). fi. rosy-red, about 1 T
twenty to thirty. es HORUM
E. Victoria (Victoria).* Л. d urpl
umbellate, flask-shaped, Tin. or more long В i
what ovate, awned, with short stiff spines round the edges.
(Westphalian).* Ji
т. J. linear-obtuse. Hybrid.
“ERICACEZ. An extensive order, widely spread over
hole world (but very rare in Australia), containi
wing into small trees. Flowers regular, or nearly
iphrodite ; calyx superior or inferior, of four or five
corolla four or five-cleft, or toothed; stamens
eight, or ten, or twice those numbers, hypogy-
ynous. Fruit a capsule or berry. Leaves
seven genera and about 1300 species. The species ·
the most part, shrubs or sub-shrubs, but occasion- —
alternate or opposite, ex.
м»: очы, Cassandra, |
ERICINELLA (a diminutive of Erica). ORD. Eri-
cacee. А genus of four species of small-flowered, slender,
bushy, erect, greenhouse evergreen shrubs, with a Heath-
like appearance. They are natives of South Africa and
the mountains of tropical Africa and Madagasear. Pro-
bably none have ever been introduced, except the follow-
ing. For cultivation, see Erica.
E. Mannii (Mann's) Л. dull red, three or four together at the
tops of the branchlets, on short, curved pedicels, nearly globose ;
corolla sub-globose, with four short, obtuse, ciliate lobes. July,
{. quaternate, close-set, whorled in fours, linear, with revolute
margins, glabrous. л. 4ft. to 10ft. Cameroon Mountains, 1866.
(В. М. 5569.) _ |
ERIGERON (from Eriogron (early old), the name
given to a Composite by Theophrastus; species downy-
hoary when young). Including Phalacroloma and Polyac-
tidiwm. ORD. Composite. A genus comprising about a
hundred species of hardy annuals, biennials, or perennials,
resembling Aster, but having the ray-florets in several
series. In Britain, it is represented by the perennial
E. alpinus, a pretty rock plant found in the Breadalbane
and Clova Mountains; the annual or biennial E. acris; and
the annual E. canadense, a troublesome weed in some
places. 'They are found everywhere in cold and moun-
lainous regions, and are of very easy culture in common
garden soil. Few species are worth growing. Those
enumerated below form subjects for mixed |
borders, in a somew -drained si i
. They may be readily increased
E. caucasicus (Caucasian) /.-heads scarcely lin. across, rosy-
pus borne in loose masses on stems nearly 2ft. high. Summer.
., radical ones spathulate; cauline ones ligulate, stem-clasping.
h. lft. Caucasus, 1821. Perennial.
glabellus (smooth-leaved). fl.-heads large, one to seven on `
the leafless summit of the stout stems ; ray-florets very numerous,
purple; disk yellow. June. J. nearly glabrous, except the mar-
gins, entire; the upper oblong-lanceolate and pointed, closely
sessile or partly clasping ; the lower spathulate, stalked. k. біп
to 18in. North United States. Perennial.
Fic. 728. ERIGERON GLAUCUS.
laucous).* fl.-heads purple, pretty.
autumn. лгу glaucous, clammy; radical
winged stalks; cauline ones sessile, entire. A.
Western North America, 1812. Perennial. See
rge-flowered).* jl.-heads
эз, Же summer,
E. grandifiorus
- хараат large, solitary.
obovate- ulate ; cauline ones oblong to.
8in. Rocky Mountains, 1819. Perennial E
E. multiradiatus (many-rayed).* JL-heads
about 2in. across, str ona nümerous,
jenes: тау-йогош purplish; disk gelo. Summer. 7 oblong,
toothed, tapering into a long stalk, Л. om. d :
1880, (b. M. 6530.) Ne E
terminal, solitary,
overlapping linear
; 'wy* fl,-heads 2in. across, disposed in a loose
onn c оге Minish-purple; disk yellow. Summer. - l
oblong-spathulate, smooth, ciliated. Л. 4in. to 8in. Himalayas.
narrow; those
i 10wy)* JL-heads large, han s
MAN UL АШУ em des
OF HORTICULT
Erigeron—continued.
Н 1 і -flowered -involucre hemispherical.
mi n poe E ile, blong, acute, entire, ciliatéd
at the margin, the rest glabrous, dark green, marked with
.nerves, which commence
the base — — ЖАД
т ical ones spathulate, tapering into
зау b herbaceous, 1ift. high, rounded,
striated glabrous, erect, and branched upwards in а corymbose
; stern North America. Perennial.
(B. M. 5606,
er name of Stenactis speciosa.) |
_ бее Leucoium.
| (Erinos, a plant mentioned by Dioscorides).
hularinee. A -very pretty tufted alpine plant,
for growing (in dwarf positions) on well-drained
rk, amongst stony or gritty peat and loam, or on
jk walls, in which situations it is easily established
. Jby sowing the seed in earthy holes and crevices. When
/ the plants are developed, the seeds become’ self-sown,
&nd the produce from these withstand the winter best.
It may also be propagated by division.
ine).* : simple,
“Hertel udis. Hoste io dunes LER ERE
deeply serrated, hairy. А. біп, to біп. Mountains of Western
Europe (naturalised here and there in Britain) 1739. (B. M.
$10.) There is also a white-flowered variety.
ERIOBOTREYA. Included under Photinia (which
see). ;
ERIOCALIA MAJOR. See Actinotus Helianthi.
ERIOCAULON (from erion, wool, and kaulos, a stem;
- in allusion to the woolly всарез of some of the species).
А, Pipewort. Syn. Randalia..ORD. Eriocaulonem. A genus
of about a hundred ies of. mars ants,
i striDU
міс gardens. The only Eu opea:
ve of the genus is Е. septangulare, an incon-
spieuous plant, which, in the Old World, is only found
in lakes in Skye and the West of Ireland.
ERIOCAULONEZE. A natural order of marsh
. plants, having minute flowers and principally radical
leaves. 'They are, for the most part, natives of South
America. The typical genus is Eriocaulon. There are
Six genera and 325 species.
г ERIOCHILUS (from erion, wool, and cheilos, a lip;
. referring to the disk of the labellum or lip being
pubescent). ORD. Orchidew. А genus of five species
of pretty greenhouse terrestrial orchids, from Australia.
They thrive in a compost of light turfy loam, peat, and
_ sand, in equal proportions, and may be increased by
division of the roots. cg
„ autumnalis (autumnal). /. pink, solitary, or two or three
-distant ; labellum about half as long as the In*eral Sepals,
sheave, narrow claw. October. Z, radical, ovate,
"away before the time of flowering. A. біп.
SYN. раев cucullata. (Н. Е. T.
. autumnalis,
trons erect, with
or two varieties of this-
E. mul (тапу - flowered). This c
dilatatus, of which it is probably only a variety. The habit and
foliage are the same, but the flowers are more numerous and
rather smaller. March.
E. scaber (rough). Л. pink one to three ; sepals and petals rath
shorter and broader than in ЕЁ, autumnalis, but obherwiea with
the same proportions; labellum claw distinctly produced into
» small, erect, rounded lateral lobes, September. Z radical, ovate
“yor cordate, usually persisting at the base of the flowering stem.
Closely allied to E. autumnalis.
ғ
ERIOCNEMA (from erion, wool, and пете, a leg;
alluding to the hairy stalks). ORD. Melastomacem. A
genus containing a couple of species of stove herbaceous
plants, natives of South Brazil, Flowers white, small,
few, in umbels at the end of a naked stalk, Leaves
oval, heart-shaped at the base, and clothed with rusty
hairs. For culture, see Bertolonia.
d Ed E А. 70%,
the globe. None are in culti- |
soil, and may be increased by division or seed.
E. com
1. stalked, densely tomentose
&c., or in the boggy spots of the wild garden. -
E. alpinum (alpine).
E. vaginatum (s
_ E. falvum (reddish-yellow). И. pink. June. А, біп. 1850.
Eriocnema—continued. TOE T E E
. marmoratum (marbled rose. May y. 2. beautifully
variegated. л. din. 1850, TA a b. HG, i. ш] ы eu. т 3
ERIOCOMA. See Montanoa.
ERIODENDRON (from erion, wool, and
a tree; alluding to the capsule being filled with a fine
woolly substance). Овр. Malvacee. A genus of about
eight species of very fine stove evergreen trees, with
spongy wood. One species is found in the Old World ;
the rest are tropical American. Flowers large, singly _
or in clusters from the sides or tops of the branches.
Leaves palmate. They thrive best in a rich loamy soil;
and should be raised from seeds, sown in a sandy soil,
in heat. |
anfractuosum (curled). fl. clothed with silky wool on —
the outside and yellowish on the inside. Z, leaflets five, seven,
or eight, entire, or serrulated above, lanceolate, cuspidate.
Trunk usually prickly. А. 100ft. West Indies, 1739.
E. a. Caribæum (Caribean). fl. conspicuous, handsome, and
with a delightful, but evanescent fragrance, either solitary or
two or three together in a short kind of panicle, for the most
part axillary towards the ends of the branches; petals five, of
a pale primrose or cream colour, with the a little above
their base of a deep purplish-red, spreading in streaks towards.
their middle. 7. te, decidnous; leaflets from five to seven,
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, smooth and shining above, opaque
and paler, with a faint bluish tinge beneath ; midrib yellow, pro-
minent. West Indies, Plant smooth, except the flower. An
OM КҮ but at thesame time curious-Iooking, high tree.
(B. M.
E.leiantherum (smooth-flowered) Л. white, sub-terminal and
Vire Poth Tele ure rei эша а.
= il, 1818. Seven, ovate, cuspi , quite
_ERIOGONUM (from erion, wool, and gon’
joints of the stems downy). ORD. Polygonacee. A gen
of rather pretty summer-flowering hardy annuals and
herbaceous or somewhat woody perennials, There are |
about 100 species, natives of North-western Ameri
Flowers perfect, involucrate ; stamens nine, проп.
of the perianth. Leaves radical, alternate or
entire, without stipules. They thrive in
rticillate,
(compound).
dull white or rose-coloured |
› ath, | er above,
ovate, cordate at base ; uncles erect, 5 t, біп. to 18in. hi;
nearly glabrous. Pere (B. R. 1774.) m Mm Pul
corymbosum (corymbose). й. white to т
yellow. J. ovate to moni ale
cymose ; involucres mostly sessile, A. 1f mal ——
stellatum (starred) Л. yellow, tly in loose com
pound umbels. /. two or three, arising from the scape, e
resembling those of Statice oleifolia, sli htly downy, and
only so beneath. Л, біп. to 12in. Interior of North-west America.
(H. F. B. A. ii. 177.)
umbellatum (umbellate) Л. yellow. l obovate to ob
spathulate or oblanceolate, niore or less tomentose, esp
beneath. Л, 3in. to 12in. : SE
They ca
with the exception
(probably now е:
six to eight
numergae to each fl
M (from erion, wool, and phyli
-eaved). Ово. Composite. ge
species of mostly | е herbs,
598 — THE DICTIONARY OF GARDENING,
E Eriophyllum —continued. — SEriostemon —continued. i
suffrutieose (from Western North America), merged into and placed in a gentle heat. When rooted, they should
_ Bahia by Bentham and Hooker. be hardened and potted off singly, to be transferred to
. E, cæspitosum (B. R. 1137), perhaps the only species in cul. larger sizes afterwards very gradually. The mode of
: E. tion, 2 eges with Bahia lanata (which see) and rp egeta by nurserymen on a large scale, is
i ERIOPSIS (from Eria, and opsis, like; resemblance). бы е ie i A лы Кашы: ©; ue ү
ORD. Orchidev. А genus of three or four species of tolerably certain method i ЖЕ Lost гаа nai е2
very ornamental cool-house epiphytal orchids, natives of Bi bordado апа "RU ie К боа cake doc
Northern Brazil, Guiana, and Columbia. A copious supply eta form did We Ringen. SED. Fib st e
assu when DE full exposure: (0 Wor adb | iiobis qoo finely, with thé baos: of e little Ton
compost of fresh peat and living sphagnum, are essential. and silver sand is a suitable com oit The soil should
. They require the temperature of an intermediate house, be rammed tolerably firm, care ben taken not to uy
Te р" Cattleyas, &c. Increased by dividing the the stem of the plant. Eriostemons succeed under the
E e pH көй xe : Н ad ih same treatment during the summer as many other Aus-
bilo 0-000). л. about lin. across; sepals and petals | tralian plants; namely keeping a little close while the
blong, llow, о i РИ à E * ӨР л
+ рт shaded with desk Deis NON ith to і growth is being made, afterwards admitting more air,
long, curved or drooping. Z. broad-lanceolate, borne in twos or | and finally placing outside, in a sunny position, from
Sin high ne obo, ешм. dee fin. dn July until the end of September, in order to insure
ANRE RE h ‚ | thorough ripening. The plants naturally form bush
B ates aoe алай), x Деле agg ie dni, specimens, but may be trained as pyramids if desired.
1847. (B. M. 4437.) PIS NA But little pruning, beyond shortening & few of the long
ERIOSEMA (from erion, wool, and se; tandard : growths, to induce a symmetrical habit, is necessary.
exillum clothed ith эйьу hairs), , De Lionsa : A | In the caso of large plants, whose flowers are used for
us of about forty species of stove herbaceous plants | CUtting—a purpose for which they are well adapted—
most abundant in South Arerità and tropical sufficient. ig may be performed simply by the removal
One species hasa wide range in Asia | Of the longest flowerir | ficient drainage and
Flowers yellow or violet; racemes or careful watering are at all tim ‘points towards
axillary. Leaves digita wem - | success in cultivation. Eriostemons will flower earlier in
ecies are MEM DOE Ifoioiste. „л winter if introduced into a temperature of about 55deg.,
; of peat and loam. Propagate bs ds er cuttings. but are quite as healthy and floriferous later on, if kept
У кы 2 i house from which frost is merely excluded. If old
rge-fio S terminal and m
аео
leaflets oblong.
ih soft pubescence c both nme get out шы, - E СЕ a prune —
) -elliptic, mucronate ; petioles ` in spring, reduce the s, and place them amongs
with silky and. оаа паат new soil, in pots of a smaller size.
Mexico. E. buxifolius (Box-leaved)* jl. pink or rose-coloured, axillary,
iolaceous ; racemes axillary and almost sessile. April to June. l. small, cordate-ovate, or ob-
and Ausu L.leaflets three ovate, usually mucronate, with prominent glands. Branches
1 above and velvety, but clothed round, pubescent. №. lft. to 2ft. 1822. (B. M. 4101.)
. 4ft. Tropical South America „ intermedius (intermediate)* /. white, suffused with rosy-
pisay large, solitary, axillary. April. l. obovate. А. 3ft. (B.M.
erion, wool, and sperma, seed ; 3 _
elope E. oporoides (Myoporum-like),* f. rose-coloured ; peduncles
anvelopa sf the "m ds). Овр. Pins dei trifid, е анон Early spring. /.linear-lanceolate,
five species of pretty |: quite entire, smooth, glandular, mucronate. л. 1ft. to 2ft. 1824.
ical and Southern (B. M. 3180.) m e
RT E. neriifolius (Nerium-leaved).* /. rose-coloured or pink; pe-
duncles axillary, three-flowered. April. 4. lanceolate, rather
wrinkled, mucronate. А. 3ft. 1847. s
salicifolius (Willow-leaved). fl. pin
solitary. July., 1. linear-lanceolat
triquetrous. A. 2ft, to Sit. 1
k, rather small ; pe-
, entire, dark green,
| 1840. (P. M. B. xiii. 127.)
See Besleria.
ERITHALIS (from Erithales, a plant mentioned by
Pliny; the Greek word means very luxuriant). ORD.
Rubiacem. A genus of about five species of stove ever-
ў green shrubs, natives of Florida and the West Indian
and sfemon, a | Islands. They thrive in sandy fibrous loam, to which 9
A genus of | little peat may be added. Cuttings of ripened side shoots.
‘The will root in sandy soil, during the spring or summer, if
placed under a hand glass, in heat. ; z '
P igiene шша
ахі " . . LE, | Y
Masse: Mipuint кы ork a cron
manent. A. 106. to loft. Jamaica, 1795. —
scaber h)* fl.
E. wie ).* Л.
l, proliferous; leaflets ndivi
Cape of Good Hope, 1821. cd
E. pubescens (downy). /. white, green. June, L
e о, pubescent. В. lit. «€ of €
т. А rather large
or perennial herbaceous
plants, widely dispersed throughout the temperate regions
isphe few come from South Africa
| of the Northern hei : ;
and Australia. в here given is the one most
von. ike many other beautiful plants
rable elevations, it is difficult to
; it requires a thoroughly well-drained
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11